Journal of the New York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXV Published by the Society New York, N. Y. Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pennsylvania CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXV PAGE Alexander, Charles P. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), II 147 Andresen, John W. Phenacaspis Heterophyllae Cooley in New Jersey 81 Behura, Basanta Kumar The Life-History of Histiostoma Polypori (Oud.) ( Acari : Tyroglyphoidea) 51 Book Notices 122, 132 Brown, F. Martin The McCauley Expedition to the San Juan Region of Colorado in 1877 139 Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey Naturalists 1871- Ferdinand Bischoff 219 Brown, William L., Jr. The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith : Group of Marginiventris Santschi 123 The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith : Group of Ogloblini Santschi 133 Butz, Andrew Effects of Sodium, Potassium, and Calcium Ions on the Iso- lated Heart of the Mealworm, Tenebrio Molitor L 22 By-Laws of the New York Entomological Society 235 Cole, A. C. Notes on Western Ants (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) 129 Creighton, Wm. S. A Revisionary Study of Pheidole Vasliti Pergande (Hy- menoptera: Formicidae) 203 Evans, Howard E. Ethological Studies on Digger Wasps of the Genus Astata (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) 159 Flanders, Stanley E. Regulation of Caste in Social Hymenoptera 97 Higgins, Harold G. and Tyler A. Woolley A Redescription of Hafenferrefia Nitidula (Banks) and Notes on the Distribution of Other Species in the Family Tenuialidae (Acarina: Oribatei) 213 Hull, Frank M. Some Undescribed Species of the Genus Baccha Fabri- cius (Diptera: Syrphidae) 187 New Species of Flies of the Genus Bathypogon Loew 199 Kormilev, Nicholas A. On Some Phymatidae in the American Museum of Na- tural History (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) 33 Ludwig, Daniel and Mary C. Barsa Effects of Adding Substrates and Inhibitors on the Ho- mogenate Respiration of the Japanese Beetle, Popillia Japonica Newman, during Embryonic Development 107 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 32 Schedl, Karl E. A Few Scolytidae from the West Indies 191 Smith, Marion R. A Contribution to the Taxonomy, Distribution and Biol- ogy of the Vagrant Ant, Phagiolepis Alluaudi Emery (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 195 Spieth, Herman T. Drosophila of the Itasca Park, Minnesota Region 89 Steinhaus, Edward A. New Horizons in Insect Pathology 113 Todd, Margaret E. Concentration of Certain Organic Compounds in the Blood of the American Cockroach, Periplaneta Ameri- cana Linnaeus 85 Treat, Asher E. Unilaterality in Infestations of the Moth Ear Mite 41 Whelden, Roy M. Notes on the Anatomy of the Formicidae I. Stigma- tomma Pallipes (Haldeman) 1 377^473 i sect $ ■ Vol. LXV Nos. 1, 2 March, June, 1957 Journal of the New York Entomological Society If- ■ ■ : / ■>. - / o' ’T'A.v vt/ , '■ ' v A ,(r „.v Devoted to Entomology in General v \y- Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS Edited by FRANK A. SORACI ■ Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. W. TEALE JAMES MULLEN I /: ■ 1 / - • , }■ , y ■'< ’ s / ‘^1 - ' • ; ' , ’ : ' Subscription $5.00 per Year ] CONTENTS Notes on the Anatomy of the Formicidae I. Stigmatomma Pallipes (Haldeman) By Roy M. Whelden 1 Effects of Sodium, Potassium, and Calcium Ions on the Isolated Heart of the Mealworm, Tenebrio Molitor L. By Andrew Butz 22 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 32 On some Phymatidae in the American Museum of Na- tural History (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) By Nicholas A. Kormilev 1 33 Unilaterality in Infestations of the Moth Ear Mite By Asher E. Treat 41 The Life-History of Histiostoma Polypori (Oud.) (Acari : Tyroglyphoidea) By Basanta Kumar Behura 51 Phenacaspis Heterophyllae Cooley in New Jersey By John W. Andresen 81 Concentration of Certain Organic Compounds in the Blood of the American Cockroach, Periplaneta Americana Linnaeus By Margaret E. Todd 85 Drosophila of the Itasca Park, Minnesota Region By Herman T. Spieth 89 Regulation of Caste in Social Hymenoptera By Stanley E. Flanders . 97 Effects of Adding Substrates and Inhibitors on the Homogenate Respiration of the Japanese Beetle, Popillia Japonica Newman, during Embryonic De- velopment By Daniel Ludwig and Mary C. Barsa 107 NOTICE : Volume LXIV of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on December 23, 1957 ,r \ Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXV March, June, 1957 Nos. 1, 2 NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FORMXCXDAE I. STIGMATOMMA PALLIPES (HALDEMAN) By Roy M. Whelden Haskins Laboratory, New Durham, New Hampshire During a prolonged study of the cytology of ants, it became evident that in several species there were many interesting ana- tomical details that seemed worthy of more extended examina- tion. Stigmatomma pallipes was one of the first that was noted; and later studied in detail. This led to the collection and prepa- ration of much additional material ; eggs, larvae, pupae and adults. Eventually, more than sixty nearly mature pupae, over one hundred and twenty adult workers, thirty young queens, some fertile, some still virgin, and several queens at least one year old, and also several males were used in this study. All were gath- ered from a small area near Schenectady. Material from other places was available for comparison with these, but is not in- cluded in the following notes. The collections were made at vari- ous times from May, 1945, to October, 1955, and included mate- rial taken in May, June, August, September and October, in about equal numbers. Certain tissues are remarkably constant in appearance. For example, the muscles show only slight differences in the many specimens studied; excepting, of course, the differences that dis- tinguished callows from adults of increasing age. In the callows, each muscle is composed of quite slender widely separated strands. In many cases, occasional fat cells occur in the spaces between the strands. In older individuals, the spaces become much smaller and soon disappear completely, the muscle then becoming a fairly solid mass. Another difference that was noted was in cross-stria- 2 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV tions of the muscle fibres : in some muscles, these are quite coarse, forming broad bands; in other muscles the bands are much nar- rower, and less conspicuous ; in the flight muscles, the cross-stria- tions are so very fine that the muscles often appear to lack them completely. But none of these is unusual. Nor is the disap- pearance of the flight-muscles, which in this ant seems to be com- pleted sometime within the year after the nuptial flight, and prob- ably in a much shorter period than that. The nervous system likewise offers little that seems noteworthy. There are minor variations in the formation of the smaller nerves, in the sequence of their branching ; and little more. Nor does the structure of the several ganglia show any conspicuous variation. One fact may be noted — that the nuclei of the cortical tissues of the ganglia do not show any very conspicuous difference in diam- eter. Seldom does the largest nucleus measure as much as twice that of the smallest one. Nor is the cortical tissue very thick ; in many individuals, it is scarcely more than three to four times the diameter of the contained nuclei. Digestive system. Around the opening of the pocket and ex- tending into the pocket for a short distance, the surface is marked with broad low mounds : across the surface of each mound, there is a row of 6-9 fine spines, progressively shorter from the center to each end of the row ; and gradually decreasing in size and in number the farther into the pocket they are. Within, the wall is covered by rather uniformly hexagonal unarmed bosses, sepa- rated by shallow grooves. Rarely a specimen was found having the lumen of the pocket quite small. No individual was found with the infrabuccal pocket full. In most, there was a rather small quantity of material, mostly of indeterminate nature. Many individuals had completly empty pockets. Around the opening of the pharynx, there are numerous densely massed, rather large, outwardly directed spines. Posteriorly, these spines decrease in size and in numbers, especially on the ventral surface, where they soon cease, to be replaced by low transverse ridges. From mid-pharynx posteriorly, the ventral wall is usually quite smooth. The dorsal wall is armed with much stouter spines than those of the ventral wall, and for a greater distance posteriorly. Then they, too, give way to ridges, but here the ridges are much closer together and broader. The ridges of the dorsal wall are 1.5-2 fx apart ; those of the ventral Mar.— June, 1957] Whelden: Anatomy 3 wall 3-4.5/a apart. The lining of the oesophagus is entirely smooth, and the wall thin. Externally, there is a layer of longi- tudinal muscle fibres which are very thin and weak-looking. Sur- rounding these is an outer layer of circular muscles. The latter are very much coarser than the longitudinal muscles, but are still well separated in rather loose spirals. At times, these seem to be in two layers, one crossing the other in reversed spiral turns. The striations of these outer muscles are very prominent; those of the longitudinal fibres are either completely lacking or so very fine as to be discerned with difficulty. PL I, Pig. 2. In nearly all individuals, the crop was nearly or completely empty, the wall being less than 0.5y thick and greatly wrinkled, and having many small ellipsoid nuclei measuring 1.5 x 3.4/x. Against the outer surface of this wall, there is usually a layer of rather strong widely separated muscle fibres very irregularly dis- posed. This muscle layer may decrease both in size and in amount until, in a few individuals, it seems to be completely lack- ing. This may be clearly seen only in those individuals having crops more or less distended. These muscle strands may measure as much as 2-3 x 5-5.5 y, in transverse section. The proventriculus is short and rather featureless; the outer layer of circular muscular fibres is very thick, the inner layer of longitudinal muscle fibres is thin and weak. The ehitin lining is thin and very irregularly wrinkled, and extends but a very short distance into the stomach. The stomach wall is composed of columnar cells which in some individuals are quite conspicuously long, with relatively small nuclei. The muscle layers surrounding the stomach are rather thick, especially the outer layer. There are 9-10 Malpighian tubules, usually about 22—23/a. in diameter in the queens, and 14— 18/a in the workers. Little need be said of the intestine and rectum beyond noting” that, in nearly all adults, there were little or no contents in the- lumen of this part of the alimentary canal. Of 76 individ- uals noted, 69 had six rectal papillae and seven (two queens, two males, and three workers) had three each. The papillae varied greatly in shape, some being conspicuously rectangular, others uniformly rounded, and in size, the average being 76/x long and 48/a broad. 4 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Mandibular gland. PL I, Pig. 1. The secretory part of this gland is a small cushion of large cells pressed against the lateral wall of the head. It is separated from the chitin wall only by the cells of the hypodermis. In many specimens, this hypo- dermis is so thin that the gland cells seem adnate to the inner surface of the chitin wall. There is considerable variation in the number of cells forming the gland and in the size of these cells. One of the smallest found comprised only eight cells and measured about 110/a across and 34 /a deep. More commonly, the gland comprises 10-18 cells and measures 85-140/a in diameter and 40-62/a thick. The component cells varied greatly in size and shape, those in the center of the gland being noticeably larger than the lateral cells. Prom any point in the apical surface of each gland cell, a single duct extends for a short distance to end by opening through the wall of the gland reservoir. In many specimens, the several ducts come together so that all their openings are massed in a small area ; in others, the duct openings are widely separated. The reservoir of the gland is usually a rather narrow somewhat conical object bounded by a noticeably thick wall in which a few small, thin discoid nuclei occur. Only an occasional specimen shows any contents in the reservoir, and then not enough to re- duce appreciably the numerous irregular wrinkles of the reser- voir wall. Anteriorly, this part of the gland narrows very grad- ually until it passes into the base of the mandible, where it turns rather gradually, to end by opening through the wall of the man- dible. Details as to the nature of the opening could not be deter- mined, so thick and hard was the chitin. Maxillary gland. PI. I, Pig. 4. This gland seems to be rather small in Stigmat omnia-, and comprises a rather loose group of 8-20 cells near the lateral wall of the infra-buccal pocket. The cells are irregular in shape, but always with rounded outlines, and measure 24 x 20/a to 41 x 35/a ; occasionally, larger dimensions are found when the cells are more irregular. The single nucleus of each cell is spheroidal, less frequently rather irregular, and measures from 7 x 14/a to 15 x 18/x. Bach cell gives rise to a single duct, 0.7-1/a in diameter. The several ducts of each gland join to form a loose irregular strand, and open in a compact group in the lateral wall of the pharynx near the mouth. Mar.— June, 1957] W helden : Anatomy 5 Pharyngeal gland. PL I, Fig. 5. This pair of glands, aris- ing from the lateral walls of the posterior end of the pharynx into which it opens, has a quite typical structure. Each gland divides repeatedly to form many branches, some extending for- ward toward the mouth region, and others posteriorly both above and beside the brain. The latter are often quite long, at times reaching nearly to the posterior border of the brain. The diam- eter of the branches varies greatly, near its origin being 22-25 y, gradually increasing to 28-40y in the middle region, and then normally decreasing to a rounded apex where it is 20-24^ in diameter. In an occasional individual, many or even all the branches gradually increase the diameter to the very broad blunt apex which may measure as much as 6Gy across. The lumen of the branch varies from 2-5 y in diameter, increase in branch diameter being increase in cell thickness. The lining of the central lumen is always quite smooth. In nearly all individuals, the central canal appears to be com- pletely empty. Only rarely is an individual found to have ob- vious secretion in the lumen, seldom enough to cause any evident distension. In only one case, a queen, was there an excessive quanthy of secretion — in this queen, the diameter of the branches varied from 8G-90y, the wall thickness varying from 5-14/x. The abundant secretion within had a pale amber color (which may have been due to the stain). In the workers, the pharyngeal gland normally forms a com- pact mass in front of the brain, with relatively few branches ex- tending posteriorly above and beside the brain. In the queens, the gland varies more than in the workers, especially in the num- ber of branches and their diameter. In the males, this gland normally has fewer branches, and they are shorter and rather coarse. Labial (salivary) glands. PL II, Fig. 1. The secretory por- tion of this pair of glands occurs in the ventral part of the thorax. It consists of five to eight rather coarse sparingly forked branches which usually form a fairly compact group in the zone between the bases of the first and second pair of legs. One or two shorter branches extend anteriorly. When forking, one lobe of the branch is nearly always much shorter than is the other. The branches are formed of rather irregular, occasionally vacuolate 6 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV cells whose lateral walls are usually very vague. The diameter of the branches varies in different individuals from 38-44//,, but is rather uniform in each individual. The central lumen has a diameter of 3-4/x,; in rare cases, it may be as small as 2/x. The several branches of each gland join together very com- pactly to form the duct of this gland. The two ducts, one on each side, extend anteriorly for some distance and then gradually converge upward and inward near the anterior end of the thorax where they fuse to form a single duct that passes through the head to open in the labium. This salivary duct (PL II, Pigs, lb, c, e) is a very interesting object, and a very variable one in the thoracic portion. It is composed of a central canal whose inner wall is reinforced by an- nular thickenings. Surrounding this central canal, there is a cellular sheath of varying and variable thickness. Considered externally, this salivary duct seems to be a fairly straight, quite coarse object. Its detailed appearance is quite otherwise, espe- cially the central canal. Only in rare cases is this canal a simple, more or less straight tube. More often, it is thrown into long- folds, turning back on itself for distances from one-third to three- quarters of its length. But in very many individuals, this central canal twists and turns in a most bewilcleringly irregular manner so that its length becomes several times that of the distance it has to cover ; all these convolutions occur within the outer sheath which externally shows none of this, except in its increased di- ameter. This diameter varies from 7-1 6//, in the workers; in queens, it may be much larger, even approaching the diameter of the secretory portion in rare cases. The central canal is fairly constant in each individual, and varies from 2.5-7/x, being larger in queens than in workers and males. The tortuous nature of the central canal continues until the point of fusion of the two sides is reached. Prom that point on, the canal seems always to be quite straight. Metasternal glands. PI. II, Fig. 3. This pair of glands has a form apparently rather common in ants. A large somewhat irregular chamber occurs in the posterior portion of the thorax ; the posterior and lateral (outer) portion of the wall of this cham- ber is pressed tightly against the adjacent wall of the thorax and may even be adnate thereto. From the ventral portion of the Mar.— June, 1957] Whelden : Anatomy 7 chamber, a small somewhat irregular opening gives access to the outside. This opening is quite smooth, as is the entire inner wall of the chamber. The dimensions of the chamber are 120-180 x 80-95/a. The wall of the chamber is uniformly about 2/a thick over the greater part of its surface. The one area that is thinner is a small, rather irregular patch near the upper and anterior end, where it becomes less than 1/a thick. This is the area through which the many ducts of the secretory cells open into the cham- ber. The secretory cells of this gland cover the dorsal surface of the chamber in a loose mass irregularly two to three cells thick ; this mass extends down over the anterior and abaxial surface of the chamber to a point well below its mid-region. Near the mar- gins and in the lower portions, this mass of cells is seldom more than a single cell thick. The cells vary greatly in shape, though usually they are some- what broadly ellipsoidal, and measure from 26 x 24/a to 32 x 25/a. Cells near the bottom of the mass tend to be noticeably longer and may reach measurements up to 17 x 42/a to 50/a long. Each cell contains a single, nearly spherical nucleus 10-18/a in diameter. Each cell gives rise to a single duct which passes more or less parallel to the outer surface of the chamber. These ducts form a loose strand which ends in the sieve-like group of pores through the thin area. These ducts are very uniformly 0.8-1.2/a in di- ameter. The smallest number of secretory cells noted here was 33, found in a worker. Usually there are three to four times this number of cells. The largest number counted was over 150, in a mature queen. Occasionally, an individual was found to have numerous very fine “hairs” projecting into the chamber. Evidently these were hardened secretions possibly forced from the ducts by the action of the fixative used. Gaster glands. PI. II, Fig. 3. The secretory cells of this pair of glands form a rather irregular mass, sometimes being a single layer of cells just under the dorsal chitin of the fourth gastric segment, but more frequently forming an irregular mass, two to three cells thick. The number of cells varies greatly, being 8 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV usually from 25 to 40. Infrequently, individuals are found with only 8-14 cells in each of the glands. The cells vary from nearly spherical and 20-36/a in diameter to slender, elongate cells meas- uring 36-45 x 10-12/a. Each cell contains a single, usually spher- ical nucleus 12-15/a in diameter. From each cell, a duct 0.8-1.2/a in diameter, passes posteriorly to end as a pore through the inter segmental membrane joining the fourth and fifth gastric segments. Each duct enlarges rather abruptly, just before opening through the membrane. These pores may be densely massed in a small area, or may be quite widely separated in a large area of the membrane. Deeply embedded in the posterior part of the gaster, there is another pair of glands. These are found, one on each side of the sting as it normally rests in the gaster, but slightly dorsal to it and are always formed of a linear series of four to seven rather large rounded cells. From the lower part of each cell, a single duct extends. Each of the rather tortuous ducts pass down and inward, to open through a membrane which is above the sting. An average cell of this gland measures 25 x 16/a ; the diameter of the ducts is 0.8-1/a. Between these glands and slightly anterior to them, there is a tiny structure of three to five minute cells which may be con- sidered as glandular, or as vestiges of a gland. These cells meas- ure 10-12 x 3-4/a. (PL II, Fig. 6.) Poison glands. PI. II, Fig. 5. The two poison glands are de- cidedly unequal in size, and in appearance. The larger gland extends diagonally upwards from the base of the sting until near the lower wall of the rectum, where it turns rather abruptly and extends forward to a point approximately above the last gastric ganglion. Throughout its length, there is a gradual increase in diameter until, near its anterior end, it attains a maximum diameter of perhaps 40/a, though in many cases the maximum is much less, even as small as 24/a. Throughout its entire length, this gland is formed of rather narrow columnar cells, each con- taining a single small spherical nucleus near its outer end. These nuclei vary from 2-3/a in diameter, but are usually of rather uni- form size in each individual, being smallest near the posterior end and larger toward the anterior end. The central lumen of this gland varies somewhat, being occasionally of quite uniform Mar.— June, 1957] Whelden: Anatomy 9 though rather small diameter (2-4/x) : more frequently, it is of very irregular shape, due to the sharply conical inner ends of the wall cells. This gland extends into the base of the sting for some distance, becoming abruptly narrowed and flattened later- ally near its end. The opening of this gland is a narrow, trans- versely elongate slit. Around the opening, the cells become small and very irregular. In a large majority of the individuals studied, this describes the entire gland, the anterior end being definitely uniformly rounded. However, in some individuals, both workers and queens, two rather conspicuous branches arise from the anterior end. These usually extend forward from 200— 400/x, then turn abruptly backward to reach as far back as their origin or even a bit more. Occasionally, there is a second turning so that the final portion extends forward. Now and then, these branches when present are very irregularly contorted, often seeming much entangled. These branches are composed of large, rather irregular cells, each with a single, usually subspherical, nucleus, 8-11/* in diam- eter. The diameter of the branches varies from 32-50 /*, being usually larger in the queens than in the workers, and varying greatly in any one individual. Only rarely is there even a faint indication of any central lumen. The second poison gland, the accessory gland, also turns dor- sally just anterior to the sting, and then turns sharply toward the rear. It is much shorter than the other gland. The wall of this gland is invariably very irregularly wrinkled in transverse folds and seems to be non-cellular. Not a single nucleus was found in any part of it. This gland varies greatly in size. In one individual, it ended very soon after its emergence from the base of the sting : in an- other, it was 220/x long and 14/x in maximum diameter, which is approximately its maximum size. This gland extends into the base of the sting, nearly as far as the first does, and also opens through a transversely elongate slit with closely appressed mar- gins. Reproductive system. In the queens, the number of ovarioles in each ovary varies from three to six, with the great majority having four or five in each ovary. In the workers, there are in- 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV variably either two, or usually three, ovarioles in each ovary. In nearly all the queens studied here, each ovariole contains a series of developing eggs, but the total number is never very large. In most cases, worker ovarioles contain only small egg cells, the largest seldom measuring more than 42/a long, and 28/a in diameter. The number of developing egg cells in workers is always less than that found in the queens. None the less, it would appear that many S tigmatomma workers are capable of and may lay small numbers of eggs. The oviducts and uterus call for little comment, the former being straight thin-walled tubes in both queens and workers, as is also the uterus in many workers. In other workers, the uterus is more like that of the queen, a much wrinkled structure whose dorsal wall is increasingly thicker posteriorly, with the ventral and lateral wall uniformly thin. The spermatheca of the virgin queen (PL II, Fig. 4) has a very constant structure, the wall showing two very distinct areas. In the anterior-dorsal region, there is a large irregularly circular area formed of columnar cells 18-30/a long and about 2.5-3/a in greatest breadth. Each of these cells has a small ellipsoidal nucleus near the outer wall: these nuclei are about 3/a long and 1.5-2.5/a in diameter. The total extent of this part of the wall may be as small as about 1/10 of the total spermathecal surface, but is usually greater than that and in occasional specimens may be about 1/5 the entire surface. The remaining part of the wall is very much thinner and seems capable of considerable change in thickness. In virgin queens, this part is very greatly and irregu- larly wrinkled. In older queens, after fecundation, the sperma- theca expands, the thin portion of the wall then being little or not at all wrinkled. The spermatheca of the worker differs from that of the queen in having the thickened area very much less extensive, and the thin portion even more wrinkled. The diameter of the spermatheca varies from 40/a in empty (virgin) queens and in workers, to about 100/a in fertile queens. The spermathecal duct is rather short and thick- walled, though unequally so, the canal being excentric, the wall of the anterior side measuring 10-17/a and that of the posterior side 3-7/a thick. The canal of the duct is about 2^ in diameter. Mar.— June, 1957] Whelden: Anatomy 11 The sperm mass seldom completely fills the spermathecal cav- ity. In it, the sperms are very loosely massed and often appear as if they had been in some sort of swirling movement. No worker has any sperms in the spermatheca. The spermathecal glands of the queen are ellipsoidal bodies, 44-75//, long and 16-30/a in maximum diameter, rather gradually narrowing towards the posterior end and bluntly rounded at the other end. The wall of the spermatheca is composed mainly of large, irregularly polygonal cells, each with a large spheroidal nucleus 5-7 /a in greatest dimension. Toward the center and sur- rounding the lumen of the gland, there are many small cells with ill-defined walls and small spherical nuclei, 1.5-2. 6/a in diameter. In nearly all individuals studied here, the spermathecal glands are above the surface of the uterus, extending anteriorly from the spermatheca. Infrequently, an individual was found with the spermathecal gland extending posteriorly, being then near the upper wall of the spermatheca. The ducts of the spermathecal gland are short and thin-walled. They may pass through the lateral walls of the spermathecal duct to open on opposite sides near the entrance into the spermatheca. In many cases, the two spermathecal gland ducts are found to unite before reaching the spermathecal duct, the single, very short common duct then open- ing into the anterior wall of the spermathecal duct. In the workers, the spermathecal glands seem often to be com- pletely lacking ; when present, they are much smaller than those in the queen. The spermathecal glands of the workers measure 30-44/a long by 17-23/a in diameter. The copulatory pouch (PI. II, Fig. 7) offers little of interest except to note the character of the dorsal wall. In the queens, the dorsal wall of the pouch is armed with uniformly separated, very even transverse rows of 10-18 fine bristles, 3-5/a long in the center and gradually shorter laterally. These bristles are directed posteriorly. Where this wall turns upward, back of the sperma- theca, the spines cease, the wall surface being then characterized by flat-topped, somewhat irregular hexagonal bosses, about 1/a high. The opposite (ventral) wall of the pouch is quite smooth. Mandible. Four tissues pass from the head into the mandible : the ligaments of the rather large muscles that move the mandibles, one or two rather small trachea, two nerves and the now quite New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV 1 9 narrow chamber of the mandibular gland. This chamber turns almost at once in the base of the mandible, upward and inward to open through an irregular pore in the mandible wall. The exact shape of this pore could not be determined. Of the two nerves, one is conspicuously larger than the other. This larger nerve passes along the lower part of the mandible, just above the lijrpodermal layer. From the large nerve, two types of branches occur. Most conspicuous are several quite large branches that pass to the upper surface of the mandible, where each branch passes into one of the several rather coarse teeth found there. Within these teeth, the nerve branches spread apart to form loose bundles of fine nerve fibres. These branches measure 35-80/x in maximum breadth. The numerous nuclei occurring in these branches are always ellipsoidal and measure 2.5 -4/x in diameter, and 6-12/x in length. Less conspicuous and more numerous are the many fine nerves that branch off from all sides to enter the fine canals through the chitin wall, and to pass into the bases of the smaller hairs that occur on the mandible surface. In addition to these nerve canals, the mandibular wall is traversed by numer- ous minute pores, 0.3-0.5/z in diameter. Fat cells and oenocytes are also present in the cavity of the mandible. Antennae. (PL I, Fig. 6.) Stigmatomma pallipes is not the most favorable ant to use for a study of the finer details of the antenna ; for the chitin is not only heavily pigmented and thick, 12-1 5y, but also very brittle. Despite which, fairly satisfactory results were obtained in the course of this study. The scape offers little difficulty, being of quite simple structure. Two slender muscles extend from near its base to the outer end, where they are modified to ligaments that extend into the pedicel. A small tracheal tube passes lengthwise through the scape as do two relatively large nerves. Infrequently, fine nerve fibres branch off from the nerves and pass diagonally to the hypodermal layer, and presentty end at, or in the bases of the few slender hairs that occur on the scape. Occasional fat-cells appear here also. The flagellum is much more interesting structurally. Two nerves pass through this structure, sending off several small branches in each joint. The trachea also extends throughout the length of the flagellum, with frequent irregular branches occurring in each segment. Mar.— June, 1957] Whelden: Anatomy 13 The nerve branches pass laterally to be lost in masses of small spherical nuclei, 1-2 /x in diameter. From 30 to 60 of these occur in each of the many irregularly ellipsoidal masses that line the walls of the segments rather uniformly. Within or at the base of each of these groups, there are from 4—6 larger nuclei. From the outer end of each group, a slender bundle of fine nerve fibres passes diagonally toward the chitin wall, where it enters one of the many canals that pass outward toward the external surface. It was seldom possible to follow these fibres to their final end, but apparently this is in one of the many hairs that occur on the surface, or in the modified structures that are found there. The surface of the antennae bears several types of hairs: some are coarse, straight and abruptly blunt-tipped; others are long, tapering slender hairs standing out from the surface ; still others are abruptly angled at the base so that they are closely pressed against the surface; and finally, there are very fine pointed, slender hairs which are much shorter than any of the others. Arising from the groups of small nuclei, slender nerve fibres pass, each through a canal and into the base of one of the hairs. These hairs occur on all segments of the flagellum. On the apical segment, two other structures occur. The first of these, styled champagne-cork organs by Forel, (PI. I, Fig. 6d, e.) are contained within rather coarse canals through the wall. From an area about mid-way through the wall, a thin layer of chitin folds back a bit and then again outward, to end in three rather slender pointed teeth, entirely free from the wall of the canal. Across the base of this structure, a thin chitin film stretches, its center raised into a low, rather blunt, papilla. Three rather coarse groups of nerve fibres extend up to this sur- face : exactly how they end could not be determined in this study, perhaps because of the nature of the chitin surfaces involved. Above this structure, the canal extends upward to the chitin surface, narrowing rather gradually, to form a very thin incom- plete membrane — incomplete, because there is always a small circular opening in its center. There are always 6-9 of these organs in the apical segment, most of them in the outer half. Those most distant from the apex of the segment differ slightly from the others, in having the thin apical surface sink abruptly inward to form a short cylindrical tube. The entire organ varies from 7-10/x in its 14 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV maximum diameter. Two to four of these organs also occur in the subapical segment. Yet another structure occurs in the apical segment, the flask- shaped organs, also named by Forel. (PI. I, Fig. 6c.) In Stig- matomma, these are limited to the outer third of a rather narrow sector of this segment, and are about twelve in number. Each organ comprises a cylindrical base, 5 — 8/a in diameter and 20-26a long, narrowing rather sharply at its conical upper end to a slender irregularly bent tube 0.7-1.1/x in diameter. Each tube passes into the base of a canal through the chit in wall, and comes to an end near the mid-point of the canal. In some of these organs, the tube has a uniform diameter throughout its length ; in others, that portion of the tube which is within the canal enlarges gradually to 3-4 times its average diameter. The basal portion of this organ usually has its rounded end at right angles to its length, but occasional examples are at a decided angle ; some are even quite irregular. Extending the length of this basal portion, there is a central canal about 2/x in diameter ; this canai narrows gradually at the upper end of the basal portion of the organ and continues as an extremely fine canal through the entire length of the narrow portion. The apex of the ultimate segment of the antenna gradually narrows to become a rather stout spine, the apical end of which is bluntly rounded. (PL I, Fig. 6g, h.) Cross sections show that four small canals extend through this spine ; but these do not appear to open through the apex. Well below the base of this spine, a group of four to six relatively large nuclei occurs. From these nuclei, a narrowing bundle of nerve fibres extends up and into the base of these spines. In addition to the canals associated with all these organs, the chitin wall of the joints of the flagellum is traversed by many irregularly distributed fine pores, scarcely 0.1ft in diameter. (Some of these are shown in transverse section in PL I, Fig. 6d). Pupae. Many pupae were included in the collections on which these notes are based. Of these, over sixty were nearly mature, the wall formation of the adult form being well advanced, with head, thorax, and abdomen clearly distinct, and nearly all the internal organs well formed. These were examined in some de- tail. The most noticeable condition found was the occasional Mar.— June, 1957] Whelden: Anatomy 15 occurrence of an individual with certain organs out of place. Most frequently noted were individuals having the crop entirely in the thorax, the proventriculus then extending from the pos- terior thorax through the isthmus and into the gaster. Less fre- quently noted were individuals having both crop and proventri- culus in the thorax ; two pupae studied had all three, crop, pro- ventriculus, and stomach in the thorax ; the intestine appeared to be tautly stretched and very narrow in one individual ; the intes- tine and rectum shared equally in the tautness in the second case. The most extreme case noted was one with the crop and proven- triculus in the head, the stomach partly in the head and partly in the anterior half of the thorax, and narrowly constricted where it passed through the neck; the intestine of this individual ex- tended through the rest of the thorax and into the gaster, where the greatly narrowed rectum stretched nearly the full length of the gaster, the six rectal papillae occurring in the zone of the second gastric segment. Similar to the foregoing were several individuals in which the reproductive organs were out of place. In several queen pupae, the ovaries were entirely in the thorax, usually in the posterior half. In two individuals, the ovaries were in the anterior end of the thorax, the oviduct then being a very slender tube reaching straight back to the posterior part of the gaster, where the sper- matheca was found in its normal position. Male pupae also shared in such abnormalities, several being observed to have the testes entirely in the thorax ; and one extreme case showed a part of the testes in the head, where it was behind and above the brain. Whether these displaced organs would have been eventually established in their proper positions is a question that cannot be answered here. Possibly many of those abnormal individuals would perish before eclosion. It would appear that not all suffer this fate, for several adults were found to have the entire crop or a considerable part of that organ in the thorax; one adult insect was noted to have the entire crop and much of the proven- triculus in the thorax. One further abnormality is to be noted : an adult queen having what can only be the larval silk gland still present in the head, where it occurred as a much contorted coarse unbranched tube, its lumen filled with yellowish secretion. 16 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV SUMMARY Over one hundred and twenty workers, thirty young and some quite old queens, as well as sixty nearly mature pupae and a few males were studied in detail. The collections extended through ten years, covering the entire growing season. Attention is cen- tered on variations within this ant, rather than in comparisons with other ants. Differences between callows and older workers are noted briefly, as well as differences between various muscles, including the flight muscles. The nervous system is quite con- stant, the cortex being very thin. The digestive system is de- scribed briefly, but shows no variations of particular note. The several major glands are described in detail, with par- ticular attention to the duct of the labial gland, it being very variable, and to the poison glands. In the latter, the larger gland is found to present two aspects, one characterized by having two quite long branches from the anterior end, the other lacking them completely. The significance of this could not be determined. The reproductive system is described briefly, attention being- centered on the spermatheca and its glands, since these varied slightly. Extreme irregularity in pupation is described, it being found in many specimens that one or more of the parts of the digestive system are present in the developing thorax when they would normally appear in the gaster. Cases are also found with the ovaries in the thorax. A few adults are also noted to have some organs out of place. Mar.— Jong. 1957] Whelden : Anatomy 17 DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES All figures are drawn with the aid of a camera lucida. Two scales are given, the 25^, scale measures all detail figures, the 200jx scale measures the other figures. Plate II, Pig. 1 is an outline figure of a diagrammatical sec- tion through the thorax, the labial gland being shown at the left, and the metasternal at the right. This figure is at a much smaller scale than all the others. 18 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Plate I. Fig. 1. The mandibular gland, showing chitin wall, hypodermis, the edge of secretory cells, a. Detail of secretory cells, one with duct, and above, detail of wall and hypodermis, and edge of secretory cells, ft. Detail of wall of reservoir near its anterior end. c. Transverse section of part of reservoir wall. Fig. 2. Longitudinal sections of thoracic portion of oesoph- agus : right, tangential section showing large encircling muscles ; left, slightly lower section, showing transverse sections of encircling muscles, and finer longitudinal muscles. Fig. 3. Hypodermis and chitin layer of callow adult (above) and old adult worker (below). Fig. 4. The maxillary gland, with outline of transverse section of half of pharynx and the infrabuccal pocket. a. Details of secretory cells and ducts. Fig. 5. Details of the pharyngeal gland, showing portions of gland near its opening, and an apical part of two ultimate branches of gland, one narrow, the other quite broad. Fig. 6. The antenna, a. Transverse section of the subapical segment, showing the chitin wall, the groups of small nuclei and the two nerves. Surface hairs are omitted, ft. Longitudinal section of last two segments, showing these same parts, and also two of the flask-shaped organs, c. Detail of flask-shaped organ, with some of the surrounding nuclei, large ones above, and small ones beside it. d. Detail of transverse section of champagne-cork organ, together with some of the minute pores through the chitin wall. e. Details of longitudinal section of champagne-cork organs from base (above) and apex (below) of apical segment. The dark circles above the upper one are groups of small nuclei. /. Detail of transverse section through nuclei of nervous elements associated Avith large apical spine, g. Detail of longitudi- nal section of apical spine, and the large nuclei and nerve fibres associated with it. h. Details of sections through the large apical spine from base to apex. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXY (Plate I) VJffik; 20 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV Plate II. Fig. 1. Diagrammatic section of thorax, showing labial gland at left and metasternal gland at right, a. Details of the labial gland duct in the head. b. Detail of duet in anterior thorax, near point of junction with that of the opposite side. c. Detail of duct near secretory portion, showing very irregular twisting of central canal, d. Detail of junction of duct with the bases of two of the secretory branches, e. Detail of trans- verse section of duct in thorax, showing sections of five loops of the canal. /. Detail of transverse section of secretory branch. Fig. 2. The metasternal gland, showing the irregular chamber and part of secretory portion, a. De- tail of duct openings. b. Detail of secretory cells. Fig. 3. The gaster gland, showing intersegmental membrane between fourth and fifth gastric segments, a. Detail of secretory cells of an adult male. b. Detail of secre- tory cells of a queen, c. Detail of some of the duct openings of a queen. Fig. 4. The spermatheea, in longitudinal section, with part of its duct, and common opening of the spermathecal gland ducts, a. Detail of spermathecal gland showing two sets of nuclei and central lumen, b. Detail of transverse section of spermathecal duet, with excentric canal. Fig. 5. The poison glands, showing part of sting below, the two glands and one of apical branches sometimes present in this gland, a. Detail of transverse section of one of these apical branches, b. Detail of transverse (at left), and longi- tudinal (at right) sections of the same gland, showing irregular central lumen, c. Detail of transverse section of the two glands as they enter the base of the sting, d. Detail of longitudinal section of the ends of these glands in the sting. (The black outlines are parts of chitin of the sting.) e. Detail of a portion of the second (accessory) poison gland. Fig. 6. Minute gland in gaster. Fig. 7. Copulatory pouch, showing the spine-bearing dorsal surface with the adjoining hypodermal layer and the smooth ventral surface and its hypodermis. Above this is a detail of the rows of spines occurring on the dorsal surface. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXV (Plate II) 22 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV EFFECTS OF SODIUM, POTASSIUM, AND CALCIUM IONS ON THE ISOLATED HEART OF THE MEALWORM, TENEBRIO MOLITOR L1 By Andrew Butz Department of Biology, Fordham University, New York City Insect tissue has great plasticity which enables it to maintain its activities in very abnormal media. The purpose of this inves- tigation is to determine the tolerance of insects to different con- centrations of sodium, potassium and calcium, as well as to changes in the osmotic pressure by the use of isolated heart preparations as indicators. Since no work is available on changes during metamorphosis of ion concentrations or tolerance to com- positions of saline as it changes during metamorphosis these experiments were performed on a holometabolous insect, Tenebrio molitor, during the larval, pupal, and adult stages. MATERIAL AND METHODS The method for the preparation of glassware was that of Gese (1950) with the exception that no permanganate bath was used. Larvae of Tenebrio molitor were grown in chick growing mash dampened several times a week. Prepupae were collected daily and kept in beakers at 30° C. Each day, pupae were removed, placed in dated beakers and stored at 30° C. In this way the age of each pupa, within 24 hours, was obtained. Three-day pupae were used because at 30° C. this stage is the mid-point of the pupal period. Young adults from two to three weeks after emergence were used. An analysis was made of the ion concentration and osmotic pressure of the blood of larvae, pupae, and adults. Blood was obtained from the larva and adult by removing a metathoracic leg with sharp scissors at the junction of the coxa and thorax. Blood was obtained from the pupa by cutting the tip of the abdomen with sharp scissors. In all cases, it was allowed to i From a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes to express his sincere appreciation to Dr. Daniel Ludwig for his guidance during the course of this investigation. Mar.— June, 1957] Butz: Physiology 23 drip into a porcelain spot-plate, while pressure was exerted on the abdomen. Each analysis was made on 0.5 ml. of pooled blood using* the Beckman flame photometer. For each stage, six deter- minations were made for ion concentration. The osmotic pressures of the blood during larval, pupal, and adult stages were determined by Barger ’s vapor pressure method as used by Ludwig (1951). The molality and the osmotic pres- sures were calculated from the NaCl equivalence. The effects of various solutions on the heart beats were deter- mined by the following procedure. The hearts were prepared by the method of Yeager and Hager (1934). Since they were not clearly visible, several drops of 0.1 per cent neutral red were allowed to remain on the preparation for 30 seconds and then drained off. When the preparations were kept for 24 hours, neutral red was again added for better visibility. Aerated solu- tions at 25 °C. were allowed to flow over the hearts. The appara- tus used was a modification of that devised by Yeager and Hager (1934). A binocular dissecting microscope was used for observa- tion and the time for ten beats was measured at 5 minute intervals over a three-hour period. The hearts which were beating at the end of this time were kept for 24 hours during which time the solution was allowed to drip more slowly on the preparation. For each solution tested, at least nine heart preparations were used. The solution was evaluated by the ability of the immersed hearts to beat at a uniform rate over a 3-liour and a 24-hour period. The effects of osmotic pressure on the heart of the three stages were determined by taking a favorable isotonic solution and vary- ing its osmotic pressure. Hypotonic solutions were prepared by diluting the isotonic, and hypertonic by adding a determined amount of the proper mixture of chloride salts. OBSERVATIONS The concentration of sodium, potassium, and calcium ions, as well as the osmotic pressure of the blood of the three stages are listed in Table I. The average concentration of inorganic cations in the larva, expressed as milligrams per cent, are sodium 177.7, potassium 128.3, and calcium 22.3 ; in the pupa they are 41.3, 74.0 and 7.8; and in the adult 83.5, 92.3, and 27.1, respectively. 24 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV The larval blood is isotonic to 0.37 molal NaCl (or KC1), and 0.26 molal CaCl2 ; pupal blood to 0.40 molal NaCl and 0.28 molal CaCl2; and adult blood to 0.2 molal NaCl, and 0.14 molal CaCl2. In isotonic NaCl the hearts beat at a moderate rate and the beating of the larval heart persisted for 44, the pupal heart for 53, and the adult heart for 32 minutes. Corresponding values for CaCl2 were 38, 32, and 17 minutes, respectively. None of the TABLE I Na, K, and Ca Content and Osmotic Pressure of the Blood. Determination Larva Pupa Adult Composition mg. per cent mg. per cent mg. per cent Sodium Maximum 202.3 47.6 86.3 Minimum 142.4 38.2 80.1 Average 177.7 41.3 83.5 Potassium Maximum 146.7 86.1 97.4 Minimum 102.5 58.7 90.1 Average 128.3 74.0 92.3 Calcium Maximum 26.3 8.8 30.4 Minimum 18.4 6.5 25.0 Average 22.3 7.8 27.1 Osmotic Pressure NaCl equivalent, in per cent 2.14 (obs.) 2.40 (obs.) 1.45 (obs.) Molality 0.37 (calc.) 0.40 (calc.) 0.20 (calc.) Atmospheres 17.04 (calc.) 19.20 (calc.) 11.64 (calc.) hearts beat in isotonic solutions of potassium chloride. The pupal heart beat in distilled water for 12 minutes. For each stage, sodium was found to be the least toxic, followed by calcium and then by potassium. Table II shows the various ion ratios needed for maintaining the heart beat of the larva. The Na/K ratio could be varied from 1.4 to 22.4 without any appreciable toxic effects. When the ratio of K/Ca was 0.33 to 3, the resulting physiological solu- tions were excellent. However, when the potassium was increased so that the ratio was 4, irregularities were seen in the heart and the beating did not continue for 24 hours. Very slight irregulari- Mar.— June, 1957] Butz: Physiology 25 TABLE II Milliliters of Isotonic Solutions and Ion Ratios Needed for Maintaining the Heart Beat of the Larva. NaCl KC1 CaCL Ion ratios Na/K K/Ca Beats/ min. Period of activity (Hours) 100 24 0.00 1.00 18.5 3 256 100 24 1.40 1.00 12.5 24 512 100 24 2.80 1.00 17.8 24 1024 100 24 5.60 1.00 19.3 24 2048 100 24 11.20 1.00 18.0 24 4096 100 24 22.40 1.00 25.3 24 5120 100 24 28.00 1.00 34.6 3 256 100 12 1.40 2.00 22.9 24 256 100 9 1.40 3.00 19.5 24 256 100 6 1.40 4.00 18.7 3 256 100 48 1.40 0.50 17.7 24 256 100 72 1.40 0.33 16.9 24 256 100 96 1.40 0.25 11.5 3 ties were seen in the beats of hearts treated with solutions having a potassium to calcium i ratio of 0.5 and 0.33, but the beating persisted for 24 hours. However, when this ratio was decreased to 0.25, the beats became very irregular and did not last for 24 hours. Table III shows the various ion ratios needed for maintaining TABLE III Milliliters of Isotonic Solutions and Ion Ratios Needed for Maintaining the PIeart Beat of the Pupa. Ion ratios Period of NaCl KC1 CaCL, Beats/min. activity Na/K : K/Ca (Hours) 179 26 0.00 1.00 10.3 0.3 165 179 26 0.60 1.00 23.9 1.5 330 179 26 1.10 1.00 11.7 2.5 660 179 26 2.20 1.00 29.9 24.0 1320 179 26 4.40 1.00 19.7 24.0 2640 179 26 8.80 1.00 15.9 24.0 3300 179 26 11.00 1.00 14.3 3.0 660 179 13 2.20 2.00 21.5 24.0 660 179 9 2.20 3.00 27.6 24.0 660 179 6 2.20 4.00 20.5 3.0 165 45 52 2.20 0.50 10.8 3.0 26 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV the heart beat of the pupa. The heart did not beat in a solution of the same ratio as found in the pupal blood, that is, where the Na/K ratio is 0.6. When the Na/K ratio was increased to 2.2, the resulting solution was satisfactory since the irregularities in beating decreased to a minimal value, and the beating continued for 24 hours. The Na/K ratio could vary from 2.2 to 8.8 without any appreciable toxic effects. The K/Ca ratio may vary from 1 to 3 without any effect on regularity. However, when the ratio was increased to 4 or decreased to 0.5, irregularities were ob- served and the beating lasted only 3 hours. Table IV shows the various ion ratios needed for maintaining TABLE IV Milliliters of Isotonic Solutions and Ion Ratios Needed for Maintaining the Heart Beat of the Adult. NaCl KC1 CaCL Ion ratios Na/K K/Ca Period of Beats/ min. activity (Hours) 111 44 0.00 1.00 24.9 3 136 111 44 0.90 1.00 24.7 24 272 111 44 1.80 1.00 43.5 24 544 111 44 3.60 1.00 55.0 24 1088 111 44 7.20 1.00 51.7 24 2176 111 44 14.40 1.00 56.6 24 2720 111 44 18.00 1.00 42.1 3 136 111 22 0.90 2.00 23.1 24 136 111 17 0.90 3.00 19.7 24 136 111 11 0.90 4.00 21.8 12 136 111 88 0.90 0.50 23.2 24 136 111 132 0.90 0.33 26.3 12 the heart beat of the adult. When the Na/K ratio was the same as found in the blood of the adult, that is 0.9, the beats were regular and lasted 24 hours. When the ratio was increased, the beating became stronger and also continued for the 24-hour period. The Na/K ratio could vary from 0.9 to 14.4 without any appreciable effect. It was found that when the K/Ca ratio ranged from 0.5 to 3, the resulting physiological solutions were excellent. However, when the potassium was increased so that the ratio is 4, slight irregularities were seen and the hearts did not beat for 24 hours. Slight irregularities were also seen in the Mar.— June, 1957] Butz : Physiology 27 beats of hearts treated with the solution having a K/Ca ratio of 0.5, although the beating persisted for 24 hours. However, when the ratio was decreased so that it was 0.33 or lower, the beats became irregular and did not persist for 24 hours. Varying the osmotic pressure of the perfusion solution showed that when the osmotic pressure was decreased to below ^ its iso- tonic value, the larval heart beat became faint and slightly irregu- lar but lasted for 3 hours. Hearts in an isotonic solution (17.02 atmospheres), or in one J of its isotonic value (12.77 atmos- pheres), beat regularly for 24 hours. However, when the osmotic pressure was 1J or more times its isotonic value, irregularities were seen and survival time was greatly reduced. With hypo- tonic solutions the beats were faint and irregular and with hypertonic solutions they were vigorous although infrequent. Solutions which were hypertonic seemed to be less toxic than hypotonic solutions since the immersed hearts beat for a longer time, although the beating was faint. When the osmotic pressure was decreased to below \ its isotonic value, the pupal heart beat became faint and slightly irregular but continued for 3 hours. Pupal hearts in an isotonic solution (19.20 atmospheres), or in one which is f of its isotonic value (14.40 atmospheres), beat regularly for 24 hours. However, when the osmotic pressure was 1J or more times its isotonic value, irregularities were seen and survival time was greatly reduced. Solutions which are hyper- tonic seemed to be very toxic to the pupal heart, while those that are hypotonic seemed to be less toxic since the hearts beat for a longer time, although the beating was faint. When the osmotic pressure decreased below J of the isotonic value, the heart beat of the adult did not persist for 24 hours. When the osmotic pres- sure of the solution was isotonic (11.64 atmospheres) or increased to 1J of the isotonic value (14.55 atmospheres), the solutions were good since the beats were regular and persisted for 24 hours. In solutions with the osmotic pressure 1J its isotonic value the beat- ing did not last the 24-hour period although the beats were strong and regular. When the osmotic pressure was increased to twice its isotonic value, the beats became irregular but lasted over 3 hours. With very hypertonic solutions the beats were vigorous, although infrequent. Hypertonic solutions, in contrast to their effects on the larval and pupal hearts, appeared to be less toxic than the hypotonic to the hearts of the adults. 28 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV DISCUSSION The ion concentrations found in the blood of the Tenehrio molitor larva, expressed as milliequivalents per liter (77.3 for sodium, 32.9 for potassium), agree with 77.0 and 32.0 obtained by Ramsay (1953) for the larva of this species. The calcium concentration of 11.2 agrees with values ranging from 10.9 to 46.4 milliequivalents per liter, found in various species of Cole- optera and tabulated by Duchateau, Florkin, and Leclercq (1953). Blood of the pupa obtained from the hemocoele is milky and contains fatty granules. Ion concentrations of pupal blood, expressed in milliequivalents per liter (18.0 for sodium, 19.0 for potassium and 3.9 for calcium), showed a marked decrease during metamorphosis from larva to pupa and a shift from a high to a low sodium content. It was thought that the marked shift in the sodium to potassium ratio might be caused by a high potassium content of the granules. Samples of blood were centrifuged to remove the granules and readings were then made on the clear heinolymph ; the results showed no change in sodium and calcium but a marked increase in potassium. This experiment indicates that the high potassium content is not due to the presence of granules in the blood. There was a slight increase in sodium during metamorphosis of the pupa to the adult. Further exper' ments on other holometabolous insects may help in the explana- tion of the sodium shift. An explanation of the fact that the pupal blood has such a high osmotic pressure as compared with the larval and adult is that in insect blood, organic material is more effective osmotically than inorganic ions (Bishop, Briggs and Ronzoni, 1925; Ludwig, 1951), and so the greater amount of organic material added to the blood during metamorphosis due to the breakdown of larval tissues may therefore account for it. Isotonic solutions with same ion ratios as found in the blood as well as modifications were prepared and used to determine the tolerance of the insect tissue using isolated heart preparations as indicators. A solution was satisfactory when hearts immersed in it could beat for 24 hours. The most satisfactory Na/Iv ratio was 5.6 in the larva, but it could be varied from 1.4 to 22.4 with- out any appreciable toxic effects. Comparable values for the Mar.— June, 1957] Butz : Physiology 29 pupa were 4.4 with a range of 2.2 to 8.8 ; and for the adult, 7.1 and a range of 0.83 to 14.2. The most satisfactory K/Ca ratio for all three stages was 3, but it could be varied from 1 to 3. The present observations are in accord with the findings of Barsa (1954) and Ludwig, Tracey, and Burns (1957) that insect tissue is tolerant to a wide range in the ratio of Na/K, but is more sensitive to that of K/Ca. It is to be remembered that although there is a wTide range in the ratios of Na/K, a difference in toler- ance between stages is noticed. Osmotic pressure is also an important factor in an insect saline solution. Drieux (1950) found that hypertonic solutions retard the frequency and increase the amplitude of heart beat of the bee moth, Galleria mellonella , and hypotonic solutions have an opposite effect. His results are similar to those of Barsa (1954) and those reported here. In the present experiments, hypertonic solutions were more toxic to the hearts of larvae and pupae than to those of the adults. This observation may result from the fact that the isotonic solution for both of these stages has a very high osmotic pressure. Barsa (1954) showed that, although the osmotic pressure of the blood of two insects she used (C. viridifasciata and 8. walker i) are very different, their hearts appear to be tolerant to solutions having approximately the same tonicity. It was noted, that the larval blood of T. molitor has an osmotic pressure of 17.02 atmospheres, and the hearts beat nor- mally in solutions which varied from 12.77 to 17.02 atmospheres. On the other hand, the pupal blood has an osmotic pressure of 19.20 atmospheres and pupal hearts beat normally in solutions ranging from 14.40 to 19.20 atmospheres. Similar figures for the adult were 11.64 to 14.55 atmospheres. Therefore, the hearts of each stage appear to be tolerant to a solution with an osmotic pressure of approximately 14.5 atmospheres. With this information a solution was allowed to be devised which contained 16.0 g. of NaCl, 1.4 g. of KC1, and 1.0 g. of CaCl2 per liter. Although this solution was quite well tolerated by all stages it is clearly indicated that a physiological solution good for one stage might be wholly insufficient to another stage, be- cause of difference in tolerance between different stages. Ex- perimenters using physiological solutions should be aware of this. 30 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV SUMMARY The blood of larvae, pupae, and adults of the mealworm was analyzed. The average concentrations of inorganic cations in the larva, expressed as milligrams per cent, are sodium 177.7, potassium 128.3, and calcium 22.3 ; in the pupa they are 14.3, 74.0, and 7.8, respectively; and in the adult, 83.5, 92.3, and 27.1. The osmotic pressures of the larval, pupal, and adult blood are 17.02, 19.20, and 11.64 atmospheres, respectively. The effects of isotonic chloride solutions of sodium, potassium, calcium, and of distilled water on the heart beat of the larva, pupa, and the adult were determined. For all the stages, sodium was found to be the least toxic ion, followed by calcium and then by potassium. None of the hearts beat in isotonic solutions of potassium chloride. The Na/K ratio for the larval heart could be varied from 1.4 to 22.4 without any appreciable toxic effects. The ratios of K/Ca necessary for maintaining the normal heart beat of the larva may vary from 0.33 to 3. The larval hearts beat normally in solutions having osmotic pressures from 12.77 to 17.02 atmospheres. The heart of the pupa did not beat in a solution with the Na/K ratio the same as in the pupal blood (0.6). When the Na/K ratio was increased to 2.2, the resulting solution was satisfactory. The K/Ca ratio may vary from 1 to 3. The heart of the pupa beat normally in solutions having osmotic pressures from 14.4 to 19.0 atmospheres. The Na/K ratio for the adult heart could be varied from 0.9 to 14.4. The ratio of K/Ca may vary from 1 to 3. The adult hearts beat normally in solutions having osmotic pressures of 11.64 to 14.55 atmospheres. A solution in which the hearts of each stage will beat for at least 24 hours is composed of 16.0 g. of NaCl, 1.4 g. of KC1, and 1.0 g. of CaCl2 per liter. Literature Cited Barsa, M. C. 1954. The behavior of isolated hearts of the grasshopper, Cliortophaga viridifasciata, and the moth, Samia walkeri, in solutions with different concentrations of sodium, potassium, calcium, and mag- nesium. J. Gen. Physiol. 38: 79-92. Bishop, G. H., A. P. Briggs and E. Eonzoni. 1925. Body fluids of the honey bee larva. II. Chemical constituents of the blood and their osmotic effects. Jour. Biol. Chem. 66: 77-88. Mar.— June, 1957] Butz: Physiology 31 Drieux, P. 1950. Action de la concentration totale des solutions sur 1 ’automatisme du vaisseau dorsal de la chenille de Galleria mellonella L. Compt. rend. Soc. biol. 144: 804-806. Duchateau, G., M. Florkin and J. Leclercq. 1953. Concentrations des bases fixes et types de composition de la base totale de l’hemolymphe des insectes. Arch, internat. physiol. 61: 518-546. Gese, P. K. 1950. The concentration of certain inorganic constituents in the blood of the cynthia pupa, Samia walkeri Felder and Felder. Phy- siol. Zool. 23: 109-113. Griffiths, J. T. and O. E. Tauber. 1943. The effects of pH and of vari- ous concentrations of sodium, potassium, and calcium chloride on mus- cular activity of the isolated crop of Periplaneta americana (Orth- optera). J. Gen. Physiol. 26: 541-558. Ludwig, D. 1951. Composition of the blood of Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) larvae. Physiol. Zool. 24: 329-334. Ludwig, B., S. K. Tracey and M. Burns. 1957. Ratio of ions required to maintain the heart beat of the American cockroach, Periplaneta amer- icana Linnaeus. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 50: 244-246. Ramsay, J. A. 1953. Active transport of potassium by the Malphigian tubules of insects. J. Exp. Biol. 30: 358-369. Yeager, J. F. and H. Hager. 1934. On the rates of contraction of the isolated heart and malphigian tube of the insect, Periplaneta orientalis : Method. Iowa State College J. Sc. 8: 391-395. 32 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Meeting of January 17, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History. President Vishniac was in the chair. The minutes of the previous meeting were approved as read. In view of the fact that there was no new business to come before the Society, the speaker of the evening, Miss Alice Gray of the Museum staff, in charge of entomological exhibits, was introduced and given additional time for her presentation. Miss Gray spoke of the changes to be made in the various exhibits at the Museum. The plans for the new Insect Hall were described. The special- ists of the Department of Insects and Spiders assisted in the preparation of a master outline for the Hall. The plan is now to design the exhibits and place them in such manner as will most effectively bring to the public the facts they want most to know about the various specimens. The exhibits would be designed to popularize the insects and spiders, to over- come the natural dislike of these forms of life and to impress upon the visitor the oneness of nature and the importance of careful study of lower forms of life. The place of the insect world in relation to plants and invertebrates is one of the stories that will be repeated many times in the design of the various entomological exhibits. An important exhibit will deal with a clarification of what constitutes a species. Anatomy, physiology and de- velopment of insects will be presented in a variety of exhibits where over- simplification might be generally preferred to confusion. A valuable inno- vation will be the inclusion of a bibliography with each exhibit. Food, flight, reproduction, generally the habits and Avays of the insects will receive careful attention. The struggle of the insects to compete with their sur- roundings will be illustrated as will their importance destructively and beneficially to these surroundings and particularly to man. After an enthusiastic discussion, the meeting Avas adjourned at 9:25 P.M. Louis S. Marks, Acting Secretary Meeting of February 7, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society Avas held at the American Museum of Natural History, President Vishniac in the chair. Dr. Vishniac called attention to the fact that paper-making Avasps had attacked his “summer White House”, even making off Avith large pieces of metal. Wonder and sympathy regarding the occurrence were expressed by all the members, but possible combative measures were not forthcoming. The business part of the meeting was concluded with Dr. Mullen’s proposal of Lieutenant Milton Tinker for membership in the Society. The speaker of the evening, Dr. Berta Scharrer of the Albert Einstein (Continued on page 40) Mar.— June, 1957] Kormilev: Phymatidae 33 ON SOME PHYMATIDAE IN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY (HEMIPTERA, HETEROPTERA) By Nicholas A. Kormilev1 New York City, New York The major portion of this collection consists of common North American species of the genus Phymata Latreille, which in some cases are represented by very large series. There are, however, numerous Central and South American specimens; among these are some very rare and little known species which are worth noting. In the genus Macrocephalus Swederus, one species ap- parently is new and is being described herewith. Subfamily Phymatinae Laporte Genus Phymata Latreille Phymata producta Hoberlandt Figure 1 Phymata producta Hoberlandt, 1944, Zbor. Ent. Odd. Zem. Mus., Praha, vol. 22, p. 123, fig. 1. One male from Rio Natal, Santa Catharina, Brazil, collected by A. Mailer, January, 1946, is in the American Museum of Natural History collection. The description of this species was based on one male speci- men from Sao Paulo, Brazil. This is the second known specimen and likewise a male. The drawing of Hoberlandt is good. How- ever, in the American Museum’s specimen, which I have ex- amined, the proboscis, formed by the frontal plates, is more con- stricted before the apex and the postero-exterior angles of the connexiva III, IV, and V are more protruding and more rounded. Hoberlandt placed P. producta near the longiceps group to which it is not related. It stands distinctly isolated in the genus and would probably constitute a separate subgenus. The fused frontal processes, forming the long proboscis, taper from the base to the apex, but the tip itself is dilated and truncate — a unique condition in the genus ; the ocella processes are lacking 1 I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Herbert Ruckes, through whose co- operation I was given an opportunity to examine the collection of Phymatidae in the American Museum of Natural History. (Jour. N. Y. Ext. Soc.), Vol. LXV (Plate III) Fig. 1. Phymata producta Hoberlandt, male, right paramere. Fig. 2 Macrocephalus insignis, new species, male. Mar.— June, 1957] Kormilev : Phymatidae 35 and the ocelli are dorso-lateral in position, clearly visible from above ; the posterior processes of the pronotnm are also lacking ; the median carina of the scntellum is vague, only at the base and apex is it visible as an obsolescent granulation ; the scutellar disc is transversely rugose and the lateral borders rimmed, but with- out small teeth, the presence of which is so characteristic of the genus as a whole ; the antennal excavation extends through the postero-lateral-posterior border (PLP-border) ; the postero-ex- terior angles of the connexiva protrude as rounded lobes, so that the entire abdominal border appears to be broadly and coarsely crenate. The parameres, although of the general Phymata type, are also distinctive and unlike those found in other groups of species of the genus. Phymata acuta Stal Phymata acuta Stal, 1860, Bidrag till Rio Janeiro trakt. Hem. fauna, vol. 1, p. 60. One male from Chapada, Brazil. In 1897 Handlirsch synonymized the Stal species P. longiceps , P. simulans f and P. acuta with P. acuta n gala Guerin, 1856, ap- parently not knowing the last. In 1930 Melin separated the species of Stal from P. acutangula Guerin, but left the two latter in synonymy with P. longiceps Stal. In 1951 I separated P. simulans Stal from P. longiceps Stal but, not knowing the types, left P. acuta as a synonym of P. simulans Stal. Later, through the kindness of Dr. Rene Malaise of the Stockholm Riksmuseum, I was privileged to see all types of Stal. They are quite distinct and each in its own right a valid species. The full synonymy and identity of these species is given in the author’s “Revision of Phymatinae, ” still in press. All species of the longiceps group, to which P. acuta belongs, are characterized by the long head, which is at least one and a half times as long as wide across the eyes, and by a strongly dilated abdomen. P. acuta can be separated from P. longiceps and P. simulans by the ab- sence of the lateral notch of the pronotum and by the evenly granulated body. From P. peruensis Melin, 1930, the most closely allied species, P. acuta - can be separated by the smaller head, which is distinctly shorter than the pronotum. In P. peruensis the head is as long or almost as long as the pronotum. 36 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxv Phymata rhynocerata Kormilev Phymata rhynocerata Kormilev, 1957, Rev. Bras. Biol., vol. 17, p. 124, figs. 1-3. In 1957, 1 described this species from one female specimen taken at Tnxtepec, Oaxaca, Mexico. The holotype is in the United States National Museum in Washington. The American Museum of Natural History has in its collection five specimens including two males, collected in the provinces of Vera Cruz and Jalisco, Mexico. One of these males I am designating as the allotype and give a short description of it below. Male. Slightly smaller than the female and darker in color: orange yel- low; the hind disc of the pronotum, transverse band of the abdomen, meso- and meta-pleurae are chestnut brown ; lateral bands of the pronotum testace- ous; lateral notch of the pronotum whitish; legs greenish yellow; the tips of the lateral angles of the pronotum and abdomen are black. Biometrical Measures. Head longer than wide across the eyes, 24/15 ; the proportions of the antennal segments (1-4) are 5/7/9/16; pronotum is shorter than wide across the lateral angles, 28/43 ; scutellum is shorter than wide at the base, 10/12 ; abdomen is shorter than wide across the lateral angles, 53/60; fore femora much longer than wide, 20/9. Male. Total length 5.4 mm.; width of the pronotum 2.15 mm.; greatest width of the abdomen 3.0 mm. Allotype, male, El Palomar, ten miles west of Tezonapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, collected by Ray P. Smith, December 31, 1950; deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Specimens Examined. One male and two females from the same locality; one female, La Resolana, Jalisco, Mexico; in the same collection. Phymata annulipes Stal Phymata annulipes Stal, 1862, Stett, ent. Zeitg., vol. 23, p. 439. One male, four miles southwest of Aguas Calientes, Aguas, Mexico, 6100 feet, collected by Ray Smith, October 24, 1950. Phymata annulipes Stal is allied to P. reticulata Handlirsch, P. venezuelana Kormilev, P. laciniata Handlirsch, and more re- motely P. handlirschi Champion, forming with them an “an- nulipes group.” This group is characterized by the extreme de- velopment of connexivum IV (of the 5th abdominal segment), which has on the ventral side a longitudinal carina, separating the genuine connexivum from exterior portion, and which I pro- pose to name ultra connexivum. All these species are extremely rare and are known only as single or few specimens. Mar.— June, 1957] Kormilev: Phymatidae 37 Phymata bipunctata Kormilev Phymata bipunctata Kormilev, 1951, An. Soc. Cient. Arg., vol. 152, p. 174, fig. 3. One female, Rio Vermelho, Santa Catharina, Brazil, collected by A. Mailer, November, 1947. This species was previously known from a single specimen, a female, collected in Biturnna, Parana, Brazil. The present specimen, also a female, is much darker than the holotype, hav- ing a coloration more comparable to a male : testaceous to red- dish brown ; the eonnexiva II and III with a black spot at the anterior angle ; the median and hind tibiae each with two dark rings. The systematic position of P. bipunctata is not very clear. It belongs to the species with very short head, and in the original description I related it with P. and inn Melin, but it is perhaps more allied to P. malaisei Kormilev (in press), because it is matte, whereas P. andina belongs to the glossy species. Subgenus Phymatispa Kormilev Phymatispa Kormilev, 1951, Rev. Inst. Nac. Inv. Cien. Nat., Bs. As., vol. 2, p. 54. Originally this subgenus was created for the reception of the “ fortificata group” and consisted of three species: P. fortificata ITerrich-Schaeffer, P. argentina Pennington, and P. sanjuanen- sis Kormilev. Later I added one more species, Pliymata ( Phy- matispa) paradoxa Kormilev, 1952. The main character sepa- rating this subgenus from Phymata Latreille, sens a stricto, is found in the form of the parameres, which here are bifurcated, whereas in all other genera and subgenera of the subfamily Phymatinae they are uniramous. Phymata ( Phymatispa ) paradoxa Kormilev Phymata , ( Phymatispa ) paradoxa Kormilev, 1952, Publ. Mision Estud. Pat. Reg. Arg., vol. 23, p. 126, fig. 2. This striking species was described from two specimens, a male and a female, from Paraguay and Brazil, respectively. In the American Museum of Natural History is deposited a third specimen, also from Brazil. One female, Rio Natal, Santa Catharina, Brazil, collected by A. Mailer, February, 1945. 38 JNTew York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV Subfamily Macrocephalinae Amyot and Serville Genus Macrocephalus Swederus Macrocephalus stall Handlirseh (in Part.) Macrocephalus lepidus Stal, 1862, Stett, ent. Zeitg., vol. 23, p. 440. Macrocephalus stall Handlirseh, 1897, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vol. 12, p. 195. One male from Chapulhuacan, Hidalgo, Mexico, collected by M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and 11. Schrammel, May 20, 1952. One female, ten miles from Villa Azueta, Oaxaca, Mexico, collected by R. Smith. One female from Tegucigalpa, Honduras, coh lected by F. J. Dyer, June 30, 1918. This small species is distributed in Mexico and Central Amer- ica. It is closely allied to M. lepidus Stal and belongs to the subgenus Lophoscutus Kormilev, 1951. Macrocephalus pulchellus Westwood Macrocephalus pulchellus Westwood, 1841, Trans. Ent. Soc., London, vol. 3, p. 25. Syrtis ( Macrocephalus ) pulchella Guerin, 1856, in Sagra, Hist, de Cuba, p. 406. One female from V inales, Cuba, September 16-22, 1913. This is one of the smallest species in the genus, restricted to Cuba. It also belongs to the subgenus Lophoscutus Kormilev. Macrocephalus leucographus Westwood Macrocephalus leucographus Westwood, 1841, Trans. Ent. Soc., London, vol. 3, p. 25. One male from San Turce, Puerto Rico, December 6, 1918. This species is restricted to the West Indies, being known from Haiti, San Domingo, and now from Puerto Rico. This species also belongs to the subgenus Lophoscutus Kormilev. Macrocephalus asper Stal Macrocephalus asper Stal, 1876, Enumeratio hemipterorum, pt. 5, p. 135. One male from Rancho Grande, Venezuela, May 4, 1945. This rare species is known only from Venezuela. It belongs to the subgenus Lophoscutus Kormilev. Mar.— June, 1957] Kormilev : Phymatidae 39 Macrocephalus crassimanus (Fabricius) Syrtis crassimana Fabricius, 1803% Systema rhyngotorum, p. 123. Macrocephalus crassimanus St. Fargean and Serville, 1825, Encycl., vol. 10, p. 120. One female from Ensenada, Puerto Rico, November 13, 1925. One female from Charlotte Amelia, St. Thomas, June 2, 1911. One male from Talboa near Ponce, Puerto Rico, no date. This male is very small, only 6.5 mm., whereas Handlirsch indicates the size for the Westwood specimen, also male, 9.0 mm. I cannot separate this male from the females mentioned above. Macrocephalus crassimanus also belongs to the subgenus Lopho- scutus Kormilev. Macrocephalus insignis, new species Figure 2 Male. Head relatively short (40/26); the anteocular part is narrower and almost half as long as the posterior ; eyes large, semiglobose, protruding ; ocelli placed nearer to the eyes than to each other (5/8) ; the superior and the lateral surfaces of the head covered with conspicuous, mostly black, granules; the lower border of the head behind the bucculae also granulated. Antennae relatively short; the proportion of the antennal segments (1-4) are 8(5)/6(5)/7 l/2(4)/23(8) ; the figures in brackets represent the maxi- mal width of the segment ; the first segment is subcylindrical, the second sub- globose, the third tapering toward the base, the fourth* robust, elongatelv ovate. Pronotum shorter than wide across the humeri (47/75) ; the fore lobe is much shorter than the hind lobe (17/30), with dispersed, rounded granula- tion, black on the disc, and whitish at the borders. Foreborder deeply emargi- nate; anterior angles acute, dentiform, granulated and slightly divergent; lateral borders of the fore lobe slightly arcuate convex, crenulated; in the middle of the fore disc is situated a small but deep faceta. Hind disc with the antero- and postero-lateral borders slightly convex, but not crenulated ; lateral angles not emarginate and forming a right angle ; the disc is covered with coarse punctures but is almost without granules. (Two (1 + 1) short, robust, slightly divergent carinae running from the interlobal furrow to the middle of the disc, where they disappear ; posterior border angularly pro- truding backward. Scutellum large (105/55), reaching the tip of the abdomen, covering most of the abdomen and hemelytra, and at the base somewhat narrowed ; the maximal width two-thirds of the distance from the base ; the disc finely punctured, posteriorly with a sparse whitish granulation ; the median carina narrow, rather obliterated, and only at the base slightly dilated and raised. The coloration of the scutellum is very characteristic, i.e., dark background with a wide, chevron-shaped, yellow, transverse band. 40 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXV Hemelytra visible only as a narrow outer border of the corium. Abdomen relatively narrow, longer than wide (85/65), slightly tapering from the base backward, and from above visible as a narrow margin. The posterior-exterior angles of the connexiva not protruding ; venter with dis- persed, somewhat obliterated, concolor granulation. Parameres of the Lophoscutus type, i.e., uniramous. Pleurae with sparse rounded granulations ; the foreborder of the pro- pleuron crenulated. Fore femora rather small and short (40/23), much narrowed at the base; disc convex, with dispersed dark granulations similar to those on the head and pronotum. Coloration. Head, antennae, the hind lobe of the pronotum, chestnut brown ; corium, the tip of the scutellum and the fore femora darker ; the base of the scutellum fuscous; the transverse band of the scutellum, the entire ventral surface of the body (with the exception of the lateral angles of the propleurae, which are dark), the fore coxae, the median and hind legs, yellow; the fore lobe of the pronotum pale orange; tergum dark orange, almost red. Male. Total length 6.5 mm. ; width of the pronotum 2.5 mm. ; width of the abdomen 2.25 mm. Holotype, male, Rancho Grande, Venezuela, July 5, 1945; deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. The new species belongs to the subgenus Lophoscutus Kormi- lev and is related to Macrocephalus macilentus Westwood. It is more robust, the lateral angles of the pronotum less acute ; the lateral borders before and behind them more convex. The con- spicuous black granulation of the head, pronotum, and fore femora, and the coloration of the body are also quite different. Bibliography Cited Handlirsch, A. 1897. Monographic der Phymatiden. Ann. Naturh. Ilof- mus. Wien. 12. 127-230. 35 figs. 6 plates. Kormilev, N. A. 1951. Phymatidae Argentinas (Hemiptera), con obser- vaciones sobre Phymatidae en general. Rev. Inst. Nac. Inv. Cien. Nat., Bs. As.; Cien. Zool. 2 (2). 45-110. 8 figs. 14 plates. ( Continued from page 32) College of Medicine spoke on “Some new and some old research in insect endocrinology”, during which she reviewed the various insect endocrine organs which have known functions. The prothoracic glands of holometabolous insects have been shown to function during immature stages, producing a growth and differentiation hormone. It is this hormone which lias recently been isolated in the laboratory of Adolf Butenandt, making this the only invertebrate hormone isolated in chemically pure form at the present time. ( Continued on page 78) Mar.— June, 1957] Treat: Mite 41 UNILATERALITY IN INFESTATIONS OF THE MOTH EAR MITE By Asher E. Treat* The City College of New York The gamasine mite Myrmonyssus phalaenodectes Treat (1954) is a widely distributed parasite in the tympanic organs of noctnid moths, chiefly those of the genus Leucania. Its colonies, whether founded by a single female or by several, occupy and destroy the function of one but not both of the host ’s ears. Each female can produce from 80 to 100 eggs. The young develop to maturity on the original host and the fertile females then seek another moth on which to repeat the cycle. A large colony fills the three cham- bers of the ear to overflowing. As the maturing females leave the ear, they populate both sides of the head, neck, and prothorax of the host, whence they leave, a few at a time, to found colonies of their own. Regardless of the age, size, or condition of the colony, one ear is normally left unoccupied and undamaged. Left and right sided infestations are about equally common, and mites reared on one side of the original host may found colonies on the opposite side of its successor. In the unilaterality of its colonies, the moth ear mite contrasts sharply with most insect-infesting mites, which tend to distribute themselves symmetrically on the host’s body, often with astonish- ing precision (Cooper, 1955). In such relationships the equilib- rium of the insect is undisturbed, while the damage to the host, if any, is not more severe for being equally distributed. The moth ear mites, on the other hand, make the moth “deaf in one ear,” and were they to invade both sides they would leave their host unable to detect the high pitched sounds of bats and perhaps of other predators (Roeder and Treat, 1957). They might thus expose both their hosts and themselves to early extinction. Though it seems unlikely that the mites apprehend this danger, they nevertheless appear to avoid it quite systematically. How does this come about? Are bilateral colonies sometimes formed, only to be devoured by bats or to render the moths incapable of * Special Research Fellow of the National Institute of Allergy and Infec- tious Diseases. 42 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV flight and therefore less likely to be taken by the collector? Is it physiologically impossible for the mites to use both ears? Are the moths somehow unsymmetrical in the attractiveness of their two sides, or are the mites congenitally right or left handed? To most of these questions it is easy to show that the answer is No. That unilaterality is not required for the development of the colony is proved by the experiment of placing one or more gravid females in each of the two tympanic recesses of the same moth. The result is usually a colony on both sides. As long as the moth is sheltered in the laboratory it shows few ill effects (other than deafness) from its parasites, and the two colonies mature normally. A single ovipositing female transferred to the opposite ear will sometimes return to her brood, but she may instead continue egg laying in her new location, thus producing a bilateral colony all by herself. Except for such experiments, bilateral colonies are about as rare in the laboratory as they are in the field, where only two have been discovered among nearly 1,000 infestations. Were every colony the work of a single female there would be no problem ; her attraction to her brood, and later the gregarious- ness of her offspring would tend to localize the mites in whichever ear she chanced to occupy. But though such simple colonies are common, compound colonies with ovipositing females numbering eight or more are often seen, especially in midsummer when the incidence of infestation is at its peak. If, as is believed, the young females commonly leave their old hosts and find new ones while the insects are feeding on flowers, it must often happen that a single moth will take aboard several wanderers, one or a few at a time, from several sources. Indeed it is only in this way that cross-fertilization could be achieved, since the males do not wander, and the only males present in a colony are those that develop there. When several fertile female mites — say 8 or 10 — are placed at random on both sides of a previously mite-free moth and the insect is then confined in a jar or cage, a typical unilateral compound colony usually develops. Similar results have been noted when mite-free moths are kept in closed jars with infested moths or with wandering female mites ( Figure 1 ) . As far as one can tell, the mites are blind, deaf, and dumb. In glass containers they do not appear to follow trails, either Mar.— June, 1957] Treat: Mite 43 their own or others’. On a living moth held by upraised wings under an entomological microscope, they show no tendency to con- gregate, but push about slowly and singly, as though at random, among the hairs of the head and thorax. From two to several Figure 1. A living colony of moth ear mites in the right tympanic area of an annyworm moth, Pseudaletia unipuncta, 9 • The moth was taken, mite-free, on 21 September, 1957, and was confined in a glass jar for five days with an infested Leucania phragmatidicola $ , taken at the same time in Tyringham, Massachusetts. Photographed 30 September, 1957, by Dr. A. B. Klots. Ten gravid female mites are visible, together with several larvae, three deutonymphs, and many eggs. Many more mites and eggs occupied the deeper parts of the tympanic recess and the internal parts of the ear. Wandering females of the second generation were found on the head and neck of this moth, but the left ear was unoccupied and undamaged. The moth was still alive when the photograph was taken, but died soon after — not necessarily from the effects of its parasites. Another moth of the same species survived a similar infestation for 16 days. hours are required, with the moth unrestrained, for the mites to reach and perforate the tympanic and countertympanic mem- branes and to begin egg laying. It is during this time, of course^ 44 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV that the “choice’’1 of ears is made. What goes on during this critical interval ? The possibilities appear to be limited: (a) the two ears are not equivalent, and each mite might find its way unaided to the more attractive or accessible one ; ( b ) the mites might follow a leader whose choice could be random; (c) each might follow an innate behavior pattern dictating that it should seek the second ear unless it finds another mite in the first.2 The actual solution of the problem, though differing from any of these conjectures, seems to partake somewhat of all three. The first mite may make a random choice, but does not normally visit both ears. Succeed- ing mites follow the same path as the first, but only from a critical point at which each arrives independently by an apparently innate routine. The observations which led to this conclusion were delayed for several seasons by the mistaken assumption that one could not follow the movements of the mites on a free and unrestrained moth. Once it was realized that this is not true, it was but a short time before the assembly of the wanderers to form unilateral colonies had been observed repeatedly. Many moths after a few hours of evening activity settle down to a long rest which may last for the rest of the night and all the next day. At such times the moths are not too easily aroused and may be kept under the microscope without restraint for long periods. They are evidently not disturbed by the activities of the mites. For critical observa- tions decapitated moths may be used. These stay indefinitely in a normal resting position, moving briefly only when touched. On resting normal or headless moths the mites, though often com- pletely hidden in the vestiture, reveal their position at every movement by the displacement of the hairs, and can thus be followed quite readily. Until shortly before they reach the ear, the mites seem to be guided by the moth’s contours and by the distribution and orientation of its hairs and scales. Figure 2 is a dorsal view of Pseudaletia (= Leucania = Cirphis = Heliophila) unipuncta (Haworth), the army worm moth, in the resting position, sliow- 1 Lest the word “choice” be considered objectionable, it may be stated that no deliberative action is implied here or elsewhere in this paper. 2 This amusing and ingenious suggestion was made by Dr. Horst Mittel- staedt. Mar.— June, 1957] Treat : Mite 45 mg the chief areas traversed by the mites and mentioned in the following account. The thoracic vestitnre in this species is close and smooth. It consists of a mixture of simple, elongate, Figure 2. Pseuclaletia unipuncta, semi-schematic dorsal view of anterior portions. Heavy lines indicate outlines of superficial features ; light dotted lines, outlines of skeletal elements. Heavily dotted areas show the chief path- ways traversed by the mites in reaching a colony site (shown in black) in the right tympanic recess. Al, alula of hind wing; CTC, orifice (shown by arrow) of countertympanic cavity; H, hood; Mscl, mesoscutellum ; Msct, mesoseutum ; Mtscl, metascutellum ; Mtsct, metascutum ; Pa, patagium ; Tf, anterior mesothoracic tuft; Tg, tegula; TR, tympanic recess; V, vertex. The term ‘ ‘ collar, ’ ’ as used in the text refers to the vestiture of the patagia ; the term 1 1 disc ’ ’ refers to the metascutum and metascutellum, collectively. Pathways of mites from the site of boarding to the collar region are not shown. and spatulate scales overlain by simple, flattened, and spatulate hairs (ef. Forbes, 1954, p. 7-9). The distribution of these scale and hair types varies over different parts of the thoracic surface 46 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV Near the center of the disc, long, simple hairs predominate in the upper layers, and the convergence of the free tips of these hairs from the two sides marks the midline (an important part of the mites’ path) from the anterior mesothoracic tuft to and slightly beyond the rear margin of the thorax. There the converging hairs form a little, pointed brush, meeting the first abdominal tuft between the inner margins of the folded fore- wings. The anterior thoracic tuft is a spray of long simple hairs on the anteromedial part of the mesonotal disc. Rimming and somewhat overlapping the disc anteriorly is the “ collar” of mixed hair and scales that curve upward and rearward from the anterior surfaces and upper borders of the patagia. Just behind the metascutellum, the surface of the first ab- dominal tergum dips downward slightly to form a shallow trans- verse trough or groove extending between the dorsal lips of the countertympanic cavities of either side. In a resting moth, this trough is roofed laterally by the forewings and medially by the projecting brush of thoracic hairs. It is bordered anteriorly by the metascutellum and posteriorly by the hair tufts of the first abdominal tergum. On its floor is a carpet of very small, closely appressed, simple scales, free from the admixture of hair. The transverse trough forms a natural external pathway between the two ears, quite concealed from view until the wings and overlying vestiture are removed. When a fertile female mite is placed upon or allowed to board a resting moth she promptly buries herself among the hairs wher- ever she happens to be. She moves slowly among their bases in a hesitant, groping manner, punctuated by peculiar little jerks or darts which do not send her forward appreciably but which may serve to test the orientation of the hairs or to adjust her position among them. Her course, though irregular, is toward the collar or the neck, which she eventually reaches. The route depends partly, of course, upon the site of boarding, and does not appear to be fixed in any systematic way. Once arrived, the mite remains in the neck or collar area for some time. She may be quiet for long periods, occasionally rummaging about among the deep hairs or shuttling from one side to the other. There may be inter- mittent feeding through the soft membranes of these areas, and fecal droplets may be deposited among the hairs. One mite (on Mar.— June, 1957] Treat: Mite 47 a decapitate moth with loose collar vestiture) was seen to cross twice from a resting* position at the left shoulder to right post- patagial region, each time leaving a fecal droplet in the same spot and returning immediately for another period of rest or feeding. The time spent in the collar region seems to depend upon the alimentary or reproductive state of the mite rather than on the condition of the moth, the time of day, or other extrinsic factors. Some mites, perhaps unready for oviposit ion, remain there indefi- nitely after experimental transfer. Gravid females usually stay no longer than an hour or two. During this period there is no indication that the mite is seeking any other location. To all appearances she has made herself at home and is going to stay there. The second phase of activity, which ends in the mite’s arrival in the ear, is heralded by a rather sudden increase in the tempo of the movements in the collar region. Now the mite seems in a hurry, and her actions give the impression of impatient seeking for something. She approaches the anterior tuft and probes this way and that among the hairs at its base or sides. Soon the long- hairs are parted like tall grass at a point near the midline. From the center of the 4 ‘ part ’ ’ the mite emerges. She continues to push aside the hairs with her forelegs, making a broad path down the center of the disc. She creeps quickly along this path, extending it rearward as she goes, and pausing briefly now and then to lift or probe the scales that form its floor. There are no longer the jerky or darting movements that characterized her earlier actions, and there is no hesitation or turning aside until the brush at the posterior border of the thorax has been reached. This is the base of the triangle bordered by the forewings at the center of the transverse trough (Figure 2). If the mite is already engorged she has some trouble in getting- down among the tufted hairs of this region and into the trough itself, but she persists, and at last, within one or two minutes of the time her rearward march was started, she reaches the cross- road, midway between the two ears, where her final direction must be determined. Here she probes repeatedly in all dirctions, turning first one way and then another, making many tentative starts and returning to the midline after a step or two. Even- 48 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV tually the die is cast : she goes to one side and under the wing margin, raising it slightly as she disappears. She is now wholly concealed from observation or detection, but if the host is quickly anesthetized she is found in or just outside the tympanic recess of the side on which she was last seen. This, it might be supposed, is the end of the journey; but it is not. Time after time, at intervals of about ten minutes for the next hour or more, she returns to the ‘ 1 crossroad, ’ ? probes briefly in various directions as before, and then goes back to the ear first occupied. After seven or eight such visits, she finally settles down to the business of forming a colony. The third and last phase of her wandering is ended. But why the retracing of steps ? Is it merely that she is still “undecided,” or is this a functional part of her routine ? The problem of unilaterality in compound colonies is not solved, of course, by knowing the behavior of the first mite to arrive. It is the actions of the others that must tell the story. If a second mite is placed upon the moth, either at the same time as the first or later, it goes through the same general behavior pattern as the first, and in the initial phase quite independently of her pre- decessor ’s path. If the two mites meet in the collar region, their contact is brief; there is no obvious sign of recognition, no ten- dency to congregate or for either mite to follow the other’s trail. The midline march of the second mite may begin at a different point from that of the first (for example, on the opposite side of the thoracic tuft) but is completed in the same way as if the moth had been previously unoccupied. It is only at the “cross- road” that the behavior of the second mite appears significantly different from that of the first. The newcomer shows less hesita- tion. After only brief probing, she goes to the occupied ear, from which she, in turn, may revisit the crossroad area, though as a rule not so often as the first arrival. A third mite, or a fourth, or a fifth will follow the same procedure but with less hesitation at the crossroad, each turning toward the occupied ear from this point as though following a well-marked trail. If one of these mites is later removed from the ear and transferred to the head of the same moth or of another, it proceeds as before except that the time in collar region may be somewhat shortened. A brood female removed from her eggs and transferred to the Mar.— June, 1957] Treat: Mite 49 head or thorax of a mite-free moth will not necessarily go to the same side as that of its former home, but may settle on the side opposite, showing that a given mite is not, either congenitally or by habituation, ‘ ‘ right- ’ ’ or ‘ k left-handed. ’ ’ On resting moths with folded wings, the mites have never been seen to visit the unoccupied ear. If the forewings are removed, however, such visits sometimes occur, though no bilateral colonies have resulted from them. Moreover, when the moth’s forewings are removed the first approach to the ear may be somewhat dif- ferent from that described above. Only two such cases have been studied. In both, the mites wandered considerably on reaching the crossroad area and did not appear to find or recognize the transverse path immediately. One went as far rearward as the second segment of the abdomen, then turned obliquely forward and moved against the direction of the hair in this region until she reached the tympanic area. In one such moth the mites, having reached the ear, proceeded to distribute fecal droplets along the sides of the transverse path, and in this way made a mat of hairs which gradually converted the exposed passage into a thinly roofed tunel extending clear across the dorsum. Such hair mats normally cover the external tympanic recess in mature colonies, but are not normally found on the dorsum. It was thought at one time that the slight symmetry of the overlapping forewings might guide all the mites to the same ear. Since in a given math the wings do not always overlap in the same way, if at all, and since bilateral colonies have not been formed when the wings were removed, this idea was soon given up. From the facts at hand, one may infer that until it is nearly ready to start egg laying and has reached the “crossroad” be- tween the two ears, each mite obeys an innate behavior pattern for which the topography of the vestiture supplies the effective stimuli. At the crosroad, the choice of ears by the first mite could be at random, but succeeding mites are apparently influ- enced at this point by the previous behavior of the first. The nature of this influence remains unknown, but very likely it is concerned with the frequent retreading of the path between the chosen ear and the midline. It could be in the nature of a chemi- cal trail, secreted, perhaps as a prelude to egg laying, after the colony site has finally been adopted. It is certainly not a simple 50 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV result of the perforation of the tympanic membrane by the first mite to arrive, for the experimental puncture of the membrane does not attract mites to the damaged ear. Many more observa- tions are needed to clear up this and other puzzling points. If the second mite does not arrive in the ear until after the first has produced an egg clutch, she may be greeted by a display of “hostility” that is offset only by persistent attempts to gain access to the tympanic air sac. This behavior has been described elsewhere (Treat, in press). It is remarkable that in the face of such a reception, the intruder does not seek the unoccupied ear. The fact that it does not do so testifies to the potency of the influences promoting unilaterality, and, no doubt, to the high selective value of that condition. SUMMARY When several fertile females of the moth ear mite board the same prospective host, they go at first to the collar region, from which, some time later, they proceed singly along the dorsal mid- line to a point midway between the two ears. Thence their course appears to be determined by the actions of the first mite to arrive, with the result that all the mites assemble in one ear to form a compound, unilateral colony. References Forbes, W. T. M. 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States. Noctuidae, Part III. Memoir 329. Cornell University Agric'; Exper. Station. Cooper, K. W. 1955. Venereal transmisison of mites by wasps, and some evolutionary problems arising from the remarkable association of Ensliniella trisetosa with the wasp Ancistrocerus. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 80: 119-174. Boeder, K. D., and A. E. Treat 1957. Ultrasonic reception by the tym- panic organ of noctuid moths. Jour. Exper. Zool. 134: 127-158. Treat, A. E. 1954. A new gamasid (Acarina: Mesostigmata) inhabiting the tympanic organs of phalaenid moths. Jour. Parasitol. 40: 619-631. . 1955. Distribution of the moth ear mite ( Myrmonyssus phalaeno- dectes). Lepidopterists* News. 9: 55-58. . Social organization in the moth ear mite ( Myrmonyssus phalaeno dectes). Proc. 10th Xnt. Cong. Ent. Montreal. In press. Mar.-June, 1957] Behura: Mite 51 THE LIFE-HISTORY OF HISTIOS.TOMA POLYPORI (OUD.) (ACARI : TYROGLYPHOIDEA)* By Basanta Kumar Behura Department of Zoology, Ravenshaw College, Cuttack, Orissa, India INTRODUCTION Specimens of the common European earwig, Forficula auricu- laria Linn., taken from the field in Edinburgh (Scotland) and reared on a medium of soil and vegetable food, often acquired heavy infections of the hypapi of the Tyroglyphoid mite Histio- stonia polypori (Oud.). Apart from a casual reference to the mite and an insufficient description of the hypopus stage by Oudemans (1914) under the name of Anoetus polypori, nothing was practically known about the mite (Behura, 1950). The author (Behura, 1955) has dealt with the history and taxonomy of the mite and in this paper, endeavours to give an account of the life-history of the much obscure mite. METHODS The mites were reared in special cells designed, but with some modifications on the lines of those described by Robertson (1944) . The cell consisted of a black perspex plate 4 cm. square and 0.3 cm. thick, having a central circular aperture with an inclined wall. A piece of black filter paper, fixed with a gum covered the space at its narrow diameter of 1.7 cm. and served as the porous base of the cell. The cell was completely closed by placing a coverglass, 3.5 cm. square, over the cell at its wider diameter of 2.4 cm. To prevent the escape of the minute larvae of a culture, the coverglass was sealed to the perspex plate with a thin smear- of petroleum jelly. A high moisture content, necessary for providing the most favorable conditions for culturing the mites was maintained by placing the filter paper base upon cotton wool, moistened with water, enclosed in a glass trough. The glass trough, containing the cells, could then be exposed to the required temperature. It * This paper formed part of the thesis presented to the University of Edin- burgh, Scotland, for the degree of Ph.D. 52 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV was found that the mites, including larvae introduced into the cells, moved slowly but quite easily over a filter paper base satu- rated with moisture. The mites were literally submerged as they fed upon the lique- fied decomposing food placed in the cell, e.g. small pieces of ear- wigs, decaying cabbage, dandelion floral parts, etc. Mites fed on horse flesh attained sizes about twice those of comparable stages of mites cultured on a diet of decomposing earwig remains. Introduced mites will remain upon the decomposing food, either submerged and immobile, or slowly and laboriously mov- ing to and fro in the liquefied mass. They will soon multiply, the eggs being usually laid in masses around the periphery of the food material, although they are also indiscriminately laid either singly or in small groups on the food itself or upon the filter paper at a relatively short distance from the food. The design of the cell made it very easy to observe the movements of a culture of mites under a binocular microscope. The mois- ture content of the cell was maintained by mounting the cell upon a solid watch glass containing moist cotton wool. Over- head or lateral illumination of the cell when viewed under the binocular microscope readily accentuated the contrast of the opaque mites against the black back-ground. The transparent nature of the cuticle also made observations of transition stages easy and it was possible to distinguish readily the newly forming stage within the cuticle of the preceding one. Immobilization of the mite was usually a prelude to the extensive histolytic processes which affected the soft organs and tissues of the body. To follow in detail the stages of the life-cycle, a male and a female were transferred to a single cell. As the eggs were laid and when a sufficient number were counted, the adults were removed. In this way as many cells as could be examined by one observer were stocked with newly-laid eggs. As the larvae emerged they were transferred to separate cells and their progress of development to the adult stage carefully recorded. It was therefore possible to follow the life-cycle of separate individuals under standard conditions. The cell design also made it very easy to expose the mites to varying humidities and different temperatures. The laboratory cultures of II. polypori if left unattended for Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 53 some time, occasionally became contaminated with the Tyro- glyphoid mite Tyroglyphus siro Linne. T. siro requires less humidity than H. polypori for growth. As the moisture content decreased in the petri dish or bottle cultures, T. siro became dominant and the numbers of H. polypori gradually grew less. Some of the stock cultures in glass vials and petri dishes were ruined by heavy infection of T. siro. A species of small fungus gnat also laid eggs in the stock cul- tures. Even when the large petri dishes are closed with glass covers, the slender dipterous find a way into the culture to lay eggs. The large elongate vermiform larvae with their black heads are voracious feeders and they will eat the Forficula remains, decaying vegetable matter, and even the filter paper. Mr. H. Oldroyd of the British Museum kindly identified the specimens as a species of Sciara of the family Mycetophilidae. LIFE-HISTORY Mating : Mating in II. polypori is very peculiar. Active deutonoymphs at an advanced stage of development are easily distinguishable as males or females. The ‘ ‘ female ’ ’ deutonymphs before passing to the resting* stage carry adult males. The position of the male resembles that found in the insects, since it clasps the dorso- posterior part of the female’s body. The well-developed legs of the male allow it to take a firm hold of the deutonymph. After a short period of activity, the deutonymph passes to the transi- tion or resting stage. The male will remain attached to the resting ‘ 1 female deutonymph, ’ ’ while other males will attempt to dislodge it. The hold of the male is so firm that it will cling to the deuto- nymph even when both are rolled somewhat vigourously. Pre- sumably, mating takes place immediately after the emergence of the female from the nymphal skin. If for some reason or other, the “female” deutonymph does not hatch into the adult condition, but dies, even then the male remains clasping it for a considerable time. In one instance, the attachment lasted continuously for 11 days and discontinuously for another 3 days. This was more interesting from the fact that this male even when dislodged would mount on the “female” and attain the usual posture again. 54 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxv It would therefore appear that the males have acquired the instinct of distinguishing an active or resting “ female’ ’ deuto- nymph. I am not aware of this mating behaviour occurring among other members of the Tyroglyphoidea. Stolpe (1938), who worked on the life-history of H. genetica Stolpe, the hypopi of which heavily infest laboratory cultures of Drosophila melano- gaster, recorded the mating behaviour of adults. Jary et al (1936), who studied the life-history of II. rostro-serratum Megnin, apparently discovered no unusual mating behaviour. Occasionally, however, males were found attached to resting TABLE 1 Pre-Oviposition Period and Number of Eggs Laid by Fertilized and Parthenogenetic Females of Histiostoma polypori at Laboratory Temperatures and 100% RH. Serial No. Date on which $ emerged Fertilized (F) or un- fertilized (UF) Time in hours taken between maturity of $ and egg- laying No. of days eggs laid continuously Total No. of eggs laid 1 October 4, 1948 F 30 50 2 Nov. 16, 1948 UF 90 20 3 Nov. 12, 1948 F 89 4 Jan. 6, 1949 F 6 80 5 Jan. 10, 1949 F 108 6 Jan. 11, 1949 UF 24 7 Jan. 11, 1949 UF 29 36 8 Jan. 11, 1949 F 84 9 Jan. 11, 1949 F 40 40 “male” deutonymphs. Sometimes they will apply themselves to gravid females which actively protest against the attachment and the male soon falls off. The observations imply that the male will assume attachment as an inherent response to the touch of a female mite’s body, but the explanation could not account for males confining their attention only to “female” deutonymphs in readiness for the emerging female. Oviposition : At the laboratory temperatures in the month of January, 1949, eggs were laid 24 to 108 hours after mating. The average time taken was 57 hours. At a temperature of 26° C ± 1° C and Mai-.— June, 1957] Behura : Mite 55 100% RH, the fertilized female will lay from 40 to 110 eggs (Tables 1 and 2). The eggs are very hygroscopic, transparent and not always easy to find even under the binocular microscope. In reflected light, however, the eggs impart a greenish tinge which makes their TABLE 2 Pre-Oviposition Period and Number of Eggs Laid by Fertilized and Parthenogenetic Females of Histiostoma polypori at 26° C±l° C., 100% RH. Serial No. ^ , Fertilized Date on /TriN which 5 s -i fertilized emerged (UF) Time in hours taken between maturity of 2 and laying of 1st batch of eggs Number of days eggs laid con- tinuously Total number of eggs laid 1 March 30, 1949 F 18 5 40 O u April 1, 1949 UF 20 6 136 3* April 7, 1949 UF 14 9 4 April 5, 1949 UF 14 50 5 April 6, 1949 UF 8 30 6 April 6, 1949 UF 14 4 80 7 April 2, 1949 UF 10 4 70 8 April 6, 1949 UF 16 6 90 9* April 23, 1949 UF 6 10 April 6, 1949 UF 18 6 110 11 April 30, 1949 UF 18 10 120 12 March 31, 1949 F 120 110 (exception) 13 April 11, 1949 UF 18 50 14 April 1, 1949 UF 110 15 April 1, 1949 UF 16 7 95 Average 15 74 detection easier, but if the filter paper is too moist the eggs merge with the water film. When the excess moisture is allowed to evaporate, the eggs are contrasted against the black filter paper as well-defined oval bodies, partly opaque and partly transparent. Oviposition lasts about 4 to 6 days but occasionally continues for about 10 days (Table 2). Incubation : At the laboratory temperature of January 1949, at 100% RH, the incubation period ranged from 28 to 110 hours with an average of 85 hours. In November, 1948, the period of incubation 56 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV was 28 to 96 hours with an average of 50 hours, owing to warmer temperatures, compared with those of January (Table 3). At a constant temperature of 26° C ± 1° G and 100% RH, the incuba- tion period ranged from 13 to 40 hours with an average of 20.5 hours (Table 4). The eggs, about 84^ x 59/x, are light and float in water. By the end of the incubation period the eggs owing to inhibition of water increase to about 126/a x 84/x. The first visible change in the egg was the appearance of the white material to one side of the egg. The transparent chorion of the egg allowed an examination of the developing larva to be made (Text-fig. 1). This was best seen Fig. 1. Histiostoma polypori. Embryo as seen through the egg-case. by mounting eggs in lactic acid or water or a preparation of Polyvinyl alcohol. Emergence of Active Stages : The actual emergence of the larva from the egg was never observed. However, the emergence of the nymph and adults and that of the specialized hypopus from the resting protonymphs were observed. The emergence of the newly-formed nymph or adult from the cuticle of the preceding stage follows the same pattern. Before the preceding stage becomes immobile there are already signs of differentiation taking place. Thus the resting stage of the mite Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 57 TABLE 3 The Incubation Periods of Fertilized and Parthenogenetic Eggs of Histiostoma polypori at the Laboratory Temperature and 100% RH. Serial No. Date on which eggs were laid Fertilized (F) or un-fertilized (UF) Duration of incubation in hours 1 November 16, ’48 UF 96 2 November 16, ’48 F 34 3 November 11, ’48 F 28 4 November 11, ’48 F 96 5 January 6, ’49 F 28 6 January 10, ’49 F 60 7 January 11, ’49 F 100 8 January 11, ’49 F 96 9 January 11, ’49 F 110 10 January 15, ’49 96 11 January 15, ’49 108 12 January 20, ’49 F 84 13 January 20, ’49 F 84 Average (January, 1949) 85 TABLE 4 The Incubation Periods of Fertilized and Parthenogenetic Eggs of Histiostoma polypori at 26° C±l° C, 100% RH. Serial No. Fertilized (F) or Un-fertilized (UF) Duration of incubation in hours 1 F 18 2 F 24 3 F 24 4 UF 14 5 UF 10 6 UF 13 7 UF 17 8 UF 30 9 UF 20 10 UF 20 11 F 16 12 UF 40 Average 20i 58 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXY is already recognized. The soft parts of the body retreat from the legs and the proterosoma, which become transparent. Histo- lytic processes are responsible for the breakdown of the organs and tissues, followed by a re-differentiation of the mass into organs of the next stage. The new stage forms at the posterior region, the legs are folded inside the old cuticle and do not pro- trude into the cuticle of the legs of the preceding stage. As a prelude to emergence, the newly formed stage becomes very active Fig. 2. Dorsal view showing the hypopus of Eistiostoma polypori de- veloping inside the resting protonympli. and there is considerable movement of the legs. The old cuticle splits across the line dividing the proterosoma and the hystero- soma and the new stage emerges through the transverse slit. The old cuticle is rejected and left as an exuvia. Usually the posterior part of the old cuticle remains attached for a short time to the newly emerged mite after the anterior part has been pushed away by the anterior legs. The emergence of the hypopus from the cuticle of the resting protonymph differs from that of the normal nymphs and adults in many respects. The brown dorsal shield of the hypopus makes Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 59 it very easy to detect this stage inside the cuticle of the resting protonymph. The relatively long anterior legs are directed straight towards the gnathosoma of the old cuticle (Text-fig. 2). The period of activity is exceptionally short compared with that of the normal nymph or adult inside the old cuticle. The hypopus deftly emerges through the transverse slit without breaking the old cuticle and immediately moves away at an exceptionally quick pace. The shed cuticle is transparent, very delicate and collapses after the emergence. Unless the resting stage is transferred to a well moistened slide and the emergence observed under a binocu- Fig. 3. The cuticle of the hypopus cast by the deutonymph of Histiostoma polypori. lar microscope, it is easy to assume from mass observations of a culture in the cell that the old cuticle either disintegrates or is perhaps eaten by the newly emerged stage. My observations on the emergence of the hypopus from the cuticle of the preceding stage closely resemble those of Michael (1901), who studied Tyro- glyphus mycophagus Megnin. The emergence of the deutonymph from the resting hypopus is preceded by the migration of tissues to the posterior region of the hysterosoma which is visible while the hypopus is still active. After the completion of de-differentiation of tissues, the cuticular shield splits along the line of division of the proterosoma and hysterosoma and emergence of the deutonymph as usually effected 60 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV by the euticular shield of the hysterosoma also splitting along the left border and being pushed aside to lie slanting towards the right side, while still attached to the posterior end of the hystero- soma (Text-fig. 3). The shed cuticle of the deutonymph emerg- ing from the resting hypopus is best seen when a thriving culture of mites in a petri dish is left to dry. The Stages : ( a ) The active larva : The hexapod larva (Text-fig. 4), a characteristic stage in the life-cycle of members of the Acarina, soon after emergence from Eig. 4. Histiostoma polypori . Larva. Dorsal view. the egg is hardly visible as it moves quickly over the moist filter paper. The fourth pair of legs is absent in the larval stage. The larva feeds continuously and as it increases in size the trans- parent nature of the body changes as the excreta, in the form of urates, are deposited as white masses in the body cavity. The deposition of urates is particularly heavy in the hysterosoma. When exposed to the temperatures of the laboratory, at 100% RH, in January 1949, the active larval phase lasted for a period 8or- Mar.— June, 1957] Behura : Mite 61 ranging* from 24 hours to 84 hours with an average of 46.8 hours (Table 5) . At a constant temperature of 26° 0 + 1° C, 100% RH, the period of active larval life was greatly reduced with an aver- age of 12.8 hours, although in some cases the larva was appar- ently unaffected by the warm conditions (Table 6). TABLE 5 The Duration of Different Stages of Eistiostoma polypori Obtained from Fertilized Eggs and Exposed to the Laboratory Temperatures and 100% RH. Duration in hours Larva Protonymph Deutonympli Active Resting Active Resting Active Resting 1 November ■ 16, ’48 19 17 22 22 30 20 2 January 15, ’49 24 24 24 26 84 29 3 J anuary 15, ’49 24 24 24 26 84 29 4 January 18, ’49 26 24 60 24 40 19 5 J anuary 18, ’49 24 36 24 36 20 6 January 18, ’49 24 24 36 36 7 J anuary 20, ’49 60 24 24 28 38 23 8 January 20, ’49 84 23 24 24 45 24 9 January 20, ’49 72 24 60 60 40 26 10 January 20, ’49 60 24 24 40 42 22 Average January, 1949 46.8 24 34.7 32 51 24 Serial No. Date of emergence of larval stage (b) The resting larva: The attempt by the larva to find a suitable shelter is a prelude to the resting stage. In the cell the mite will either submerge itself in the food or will retire under a piece of disintegrated earwig cuticle. It was noticeable that the pace of the active larva was reduced and already there were signs of changes taking place within the body. As the soft tissues retreat from the legs and migrate into the hysterosoma, the legs, now cuticular cells, re- main attached to the old body cuticle. The resting stage, which is completely immobile, is thus easily detected by the transparent proterosoma and an opaque hysterosoma. It is clear that the process is gradual since the first sign of a migration of tissues are observed in the gnathosoma when the larva is still active. When a settled larva is disturbed, it will sometimes move from the site very slowly before resettling. When histolysis is ad- 62 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV vanced the larva is incapable of such movement. The opaque mass of material in the hysterosoma is gradually re-differentiated into the eight-legged protonymph. When the resting stages are mounted in polyvinyl alcohol, or even water, it is possible to observe the different stages in the growth of the new individual. As far as one could judge, the period of time required for the * transition phase from the beginning of the resting stage to the TABLE 6 The Duration of Different Stages of Histiostoma polypori at 26° C ± 1° C and 100% RH. Young from Fertilized (F) or un- fertilized - (UF) $ Duration in hours Serial No. Larva Protonympli Deutonymph Active Resting Active Resting Active Resting 1 UF 7 7 7 7 10 7 2 UF 48 14 16 6 8 6 (exception) 3 F 15 10 10 8 12 4 F 21 9 9 10 10 9 5 F 21 9 9 10 10 9 6 F 8 8 10 6 8 6 7 F 9 7 8 6 8 6 8 F 9 8 8 10 14 10 9 F 12 10 6 8 6 10 F 10 8 8 6 8 6 11 F 7 7 7 10 7 12 F 9 8 8 8 14 8 13 F 12 12 14 10 Average (for young from fertilized eggs) 12.8 8.6 8.9 8.3 9.8 8.0 time the newly-formed individual emerged was about 23 to 24 hours at the laboratory winter temperature, at 100% KH (Table 5). At a constant temperature of 26° C ± 1° C and 100% KH, the time required was reduced to an average of 8.6 hours (Table 6). (c) The active protonymph : The eight legged protonymph (Text-fig. 5) on emergence from the larval cuticle is about the same size as the fully-grown larva. But it is more elongated and, although in miniature it resembles Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 63 the appearance of the adult, the cuticle is much less tuberculate than that of the larva of the deutonymph. However, as the nymph grows, deposits of urates accumulate in the body cavity. Like all stages the active protonymph feeds continuously and increases in length from about 179 /x to 242/x. In the moist cell at the laboratory temperature of January, 1949, and 100% RH, the active protonymph stage lasts an average of 32 hours with a minimum of 24 hours and a maximum of 60 hours (Table 5) ; Fig. 5. Histiostoma polypori. Protonymph. Dorsal view. but the time is greatly reduced at 26° C ± 1° C, 100% RI4, to an average of 9 hours, with a minimum of 7 hours and a maximum of 16 hours (Table 6). (d) The resting protonymph : On approaching the resting conditions the behaviour of the active protonymph resembles that of the larva. The period of transition at the laboratory temperatures, at 100% RH lasts an average of 32 hours, with a minimum of 24 hours and a maximum W 08 64 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV of 60 hours (Table 5). At 26° C ± 1° 0, 100% RH, it only takes an average of 8.3 hours, with a minimum of 6 hours and a maxi- mum of 12 hours (Table 6). Particularly characteristic of the later resting stages, including that of the protonymph, is the dull glassy appearance of the cuticle, resembling ground glass. The migration of tissue cells into the hysterosoma follows the same pattern, but the tissues may give rise either to the normal deuto- nymph or the extra-specialized hypopus. The production of the hypopus is indicated by a typically pointing and somewhat longer white proterosoma and later the rosy-brown colour of the dorsal shield. TABLE 7 The Duration of Transition of the Hypopi of Eistiostoma polypori Exposed to the Laboratory Temperature and 100% EH. Serial No. Date of resting of hypopus Approximate duration in hours 1 October 2, ’48 24 2 October 6, ’48 23 3 October 6, ’48 23 4 October 6, ’48 26 5 November 16, ’48 31 6 November 16, ’48 33 7 November 16, ’48 36 8 November 16, ’48 48 (e) The resting hypopus: On approaching the resting condition the behaviour of the active hypopus (Text-fig. 9) resembles that of other stages, e.g. larva, protonvmph and deutonymph; the hypopus is very active and searches for a suitable place in which to settle. A feature of the resting position of the hypopus is the humped nature of the dorsal shield owing to a well marked curvature in the region of the anterior part of the hysterosoma. The anterior two pairs of legs are stretched closely forward, the first pairs usually cross- ing each other in front, and the posterior two pairs of legs are stretched outwards on the sides instead of being tucked under- neath as is typical in the case of active hypopus attaching to the smooth surface of the host. As would be expected, the sucker apparatus of the hypopus is non-functional at the time of its rest- Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 65 mg and hence the resting hypopus can be easily removed from its resting place. The period of transition at the laboratory temperatures of October and November 1948 and 100% RH lasts between 23 and 48 hours (Table 7). At 26° C ± 1° C, 100% RH, it only takes from 14 to 18 hours with an average of 16 hours (Table 8). TABLE 8 The Duration of Transition of the Hypopi of Histiostoma polypori at 26° C±1°C and 100% RH. Serial No. Approximate duration in hours 1 14 2 16 3 16 4 18 5 14 6 18 7 16 8 15 9 17 Average 16 The resting hypopus is recognized by the appearance of whitish areas, formed by the migration of tissue cells into the hystero- soma, which contrast against the transparent brown cuticle. The deutonymphal stage emerges from the resting hypopus. (f) The active deutonymph : Nymph II or the deutonymph (Text-fig. 6) will emerge either from the resting protonymph or the resting hypopus. This stage when fully grown closely resembles the adult (Text-figs. 7 and 8). It is distinguished from the protonymph by the stouter appearance of the legs and the pronounced tubercles of the cuticle, whereas it differs from the adult, apart from size, by the presence of only a trace of developing genitalia and in the position of the suckers. At the laboratory temperatures of January, 1949, and 100% RH, the deutonymph remains active for an average of 51 hours with a minimum of 36 hours and a maximum of 84 hours (Table 5). At 26° C ± 1° 0, 100% RH, the average was 9.8 hours, with a minimum of 8 hours and a maximum of 14 hours (Table 6). At a somewhat advanced state of the deutonymph, one can well 66 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV predict from the shape and size of the body whether it will be a male or a female. (g) The resting deutonymph : On approaching the resting conditions the behaviour of the dentonymph resembles that of the larva, protonymph and hypo- pus. The period of transition at the laboratory temperature of January 1949, at 100% RH, lasts an average of 24 hours, with a minimum of 19 hours and a maximum of 29 hours (Table 5). At 26° C±l° C, 100% R1I, it only takes an average of 8 hours with a minimum of 6 hours and a maximum of 12 hours (Table 6). The migration of tissue into the hysterosoma follows the same pattern, but the redifferentiation of the tissues may give rise either to the male or the female adult, although of course, long before the transitional period, the shape of the active deuto- nymph indicates whether it will be a male or a female. (h) The adult male : The males which are about 263/x to 358 /x are decidedly smaller than the females. The general shape of the body differs funda- 00 A* Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 67 mentally from that of the female (Text-figs. 7 and 8). The tubercles of the body present a very rough surface. The stout nature of the legs is well pronounced compared with that of the female or deutonymph. The males are much more tenacious and long-lived than the females (Tables 9, 10 and 11). In the labo- ratory temperatures of January 1949 and 100% RH, the average length of life was 48 days, with a minimum of 26 days and a maximum of 63 days. No difference however was noticed in the survival periods of males derived from fertilized and unfertilized eggs (Table 9). Even in food on which fungus is growing the males are able to thrive either on fungus spores or apparently without food. They can also live immersed under water for a considerable length of time. The various stages practically pass their whole existence almost immersed in the fluid upon which they subsist. Hirst compared the moisture-loving Tyroglyphoid mites floating in the liquid with living plankton in the sea (Vitzthum, 1932). Vitzthum (1932) stated that they are supported by the surface film of the liquid mass, and the secretion of oily substances over their bodies protected them from too excessive a contact with the liquid. Be- 68 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxv TABLE 9 Survival Periods of Male of Histiostoma polypori at the Laboratory Temperatures and 100% RH. Serial No. Date of emergence of adult Origin from fertilized E) or un-fertilized (UF) egg Length of life in days 1 November 18, ’48 UF 39 2 November 24, ’48 F 36 3 November 24, ’48 F 51 4 November 26, ’48 F 60 5 November 27, ’48 F 61 6 December 14, ’48 UF 46 rr 7 December 15, ’48 UF 55 8 December 16, *48 UF 39 9 January 11, *49 F 26 10 January 11, J49 F 32 11 January 15, J49 UF 52 12 January 18, *49 F 61 13 January 16, ’49 F 63 Average 48 sides it appears, in the case of H. polypori, that very little oxygen is required for their respiration or that they respire anaerobic- ally, to some extent. Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 69 TABLE 10 Survival Periods of the Female of Histiostoma polypori at the Laboratory Temperature and 100% RH. Serial No. Date of emergence of adult Origin from fertilized egg (F) or hypopi (H) Length of life in days 1 October 4, ’48 F 17 2 November 18, ’48 F 16 3 November 12, ’48 F 12 4 November 21, ’48 H 9 5 November 22, ’48 H 14 6 January 6, ’49 F 18 7 January 10, ’49 F 16 8 January 11, ’49 F 10 9 January 11, ’49 F 19 Average 14.6 As the male grows old, it becomes less active and more white with a tinge of faint brown in color. (i) The adult female : The body length of the female varies from 410p, to 547 n and is decidedly larger than the male. The shape of the hysterosoma TABLE 11 Length of Life of the Female of Histiostoma polypori at 26° C±l° C, and 100% RH. Serial No. Origin from fertilized (F) or unfertilized (UF) egg Length of life in days or hypopus (H) 1 H 6 2 F 18 3 F 13 4 H 17 5 H 9 6 UF 7 7 F 9 8 UF 14 9 UF 6 10 F 16 11 F 4 12 UF 12 13 F 4 14 F 12 15 F 14 Average 10.7 70 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV of the female (Text-fig. 8) is rectangular, in contrast to the some- what triangular and bi-fid shape of that of the male. The female is less hardy and short lived than the male (Tables 10 and 11). At the laboratory temperature of October 1948 to January 1949 and 100% RH, the average length of life was 14.6 days, with a minimum of 9 days and a maximum of 19 days. This figure, when compared with the average survival period of the male of 48 days, with a minimum of 36 days and a maximum of 63 days, is much shorter. At 26° C ± 1° C and 100% RH, the average length was 10.7 days, with a minimum of 4 days and a maximum of 18 days (Table 11). The female cannot endure the growth of fungus in the cell in which it is reared, when compared with the high endurance of the TABLE 12 Duration of the Life-Cycle of Histiostoma polypori Beared in the Laboratory at Different Times of the Year at 100% BH. Date on which eggs Condition of Number of days were laid temperature from egg to adult Mid-November 1948 Laboratory temperature 9 Mid- January 1949 Laboratory temperature 13-16 Mid-April 1949 Laboratory temperature 6-8 Constant temperature of 26° C± 1° C. 3 male in such a situation. Food, especially fresh food, appeared to have a profound effect on the longevity and egg-laying of the female. If the female is kept in a moist cell without food, fungus soon grows on it and it succumbs to the infection ; whereas, on the other hand, the male lives for a comparatively long time without food, even though fungus grows round about. When the females are mature, eggs can well be seen through the transparent cuticle. However, they are sometimes confused with the uric acid crystals secreted into the body cavity. A max- imum of three somewhat well-developed eggs have been seen in- side the body of the individual female. The female, as well as all stages of this species of mite, feign death when touched or disturbed. Mar.— June, 1957] Behura : Mite 71 Duration of Stages : Since the duration of the different stages depends upon the temperature, it will vary according to the time of the year (Table 12). The duration of the life-cycle as a whole will also vary in the same way (Table 13). At the laboratory temperature of January, 1949 and 100% RH, the life-cycle was completed on the average in 14.5 days, with a minimum of 13 days and a maximum of 16 days, whereas at a constant temperature of 26° C ± 1° C and 100% RH, the average time was 3 days, with a minimum of 3 days and a maximum of 3.8 days (Table 13) . TABLE 13 The Duration op the Life-Cycle (in Hours) Including the Different Stages of Histiostoma polypori at the Laboratory Temperature of January, 1949 and at a Constant Temperature of 26° C±l° C and 100% RH. Laboratory temperature 100% RH. Constant temperature, 26° C± 1° C, 100% RH. Aver- age Mini- mum Maxi- mum Aver- age Mini- mum Maxi- mum Incubation of egg 85 28 110 20.5 10 40 Active larva 46.8 24 84 12.8 9 21 Resting larva 24 23 24 8.6 7 12 Active protonymph 34.7 24 60 8.9 9 12 Resting protonymph 32 24 60 8.3 6 12 Active deutonymph 51 36 84 9.8 8 14 Resting deutonymph 24 19 29 8 6 12 Pre-oviposition period of $ 57 24 108 15 8 20 Length of life of $ in days 14.6 10 19 10.7 4 18 Length of life of $ in days 48 26 63 Complete life-cycle from egg to adult (egg-laying) in days 14.5 13 16 3 3 3.8 Note: The hypopus stage is not included since the actual phase of this stage fluctuates greatly in respect to environmental conditions. It will resist adverse conditions for long periods and will change to deutonymph quickly if conditions are favorable. For the length of time taken by the transi- tional stage of the hypopus see Tables 7 and 8. The Hypopus Stage : The hypopus stage is of great biological interest, in view of its hardiness and the role it plays in the distribution of the species. 72 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV The hypopus is interpolated between nymph I and nymph II, and after resting will give rise to the deutonymph. In the ease of H. polypori the hypopus is an active, mobile form for migra- tion and for surviving in unfavourable conditions. The hypopus (Text-fig. 9) is somewhat shorter and broader than the protonvmph, much more heavily chitinized and the dorsal surface covered by the carapace is usually of a reddish- brown color and shield-shaped. On the ventral surface of the body, near the posterior end, is a group of 10 suckers arranged in pairs upon a highly chitinized “sucker disc” or “plate,” be- sides 6 more suckers arranged as shown in Text-fig. 9. These suckers are used by the hypopus in securing attachment to its “carrier host” for migratory purposes. The anterior two pairs of legs, especially their tarsi, are abnormally long and typically carried in front of the body. There are apparently no functional Mar.— June, 1957 J Behura: Mite 73 mouthparts, this stage being an adaptation for the purpose of migration through attachment to F. auricularia. The length of time occupied by the hypopial instar varies considerably and the hypopi are able to withstand much more extreme conditions than any other stage. Normally, hypopi undergo ecdysis in about one or two days and the total length of the life-cycle may thus be in- creased by this amount. When disturbed the hypopus retracts the third and fourth pair of legs and stretches the anterior two pairs of legs forwards and feigns death. They always occupy the upper portion of a con- tainer e.g. in a bottle, the underside of the cork in a glass dish, the underside of the glass cover. When immersed under water, the hypopus is unable to retain its firm hold upon the host or a smooth glass surface with its “suckers” for any length of time. It soon releases its hold and will rise to the surface and float upside down. The hypopus will often climb on to the dorsal shield of an- other and then actively wave its fore-legs. Considerable variation of size exists in the hypopi obtained from the same culture. However, both small and large types of hypopi gave rise to deutonymphs which became either male or female adults. Evidence suggested that the size of the hypopi depended to some extent on the size of the preceding proto- nymphs as they passed into the resting stage. Influence of Physical Factors on Hypopus Formation : Solomon (1946) summarized our knowledge about the forma- tion of hypopus as follows : “The factors determining hypopus formation have been dis- covered only in part. In some cases it seems that intrinsic (prob- ably genetic) factors predominate, in others extrinsic factors (e.g., lack of suitable food) seem to predominate. In fact, the position is far from clear, and appears to be different in different species, possibly in relation to the type of hypopus concerned. ’ ’ In the case of H. polypori, lack of food appears to have pro- found effect on the formation of hypopus. When food was plentiful, not a single hypopus was formed. When food was scarce, some protonymphs instead of changing into deutonymphs formed hypopi. However, I do not consider food to be the only 74 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV factor controlling the formation of hypopus. Even when prac- tically no food was given formation of hypopi as well as males and females was observed. Humidity appeared to be the only factor responsible for stimu- lating the transformation of the hypopus to the deutonymph. If hypopi were kept at a high humidity but without food, they changed into deutonymphs. When kept immersed under water, the hypopi changed into deutonymphs, though not so quickly as they did when exposed to the moist conditions of the culture cell. TABLE 14 Measurements of Eggs and Increase in Size in Different Active Stages in the Life-Cycle of Histiostoma polypori at the Laboratory Temperature at 100% RH (Except in Hypopi, the Length of Idiosoma is Given). Serial No. Length of eggs when laid Active larva Active proto- nymph Active deuto- nymph Male Female Hypopus (total length) 1 OO ■p 126 p 147 p 205 |i 210 ja 358 ja 158 p 2 89 ija 126 p 152 p 210 ja 231 ja 358 ja 158 ja 3 89 |a 127 p 152 jii 210 p 258 |la 363 ja 162 ja 4 91 ji 128 p 158 pi 215 p 263 ja 373 |a 163 ja 5 94 (a 129 p 158 ja 216 ja 263 ja 379 p 163 ja 6 94 |LA 137 ja 158 p 220 |a 294 ja 386 ji 167 ja 7 94 p 139 p 159 p 230 ja 300 (LA 389 ja 168 ja 8 105 ja 142 p 161 |ii 233 ja 305 j.A 433 jla 168 ja 9 105 p 142 p 179 p 242 |x 305 p 473 ji 179 ja 10 110 ja 147 p 200 p 242 |a 305 (la 477 p 179 ja Average 95.5 jla 134.3 p 162.4 p 222.3 p 273.4|a 398.9 p 166.5 ji Growth Rate : The eggs when laid are about 89/a long and 59 /a at their greatest width. Owing to the inhibition of water and the tension of the growing embryo, they are as large as the smallest larva — about 126/a x 84/a at the end of the incubation period. The measure- ments of the different stages in the life cycle are given in Table 14. The variation of size is however primarily dependent on the supply of food. Parthenogenesis There are few authentic records of the occurrence of partheno- genesis among members of the Acarina, especially, so far as the writer is aware, among those confined to the Tyroglyphoidea. Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 75 Jary and Stapley (1936) discovered parthenogenetic reproduc- tion in Histiostoma rostroserratum and Stolpe (1938), based on his studies of H. genetica, suspected the probability of partheno- genetic development, in mites. Females originating from hypopi were segregated and given no opportunity of mating. These unfertilized females laid eggs which invariably produced adult males. The results resembled and recalled the phenomenon of the parthenogenetic eggs of Arthropods producing only males. Similar results were ob- tained by Jary et at. (1936) in their study of parthenogenesis in H. rostroserratum and by Cooper (1937) in the grass mite Pediculopsis graminum (Reut.) (Tarsonemidae) . Although arti- ficially segregated females will produce eggs parthenogenetically, it is reasonable to suppose that the phenomenon will also occur in the natural environment. A female will normally begin laying within 48 hours after emerging from the resting deutonymph skin. So, should males not be available as the female emerges, unfertilized eggs will be laid within 48 hours. Should an egg- laying female become isolated in the field, it will live long enough possibly to be later fertilized by males of its own progeny. In the laboratory it was noticeable that unfertilized females occa- sionally laid fewer eggs (Table 2, items marked with *), but otherwise their appearance was normal. Of the batches of unfer- tilized eggs a great many did not survive even when they were exposed to favorable conditions of temperature and humidity. Occasionally an unfertilized female would lay no eggs at all. Sex-ratio It was significant that the population of a thriving culture of mites was usually predominated by males. This suggested that a good many of the females had failed to mate and so gave rise to an all male parthenogenetic progeny, which accounted for an increase in the number of males in the culture. Occasionally the reverse was true because some colonies were predominated by females. This was more noticeable when stock cultures were examined. The preponderance of males in a culture of H. poly port may also originate from normally fertilized eggs. Of seven batches of fertilized eggs reared in the laboratory at 100% RH, the ratio obtained was 76% males and 24% females. New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV 7 6 TABLE 15 The Number of Males and Females of Histiostoma polypori Obtained from Seven Batches of Fertilized Eggs Beared to the Adult Stage in the Laboratory Temperature at 100% BH. Serial No. Number of males Number of females 1 9 9 2 20 14 3 14 2 4 6 1 5 2 3 6 64 32 7 87 4 Total 202 65 Acknowledgements This work was carried out under the supervision of Dr. B. M. Jones at the Department of Zoology, University of Edinburgh, Scotland, during the tenure of an overseas scholarship from the Government of Orissa (India). The author is extremely grate- ful to the former for advice and guidance and to the latter for the financial aid. I also record my sincere thanks to Prof. James Ritchie for laboratory facilities and helpful suggestions. It is also a pleasure to thank the many members of the Zoology De- partment of the Edinburgh University for their many kindnesses and the Royal Entomological Society, London, for the loan of literature. Summary The mites, Histiostoma polypori ( Oud. ) were reared in special perspex cells 4 cm. square and 0.3 cm. deep. The actual rearing chamber was a central bevelled hole 1.7 cm. in diameter enclosed by black filter paper on one side and a eoverglass on the other. The mites were kept at 100% RH and either at the laboratory temperature or a constant temperature of 26° C ± 1° C. The de- composing remains of earwigs and horse flesh provided an ad- mirable rearing diet. Colonies or individuals in the cells were easily examined under the binocular microscope. The different stages as required were mounted in water, lactic acid or polyvinyl alcohol. The male will clasp the female deutonymph in the active and resting phases and will mate with the adult female immediately after it emerges. Mar.— June, 1957] Behura: Mite 77 The eggs were laid within 24 to 108 hours, with an average of 57 hours, after mating. At 26° C±l° C, 100% RH, a single female will lay 40 to 110 eggs. The eggs are laid singly or in groups of two or three but in a large colony the eggs are found aggregated in masses, either upon or around the food. The chorion is transparent and the eggs are opaque in appearance. The incubation period varies according to the time of the year. At 26° C±l° C, 100% RH, the period ranges from 13 to 40 hours, the average being 20.5 hours. The new stage is formed within the cuticle of the preceding stage. Histolysis is followed by de-differentiation. The old cuticle splits transversely between the proterosoma and the hysterosoma to allow the emergence of the new stage. The old cuticle remains as an exuviae. The hypopus deftly emerges through the transverse slit and the process is a short one. On emerging from the hypopial cuticle the deutonymph will climb out of the hard cuticular case — the dorsal shield which is pushed aside after splitting along the line of the division of the protero- soma and hysterosoma and along the lateral borders. The egg and larval stages are followed by two nymphal stages leading to the adult. The specialized extra nymph or hypopus occurs spasmodically between the two normal nymphal stages. The duration of the stages depends primarily on the tempera- ture. The life-cycle varies according to the time of the year. At a constant’ temperature of 26° C±l° C, 100% RH, it takes 3 to 4 days. At the laboratory temperatures during the winter months it takes about 2 weeks. The duration of the hypopus stage varies considerably. When exposed to the favorable conditions of a culture cell the hypopi will soon pass into the transition stage but they will also remain as typical hardy hypopi indefinitely, should unfavorable condi- tions be prolonged. Both small and large hypopi will change into deutonymphs. Scarcity of food and dry conditions will accelerate the forma- tion of hypopi whereas a high humidity will cause hypopi to pass into the resting stage. The variation of size of the different stages depends primarily on the temperature and the availability of food. H. polypori will produce parthenogenetic eggs which will give rise to male individuals. 78 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Cell cultures predominated by males whereas occasionally the reverse was true of stock cultures. More males will be produced because the females of a colony are not always fertilized. But it was also shown that males will predominate by 76 :24 in colonies produced only by fertilized females. References Behura, B. K. 1950. A little known Tyroglyphoid mite, Histiostoma poly- pori (Oud.), and its association with the earwig, Forficula auricularia Linn. Nature. 165: 1025. Behura, B. K. 1956. The history and taxonomy of Histiostoma polypori (Oudemans) (Tyroglyphoidea : Ac-ari). Proe. Nat. Acad. Scd. India. 25B(5-6) : 79-98 (1955). Cooper, K. W. 1937. Reproductive behaviour and haploid parthenogenesis in the grass mite, Pediculopsis graminum (Reut.) (Acarina, Tarso- nemidae). Proc. Nat. Acad. Sei. Washington. 23(2): 41-44. Jary, S. G. and J. H. Stapley. 1936. Investigations on the insect and allied pests of cultivated mushrooms VI. Observations upon the Tyro- glyphid mite Histiostoma rostroserratum, Megnin. J. S. E. Agr. Coll. Wye. Kent. 38: 67-74. Michael, A. D. 1901. British Tyroglyphidae. 1. Ray Soc. London. Oudemans, A. C. 1914. Acarologische Aanteekeningen LII. Ber. Ned. Ent. 4: 72. Robertson, P. L. 1944. A technique for biological studies of cheese mites. Bull. Ent. Res. 35(3) : 251-255. Solomon, M. E. 1946. Tyroglyphoid mites in stored products, I. Survey of published information. Dept, of Sci. and Ind. Res. H. M. Sta. Office. London. Stolpe, S. G. 1938. The life cycle of the Tyroglyphid mites infesting cul- tures of Drosophila melanogaster. Anat. Rec. Philadelphia. 72. Supple. : 133-134 (abstract). Vitzthum, H. G. 1932. Terrestriche Acarien (unter Ausschluss der Beutschen Limnologischen Sund-Expedition. Arcliiv. fur Hydrobiologie Stuttgart. Suppl. 9: 110-113, 117. ( Continued from page 40) The corpus allatum, about which it once seemed that everything was known, is now, Dr. Scharrer reported, less satisfactorily understood than the prothoracic gland. It does produce the same type of hormone in im- mature and adult insects, but the action of the hormone differs at these two periods in the life of the animal. In the larva, the corpus allatum is the source of “juvenile” hormone, which in combination with the products of the prothoracic gland causes the nymphal moult. In the adult, the corpora allata cause normal development of eggs and accessory sex glands. Neurosecretory cells of the pars intercerebralis have fibers passing by a ( Continued on page 79) Mar.- June, 1957] Proceedings 79 ( Continued from page 78) devious route to the corpora cardiaca and the corpora allata. Dr. Seharrer illustrated representative examples of the experimental procedures by which it was shown that materials actually passed along the lengths of these nerve fibers. Here, as frequently throughout the evening, the illustrations taken from her own work on the roach Leucophaea were especially impres- sive. The evidence indicates that secretions of the neurosecretory cells in the pars intercerebralis, like those of the corpus allatum, have different effects at different stages in the life cycle, stimulating the prothoracic glands in the nymphs, and being essential for normal egg formation in the adult. Dr. Seharrer concluded with the intriguing observation that other hor- mones, of completely unknown function, are produced in the subesophageal ganglion, ventral ganglia, and elsevehere. For one example, taken from Leucophaea, she presented evidence that the release of hormones from the neurosecretory cell was itself controlled by hormones from the gonad. This led to two concepts new for insects: a feed-back mechanism for endocrine control, and the view that the gonads themselves might properly be con- sidered organs of internal secretion. At the conclusion of the question period, Mr. Cooper kindly offered to the members a few more copies of the Life of William T. Davis, courtesy of the Staten Island Museum. The meeting was adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of February 21, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History, Dr. Treat presiding. Three new members were elected: Lieutenant Milton E. Tinker, Mr. George F. Townes, and Dr. William J. Wall, Jr. The immediate election of the latter two applicants was accom- plished by means of a temporary suspension of the by-laws. Mr. Teale called attention to a new book entitled “Selection of Writings of Henri Fabre”, jrablished by Premier Books. The speaker of the evening was Dr. T. C. Schneirla of the Museum’s De- partment of Animal Behavior, who discussed “Behavior Cycles in Army and Driver Ants”. Dr. Schneirla used comparisons between his own observa- tions on New World ants of the genus Eciton and the observations of Baignier and Van Boven on the genus Anomma of the Old World driver ants, to develop the concept of the extent of relationships between the environment, the general biology of a species, and the behavior which it exhibits. Desiccation is a major selective factor operating against nomadic ant populations. Hence, the movements above ground show delicate adjust- ments to the size and reproductive state of the colony. For example, Eciton hammatum, with colonies numbering between 100,000 and 300,000 individ- uals can move the whole brood between dusk and dawn. If caught moving the brood after dawn, considerable losses may result. The Old World genus ( Continued on page 80) 80 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV ( Continued from page 79) Anomma, which has much larger colonies, is largely subterranean and has a statary phase that is relatively longer than in JEciton. The excitation leading to emigration of the colony coincides with the emergence of the callow workers of the new brood. This is true for Eciton, Anomma and Dorylus. The Old World types differ from Eciton, however, in that there are not significant excitation stimuli from the larval broods which develop in a different timing than with Eciton. Another difference between the two groups is that the Old World queen reaches the peak of egg laying at the time the colony emigrates, while the NeAv World queen is physogastric for about a week in the middle of the statary phase. Practically all of these comparisons between the Old and New World members of the subfamily Dorylini emphasized the general applicability of the concepts which Dr. Schneirla has so carefully formulated about the biology and behavior of Eciton. Indeed, they seemed to be good examples of a convergence of factors affecting groups which seem to have a very remote evolutionary relationship. After a lively discussion, the meeting was adjourned at 9:45 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of March 6, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History, Dr. Vishniac presiding. Mr. H. I. Williams, scheduled speaker, was unable to appear because of illness, but sent three remarkable color movies which were annotated by Mrs. Williams, Mr. Teale, and mem- bers of the Society. The films showed extreme closeups of flowers, wasps, and also an unusual photographic treatment of the theme of water. Mr. Teale pointed out that the film on wasps contained several photographic “firsts” and the esthetic values of Mr. Williams’ work were equally impres- sive. President Vishniac extended the thanks of the Society to Mrs. Wil- liams for the privilege of seeing the films, and also expressed the hope that Mr. Williams might be able to meet with us in the near future. The meeting adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of April 3, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History, Dr. Vishniac presiding. The speaker was Mr. Vladimir Alexieff who discussed insects in music. Mr. Alexieff mentioned first a few musical misnomers which included insects in their titles, but actually con- sisted of non-entomological program music. Recordings of Schumann’s “Papillions” and Moussorgsky’s “Song of the Flea” were used to illustrate this point. Among the examples of bona fide insects in music which Mr. Alexieff played for us, were Grieg’s “The Butterfly” (tentatively identified by Mr. Alexieff as the Red Admiral butterfly), an excerpt from Ravel’s “Historie Naturale” (identification seems unlikely), and folk dances of ( Continued on page 84) Mar.— June, 1957] Andresen : Scale 81 PHENACASPIS HETEROPHYLLAE COOLEY IN NEW JERSEY1 By John W. Andresen Forestry Department, Rutgers University On September 2, 1956, a scale insect later identified (U. S. D. A. Insect Identification Number 56-12412) as Phenacaspis hetero- phylla Cooley was found on a five-foot sapling of pitch pine ( Finns rigida Mill.) located near the northern boundary of the Lebanon State Forest, Burlington County, New Jersey (74° 30'- 13" W. Long., 39°54'32" N. Lat.). The presence in New Jersey of this insect has not been previously reported although reports of its occurrence in seven eastern states, including the neighbor- ing states of New York (Leonard, 1928) and Pennsylvania (Mor- rison, 1956), 2 have been recorded (Table 1). Severe infestation of this sapling occurred only on the leaves of one horizontal branch 3 feet from the ground. There was no evidence of the presence of the insect on any other branch of the sapling or on any other tree in the area. The following discussion traces the reports of host trees with their locations and also the evolution of the revision of the nomenclatural status of the insect. Cooley (1897) who originally described the pine needle scale and named it Chionaspis pinifoliae heterophyllae n. var. [Cooley] , distinguished the species pinifoliae from the variety heterophyllae by use of the characters of larger size and more prominent rounded lobes in the female of the species as contrasted to smaller body size, less conspicuous lobes and . . . “the presence of the median notch” in the female of the variety. C. pinnifoliae heterophyllae was first collected in Florida upon Cuban pine ( Finns heterophylla (Ell.) Sudw.), hence the variety name. Berlese (1898) reviewed the original naming and listed Chion- aspis Pinifoliae var. heterophyllae n. var. as the valid name. 1 Paper of the Journal Series New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Rutgers University, the State University of New Jersey, Department of Forestry, New Brunswick. 2 Personal correspondence with author. New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Language barriers produced an amusing incident in Berlese’s Italian translation of portions of Cooley’s 1897 paper. It seems that the former was confused by Cooley’s B. S. degree for “By R. A. Cooley, B. S., Amherst, Mass.” was translated to read “Cooley R. A. and Amherst S.” Apparently Berlese knew little of dear old Amherst, Mass., for he assumed that the B was an English ampersand and that S. Amherst was the junior author. A year later Cooley (1899) added some new data pertinent to the insect when he listed the host species as P. heterophylla , Florida; P. sylvestris L., Providence, Rhode Island; and P. mitis, Michx., St. George, Florida. He indicated that the insects are usually found at the leaf bases and sometimes on the bark of twigs of P. heterophylla. The scale insect was listed by Leonard (1928) as being found on pitch pine and Japanese red pine (P. densiflora Sieb. & Zucc.) at Glen Cove and Southold, Long Island, New York. Ferris (1937) suggested a major revision of the insect’s name. It was his opinion that Phenacaspis pinifoliae should be referred from the genus Chionaspis because of its unmistakable distinc- tion and that Phenacaspis pinifoliae heterophyllae was sufficiently distinct to deserve specific recognition. Five years later Ferris (1942) stated that P. heterophyllae (Cooley) (officially using the current name which he offered in his 1937 paper) is normal]; found upon coniferous leaves but can occur on small branches In addition to hosts previously mentioned, he listed shortleaf pine (P. echinata Mill.) and slash pine (P. carihaea Morelet) both from Mississippi. Ferris also described the normal range of the insect as the southeastern United States and perhaps the Caribbean area. Morrison (1956) indicated that two unpublished reports of oc- currence of the insect on pitch pine in Pennsylvania and North Carolina are on file with the Entomology Research Branch, Agri- cultural Research Service, U. S. D. A. Finally, Ferris (1956) summarized the revision of nomencla- ture of Chionaspis pinifolii [pinifoliae] heterophyllae Cooley to Phenacaspis heterophyllae (Cooley) crediting the change to Ferris (1942). Noted also in his remarks are the host species P. Caribbean [caribaea] and an undetermined pine, both from Mississippi. Table 1 lists the recorded hosts, states and authors. Mar.— June, 1957] Andresen : Scale 83 Based on recorded information the genus Finns is apparently a lone host to the insect and of the eighty to ninety recognized species of Finns (Harlow and Ilarrar, 1950) only six thus far have been reported as infested. In conclusion, it is apparent that within the last 50 years nomenclature for both the insect and its host has undergone con- siderable revision and several inadvertent misspellings. The sub- TABLE 1 Host Trees of Phenacaspis heterophyllae With Their Locations by State. Names in Parentheses Represent Current Nomenclature According to Little (1953). Species State Citation Pinus caribaea (P. elliottii Engelm.) Miss. Ferris, 1937 P. densi flora N. Y. Leonard, 1928 P. echinata Miss. Ferris, 1937 P. heterophyllae (P. elliottii) Fla. Cooley, 1897 P. mitis (P. echinata ) Fla. Cooley, 1899 P. rigida N. Y. Leonard, 1928 Pa., N. C. Morrison, 1956 P. sylvestris R, I. Cooley, 1899 stitution of the species name pinifolii for pinifoliae (Ferris, 1956) is probably an editorial or typographical error, although Ferris (1942) stated that pinifolii was a misspelling. It is also evident that P. heterophyllae is a rather rare insect in the northeastern United States and at the present time is more important as a matter of entomological record than as a forest tree pest. Literature Cited Berlese, A. 1898. Rassegne di lavori di patologia vegetale. Riv. di Pat. Veg. 6: 369-384. Cooley, R. A. 1897. Netv species of Chionaspis. Canadian Entomologist. 29: 278-282. . 1899. The coccid genera Chionaspis and Hemichionaspis. Mass.. Agr. College, Spec. Bull. Aug. 16, 1899. 57 pp. Ferris, G. F. 1937. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series. 1 : SI-93. California, Stanford University Press. . 1942. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 4: SIV-406. California, Stanford University Press. . 1956. The genus Phenacaspis Cooley and Cockerell. Part IL. Microentomology. 21: 67-83. 84 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Harlow, W. M. and E. S. Harrar. 1950. Textbook of Dendrology. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. 555 pp. Leonard, M. D. 1928. A list of the insects of New York. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Memoir 101. 198 pp. Little, E. L., Jr. 1953. Check list of native and naturalized trees of the United States. U. S. D. A. Agriculture Handbook no. 41. 472 pp. ( Continued from page 80) Russia and Italy. Mr. Alexieff outlined some authoritative program notes on the well known “Flight of the Bumblebee” and concluded with some admittedly apocryphal, but delightful, revelations concerning the therapeutic values ascribed to dancing of the Tarantella. The meeting adjourned at 9:45 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of April 17, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History, President Vishniac in the chair. The appointment of member Frank A. Soraei as Director of the Division of Plant Industry of the New Jersey Department of Agriculture was announced, and it was agreed that a letter be sent to Mr. Soraei expressing the congratulations of the Society. The speaker of the evening was Dr. Joseph Copeland of the City College of New York, who discussed “Insectivorous Plants.” Dr. Copeland noted that insectivorous plants are found in nitrogen-deficient habitats, usually in acid bogs or as epiphytes. Accordingly, the secretions of the plants contain proteinases rather than carbohydrases. Dr. Copeland described the insectivorous activities of various pitcher plants, bladder Avorts, butterworts, sundews and Venus-fly-traps, illustrating each with many kodachromes. The manner of conduction of the excitation from the trigger mechanism to the closing mechanism of the Venus fly trap is not knoAvn, nor is the physi- ological mechanism for the summation of the initial triggering stimuli which must come from the bending of at least tAvo sensory hairs. After the talk, Dr. Copeland exhibited mounted specimens of many insectivorous plants, and a lively discussion was precipitated, during which mention Avas made of the larva of the Pine Barrens moth which bores holes into and drains pitcher plants preparatory to eating them, and the fact that it was an early New York lepidopterist, Henry Edwards, who described the activi- ties of the Western pitcher plant. The meeting Avas adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Edavard S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of May 15, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History, Dr. Vishniac presiding. The speaker of the evening was Dr. Thomas Smyth of Pennsylvania State ( Continued on page 88) Mar.-June, 1957] Todd: Blood 85 CONCENTRATION OF CERTAIN ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN THE BLOOD OF THE AMERICAN COCKROACH, PERIPLANETA AMERICANA LINNAEUS1 By Margaret E. Todd Department of Biology, Fordham University Most of the published material on the composition of insect blood deals with insects having a holometabolous life cycle. This work has been reviewed in texts on insect physiology by Chauvin (1949), Wigglesworth (1950) and Roeder (1953). In general they are in agreement that insect haemolymph is characterized by a high concentration of non-protein nitrogen, 50 to 80 per cent being amino nitrogen and a high concentration of reducing substances. Since very little work has been done on the organic constitu- ents of the blood of paurometabolous insects, this study was undertaken to determine the concentration of various nitroge- nous fraction and reducing compounds in the blood of the Ameri- can cockroach, Periplaneta americana. Material and Methods The cockroaches were kept at room temperature in glass jars containing laboratory food pellets and were supplied with water. To obtain uncoagulated blood, the insects were etherized, Lud- wig (1951). The antennae were clipped with a pair of sharp scissors and the haemolymph was allowed to drip into a depres- sion of a porcelain spot-plate. To facilitate bleeding, the abdo- men was compressed during the process. The blood was meas- ured with a micro pipette and 0.1 ml. was used for each test. Protein and non-protein nitrogen were determined by the miero-Kjeldahl procedure. Amino acid nitrogen was measured by the method of Danielson as modified by Frame, Russell and Wilhelmi (1943). Reducing compounds were determined by the 1 Dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science in the Department of Biology at Fordham Uni- versity. The author wishes to gratefully acknowledge the able direction of Dr. Daniel Ludwig under whose supervision this work was carried out. 86 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Hagedorn Jensen method as described by Hawk, Oser and Sum- merson (1951) and non-fermentable reducing compounds by a modification of the method of Somogyi (1927). These proce- dures were used as described by Ludwig (1951) for the study of insect blood. Uric acid nitrogen was determined by the method of Brown (1945). Observations The results of all the determinations are compiled in Table 1. Protein nitrogen was 740, and non-protein nitrogen, 259 mg. TABLE 1 Content of Certain Organic Compounds in the Haemolymph of the American Cockroach. Values are Given in Milligrams Per Cent. Substance No. of Tests Minimum value Maximum value Average values Protein nitrogen 10 476 1,000 740 Non-protein nitrogen 10 154 322 259 Amino acid nitrogen 10 67.4 109 78 Reducing compounds 11 110 288 221 Non-fermentable reducing compound 10 88 280 192 Uric acid nitrogen 10 2.97 5.77 4.68 per cent. Total nitrogen, estimated by adding protein and non- protein nitrogen, was approximately 1,000 mg. per cent. Amino acid nitrogen was found to be 78 mg. per cent or about 35 per cent of the total non-protein nitrogen. Uric acid was 14.30, and uric acid nitrogen, 4.68 mg. per cent. The average concentration of reducing compounds was 221, and of non-fermentable reducing compounds, 192 mg. per cent. Hence, that of fermentable reducing compounds (glucose) was * only 30 mg. per cent. In general these analyses on the haemolymph of the American cockroach agree with the results obtained by investigators on the blood of other insects as given by Buck (1953). The figures for Mar.— June, 1957] Todd: Blood 87 amino acid nitrogen in the blood of insects reported by Buck, averaged 224 mg. per cent. However, these readings were made on insects with holometabolous development. The American cockroach contained only 78 mg. per cent amino nitrogen. Leifert (1935) in her work on the blood of the larvae of the moth Antheraea pernyi, reported 80 mg. per cent, and Levenbook (1950) reported 94 mg. per cent amino nitrogen in the blood of larvae of the botfly, Gastrophillus intestinalis. The concentration of amino acid nitrogen obtained in the present work was esti- mated to be about 35 per cent of the total non-protein nitrogen. Wigglesworth (1950) and Buck (1953) estimated that the amino acid nitrogen is from 50 to 80 per cent of the non-protein nitro- gen. However, these percentages were also based on readings obtained for holometabolous insects. Yeager and Pay (1935) studied the reducing compounds in the American cockroach in connection with a study of the coagulation of the haemolymph. They fractionated the blood after treating the insects in different ways. One method was to collect the haemolymph under oil and allow it to stand 15 minutes and then remove the coagulum of cells. The mean total reducing substances found by them was 62, as compared with 221 mg. per cent found here. However, the present determinations involve the use of whole blood and consequently are not comparable to those of Yeager and Fay. Summary A study was made on the concentration of nitrogenous and reducing compounds in the haemolymph of the American cock- roach, Periplaneta americana. Total nitrogen concentration was 1,000 mg. per cent, 740 of which was contained in the protein and 259, in the non-protein fraction. Amino nitrogen averaged 78 mg. per cent, or 35 per cent of the total non-protein fraction. The concentration of uric acid was 14.3 and of uric acid nitrogen 4.68 mg. per cent. The total value of reducing compounds was 221 mg. per cent of which 192 mg. per cent were not fermentable. Hence, only about 30 mg. per cent were fermentable and may be considered glucose. 88 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Bibliography Brown, H. 1945. The determination of uric acid in human blood. J. Biol. Chem. 158: 601-608. Buck, J. 1953. Physical properties and chemical composition of insect blood. In: Insect Physiology. New York. Chapter 6. Chauvin, R. 1949. Physiologie de 1’insecte. Hague. Frame, E. G., J. A. Russell and A. E. Wilhelmi. 1943. The colorimetric estimation of amino nitrogen in blood. J. Biol. Chem. 149: 225-270. Hawk, P. B., B. L. Oser and W. H. Summerson. 1951. Practical Physio- logical Chemistry. Philadelphia. Leifert, H. 1935. Untersuehungen iiber den exkretstoffwechsel bei Eiern, Raupen und Puppen von Antheraea pernyi. 1. Qualitative unci quanti- tative untersuehungen iiber das Yorkmmen von N-haltigen Stoffwechsel- endproduckten bei Eiern, Raupen und Puppen von Antheraea pernyi. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. allg. Zool. Tiere. 55: 131-190. Levenbook, L. 1950. The composition of the horse hot fly ( Gastrophillus intestinalis ) larva blood. Biochem. J. 47: 336-346. Ludwig, D. 1951. Composition of the blood of Japanese beetle ( popillia japonica Newman) larvae. Physiol. Zool. 24: 329-34. Roeder, K. 1953. Insect Physiology. Wiley, New York. Somogyi, M. 1927. Reducing non-sugars and true sugars in human blood. J. Biol. Chem. 75: 33-45. Wigglesworth, Y. B. 1950. The principles of insect physiology. Methuen, London. Yeager., J. P. and R. W. Fay. 1935. Reducing power of haemolympli from the roach, Periplaneta americana L, with special reference to coagula- tion. Proc. Soc, Exp. Biol. Med. 32: 1037-1038. ( Continued from page 84) University, who discussed flight controls in insects. Hr. Smyth discussed the body form of most insects, which renders them unstable for flight. A variety of mechanisms exist for controlling flight. In the early 1940’s, Hollick showed that production of movements in the antennae of flies contributed to the maintenance of flight and regulated pitching movements of the insect’s body, through changes in the angle of the wing stroke. Sensory hairs in the head, and at the base of the halteres of several flies have been shown to serve similar functions with regard to rolling move- ments of the insect in flight. Dr. Smyth indicated that, although generally without critical stud}', changes in metabolism during prolonged flight can modify the speed and angle of flight. Newer methods of studying insect flight include application of DDT to the sense organs regulating flight and observing the resultant changes in the insects behavior, and the technique of recording the nerve impulses from sense organs contributing to the regulation of steady flight. After a discussion period, the meeting adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary ( Continued on page 106) Mar.— June, 1957] Spieth: Drosophila 89 DROSOPHILA OF THE ITASCA PARK, MINNESOTA REGION By Herman T. Spieth University of California, Riverside, California Stimulated by the pioneer studies of Sturtevant (1921), Stur- tevant and Dobzhansky (1936), and Patterson and his associates (see Patterson and Stone 1952), various investigators recently have made relatively extensive collections of Drosophila from divers parts of North America. Thus Spiess (1949) studied New England; Carson and Stalker (1951), Missouri; Spencer (1952), Wyoming; Levitan (1952), southwest Virginia; Steven- son (1952), Tennessee-North Carolina; Williams and Miller (1952), Nebraska; Levitan (1954), New York and New Jersey; and Carpenter and Giordana (1955), Tennessee populations. These studies, plus the extensive investigations of other workers, especially those of Patterson and his students, have established the broad outlines of the distribution of many of the common wild species of Drosophila in North America. Inspection of these records shows, however, a lack of informa- tion of the Drosophila populations dwelling in the upper Missis- sippi Valley. Representative of this area is the region about Lake Itasca, Minnesota. During August 1950 and ’51, and July and August 1952, collections of the drosophilids of the Itasca State Park region were made along with some ancillary studies on the biology of several of the species. The data derived from these collections and experiments are incomplete and limited but since there appears to be no opportunity within the foreseeable future of adding to them they are herewith presented. Area Characteristics : Itasca State Park, approximately square in shape, covers about 32,000 acres (49 sq. miles). Contained within its boundaries are numerous ponds and lakes which oc- cupy about 4,000 acres and include Lake Itasca, the headwater lake from which the Mississippi River originates. Except for a limited number of roads, three public camp grounds, State Park Headquarters, a bathing beach, the State Lodge and the Univer- sity of Minnesota Biological Station, the park is relatively un- 90 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV molested. Much of it contains virgin stands of timber. Both the northern coniferous and the southern deciduous hardwood or ‘ ‘ Big Tree 7 ’ forests are represented by ‘ 4 pure ’ ’ stands. In addi- tion, a typical prairie lies only a few miles to the west of the Park. Consideration of the nature and history of the vegetation and the type of terrain of the Park leads one reasonably to believe that the drosophilid populations now in existence in Itasca Park can give an accurate indication as to what the original popula- tions were like before white man and his techniques seriously dis- turbed the biota of the region. Methods : Fifty pound lard cans were used as traps. Rotting, yeasted bananas were placed in the bottom of the cans and served as bait. Two strips of wood (1" x 1" x 16") were laid across the open top of each can and the lid then was rested upon these boards. Thus the flies were able freely to enter or leave the trap, but since the light intensity was much reduced and the humidity considerably elevated within the can, the flies tended to remain within the trap after they had fed. Typically the traps were set upon the ground, but in areas where raccoons ( Procyon lotor) were abundant it was found necessary to sling the traps in the air about 3 feet above the ground in order to protect the bait. Specimens were collected from the traps in both the morning and evening and most of the trapping was done in the area about the University Biological Station. To insure sampling as many as possible of the various ecological habitats, collections were made in various parts of the Park and also in the surrounding country. The specimens that were found in the traps were captured by means of an insect net and then transported to the laboratory where they were etherized, identified and tabulated. Table 1 in- dicates the species and number of each taken during the three summers. OBSERVATIONAL DATA ON THE VARIOUS SPECIES Drosophila athabasca Sturtevant and Dobzhansky Drosophila ; algonquin Sturtevant and Dobzhansky These two species, both belonging to the same subgroup (affinis) of the obscura species group, were the most abundant drosophilid species collected in the area. D. athabasca, however, was consist- ently 4-5 times as abundant (in the collections) as D. algonquin. Adults of both species seemed to range throughout the entire Mar.— June, 1957] Spieth : Drosophila 9J area for, regardless of where the traps were set, representatives of both were usually present in each collection that was made. If the traps were located in swampy regions, there generally was an increase in the relative number of individuals of D. algonquin, especially in areas where there were specimens of maple trees ( Acer rubrum). TABLE 1 Drosophila 1950 1951 1952 Total D. duncani 25 25 D. busckii* 1 1 2 D. algonquin 273 64 343 680 D. athabasca 1092 257 1656 3005 D. melanogaster 17 19 12 48 D. borealis + D. lacicola 256 114 82 452 D. palustris 1 1 D. quinaria 1 1 D. transversa 15 5 83 103 D. testacea 1 23 24 D. funebris* 6 10 29 45 D. macrospina 6 6 D. robusta + D. colorata 82 19 114 215 D. melanica paramelanica 82 36 24 142 D. hydei * 4 1 5 D. repleta* 2 2 Chymomyza C. aldrichi 2 2 C. amoena 8 8 Scaptomyza S. graminum 2 3 2 7 TOTAL 1748 492 2391 4631 # of collections** 17 7 34 * - domestic or cosmopolitan species. ** = each collection represents a collection date — for any one collection a number of containers, often scattered over several miles of territory, might be employed. D. affinis which both Spiess (1949) and Levitan (1955) found associated with D. algonquin and D. athabasca in the eastern part of the United States was not collected at Lake Itasca al- though it, as well as the other two species, was abundant at St. Paul, Minnesota, approximately 200 miles south of Itasca. 92 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV An intensive but unsuccessful search was made for the habitats of the larvae of these two species. Certain negative evidences should be recorded. The species apparently do not breed in the slime fluxes of the American elm ( TJlmus americana) . Such fluxes were abundant in the region and were inhabited by a number of insect larvae including D. robusta and perhaps D. colorata as well as numerous individuals of Aulacogaster sp. ?. Wounds or fluxes on other trees also had no larvae of algonquin and atha- basca, although other insects did dwell in such places. Obviously the microhabitats in which the larvae of these two species dwell must be relatively numerous and uniformly dispersed throughout the area. Since the two species are closely related it can be ex- pected that in nature their larval requirements will be similar but sufficiently different to keep the two species from seriously competing with each other. Carson and Stalker (1951) found D. athabasca breeding sporadically in fungi, slime fluxes (red oak, Quercus borealis) and rotting fruit (wild persimmons, Diospyros viginicia) in the vicinity of St. Louis. It is possible that species of the affinis subgroup, to which athabasca and algonquin belong, are opportunistic forest dwellers that utilize any microhabitat that possesses the resources necessary for the production of an adequate flora of microorganisms. Drosophila borealis Patterson and D. lacicola Patterson These two members of the Montana subgroup of the virilis spe- cies group were relatively common in the area. Since the adults of both species are extremely similar and can be identified readily only by cytological means or by study of the internal anatomy, especially the female spermotheca, the individuals were not con- sistently determined to species rank. In every instance where specific identity of a series was made, it was found that borealis far outnumbered lacicola. Typical was a series of 40 female individuals that Hsu (see Patterson 1952) checked cytologically and in which he found only one specimen of lacicola and 39 of borealis. The breeding site of these two species, as has been re- ported previously (Spieth 1951), is in the rotting phloem of various species of aspen. Although the identity of D. borealis was known in 1951, the species was not described until 1952 (see Patterson 1952), and therefore all specimens in my 1951 paper were listed as D. lacicola, although unquestionably many of them Mar.— June, 19571 Spieth : Drosophila 93 must have belonged to D. borealis. Study of these two species confirmed that (1) the adults normally never leave the immedi- ate vicinity of bodies of water — a characteristic they share with other wild species of the virilis group, (2) they will oviposit freely upon the rotting phloem tissue of various species of aspen, and (3) the larvae normally feed and develop by burrowing in the soft decomposing phloem tissues, apparently feeding upon the microorganisms which are abundant in the woody tissues. Rarely an adult was collected from a trap that was located some distance from a body of water, but in all such instances a gentle but per- sistent rain had been falling for a considerable period immedi- ately before the collections were made. Apparently when the atmosphere is completely saturated with water vapor, then the adults are no longer rigidly restricted to the immediate vicinity of bodies of water and are able to migrate and thus reach isolated ponds or lakes. The population density of these species is never great because of the rigidly restricted range of the adults and the exacting- requirements of the larvae. Specifically, only in exceptional in- stances will conditions exist where there is an abundant supply of properly rotting aspen phloem located immediately along the edges of bodies of permanent water. In Itasca Park two such unique situations were found, i.e., (1) in beaver ponds where the animals had felled aspen trees and (2) in a small pond on the campus of the University of Minnesota Biological Station where a number of aspen trees had been felled and cut up into cord wood during a dry period and then subsequently inundated. Similar aspen cord wood located away from the water bodies did not have a population of laci cola-borealis larvae even though the condition of the phloem tissues seemed identical with that near the ponds. Apparently the adults will not leave the vicinity of bodies of water in order to oviposit. The rotting phloem does, however, attract the flies if it is located near bodies of water. A piece of bark approximately 2 feet square was peeled from an aspen stump at the edge of the pond mentioned above and numerous adult individuals immediately assembled on the ex- posed surfaces and remained there throughout the entire day — an extremely atypical behavior since usually the adults are found on the feeding and ovipositioned sites only during the early morn- ing and later afternoon. 94 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV Drosophila palustris Spencer, D. quinaria Loew, and D. trans- versa Fallen These three species, all members of the quinaria species group, have been reported regularly from the eastern part of the United States. Within the same species group another series of species is distributed in the western U. S., but none of these western species was taken at Itasca. Of the three species only D. transversa was common and only one specimen each of D. quinaria and D. palus- tris was taken. Carson and Stalker (1951) have confirmed earlier workers in showing that this group is essentially restricted to fungus for breeding sites although some of them can breed in other sorts of materials. Drosophila test acea van Roser This fungus feeder, as indicated by Patterson and Stone (1952), is the northern representative of the group and is re- placed southwards in the U. S. by the common species D. putrida. Drosophila macrospina Stalker and Spencer Only two members of the funebris group were collected, i.e., the domestic D. funebris Fab. and the wild D. macrospina Stalker and Spencer. The latter was found at only one specific area where six individuals were collected on July 16 and 17, 1952. Drosophila robust a Sturtevant and D. color at a Walker Both of these species were present in the area but unfortunately the presence of D. colorata was not recognized until late in 1952. The specimens have all therefore been lumped together in Table I. Numerous slime fluxes were present in the elm trees ( TJlmus ameri- cana) of the area and specimens of D. robust a w^ere bred from these fluxes, thus agreeing with the findings of Carson and Stalker (1951). Drosophila melanica paramelanica Patterson Only one species of the melanica group D. m. peremelanica w7as found in the Itasca region. Even this subspecies was relatively rare here (143 specimens collected during the three summers) in comparison to the area around St. Paul, Minnesota, where it was one of the most abundant drosophilids of the region. Mai-.— June, 1957] Spieth : Drosophila 95 Chymomyza aldrichi Sturtevant This species as well as C. amoena (Loew) was collected from the bait cans during- the summer of 1952. During the previous summer no adult specimens of these species had been found at the bait, but a number of C. aldrichi had been reared from larvae and eggs collected in the field. The larvae, as well as pupae of C. aldrichi, were first found in the field on July 29, 1951. On July 14, a sharp wind storm had blown down several aspen trees on the University of Minnesota campus area. The heavy bark of these trees had been splintered and on the exposed inner surface (the cambia surface), where the bark was pulled free from the wood or xylem tissue, were found not only various larval stages of C. aldrichi but also pupal cases. The larvae and pupae were both taken into the laboratory and adults reared therefrom. Sub- sequently in 1951 and also 1952, eggs, larvae and pupae of C. aldrichi were collected from aspen bark that had been torn loose from the underlying xylem by an agency of one sort or another. A study of the larval habits showed that, unlike larvae of D. borealis and D. lacicola which bored into the rotting phloem tissue, the larvae of C. aldrichi restricted their activities to the inner exposed surface of the bark. Apparently, whenever an accident occurs that results in the exposure of the inner surface of the aspen bark, the females of C. aldrichi quickly deposit their eggs upon the surface and when the larvae hatch they feed upon the microorganisms that develop on the moist, somewhat gummy surface. Thus, bark that had been injured on July 14, 1951, had by July 29 produced mature pupae. J). aldrichi larvae appear to be one of the first macroscopic invaders of such wounded places on the aspen and perhaps other trees and, because of the relative time of their invasions and their habits of feeding upon the sur- face of the food, they are out of competition with the forms that burrow in the bark. Wheeler (1952) found the adults on peeled areas of trees, mainly aspen, fir and pine. DISCUSSION Excluding the cosmopolitan species such as melanogaster, busckii, hydei, repleta and funebris, only 13 species of wild drosophilids were collected in the Lake Itasca area during the 96 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV three summers of 1950, ’51, and ’52. Most of these 13 species range throughout the deciduous forest areas of northeastern North America, but are not found in the western part of the con- tinent. Thus, of the 13 species, only D. borealis and the wide- ranging D. athabasca are found in the western part of the coun- try. Therefore the drosophilid fauna of the area is essentially eastern in character. References Cited Carpenter J. M., and J. F. Giordana. 1955. Populations of the genus Drosophila in the Great Smoky Mountains, Tennessee. Am. Mid. Nat. 54: 104-118. Carson, H. L., and Harrison D. Stalker. 1951. Natural breeding sites for some of the wild species of Drosophila in the eastern United States. Ecology. 32(2) : 317-330. Dobzhansky, Th. 1951. Genetics and the origin of species. 3rd ed., rev., New York : Columbia Univ. Press x + 364 pp. Levitan, M. 1952. Drosophilidae in a southwest Virginia woods. Va. J. Sci. 3(N.S.) : 298. . 1954. Drosophilidae in New York and New Jersey. Amer. Mid. Nat. 52: 453-459. Patterson, J. T., and W. S. Stone. 1952. Evolution in the genus Dro- sophila. 1st ed. New York: The Macmillan Co., 610 pp. Spencer, W. P. 1952. The Drosophila of Jackson Hole, Wyoming — a taxo- nomic and ecological survey. Amer. Mid. Nat. 48: 79—87. Spiess, E. B. 1949. Drosophila in New England. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 57: 117-131. Spieth, H. T. 1951. The breeding site of Drosophila lacicola Patterson. Science. 113(2931): 232. Stevenson, E. 1952. Altitudinal distribution of species of the genus Dro- sophila (Diptera) on Unoka Mountain, Tennessee-North Carolina. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 27: 97-103. Sturtevant, A. H. 1921. The North American species of Drosophila. Car- negie Inst. Wash. Publ. 301: 1-150. Sturtevant, A. H., and Tii. Dobzansky. 1936. Observations on the spe- cies related to Drosophila affinis, with descriptions of seven new forms. Amer. Nat. 70: 574—584. Wheeler, Marshall E. 1952. The Drosophilidae of the Nearctie region, exclusive of the genus Drosophila. Univ. of Texas Publ. 5204(11) : 162-218. Williams, D. D., and D. D. Miller. 1952. A report on Drosophila collec- tions in Nebraska. Bull. Univ. Neb. State News. 3: 1-19. Mar.— June, 1957] Flanders : Caste 97 REGULATION OF CASTE IN SOCIAL HYMENOPTERA* By Stanley E. Flanders University of California, Riverside, California Communal life in the social Hymenoptera (wasps, bees, and ants) is so completely integrated that the nature and the opera- tion of the mechanisms which in each generation cause the off- spring of a mated female to develop into several castes with each caste relatively constant in numbers are highly cryptic. In the Hymenoptera, however, the framework of social organi- zation apparently consists of the interaction of two phenomena, the environmental control of sex and the environmental control of caste (Flanders, 1946). This interaction is the basis of the following analysis of the hymenopterous society. The primary effect of the interrelation of sex and caste control is the limitation of true castes to the female sex. Because of this limitation it is logical to assume that the circumstances that initiate the fertilization of the egg also initate caste formation. This assumption seems to be verified by the existence of the neces- sary mechanisms (Flanders, 1953). The following discussion therefore describes the critical mechanisms involved and advances certain hypotheses concerning the methods by which these mecha- nisms operate to regulate caste ratios. The essential physiological mechanisms involved in the regula- tion of caste ratios include those involved in the control of sex — the spermatheca, the spennathecal gland, and the spermatheeal duct — the spermatheca having a sperm storage capacity sufficient for the fertilization of all eggs deposited, the spermatheeal gland having a capacity for producing sperm-activating secretion suffi- cient to permit the fertilization of all eggs regardless of the rate of oviposition, and the sperm duct having a lumen adapted to holding several sperms enroute to the oviduct (Flanders, 1939). These mechanisms become essential factors in sex and caste control when, as in the social Hymenoptera, sex determination is haplodiploid (unfertilized eggs usually becoming males and fer- * Presented at Tenth International Congress of Entomology. 98 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV tilized eggs becoming females), ovulation is environmentally in- duced, the spermathecal gland is responsive only to environmental stimuli, and oviposition the queen is largely limited to mated individuals. The stimulus to which the hymenopterous female responds in controlling the sex of her progeny is definitely derived from the environmental conditions existing at the time of egg deposition ; that is, the production of females in contrast to the production of males results from the stimulation of the spermathecal gland. The gland, however, secretes only in response to environmental stimuli that are within a certain range of intensity. The intensity of the stimulation is a function of the spatial, meteorological, or chemical nature of the environment at the moment of oviposition. THE ATTAINMENT OF CASTE In the progressive evolution of the social Ilymenoptera the worker characteristics may have occurred in the following se- quence : first, reproductive diapause, then division of labor, and finally morphological differentiation (Flanders, 1953). It is highly probable, as demonstrated by Bier (1954) in his classic study of Formica rufa, that the worker caste develops from eggs that have been undernourished prior to ovulation. Undernourishment is indicated by a reduced amount of yolk in the “ripe” egg and the extension of the preovulation period of such eggs. The physiological conditions supposed to cause this change in status are the precocious deterioration of the nurse cells (Bier, 1954) and the partial absorption of the ripe ovarian egg (Flanders, 1953). These conditions appear to be environ- mentally induced. Environmental temperatures may determine the occurrence of undernourished ovarian eggs, as reported for Formica rufa (Bier, 1954). This phenomenon may also occur in the wasps. Accord- ing* to Deleurance (1950), the overwintering female of Polistes may start her colony more or less simultaneously with two types of female progeny. Although morphologically alike, one type is a worker, the other a reproductive. The occurrence of the worker appeared to be induced by median temperatures, that of the reproductive by the extremes of temperature. The ratio of queens to workers in the stingless bees ( Melipona spp.) varies with en- 9 Mar.— June, 1957] Flanders : Caste 99 vironmental temperatures (Kerr, 1946), a ratio possibly derived from the relation between the rate at which eggs are generated and that at which they are deposited. Since all individuals as larvae receive equal amounts of food the Melipona queen is likely to be smaller than the worker because of the greater nutri- tional needs of the ovaries. In the colonies of the ant Bhizomyrma fuhrmanni Porel, an obligate coccidophile, it is probable that the occurrence of caste- initiating undernourishment in the ovarian egg is regulated by the humidity of the nest. This is indicated by the following colony conditions as recently observed by the writer in central Colombia : ( 1 ) the monophagic subsistence of the ant on a species of the root-feeding coccid near Eumyrmoccoccus smithi Silv. and the regulation of the entire coccid population in the area accord- ing to the nutritive needs of the ant population, and (2) the constant temperature of the nest throughout the year ; estimated to be 21° C. plus or minus one degree (Flanders, 1957a). In the regressive evolution of the relatively few parasitic species, the “dwarfing” of the individual apparently proceeded to the point at which developmental caste-initiating undernour- ishment rarely if ever occurs. In such species workers are few or absent. THE REALIZATION OF SEX AND OF CASTE AS SYNCHRONOUS PHENOMENA The nature of the environment during the period of oviposi- tion regulates the occurrence of the castes as well as of the sexes so that sex control and caste control are more or less synchronized. The realization of the worker caste occurs when nest conditions are indigent. The reproductives, queen and male, are fully nour- ished, a sign that nest conditions have been or are opulent. The occurrence of indigent or of opulent nest conditions appears to be determined by the environmental circumstances that also regu- late the activation of the spermathecal gland, full nourishment being associated with the inactivation of the spermathecal gland, undernourishment with its activation. In the honey bee and the army ant, the conditions that inhibit the activation of the spermathecal gland initiate a sequence of events that results in the full nourishment of the individual. 100 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV In the primitive species of ants, bees, and wasps in which the castes lack marked morphological differentiation, it is probable that most, if not all, of the workers remain in a nongravid (neo- tenic) condition until the colony either lacks a queen or the queen ceases the deposition of fertilized eggs. When such a situation occurs, oogenesis may be initiated in one or more of the adult workers. Presumably, the worker that first mates after attaining a gravid state receives additional food and takes on the status of a queen, thus re-establishing the colony conditions which inhibit and depress ovarian development in the unmated female. The reversal of the reproductive status of the adult female undoubtedly takes place much less readily when the morpho- logical differentiation of the castes is sufficient to prevent mat- ing. In strongly polymorphic species the reversal in caste may be limited to the larval stage, provided that the predisposition of caste initiated in the ovarian egg is not firmly established and can be nutritionally counteracted (Bier, 1954; Brian, 1954). Caste, however, may be regulated in the larval stage only in species having a stereotyped colony condition (either structure or behavior) which usually prevents full feeding during that stage. Such a condition is exemplified in the honey bee by brood cells of constant size but so small that the larva developing in each cannot be fully fed. In the tropical army ant, Eciton s. str., the absence of full nourishment during the larval stage is usually insured by a constant adult worker-larval brood ratio brought about by the regular occurrence of discrete broods which arise usually with little if any mortality from large batches of eggs deposited periodically, the number of eggs in each batch being practically constant (Schneirla and Brown, 1952). The queen of the honey bee develops in an extra-large brood cell which permits her to be fully nourished (Hay dak, 1943). The queens of the tropical army ant occur when an occasional brood is bisexual and this brood in its egg stage or early larval stages is reduced 90 per cent by cannibalistic action of the attending workers, this action apparently being a more or less indirect re- sponse to the environmental factors that inhibited the action of the spermathecal gland. The remaining members of such a brood develop under opulent conditions; males and females are then more or less fully nourished, and the latter become queens. Mar.— June, 1957] Flanders : Caste 101 THE DESTINY OF THE OVULATED EGG IN RELATION TO CASTE In the Hymenoptera the normal male is derived only from the unfertilized egg. With species in which at all times the secretion of the spermathecal gland can keep pace with oviposition, the fully mated female produces males only when gland stimulation during oviposition is lacking. In the queen of the social species the inactivation of the sper- mathecal gland may be an effect not only of the absolute character of the environment, as appears to be the case in Formica rufa, but of a change in that environment from the usual to the un- usual, from the accustomed to the unaccustomed, as is apparently the case in the honeybee and the army ant. Because of this appar- ent preferential nature of the fertilization and nonfertilization of the egg, it is possible for the male to continually escape expo- sure to conditions that initiate polymorphism (Flanders, 1946). The lack of castes in the male may result from the fertilization of all eggs that are deposited under indigent nest conditions. In many species the ovarian eggs that are undernourished and then ovulated are usually, if not always, fertilized and consequently are workers. Caste differentiation is limited to the female, be- cause the male either develops under opulent nest conditions, is inherently lacking in susceptibility to caste-determining under- nourishment, or possesses a threshold of undernourishment so relatively low that caste is rarely realized. In all of the social Hymenoptera the completely absorbed eggs constitute a large percentage of the total number of eggs gener- ated. Consequently it is significant that with the species having numerous ovarioles the determination of the biparental queen is limited to the larval stage (Flanders, 1957b). In such species it is logical to assume that all of the deposited eggs have been subjected to caste-initiating undernourishment (regardless of environmental conditions) and that as a conse- quence the full-nourishment of the larva quantitatively or quali- tatively is necessary for the production of biparental queens. Social systems such as those of the honey bee and the army ant are essential for the segregated feeding of the larvae (either in space or in time), and the development of a certain proportion into queens. 102 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX V The limitation of caste regulation to the larval stage and the development of biparental queens only from eggs predisposed to become workers may be characteristic of species in which colony reproduction takes place only by swarming. In such species the worker, having few ovarioles, may deposit eggs which are yolk- replete and are not reduced in size. Occasionally unfertilized eggs from workers become (uniparental) queens (Flanders, 1945). It is probable that in all species of the social Hymenoptera the worker develops from an undernourished egg. An egg not thus predisposed to become a worker rarely if ever does so, yolk- replete eggs being deposited when colony conditions are opulent and consequently usually unfertilized. As suggested by Schneirla and Brown (1952), in the army ant the order of egg deposition in the formation of any brood may establish regular graduated differences in ovisorption suscepti- bility and thus furnish a basis for the relative differences in attainable size and (in fertilized egg) polymorphic threshold. It is evident that the trophic mechanisms involved in the reali- zation of caste in the social Hymenoptera are pre-larval, larval, and post larval. THE ATTAINMENT OF CASTE RATIOS Continuity of reproduction necessitates the simultaneous occur- rence of queens and males. It is obvious that the recurrent periods of indigent and opulent nest conditions determine the ratio of workers to reproductives. The mechanisms involved function also in determining the ratios of queens to males and of queens to workers. The deposition of eggs destined to develop under opulent con- ditions and consequently to become males and biparental queens occurs when the secretion of sperm-activating fluids by the sper- mathecal gland is inhibited. It is the fertilization of the egg under such circumstances which insures the simultaneous occur- rence of the reproductive forms and determines the ratios of the sexes and of the castes. On the basis of studies by Flanders (1939), Hagen (1954), and Schneirla arid Brown (1952), it appears that the fully nourished female or queen is usually derived from an egg fertil- 3\Ia. .—June, 1907 J Flanders: Caste 103 ized by a residual sperm — that is, a sperm which was activated during oviposition under environmental conditions that stimulate the spermathecal gland, but which was in the sperm duct enroute to the oviduct when such oviposition ceased and was not used until oviposition was resumed under conditions that inactivate the spermathecal gland and induce full nourishment of the developing individuals. The egg that the queen honeybee de- posits in the preconstructed queen cell, for example, is fertilized by a sperm activated during her oviposition in worker cells (Snodgrass, 1956). The larva from that egg is full-fed. The queens produced by the tropical army ant are limited to broods originating under certain dry-season conditions that in- hibit the activation of the spermathecal gland. The first eggs deposited are the only eggs of this brood that receive sperms (Schneirla and Brown, 1952). This is satisfactorily explainable only on the hypothesis that the sperms thus used were residual sperms held over in the sperm duct after the fertilization of the eggs of the preceding all-worker brood. The spiral convolutions of the spermathecal duct in this species appear to be an adapta- tion for this purpose (Hagen, 1954). In the small fallow ant, Formica rufa, which produces queens and males when the queen is subject to cool weather (Bier, 1954), the eggs that develop into queens presumably are fertilized by residual sperms. At temperatures of 15.5° C. the spermathecal gland is not activated and the ovarian eggs are not subjected to caste-initiating undernutrition (Gosswald and Bier, 1955). The egg, if then fertilized, would necessarily have received a residual sperm that had moved into the sperm duct when temperatures were higher and workers were being produced. In species such as Formica rufa , it is probable that the numbers of queens relative to the males would vary inversely with the duration of the period of opulence — the shorter the period, the greater the proportion of queens. RESUME In species of social Hymenoptera possessing a system for dif- ferential larval feeding as in the army ant and the honey bee, each ovulated egg is predisposed to become a worker and does so if it is fertilized and the resultant larva is not fully fed. 104 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV In species that lack a system for differential larval feeding only a part of the ovarian complement of eggs is subjected to caste- initiating undernourishment, a differentiation which is presum- ably an effect of a differential retention of the mature ovarian eggs. In all species environmental conditions that inhibit the action of the spermathecal gland are conducive to colony opulence and the full nourishment either embryonically or larval of one or more individuals and consequently to the production of queens as well as of males. The fertilized yolk-replete egg may become a queen regardless of subsequent nourishment. Under opulent conditions the fertilization of an egg is accom- plished by a residual sperm — that is, a sperm which was in the sperm duct enroute to the oviduct when oviposition under cir- cumstances that stimulate the spermathecal gland ceased, and hence was not used until oviposition was resumed under circum- stances which inactivate the spermathecal gland. Consequently, in most if not all of the social Hymenoptera the worker is usually derived from an egg which at the moment of ovulation had a reduced amount of yolk. The predisposition of such an individual to be a worker may be nutritionally counter- acted during either the larval or adult stages. It then becomes a queen. conclusion It is concluded that the castes in the social Hymenoptera usually originate as follows : the worker from a fertilized egg which when ovulated had a reduced amount of yolk; the queen from any diploid egg, provided that the larva from a fertilized egg with a reduced amount of yolk is full-fed ; the male from any unfertilized egg regardless of its yolk content. The ratio of females to males is apparently a function of the relative lengths of the periods of indigence (activation of the spermathecal gland), and of opulence (inactivation of the spermathecal gland). In most species the ratio of queens to workers appears to be a function of the number of eggs fertilized by residual sperms during the period of opulence, this number being determined either by the actual number of residual sperms or by the duration of the period of opulence prior to the utilization of all the residual sperms. Mar.— June, 1957] Flanders : Caste 105 Literature Cited Bier, Karlheinz. 1954. liber den Saisondimorphismus der Oogenese von Formica rufa rufo-pratensis minor Gossw. and dessen Bedeutung fur die Kastendetermination. Biol. Zentbl. 73: 170-190. Brian, M. V. 1954. Studies of caste differentiation in Myrmica rubra L. 1. The growth of queens and males. Insectes Sociaux 1: 101-122. Deleurance, E. P. 1952. Le polymorphisme social et son determinisme chez les guepes. (Collogues Internatl. Centre Natl. Researche Sci. 34: 141-155, 1950.) Flanders, Stanley E. 1939. Environmental control of sex in hymenop- terous insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 32: 11-26. . 1945. The bisexuality of uniparental Hymenoptera a function of the environment. Amer. Nat. 79: 122-141. . 1946. Control of sex and sex-limited polymorphism in the Hymen- optera. Quart. Rev. Biol. 21: 135-143. . 1950. Control of sex in the honeybee. Sci. Monthly. 71: 237-240. . 1953. Caste determination in the social Hymenoptera. Sci. Monthly. 76: 142-148. . 1957a. The complete interdependence of an ant and a coccid. Ecology. 38: 535-536. . 1957b. Ovigenic-ovisorptive cycle in the economy of the honey bee. Sci. Mon. 85: 176-177. Gosswald, Karl and Karlheinz Bier. 1955. Beeinflussimg des Ge- schlechtsverhaltnisses durch Temperatureinwirkung bei Formica rufa L. Naturwissensehaften. 5: 133-134. Hagen, H. R. 1954. The reproductive system of the army-ant queen, Fciton. Amer. Mus. Nov. No. 1663, 12 pp. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y. Haydak, M. H. 1943. Larval food and development of castes in the honey- bee. Jour. Econ. Ent. 36: 778-792. Kerr, Warwick E. 1946. Forma§ao das castes no genero Melipona (II- liger, 1806). Anais escola super, agr. “Luis de Querioz,” XJniv. Sao Paulo. 3: 299-312. Schneirla, T. C. and Robert Zanes Brown. 1952. Sexual broods and the production of young queens in two species of army ants. Zoologica [New York]. 37: 5-31. Snodgrass, R. E. 1956. Anatomy of the honeybee. Comst. Pub. Co., Ithaca, New York. 334 pp. 106 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV ( Continued from -page 88) Meeting of May 29, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History with President Vishniac in the chair. Drs. Treat and Forbes were unanimously elected as the official delegates of the Society at the International Entomological Congress scheduled to convene in Montreal in August. This being the last meeting of the season, the program consisted of talks and demonstrations by the members. Dr. Louis Marks discussed new insect stamps, with special reference to the topical collection of insects on stamps exhibited at the last International Philatelic Show. Dr. Marks promised to project color slides of some of these stamps when the society next convenes on October 2nd. Lieutenant Milton Tinker discussed the horse chestnut rust mite and the biology of the armoured scale insects. Lt. Tinker pointed out that the mite is widespread in this area, although often inconspicuous and exhibiting considerable food-plant specificity. The life history is complex, including two nymphal instars and two adult forms, one of which overwinters. The armoured scale insects present a number of curious contrasts to other Homoptera, some species appearing to spend more time moulting than feeding. Mr. Peter Dix discussed Scarab beetles in Egyptian culture, demonstrating several ornaments marked with scarabs and tracing a number of the intricate relationships of the scarab symbol and religious beliefs in Egypt. Dr. Treat demonstrated an unusual new long-playing phonograph record of insect sounds. The meeting and the season were brought to a close at 10:30 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Mar.— June, 1957 I Ludwig and Barsa: Respiration 107 EFFECTS OF ADDING SUBSTRATES AND INHIBI- TORS ON THE HOMOGENATE RESPIRATION OF THE JAPANESE BEETLE, POPILLIA JAPONICA NEWMAN, DURING EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT* By Daniel Ludwig and Mary C. Barsa Department of Biology, Fordham University Ludwig and Barsa (1956) compared the respiration of 10 per cent homogenates of eggs of the Japanese beetle, Popillia japon- ica, and of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, with that of the whole eggs. They found that homogenization of newly laid Japanese beetle eggs resulted in a reduction of 50 per cent in 02 consump- tion. From the third to the sixth days of embryonic develop- ment at 30° C., there was no reduction, but towards the end of the embryonic period, a reduction of more than 50 per cent was again obtained. They correlated the varying effects of homogenization on 02 consumption with water content and the degree of organi- zation of the egg. During the first 4 days of development at 30° C., the egg increases in weight from 0.83 to 2.3 mg., associated with the imbibition of water. During this time the constituents of the egg are greatly diluted and homogenization has little effect on respiratory rate. However, homogenization of the mealworm egg resulted in a reduction of approximately 48 per cent in 02 consumption which was constant throughout the embryonic period at 30° C. Mealworm eggs do not imbibe water and the weight remains constant. Ludwig and Barsa (1957) studied the effects of adding vari- ous substrates and inhibitors of the succinoxidase system to 5 per cent homogenates of the mealworm egg on its 02 consumption for each day of embryonic development at 30°C. The addition of either cytochrome c or sodium succinate alone failed to in- crease respiratory rate. However, when both were added it was increased to that of the intact egg. The addition of the inhibi- tors, KCN, sodium malonate and DDT, when used singly, elimi- * This work was supported in part by the Medical Research and Develop- ment Board, Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, under Contract No. DA-49-007-MD-444, 108 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV nated all of the 02 uptake produced by the addition of substrates and a great deal of the endogenous respiration. Because of the physiological differences between the eggs of the mealworm and Japanese beetle noted above, it was decided to repeat this series of experiments using 5 per cent homogenates of Japanese beetle eggs. MATERIAL AND METHODS Eggs were collected daily so that when obtained they were al- ways less than 24 hours old. They were kept in 1-ounce metal salve boxes containing moist soil at 30°C. At the desired stage, they were homogenized for one minute with a motor driven glass homogenizer in 0.03 molar phosphate buffer adjusted to a pH of 7.4. Readings on the 02 consumption of 5 per cent homogenates were made over a 2-hour period in Warburg constant volume manometers at 30° C., according to the method outlined by Um- breit, Burris and Stauffer (1945). The substrates, sodium suc- cinate and cytochrome c were added singly and together to the homogenate. The inhibitors, KCN, alcohol, or DDT in alcohol, were added singly to homogenates containing added sodium suc- cinate and cytochrome c. All solutions were made in 0.03 molar phosphate buffer at a pH of 7.4. In each experiment, the ther- mobarometer contained all of the test solutions but no tissue homogenate. The final concentrations in the manometer flasks were : (a) M/9 sodium succinate, (b) 0.6 x 10~4 M cytochrome c, (c) 10“4 M KCN, ^ (d) 1.25 per cent ethyl alcohol, (e) 10~3 M DDT in 1.25 per cent ethyl alcohol. The DDT was prepared by dissolving the crystals in 5 ml. of ethyl alcohol and adding this solution to 95 ml. of phosphate buffer. Cyanide inhibition was measured by the method of Robbie (1946) . Throughout each experiment, the manometers were rocked hori- zontally 100 times a minute. Homogenates from the same indi- viduals were used throughout one series of experiments. OBSERVATIONS The results are given in Figure 1. Each point is an average of at least 10 determinations. The 02 consumption of unfortified homogenate is shown in Graph A. Endogenous metabolism Mar.— .June, 1957] Ludwig and Barsa: Bespiration 109 showed a progressive increase during the first 5 days of the em- bryonic period and then remained constant until the time of hatching. Sodium succinate (Graph C) and cytochrome c Figure 1. 02 consumption of 5 per cent homogenates during embryonic development. Graph A, unfortified homogenate; Graph B, homogenates with cytochrome c and sodium succinate and with either KCN, 1.25 per cent alcohol, or BBT in 1.25 per cent alcohol; Graph C, homogenate with sodium succinate; Graph B, homogenate with cytochrome c; Graph E, homogenate with sodium succinate and cytochrome c. (Graph D), when added singly, increased the rate of 02 con- sumption to the same extent throughout the embryonic period. However, their stimulating effect was greatest during the latter part of this period when the rate of endogenous metabolism re- 110 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV mained constant. When both substrates were added simulta- neously to the homogenate (Graph E), the increase in respiration was greater than with either substrate alone. The addition of KCN, alcohol, or DDT in alcohol to homogenates containing both substrates (Graph B) reduced the 02 consumption to the level of the unfortified homogenate (Graph A). Each of the inhibitors decreased the respiratory rate to the same extent. DISCUSSION Since the addition of sodium succinate or of cytochrome c in- creased the respiration of homogenates of Japanese beetle eggs for each day of embryonic development, the enzymes of the suc- einoxidase system appear to be in excess throughout the embry- onic period. The observation that respiration is enhanced dur- ing the second half of the egg stage to a greater extent than it is earlier, agrees with the results of Ludwig and Wugmeister (1955) that beginning with the 5-day egg at 30° C., the activities of cyto- chrome oxidase and succinic dehydrogenase increase rapidly until the end of the embryonic period. Ludwig and Barsa (1957) found that the inhibitors, KCN or DDT when added to homogenates of mealworm eggs contain- ing cytochrome c and sodium succinate, eliminated a great deal of the endogenous respiration. However, with Japanese beetle eggs, none of the endogenous metabolism was eliminated by these in- hibitors. This observation indicates that a part of the endoge- nous metabolism of mealworm egg homogenates is mediated through the succinoxidase system; while in Japanese beetle eggs, the endogenous respiration is mediated entirely through a cya- nide insensitive system such as a flavoprotein. Ethyl alcohol (1.25 per cent) reduced the respiratory rate of homogenates of mealworm eggs, but its narcotic effect diminished towards the end of the embryonic period (Ludwig and Barsa, in press). The present experiments show that with homogenates of Japanese beetle eggs, the inhibitory effect of alcohol remained constant throughout embryonic development. SUMMARY The effects of adding substrates and inhibitors of the suc- cinoxidase system on the 02 consumption of 5 per cent homoge- nates were determined throughout the egg stage of the Japanese beetle at 30 °C. Mar.— June, 1957] Ludwig and Barsa: Respiration 111 The addition of sodium succinate or cytochrome c stimulated respiration, the effect being greater during the second half of the egg stage. When both substrates were added simultaneously, the increase in respiration was greater than with either substrate alone. IvCN, alcohol, or DDT in alcohol, decreased the respiration of homogenates to which sodium succinate and cytochrome c had been added to the level of the unfortified homogenate. These in- hibitors did not eliminate any of the endogenous respiration. Literature Cited Ludwig, B. and M. C. Barsa. 1956. Oxygen consumption of whole insects and insect homogenates. Biol. Bull. 110: 77-82. . 1957. Respiratory metabolism of homogenates during the em- bryonic development of the mealworm, Tene'brio molitor Linnaeus, with added substrates and inhibitors. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 475-477. and M. Wugmeister. 1905. Respiratory metabolism and the ac- tivities of cytochrome oxidase and succinic dehydrogenase during the embryonic development of the Japanese beetle, Popillia japoiiica New- man. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol. 45: 157-166. Robbie, W. A. 1946. The quantitative control of cyanide in manometric experimentation. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol. 27: 181-209. Umbreit, W. W., R. H. Burris and J. F. Stauffer. 1945. Manometric techniques and related methods for the study of tissue metabolism. Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapolis. The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1957 President, DR. ASHER TREAT 219 W. 81st St., N. Y. 24, N. Y. Vice-President, DR. WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON ♦ City College, Convent Ave. and 139th St., N. Y. 31, N.Y. Secretary, DR. EDWARD HODGSON 570 W. 183rd St., New York, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 781 Ocean Ave., Brooklyn 26, N. Y. Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. TRUSTEES Dr. James Mullen PUBLICATION COMMITTEE E. W. Teale Dr. James Mullen Herbert F. Schwarz PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Ashur Treat FIELD COMMITTEE / Alice W. Hopf DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Dr. Lucy Clausen Dr. Lucy W. Clausen E. Irving Huntington Frank A. Soraci w ' Dr. Lucy Clausen Dr. James Mullen Dr. A. B. Klotz Dr. Herbert Ruckes Xj 1 f - O M ’ r,\ . • -I'.v, ( v \ ’ •>./. / > ... T \ ' J : ^ -1 /i A;y v 1 ' ■ v •if:A . ’ /y, $ :i ■ V ?i’*A 1 • ' '|K- 7 '■■ i- . , : rv\f' V' M ■/ ' f. JOURNAL of the ^Vr, 'v 7 NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, , Frank A. Soraci, Allen- town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please maki all checks , money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer. Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when advisable. A ■ V. \\ 7 . ,77 /T 1 •A ■ f. 7.7 \- \7 7. 7 i - Nos. 3, 4 Vol. LXV September, December, 1957 Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON JAMES MULLEN Subscription $5.00 per Year CONTENTS New Horizons in Insect Pathology By Edward A. Steinhaus 113 The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith: Group of Marginiventris Santschi By William L. Brown, Jr 123 Notes on Western Ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) By A. C. Cole 129 The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith: Group of Ogloblini Santschi By William L. Brown, Jr 133 The McCauley Expedition to the San Juan Region of Colorado in 1877 By F. Martin Brown 139 Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), II By Charles P. Alexander 147 Ethological Studies on Digger Wasps of the Genus Astata (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) By Howard E. Evans 159 Some Undescribed Species of the Genus Baccha Fabricius (Diptera: Syrphidae) By Frank M. Hull ; 187 A Few Scolytidae from the West Indies By Karl E. Schedl 191 A Contribution to the Taxonomy, Distribution and Biology of the Vagrant Ant, Plagiolepis Alluaudi Emery (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) By Marion R. Smith A.,*...; 195 New Species of Flies of the Genus Bathypogon Loew By Frank M. Hull 199 A Revisionary Study of Pheidole Vasliti Pergande (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) By Wm. S. Creighton 203 A Redescription of Hafenferrefia Nitidula (Banks) and Notes on the Distribution of Other Species in the Family Tenuialidae (Acarina: Oribatei) By Harold G. Higgins and Tyler A. Woolley 213^ Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey Naturalists 1871 — Ferdinand Bischoff By F. M. Brown 219 By-Laws of the New York Entomological Society 235 NOTICE: Nos. 1, 2 of Volume LXV of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society were published on March 25, 1958 Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXV September, December, 1957 Nos. 3, 4 NEW HORIZONS IN INSECT PATHOLOGY1 By Edward A. Steinhaus Laboratory of Insect Pathology, Department of Biological Control, University of California, Berkeley, California. During the past two decades the field of insect pathology has experienced marked advances in both its basic and applied phases. Microbial control, i.e., the use of microorganisms to control insect and other pests, appears to be about to enter the realm of general practicability and commercial feasibility. Several manufacturers in both the United States and Europe are now in the “ pilot plant” stage of producing pathogens for use in microbial con- trol. Nevertheless, a more complete realization of the applica- tions of insect pathology depends on further advances in our understanding of the basic principles involved. (Moreover, microbial control is only one of the applications of insect path- ology— a branch of entomology that has much to contribute to nearly all other branches, and to agriculture, medicine and bi- ology generally.) In insect pathology, as in other sciences, it is the basic and fundamental research that is the fountainhead of practical accomplishments. This maxim is well-known and given much lip-service. It is not my intention, therefore, to use this occasion to mouth further platitudes on this important but verbally belabored subject. Instead, I should like to point out briefly what to me are some of the frontiers of research, the new horizons, that insect pathology is offering to those who pursue its study. Especially, I should like to emphasize four or five of the numerous branches of research in insect pathology that need 1 Talk presented before the Entomology Division of the Ninth Pacific Science Congress held at Bangkok, Thailand, November 18 to December 9, 1957. Published with the consent of the Organizing Committee. SMITHSONIAN 114 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV attention and which, if crowned with sufficient discovery and understanding, will lead to rapid strides and to a new pace in applied insect pathology. It is my earnest contention that we must not spend our time thinking in terms of success or failure of microbial control meth- ods. Rather, we should concentrate on and be thinking in terms of accumulating knowledge. Depending on the particular phase concerned, insect pathology and microbial control are now about in the stage of development that insect ecology (particularly insect parasitology) and biological control were fifty or sixty years ago. Accordingly, although we should not hesitate to pur- sue the applications of insect pathology as vigorously as we know how, we should appreciate and be all the more dedicated to a fundamental approach to the problems that confront us. Our approach must possess that range of vision that accompanies a profound and scholarly pursuit of both the theoretical and practi- cal aspects of our science. At the same time, our activity must be more than research for research’s sake, efficiency just to be efficient, or perfection without a purpose. Instead, on the firm foundation of basic knowledge, we must strive for quality re- search, efficiency, and perfection (insofar as these qualities can be attained) for a purpose, and for a goal attuned to man’s need and benefit. In the time allotted to me I should like to discuss briefly several important segments of insect pathology presently standing in need of a greater amount of fundamental research, and which, when we know more about them, will certainly yield rich rewards for the further development of our field. These are : ( 1 ) the development of methods of mass-producing insect viruses and protozoa, such as in tissue cultures, (2) methods of producing resistant stages of bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and nematodes, (3) a greater understanding of the effects of disease on insect popula- tions, and of applying this knowledge in the field application of insect pathogens, (4) principles governing immunity and resist- ance in insects, and (5) the role of stress and predisposing factors in insect disease. THE MASS-PRODUCTION OF ENTOMOPHILIC MICROORGANISMS Ever since the time of Metchnikoff, in 1879, it has been recog- nized that for certain types of field applications of entomophilic Sept. -Dec., 1957] Steinhaus : Insect Pathology 115 microorganisms it would be necessary first to develop methods of producing large numbers of these agents. With those micro- organisms, such as certain bacteria and fungi, that grow well on artificial media, there may be no great problem in producing massive quantities in the laboratory or for commercial purposes. In the United States, the well-known Bacillus thuringiensis Berliner is about to be commercially produced in artificial media. Some manufacturers may use large tanks, each of which yield about a ton of spores, which should enable them to produce the material at relatively low cost. In the case of most insect viruses and protozoa the problem of mass-production has been more difficult to solve. Indeed, very little progress of any kind has been made toward a satisfactory solution. The two currently used methods of accumulating large quantities of these pathogens — field collection of diseased insects and the infection of insectary-reared insects — while satisfactory in some instances, are not, in general, adequate or feasible for commercial production. More efficiently productive methods are required if entomophilic protozoa and viruses are to be made available to growers on a commercial scale. For this reason our laboratory has decided to devote a considerable amount of its time and resources to the development of methods of mass-produc- ing these agents in tissue cultures. Dr. M. E. Martignoni is the leader of our tissue culture project. It is his objective to develop methods of cultivating insect tissues and cells in vitro, and to use such cultures to study further the basic nature of viruses and to provide for their mass production. Of course, once insect tissues are successfully cultivated, numer- ous other applications of this technique will undoubtedly be made. For example, arthropod-borne plant and animal patho- gens, intracellular symbiotes, and the general physiology and morphology of insect tissues, will all yield to further study and examination by means of tissue culture procedures. There is no question but that the perfection of methods of cultivating insect tissues will open the flood gates to an inundation of many new areas of research not only in insect pathology but in biology generally. And as it relates to the subject of our discussion, it will almost certainly provide industry with a new method of mass-producing certain insect pathogens in commercial quantities. 116 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV PRODUCTION OF RESISTANT STAGES OF INSECT PATHOGENS It is not enough merely to devise methods of growing and mass- producing insect pathogens as such, especially if the object of such production is to obtain material suitable for field distribu- tion. It is also essential that the form or stage of the pathogen so produced be such as to endure the rigors of field application and to survive in an infectious form for a period of time sufficient to be contacted by a susceptible host. Many insect pathogens occur in a resistant form (e.g., spore, cyst, dauer stage, etc.) as well as in a vegetative form. Unfortunately, it appears to be easier to grow and produce the vegetative or nonresistant stages of most bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and nematodes than the more durable resistant stages. In some cases it is not so much a ques- tion of being able to produce the resistant stage as it is of pro- ducing it in sufficient quantity for practical use. Thus, Bacillus thuringiensis Berliner readily forms spores, and the associated toxic crystals, in ordinary bacteriological media. However, such spore production may vary from 60 to 95 per cent. Naturally, the manufacturer is interested in using production methods in which spore formation approaches 100 per cent. To accomplish this, thorough nutritional and cultural studies are required. From the standpoint of microbial control, one of the most promising groups of entomogenous fungi are the members of the order Entomophthorales. These obligate insect pathogens are at last yielding to cultivation on artificial media. Unfortunately, when so cultivated they usually produce only the short-lived conidia rather than the thick-walled resistant stages known to occur occasionally in nature. Recently, Dr. I. M. Hall of our laboratory in Riverside, California, has been successful in devis- ing media and cultural conditions which, in the case of at least three species, has given rise to the sought-after resistant stages. If the production of these resistant stages can be accomplished on a large-scale basis, the ease with which these fungi can be used in the field will be materially enhanced. Similar hopes may be expressed with respect to the entorno- philic protozoa and nematodes, the resistant stages of each being nature’s gift to those who desire to use these organisms as con- trol agents in the field. In the case of the protozoa, it is precisely because they form spores that certain members of the class Sept -Dec., 1957] Steinhaus: Insect Pathology 117 Sporozoa offer the greatest hope of being adaptable to micro- bial control methods. But to realize these potentialities we must know a great deal more about the resistant stages, their proper- ties, their limitations, and how to produce them. EFFECTS OF DISEASE ON INSECT POPULATIONS A greater understanding of the effects of disease on insect populations will almost certainly increase our ability to exploit microorganisms for use in microbial control. Most of our knowl- edge of the epizootiology of disease among insects has been gained incidental to other studies, or has been inferred by our under- standing of the epidemiology of disease among humans. The subject is much too profound and involved to attempt a detailed discussion of it here. I wish only to emphasize that epizootics among insects are vibrant, dynamic manifestations of powerful and awesome forces. We must increase our understand- ing of these forces through concentrated studies of the phenome- non as a whole, and of the infectious agent, the insect host, and the environment, each in its own particulars. The problem is basically an ecological one and, therefore, might best be attacked by means of an ecological approach. In the same manner, we must gain a better understanding of what takes place in a population of insects when pathogens are applied for control purposes. What happens to the pathogen itself, and what is the range of its activities ? What are the effects on the host, and how does the host react? What is the role of the environment in the entire process ? How do these artificially induced epizootics differ from those that occur naturally ? What are the general effects of varying dosages, methods of application, preparation of the pathogen prior to application, etc.? In our laboratory, Drs. Y. Tanada, I. M. Hall and others are engaged in important investigations along these lines, seeking answers to some of these questions. They are concerned not only with the general problems of epizootiology, but with the respective roles of pathogen, host, and environment in natural as well as artificially induced epizootics. Such studies include the careful examination of such subtle phenomena as synergism between two viruses oc- curring in the same host and the comparative value of different pathogens in controlling relatively inaccessible insects. I am 118 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV confident that the applications of insect pathology will never be fully realized until we have a deeper understanding of the effects of disease on insect populations, and of the mode of action and dynamics of disease in such populations. IMMUNITY AND RESISTANCE IN INSECTS. In spite of some apparently convincing work on the manifesta- tions of humoral and cellular immunity in insects, our knowledge of this general subject is grossly inadequate. Indeed, recent evi- dence observed in our laboratory and elsewhere strongly suggests that much of what has previously been believed concerning im- munity in insects is in error, or must be radically revised. More- over, it begins to appear that the principles of humoral immunity in insects, and perhaps other invertebrates, are considerably different from those operating in higher animals. At the moment the situation is very confused and fluid, and greatly in need of a stabilizing core of critical research designed to elucidate the basic nature of the resistance demonstrated by certain insects against certain pathogens, and the nature of humoral immunity as it operates in insects. In this connection, there is a need for the development of serological and immunological techniques and testing procedures designed for the specific study of insect immunity. It is not unlikely that insect immunology and serology has suffered from the too direct application of techniques used in vertebrate studies, and from the all too ready assumption that the same kinds of immunological phenomena operating in the case of vertebrates operates in the case of invertebrates. In any event, here lies a fascinating field of research awaiting the attention of capable investigators. THE ROLE OF STRESS AND PREDISPOSING FACTORS IN INSECT DISEASE For the past several years I have been concerned with the phe- nomenon of stress in insect disease. I am frank to say that dur- ing this time the relationship between stress and the occurrence of disease in insects has been found to be a much more profound, occult, and mysterious phenomenon than had been originally anticipated. That the occurrence and course of diseases in in- sects were frequently affected by predisposing causes has been Sept.-Dee., 1957] Steinhaus: Insect Pathology 119 known for a long time. Unfortunately, however, very little has been accomplished in clarifying the exact mechanisms involved and the true cause-and-effect relationships. Our efforts have been concerned with attempting to under- stand the relation between various diseases in insects and certain stressors (e.g., crowding, heat, cold, chemicals, nutrition, etc.). Progress has been disappointingly slow and laborious, but what we have so far learned enables us to say with conviction that here, too, is a field standing in need of intense and penetrating research. One aspect of this work has been the phenomenon of latency in insect virus diseases. The implications of work now going on in this field in several laboratories is difficult to assess. Certainly, however, one can predict that when the role of stress in insect disease is understood, our understanding of disease processes in insects will be much better understood, and the applications in microbial control will be many. If only we can better under- stand what is involved in triggering an epizootic or in making a population more susceptible to infectious agents, latent or active, the efforts put into the laborious and frequently frustrating re- search will be more than rewarded. While it is difficult to discern accurately at just which points insect pathology will have its greatest future development, I feel confident that at least some of the areas of research I have men- tioned will figure prominently in this development. It is charac- teristic of the various branches of science to forge ahead and accelerate spasmodically or by spurts. It is my feeling that the next such rapid advance in insect pathology and microbial con- trol will follow the realization of gains made in basic research along the lines I have indicated. If this should be so, these areas of research deserve the concentrated attention of insect patholo- gists, as well as the interest and support of entomologists and biologists generally. It is, of course, appropriate on this occasion to consider the possible future developments in insect pathology and microbial control in the general Pacific area. The applicability of biological control generally in insular areas is well known, especially as it concerns parasites and predators. There is no reason to doubt that similar results may be attained through the use of insect 120 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV pathogens. The advantages of microbial control methods (e.g., relative inexpensiveness, absence of toxic residues, compatibility with other types of control, etc.) are as attractive in Pacific areas as elsewhere. As with parasites and predators, the islands of the Pacific offer excellent opportunities for well-controlled experiments in micro- bial control. The geographic isolation of the islands permits the conduct of experiments which may be considerably more difficult on large land areas. A study of epizootiological effects of intro- ducing pathogens into uninfected insular populations would ap- pear to be particidarly attractive. Especially I should like to point out the need for more survey work with regard to insect diseases throughout the entire Pacific area. We are now beginning to obtain a fairly good idea of the nature and kinds of insect pathogens affecting insects in Europe and North America. Surely the Pacific area with its variety of environmental and ecological conditions must abound in numbers and kinds of microorganisms that affect insects. There are indi- cations that there is a rich flora of entomogenous fungi in the tropical zones of the Pacific area. However, detailed study of these, as well as entomophilic viruses, bacteria, protozoa, and nematodes is meager. Therefore, we must somehow provide the means of support — and inspiration — to entomologists and others throughout the Pacific to undertake a comprehensive survey of this part of the world to discover and isolate insect pathogens of all kinds. This, of course, must be followed by thorough scientific studies of the diseases in the insects concerned, their epizootiology, and their potentialities as microbial control agents. While our own facilities at the University of California are sorely strained and overtaxed, we are in a position to provide some help toward these objectives. In the first place, we are able to give qualified students complete graduate academic training in insect pathology. The University offers a curriculum in this field leading to both a Master of Science degree and a Doctor of Philosophy degree. Secondly, our Laboratory provides, without charge, to any individual or institution anywhere in the world, a diagnostic service for dead or diseased insects. We are in a position to attempt the diagnosis of any type of infectious disease of any insect or arachnid. Accordingly, we shall be especially Sept.-Dee., 1957] Steinhaus: Insect Pathology 121 pleased to receive from entomologists and others in the Pacific area any specimens of dead or diseased insects they may wish to submit to us for diagnosis. Instructions for submitting speci- mens may be obtained by communicating with our Laboratory. To be sure, such survey work is only the first step toward a realization of the potentialities of insect pathology and microbial control in this part of the world. There must be a well-rounded, adequately supported program of basic and applied research, conducted by adequately trained personnel. On the basis of what has already been accomplished in other parts of the world, there is good reason to believe that such a program would be rewarding not only to Pacific agriculture, but to medicine and general biology as well. 122 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV BOOK NOTICE A Synopsis of the Tabanidae {Dipt era) of Michigan by Kirby L. Hays. Miscellaneous Publications, Museum of Zoology, Uni- versity of Michigan, No. 98. December 21, 1956. 79 pp., 3 plates $1.15. This very fine contribution deals with 102 species and sub- species, 27 of which are reported from the State for the first time. There is a discussion of bionomics, ecology and zoogeography in addition to keys to the genera and females of the various genera. Each species is briefly described and Michigan records noted. The three plates of the wings of Chrysops are excellent. — C. IT. Curran. Sept. -Dec., 1957] Brown : Strumigenys 123 THE NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE ANT GENUS STRUMIGENYS FR. SMITH: GROUP OF MARGINIVENTRIS SANTSCHI By William L. Brown, Jr. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University The present paper is a continuation of my series on the New World fauna of the dacetine ant genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith. Earlier parts, containing keys to the abbreviations for measure- ments and proportions, may be found in Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 61: 53-59, 101-110 (1953). Other parts have been pub- lished in the same journal, or are in press. The present section deals with two species, S. marginiventris Santschi and S. longispinosa new species. The first of these has been considered as a subspecies of S. fusea Emery by Santschi, but actually, marginiventris is not close to fusca at all. S. longi- spinosa shares with S. marginiventris the general head form of the cordovensis group and the single preapical tooth. It is supposed that S. marginiventris and S. longispinosa are related to each other and to the cordovensis group, but, like all other assumed relationships among the New World Strumigenys, this one would bear much further thought and examination. The two species are similar in general size and habitus, and both are so far known from the Panama-Colombia area, where they have been collected on few occasions. Nothing direct is known of their biology, except that they are rain forest inhabitants. Strumigenys longispinosa new species (Figs. 1, 2) Holotype worker: TL 3.5, HL 0.80, ML 0.72, WL 0.81 mm.; Cl 74, MI 90. (One paratype worker: TL 3.4, HL 0.78, ML 0.71, WL 0.80 mm.; Cl 72, MI 91.) Head much like that of marginiventris and the majority of neotropical Strumigenys in general shape, deeply and semicircularly excised behind, slightly dorsoventrally depressed, the dorsum very weakly convex. Antennal scrobe narrow, shallow and ill-defined, bounded by a weak carina above, posteriorly not quite extending as far as the point of greatest lateral expansion of the occipital lobe. Scrobe split anteriorly by a sharp longi- tudinal carina which extends posteriorly to the eye. Eye fairly large and convex, with 7-8 ommatidia in the greatest diameter (not quite so large as the eye of marginiventris ) ; side of head immediately in front of eye mod- 124 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV erately but distinctly concavely excavated, so that eye appears more pro- tuberant and slightly prospicient. Clypeal disc weakly concave, anterior border broadly and feebly rounded. Labral lobes short and truncate api- cally, the pair of trigger hairs arising from them line, divergent, half or a little more as long as the mandibles. Mandibles very long and slender, shafts nearly straight ; external bor- ders very weakly convex, drawn in rather sharply at the insertions and, near the apices, curving very evenly into the apical fork. Inner border practi- cally straight, so that the inner and outer borders of the shaft are parallel or very nearly so from the basal constriction to the preapical tooth, distal to which the shaft narrows a little more strongly until the fork. Armature of each mandible consisting of an apical fork of two very long, slender spiniform teeth (the ventral tooth slightly longer) bent inward at approxi- mately a right angle ; no intercalary teeth or denticles ; and a single straight, acute preapical tooth, about half as long as the dorsal apical tooth, situ- ated precisely at the first apical quarter of the mandibular length. No other teeth or denticles on the mandibles with the exception of the hidden basal process. Antennal scape (L 0.70 mm.) longer than the distance from its insertion to the posterior border of the occipital lobe on the same side, very nearly straight and quite slender, almost imperceptibly thickened at about the basal quarter. Funiculus (L 0.83 mm.) very slender; apical segment (Y) about as long as or very slightly shorter than I-IV taken together; basal segment (I) shorter than IV, but longer than II plus III; II and III slender, sub- equal. Alitrunk slender; promesonotum in lateral- view profile with a horizontal, only weakly convex outline ; posterior mesonotum gently concave ; dorsum of propodeum extremely weakly convex. Pronotum as seen from above with a distinct, arched anterior border, subangulate humeri, each with a low piligerous tubercle, and straight, submarginate, posteriorly convergent dorsolateral borders, below which the sides of the pronotum bulge behind the humeri, so that the anterior half of the alitrunk seen from above forms a circular outline. Both promesonotal and metanotal sutures obliterated, the latter marked by a weak constriction when the alitrunk is seen from above. Propodeal teeth spiniform, exceptionally long, slender, straight and acute, divergent and directed dorsad from the plane of the propodeal dorsum at an angle of about 30° or slightly more; much longer than the distance be- tween the centers of their bases, longer than the propodeal declivity beneath them, and about as long as the postpetiolar disc is wide. Each tooth sub- tended beneath by a cariniform vestige of infradental lamella bordering each side of the steep, concave propodeal declivity. Petiole subclaviform, peduncle long and slender, nearly as long as the long, low node, and only weakly set off from it. Node seen from above oval, 2/3 as broad as long and about 5/6 as broad as the small postpetiolar disc. Petiolar spongiform tissues reduced to a thin, loose band along the upper half of the posterior nodal margin, and a small, narrow ventral strip be- neath the node. Postpetiolar disc nearly twice as broad as long, with Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown : Strumigenys 125 rounded, sharply marginate sides, its surface convex, smooth and shining; laterally and ventrally with voluminous spongiform appendages. Mandibles, clypeus, antennal scapes and legs very finely and densely punctulate-granulose. Head, alitrunk and petiole finely and densely punctu- late, with superimposed fine, mostly indistinct longitudinal rugulae ; lower pleura of alitrunk with sculpture more or less effaced. Basal gastric costu- lae 15-17, strong and distinctly separated, extending about \ the length of the basigastric segment. Remainder of gaster smooth and shining. Meso- notum with a fine median longitudinal carina. Ground pilosity of head consisting of fairly abundant, slender, weakly clavate, arched, reclinate or decumbent hairs, longest toward the occiput. Anterior clypeal border with 12 spatulate hairs, curved mesad, the central pair longest. Scapes each with 10 curved, very weakly clavate hairs, de- cumbent in an apical direction along the anterior border; other decumbent slender hairs directed apicad on other surfaces. Six longer erect hairs on the posterior cephalic dorsum are little if at all apically enlarged, arranged in a row of four across the vertex posterior to the eyes, and a pair just in front of the occipital excision. Ground pilosity of alitrunk like that of head, but sparser; 4 long, straggling flagellate hairs, one on each humeral tubercle, and one on each posterolateral margin of the pronotum, straddling the mesonotum. Nodes of peduncle and dorsum of gaster with moderately abundant, well-spaced, long, straggling, erect and recurved flagellate hairs. General color light ferruginous, gaster very slightly darker, more tan. Holotype worker (N. A. Weber Collection) taken by Dr. Weber on Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone (Weber Cat. No. 1139). The paratype included in the measurements above (MCZ) was taken with the holotype. Three additional paratypes (Weber Collection, USNM, MCZ) were seen belatedly. One of these was taken with the holotype, and the second is also from Barro Colorado (E. C. Williams, Jr. leg., No. 65-2) ; a third, found among MCZ unidentified miscellany, was taken at Quipo, Panama (J. Zetek leg.). 8. longispinosa resembles 8. marginiventris in its slender form and long mandibles with a single slender preapical tooth on each, but longispinosa lacks the marginate gaster and the dorsi- gastric striolation of marginiventris. There are many other dif- ferences in proportions and minor characters. From the cordo- vensis group of Strumigenys, which also boasts very long, slender mandibles, longispinosa can be distinguished at a glance by means of its single preapical tooth and its long, slender pro- podeal spines. Weber (1952, Amer. Mus. Novitates, 1554: 3) gives the eco- logical data for the type collection on Barro Colorado; the ants 126 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV nested in the soil of the rain forest, below the soil cover, and the nest was surmounted by a small crater. Fig. 1. Strumigenys longispinosa new species, paratype worker from Barro Colorado Island, Panama, head and mandibles from dorsal view. Fig. 2. Same, alitrunk and nodes in side view. Fig. 3. S. marginiventris Santschi, worker from Barro Colorado Island, head and mandibles from dorsal view. In Figs. 1 and 3, only the prominent pilosity near the borders of the outlines is shown. All drawn to the same scale. Drawings by Nancy Buffler. Strumigenys marginiventris Santschi new status (Fig. 3) Strumigenys ( Strumigenys ) fusca st. marginiventris Santschi, 193d, Rev. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 1 : 275, worker. Type loc. : Prance Field, Panama. Type in Basel Naturhistorisches Museum, not seen. Worker: TL 2.9-3.2, IIL 0.68-0.73, II W 0.54-0.59 (Cl 78-82), ML 0.51- 0.57 (MI 75-79), WL 0.68-0.72 mm. Form of head and mandibles shown Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Strumigenys 127 in Fig. 3. Apical fork without intercalary denticles or teeth ; the single preapical tooth weak and arising from the dorsal surface of the blade, not from the inner margin proper. Alitrunk much like that of S. longispinosa (Fig. 2), but the propodeal teeth are not quite so long, and they are in- volved in a broad infradental lamella which becomes convex below. Petiole similar to that of longispinosa, but the node a trifle higher and a bit more distinctly set off from its peduncle. Postpetiolar node longitudinally strio- late, sericeous-opaque. Conformation of gaster unique in this genus. Tergum of basal segment depressed, only gently convex discad, on each side drawn out into a strong, upturned dorsolateral margin that runs back to or nearly to the posterior border of the segment. This margin is distinct from, and situ- ated well above the true lateral tergal border. Since the basal segment takes up nearly its entire length, the gaster thus acquires a rather peculiar plate-like dorsal aspect. The dorsal surface of the gaster is very finely and densely punctulate-striolate anteriorly, and is here sericeous-opaque, while in the posterior half, the punctulae are dense, but the striolation is suppressed, and the surface is feebly shining. The basigastric costulae are distinct also, and extend about i the length of the basal segment. The gastric dor- sum also bears numerous (36-40 or more) but not crowded fine, erect flagel- late hairs, the longest averaging about 0.22 mm. long, or more than half the greatest depth of the gaster. Petiolar node with 2 pairs, postpetiolar node with 4 pairs of decumbent flagellate hairs, and two pairs of flagellar hairs on the alitrunk placed as in longispinosa. The stiffly erect, slender, clavate head hairs are limited to a single pair on the middle occiput; pilosity other- wise mostly similar to that of longispinosa ; though the shorter scapes nat- urally bear fewer hairs. Head and alitrunk densely punctulate-granulose, overlain by weak, fine, predominantly longitudinal rugulation. Legs and most of mandibles punc- tulate-granulose, mostly opaque, with a light decumbent pilosity. Color ferruginous yellow. Female (dealate) : TL 3.4-3.6, HL 0.73-0.78, HW 0.60-0.65 (Cl 83-84), ML 0.57-0.59 (MI 76—78), WL 0.80—0.83 mm. The female shows the caste differences usual for the genus. The longitudinal rugules over the meso- notum are distinct, and some long, fine hairs arise here, too. The sculpture of the gastric dorsum is more distinct than in the worker, and leans more toward longitudinal striolation. The erect flagellate hairs appreciably more numerous, perhaps 50-70 or more in number. Male: Unknown. I have studied material of 8. marginiventris from the Panama Canal Zone : Barro Colorado Island (K. W. Cooper leg., 1 worker ; J. Zetek leg., female and several workers). Frijoles (E. J. Brundage leg., 1 worker). Colombia: Sevilla, Magdalena (G. Salt leg., 2 females and 9 workers, “ small colony in soil near or 128 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV among harvester ants of N. 349.”). The Sevilla series averages slightly smaller than the Canal Zone samples in both castes. Although Santschi placed marginiventris as a race of 8. fusca Emery, these two forms are not closely related. I have seen the type of 8. fusca recently, and this is a member of the 8. louisi- anae group close to, and possibly conspecific with, 8. unidentata Mayr. There should be no difficulty in distinguishing 8. mar- giniventris from all other species of the genus, since no others are known with the laterally marginate gaster. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Cole: Ants 129 NOTES ON WESTERN ANTS (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) By A. C. Cole Department op Zoology and Entomology University of Tennessee, Knoxville Recently found among my alcoholic collections were three nest series of Myrmecocystus pyramicus M. R. Smith which had been taken from an extensive sand dune area, near Hammett, Idaho, on April 10, 1932 and from a sand hill, near Twin Falls, Idaho, on October 4, 1932. The series include both males and females. At each station there were colonies of M. mojave Wheeler which also contained the winged castes. My workers of pyramicus compare very favorably with para- types of this species, which was described by Smith (1951, p. 91) from a sand area in Washoe County, Nevada, and also with Dr. Smith’s description. I have noted what I consider to represent the following dis- tinctive differences between the sexes of pyramicus and mojave . In the male of mojave erect body hairs are abundant and com- paratively short, thus giving a rather brush-like appearance to the surface ; on the thorax they are longest on the scutellum. They cover all surfaces of the antennal scapes and the legs. On the gula they are sparse. In the male of pyramicus the body is very sparsely pilose. The hairs are long and those on the gula are both longer and more numerous than those on the gula of mojave. Hairs are absent from the scapes and from the legs except for the flexor surfaces. In the mojave male the petiolar scale is, in profile, rather low, very thick at the base, and moder- ately attenuated toward the apex. It is much thicker basally and also notably shorter than that of the pyramicus male. Viewed from the front, its apex is entire, directed upward mesally, and narrow. In pyramicus the petiolar scale, when viewed in profile, is comparatively high, much narrower apically than basally, and has a rather sharp superior border. In frontal view, the apex is wide, emarginate, and not directed upward mesally. In the female of mojave the body pilosity is abundant. Hairs on the thorax are short. They are numerous on all surfaces of 130 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV the scapes and the legs. In the female of pyramicus body pilosity is sparse. Thoracic hairs are long. Hairs are absent from the scapes and on the legs they are confined to the flexor surfaces. The female of mojave is apparently a larger ant than that of pyramicus, if my series are any criterion for establishing such a distinction. It is my opinion that the males and females of pyramicus possess characteristics which can be used not only to separate them from the comparable castes of mojave but also from the sexes of other known species in the genus. My notes on the Idaho collections show that the workers of both species were foraging actively at 10 a.m. and 2 p.m. It would appear, then, that these species do not have nocturnal habits. All nests were marked by small, circular, sand craters. In the region of Lacuna Dam, north of Yuma, Arizona, I have observed many adjoining nests of Dorymyrmex pyramicus (Roger) and the red and black form which is considered by Creighton (1950, p. 249) to be the subspecies bicolor Wheeler. Studies of my collections from the station mentioned, as well as some from Southern California, shoAV distinctive and non-inter- grading color differences. I believe the coloration of bicolor to be a stable genetic character which designates the population wherever it may be found. Therefore, I propose that bicolor be given full specific status. At Laredo, Texas, from a nest marked only by a small entrance in sandy-gravelly desert, I collected a series of Pheidole which I was unable to place to species. Dr. Creighton, who kindly ex- amined a sample, determined it as macclendoni Wheeler. My series consists of majors, minors, and intermediates. The majors fit well the original description (Wheeler, 1908, p. 450) of this caste of macclendoni, but they are quite unlike the figure (op. cit., PL 27, fig. 36). My majors have both the pronotum and the post- petiole much more strongly tranverse. Wheeler’s figure appears to be one of a larger intermediate rather than that of a major. When Dr. Creighton examined, during the preparation of his 1950 monograph, the type series of macclendoni at both the Museum of Comparative Zoology and the American Museum of Natural History it seemed to consist of majors and minors to- gether with a few specimens which could be considered as inter- Sept. -Dec., 1957] Cole : Ants 131 mediates. Thus macclendoni appeared to be only very weakly polymorphic. Dr. Creighton, therefore, used the largest speci- mens (considering them as majors) as a basis for his key charac- teristics. Inasmuch as the true major caste is now known ob- jectively and is notably different from the intermediate, it is evident that Dr. Creighton inadvertently incorporated charac- teristics of the intermediate rather than those of the major into his key. The pronotum of the major bears transverse striae. Hence one ’s progress is stopped at couplet 45 of the key ( Creigh- ton, 1950, p. 166). It appears likely that the majors of macclendoni were mis- placed after Wheeler had described them but before the ant had been figured. One of the largest intermediates in the remainder of the type series was undoubtedly used for the illustration inas- much as the agreement is accurate. Thus Wheeler described the major but figured an intermediate. The majors which were re- cently collected at the type locality of this strongly polymorphic species have resolved the confusion which has been associated with macclendoni. The following records, which are essentially reports of range extensions, may be of interest. Leptothorax tricarinatus Emery — Jacob’s Lake, Arizona. Pheidole dentata Mayr — Ft. Davis, Texas. Ph. artemisia Cole — Portal, Arizona. Ph. cr eight oni Gregg — Weed, California. Literature Cited Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp, Zool. 104: 1-585. 57 pis. Smith, M. B. 1951. Two new ants from western Nevada (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Great Basin Nat. XI: 91-96. 3 figs. Wheeler, W. M. 1908. The ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. XXIV : 399-485. 2 pis. 132 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV BOOK NOTICE A Study of African Chironomidae , Parts I and II, by Paul Free- man. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural Plistory) : Ento- mology, Vol. 4, Nos. 1 and 7. 1955-56. Part I deals with the subfamilies Podominae, Tanypodinae , Diamesinae and Clunioninae. Following the introduction, his- torical survey, etc., are keys to the genera, subgenera and species, except that no species of Podominae are known from south of the Sahara Desert, the region covered in the treatise. All species in the collections available to the author are redescribed or described for the first time. Part II treats the subfamilies Orthocladinae and Corynoneur- inae, thus leaving the large subfamily Chironominae for future study. The two parts comprise 148 pages, 32 textfigures, most of which contain figures, and one excellent plate. This is an ex- tremely fine piece of work and should greatly stimulate the study of the Chiromids of Africa. — C. H. Curran Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Strumigenys 133 THE NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE ANT GENUS STRUMIGENYS FR. SMITH: GROUP OF OGLOBLINI SANTSCHI By William L. Brown, Jr. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University The present paper is a continuation of my series on the New World fauna of the dacetine ant genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith. Earlier parts, containing keys to the abbreviations for measure- ments, proportions and institutions of deposition of the types, may be found in Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 61: 53-59, 101-110 (1953). Other parts have been published in later issues of the same journal, or are in press. The present section deals with two related species, S. ogloblini Santschi and S. perparva new species. Both of these species have rather short mandibles for Strumigenys species of the New World, both have single preapical teeth, and both tend to have developed a lamelliform border on each side of the head along the upper margins of the scrobes. The relationships of these species may be with the groups of louisianae Roger and silvestrii Emery, but this remains to be tested by further examination of all the New World species of the genus. S. perparva is one of the real dwarfs of the genus, and it may have been confused with S. silvestrii Emery or S. schmalzi Emery in the past. Strumigenys perparva new species (Fig. la) Holotype worker: TL 1.6, HL 0.40, ML 0.20, WL 0.40 mm.; Cl 81, MI 50. This minute ant is one of the very smallest Strumigenys, being smaller even than S. schmalzi Emery. An outstanding character is the short, very feebly bowed mandibles, each with a slender, prominent preapical tooth situated remote from the apex, near the apical third of the exposed length of the shaft. In general pattern, this mandible resembles that of the larger species S. ogloblini. There is no extra preapical tooth or denticle on the inner border of the mandible. Unlike oglohlini, perparva lacks an inter- calary denticle in the apical fork (seen at 144 x). Head convex dorsally over posterior half, the surface feebly concave just 134 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV behind clypeus. Preocular laminae feebly converging and weakly convex in outline as seen from above, the distance across them at the level of the an- tennal insertions about 0.20 mm. Dorsolateral margins of head (dorsal scrobe borders) with a feeble lamellate border on each side, much weaker than the corresponding borders in ogloblini. Clypeus broadly triangular, nearly plane, anterior border weakly concave in the middle. Eyes very small, flat, situated on dorsal side of well defined ventral scrobe borders. Antennal scape (L 0.22 mm.) much narrowed at base, slightly bent at basal quarter, gently incrassate from bend to beyond midlength. Funiculus slen- der, L 0.33 mm. ; apical segment approximately twice as long as I-IV taken together, slender, tapered to an acute apex ; segment I longer than IV or II plus III, rather thick; II and III very short, transverse, forming a basally narrowed stalk socketted on the much broader I ; IV about as broad as long. Head beneath with curving transverse postoral sulcus. Alitrunk compact ; pronotum broadly rounded anteriorly, with very feebly indicated humeral angles, and a fine median carinula continuing back across mesonotum. In profile, dorsal outline of alitrunk forms one gentle even convexity, strongest in pronotal region; metanotal groove straight, faint, not markedly interrupting lateral-view profile. Propodeal teeth small bu.t acute, parallel, not half as long as the distance between centers of bases, elevated, subtended by narrow, concave infradental lamellae which broaden at ventral extremes to form low rounded angles. Petiole with a small node, which is shorter over its free portion than is the slender peduncle; node tilted posteriad and obliquely depressed from an anterodorsal direction, its appendages reduced to cariniform vestiges. Post- petiole transverse, considerably broader than petiole, but still moderate in size, strongly convex, spongiform masses well developed ventrally and pos- terolaterally. Gaster broad-oval, dorsal surface only gently convex, with distinct, parallel basal costulae extending j or a little more the length of the basal segment. Remainder of gaster smooth and shining, as are also posterior sides of alitrunk and propodeal declivity. Head and alitrunk densely but rather coarsely punctulate, legs, scapes and petiolar node more finely punctulate, opaque; mandibles and funiculi subopaque. Postpetiolar disc apparently smooth and shining, but in this specimen fouled with foreign matter. Ground pilosity of head consisting of some rather broad but inconspicu- ous, short, reclinate cochlear hairs, much fewer and even more inconspicuous on alitrunk. Anterodorsal scape borders each with about 5 short, reclinate cochlear hairs, directed posteriorly (some missing in holotype). Posterior occiput with a pair of short, erect spatulate hairs (the female has a second similar pair on the vertex, which may have been rubbed off the worker). Lateral border of each occipital lobe with a short, crooked subflagellate hair. Humeral and lateral mesonotal pairs flagellate, looped back in this specimen. Anterior border of scape with 4 conspicuous, slender spatulate hairs, nos. 1 and 4 directed apicad, 2 and 3 basad. Nodes with a few fine reclinate hairs; postpetiole and gaster with a few posteromedially slanting weak flagellate hairs, the tips looped back in the type nest series. Underside of head and surfaces of legs with fine, short appressed and decumbent pilosity; a few Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Strumigenys 135 fine erect hairs on apex and under surface of gaster. Color slightly sordid yellow. The holotype (N. A. Weber Collection) came from Pitch Lake, Trinidad, British West Indies, June 22, 1935 (N. A. Weber leg., Cat. No. 206). A paratype worker and a dealate female with the same data as for the holotype are in MCZ and Weber Col- lection. Female, dealate: TL 1.7, HL 0.40, ML 0.20, WL 0.42 mm.; Cl 86, MI 51. Differs from worker in the usual ways. Petiolar node even more depressed, and wider. Mesonotum evenly and densely punctulate, with carina or rugu- lae; with a few short, fine erect hairs. Eyes very small for a female Strumi- genys, only weakly convex. Additional paratypes are a dealate female from Belem do Para, Brazil (C. K. Gonsalves leg.) and workers from Agudos, S. Panlo, Brazil (C. Gilbert leg.); Kempf Collection, No. 1376; very similar to holotype, differing slightly in size, proportions and depth of color. S. perparva is closest to ogloblini, but is mnch smaller and differs in minor structural characters as well. Fig. 1. Strumigenys spp., dorsal view of head, showing fringing pilosity only; drawn to same scale, a, S. perparva new species, worker from type nest series, Pitch Lake, Trinidad, b, S. ogloblini Santschi, female from Tucuman, Argentina. Drawings by Nancy Buffler. 136 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Strumigenys ogloblini Santschi (Fig. lb) Strumigenys (s. str.) ogloblini Santschi, 1936, Rev. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 6 : 409, figs. 15, 16, worker. Type loc. : Loreto, Misiones, Argentina, “nest in ground.” Type in Basel Naturhistorisches Museum, not seen. Worker: TL about 2. 3-2. 5 (estimate), HL 0.55-0.56, HW 0.44-0.45 (Cl 80-81), ML 0.28-0.29 (MI 51-52), WL about 0.55 mm. (estimate). Read- ily distinguished by the strongly convex cephalic dorsum, the broad trans- lucent margins along each dorsal scrobe border, and the mandibular form and dentition. There is a single preapical tooth on each mandible (no other preapical or submedian teeth or denticles) at some distance from the apical fork (see Fig. lb) ; two principal teeth of fork subequal in length; a single well developed and acute intercalary denticle between them. Propodeal lamellae each in the form of a short, acute tooth above, below this concave, then broadly convex over the greater part of the length. Petiole with slender, dorsally bicarinate peduncle and small, anteropos- teriorly compressed node, subtriangular and bluntly pointed above as seen from the side, but truncate anteriorly as seen from above. Node with broad posterodorsal spongiform collar extended down the sides as thick postero- lateral flaps. Ventral spongy band well developed. Postpetiole transverse- elliptical, convex, its surface obscurely punctulate at the sides, becoming smooth and shining in the middle ; surrounded by heavy spongiform borders and hung beneath with voluminous spongy masses. Gaster smooth and shin- ing, with short but distinct basal costulae extending 1/5 the length of the basal segment. Ground pilosity of head and alitrunk consisting of short, curved, sub- reclinate spatulate or cochlear hairs over most surfaces and extending to scape margins (only marginal pilosity shown in Fig. lb) ; some of the hairs in the center of the verticocciput are longer and more nearly erect, curved anteriad. Paired long flagelliform hairs — one hair on each lateral occipital border, one on each humerus, and one on each side at the base of the gastric dorsum. One or two pairs of posteriorly curved spatulate hairs on each node. Dorsal surface of gaster with 24-30 or more long, linear-spatulate hairs, curved posteromesad. Legs with short, fine, subreclinate, narrow- cochlear pilosity. Short fine pilosity on gula, underside of gaster and sur- faces of mandibles. Color ferruginous. Female (One alate and one dealate) : TL 2. 6-2. 7, HL 0.57-0.58, HW 0.46-0.48 (Cl 81-83), ML 0.29 (MI 50-51), WL 0.61-0.62, forewing L 2.0 mm. Eye rather modest in size, about 0.10 mm. max. diameter. Mesepi- sterna smooth and shining for the most part. Male: I have males of several Argentinian Strumigenys and Smithi- struma species, but have not yet been able to make secure association with the worker-female castes, so the ogloblini male cannot be described. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Strumigenys 137 The above descriptions were taken from two workers and sev- eral females collected by Dr. N. Kusnezov at Tucuman, Argen- tina. They agree reasonably well with Santschi’s description, although Santschi’s figure of the head is evidently too narrow and incorrect in details of pilosity. Santschi’s types were badly damaged, and lacked gasters and nodes, but the details of man- dible form and dentition leave little doubt concerning the cor- rectness of the present identification. Apparently this species is widely distributed in northern Argentina, and probably will be found also in southern Brazil. The total outstretched length of the workers, and also their alitrunk lengths (WL) are estimated because I neglected to take all the measurements at the time when I had workers available for study. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Expedition 139 THE MCCAULEY EXPEDITION TO THE SAN JUAN REGION OF COLORADO IN 1877 By F. Martin Brown Lieutenant Charles A. H. McCauley was dispatched from Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, in June 1877 to make a survey of the southwestern part of Colorado south of the San Juan Mountains between the Continental Divide and the Rio de los Animas. In accord with his instructions that “natural history collections made would be of interest ’ ’ he collected extensively in all fields : botanical, zoological, geological and anthropological. His collec- tions of invertebrates included a large number of butterflies and moths that were entrusted to Herman Strecker for determination and report. I have been able to learn of no Smithsonian field collector assigned to the expedition but am convinced that the above quoted phrase originated with Spencer F. Baird, secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Since McCauley reserved the vertebrates to study and report upon himself, it seems highly probable that he doubled as officer-in-charge of the party and its naturalist. He left Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, on 10 June 1877 and rendezvoused with his party at Fort Garland, Colorado, in the eastern edge of the San Luis Valley near the western approach to La Veta Pass. There he was joined by Lieutenant G. Valois and 22 men from the 22nd Cavalry Regiment. The party took to the field on 20 June, mounted, and accompanied by wagons. They returned to Fort Garland on 10 October having been in the field 123 days, established 96 different camps and travelled some- thing over 2000 miles. I have not been able to discover a de- tailed account of the itinerary followed, nor a detailed map of it. The maps that accompany the published report of the expedition are rather general and summarize the routes of travel being used at that time throughout the region. Because the types of one butterfly, Boloria kriemhild Strecker, and of eight moths described by Strecker were among the catch of the expedition I have felt it necessary to reconstruct an itiner- ary and thus amplify the published locality data for these insects. 140 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV The reconstruction is based upon data published in the McCauley report by Cyrus Thomas and Herman Strecker. I would like to note here that the report of the expedition has always been im- properly cited in lepidopterological literature. It is invariably referred to as “Ruffner’s Report. ’ 7 Lieutenant Ruffner was McCauley’s superior and merely transmitted the report to the chief of Engineers. It took a year of occasional digging into government publications to discover this. The proper citation, a lengthy one, is given at the end of this paper which has been based upon McCauley’s report and personal knowledge of the region he visited. From Fort Garland the expedition struck across the San Luis Valley to its western side and then turned south, skirting the mountains, into New Mexico as far as Ojo Caliente. From there they turned southwest to the Rio Chama [7 July], up which they traveled to where the Rio Canjelon enters from the north. This stream was followed to the vicinity of the present town of the same name. Then the party struck north to Tierra Amarilla, following the Rio Chama and essentially over the route now traversed by U. S. Highway 285. They reached Tierra Amarilla, about 200 miles from Fort Garland, on 10 July. Although it was a good time of the year for it, little collecting was done on this leg of the journey. Apparently the party was hurrying to reach its primary area for exploration. A few miles from Tierra Amarilla they again picked up the Rio Chama and at the town of Chama took the west fork, Rito Chama, almost to its source. On [13 July] they crossed the divide to the upper Rio Navajo, a tributary of the Rio San Juan, and were on the Pacific slope. Once the San Juan country had been reached the survey and collecting began in earnest. By 21 July, McCauley and his party were in Pagosa Springs and there established a base for operations. The distance from the Navajo to Pagosa Springs is about 30 miles, at most a day and a half of travel time. Thus the party may have reached Pagosa Springs as early as the 15th. The rest of the week in- volved was devoted to exploration of the Rio Blanco. Several days had been spent in setting up camp at Pagosa Springs dur- ing which time a good collection of Lepidoptera was made. The first real sally from Pagosa Springs was to the northwest. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown : Expedition 141 The explorers penetrated the forested mountains as far as Wemi- nuehe Pass, just to the east of Rio Grande Pyramid, a towering peak that reaches 13,83-0 feet above sea level. By 31 July the party was back in Pagosa Springs and immediately struck out to the northeast. On 1 August they were camped on the upper Rio San Juan, probably in the meadows at the western foot of Wolf Creek Pass, now known as Bruce’s Spruce Camp. They then turned southward to the headwaters of the Rio Navajo, crossing those of the Rio Blanco en route. By 20 August, McCauley was again in Pagosa Springs. Now he traveled west and thoroughly covered the areas drained by the Rio Piedras, Los Pinos and Florida from their headwaters at or above tree line to their confluence with the Rio de los Animas or the Rio San Juan. September 17th saw them in Camp 59 on the Rio de los Animas near its mouth, the most southwesterly point visited by the party. From there they turned eastward and toward Fort Garland. Little or no collecting was done then, the travelers were homeward bound and the season was late. AN ANNOTATED ITINERARY OF THE EXPEDITION I arranged in chronological order all of the dated localities that appear in the reports of Thomas and Strecker. When this was completed it became clear that some of the data as published were incorrect. Most of the errors were obvious and easily ad- justed once the entire time-table was viewed. In the following table I have placed between quotation marks those data that I question for a particular date and proposed another date in italics. The page references that are given for each date refer to the McCauley report as cited in the bibliography. Date Locality Remarks lO.vi Lv. Leavenworth, Kansas. 13.vi Arr. Fort Garland, Colo. 20.vi Lv. Ford Garland, Colo. 4.vii “waterfalls on San Juan, not far This is from the note about below Cp. 32” P. smintlieus, p. 1850. date should be d.viii. The 7.vii Rio Chama, New Mexico N. persius, p. 1858. 8.vii “Rio Navajo Valley, upper part of D. plexippus, p. 1853. The river.” date should be S.viii. 142 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Date Locality Remarks lO.vii Tierra Amarilla, New Mexico. Macroglossa senta, n.sp., p. 1858. 13.vii Rio Navajo, ca. 7800 feet. “Pagosa Springs” C. uhleri, p. 1857 ; Arctia F-pallida, n. sp., p. 1860. Eurymone excelsa, n. sp., pp. 1863-4. The proper date is questionable, it may be 18. vii or possibly 15.viii. 14.vii near headwaters of Rio Blanco Ps. hera, p. 1860. 15.vii Deer Creek, trib. of upper Rio Blanco. “South Fork of Rio Chama, near its headAvaters.” S. cliaron, p. 1857 ; Arc. cer- vinoides, p. 1860. E. epipsodea, p. 1856. Date should read 5.vii. 16.vii Rio Blanco. Ct. sanguinaria, n. sp., p. 1858; Sp. antigone, n. sp., p. 1860. 17.vii “near Rio de los Pinos.” P. daunus , p. 1849, see 27. via. 21.vii Pagosa Springs. P. zclicaon, p. 1849; C. fra- gilis, n. sp., p. 1859, et al. 22.vii Pagosa Hot Springs. p. 1846. 25.vii Weminuclie Pass, head of Rio de los Pinos. Arg. atlantis , p. 1854. 26.vii Upper Weminuclie Creek. B. myrina, p. 1854. 27.vii Weminuclie Creek, head of Tide V alley. p. 1846; P. rutulus, p. 1849; et al. 28.vii Weminuclie Creek to Rio Piedra ; Near Rio Piedra ; between Upper Rio Piedra and Rio Nutria. T. melinus, p. 1852; S. cha- ron , p. 1857 ; Ps. hera, p. 1860; Ct. cressonana, p. 1858. 31.vii Pagosa Springs. E. tyndarus, p. 1856. The species probably Avas col- lected on 2 5. vii on Wemi- nuche Pass. l.viii Waterfalls of Rio San Juan. E. epipsodea, p. 1856; Ps. hera, p. 1860. 2.viii Headwaters of Rio San Juan. M. nycteis, p. 1 855 ; N. plan- tag eonis and geometrica, p. 1859. 7.viii Lower Rio Blanco near Avagon-road. p. 1846. 8.viii Rio Navajo valley, upper river. 1 W. iole, p. 1851; L. bat- toides, p. 1852; L. weide- meyeri, p. 1856. Sept.-Dee., 19571 Brown: Expedition 143 Date Locality Remarks lO.viii Rio Navajo at headwaters, near mouth of canyon. F. stalachtaria, p. 1863. ll.viii headwaters of Rio Navajo M. perlaia , p. 1863. “Rio Florida” N. menapia, p. 1850, see 11. ix. Ct. matthewsi, p. 1858. 13.viii near headtvaters of Rio Blanco. 14.viii Upper Rio Blanco. p. 1846. 20.viii Pagosa Springs. p. 1846. 23.viii Rio Piedra at bridge of upper p. 1846; E. epipsodea, p. crossing. 1856. 25.viii Camp on Rio Piedra s at bridge of upper crossing. p. 1846. 27.viii Rio de los Pinos, at mouth of Val- lecito Creek. p. 1846. At the park. L. battaides, p. 1852. 28.viii Upper crossing of Rio de los Pinos. T. titus , p. 1852, S. charon ) p. 1857. 29.viii Valley of Vallecito Creek above its mouth. p. 1846. l.ix upper part Vallecito Creek, below Camps 51 and 52 p. 1846. 2.ix same as for l.ix. 3.ix upper part of west fork of Valle- cito Creek. p. 1846. 4.ix near Columbine Lake in Needles Mountains, 12,000 feet. p. 1846. ll.ix At upper crossing of Rio Florida, p. 1846; A. redimaculate, p. Camp 55. 1860. 12.ix Rio Florida, crossing of upper wagon-road. p. 1846. 14. ix Rio Florida L. ephestion (astyanax) , p. 1856. “canon on upper part of Rio Blanco” p. 1846, see 14.viii. 15.ix Lower Rio Florida, Camp 57. p. 1846; A. nolcomis, p. 1853; et al. Above Indian Reservation. L. acmon, p. 1852. 16,ix Rio de las Animas, near mouth of Rio Florida. p. 1846, Camp 58. 17.ix Lower Rio de las Animas, near mouth, in New Mexico. p. 1846. 18.ix Rio de las Animas, near Camp 58. p. 1846. 10.x Fort Garland, Colorado. 144 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXV NOTES ABOUT CERTAIN BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED “ Argynnis nokomis,” p. 1853. It was this butterfly that turned me to the study of McCauley’s expedition. There is no doubt in my mind that Strecker was mistaken in his identification of it. His description and figures published in the McCauley report relate to Speyeria eybele carpenteri Edwards. McCauley’s specimens, collected on 15 September, 1877, were taken in the valley of the Rio Florida somewhere between the present locations of U. S. Highway 160 and Colorado State Highway 284, about five miles west of Durango in La Plata County. “ Argynnis ” [ Boloria ] Kriemhild p. 1854. Strecker ’s description and figure acceptably apply to what we call kriemhild today. The trouble is two-fold. First, Strecker states that in addition to the McCauley material, “several speci- mens,” he had others from Arizona. No kriemhild have since come to light from the region nor from any place in the Rocky Mountains south of southwestern Wyoming. Second, the type locality is given as “Rio Florida.” McCauley was on the Rio Florida and actively collecting lepidoptera from the 11th to the 15th of September and possibly for a day around the 19th of that month. He collected downstream from where Colorado State Highway 160 crosses the river at about 8,000 feet elevation to the vicinity of the present hamlet Florida, at the northern boundary of the Ute Reservation, about 6,500 feet above sea level. These dates are very late in the year for Boloria at the elevations noted. The situation needs considerable study. Possibly kriemhild is double brooded IF the material described by Strecker was col- lected by McCauley on the Rio Florida. Erehia “ tyndarus” [callias,] p. 1856. Two captures are noted by Strecker: 27.vii at the head of Tule Valley on Weminuche Creek, and, 31.vii at Pagosa Springs. The latter is patently wrong. The species is an alpine insect and rarely found so low as tree line. Pagosa Springs is just over 7,000 feet elevation and is 5,000 feet below and many miles distant from tree line. However, on the 25th of July McCauley visited Weminuche Pass, 10,629 feet above sea level and he may have collected the specimens on the slopes of Rio Grande Pyramid Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Expedition 145 above tree line. I can see how the date number 25 in manuscript can be confused with 27. This does not explain the Pagosa Springs data. Around the 31st of August, McCauley was on upper Vallecito Creek. On the 4th of September he was at 12,000 feet at Columbine Lake and above it. It is possible that the specimen noted for 31 July Pagosa Springs really came from Columbine Pass region. Incidently, the central peak of the eastern rim of Columbine Basin has been named McCauley Peak. It reaches 13,551 feet above sea level. REFERENCES McCauley, C. A. H. — “Report on the San Juan Reconnaissance of 1877, by Lieutenant C. A. H. M’Cauley, Third Artillery, in charge.” In Index to the Executive Documents of the House of Representatives for the Third Session of the Forty-fifth Congress, 1878-79. In 18 volumes. Volume V. — Report of the Chief of Engineers, Part III. pp. 1750-1867, PI. I, II. Washington, D. C. 1879. Those who wish to follow the routes traveled by the McCauley party can do so in a general way on any good highway map of Colorado. A map that gives a better idea of the terrain is Sectional Aeronautical Chart “Trinidad (S-4).” Those who need to know in detail the terrain cover will find these sheets published by the U.S.G.S. sufficiently accurate : 15' sheets of Colorado titled Ignacio, Creede, Pagosa Springs, San Cristobal, Summitville, and the 7%' sheet entitled Needle Mountains. : :• . | L ■ ■ ■ ■ II ' ■ :■ ' '■ !• • •' U • ■ : / i). -' ■ ( ■ - ! ! , / ' i : • •: ' " , ■ " V: >■ • . • ■ ' ■ . ; ;■ L 1 : : : • : 1 ; .. ■ > : . , . ■ ~ <■■■■■ > ,"r- ■ . ; ■ " : ; ' ' 1 ■ ' • ; “ ' i • 1 ■ / ■ ! V ! r ■ ' l ■ •' ■: VfU ii' V : , ‘ • ' :•■■■< . * ' - ' ■ • ■ » : • : ■ ; ; ;• ; i ’■/ • : , ■ I , : <-U ; ; ; , ; ‘ ■ • f '' ' • : : . Us i'l . \ Sept.-Dee., 1957] Alexander: Tipdlidae 147 UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS (TIPULIDAE, DIPTERA), II* By Charles P. Alexander Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in the JOURNAL OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 64: 137-147, for 1956; published 1957. As was the case in the initial paper, the materials considered herewith were taken in Nepal by Dr. Edward I. Coher and Mr. Gobinda Prasad Joshi, to whom my sincere thanks are extended for these un- usually interesting crane-flies. It is evident that the vicinity of the Simbhanjang Pass, in the Mahabharat Range, provides an unusually rich habitat for crane-flies and for many other groups of insects. Tipula (Schummelia) notomelania new species Size small (wing of male 9 mm.) ; mesonotum chiefly blackened, pleura transversely patterned with black and yellow; head with the vertex dark- ened ; femora yellow, tips narrowly blackened ; wings tinged with brown, re- strictedly patterned with dark brown; m-cu at near midlength of MJ+J; abdominal tergites bicolored, obscure brownish yelloAV, the incisure dark- ened ; male hypopygium with the median area of the tergite produced into a flattened setiferous spatula; outer dististyle broad. Male. Length about 9 mm.; wing 9 mm.; antenna about 4.1 mm. Frontal prolongation of head, including nasus, yelloAV, the sides dark brown; palpi brownish black. Antennae relatively long, as shown by the measurements; scape obscure yellow, pedicel light yellow, first flagellar seg- ment brownish yellow, the remainder black; flagellar segments elongate, basal enlargements slightly developed; verticils shorter than the segments. Head above dark brown, sides of posterior vertex pruinose; front huffy, re- strictedly patterned with brown spots ; vertical tubercle compressed, dark- ened, the sides yellowed. Pronotum testaceous above, blackened laterally. Mesonotal praeseutum almost covered by a brownish black shield, the border broadly yellow ; posterior sclerites of notum black, including the pleurotergite. Pleura blackened on anterior part, forming a transverse black line that includes the propleura, anepisternum and most of the sternopleurite, the mesepimeron abruptly whitened, especially the pteropleurite and meron, the metapleura again abruptly blackened ; dorsopleural membrane light yellow. Halteres * Contribution No. 1286 from the Department of Entomology, University of Massachusetts. 148 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV blackened, stem dusky, its base restrictedly yellowed. Legs with fore and middle coxae light yellow, posterior pair brownish black ; trochanters yellow ; femora yellow, the tips narrowly and abruptly black, the amount subequal on all legs ; tibiae brown, tips very narrowly blackened ; tarsi brownish to black ; claws simple. Wings tinged with brown, restrictedly patterned with darker brown, including the large stigma, cell Sc, and seams along cord and vein Cu; less evident seams over the veins beyond cord; apical margin narrowly suffused, widest at end of vein Cu; restricted yellow areas at arculus and again at origin of Rs; veins brown, pale in the brightened and obliterative areas. Venation: Sc2 ending just beyond origin of Rs, the latter very short, straight, about one-lialf m-cu or subequal to the basal section of MJ + 2; cell deep, more than three times its petiole; m-cu near or before midlengtli of ^3 + /f- Abdomen with basal tergite light brown, darker medially, second segment yellow at base, darkened outwardly; succeeding tergites obscure brownish yellow on central part, the incisures blackened; sternites light yellow; outer segments more uniformly blackened. Male liypopygium of unique type damaged but the essential parts preserved. Ninth tergite with the posterior border gently emarginate, fringed with yellow setae, the median region produced caudad into two greatly compressed blades that expand outwardly, on microscope slide appearing spatulate, the surface pale, densely covered with setae. Outer dististyle broadly flattened, the length only about twice the greatest width, outer margin convex, the inner more nearly straight. Inner dististyle broken at tip and its extent undetermined; beak short, obliquely truncated at apex ; margin above the beak with a linear row of at least five pale areoles, each with a conical pale spine. Holotype, J', Bhainse, Nepal, December 8, 1956 (Coher). The present fly differs from other small regional species of the subgenns in coloration and in the structure of the male hypo- pygium. Such species include Tipula ( Schummelia ) bicolorata Alexander, T. ( S .) klossi Edwards, T. ( S .) salakensis Alexander, and T. ($.) turea Alexander, the first named being the most similar. Tipula (Tipulodina) subscimitar new species Belongs to the pedata group; size small (wing of male 12.5 mm.) ; wings whitish hyaline, the dark pattern restricted, especially the area in cell M ; microtrichia lacking in cells at and beyond the arculus; basal section of Ri + 5 distinct, cell £nd A narrow ; male liypopygium with the posterior margin of tergite broadly notched ; outer arm of inner dististyle relatively long, straight, the blackened tip acute. Male. Length about 15 mm.; wing 12.5 mm. Generally as in Tipula ( Tipulodina ) scimitar Alexander, of Burma, differ- ing in the small size and structure of the male liypopygium. Head broken. Fore legs with the pale femoral ring very broad and diffuse, about four times the darkened tip beyond it; white tibial ring Sept.-Dee., 1957] Alexander: Tipulidae 149 about one-half longer than the blackened tip ; basitarsus blackened on more than the proximal third; hind femur with the tip broadly blackened, the basal white ring about one-half as extensive as the outer one, the latter more than twice the blackened tip ; basitarsus with more than the proximal half blackened ; claws simple. Wings whitish hyaline, the dark pattern restricted; darkened spot in cell M very reduced and pale, not extending half across the cell ; dark seams on anterior and posterior cords conspicuous ; dark area at wing tip solid, without pale centers, cell Sc dark. Microtrichia lacking in prearcular field and in bases of cells immediately beyond the arculus ; in cell M the denuded area extends outward to beyond the darkened spot ; in scimitar, microtrichia present in all cells beyond the arculus. Venation: Es strongly arcuated; E , obliterated by the approximation of veins E x and R2 + 3', basal section of ^i + 5 distinct, transverse, nearly as long as r-m ; vein E s relatively short, only a little more than twice E 1 + 2 ; cell M x small, about equal to its petiole ; cell 2nd A narrow. Abdomen brown, variegated with yellow ; hypopygium essentially brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergite relatively long, slightly narrowed at outer end, apex broadly emarginate, on either side beneath with an incurved lobe, the outer margin with strong black setae. Outer dististyle very pale, slightly dilated on basal half ; inner style with the disk high, beak obtuse, widely separated from the smaller lower beak; vestiture short, pale and inconspicuous ; outer basal lobe cultrate, with conspicuous setae ; outer arm of style a relatively long nearly straight spine that juts beyond the other liypopygial elements, the extreme tip acute, blackened, gently curved ; sensory pits at base of outer arm, provided with very long setae ; a narrow row of pale bristles extends from the sensory pits virtually to the tip of the arm. Holotype, J1, Amlekhgang, Nepal, 1690 feet, August 26, 1956 (Coher) . The fly differs from the most similar species, Tipula ( Tipulo - dina) barraudi Edwards and T. ( T .) scimitar Alexander, in the wing pattern, trichiation and venation, and in the structure of the male hypopygium. The details of the microtrichia of the wing cells are unknown for barraudi. It may be noted that the species figured by Brunetti (Fauna Brit. India, Dipt. Nemato- cera, 1912, pi. 5, fig. 5) as representing a species near T. (T.) venusta Walker actually pertains to barraudi. Tipula (Vestiplex) gurkha new species General coloration gray, praescutum with four stripes that are margined by brownish black ; basal flagellar segments bicolored ; legs black, femoral bases obscure yellow; wings pale yellow, marbled with brown; abdomen yellow basally, the outer four segments black ; male hypopygium with the basistyle produced into a slender spine; beak of inner dististyle slender; ninth sternite near suture of basistyle produced into a long simple spine. 150 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Male. Length about 12-13 mm. ; wing 14-15 mm. ; antenna about 4.3- 4.4 mm. Female. Length about 14 mm. ; wing 15 mm. Frontal prolongation of head yellow, slightly darker on lower half, nasus distinct ; palpi light brown, the outer two segments black. Antennae of moderate length; scape and pedicel yellow, basal flagellar segments bicolored, brownish yellow, the small basal enlargement black, outer segments uni- formly black ; segments longer than the verticils. Head broadly light yellow bn central part, the sides of the posterior vertex light brown ; a conspicuous suboval dark brown central spot on anterior vertex; vertical tubercle low, simple. Pronotum gray, vaguely patterned with brown. Mesonotal praescutum light gray with four stripes, the intermediate pair slightly brownish gray, the lateral ones light gray, concolorous with the ground, all stripes narrowly bordered by brownish black, the midline narrowed in front; scutal lobes light gray, extensively patterned with brownish gray and darker brown ; scutellum gray with a central brown vitta; mediotergite light gray with a central darkening, the posterior and lateral parts more glabrous. Pleura light gray, variegated by darker gray on the mesepisternum ; dorsopleural membrane buffy brown. Halteres with stem yellow, knob black, the apex obscure yellow. Legs with coxae light gray; trochanters yellow; remainder of legs black, the femoral bases obscure yellow, on the fore and middle legs including about the basal third, on the hind legs about the basal half ; claws toothed. Wings with the ground cream-yellow; prearcular field and cell Sc brighter yellow; stigma oval, dark brown; more than half the re- mainder of wing marbled with light brown, including the broad wing tip; basad of cord the ground and patterned areas more nearly equal in extent; veins brown, yellowed in the brightened parts. Squama glabrous. Venation: Rs long, slightly less than twice m-cu; R1 + 2 preserved; petiole of cell ATJ subequal to m. Abdomen yellow, the sixth and succeeding segments black, the lateral borders of tergites six and seven obscure yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergite relatively small, completely divided medially, each lobe obtuse at tip. Basistyle completely separated from the sternite by a suture; outer apical angle produced into a flattened yellow plushlike blade that is further extended into a slender black spine. Ninth sternite on either side adjoining the basistyle with a blackened knob that is produced into a long yellow simple spine, the acute tip black, directed dorsad and mesad. Outer dististyle a long blackened club ; inner style with the beak unusually slender. Aedeagus subtriangular in outline, strongly narrowed outwardly. Eighth sternite unarmed. Holotype, J', Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8190 feet, October 27, 1956 (Coher). Allotopotype, $, pinned with type. Paratopo- types 3 <^2, July 24, October 1, 1956 (Coher). The specific name is that of the ruling native group in Nepal. The fly is related to various species that are allied to Tipula Sept.-Dee., 1957] Alexander: Tipulidae 151 ( Vestiplex ) subtincta Brunetti, having a long spine on the ex- treme border of the ninth sternite of the hypopygium. The two most similar species are T. (F.) subtincta and T. (F.) distifurca Alexander, which have been described and figured in another paper by the writer (Rec. Indian Mus., 44: 42-46; 1942). Tipula (Vestiplex) lepcha new species Size large (wing of male 20 mm.) ; general coloration of head and thorax gray, the praescutum with four more blackish gray stripes ; posterior sclerites of notum and the pleura yellowed ; legs black, femoral bases yellowed ; wings light brown, with restricted creamy areas ; basal abdominal segments fulvous yellow, the outer four black, including the hypopygium and its appendages ; male hypopygium with the tergite small, divided medially by pale membrane; basistyle produced into a spine; outer disti- style bifid at apex; beak of inner dististyle very slender; phallosome with gonapophyses very slender, much longer than the aedeagus. Male. Length about 18 mm. ; wing 20 mm. ; antenna about 5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head brown, sparsely pruinose; nasus long and slender ; palpi black, the first segment and incisures paler. Antennae relatively long, as shown by the measurements; scape and pedicel obscure yellow to brownish yellow, first flagellar segment brown, succeeding segments black, with their outer stems a little paler, outer segments uniformly black; flagellar segments moderately incised, subequal to the longest verticils. Head with anterior vertex and narrow anterior orbits buffy, the posterior part of head grayish black. Pronotal scutum grayish black, scutellum yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum with the restricted ground gray, with four blackish gray stripes that are narrowly bordered by darker, interspaces with conspicuous yellow setae ; scutum gray, each lobe with two confluent blackish gray areas; scutellum brownish yellow, narrowly darkened medially; postnotum golden pollinose. Pleura blackish gray, pteropleurite, meron and metapleura yellowed ; dorsopleural membrane buffy yellow. Halteres with stem brown, restrictedly yellowed at base, knob black. Legs with fore coxae blackish gray, remain- ing coxae brownish yellow to yellow; trochanters yellow; femora black, their bases yellowed, remainder of legs black ; claws with a strong basal tooth. Wings light brown, restrictedly variegated with creamy areas, including two in cell M, the basal one larger, and a poststigmal brightening ; other smaller but similar pale areas before stigma and in the Anal cells; stigma small, medium brown; prearcular field and cell Sc clearer yellow; veins brown, more fulvous in the brightened parts. Squama naked; veins beyond cord with abundant trichia. Venation: R1 + 2 preserved; Es a little less than twice m-cu. Abdomen with basal five segments fulvous yellow, the sides narrowly light gray, bordered internally by light brown, this becoming black on the fifth segment; sixth and succeeding segments, including all parts of the hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium with the tergite small, divided 152 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV medially by pale membrane, the lobes obtuse at tips, with yellow setae. Basistyle large, completely cut off from both tergite and sternite, the outer end further separated from the base of the style, thence produced caudad into a slender arm that is glabrous and polished at apex, extended into a slender spine that is directed mesad, the surface with very long yellow setae. Outer dististyle blackened, expanded and slightly bidentate at tip, surface with sparse very small setae ; inner style with the beak very slender. Phallosome distinctive, the very slender gonapophyses longer than the aedeagus, protruding caudad from the genital chamber, at its base with a median acute compressed spine that is directed chiefly caudad. Eighth sternite relatively small, not sheathing, unarmed. Holotype, J', Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8190 feet, October 1, 1956 (Coher). Paratopotypes, The species is quite distinct from other regional members of the subgenus, especially in the large size, coloration of the legs, and in the structure of the male hypopygium. The allied species have been listed in another paper (Philippine Jour. Sci., 57 : 118-119; 1935) and the problem of assigning many such species to the present subgenus or to Oreomyza has been discussed in some detail. The reference of the present fly to Vestiplex appears to be correct. Limonia (Limonia) vajra new species Size medium (wing of male 7.5 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum with three obscure yellow stripes; legs with the femora brown or brownish yellow, with a darker subterminal ring, tips yellow ; wings yellow, marbled with brown; Sc long, m-cu at or close to fork of M ; male hypopygium with a group of about five spinelike setae on outer face of style. Male. Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 7.5 mm. Female. Length about 7.5 mm. ; wing 8.5 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments oval, subequal to the longest verticils. Head dark grayish brown ; anterior vertex narrow, about two-thirds the diameter of scape. Pronotum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with three obscure yellow stripes, the ground pale brown, deepening to darker brown on the posterior inter- spaces ; centers of scutal lobes inf uscated, remainder yellow ; scutellum obscure yellow, narrowly bordered posteriorly by dark brown; postnotum dark brown, more intense in front. Pleura reddish yellow, vaguely patterned with slightly darker, forming a vague stripe from and including the fore coxae to the base of the abdomen. Halteres with stem weakly infuscated, apex of knob obscure yellow. Legs with fore coxae darkened, as described, remaining coxae and all trochanters yellow; femora dark brown, slightly paler basally, the tips abruptly yellow, in cases the femora more brownish yellow, with a conspicuous brownish black subterminal ring, in all cases the tips broadly yellow; tibiae and tarsi dark brown to black; claws with two elongate teeth, with smaller crowded more basal denticles. Wings with the Sept.-Dee., 1957] Alexander: Tipulidae 153 ground yellow, the prearcular and costal regions more saturated yellow; a conspicuous brown marbled pattern, the dark color being subequal in , amount to the ground or slightly less; dark clouds occur over the veins and into the cells on the entire surface, slightly more extensive basad of the cord, beyond the latter appearing chiefly as seams over the veins; veins brown, yellow in the ground interspaces. Venation: Sc long, Sc2 longer than Sc , ending almost opposite the fork of Rs ; R2 about one-half Rl + 2‘, m-cu at or immediately before the fork of M ; vein 1st A relatively short, cells Cu and 1st A at margin subequal. Abdomen obscure yellow, the posterior borders of the segments darkened, more extensive on the outer segments; hypopygium and preceding segment yellow. Ovipositor with cerci slender, very gently upeurved. Male hypo- pygium with the tergite large, narrowed posteriorly, the caudal border gently emarginate. Basistyle small, the ventromesal lobe very large. Dististyle single, oval, narrowed into a long beak, the usual rostral spines very slender, hairlike ; a very compact group of about five spinelike setae on outer margin of body of style at near midlength. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe relatively short, darkened, terminating in a subacute point. Aedagus broad, glabrous, the genital tubes lying close together at the midline, the tips pro- duced slightly into short points. Holotype, J', Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8190 feet, July 24, 1956 (Coher). Allotopotype, 2, October 1, 1956 (Coher). In its marbled wing pattern, the present fly is most like Limonia ( Limonia ) kashmirica (Edwards), differing in the small size, coloration of the body, and position of the m-cu cross- vein. The male hypopygium of kashmirica has not been described. Limonia (Libnotes) nepalica new species Head dark gray, the narrow anterior vertex silvery; antennae with scape black, flagellum brownish orange; thorax fulvous, the notum with a narrow black central stripe, extending from the cervical region to midlength of the praescutum, becoming narrower behind; legs with coxae and trochanters yellow, the remainder uniformly black ; wings whitish subhyaline, stigma and a narrow seam at origin of Rs dark brown; abdomen yellow. Female. Length about 6-6.5 mm. ; wing 6.5-7 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape black, pedicel and flagellum brownish orange ; flagellar segments oval, shorter than the verticils. Anterior vertex only about one-half as wide as the diameter of scape, silvery; posterior vertex dark gray. Cervical region and dorsum of pronotum black, the sides of the latter yellow. Mesonotum fulvous, the praescutum with a narrow black vitta on about the anterior half, gradually narrowed behind, becoming obsolete at near midlength ; posterior sclerites of notum yellow. Pleura fulvous yellow, unpatterned. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brownish black. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs black. Wings whitish subhyaline, the prearcular and costal fields light yellow ; stigma very small, 154 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV dark brown, transverse-oval ; a comparable area at origin of Bs ; much narrower to scarcely evident darkenings along cord; veins black, yellow in the brightened fields. Venation: Sc long, ending shortly before level of r-m; Bs arcuated at origin, about one-third to one-half longer than the basal section of B Jf + 5 ; cell 1st M2 rectangular, subequal in length to the distal section of M ; m-cu beyond fork of M, in cases to about one-third its length. Abdomen yellow. Ovipositor with cerci small, virtually straight; hypo- valvae large and powerful, straight. Holotype, $, Amlekhgang, Nepal, 1690 feet, August 26, 1956 (Coher). Paratopotypes, 2 JJ, pinned with the type. The most similar species is Limonia ( Libnotes ) indica (Bru- netti), which has the coloration of the thorax generally the same, differing in the patterned legs and abdomen and in the details of wing coloration and venation. Antocha (Antocha) perstudiosa new species Close to studiosa ; mesonotum patterned with brown, in cases extensively so; antennal flagellum dark brown; wings whitish, stigma brown; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle unequally bidentate at apex; inner gonapophysis distinctive, elongate, slightly sinuous, the outer end very slender, bent at a right angle. Male. Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 4 mm.; antenna about 0.7 mm. Rostrum light yellow; palpi brown. Antennae with scape light yellow, remainder of organ dark brown; flagellar segments oval, longest verticils delicate, subequal to the segments ; terminal segment tipped with four longer and stronger setae. Head light yellow; anterior vertex broad. Pronotum very pale yellowish white. Mesonotal praescutum with the disk obscure yellow or pale brown, the margin broadly darker brown; re- mainder of notum of type yellow, the mediotergite chiefly brown, the cephalic part pale; in the paratype, the notum, excepting the scutellum, more uni- formly darkened. Pleura and pleurotergite whitened. Halteres white. Legs with the coxae and trochanters white ; remainder of legs pale brownish lyhite; claws black, apparently simple. Wings whitish, prearcular and costal regions light yellow; stigma oval, small, relatively dark brown; veins brown, those of the costal areas paler. Venation: Bl + 2 a little longer than B2 but shorter than B2 + 3; cell 1st M2 closed; m-cu more than one-half its length before the fork of M. Abdomen, including hypopygium, pale yellow. Male hypopygium with the dististyles slightly subterminal; outer style glabrous, unequally bifid at apex, both points obtuse at tips, the lower one longer; inner style a little longer, narrowed to the obtuse tip, with strong setae. Phallosome conspicu- ous ; outer gonapophysis appearing as a long-oval pale blade ; inner apophy- sis long, slightly sinuous, the outer end very slender, bent at a right angle. Aedeagus slender. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Alexander: Tipulidae 155 Holotype, Taubai, Nepal, December 8, 1956 (Coher). Paratopotype, J', pinned with the type. Occurred at seepage along foot of cliff. The most similar regional species is Antocha ( Antocha ) studiosa Alexander, of the Nilgiri Hills, South India, which has the entire body and appendages pale yellow, and the inner gonapophysis of the male hypopygium of different conformation. Orimarga (Orimarga) sherpa new species General coloration of mesonotum light brown, the lateral borders and the pleura more yellowed ; antennae black ; legs brown ; wings very weakly tinged with darker ; r-m lying some distance beyond the level of R2 ; vein R2 about two-thirds as long as R1 + 2', ^3 + Jf longer than M^. Female. Length about 5 mm. ; wing 4.6 mm. Rostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae black; flagellar segments oval, with short verticils. Front and the narrow anterior vertex light gray, the posterior vertex darker brownish gray. Pronotum light brown. Mesonotal praescutum light brown, the humeral and lateral parts more yellowed; posterior sclerites of notum light brown, sparsely gray pruinose. Pleura and pleurotergite obscure yellow. Halteres broken. Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs medium brown. Wings very weakly tinged with darker, unpatterned ; veins pale brown, costa more yellowed. Macrotrichia of veins beyond cord relatively numerous, with long series on vein Rs, distal section of Ru + 5> outer sections of and I„, with fewer on basal section of R, , _ and one or two on vein M . Venation: Sc relatively short, SCj ending about opposite three-fifths Rs , Sc2 a short distance from its tip ; free tip of Sc2 immediately before R2; R2 and R2 + 3 subequal, about two-thirds R1 + 2; r-m lying some distance beyond level of R2, only about one-half as long as the basal section of + Ms + i longer than M ; m-cu about opposite one-third the length of Rs. Abdomen yellowish brown, genital segment yellow. Ovipositor with the cerci small, slender, upeurved to the acute tips. Holotype, J, Amlekhgang, Nepal, 1690 feet, September 19, 1956 (Coher). From Brunetti’s description of Orimarga ( Orimarga ) pere- grina Brunetti, of the eastern Himalayas, the venation differs from that of the present fly in having Ri + 2 considerably longer and with r-m and R2 in transverse alignment, together with other minor differences in venation. Bagchi’s figure of the wing of peregrina (Fauna Brit. India, Dipt. Nematocera, 1912, pi. 8, fig. 11) is obviously incorrect in the length of Sc and in the shape of cell 1st A. 156 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Paradelpliomyia (Oxyrhiza) newar new species Size large (wing 6 mm. or more) ; mesonotal praescutum light brown, posterior sclerites of notum and the pleura yellow; wings pale yellowish gray, unpatterned except for the pale brown stigma; outer cells of wing with numerous macrotrichia ; cell M 1 present ; abdominal tergites light brown, eighth segment darker browm to form a subterminal ring ; male hypopygium with the basistyle produced at apex into a small spine; outer dististyle terminating in two acute spines that are separated by a narrow notch ; spines of the ventral fork very slender. Male. Length about 5.5-6 mm.; wing 6-7 mm. Female. Length about 6-6.5 mm.; wing 6.5-7 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black; basal flagellar segments oval, passing into elongate, with conspicuous verticils. Head dark gray. Pronotum testaceous, scutellum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum light brown or yellowish brown, without pattern ; posterior sclerites more yellowed. Pleura yellow, unpatterned. Halteres with stem pale yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs brownish yellow to yellowish brown, the outer tarsal segments a trifle darker. Wings pale yellowish gray, prearcular field light yellow; stigma pale brown, lying beyond vein E2 ; veins brown, yellow in the prearcular field. Outer cells of wing with macrotrichia. Venation: Cell M1 present; m-cu at or shortly before midlength of cell 1st M . Abdominal tergites light brown, sternites more yellowed ; eighth segment dark brown, forming a narrow ring; ninth segment more yellowed, the styli dark brown. Male hypopygium with the basistyle produced at apex into a small spine, the dististyles thus slightly subterminal in position. Outer dististyle terminating in two acute spines, separated by a narrow notch, axial spine longer; inner style stout, tip obtuse. Spines of the ventral fork very slender, almost setaceous. Holotype, J', Siinbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8190 feet, October 1, 1956 (Coher). Allotopotype, J, pinned with the type. Paratopo- types, 8 cfj, mostly in very poor condition, October 1-27, 1956 (Coher, Joshi & Pratap). The most similar regional species is Paradelpliomyia ( Oxy- rhiza) flavescens (Brunetti) (syn. furcata Brunetti), which is readily told by the smaller size and by the genital characters, including the unspined basistyle, shape of the dististyles, and, especially, the very distinct phallosome. I have a paratype of Brunetti ’s species ( furcata ) in my collection. Limnophila (Elseophila) bicolorata new species Size medium (wing of female about 7 mm.) ; mesonotum gray, the praescutum lined with darker ; a central darkened vitta on the posterior sclerites ; antennal flagellum bicolored ; femora yellow with a narrow brown Sept.-Dee., 1957] Alexander: Tipulidae 157 subterminal ring, the actual tip paler ; wings whitened, with a heavy spotted and dotted brown pattern; abdomen brownish black. Female. Length about 8-9 mm. ; wing 6.5-7 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with the scape and pedicel dark brown ; flagellar segments bicolored, with nearly the basal half of each black, the remainder light yellow; basal segments long, becoming pro- gressively shorter and smaller outwardly. Head dark gray. Pronotum gray, with a delicate black central line. Mesonotal praescutum gray with poorly defined darker stripes, the intermediate pair more intense at posterior ends ; interspaces with a row of small blackened dots, humeral and lateral borders extensively blackened, the former including the pseudo- sutural f oveae ; scutum brown, the outer half of each lobe with a blackened area, medially with a blackened dash; scutellum pruinose; mediotergite yelloAvish gray pollinose, with a delicate central black vitta. Pleura dark gray, patterned with black, including a broader dorsal stripe extending from the cervical region to beneath the wingroot; ventral pleurites with the darkened areas more interrupted. Halteres with stem dusky, pale basally, knob blackened, paler at base. Legs with the coxae black, more or less pruinose ; trochanters brownish yellow ; femora yellow, with a narrow brown subterminal ring, the actual tip paler brown; tibiae and tarsi yellow, outer tarsal segments dark brown. Wings with the ground whitened, with a very heavy dark brown pattern of larger spots and numerous dots in all cells; the major areas occur at arculus and just beyond, origin of Es and as a larger triangular area in the general region of the stigma, its posterior end at the fork of M ; further darkenings near wing tip, at the super- numerary crossvein in cell M, and near the tip of vein 2nd A ; the smaller dots appear as transverse dashes in the costal and again in the cubital and anal fields, on the disk being more nearly circular ; veins yellow, dark in the patterned areas. Venation: Supernumerary crossvein in cell M about opposite one-fourth the length of Es ; cell M 1 approximately twice its petiole. Abdomen brownish black, the segments, especially the sternites, vaguely paler on the discal part. Ovipositor with the cerci very long and slender, the outer half horn-yellow. Holotype, 2, Amlekhgang, Nepal, 1690 feet, December 2, 1956 (Coher). Paratype, 2, Bhainse, Nepal, December 8, 1956 (Coher) The most similar described regional species is Limnophila ( Elceophila ) fascipennis (Brunetti), of the eastern Himalayas and Assam. This has the darkened dotted pattern of the wings much sparser than in the present fly. Brunetti describes the dark femoral ring of his species as being apical in position but in specimens in my collection that appear to be correctly named this darkened ring is slightly subterminal. 1 /I ■ 1 ' - . • Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans: Astata 159 ETHOLOGICAL STUDIES ON DIGGER WASPS OF THE GENUS ASTATA (HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE) By Howard E. Evans Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Astata is a genus of worldwide distribution containing approxi- mately 100 species. It is sufficiently unique structurally to jus- tify being placed in its own subfamily, the Astatinae. The one other genus of this subfamily, Diploplectron, is smaller and has a discontinuous distribution; it is closely related to Astata and perhaps more primitive, although the wing venation seems more specialized. Adult Astatinae share some structural characters in common with the Sphecinae and particularly with the Larrinae. The larvae, however, are not at all similar to those of either of those groups (Evans, 1958). Most commonly, the Astatinae are placed first among the sub- families of Sphecidae, implying that they are primitive. If this is so, the ethology of the group should be particularly interesting and should shed light on the ancestral type of behavior in the family. In order to characterize the ethology of the subfamily, it is necessary to know the behavior of several species in some detail and to establish their similarities. Also, it is possible that any species differences may give clues as to the evolution of be- havior within the group. Unfortunately almost nothing is known about the behavior of the North America species of Astata, and still less about Diplo- plectron. The Peckhams (1898) presented a short account of some aspects of the nesting behavior of three species of Astata, and Barth (1910) published an even briefer note on two of these same species. More recently Williams (1946) has discussed the biology of Astata immigrans, a species apparently introduced into Hawaii from the Western United States. Even the Eurasian species are not particularly well studied, although considerable information has accumulated regarding the widely distributed Astata hoops, a recent paper by Tsuneki (1947) on this species being particularly valuable. Minkiewicz (1933, 1934) has also discussed the behavior of Astata minor at considerable length. 160 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Almost by accident, I have recently had an opportunity to study two species of Astata in moderate detail. One of them, Astata unicolor, has nested for the past two summers in the vege- table garden at my home in Ithaca, New York. The other, occi- dentalis, happened to be nesting in some numbers in the midst of a colony of Bembix mibilipennis which I was studying in Versailles, Indiana. I also found Astata leuthstromi nesting once. After describing the behavior of these three species, I have summarized briefly what is known of other species of the genus and have attempted to come to some conclusions regarding the position of the Astatinae as suggested by ethological char- acters. This study was supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation. Note numbers in the text refer to field notes and associated specimens now on permanent file at Cornell Univer- sity. I would like to express my appreciation to Herbert Ruckes for identifying the hemipterous prey of Astata , to Curtis W. Sabrosky for identifying the dipterous parasites, and to Karl V. Krombein for checking the identity of the species of Astata. OBSERVATIONS ON ASTATA UNICOLOR SAY Astata unicolor is a relatively common species throughout much of temperate North America. In the Northeast, there is clearly only one generation a year. I have seen no specimens collected earlier than July 12 or later than September 10, and August is clearly the month of greatest abundance and most nesting activity. The species is not strongly restricted ecologi- cally, but occurs in many types of open country : fields, meadows, gardens, waste places, and bare sandy areas. The wasps are particularly apt to be encountered on the flowers of Daucus carota, and have been so recorded by Krombein (1936). Mickel (1918) and Robertson (1938) record the species from many dif- ferent flowers. Behavior of the Male. Males are on the wing for at least two weeks before the females appear in numbers. Aside from visiting flowers for nectar, the males often perch on flowers for considerable periods of time, flying off occasionally and return- ing again in a few seconds. More commonly, they perch on a slight elevation in an area of bare soil, for example, on a stone or clod of earth. Here the male may remain for several hours Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans: Astata 161 during the warmest part of the day, at short intervals (from a few seconds to up to three minutes) flying swiftly, obliquely up- ward, then in an arc and back again to the perch. Back on the perch, he rotates his body in various directions and walks about a bit before finally coming to resf with the antennae extended rigidly. The flights vary in length from one to several meters, and are so swift that they often cannot be followed with the eye. These flights appear to be “ spontaneous, ’ ’ that is, they are in re- sponse to no obvious stimulus. They cannot be elicited regularly by tossing pebbles over the perches, as can the precopulatory flights of certain other digger wasps. When two or more males perch in the same area, as often happens, they take up stations from .5 to 1 meter apart and show no obvious response to one an- other. At least I have never seen them attack one another as if defending a territory. However, Minkiewicz (1934), who ob- served very much this same type of behavior in Astata minor in Poland, found that if one male approached the perch of an- other too closely, the two rolled together “dans un corps-a-corps formidable. ” The most curious aspect of this behavior of the male is that it occurs at some distance from the nesting area of the females (also noted by Minkiewicz in minor). During the summer of 1957, several males occupied their perches at the south edge of my garden from July 29 to August 17. No females were found nesting until the second week in August, and then they nested in another part of the garden, at least 8 meters away. Although I watched the males for brief periods on several different days, I never saw a female in this part of the garden. Presumably the females must enter the area patrolled by the males and be fecun- dated during one of their characteristic flights. Probably the females do this shortly after they first emerge. I have never ob- served copulation in unicolor and am not aware that it has been observed in boops or minor. Nesting behavior of the female. Astata unicolor appears to nest in almost any type of bare soil. Ferton (1901) remarks that ‘ 4 toutes les Astata de Prance et de Corse . . . creusent volon- tiers leurs terriers dans les sols sableux et durs, mais elles habi- tent aussi les terrains argileux. ...” This seems to be equally true of unicolor. I have frequently seen both sexes in sand pits and small dunes, but have only one record of their nesting in 162 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV sandy soil. On August 14, 1954, C. S. Lin observed a female carrying a stinkbug into a nest in a sandy-gravel slope near Ithaca, New York (note no. 1346). He dug out the nest and found the burrow to be 17 cm. long, but gently curved so that the bottom was only 10 cm. beneath the surface ; the upper 5 cm. were open, but the lower 12 cm. were loosely filled with earth. The stinkbug was found in the bottom of the burrow. From what is now known of the behavior of unicolor , it seems probable that this was a new nest and the wasp had not yet actually made a cell. All the remainder of the observations reported here were made by myself in a very different habitat : the garden at my home two miles south of Ithaca. The soil here is a heavy clay con- taining much organic matter and many stones. It is difficult to dig in with a trowel, and must present infinitely greater prob- lems to Astata than sand, not only because of its firmness but because it holds moisture to a much greater extent. Neverthe- less, there were several individuals nesting here both in 1956 and in 1957. In all I found and eventually dug out five nests, but there were undoubtedly others which I did not discover. In 1956, all the nests were situated in a strip about .5 to 1.5 meters in size along two rows of carrots ; in every case the nest entrances were beneath and well hidden by the drooping leaves of the car- rots. In 1957, the nests were located in approximately the same place, but beneath the foliage of tomato plants, which happened to have been planted there that year. The Peckhams (1898) found unicolor nesting in their garden, and Barth (1910) re- marks that the species ‘‘prefers ground to sand. I did not observe the digging of the nest. The Peckhams re- port that the soil is pushed out of the burrow with the end of the abdomen and cleared away from the entrance with the hind legs. The initial burrow enters the ground at an angle of from 45 to 75 degrees with the surface and reaches a depth of from 7 to 15 cm. The diameter of the burrow is about 7 mm., slightly wider (about 9 mm.) at the entrance. The earth dug from the burrow is cleared from the entranceway only slightly, and comes to form a pile about 5 cm. wide and 7 cm. long, with the hole near one end of it. This pile of earth is never leveled by the female nor is any of it ever used for closing the burrow ; only rarely is it added to. After a period of days it tends to weather away, and eventually it may disappear altogether. The Peckhams (1898) Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans: Astata 163 also noted similar mounds of earth at the nest entrance. They found the burrow to be about 9 cm. long. Barth (1910) states that the burrow extends to a depth of from 8 to 14 inches (about 20 to 35 cm.), which is somewhat out of accord with the figures obtained by the Peckhams and myself. The lower part of the burrow is kept filled loosely with soil. When the stinkbugs are brought in they are stored near the bot- tom of the burrow beneath this loose filling. Only after several Fig, 1. Two nests of Astata unicolor, Ithaca, N. Y. Burrows indicated by dashed lines were filled solidly with soil and could not be traced, hence are somewhat hypothetical. Stippling in the burrows indicates a loose filling of earth. stinkbugs have been stored in this manner is a cell constructed and provisioned. The first cell is constructed near the bottom of the burrow, provisioned from the bugs stored in the burrow, then closed off with soil. Successive cells are constructed progres- sively upward as the burrow is gradually shortened. Thus, in a nest containing several cells, the lower cells invariably contain cocoons or fully grown larvae, while the topmost cells contain eggs or small larvae (see Table II). The exact arrangement of the cells varies considerably from nest to nest, but in general it appears that many of them are constructed in short side-burrows (fig. 1). A single side-burrow may eventually contain two cells 164 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV in the same series, separated by a substantial barrier of earth (at least 3 mm.). In no case did I find more than two cells in a single series. The deepest cell found in any nest was 15 cm., the shallowest only 2 cm. One would expect a larva in a cell only 2 cm. deep to be subject to much higher temperatures and lower humidity than a larva in a cell 15 cm. deep, but such fac- tors are apparently of little importance in this species. The cells of this species measure approximately 12 mm. in length and 8 mm. in diameter. They are broadly elliptical in shape and oblique in position (fig. 2), rarely nearly horizontal or nearly vertical. The walls are remarkably smooth and polished for soil as coarse as this. Only at the upper end, where the cell is closed off after it is fully provisioned, is the wall not perfectly smooth. It seems probable that a female normally spends her entire life digging and provisioning a single nest. It is possible that nest no. 950 (see Table I) may have been abandoned for some rea- TABLE I General Nature of Five Nests of Astata unicolor, Ithaca, N. Y. Note no. Date dug out No. of cells Depth of cells Remarks 1212B Aug. 15, 1956 9 12-15 cm. Not completed 1216 Aug. 16, 1956 0 Newly constructed 1217 Aug. 27, 1956 14 2- 9 cm. Completed 950 Aug. 31, 1956 2 9 cm. Apparently completed 1479 Aug. 24, 1957 12 5-12.5 cm. Completed son, or the female may have met an untimely death. The full complement of cells seems to be from 12 to 14 per nest. It is possible that under ideal conditions the total number is consid- erably higher than this. Hunting and provisioning activities. The prey of Astata unicolor consists of immature stinkbugs (Pentatomidae) . Gen- erally speaking, last instar nymphs are taken, but occasionally earlier instars are used. The Peckhams (1898) recorded Podisus modestus Fabr. as prey. In 1956, I found the prey to consist entirely of two species of Euschistus, tristigmus Say and an- other species which was probably euschistoides Yoll. The two species were well mixed in all the nests studied. The one nest Sept. -Dec., 19571 Evans : Astata 165 dug* in 1957 contained all E. tristigmus except for one specimen of Podisus maculiventris (Say). The collections of the TJ. S. National Museum include one specimen from Clifton, Va., pinned with a nymph of Euschistus tristigmus. The females appear to hunt their prey in the tall vegetation of fields and meadows. I have not observed the actually stinging of the prey. All bugs taken from nests or from wasps entering- nests were very thoroughly paralyzed if not dead. The Peck- hams (1898) observe that the sting of unicolor “proves fatal within a very short time.” I observed one female (no. 1212 A) in tall vegetation appar- ently soon after she had stung her stinkbug. She was cleaning her antennae and wings on a blackberry leaf about one meter above the ground while the stinkbug lay completely immobile on its back on the leaf. After five minutes the wasp walked over to the bug, grasped it with her mandibles by the extreme base of the antennae, and straddled it. She held it in this manner, mov- ing about over several different leaves, for about 15 minutes, when she finally took flight heavily, maintaining a height of about a meter. The Peckhams (1898) state that, the middle legs are used to support the bug in flight, but it appeared to me, both on this occasion and on several later occasions at the nest entrances, that all the legs embrace the bug during flight. When the wasp lands, she immediately stands on all three pairs of legs, holding the bug only by the base of the antennae. At all times the bug is venter-up. (The manner of carrying the prey does not differ from that of occidentals, shown in fig. 6). After arriving in the nesting area, the wasp lands on vegeta- tion near the nest, then proceeds circuitously by walking and short flights to the nest entrance, which is left open at all times during provisioning. She enters the nest still straddling the bug and holding it by the antennae with her mandibles. Fre- quently the bug is left just inside the entrance for a moment and then drawn in from the inside. On leaving the nest the female again takes a somewhat circuitous course from the entrance be- fore flying off. This behavior has been described and figured by the Peckhams (1898), who state that their wasps “almost in- variably made a long locality study, first running about on the ground . . . and then rising and circling all around the place. ’ ’ 166 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV I interpreted this as analogous to the usual rather devious man- ner of entering* the nest, perhaps serving to deceive potential parasites. Certainly this manner of entering and leaving the nest, added to the fact that the nest entrances are invariably lo- cated beneath overhanging vegetation, makes the nests exceed- ingly difficult for a human observer to finch The bugs brought in are not taken directly to a cell, but are left in the bottom of the burrow, usually venter-up. Only after a certain number of bugs accumulate (often, probably, after the completion of a day’s hunting) is a new cell prepared and the bugs placed in it in a very specific manner. Tsuneki (1947) found this to be true in hoops , and he believes the wasps may Fig. 2. A cell of Astata unicolor provisioned with stinkbugs and closed off. The egg is attached to the prosternum of the bottom bug. prepare and provision several cells at a time in this manner. This unusual manner of provisioning has confused many earlier workers and led to a number of erroneous statements. Both the Peekhams (1898) and Barth (1910) are incorrect on details of cell structure and egg position, and Ferton (1901) is led to the paradoxical statement that the egg of Astata is laid on the bot- tom bug in the cell but not until after the cell is fully provi- sioned ! Actually, the egg is laid on the first bug placed in the cell from the supply in the burrow. This bug is placed in the bot- tom of the cell, venter-down, more or less horizontally, in such a way that there is a small open space beneath it formed by the smooth, oval contours of the cell (fig. 2). The egg is attached Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans : Astata 167 to the prosternum and extends backward along the midline of the body with its posterior end free from the body. It is about 2 mm. long. The remaining stinkbngs are placed on top of the first one, also venter-down, and the cell is closed off from above, the closure being made directly on the dorsum of the top bug. The number of bugs per cell varies from 2 to 4, with an average of 2.8. The bugs fit the cell very tightly, the only appreciable free space being beneath the bottom bug surrounding the egg and later the small larva. As already mentioned, the entrance to the burrow is never closed during provisioning. During periods of inactivity, that is, from late afternoon until morning and during inclement weather, a closure of the burrow is ordinarily visible not at the entrance, but at a distance from one to two centimeters inside the entrance. Development. The egg hatches in about three days. The larva remains attached for about two days at the point of attach- TABLE II Content oe Nest 1212B, Ithaca, N. Y., Aug. 15, 1956 Cell no. Depth No. of bugs State of wasp progeny Development 1 15 cm. Pasty mass (3?) Larva 12 mm. long Accidentally killed 2 14 cm. Pasty mass (3?) Larva 10 mm. long Full grown August 16 3 14 cm. 3 Larva 5 mm. long Full grown August 20 4 13.5 cm. 2 Larva 3 mm. long Full grown August 22 5 13 cm. 2 Larva 2.5 mm. long Full grown August 24 6 12.5 cm. 2 Larva 2.5 mm. long Full grown August 24 7 12.5 cm. 3 Egg Hatched Aug. 16 ; Full grown Aug. 25 8 12 cm. 2 Egg Hatched Aug. 18 ; Full grown Aug. 26 9 12 cm. 4 (small) Egg Hatched Aug. 18 ; Full grown Aug. 26 ment of the egg, feeding through the front coxal membrane or in the neck region. Then it loses its attachment, but remains in 168 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV an inverted position, hollowing out the first bug from the ventral side and then the other bugs in turn. The larva possesses a strong mid-dorsal lobe on the fourth abdominal segment, and this lobe apparently serves as a pseudopod and assists the larva in moving about in the cell. As the larva approaches maturity, the bugs become reduced to a pasty mass. About eight days are required for the larva to reach maturity (see Table II). In spinning its cocoon, the larva apparently merely lines the smooth walls of the cell with silk. The resulting cocoon is un- usually frail, and seems particularly so at the upper end, where the cell walls are somewhat more irregular. A certain amount of earth tends to adhere to the outside of the cocoon, but none is incorporated into the cocoon itself. Having spun the cocoon, the larva enters diapause and remains in diapause throughout the winter months. Natural enemies. The Peckhams (1898) observed a cuckoo wasp of the genus Chrysis lurking about a nest of unicolor and even entering it, but they did not determine whether or not it was actually parasitizing the wasp. They also found “a para- sitic larva” in the cells of one nest. None of the nests which I studied appeared to be parasitized, and I saw no cuckoo wasps or miltogrammine flies around the nest entrances. OBSERVATIONS ON ASTATA OCCIDENTALIS CRESSON This species also occurs from coast to coast in North America, but its center of distribution appears to be somewhat more south- erly than that of unicolor . Nothing has previously been re- corded on its biology except for a prey record by Townes (1951) and a brief note by Ashmead (1894). Townes records the stink- bug Peribalus limbolarius Stal as prey. His record is based on a series of 33 adult bugs of that species in the U. S. National Mu- seum, taken as prey of occidentalis at the “So. End of Long Bridge, Va.,” July 18, 1920, by J. C. Bridwell. In the National Museum there is also an adult Thyanta custator Fabr. taken as prey of this species in Los Angeles Co., Calif., Oct. 15, 1893, by D. W. Coquillett, This is apparently the specimen referred to by Ashmead (1894) ; Ashmead calls the wasp Astata nubecula , but the specimen in the National Museum is clearly occidentalis. According to Ashmead, Coquillett found this wasp storing bugs “in a burrow formed in a limestone formation.” Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans : Astata 169 I found a considerable aggregation of nests of this species at Versailles, Indiana, July 17-23, 1957, and was able to work out many of the details of the nesting behavior. No males were ob- served during this period, and it is possible that they had com- pleted their period of activity and disappeared. The nesting of the females seemed well advanced. The nesting site was a base- ball diamond one mile east of the town of Versailles. The soil here was a hard-packed clay, throughout the nesting area com- pletely devoid of vegetation of any kind. Bembix nubilipennis Fig. 3. Two nests of Astata occidentalis, Versailles, Ind. Burrows indicated by dashed lines were filled solidly with soil and could not be traced, hence are somewhat hypothetical. Stippling indicates a loose filling of earth. and Cerceris fumipennis also nested in considerable numbers in this very hard soil. In all, I marked and eventually dug out eight nests of Astata occidentalis, but the actual number of nest- ing females was probably at least twice this. All the nests were located in an area about five meters square, with no two nests closer together than about half a meter. Each nest entrance was 170 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV surrounded by a rim of soil and was very conspicuous on the bare, smooth surface of the baseball diamond. Nesting behavior. The wasps break the soil with their man- dibles and produce a weak buzzing sound as they do so. The soil is scraped back with the fore legs, rather slowly, while the body is held rather low, the middle hind legs spread widely. The soil is permitted to plug the entrance to the burrow, and the wasp then comes out and clears it away. As she backs away from the entrance scraping soil, she produces a small trough in the mound of earth (fig. 4). The soil is never actually leveled in the manner of some other digger wasps (e.g., Bembix nubili- pennis ), but eventually it comes to be fairly well spread out, with evidence of several troughs emanating from the entrance to the nest. In active nests, there appears to be fresh digging nearly every day, so that the rim of soil around the entrance is always conspicuous. The nest entrance is never closed at any time. The burrow of occidentalis is about 8 mm. in diameter and penetrates the soil at an angle of from 50 to 80° with the hori- zontal. Very often the burrow has a lateral curvature, in some cases such that the cells actually lie directly beneath the en- trance. The burrow may be as much as 18 cm. long and may reach a depth of as much as 12 cm. (Table III). The top 2-5 cm. are kept open, while much of the remainder of the burrow is filled loosely with soil. As in unicolor, the bugs are stored in the bottom of the burrow, beneath this loose soil, and only after the accumulation of several bugs is a cell prepared and the bugs moved into it. The first cells are constructed at the bottom of the burrow, and later cells progressively closer to the surface. Often the cells are constructed in short series, but in no case did I find more than three cells in one series. Up to 14 cells may be constructed per nest (probably more under some conditions) (Table III; figs. 3, 5). The cells of this species are broadly elliptical and usually ob- lique, occasionally nearly horizontal or nearly vertical. They are smooth-walled and measure, on the average, about 8 x 15 mm. The closure of the cell is made directly on the back of the top stinkbug. When cells are in series, the closure between them may consist of no more than a very thin barrier of soil (1-3 mm.). (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXV (Plate IV) Fig. 4. (Above) Astata occidentalis digging at the nest entrance. Note the trough extending from the open entrance. Fig. 5. (Below) A nest of A. occidentalis showing four cells. This is nest no. 1465, shown also, after further excavation, in figure 3. The cell on the lower left contains a full-grown larva ; the two upper cells contain stink bugs and small larvae ; the cell on the lower right contains the remains of several bugs which have been consumed by maggots of Senotainia. 172 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXY All of the 58 cells dug* out were within the narrow range of 6-12 cm. in depth ; in individual nests the cells were often grouped very close together (in nest 1466, 14 cells between 8 and 11.5 cm. deep). The exact arrangement of the cells showed much TABLE III Nature of Eight Nests of Astata occidentalis, Versailles, Ind. Note no. Date dug out No. of cells Depth of cells Remarks 992 July 18, 1957 2 6-7 cm. Relatively new nest 1452 July 20, 1957 11 8-11 cm. Wasp still active 1458 July 21, 1957 12 8-10 cm. Wasp still active 1459 July 22, 1957 5 8-10.5 cm. Wasp still active 1462 July 22, 1957 6 7-9 cm. Wasp still active 1463 July 22, 1957 3 7-10 cm. Apparently an inactive nest 1465 July 23, 1957 5 8-12 cm. Wasp still active 1466 July 23, 1957 14 8-11.5 cm. Wasp still active variation from nest to nest ; apparently cells are constructed both in the main burrow, in short side-burrows, and in major branches of the burrow (fig. 3). Hunting and provisioning activities. The wasps in this nesting aggregation preyed exclusively on adult Pentatomidae. The 122 bugs taken from cells or from wasps represented 6 spe- cies in the following numbers : Hymenarcys nervosa (Say) 57 Thy ant a calceata (Say) 27 Thyanta pallidovirens accerra (McAtee) 19 Euschistus variolarius (Beauv.) 14 Peribalus limb olar ins Stal 4 Banasa calva ( Say) 1 Individual wasps seemed to prey on one or a very few species of bugs. For example, of the 52 bugs taken from the 12 cells of nest no. 1458, 51 were Hymenarcys nervosa and 1 was Thyanta calceata. The 13 identifiable bugs taken from nest no. 1466 were all Euschistus variolarius. But 13 bugs taken from nest no. 1462 represented four species ! Apparently individual wasps tend to (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXY (Plate Y) Fig. 6. (Above) A. occidentalis female carrying a stinkbug toward the nest entrance. Note that the bug is held venter-up by the base of the antennae. Fig. 7. (Below) The egg of A. occidentalis on a stinkbug which has been removed from a cell. In normal position, the bug is venter-down and the egg extends downward as shown in figure 2. 174 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV return to the same place each time for their bugs, but the species may be characterized as able to utilize virtually any species of adult stinkbug of medium size. The number of bugs per cell varies from 3 to 6, with an aver- age of 3.8. The bugs are placed in the cell head-in, venter-down, exactly as in unicolor. The egg is about 2 mm. long and is at- tached to the first bug placed in the cell in the same manner as in unicolor (fig. 7). The larva is very similar to that of uni- color and feeds in the same manner. Females enter the nesting area from various directions and usually at a considerable height (roughly 2 meters). Charac- teristically, they land on the ground a short distance from the en- trance of their burrow. They carry the stinkbug beneath their body venter-up, holding the base of the antennae (or apparently sometimes the base of the beak) with their mandibles. In flight, the bug is also embraced with all three pairs of legs, but upon landing the wasp stands upon all the legs and holds the bug only with her mandibles (fig. 6). When a wasp lands with her bug, she produces a fairly loud “plop,” apparently a result of the back of the stinkbug hitting the hard ground. The wasp pro- ceeds to the open nest entrance by a somewhat devious path and may not actually enter the nest for several minutes after arriving in the area. Eventually she enters the nest straddling the bug in the usual manner, leaves the bug just inside the entrance, then a moment later pulls it in from the inside. When the wasp re- appears (after a period of several minutes, often as long as 30 minutes) she usually again walks in a circuitous path before tak- ing flight. Provisioning proceeds at a very slow pace. Wasp no. 1457B brought in her first bug on July 21 at 1000, her second bug at 1108 ; by noon she had not yet brought in a third. The condition of the bugs stung by occiclentalis seems to vary consid- erably. Most bugs seemed thoroughly paralyzed if not dead, and some taken from relatively new cells were actually stiff. On the other hand, it was not uncommon to find a bug, even in a cell which had been provisioning 2-3 days earlier, which still exhib- ited movements of the legs and antennae. Development of the egg and larva and spinning of the cocoon are so similar to uni- color that they need not be described separately. In the morning, many wasps could always be seen digging at Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans : Astata 175 the entrances of their nests, presumably clearing away some of the soil which accumulates in the course of digging new cells. After a period of digging, each wasp would move away from the nest entrance by a devious path before finally flying off to hunt a stinkbug. For example, no. 1457 A dug at her nest from 0835 until 0910 on July 21. Then she walked and flew around the nest in approximately the pattern shown in figure 8, finally flying Fig. 8. Movements of wasp no. 1457 A away from the nest entrance. Walking is indicated by a solid line, flying by a dashed line. The mound of earth at the nest entrance is stippled. off at, 0913. Later in the day, wasps leaving their nests behave similarly, but take fewer loops and turns and less time in the process. Doubtless this behavior is primarily concerned with orientation, but since the wasp also behaves similarly when en- tering the nest with its prey, it seems possible that it also func- tions to deter parasitism. Natural enemies. This colony of Astata occidentalis was very heavily parasitized by the fly Senotainia trilineata Wulp (Sarcophagidae, Miltogramminae) . On many occasions wasps approaching their nests with prey were seen to be trailed by these flies, which would hover a few centimeters behind the wasp and await an opportunity to larviposit, on the bug. Some wasps trailed by flies would leave the area and re-enter, or fly about 176 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxv from one part of the nesting area to another, in an apparent ef- fort to shake off the pursuers. On one occasion I watched an Astata fly about for over ten minutes in an unsuccessful effort to escape a Senotainia; finally the wasp left the bug on the earth and flew off. Several times 1 found stinkbugs lying on the ground, apparently abandoned by wasps which had not been able to reach their nests safely. No less than 26 of the 58 cells dug out contained maggots of Senotainia trilineata. The number of maggots per cell varied from 1 to 6, except for one cell (no. 1466 A) which contained 24. In the latter case it is possible that the maggots from several cells had broken through the walls and come to form a common mass. The adult Senotwinia apparently deposits one or more larvae on the stinkbug before it is placed in the nest. The wasp pro- ceeds to store the bug in the burrow and later place it in a cell in the usual manner. For the first day or two the Senotainia maggots are very small and appear to feed on the surface of the bug beneath the wings. Then they begin to grow very rapidly, devouring the wasp egg and eventually the entire contents of the cell. When full-grown, the maggots leave the cell and form their puparia in the soil beneath or beside it. All the maggots collected July 17-23 gave rise to adult flies during the first week of August. Doubtless the fly has several generations a year and attacks several different digger wasps. OBSERVATIONS ON ASTATA LEUTHSTROMI ASHMEAD This is a small and relatively uncommon species. I have found it nesting in the garden at my home near Ithaca, but in smaller numbers than unicolor. On August 7, 1956, a female was seen raking earth over the entrance to a nest located beneath a dead weed which was lying on the ground (no. 1213). She scraped earth from several directions over the entrance, but left before the nest was fully concealed. Believing this to be a tem- porary closure, I marked the nest and observed it intermittently over the next week. However, the wasp was not seen again, and when the nest was dug out on August 14 the burrow could not be traced. Two cells in close proximity were discovered only 4 cm. beneath the surface. Each cell contained several pentato- mid nymphs, but the cell contents were completely molded. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans : Astata 177 While digging* this nest, I accidentally uncovered another nest only 10 cm. away. This one contained two (or perhaps three) cells, also in a close group about 4 cm. deep. Unfortunately the cells were destroyed before 1 could observe their structure. In all they contained 13 nymphs of the small pentatomid Cosmo- pepla bimaculata Thom. One small wasp larva was found, but it failed to grow in a rearing tin. While I was digging, the adult Astata returned with another stinkbug nymph, again the same species. She landed on the ground and began walking and flying from place to place around her nest. The bug was held venter-up by the base of the antennae, exactly as in unicolor , and apparently supported in flight by all three pairs of legs. The wasp was captured for identification. The Peckhams (1898) observed a single individual of this spe- cies, also in their garden. They noted that there was a heap of earth around the entrance and that the wasp closed the entrance from the inside for the night. They were not successful in ex- cavating the nest. ETHOLOGY OF OTHER NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ASTATA Astata, bicolor Say. The Peckhams (1898) found this species nesting in the hard soil of their garden. They noted that the nests are usually located beneath overhanging vegetation and have a small mound of earth at the entrance as in unicolor. The wasps enter and leave the nest in the usual circuitous manner and leave the entrance open during provisioning. The one nest they dug out was very shallow, a burrow about 6 cm. long leading to a group of cells only about 4 cm. beneath the surface. The Peckhams observed malaxation and stinging of the prey in a jar and found that most of the bugs were killed by the sting. Al- though they speak of bicolor as preferring a certain species of bug, they do not state the species, or even the family, of the bug ; at one point they mention a wasp carrying a ‘ ‘ small homopterous insect.” Mickel (1918) took a specimen at Lincoln, Nebr., which “had attacked a nymph of Pentatomidae sp. and was dragging it away.” Mickel also presents several flower records. Astata nubecula Cresson. Ashmead’s (1894) note on this species should properly be referred to occidentalis, as indicated under that species. In the U. S. National Museum there is a 178 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXY specimen of nubecula from Salt Lake, Utah, pinned with an immature stinkbug identified by H. G. Barber simply as “Gen. & spJ”. Astata immigrans Williams. Williams (1946) found that this species, described from Hawaii but apparently native to western United States, preys upon immature lygaeid bugs of the genus Ny sius. Williams was able to observe mating, stinging and malaxation of the prey, and nesting activities all in large glass jars. Digging, he reports, is done with the mandibles, and the earth thrown out with the front legs. The bugs are carried in the same manner as I have described for unicolor and occiden- talis. The nest is always left open and is “ a short affair of more than one cell. ’ ’ The egg is 1 1 glued obliquely to the bug’s breast. ’ ’ Williams also describes the behavior of the male, who “stations himself upon some stem or other convenient object” and “pivots about alertly or pursues some passing insect, to return to or near his station again. He appears to mate frequently and is often carried about by the female.” ETHOLOGY OF EURASIAN SPECIES OF ASTATA Astata hoops (Schrank). There are many published notes on this widely distributed species, and I shall not attempt to review all of them. Apparently Shuckard (1837) was the first to pub- lish on its behavior, and later Fabre (1856), Ferton (1901), Adlerz (1903), and several others contributed additional observa- tions from western Europe. Piel (1936) made some fairly de- tailed studies on the species in China, and Tsuneki (1947) in Korea. Tsuneki ’s paper is in Japanese, but his tables and his English summary provide the best single source of information on the behavior of this species. The behavior of the male is in general similar to that of uni- color ; Shuckard noted long ago that the male flies very rapidly and 4 ‘ settles upon small clods, whence it momentarily makes wide circumvolations. ” The females dig their burrows in various situations but chiefly in hard soil ; in eastern Asia burrows are often constructed in the clay plaster of the walls of stone build- ings. As many as 12 cells may be built in a single nest. These are constructed in various branches, many of them in series of up to three cells, the cells separated by thin partitions of earth. Sept. -Dec., 1957] Evans: Astata 179 The cells are broadly elliptical, oblique or almost vertical, and the walls are very smooth. From 2 to 15 (usually 3 to 6) bugs are placed in a cell, and the egg is laid in the same manner as in unicolor and occide7italis. To the best of my knowledge, all of the numerous bugs recorded as prey of this species are imma- ture Pentatomidae and Cydnidae. The bug is usually killed by the sting of the wasp. It is carried to the nest in flight, the wasp grasping it by the antennae with its mandibles and supporting it with the middle legs (Tsuneki) or with all three pairs of legs (Piel). At the nest entrance the wasp deposits the bug while she clears the entrance, enters, comes out, grasps the bug by the antennae, and drags it in backwards. The bugs are stored temporarily in various places in the burrow surrounded by loose sand; Tsuneki found as many as nine bugs in one burrow, and believes the wasp normally makes and pro- visions several cells at a time from the bugs stored in the burrow. Astata minor Kohl. This species has been studied briefly by Ferton (1901) in Corsica and at considerable length by Minkie- wicz (1933, 1934) in Poland. I have already mentioned, under unicolor , Minkiewicz’ studies on the males. The females nest chiefly in bare, hard soil, often digging their nests in small de- pressions. The soil is cleared away from the entrance so that no mound of earth accumulates there. The nest is shallow and con- tains at least two cells ; the cells vary considerably in depth. The prey consists of immature bugs of several genera, chiefly Penta- tomidae but including a few Cydnidae and Lygaeidae. The bugs are stored in the cells in much the manner of the species already described ; the usual number is about five per cell. According to Minkiewicz, the entrance is invariably closed from the outside when the wasp leaves the nest. When the wasp arrives with a bug, she drops it at the entrance, opens the nest, enters, and draws the bug into the nest. The manner of prey carriage and oviposition are said to be the same as in hoops. Astata picea Costa. This species is recorded as preying upon immature bugs of the family Pentatomidae and, less commonly, Coreidae. Ferton (1901) observed stinging and malaxation of the prey. Apparently the behavior resembles that of hoops in most details. Astata costai Piccioli. According to Ferton ( 1901 ) , this species 180 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV also attacks pentatomid nymphs, but lays its egg with its long- axis perpendicular to that of the body of the prey. Astata rufipes Mocsary. Ferton (1901, 1908) and Berland (1925) record as prey several genera of immature bugs, all Cydnidae. Astata tricolor Van der Linden. Ferton (1901, 1908) records two genera of immature Lygaeidae as prey of this species. Astata stigma Panzer. Verhoeff (1951) cites two prey records for this species, one a pentatomid and the other a scutellerid. Earlier prey records for this species cannot be trusted, since several species have been confused under the same name. Astata pinguis (Dahlbom). Verhoeff (1951) lists three prey records for this species, all Lygaeidae. Astata freygessneri Carl. Verhoeff (1951) cites two prey records, both Pentatomidae. ETHOLOGY OF THE SPECIES OF DIPLOPLECTRON These very small wasps are poorly known both taxonomically and ethologically. The genus is known to occur only in North America and in South Africa. Judging from the few published observations, these insects seem to occur mostly in sandy areas, the female digging her nest in open sand. Rohwer (1909) de- scribed several species from Colorado which were taken “flying over dry sand.” Krombein (1939) found Z>. peglowi “on sandy knolls sparsely covered with grass. 7 ’ He states that ‘ ‘ the species evidently constructs its burrows in the sand since three females were taken while burrowing.” Williams (1946) found an un- identified species nesting in the sand at San Francisco, California. This species was found to prey on immature Lygaeidae and store several bugs per cell, laying the egg “on the breast of one of these bugs.” The prey is grasped by the antennae and carried to the nest in flight. Williams found another unidentified species preying upon adult and immature Lygaeidae. From these very limited observations, it seems probable that the species of Diploplectron resemble Astata in many details of behavior. They do, however, exploit a different type of soil for nesting purposes, for the species of Astata only rarely nest in open sand. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans: Astata 181 DISCUSSION The preceding survey of ethological data on the Astatinae is not exhaustive (except, I believe, for the North American species) but it will suffice for a few general remarks on the behavioral characteristics of the group. In general, the species which have been studied appear to be remarkably similar in their behavior. Only three species, Astata unicolor, occidentalis, and hoops, have been studied in sufficient detail to permit any real comparison (Table IV), and I find it difficult to attach any particular signifi- cance to the rather minor differences between these species. The practice of building the nest beneath overhanging vegetation, observed in unicolor, may well be an adaptation for escaping the attacks of certain natural enemies such as miltogrammine flies. The building of cells in series is an efficient way of exploiting very hard soil, since it involves less digging than if each cell occupied a separate branch of the nest. Both occidentalis and hoops nest in extremely hard soil, while unicolor nests in the clay- loam of gardens ; the latter species appears to have less tendency to build cells in series. A. occidentalis differs not only from hoops and unicolor but from virtually all species of Astata in preying exclusively on adult Hemiptera rather than immatures. It is interesting to note that while Pentatomidae form the major prey of Astata, a num- ber of species employ Cydnidae, Scutelleridae, Coreidae, or Lygaeidae, either instead of or along with Pentatomidae. Several of the species which use Lygaeidae show structural convergence toward the genus Diploplectro7i, which also preys on Lygaeidae. This includes immigrans, tricolor, and pinguis, all of which be- long to the subgenus Dryudella. This subgenus approaches Diploplectron in such characters as the small size, delicate habi- tus, and very short marginal cell. The close similarity of the species which have been studied makes it feasible to generalize regarding the behavior of the group as a whole and to enquire as to the relationships of the group as suggested by ethology. This is best done by considering some of the more outstanding characters of the group one by one. Useful in interpreting the significance of these characters are the papers of Nielsen (1936), Iwata (1942), and Leclercq (1954). 182 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxv PQ hQ pq Eh e © =0 Ph O GO w PH o N Ph CO w w M w Eh Ph o Pi o £ w w pq © & I— I CO w £ &h o CO Eh O W Ph CO ?H O 00 i ~~i PI 03 © © © fH Ph © Ph o £ 03 © •rH O d © i— H © •rH © p *H o p © -pi p •4— > ^H © o5 © U1 P5 rd • rH • rH CO CO p P p Ph •rH • rH P o £ H-> "hH ^ P © pH .rH P Ph p h © ™ 03 P O -pi P 0 © P np •> rH a o -Pi p -+i p © PL. © rP 2 ® 2 P ^ P «H © > © P P 03 < -Pi CO or -pi Ph P CO o Ph © P © -pi ©H C Tb El © E 4—' CO Q. p |P 3 §_ p ^H © P O 03 +3 O -+i P Ph O r**^> o © ss © ■pi si © r<3 © © © © P P © P Tb • rH a o p ©3 p p © p rd W P P3 a ® k m CM O © bB 'p © a a % C © 03 p *H ■£ © bJO p P3 .- Td © 03 © P © CO "p 02 P ?H P P © © © lP ^ +3 M > & £ 2 © Ph P HP © © © P . . P P Ph Ph H-i -pi P P © © a >* p © Ph P © > o p p Ph P © CO © -pi p p be 03 03 p o 4-^ rd P • rH be p P O • rH © © P r— 1 CPH O P © •rH © © P i— 1 © • rH CO c3 P "p Ph P3 4-2 P Ph ■■d c3 o fl CD rP Ph -Pi © © • rH o -pi © © •rH O o O in CD pq © > O be © > Ph P PQ > © pi be © > Ph P PQ > © PS p © °H -pi p -pi © be © > CO p © © r© Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans: Astata 183 (1) . The nest is many-celled and relatively complex, the cells smooth-walled and often in short series separated by barriers of earth. This is a highly specialized type of nest and not strongly reminiscent of that of any other digger wasp. (2) . The prey is allowed to accumulate in the burrow, more or less covered with soil, and only later is a cell prepared and the prey moved into it. This practice is common in the Philanthinae, but uncommon in other groups of Sphecidae. (3) . The prey is placed in deep paralysis by the sting of the wasp. This characteristic is shared with many of the more specialized Sphecidae. (4) . The prey consists of Hemiptera, suborder Heteroptera, with Pentatomidae the family most commonly used. Few other wasps use Pentatomidae, but they form the major prey of Bicyrtes (Nyssoninae) and Paranysson (Larrinae). Many Nys- soninae employ Homoptera and several genera of Larrinae em- ploy Heteroptera. (5) . The bugs are placed tightly in the cell, venter-down, with the egg beneath the bottom bug ; the larva feeds in an inverted position. I am not familiar with any other digger wasps exhibit- ing this behavior. (6) . The egg is attached to the prosternum of the prey and extends backward along the midline of the body. This type of oviposition is termed by Iwata a modified “Sphex-type” ; it is similar but not identical to the common type in the Sphecinae and Larrinae. (7) . The prey is grasped in the mandibles and carried to the nest in flight. This is a relatively unspecialized method of prey transport, and occurs in several groups, including the Larrinae and Sphecinae, where, however, the prey is usually held dor- sum-up rather than venter-up. On the whole there seems little justification for regarding the Astatinae a particularly primitive group. Certainly there are genera in the Sphecinae and the Larrinae in which the behavior is much less advanced in every respect. Yet it can hardly be denied that the Astatinae bear some relationship to these two groups. This is borne out by adult structure and by behavioral characters 6 and 7 above. Yet I do not feel the relationship is a close one. Probably the Astatinae split off long ago from a 184 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV primitive sphecine stock and evolved independently of other groups of Sphecidae. Their predilection for Hemiptera, their manner of carrying the prey venter-up in flight and storing it in the burrow before placing it in a cell, and their complex, many- celled nests all suggest that the Astatinae may actually have split off (rather early) from that stock which gave rise to the two related subfamilies Nyssoninae and Philanthinae. This is sup- ported by larval morphology. Obviously, a linear arrangement of the subfamilies which is also phylogenetic is impossible. Be- cause the Astatinae appear first in catalogs, one should not neces- sarily look to them for indications of primitive behavior. If one does, he will be most disappointed, for the Astatinae are in many ways highly advanced. In some aspects of their nesting behavior, and also in the male behavior, they are in fact unique. Literature Cited Adlerz, G. 1903. Lefnadsforhallanden och instinkter inom familjerna Pompilidae och Sphegidae. K. Svenska.-vet.-Akad. Handl. 37(5) : 52-53. Ashmead, W. H. 1894. The habits of the aculeate Hymenoptera. Psyche. 7: 64. Barth, G. P. 1910. Some observations on solitary wasps about Milwaukee. Bull. Wise. Nat. Hist. Soc. 8: 118-121. Berland, L. 1925. Hymenopteres vespiformes I. Faune de France. 10: 108-110. Evans, H. E. 1958. Studies on the larvae of digger wasps. Part IV : Astatinae, Larrinae, and Pemphredoninae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. (in press). Fabre, J. H. 1856. Notes sur quelques points de Hiistoire des Cerceris, des Bembex, des Sitaris, etc. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (ser. 4) 6: 186. Ferton, C. 1901. Notes detachees sur l’instinct des hymenopteres melliferes et ravisseurs. Ann. Soc. Ent. France. 70: 103-104. . 1908. [Same title]. Ser. 4. Ann. Soc. Ent. France. 77: 558. Iwata, K. 1942. Comparative studies on the habits of solitary wasps. Tenthredo. 4: 1-146. Krombein, K. V. 1936. Biological notes on some solitary wasps (Hymen- optera, Sphecidae). Ent. News. 47: 98. . 1939. Descriptions and records of new wasps from New York State (Hym. : Sphecidae). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 34: 137. Leclercq, J. 1954. Monographic systematique, phylogenetique et zoogeo- grapliique des hymenopteres crabroniens. Liege, Lejeunia, pp. 27-38. Mickel, C. E. 1918. A synopsis of the Sphecoidea of Nebraska (Hymen- optera). Univ. Nebraska Studies. 17: 107-108. Minkiewicz, B. 1933. Nids et proies des sphegiens de Pologne. Ser. III. Polskie Pismo Ent. 12: 191-195. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Evans : Astata 185 . 1934. Les types cle comportement des males des sphegiens. Polskie Pismo Ent. 13: 1-20. Nielsen, E. T. 1936. Sur les habitudes des hymenopteres aculeates solitaries. V. Ent. Meddel. 19: 298-384. Peckham, G. W. and E. G. Peckham. On the instincts and habits of the solitary wasps. Wise. Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey Bull. no. 2. pp. 88-98. Piel, O. 1936. Nidification aerienne d ’Astatus hoops Schrank en Chine. Musee Heude, Notes d’Ent. Chinoise. 3: 19-35. Robertson, C. 1928. Flowers and Insects. Lists of Visitors of Four Hundred and Fifty-three Flowers. Carlinville, 111., priv. pr. 221 pp. Rohwer, S. A. 1909. New Hymenoptera from Western United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 35: 120-121. Shuckard, W. E. 1837. Essay on the Indigenous Fossorial Hymenoptera. London, priv. pr. pp. 98-99. Townes, H. K. 1951. Genus Astata Latreille. [In Muesebeck, C. F. W., Krombein, K. V., Townes, H. K., and others, Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico — Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept. Agri. Monogr. no. 2. pp. 939-940.] Verhoeff, P. M. F. 1951. Notes on Astata Latreille (Hymenoptera Sphecoidea). Zool. Mededelingen. 31: 149-164. Williams, F. X. 1946. Two new species of Astatinae, with notes on the habits of the group (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc. 12: 641-650. ' ' . Sept.-Dee., 1957] Hull: Baccha 187 SOME UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF THE GENUS BACCHA FABRICIUS (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE) By Frank M. Hull University of Mississippi A study of miscellaneous Diptera from South America brings to light several new species of Baccha Fabricius, which are de- scribed here. Baccha hippolite, new species Related to Baccha vierecki Curran. The wings, instead of be- ing yellowish with the costal border brown throughout, are hya- line with a distinct but diffuse, smoky spot at the apex. The pterostigma is yellowish brown. Face tuberculate. Length 7 or 8 mm. Female. Head: The face, cheeks and front light yellow, the latter with a medial orange line and a small, distinct, black spot on the preantennal callus. Frontal and facial pile yellow. The antenna is entirely orange, the arista black except narrowly at the base. The vertex is brownish black, quite slender. The occiput is brassy black with greyish yellow pollen and golden pile except on the upper third, where it is black. Thorax: The mesonotum is reddish brown with a light coppery reflection and a pair of yellowish pollinose vittae, which become evanescent before they reach the scutellum. The sides of the mesonotum, including the postalar callosity and humerus and a medial stripe that encircles the humerus are pale yellow. Scutellum yellow, very faintly brownish on the disc only when viewed obliquely. The mesonotal pile is yellow. Scutellar pile very sparse, fine and black. Ventral fringe composed of about 2 or 3 pairs of long, fine, black hairs. The pleuron is pale yellow with an oblique, dark, brown band which occupies nearly all of the metapleuron and hypopleuron and the metanotum but only touches the anterior edge of the posterior spiracle. Squamae and border are sepia, the halteres yellow with the knobs sepia. Legs: The anterior and middle legs are entirely pale yellow, the posterior fringe of the middle femur yellow. The hind femur is yellow with an un- usually wide, sharply delimited, sepia, subapical annulus and with a slightly less dark, more diffuse basal band. Hind tibia yellow at the base and in the middle and with distinct subbasal and apical sepia bands. The hind tarsi are entirely pale brownish yellow. Wings: The wings are nearly hyaline, including the costal cell. The pterostigma is light yellowish brown, the apex of the wing with a distinct but diffuse, smoky brown spot covering the end of the marginal cell, be- 188 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV ginning at the end of the first vein and extending downward throughout the end of the submarginal cell and below it. The costa is considerably drawn downward, the third vein very gently arched but almost straight. The alula is long and narrow, not wider than the basal section of the costal cell. Preanal spuria faint. Subapical crossvein sigmoid and short. Abdomen : The abdomen is petiolate, sepia brown with yellow pattern ; the brown portions past the middle of the third segment have slight violace- ous reflections. The first segment is yellow, narrowly brown along the pos- terior margin, except on the sides. The second segment is subcylindrical with parallel sides except that near the anterior third the segment expands gently towards the base. This segment is brown, lighter and more translu- cent basally, narrowly and diffusely yellow in the anterior corners with a wide, distinct, slightly diagonal yellow band on either side meeting in the midline ; it is indented anteriorly and posteriorly and narrowly bordered in front by opaque brown and more widely bordered behind. The third seg- ment has similar, wider and more widely separated orange bands on either side lying in the middle of the segment, narrowly bordered with opaque brown. Fourth segment with a pair of distinct, inverted Y-shaped, orange spots, widely separated and deeply cleft posteriorly; the anterior limb is a little narrowed, reaching the base and these spots are therefore more widely separated towards the base than at their posterior ends, which lie a little beyond the middle of the segment. The clefts are narrowly opaque and the middle of this segment is shining. Fifth segment with a pair of submedial, distinct, elongate, orange, vittate spots, which do not reach the posterior margin. They are more narrowly separated than the spots of the preceding segment. Pile of first segment yellow, of the remaining segments sepia brown to black. Type. Female, Chanchamayo, Peru, August 19, 1948, J. Sehunke collector. Paratype female, same locality, August 1, 1948. In the collection of the author. Baccha Ulrica, new species Related to Baccha danaida Hull The yellow markings of the third abdominal segment are band-like, not triangular. Those of the fourth segment have a prominent, sublateral, posterior- ward, tail-like extension, length 10.5 mm. Female. Head: The face and cheeks are yellow, the front yellow lat- erally with a broad, medial, somewhat diffuse, dark, brown stripe running from vertex to the posteriorly attenuate and acutely triangular shining black spot of the preantennal callus. The pile of the front is black and on the upper half of the face black. The remainder of the facial pile is yellow. The antenna is brownish orange, distinctly blackish from the arista to the apex of the segment. Arista narrowly yellowish at the base, the remainder blackish. Antennal pile black. The vertex is brassy black with dark, golden brown pollen and black pile lying in a single row. The occiput is Sept.-Dee., 1957] Hull: Bacciia 189 brassy black with pale golden brown pollen and long, golden or reddish hairs, which are not scalous or flattened. The upper pile of the occiput is black. Thorax : The mesonotum is golden brassy in reflection over the black ground color with a pair of wide and widely separated, pale reddish brown pollinose vittae, which do not reach the scutellum. The sides of the mesono- tum including humerus and postalar callosity are broadly yellow. The scu- tellum is pale brownish yellow, somewhat darker brown in oblique view and contrasting with the sharp, declivitous base, which is yellow. Almost the entire mesopleuron, the upper sternopleuron and a large spot above the an- terior coxa and on the anterior third of the pteropleuron are light yellow. The remainder of the pleuron is metallic black. Squamae brown with red- dish brown fringe. Knob of halteres reddish brown. The pile of the meso- notum is fine and yellow, the scutellar pile longer and black, the ventral fringe consists of some 4 or 5 pairs of long, slender, blackish hairs. Legs: The anterior and middle legs are entirely yellow, the fringe of the latter yellow basally, brownish apically. The hind femur is yellow, widely dark sepia annulate preapically and narrowly brown at the base. The hind tibia is diffusely and widely but distinctly sepia annulate subbasally. The remainder of this tibia is yellowish but rendered darker by the black lateral and dorsal pile. Yentrally the golden pile of the hind tibia extends widely over the outer half and more linearly to the base. The hind tarsi are en- tirely yellow. Wings: The wings are tinged with light brown throughout, the ptero- stigma is sepia brown. Third vein gently arched, the costa considerably drawn backward. The subapical crossvein is deep sigmoid but only mod- erately long. The preanal spuria is distinct. The alula is narrow but api- cally barely wider than the width of the first section of the costal cell. Abdomen: The abdomen is broad and spatulate and not greatly narrowed basally, dark sepia brown in color with a pale, yellowish brown pattern. The first segment is yellow, narrowly shining brown on the posterior margin, except laterally. The second segment has the sides plane or straight and the segment but little wider posteriorly. This segment is one and one-fourth times as long as its least width. It is brown, the lateral margin narrowly lighter in color with a rather wide, complete, slightly arched, brownish yellow fascia, which lies across the middle of the segment and is bordered anteriorly and posteriorly with opaque brown. The third segment is a little wider than long with a similar arched fascia in the middle, which is narrowly in- terrupted by brown in the middle. It also is rather widely bordered by opaque brown. The fourth segment has a pair of distinctly separated, elongate-oval, subbasal spots, which are slightly convergent posteriorly; from the anterolateral corners of each of these spots there is a slender, arched band of the same yellowish brown color, which turns backward but does not reach the lateral margin. These fourth segment spots are sur- rounded by opaque sepia and the posterior indentations are filled with opaque sepia. The fifth segment has a pair of submedial, medially rounded and posteriorly arched, acute, yellowish brown vittate spots, which basally extend outward towards the sides and which border the basal margin more 190 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV narrowly near the lateral margins. These vittae do not reach the posterior margin and their posterior angles together with the area between are opaque. Sixth segment quite short. Anterior pile of the first segment reddish yel- low, remainder of this pile and all of the other abdominal pile black. On the third and fourth segments the basal margin is very narrowly yellowish brown, except for a minute space in the middle on the fourth segment. Type. Female, Chanchamayo, Peru, August 19, 1948 ; para- types 2 females, June 8, 1948, same locality, collected by J. Schunke. In the collection of the author. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Schedl: Bark Beetles 191 A FEW SCOLYTIDAE FROM THE WEST INDIES* By Karl E. Schedl Lienz, Austria Collections of Scolytidae and Platypodidae from the West- Indies are very rare even from Islands frequently visited by entomologists or such with Agricultural Experiment Stations. Therefore the fauna of this most interesting region is rather badly known and every opportunity must be welcomed to learn more of its composition and the distribution of species belonging to these two families. Lately, Dr. Peter F. Bellinger of the Osborn Zoological Labora- tory at Yale University has kindly sent me a small lot of Scoly- tidae originating from Jamaica and Trinidad, and some others from Cuba and Santa Lucia I found among material forwarded to me by the Department of Entomology of Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Four more records came about during determina- tion work in recent years. All specimens from Jamaica were collected from Berlese sam- ples of litter proving once more that even in subtropical and tropical countries a good number of Scolytidae spent their sea- sonal diapause in the litter of the soil, sometimes still immature, in other instances fully colored and in both sexes. The species found are : Hypothenemus eruditus Westw. Trinidad: Pitch Lake, Aug. 7, 1956, G. Underwood. Jamaica : Cane River Falls, St. Andrew Parish, 500 ft., March 31, 1956, from damp leaf litter in shady hollow, P. F. Bellinger. 3 miles north of Negril, Westmorland Parish, 500 ft., April 10, 1956, leaf litter and red soil, P. F. Bellin- ger. Near Mammee River, below “Maryland/’ “St. An- drew Parish, 750 ft., May 10, 1956, in damp leaf litter and underlying humus in thicket, P. F. Bellinger. * 139th Contribution to the morphology and taxonomy of the Scolytoidea. 192 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV Cuba: San Vicente, P. d. Rio, July 14, 1940, J. C. Bradley. Vinales, P. d. Rio, March 23, 1939, J. C. Bradley. El Retiro, Sierra Rangel, P. d. Rio, March 26, 1939, J. C. Bradley. Hypothenemus intersetosus Egg. Jamaica: Beside road east of Lindo’s Gap, St. Andrew Parish, March 31, 1956, from dead leaves on ground, P. F. Bellinger. Cuba : San Vicente, Pinai del Rio, July 9, 1940, J. C. Bradley. Stephanoderes moschatae Schauf. Trinidad : Oropuche Cave, Aug. 15, 1956, G. Underwood. Among a number of females there was a hitherto undescribed male with the following characters : Male. — Piceous brown, 0.8-0. 9 mm. long, about twice as long as wide. Compared with Stephanoderes Jiampei Ferr. the male of S. moschatae Schauf. is decidedly smaller, somewhat more cylindrical, the apex of the elytra not quite as narrowly rounded and the elytral declivity more convex. The punctuation of the elytra is not as coarse, the striae very feebly to indistinctly im- pressed and the setae of the interstices shorter and stouter. Type in collection Schedl. Some more males have been found among a lot of females originally referred to Stephanoderes hampei Ferr. (Schedl, Ent. Ber. XIII, 1951, p. 376) from Surinam, Port Peperpot, Feb. 2, 1951, in Ivoffiebessen, Dr. D. C. Geyshes. Females only are represented in a lot from Cuba: San Vicente, P. D. Rio, July 14, 1940, J. C. Bradley. Stephanoderes glabratulus n. sp. Pitchy black, 1.25 mm. long, 2.3 times as long as wide. A small but rather stout species easily recognizable by the strongly shining and very finely sculptured elytra. Front narrow, feebly convex, densely punctured, with a fine short pubescence. Pronotum wider than long (16 :13), widest shortly in front of the base, postero-lateral angles rectangular and closely attached to the elytra, sides subparallel on the basal fourth, thence strongly incurved, apex moderate-broadly rounded and armed with six fine and slender asperities of equal size ; summit somewhat behind the center, anterior area obliquely convex, with a patch of medium sized more blunt asperities on a rather narrow triangular Sept.-Dee., 1957] Schedl: Bark Beetles 193 space, basal area very densely granulate-punctate ; pubescence short and stout. Scutellum small, triangular. Elytra as wide and 1.8 times as long as the pronotum, cylindri- cal and the sides parallel on the basal two fifths, thence gradually incurved, apex moderately broadly rounded, declivity commenc- ing in the middle, uniformly convex ; disc with rows of very fine punctures bearing extremely short inclined hairs in not impressed lines, interstices with similar puncturation but the setae erect and stout ; on the declivity the inclined hairs of the main striae more conspicuous, the setae of the interstices larger and some- what spatulate distally. Types in collection Schedl. Locality: Jamaica. Hum Cave vicinity, St. Ann Parish, Jan., 30, 1955, in leaf litter & humus, P. F. Bellinger. Among the five females there is a single male very similar in shape and sculpture to that of Stephanoderes moschatae Schauf. Poecilips caraibicus Schedl. Puerto Rico : Rio Piedras, Sept. 22, 1952, from seeds of Mam- mea americana L., Wolcott leg. Poecilips confusus Egg. Jamaica: Trail from Guava Ridge to Bellevue, St. Andrew Parish, Dec. 18, 1955, in mixed pine & hardwood litter, P. F. Bellinger. The pines, probably Pinus caribciea, are not native to Jamaica. Coccotrypes palmar um Egg., masc. nov. Male. — Yellowish brown, 1.4 mm. long, twice as long as wide. Distinctly smaller and more slender than the female. Front feebly convex, finely punctured, with short inconspicuous pubescence. Pronotum about as wide as long, postero-lateral angles rectan- gular and closely attached to the elytra, sides feebly arcuate on the basal half, broadly rounded in front, subapical constriction merely indicated; disc less convex than in the female, finely asperate, the asperities fading out towards the median line be- hind; pubescence short. Scutellum minute, triangular. Elytra somewhat wider and nearly twice as long as the pro- notum, widest shortly before the middle, sides broadly arcuate, more strongly narrowed behind the basal third and obliquely convex; surface with the puncturation similar to that of the female but much finer ; the pubescence restricted to long erect 194 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV setae arising from the punctures of the interstices. Types in collection Schedl. Locality: Trinidad: Oropuche Cave, Aug. 15, 1956, G. Under- wood. Cryptocarenus seriatus Egg. Santa Lucia: Gastries, Sept. 10, 22, 1919, J. C. Bradley. Pterocyclon brittoni Schedl. Jamaica: Corn Puss Gap, St. Thomas-Portland Parish line, 2200 ft., June 27, 1954, in humus and soil under Santa Maria trees ( Calophyllum jacquinii), P. F. Bellinger. Xyleborus affinis Eichh. Jamaica: Cooper’s Hill, St. Andrew Parish, 2400 ft., Feb. 10, 1955, from leaf litter and red soil in thicket, P. F. Bellinger. Xyleborus mascarensis Eichh. Cuba : El Retiro, Sierra Rangel, P. d. Rio, March 26, 1939, J. C. Bradley. San Vicente, P. d. Rio, July 15, 1940, J. C. Bradley. Puerto Rico : Rio Piedras, Feb. 9, 1940, in sugar cane, C. Perez. Xyleborus perforans Woll. Santa Lucia: Castries, Sept. 10, 22, 1919, J. C. Bradley. Xyleborus torquatus Eichh. Trinidad : South slope, Aripo Forest, 1500 ft., Aug. 10, 1956, G. Underwood. Pitch Lake, Aug. 7, 1956, same collector. Oropuche Cave, Aug. 15, 1956, same collector. Cuba : El Retiro, Rio Taco-Taco, P. d. Rio, 1000 ft., March 26, 1939, J. C. Bradley. El Retiro, Sierra Rangel, P. d. Rio, March 26, 1939, J. C. Bradley. Xyleborus spinulosus Blandf. Trinidad : Oropuche Cave, Aug. 15, 1956, G. Underwood. Platypus ratzeburgi Chap. Puerto Rico : from dead or freshly felled firewood of Inga Vera or Inga Laurina, George N. Wolcott. Platypus rugulosus Chap. Cuba : Ent. Agric. Colon. Paris, in the wood of cases enclosing cigar boxes. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Smith: Ants 195 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE TAXONOMY, DISTRIBUTION AND BIOLOGY OF THE VAGRANT ANT, PLAGIOLEPIS ALLUAUDI EMERY (HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE) By Marion R. Smith Entomology Research Branch Agricultural Research Service United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. About 1946 a small, yellow Plagiolepis was intercepted by Plant Quarantine Inspectors of the U. S. Department of Agri- culture on such plants as gladiolus, croton, poinsettia, daisy, hibis- cus, bryophyllum, pampas grass and Surinam cherry from the Bermuda Islands. At that time only a generic identification was made, although it was recognized that the ant was an introduc- tion from the Old World. Plagiolepis is native only to the Old World. Furthermore, although species of Plagiolepis have been spread by commerce over various parts of the world, so far as I am aware none has been correctly reported from the New World. Plagiolepis flavidula Roger (1863, Berlin Ent. Ztschr. 7 : 162, worker, type locality unknown but thought to have been Cuba) is definitely a species of Brackymyrmex, according to H. Bischoff, who recently examined the type. These circumstances led me to investigate thoroughly the intercepted Plagiolepis in order to de- termine its status, distribution, and recorded biology. I thought the ant might be alluaudi Emery, a species originally described from the Seychelles, or a closely related form. The type speci- men of alluaudi was borrowed from the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale of Genoa, and the type of foreli Santschi from the Naturhistorisches Museum of Basel. Types of augusti Emery ( foreli Mann not Santschi) are in the National Museum at Wash- ington, D. C. Examination of the types of these three nominal species showed them to represent a single species, identical with the intercepted Plagiolepis , to which the name alluaudi should be applied. I am indebted to W. L. Brown for ascertaining that the type of mactaviski W. M. Wheeler, in the Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., is so nearly identical with alluaudi that the name mactaviski should be and is herewith 196 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV synonymized. I was not able to obtain types of ornata Santschi, but am synonymizing that species on the basis of the description alone. For the kindness of loaning me types of the various nominal species I wish to thank the following : Delfa Guiglia of Genoa, Ed. Handschein of Basel, and Charles Ferriere of Geneva. Below are listed references to alluaudi and its synonyms, with an indication of caste or castes from which described, type local- ity and type repository. Also cited are other helpful biblio- graphic references. Plagiolepis alluaudi Emery Plagiolepis alluaudi Emery, 1894. Soc. Ent. de France Ann. 63: 71, worker. (La Misere, Mahe, Seychelles; types in Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy.) Plagiolepis mactavishi W. M. Wheeler, 1908. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bui. 24: 166, worker. (Moorea, Tahiti, Society Is- lands ; types in Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.) New syn. Plagiolepis foreli Santschi, 1920. Soc. Vaud. des Sci. Nat. Bui. 53: 165, figs. G. II. I, worker. (Botanical Garden, Zurich, Switzerland ; types in Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland.) — Emery, 1921. Soc. Ent. de Belg. Ann. 61: 318 (as alluaudi var. foreli.) New syn. Plagiolepis foreli var. ornata Santschi, 1920. Soc. Vaud. des Sci. Nat. Bui. 53: 166, worker. (New Caledonia; types in Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland.) — Emery, 1914. Nova Caledonia Zool. 1 : 421 (misdet. as exigua var. quadrimacidata Forel.) — Emery, 1921. Soc. Ent. de Belg. Ann. 61: 318 (as alluaudi var. ornata). New syn. Plagiolepis foreli Mann, 1921. Harvard Univ., Mus. Compar. Zool. Bui. 64: 473, worker. (Suava, Viti Levu, Fiji Is- lands; types in the United States National Museum, Wash- ington, D. C.) Preocc. New syn. Plagiolepis augusti Emery, 1921. Soc. Ent. de Belg. Ann. 61 : 317. New name for foreli Mann. New syn. I offer here a redescription of the worker only, with emphasis on the more salient characters. Worker. Length: 1.25—1.33 mm. Apex of scape very distinctly surpassing the posterior border of the head Sept. -Dec., 1957 1 Smith: Ants 197 (by at least the length of the first funicular segment) ; the second and third funicular segments extremely short, and distinctly broader than long ; all other funicular segments longer than broad. Eye with 8 to 10 ommatidia in its greatest diameter. Thorax with a very distinct mesoepinotal constric- tion but the metanotal suture obsolescent. Clypeus with a group of approxi- mately 6 rather long, anteriorly projecting hairs. A pair of short, suberect or erect hairs near the middle of the posterior border of the head (these not clearly seen unless the hairs are in profile; one or both of the hairs are sometimes missing, probably due to rubbing). Posterior border of each gastric segment with a transverse row of long, suberect to erect hairs dor- sally, the hairs usually as long as, or longer than the space separating adja- cent hairs. Pubescence on body rather sparse, closely appressed, best seen only in certain lights and positions. Color highly variable even in indi- viduals from the same colony, ranging from an almost uniform light yel- lowish to rather dark brown ; gaster commonly darker than the remainder of the body. Integument or body rather smooth and shining. Evidence obtained from literature indicates that alluaudi is of Ethiopian origin and has been spread by commerce to various parts of the world. In Europe it has been found in hot houses or botanical gardens in England, Scotland, Ireland, Germany, and Switzerland. It has also been collected from many islands in the Indian and Pacific Oceans, especially those nearest Africa and Madagascar. Its presence on islands in the Pacific Ocean is presumably due to introduction. In addition to the Bermuda Islands, I have seen individuals from Catalina Island, California, collected by W. M. Mann, and from St. Lucia and St. Ivitts in the British West Indies intercepted on plants by Plant Quaran- tine Inspectors of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. So far as I am aware, records from these four localities have not been previously published. More specific information on the distri- bution of alluaudi may be obtained in the following references : (as alluaudi) W. M. Wheeler, 1922, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bui. 45 : 928, 1035 ; Donisthorpe, 1927, British Ants, p. 396, Geo. Routledge and Sons Ltd., London; (as mactavishi) W. M. Wheeler, 1935, Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 11 (11) : 38, and 1936, op cit ., 12 (18) : 16 ; (as ornata and august i) W. M. Wheeler, 1935, op. cit. The following notes on the habits of alluaudi in Bermuda have been kindly supplied by I. W. Hughes. It is fairly definite that the species has been in Bermuda for at least 5 or 6 years, and although widely distributed it does not seem to be numerous any- where. The species frequently nests under the bark of dead oleander limbs or in tunnels in this or other plants made by the 198 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV cerambycid Leptostylus praemorsus (F.). Some colonies are rather large and they may even be polydomns. The large size of many colonies can no doubt be attributed to the numerous egg- laying females. The largest colony observed was in a clump of oleander heavily infested with Pulvinaria psidii Maskell and containing much dead wood. The workers are rather inconspicu- ous on the plants and do not seem inclined to wander far from their nests. They apparently live on good terms with other ants, especially with Pheidole megacephala (F.). The workers are primarily sweet-eating and accustomed to tending honeydew-ex- creting insects, such as the green shield scale, Coccus viridis Green, Pulvinaria psidii and a species of the genus Saissetia. P. alluaudi is a household pest of some importance, commonly invading houses at night and seeking out sweets and fats. How- ever, it is not as common or economically important in Bermuda as Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr and Pheidole megacephala (F.). P. alluaudi may be the only species in Hawaii, although it has been recorded from there as both mactavishi W. M. Wheeler and exigua Forel. Philipps (1934. Univ. Hawaii Expt. Sta. of Pineapple Producers Coop. Assn. Ltd., Bui. 15 : 54) states that the species is widely distributed there. He attributes its success to a short life cycle, tolerance of limits of temperature and hu- midity, and an ability to live in harmony with other ants, espe- cially the more aggressive ones. In Hawaii as in Bermuda, workers commonly tend honeydew-excreting insects, but their im- portance in fostering or distributing these insects, particularly the pineapple mealybug, is not so clearly established as is that of some of the other ants. The ants are said to nest in houses, al- garoba hollows, and pineapple stumps, and under stones and mulch. Ehrhorn (1931. Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc. 7: 393) found alluaudi in houses, especially after rains. He stated that this species and Pheidole megacephala entered electric conduits and destroyed the insulation. Krauss in a letter referred to alluaudi as a house-infesting ant in Hawaii with a fondness for sweets. Plagiolepis alluaudi is admirably adapted for becoming widely distributed by commerce throughout the tropical and semitropi- cal parts of the world. It would not be surprising to learn of its presence in many more localities than are now known. The fact that it is a tramp species also accounts for many of the synonyms. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Hull: Bathypogon 199 NEW SPECIES OF FLIES OF THE GENUS BATHYPOGON LOEW By Frank M. Hull University of Mississippi This genus is a characteristic one in the southern hemisphere but is restricted to Chile and Australia. It appears to be a com- paratively large and successful group within the family. Bathypogon calabyi, new species A very small species, characterized by the widely black meso- notum, with nearly black, lateral margins ; by the brownish white, facial bristles ; the black bristles of the supraocciput, mesonotum and scutellum. Hy pandr ial plate of terminalia with a very minute tooth. Length 11 mm. Male. Head : The ground color of the head everywhere black except for a narrow band of medium brown color just above the epistoma, which is con- tinued on to the anterior half of the cheeks beneath the eyes, but is inter- rupted by a diffusely arranged black spot, which also reaches to the eye. As a result, the posterior cheeks are black, followed by brown, and in front of this brown area there is a diffuse blackish spot representing a lateral ex- tension of the epistomal margin. Lying upward or above and medial to the lower spot of brown, there is a second spot or band of brown. The upper two-thirds of the face is black. Pollen is brownish white or very pale yel- low along the eye margins. The bristles of the face are few in number ; on the middle of the low elevation there are 5 or 6 long, stout, pale brown bristles and several additional pairs on the oral margin. Besides these in the middle of the face there are from 25 to 30 shorter, much more slender, white bristles or bristly hairs. The antenna is black ; the apex of the second and base of the third segments quite narrowly brown ; antennal and palpal pile white. The short, upper bristle row of the occiput and the ventral, occipital pile is white. The postvertical bristles of the occiput, 2 or 3 bristles between the ocelli, and 1 on either side of the anterior vertex are all dark brown but not black. The postvertical cluster contains 7 or 8 bristles. Thorax: The mesonotum is black with the exception of the humerus, which is medium brown, perhaps slightly reddish. The lateral margin is narrowly and obscurely brown. The pollen of the dark areas is quite dark brown with a slight golden cast. Lateral pile is pale brownish yellow. The compliment of mesonotal bristles consists of the usual 12 and all are black, including the scutellar bristles. The postalar callosity is pale in color. All pleural bristles are pale, except 2 stout, metapleural elements, which are brown. The pleuron is medium brown with several black areas, which con- sist of the center of the upper propleuron, which is extended laterally on to 200 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXV the middle of the anterior coxa, the lower half of the sternopleuron, all of the mesopleuron, except the anterior and posterior parts, and the anteroven- tral half of the hvpopleuron. Pleural pollen pale brown. Legs : The legs are medium to light brown in color with the anterior half and most of the dorsal margin of the anterior and middle femora black from base to apex and the lateral and dorsal surfaces of the hind femur and the whole lateral surface of the hind tibia black. The anterior surface of the anterior tibia and anterior and middle surface of the middle tibia are dark brown; the remainder of these tibiae rather light brown and slightly red- dish. Medial surface of hind tibia and all of the tarsi dark brown. The claws are unusually slender from both dorsal and lateral view, are compara- tively sharp and are light brown on at least the basal third. Wings: The wings are pale, brownish hyaline, the apex at most only faintly darker, the veins are sepia, except before the humeral crossvein, where they are light brown. The lower end vein of the discal cell makes a strong angle with the end vein of the fourth posterior cell. Abdomen : The abdomen is black and rather shining. The pollen on the dorsal surface of the tergites is thin and light sepia brown in color. Lateral margin of the first 3 tergites nearly completely margined narrowly with pinkish brown, but subapically indented by a diffuse, blackish extension. Traces of the same color are at the base of the fourth and fifth tergites and these areas with similarly colored pollen. Pile of the abdomen is quite pale, brownish yellow or brownish white. Sides of the first segment with 3 bristles. Terminalia distinctly light brownish red dorsally at the base of the superior forceps, and medium red or brownish red on the whole of the hypandrium and its dorsal extension. The hypandrium has only the most minute tooth. Type. Male, Owieanclana, North Flinders Range, collected by Hale and Tindale. No date given. Named in honor of Mr. John Calaby of Perth. Bathypogon douglasi, new species A small species characterized by the wholly black legs ; the thorax is black, except the humerus. All bristles are pale, al- though those of the mesonotum are medium reddish brown. Ter- minalia distinguished by the stout, tooth-like processes on the hypandrium and the down-curved, sharply pointed tooth on the apex of the superior forceps. Length 15 mm. Male. Head: The head is black, the pollen and pubescence completely greyish white except on a small triangle adjacent to the eye behind the ocelli where it is light brown. Pile on the lower half of the occiput, proboscis and palpus opaque white, the palpus and proboscis shining black. Bristles of upper occiput, vertex, face and antenna quite pale brown. Antenna black, the third segment unusually slender ; the style is well developed. Thorax : The thorax is black with only the humerus dark reddish brown. The anterior stripes of the mesonotum are distinct, separated by a narrow Sept.-Dee., 1957] Hull : Bathypogon 201 yellowish brown stripe of pollen which from the anterior view becomes almost as wide as the adjacent dark stripe. The pollen over the middle of the mesonotum is reddish brown, but laterally pale, yellowish grey and more golden brown anteriorly between the humeri ; pollen of the pleuron pale grey. The complement of thoracic bristles consists of 1 posthumeral, 2 notopleural, 1 supraalar, 2 postalar, 2 pairs of scutellar bristles, 4 or 5 post- dorsocentral and 1 or 2 differentiated metapleural bristles. The metapleural bristles are pale brownish yellow. The mesonotal bristles and scutellar bristles are light reddish brown. Legs : The legs are comparatively slender and everywhere black. The bristles and pile brownish yellow. Wings: The wings are hyaline, viens dark brown. Lower end vein of discal cell nearly three times as long as upper vein (discal cross vein) and making a strong angle with the lower end vein of the fourth posterior cell. Apex of wdng not darker and without villi. Base of anterior branch of third vein with a distinct stub in one wing and a strong angle in the other wing. Abdomen: The abdomen is black, the apex of the fifth tergite, the apical half of the sixth, the whole of the seventh and eighth light reddish brown. The dorsal pollen is distinctly reddish brown ; the lateral pollen is widely grey. Terminalia light brownish red, except in the medial portion of the apical half of the superior forceps. These forceps are strongly rounded, convex distally with sharp, tooth-like, apical process. Hypandrium with stout but sharp, tootli-like process. Type. Male, Townsville, Queensland, collected by G. F. Hill. No date given. Named in honor of Mr. Athol Douglas of Perth. Bathypogon, flavifemoratus, new species A small species characterized by the light yellow femora, which are distinctly though diffusely brownish black on the apical sixth or less, with an additional extension of black towards the base, situated dorsally and of varying length according to the pair. All tibiae and tarsi dark sepia brown; all bristles pale and the antennal segments brownish black. Length 15 mm. Female. Head: The head is black in ground color, except on the upper half of the face, which laterally is diffusely light yellowish brown or clay color, leaving most of the facial protuberance and a medial spot beneath the antenna blackish. The medial portion of the facial protuberance is pale. The pollen of the occiput and front and the pubescence of the face pale grey with a slight yellowish cast. The postvertical bristles are brownish yellow and the medial and lower bristles of the face are the same color and excep- tionally stout, and reach only to the apex of the proboscis. The bristles of the antenna are brownish yellow; the lower occipital pile is nearly white. The first 2 segments of the antenna are brownish black; third segment un- usually slender, with prominent style, blackish in color, becoming on the lower surface near the apex dark red. Palpus swollen, shining with nearly white pile, its color reddish sepia. 202 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Thorax: The thorax is narrowly black down the middle of the mesonotum, the black forming 2 snbmedial stripes, which are separated anteriorly by red and throughout their length by a narrow stripe of brownish yellow pollen. These black stripes end at a point corresponding to the anterior plane of the postalar callosity and leave a large rectangle of reddish brown color in front of the scutellum. In addition to the submedial black stripes, which are completely bordered by red, there is a much wider but shorter black stripe beginning halfway on that portion of the mesonotum which lies in front of the suture and extends back to the posterior end of the postalar callosity. This lateral stripe has reddish brown pollen, except along the diagonal path of the transverse suture, which is pale grey pollinose. The anterior and lateral pollen on remaining red portion of the mesonotum is light brownish yellow. Pleuron chiefly light red with a small, black spot on the lower middle portion of the mesopleuron, the anterior pteropleuron, the lower sternopleuron and liypopleuron. Pleural pollen pale brownish yel- low. The thoracic complement of bristles consists of 1 posthumeral, 2 noto- pleural, 1 supraalar, 2 postalar, 2 pairs of scutellar bristles and 4 post- dorsocentral bristles, all of these being light reddish brown. Metapleuron without strong bristles and all other thoracic bristles pale yellowish white. Legs : The femora are comparatively slender, light yellow in color ; the anterior pair lias the apical sixth dark and an anterodorsal dark streak ex- tends obliquely to the base. Middle pair with the apex dark and a dorsal stripe extending only over the outer third dark in color. On the hind femur there is a similar dark apex extending dorsally and obliquely upon slightly more than the apical third. All tibiae and tarsi very dark sepia brown. The ventral surfaces of the tarsi are medium reddish brown. Pile and bristles of the legs yellowish white. Bristles of hind femur unusually well developed, long and stout with 5 or 6 bristles laterally. Claws sharp, and reddish in color on the basal third. Wings: The wings are nearly hyaline with a faint tinge of brown. All the veins beyond the humeral crossvein are dark brown. Lower end vein of discal cell more than twice as long as the upper vein and making a strong angle with the end vein of the fourth posterior cell. Abdomen : The abdomen is black, the second to fifth tergites with thin, dark, reddish brown pollen; the black lateral margins bear dense, grey pollen, which near the middle of each tergite extends triangularly in to- wards the middle of the segment but not as far as the red line. As the result, the dorsal, shining, black portion on tergites 2 to 5 has somewhat the appearance of broad, posteriorly rounded, saddle-like spots. Seventh and eighth tergites wholly shining black ; pile and bristles of the abdomen yel- lowish white and weakly developed. Sides of the first tergite with 3 mod- erately strong bristles. Type. Female, Townsville, North Queensland, collected by G. F. TIill. No date given. The types of species described in this paper are in the South Australian Museum. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Creighton : Ants 203 A REVISIONARY STUDY OF PHEIDOLE VASLITI PERGANDE (HYMENOPTERA : FORMICIDAE) By Wm. S. Creighton Department of Biology, City College, New York During the period from 1950 to 1953 the writer observed a large number of colonies belonging to the vasliti complex in southern Arizona and Mexico. Samples from these colonies brought home for further study have indicated that the existing taxonomic structure of the complex is not altogether satisfactory. Much of this trouble results from the variable color of these in- sects, which cannot be correlated with distribution or even with differences in nest sites. But after it had been determined that the named color varieties in this complex have no distributional significance, a serious difficulty still remained. This is the exact nature of Pergande’s species vasliti. As is shown in this study, Pergande had a very hazy concept of the character of vasliti. It is not surprising, therefore, that those who later worked with this insect based their ideas of vas- liti on something more tangible, notably Forel’s variety hirtula. This procedure was not entirely unfortunate, for it can be shown that hirtula is a sound species in its own right. Indeed, there is room for the view that the status of hirtula has been too sound. Because it is so distinct and so easily recognized, hirtula has carried the unrecognizable vasliti on its back for nearly sixty years without anyone appreciating the drastic shortcomings of the latter species. It is evident that Forel (1899) believed that he could recognize vasliti , for he described hirtula as a variety of it. But Forel did not know that the worker caste of hirtula is polymorphic until Wheeler sent him nest series from Quere- taro in 1900. Forel then realized that the insect which he had previously treated as Pergande’s obtusospinosa is actually the major of hirtula. Then Forel (1901) took characteristic action — he protected his variety hirtula by declaring that obtusospinosa is the major worker of vasliti. In a few years this mistake was recognized and corrected, but Ford’s equally mistaken conten- tion that hirtula is a variety of vasliti has been accepted without question to the present. 204 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV W. M. Wheeler (1914) published a paper in this Journal which carried a revision of the vasliti complex. Wheeler had seen some, although not all, of Pergande’s types. He also had a fairly sub- stantial amount of material from several stations in Mexico and southern Arizona. He was, therefore, in a position to give the best account of the vasliti complex which had appeared up to that time. Wheeler showed that the members of the vasliti com- plex are divisible into two distinct groups on the basis of struc- tural differences shown by their respective majors. In one group ( hirtula , acolhua) the head of the major is strongly cordate, be- cause it is narrowed at the level of the insertion of the mandibles. Measurements made by the writer show that the head of such majors has a maximum width of 2.8 mm. and a width at the level of the insertion of the mandibles of 1.8 mm. In addition, neither of the two large apical teeth of the mandibles of such majors is depressed. Because of this the upper surface of the mandible forms an even curve, broken only by a narrow groove between the two apical teeth. In the second group ( subdentata , ari- zonica) the head of the major is less strongly cordate because it is less constricted at the level of the insertion of the mandibles. In such majors measurements by the writer give the greatest width of the head as 2.8 mm. and the width at the level of the in- sertion of the mandibles as 2.0 mm. In the mandible of such majors, the outermost of the two apical teeth and the portion of the mandible just behind it are both distinctly depressed. Be- cause of this flattening the upper face of the mandible does not form an even curve but breaks sharply at the inner tooth, de- scending abruptly to the flattened terminal portion. There are other important differences which Wheeler did not mention. In the major of hirtula the rugae on the occipital lobes and most of the front are very feeble or absent. These areas bear many prominent, elongate, piligerous punctures, between which is a rather feebly granulate surface. In addition there are prominent striae at the base of the mandible and the remainder of the upper surface of the mandible is covered with coarse, piligerous punctures (Plate VI, Fig. 1). In subdentata the oc- cipital lobes and the front of the head of the major are covered with delicate, but quite easily discernible, longitudinal rugae. These and the granulose surface between them always obscure (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), You. LXV (Plate VI) Fig. 1. Head of the major of Pheidole hirtula Forel. Maximum head width 2.8 mm. Fig. 2. Head of the major of Pheidole sub dent ata Pergande. Maximum head width 2.8 mm. 206 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxv the piligerous punctures to some extent and often make the punctures difficult to see. The basal striae on the mandibles of such majors are feeble or absent and the upper surface of the mandible bears small, piligerous punctures (Plate VI, Fig. 2). These differences, plus those of dentition, are usually shown by the larger medias as well. They are less clearly shown by the smaller medias (those in which the antennal scapes reach the occipital angles) and not shown at all by the minors. Even so, these distinctions are more serviceable than those based on pro- portions which change with the size of the worker. It is un- fortunate that Wheeler employed two such characters in the key which accompanied his revision. The shape of the head and that of the postpetiole both fall into this category. It is true that Wheeler restricted his key to the major worker but he did not give any measurements by which this caste could be certainly recognized. If distinctions of this sort are to be useful they should be accompanied by a reliable measurement of the size of the worker which shows them. Wheeler preferred to treat these two populations ( hirtula and subdent at a) as subspecies and on this basis he gave the vasliti complex the following constitution : Ph. vasliti Pergande var. hirtula Forel var. acolhua Wheeler subsp. sub dent at a Pergande = obtusospinosa Pergande var. arizonica Santschi It is clear from this arrangement that Wheeler had recognized Forel ’s error in treating obtusospinosa as the major of vasliti , but it is equally clear that he did not question Forel ’s view that vasliti and hirtula are essentially the same ; nor did Emery (1921), who used Wheeler’s arrangement in the Genera Insec- torum. The only alteration to the above plan which has been suggested is that of the writer, (1950), who treated arizonica as a subspecies. I now know that this treatment is incorrect, for arizonica cannot be separated from subdentata. The material which the writer collected in Mexico and southern Arizona falls readily into one or the other of the above groups. The definitive structural features which separate these groups Sept.-Dee., 1957] Creighton : Ants 207 are maintained with high constancy throughout the entire range of each population. Moreover, these ranges appear to be entirely separate. The eastern population which, for reasons to be ex- plained later, will have to be called hirtula, is primarily a Plateau species. Its range begins in northern Chihuahua and runs south- wards through Coahuila, Durango, Nuevo Leon, San Luis Potosi and Zacatecas to Hidalgo, Queretaro and Jalisco. The vertical range of this species extends from 3500 to 7600 feet but the majority of the records occur between the 5000 foot and 7000 foot levels. Along the Sierra Madre Oriental, hirtula occasionally occurs east of the crest of the mountains, but always at consider- able elevations. On the western side of the Plateau it never gets near the crest of the Sierra Madre Occidental, apparently because its inability to tolerate elevations in excess of 7600 feet restricts it to lower levels on the eastern slopes of the Sierra. The fully developed nests of hirtula are very populous with many majors present, and it occasionally dominates an area to the exclusion of most other ground-dwelling ants. The marriage flight has not been observed but, since the sexual castes appear in the nests as early as April and remain in them until the middle of August, it. seems probable that, the marriage flight, occurs in late August or early September. The distribution of the western population, sub dent at a, is not as well known. It occurs at elevations up to 6300 feet in many of the mountains in southern Arizona. It apparently does not occur on the Sonoran coastal plain but is present in some of the hills which border the inner edge of this plain. LTnder such con- ditions its elevational range may descend to 1000 feet or a little less. Since the types of sub dent at a come from Tepic, in Nvarit, it seems safe to assume that this insect occurs in the western foot- hills of the Sierra Madre Occidental through southern Sonora and Sinaloa. The colonies of sub dent at a are also large but the number of majors in a colony is much smaller than in the nests of hirtula. While the number of sub dent at a nests in an area is often quite large, this species never seems to exclude other ants from such areas. The marriage flight of sub dent at a occurs in early July in southern Arizona. It should be apparent from the foregoing discussion that hirtula and sub dent at a, differ not only in the structure of the 208 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV major but also in a number of other ways as well. The problem is not to defend the separate specificity of these two insects but rather to show what relationship they have to the virtually un- known vasliti. The types of vasliti were taken in the Sierra San Lazaro, a small range at the southern tip of Baja California. It seemed to me, therefore, that on the basis of distribution it was more logical to expect that they should be related to sub dent at a than to hirtula. The only way to test this was to examine Pergande’s types of vasliti. I was enabled to do this through the courtesy of Dr. M. R. Smith who arranged matters so that I was able to study all the type material of vasliti at present in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. The importance of these types to this work cannot be overestimated and I am happy to thank both Dr. Smith and the National Museum for the privilege of examining them. In Pergande’s (1895) original description of vasliti (which he described as vaslitii) he notes that the species was based on 9 soldiers and 13 workers. There are now in the collection of the National Museum 13 speciments of this series consisting of 6 majors and 7 minors. Because of what is to follow it is necessary to discuss the labeling of these specimens, for this is not uniform. Eleven of the specimens (4 majors and 7 minors) bear Pergande’s hand written locality label ‘ ‘ Sierra San Lazaro, Cape region, L. Cal., Mex. ”. The ink on these labels has faded to a brownish tint and the paper of the label is slightly yellowed. Below the locality label is a printed label ‘'Collection T. Pergande. ” Two of these specimens (1 major and 1 minor) bear an identification label also written by Pergande and also in the same faded ink. Each of these labels carries the notation “ Plieiclole vaslitii n. sp.” In the lower left-hand corner of the label is the word “Type” in the lower right-hand corner is the word “Perg. ”. The other two specimens (both majors) are differently labeled. In each the locality label is hand written and the writing is, apparently, that of Pergande. But neither the ink nor the paper of the label has faded and the locality is given as “Sierra S. Lazaro, Mex.”. In place of the printed collection tag each specimen bears a red type label marked “Type No. 4488 U.S.N.M.” One of the specimens has an identification label, again in Pergande’s writing, which reads “Pheidole vaslitii Sept. -Dec., 1957] Creighton : Ants 209 The word “Perg. ” occurs in the lower right-hand corner of this label and also in the lower left-hand corner, where it occupies the space marked ‘‘Type’’ in the other labels. Dr. Smith informs me that Pergande noted in the type book of the National Museum that he had marked three specimens of vasliti as types. It would appear that when he did so he altered the locality labels of these three specimens, probably because he realized that the original labels were not holding up as well as might have been wished. The importance of the above data will be appreciated when it is realized that there are four different species present in the 13 specimens from the type series of vasliti. These are as follows : (1) . Four majors (one marked as the type of vasliti) are the insect which W. M. Wheeler described in 1908 as Ph. cockerelli. There can be no doubt whatever about this nor, in my opinion, is there room for doubt that these four specimens were the source of Pergande ’s description of the major of vasliti. They agree in every particular with his description, even to the two faint longitudinal grooves which Pergande stated were present on the dorsum of the postpetiole. (2) . Three minors (one marked as the type of vasliti) are Wheeler’s crassicornis tetra which was also described in 1908. These workers have a quadrate head with an almost straight posterior border. They are sparsely provided with short erect hairs and have acute, erect epinotal spines. They seem to have furnished Pergande with some of the features included in the description of the minor of vasliti. (3) . Four minors (none marked as a type of vasliti) appear to be Emery’s Ph. hyatti. These minors are clearly the main source of Pergande ’s description of the minor of vasliti. Their heads are elongate, with the convex sides passing to the curved occipital border through very much rounded angles. Most of the thorax is densely granulated and there are feeble transverse rugae present on the pronotum. They are abundantly provided with long erect hairs. The epinotal spines are slender but slope to the rear. (4) . Two majors each bearing the U.S.N.M. type label No. 4488 are the most puzzling of the lot. One of these specimens is badly damaged, both the head and thorax having partially collapsed. The light color of this specimen indicates that it was a callow 210 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxv and the damage is probably the result of drying. Both these specimens are unusually hairy, with many short hairs of equal length interspersed with longer hairs present on the head and thorax. In both specimens the mandibles are highly shining, without a trace of striae and with sparse, small punctures. In both specimens the antennal scapes are slender and the tip of the scape falls just short of reaching the occipital angle. In both specimens the head is slightly longer than broad (1.5 mm. x 1.4 mm. in the undamaged specimen) with the sides gradually narrowed from the eyes to the insertion of the mandibles. The impression of the occiput is broad and quite shallow. In the undamaged specimen, and presumably in the other one also, prior to the distortion of the thorax, the mesonotum is rounded when seen in profile. The cephalic rugae are coarse and the granula- tions between them are unusually dense. It appears impossible at present to state what these two specimens are. They may be the medias of a polymorphic species related to sub dent ata or the majors of a dimorphic one related to hyatti. Bnt there is no doubt about one thing; neither of them contributed anything to Pergande’s description of the major of vasliti. It seems to me that in dealing with this extraordinary tangle it is essential to seek a solution which does the least violence to the existing taxonomic structure of the genus Pheidole. If the two specimens marked by Pergande as the types of vasliti (U.S.N.M. No. 4488) had been the source of his description of the major of vasliti , his action would have been a plain case of lectotypic designation. But since these specimens were not described, Pergande’s action in marking them as types can scarcely be considered as the designation of a lectotype. How- ever, I see no reason why I cannot make such a selection, for I have briefly described these specimens in the foregoing para- graphs. I, therefore, designate as the lectotype of vasliti the undamaged specimen in the collection of the U. S. National Museum which bears the type number 4488. This action avoids any jmssibility of name changes in the case of Wheeler’s cocke- relli or tetra. It is also true that it leaves us still in the dark as to exactly what vasliti is. But since we have managed to do pretty well for half a century with a totally fallacious view as to Sept. -Dec., 1957] Creighton : Ants 211 the real nature of vasliti, I cannot see that we are any worse off now that we are not sure what it is. It is, of course, necessary to provide a name for the eastern population formerly treated as a variety of vasliti for, whatever vasliti may be, it is not closely related to this population. Since this population was first de- scribed as the variety hirtula, it is necessary to use hirtula as the name for this species. On this basis the vasliti complex would have to be arranged as follows : Pheidole vasliti Pergande (lectotype only) Pkeidole hirtula Forel = var. acolhua Wheeler (NEW SYNONYMY) Pheidole sub dent at a Pergande = obtusospinosa Pergande = var. arizonica Santschi (NEW SYNONYMY) There follow new locality records for hirtula and sub dent at a. Unless otherwise stated the records are those of the writer. Pheielole hirtula Forel CHIHUAHUA: 13 miles west of Chihuahua City (5100') COAHUILA : Diamante Pass near Arteaga (7200') ; 5 miles east of Arteaga (5800') ; 2 miles east of Ramos Arizpe (4900') NUEVO LEON : 4 and 6 miles west of Iturbide (6200') DURANGO: 5 miles east of San Lucas (6100') ; 7 miles east of Durango (6200') ; Arroyo el Sauz, 33 miles north of Durango (6200') ; Durango City (6200') ; 22 miles south of Villa Ocampo (5700') ; 10 miles south of Cuencame (6200') ; 25 miles south of Durango (6500') ; Rio Mimbres, 27 miles west of Durango (7500') ; 10 miles west of Durango (7200') SAN LUIS POTOSI : 15 and 27 miles west of Cuidad del Maize (3400-3500') ; 3 miles west of Ventura (5900') ; 17 miles west of San Luis Potosi (7600') ZACATECAS: 11 miles north of Ojocaliente (6900') ; 30 miles east of Sombrerete (6900') ; 4 miles west of Sombrerete (7500') HIDALGO: 15 miles west of Jacala (6500') JALISCO : 5 miles north of Encarnacion (6200') ; 16 miles south of Encarnacion (6600') ; 5 miles west of Lagos (6000') F. G. Werner. New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Pheiclole suhdentata Pergande ARIZONA: Huachuca Mountains: Sylvania Ranch (6300'); Garden Canyon (5400') ; Canello Pass (5300') Peloncillo Mountains: Cottonwood Canyon (4800') Baboquivari Mountains: Brown Canyon (3600- 4200') A jo Mountains (OCNM) : Alamo Canyon (2200') Organpipe Cactus National Monument : Quitoba- quito (900') Pima County: Total Wreck Mine (4400') SONORA: Cibula (3600'); Puerto Gonzalitos (2500') Literature Cited Forel, A. 1899. Biologia Central] -Americana Hym. 3: 65. . 1901. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 45: 130. Wheeler, W. M. 1914. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 22: 49-51. Emery, Carlo. 1921. In Wytsman Gen. Insectorum. Fasc. 174. 101- 102. Creighton, W. S. 1950. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. 104: 192. Pergande, T. 1895. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2nd series. 5 (5) : 883. I Sept.-Dee., 1957] Higgins and Woolley: Mites 213 A REDESCRIPTION OF HAFENFERREFIA NITIDULA (BANKS) AND NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF OTHER SPECIES IN THE FAMILY TENUIALIDAE (ACARINA: ORIBATEI)1 By Harold G. Higgins2 and Tyler A. Woolley3 When Sellnick (1952) described Hafenrefferiella nevesi, a new genus and species of oribatid mite from Portugal, he indicated that Galumna nitidula Banks, 1906, might belong to this genus. Jacot (1939) had suggested previously that Banks’ species was similar to Hafenrefferia gilvipes Oudemans, but constituted a new genus, which he called Hafenferrefia. He described this new genus and designated G. nitidula Banks as type. During the past year specimens of this genus were collected by the senior author, from Washington and Oregon. The writers compared these specimens with others collected by Dr. Stanley and Dorothea Mulaik, and with the descriptions and drawings of Banks and Jacot. As a result of these comparisons, it appears that these specimens are representatives of Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks, 1906), Jacot, 1939. The following redescription is a composite of the descriptions of Banks (1906) and Jacot (1939) and the personal observations of the writers. Genus Hafenferrefia Jacot, 1939, p. 325. Type: Galumna nitidula Banks, 1906, p. 491. Diagnosis : Anterior rostral margin entire ; lamellae narrow, translamella incomplete, interrupted medially; lamellar hairs inserted in apex of truncate lamellar cusps ; pteromorphae short, stout triangles, sclerotized along basal half of medial margin. Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks, 1906), Jacot, 1939. Diagnosis : Pteromorphae triangular, rigid, thickened along basal half of medial edge ; lamellae narrow, translamella incom- plete ; tarsus I with a dorsal setal complex of four setae, one of which may be bent. Differs from Hafenrefferiella nevesi Sellnick 1 Supported by funds from the National Science Foundation. 2 Biology Department, University of Utah. 3 Department of Zoology, Colorado State University. 214 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV in the entire rostral margin, not notched as in H. nevesi, and in the insertions of rostral and lamellar hairs. The rostral hairs insert in short tubercles at the lateral edges of the rostrum ; lamellar hairs arise from a small notch in the distal end of each lamella. The lamellar cusps are truncate, not pointed as in H. nevesi. The number of hysterosomal setae varies between these species as H. nitidula exhibits six pairs, H. nevesi more than six pairs. Description : Color deep reddish-brown. Propodosoma and hysterosoma separated by a well-defined suture; propodosoma about one-third as long as hysterosoma, nearly as broad at base as long. Rostral hairs two-thirds as long as lamellar hairs, inserted half their length posterior to tip of rostrum, arched over end of rostrum. Lamellae long, rather narrow, widest at base of cusp; cusp one-fourth as long as lamella, truncate, with a lateral dens. Lamellar hairs nearly twice as long as rostral hairs, inserted in a notch in anterior tip of truncate lamellar cusp, curved inward. Translamella incom- plete, reduced to a short, medial bar at base of cusp (fig. 1). Interlamellar hairs as long as distance from pseudostigmata to translamella, inserted medial to pseudostigmata near anterior margin of hysterosoma, insertions separated about the length of one hair. Pseudostigmata cup-like, situated near notch formed by pteromorphae and anterior margin of hysterosoma. Pseudostigmatic organs recurved outward and backward, clavate and barbed toward tip, distal end pointed. Hysterosoma broadly oval, arched dorsally, with six pairs of long setae (fig. 1). Pteromorphae triangular, projected forward two-thirds the dis- tance to translamella, sclerotized along medial edge, longer than wide, lat- eral margin entire, posterior border confluent with margin of hysterosoma. Camerostome oval in outline; palpi five-jointed, mandibles chelate, ventral setae as in figure 2. Genital opening trapezoidal in outline, between bases of legs IV, three times its length anterior to anal aperture; covers longer than broad, each with a row of six setae, setal insertions closer to medial edge of cover than to lateral; g: 1 in anterior margin of cover, other setae subequally spaced posteriorly. Anal opening about as wide as long, nar- rowed anteriorly; anal covers with two pair of setae (fig. 2). Legs moderately long, tarsus tridactyle, middle claw largest. Tarsus I with a dorsal setal complex of four setae, one of which may be bent; tibia I with a long seta near the anterior edge that is nearly as long as tarsus; coxa and trochanter III and IV flattened and with a distinct keel. Seven specimens from Washington and Oregon have the following mini- mum, average and maximum body measurements: total length, 714 p, 735 p, 780 p; hysterosoma 530 p, 555 p, 600 p; width 561 p, 581 p, 600 p. Discussion : Specimens of Hafenferrefia show a closer mor- phological relationship to Hafenrefferiella than to any other genus in the family. This relationship is expressed in the Sept.-Dee., 1957] Higgins and Woolley: Mites 215 similarity of body outline, pteroinorphae, lamellae, and in the number of genital and anal setae. Although Hafenferrefia lacks the serrate-edged pteromorphae of Tenuiala , it exhibits a simi- larity to this genus in the dorsal setal complex of tarsus. I, which is found in Tenuiala kurti (Woolley and Higgins, 1955). In Banks’ original description no mention is made of hystero- somal setae. The writers observed that the dark pigmentation of H. nitidula makes the fine setae of the hysterosoma difficult to see and may account for the omission of this detail in Banks’ descrip- tion and figure. Fig. 1. Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks) from the dorsal aspect. Fig. 2. Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks) from the ventral aspects, legs omitted. The habitat of H. nitidula appears to be similar to that of other members of this family that have been found in North America. All specimens of H. nitidula from Washington and Oregon were found on rotting logs or in decaying leaves in moist, wooded areas. Specimens examined*. OREGON: three specimens, Cottage Grove, August 24, 1956, H. & M. Higgins ; four specimens, Oak- 216 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV ridge, June 22, 1952, S. & D. Mulaik. WASHINGTON: two specimens, Neah Bay, August 23, 1956, H. & M. Higgins. The following collection data are included to amplify the existing records of other species in the family Tenuialidae. Figure 3 indicates known distribution records of species in the western United States and includes collection data cited by Woolley and Higgins (1955). Tenuiala nuda Ewing, 1913, p. 133 New records : CALIFORNIA : one specimen, Burnt Ranch, Route 299, July 9, 1946, S. Mulaik. UTAH : seven specimens, The Spruces Recreational Area, Salt Lake County, June 8, 1955, H. Higgins ; WASHINGTON : two specimen, Mt. Si, July 4, 1956, M. Higgins; one specimen, Sequim Bay State Park, II. & M. Higgins, August 23, 1946 ; two specimens, Neah Bay, August 23, 1956, H. & M. Higgins. Tenuiala kurti Woolley & Higgins, 1955, p. 48. New records : OREGON : one specimen, Cottage Grove, August 24, 1956, II. & M. Higgins. UTAH : one specimen, Oak Creek Canyon, 4 miles E. Oak City, April 17, 1955, H. & M. Higgins; one specimen, Tucker, May 31, 1955, H. Higgins. COLORADO : Middle St. Vrain, Boulder Co., 28 August 1954, T. A. Woolley; Cameron Pass, 13 August 1955, T. A. Woolley. Variations in the genera Hafenrefferia, Hafenrefferiella, and Tenuiala are delineated by Woolley and Higgins (1955). The genus Hafenferrefia, however, is different from any of the above genera and is placed in the key of the above authors as follows : I. Lamellae narrow, not extending beyond the anterior end of gnathosoma, with or without a translamella; pteromorphs short 3 Lamella broad and long, extending beyond the anterior end of gnatho- soma; with or without a translamella; pteromorphs long Genus Tenuiala 2 2. Lamellae broad, unnotched laterally and joined by a translamella T. nuda Ewing, 1913. Lamellae broad, notched laterally and joined at their antero-medial mar- gins without a translamella T. 'kurti Woolley and Higgins, 1955. 3. With a partial or complete translamella; lamellar hairs inserted in apex of lamellar cusps 4 Without a translamella; lamellar hairs subapical in insertion on lamel- lae; pteromorphae slightly sclerotized along proximal half of medial margin Hafenrefferiella nevesi Sellnick, 1952. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Higgins and Woolley: Mites 217 4. Anterior rostral margin notched ; with a complete translamella, ptero- morphae heavily sclerotized along entire medial margin Hafenrefferia gilvipes (C. L. Koeli, 1839) Oudemans, 1906. Anterior rostral margin entire; usually with a partial translamella; pteromorphae sclerotized along basal half of medial margin Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks, 1906) Jacot, 1939. A : T. nuda T. hurti OH. nitidula Pig. 3. A Distribution Map Showing the Known Locations of Tenuiala nuda Ewing, Tenuiala Tcurti Woolley & Higgins, and Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks) in the Western United States. 218 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Literature Cited Banks, Nathan. 1906. New Oribatidae from the United States. Proe. Acad. Philadelphia. 58: 490-500. Ewing, H. E. 1913. Some New and Curious Acarina from Oregon. Po- mona Coll. Jour. Ent. and Zool. 5 (3) : 123-136. Jacot, A. P. 1939. New Mites from the White Mountains. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 8: 321-332. Sellnick, Max. 1952. Hafenrefferiella nevesi, nov. gen. nov. spec., A New Genus and Species from Portugal, and Hafenrefferia gilvipes (C. L. Koch) (Acar., Oribat.). In Portugalia Acta Biologica. (B) 3 (3): 228-237. Woolley, Tyler A. and Harold G. Higgins. 1955. A Eeview of the Fam- ily Tenuialidae with a Description of a New Species from Colorado and Utah. (Acarina: Oribatei). Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 10 (4): 45-60. Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Wheeler Survey 219 ITINERARIES OF THE WHEELER SURVEY NATURALISTS 1871— FERDINAND BISCHOFF By F. M. Brown The main effort of the Wheeler Survey in 1871 was in Nevada and Arizona with several weeks stay in the Owens Valley region of California and a few days around St. George, Utah. Three naturalists were on the party: Dr. W. J. Hoffman, acting assistant surgeon, and Ferdinand Bischoff, zoological collector, assigned by Prof. S. F. Baird of the Smithsonian Institution ; and John Koehler, zoological collector, selected by Lt. Wheeler from the men who were with him in Nevada in 1869. Only Bischoff is known to have been an entomological collector. (Wheeler 1889, p. 660). Ferdinand Bischoff is something of a mystery man. His certificate of naturalization is in the archives of the Smithsonian Institution. It is “ dated March 3, 1858, in Peoria County, Illinois, but it gives no information at all about him except that he was formerly a subject of the Grand Duke of Saxe Weimar.” (Clark, letter 5. VI. 56). An amusing letter among Baird’s correspondence suggests that he was married (Baird, 22. IV. 67). I have not been able to discover anything else about his life before 1865 nor after 1871. Yet during these few years he contributed many specimens new to science from out-of-the-way places in North America. W. H. Dali (1915, p. 377) noted that he was a German taxidermist and that he was lost on the New Mexico desert. I suspect, but have no evidence, that this happened in 1872. There is no mention of Bischoff in Baird’s reports for years following 1871. Ewan (1950, p. 165) sought to connect Ferdinand Bischoff with Carl Gustav Christoph Bischoff, the physician-naturalist, with no success. It was through the office of Baird that Bischoff was recommended to and employed by two important exploring expeditions as naturalist, and spent addi- tional time in the field for the Smithsonian Institution. Bischoff ’s first appearance in the literature that I have searched is as a naturalist working under Robert W. Kennicott, a good friend of Baird. This was in 1865 and 1866 when Kennicott was 220 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV Chief of the Scientific Corps for the Russian Overland Inter- national Telegraph Expedition. Sometimes the expedition is referred to as the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, in honor of its American sponsors. The purpose was to scout and locate a telegraph line from Moscow in Europe to Chicago in North America. (Rothrock, with whom Ewan (l.c.) connects Bischoff, was botanist of the expedition. He interrupted his training in medicine to accept the post.) En route to Alaska the party of naturalists sailed from New York to Nicaragua where they took the usual route up the Rio San Juan and through Lakes Nicaragua and Managua to the Pacific. There they em- barked for San Francisco (Baird 1867, p. 86). According to the minutes of the meetings of the California Academy of Natural Science, members of the expedition were guests at the meetings held on May 1, June 5, and July 3, 1865 (Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sei. 3: 197, 199, 201. 1866). During 1865 and 1866 Bischoff spent 14 months collecting in the vicinity of Sitka on Baronoff Island. “A letter from Baird to Joseph Henry Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution in March, 1867, announces the return to Washington of the Russian Telegraph Expedition and says: “Much of the most important portion of the material received consist of the collections made by Mr. F. Bischoff at Sitka during a period of over a year. . . . The specimens filled over 140 cubic feet of space ...” (Clark, letter 5. VI. 56). From Sitka he returned to San Francisco. Correspondence, dated April 22, 1867, in Baird’s letter press book suggests that Bischoff was in Washington in the winter of 1866-67 or early Spring of 1867. In the March letter to Henry quoted above, Baird suggests that Bischoff “the experienced collector to whom I have referred, be sent back to San Francisco, thence to proceed to the Aleutian Islands and to Kamtschatka and to remain a year or longer. ’ ’ Henry evidently agreed to the suggestion for there is an ‘Open Order’ dated 1867, signed by Governor General of Eastern Siberia, saying that the bearer, Ferdinand Bischoff, is to be given protection, permission to travel over Kamtschatka, in Kurilian and the Aleutian Islands as well as on the Amoor River, etc. etc. “for the purpose of making collections of objects of natural history.” Back in San Francisco, Bischoff embarked with part of the Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Wheeler Survey 221 telegraph party for Plover Bay on the Asiatic side of Behrings Strait. Their camp is still marked on hydrographic charts of the Strait, as Telegraph Camp. He returned to San Francisco in August, 1867, and continued on to Washington, D. C. The return was made via Mazatlan, Mexico, where at Baird’s request Bischoff spent some time with Colonel Grayson, a contributor to the Smithsonian Institution. While in Washington, Bischoff was called upon to testify before the Senate Committee on For- eign Relations during the discussions relative to the purchase of Alaska (Baird 1868, p. 42-43). In 1868 Bischoff was again in Alaska, this time for the Smith- sonian Institution. He spent a year on Kodiak Island. During the year the Smithsonian received material from Bischoff ’s previous visit to Asia and some Kodiak specimens (Baird 1869, p. 24, 55). In 1869 he shipped “Eight boxes zoological collec- tions from Alaska” and Baird noted “Mr. Ferdinand Bischoff has kept up his research in Alaska, first at Kodiak then at Ivenia.” (Baird 1871, p. 53). There are several letters from Bischoff written in Gothic script from San Francisco during July and August, 1870, in Baird’s correspondence file. These relate to personal matters. When Bischoff was in San Francisco he made the acquaintance of several entomologists. He gave or sold at least some of his Alaskan catch to Behr, Behrens, and Henry Edwards. Some of this material reached William H. Edwards. These became the types of Coenonympha kodiak, Argynnis bischoffii, Lycaena kodiak, Pieris hulda, and Cyclopides skada. Although in the original descriptions Edwards cited Kodiak, Alaska, as the type locality for each species, he corrected this for bischoffii to a “heath 2 miles from Sitka, Alaska, in July.” (in butterflies of north America vol. 2, Argynnis 3). I have yet to discover what Bischoff did during the latter half of 1870. Perhaps he was employed at the Smithsonian, working on the material brought in by the Telegraph Expedition. When Wheeler organized the Survey West of the 100th Meridian, Baird dispatched Dr. Hoffman and Bischoff to Camp Halleck to join the party. If one reads between the lines of Wheeler’s notes, it is clear that he was not too happy about having these men thrust upon him. Army records carry the two in the medical section 222 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV of the field party, Hoffman as a medical officer and Bischoff as a hospital orderly. Wheeler (l.c.) calls Bischoff a zoological col- lector on his roster of personnel for 1871. The details of the travels of Bischoff during 1871 are of particular interest to entomologists. THE FIELD SEASON OF 1871 The 1871 season in the field extended from the 3rd of May until the first days of December. During this time the expedi- tion, usually divided into two parties with a naturalist-collector attached to each, traveled from the Central Pacific Railway in north central Nevada to Tucson, Arizona. The first phase of the expedition was to move in two lines, one from Halleck Station and the other from Battle Mountain, south to Belmont in south central Nevada. This was done in May, June and July, when butterfly collecting in the region is at its best. It should have produced a grand haul of specimens, and probably did. Un- fortunately the collected material was started on its journey east from Belmont just in time to be destroyed at Pioche, Nevada, when a disastrous fire demolished that mining town in early August. The material collected by Wheeler’s party moving from San Francisco to Halleck station was not lost in this fire. The butterflies reached W. H. Edwards who found no new species among the specimens. The second phase, from the camp in Meadow Canyon in the valley north of Jeff Davis Mountain, north of Belmont, to Camp Independence, California, was through rugged desert country too late for the spring butterflies and too early for the fall ones. Some material may have been collected, but I have had no success trying to identify it. The third phase moved the party from Camp Independence, California, to Truxton Springs, Arizona. Two columns, one to the south of Death Valley and the other across the valley, con- verged on Cottonwood Springs on the east side of the Spring Mountains in Nevada near the present city of Las Vegas. This portion of the journey produced butterflies that have invariably been credited to “Arizona.” From Cottonwood Springs the parties moved eastward to St. George, Utah, and then south and across the Colorado River just west of the Grand Canyon to Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Wheeler Survey 223 Truxton Springs. Wheeler and a picked group that included Dr. Hoffman moved from the camp at Cottonwood to Camp Mohave and traveled up the Colorado River through the canyons to a meeting with the land party some miles above the point at which the crossing had been achieved, a few miles up stream from what is now called Pierce’s Perry. The last two phases lead from Truxton Springs, to Prescott, Arizona, and from there to Camp Apache and finally to Tucson where the party closed the season. Detailed itineraries for all of the parties throughout the season will be published elsewhere with supporting evidence and detailed maps. Here I will confine myself to details of Bischoff’s travels from Camp Independence, California, to Prescott, Arizona. This is the area that produced the material W. H. Edwards described as new species from the expedition of 1871. In the following time-tables for Bischoff those dates that are set in brackets are estimates by me. Neither the Corps of Engi- neers library, the Library of Congress nor the National Archives have been able to discover for me a copy of the list of camps occupied by the parties in this field season. I have based the following data upon reconstructions from reports of Lieutenants Wheeler, Lockwood and Lyle. (Wheeler, 1872). Throughout the period under consideration Bischoff was with Lockwood’s party. CAMP INDEPENDENCE, CALIFORNIA, TO COTTONWOOD SPRINGS, NEVADA. (Map No. 3#) 18.vii — lO.viii, at Camp Independence, California. There is no published account of Bischoff’s activities during this stay at Camp Independence. However, a careful study of the species of butterflies collected by the 1871 party makes it perfectly clear that he made at least one trek into the Sierra Nevada to the west of camp. It seems very likely that he also collected extensively in the bottoms of Owens River, possibly as far as Owens Lake. Bischoff left camp with Main Party No. 2 on lO.viii and struck southward to the vicinity of the present town of Mohave. * These maps belong in a series prepared for the more extended study of the expedition, and thus bear numbers that have little meaning here. 224 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV lO.viii — Lone Pine. 10. viii — Owens Lake. 11. viii — Star Banch — This is now the town of Olanche. ll.viii — Hawee Meadows — This is now the town of Haiwee. 11. viii — Cow Springs. 12. viii — Little Owens Lake, known today as Little Lake. 13. viii — Indian Wells, somewhat north of present-day Freeman. 14. viii — Coyote Springs. 15. viii — Desert Springs, now called Desert Wells. 1 G.viii — Mosquito Springs. 18.viii — Surveyor’s Wells. 18. viii — a little north of Granite Wells. 19. viii — Burnt Bock Springs. 22. viii — Saratoga Springs, southwest corner of Death Valley. 23. viii — Salt Springs, California. 27.viii — Ivanpha, Nevada. 29.viii — Cottonwood Springs, Nevada. During- the stay at Cottonwood Springs a side party visited Mount Charleston and it is quite possible that Bisehoff was a member of this party. Another side party crossed the Las Vegas desert to Mormon Wells. I doubt that Bisehoff was with this group since collecting was better in the vicinity of the camp than it could have been on the desert. The march was resumed on 15. ix. COTTONWOOD SPRINGS, NEVADA TO TRUXTON SPRINGS, ARIZONA. (Maps 3 and 4) 15-20.ix — Las Vegas Banch, now the city of that name. 20.ix — crossed the Las Vegas desert at night. 21.ix — arrived at the Muddy Biver, former site of West Point, a Mormon town that had been abandoned in 1870. At this point Lockwood’s command was broken into three sections. I have not been able to determine which of these con- tained Bisehoff. All of them converged upon St. George, Utah. One party travelled via Clover Valley and Shoal Creek; the wagon followed the old Salt Lake Load ; the main party followed up the Virgin River. Camp was established at St. George on 26.ix and broken on 1.x. 1.-2.X — passage down the bed of the Virgin Biver. 3.-4. x — camped at Pok-koon Springs. 5. x — arrived on the north bank of the Colorado Biver just up stream from the mouth of Grand Wash. 6. x — the entire party crossed the river into Arizona. Sept.-Dee, 1957] Brown Wheeler Survey 225 Through the region shown on this map Bischoff was with the party under Lt. Lockwood indicated by the dotted line. 226 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV 7. x — Tin-nah-kah Springs. 8. x — At-too-vah Springs. 9. x — Pah-rosh Springs. 10.x — rounded the northwest and western side of Music Mountain to Trux- ton Springs. 10.x-24.x — camped at Truxton Springs, Arizona. During this time there was extensive travel to and from the Colorado River at the mouth of Diamond Creek, and east and north of Truxton. The details of Bischoff’s movements are not known. He probably worked the area north of Truxton on Music Mountain and in the canyons. 24.x — left Truxton Springs and travelled east for three days along the loca- tion stakes for the railroad. This brought the party somewhat east of Mount Floyd. 27. x — continued eastward north of Bill Williams Mountain until the road from Prescott to the San Francisco Mountains was intercepted. 28. x — followed this road toward Prescott and descended from the Colorado Plateau. 29. x — crossing Hell Canyon and Rattlesnake Canyon and the intervening rough ground to 30. x — the Chino Valley. 31. x — arrived at Prescott, Arizona. l-10.xi — stayed at Prescott. During this time Bischoff collected assidu- ously in the district. 10. xi — The party left Prescott and crossed the Black Hills into the valley of the Rio Verde. 11. xi — The Rio Verde was crossed a short distance north of Old Camp Verde. 12. xi — The surface of the Mogollon Plateau was gained via Beaver Creek. By the time the party gained the level of the Mogollon Plateau the season was so advanced that there was little entomological collecting to be done. The party worked its way to Camp Apache and disbanded at Tucson in December. THE BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED Although there are numerous references to butterflies collected by the Wheeler Expeditions in Southern Arizona or Arizona, I have included here only those definitely collected in 1871. The others came from collections made in 1873, 1874 and 1875. Very often it is only after following a long trail through the literature, that proof is available that a particular species or specimen was collected by the Wheeler parties. The tracking that is necessary can be shown by the case of Atrytonopsis Deva Edwards. In the Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown Wheeler Survey 227 During this stage of the journey Bischoff was with the combined party the track of which is shown by a dashed line. 228 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV original description (Edwards 1876, p. 292) is this statement of the type locality: “From a single example received from Pres- cott.” Five years later (Edwards 1881, p. 4) in a note about the species we find ; “I described a female of this species received from Prescott, Arizona.” At last there is a reference to the Wheeler Expedition! “ Deva was originally described from a single female received from the Wheeler Expeditions, 1875 or 1876” (Edwards 1882, p. 138). With this preamble, I will set forth a brief discussion of each of the species that I believe was collected by Bischoff in 1871. For some I have come to definite conclusions, for others I must pass the task to more astute students. For wide spread species I can do no more than note that the species was taken. Satyrus wheeleri * Edwards — “From nine males taken by the naturalists of Lieutenant Wheeler’s Expedition, 1871, between the Cascade and Rocky Mountains, but the precise locality not indicated” (Edwards 1873, p. 343). The type locality for this large Cercyonis has been guessed at from Owens Lake to Camp Apache. The guesses that I have seen have been based upon the original series and no others. There are several specimens in the collections of the University of Utah that compare very favorably with plates of both Edwards and Mead. These specimens all came from the southwest corner of Utah. One in my collection was taken at Washington, Utah, only five miles from St. George, where Bischoff camped between the 26th of September and the 1st of October in 1871. The time of the year fits well with the late summer appearance of our Great Basin alope- like butterflies. Another possible site for the type locality of wheeleri is Cottonwood Springs, Nevada, where Bischoff collected between August 34) and September 15. Argynnis nokomis Edwards, ( apacheana Skinner) — “Specimens of this magnificent insect were brought by the expedition from Arizona in 1871” (Mead 1875, p. 751). This is the re-described nokomis of Edwards and the type material of Speyeria nokomis apacheaiia Skinner. In the original description Edwards (1862, p. 222) stated the type locality of nokomis as ‘ ‘ Rocky Mountains, and the mountains of California. ’ ’ * Throughout I will use the generic designation used in the original description. Sept. -Dec., 1957] Brown: Wheeler Survey 229 Later (BNA I, Argynnis IV) he states “From 5 2 2, brought from Arizona by the Exploring Expedition under Lieut. Wheeler, in 1871, but with no further intimation of their locality. The original specimen from which the description of the species was drawn was received by me in 1862, through the Smithsonian, and was labelled ‘Bitter Root Mountains.’ Until the present year (1872) it has been an unique in my collection and, so far as I know, not found in any other.” As you can see this statement does not wholly agree with that made in the original description. Edwards’ single specimen could not have come from both sides of the Great Basin, and he knew of no other in a collection in 1872. Thus far the industrious collectors of California have found apacheana in a restricted area at the north end of Owens Valley. This area extends from Round Valley to Mono Lake. The region lies several miles west of the track followed by Dr. Hoffman on his entry into Owens Valley. Bischoff may have been with him. However, the party was traveling fast and I know from the records that they made no side trips into the Round Valley — Mono Lake region. Although we do not know of a colony of apacheana in the mountains west of Camp Independence there may have been one there in 1871, or there may be colonies in several of these east slope valleys of the Sierras. Since Bischoff ’s stay at Camp Independence coincides with the flight period of apacheana it seems reasonable to surmise that the type locality is in the mountains west of Camp Independence. Melitaea palla Boisduval — “This species was taken by the Ex- pedition of 1871, probably in Utah or Nevada.” (Mead 1875, p. 759). Melitaea palla does not fly in the regions visited by the expedi- tion in 1871. There are two other butterflies described later than 1874 that Mead may have confused with palla. There are neumoegeni Skinner and acastus Edwards. The expedition arrived too late in neumoegeni territory to find it and the insect is so much lighter than palla that I doubt very much if Edwards, who named all of the matedial for Mead, had neumoegeni before him when he determined “palla.” The flight period for acastus in Nevada is May and June. It is possible that Bischoff collected the specimens in question between Battle Mountain and Belmont 230 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV and that these “palla” escaped destruction at Pioche. Only examination of the specimens which should be at the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh will settle the question. Melitaea hoffmannii Behr — “ brought by the expedition of 1871” (Mead 1875, p. 760). This is an alpine insect. If Edwards was correct in his deter- mination Bischoff must have made one collecting trip into the high country west of Camp Independence. This is the only place he stayed long enough to have done so. Since Edwards was in close touch with Behr I think we can accept the determina- tion with confidence that it is correct. Phyciodes marcia Edwards — “taken by the expedition in 1871” (Mead 1875, p. 763). Phyciodes canace Edwards — “The type of this species was taken in Southern California. The only other known specimens are those collected by the expedition in 1871, probably in Arizona” (Mead 1875, p. 764). This butterfly name is considered a synonym of picta Edwards. Edwards (1882, p. 22) corrected his statement about the type locality of canace : “ It was originally described from a $ received from Arizona, while picta was described from several males brought by the late Mr. Ridings from Nebraska.” Bauer (1954, p. 100) says of picta “Along the Verde River.” Martin and Truxal (1955, p. 17) say of it “Arizona, Aug.-Oct. ” Since Bischoff was in the extreme northwestern part of Arizona during October, I think it safe to assume that these specimens were collected in the vicinity of Truxton Springs. Pyrameis carye Huebner — “by the expedition of 1871, probably from Arizona” (Mead 1875, p. 770). Libythea carinenta Cramer — “brought in by the expedition of 1871, probably from near the border of Mexico.” (Mead 1875, p. 772). From Tucson in December ? It seems more likely that Bischoff took larvata somewhere between the Colorado River and the Rio Verde. Lemonias dumeti Behr — “taken by the expedition in 1871, proba- bly in Utah or Arizona.” (Mead 1875, p. 786). Since both dumeti and cythera (q.v.) generally are considered synonyms of mormo Felder and Felder, it is possible that the Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Wheeler Survey 231 specimens referred to here are those that Edwards described as cythera. Mead received from Dr. H. C. Yarrow the information that Edwards had given the Corps of Topographical Engineers about the specimens collected. This was compiled by Mead, added to with data from his own experience in Colorado and with information given him directly by Edwards. It looks as though through oversight or ignorance Mead did not delete the name dumeti from the data presented him by the Corps. Lemonias cythera Edwards — “collected by the expedition in Arizona” (Mead 1875, p. 786). In the original description Edwards (1874, p. 346) states that three males were taken by the 1871 expedition. According to Bauer (1954, p. 100) there are scattered colonies of mormo in the Verde Valley. I assume that this is generally true of north- western Arizona. The second brood is on the wing through Sep- tember and October. It is likely that Bischoff collected this material on the dry scrubby hillsides north of Truxton Springs, either on Music Mountain or the Grand Wash Cliffs. Thus a good statement of the type locality of cythera is the vicinity of Truxton, Arizona. Thecla halesus Cramer — -“ brought in by the expedition of 1871” (Mead 1875, p. 777). Thecla sylvinus Boisduval — “brought in by the expedition of 1871” (Mead 1875, p. 778). This and the preceding species are associated with oak chaparral. There are two “most likely” spots where Bischoff collected sylvinus. Examination of the material which should be in the Carnegie Museum should pin point it to one. If the specimens are race putnami Hy. Edwards, then Meadow Canyon north of Belmont, Nevada, is the best bet for the area in which they were collected. If on the other hand the specimens prove to be desertorum Grinnel, it is likely they were collected in the vicinity of Camp Independence. Lycaena melissa Edwards — “I have also received this species from Nevada, and from Arizona by Lieut. Wheeler’s Expedition of 1871” (Edwards 1873, p. 348). Lycaena piasus Boisduval — ‘ ‘ collected by the expedition of 1871 ” (Mead 1875, p. 785). Most likely in the foothills west of Camp Independence. 232 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxv Colias edwardsii “Behr” — “Specimens were taken by the ex- pedition at Owen’s Lake, California.” (Mead 1875, p. 749). Mead erred in crediting the species name to Behr. It is a Behr manuscript name validated by W. H. Edwards and honors Henry Edwards. Bischoff was in the vicinity of Owens Lake at the right time of the year for edwardsii. 1871 was the only year between 1871 and 1874, the period covered by Mead’s report, when a Wheeler party visited Owens Lake region. Papilio bairdii Edwards — “the expedition took specimens in New Mexico in 1871, and in Arizona in 1873.” (Mead 1875, p. 741). This statement does not conform with what we know about the Wheeler Expeditions. There was no collecting in New Mexico done in 1871. In 1873, Wheeler, with the main party, was based upon Santa Fe, New Mexico. The states should be reversed in the quotation from Mead. Papilio pilumnus Boisduval — “This species was taken by the expedition in 1871. It occurs in New Mexico and southward.” (Mead 1875, p. 741). This species is exceedingly rare along the Mexican border of Arizona and possibly New Mexico. I suspect that the specimen was collected in Arizona on one of the later expeditions. There is a possibility that it was collected by Bischoff after the 1871 season closed and while he was in New Mexico where he lost his life. Leucoscirtes ericetorum Bosiduval — “Brought in by the expedi- tion of 1871, probably from Utah or Arizona.” (Mead 1875, p. 787). Bischoff was too late for the species in Arizona. It is on the wing there from April through August and into September. Both Bauer (1954, p. 101) and Comstock (1927, p. 209) note that it is a mountain species. My best guess is that the material was collected west of Camp Independence or in the Spring Mountains of Nevada. Atalopedes huron Edwards— “Brought in by the expedition of 1871” (Mead 1875, p. 789). This is now called campestris Boisduval. Material in my col- lection suggests that both names may be needed in subspecific standing. Hesperia yuma Edwards — “From a single male received from Sept.-Dee., 1957] Brown: Wheeler Survey 233 Arizona by Lient. Wheeler’s Expedition of 1871.” (Edwards 1873, p. 346). A very careful study of the distribution of this insect by Dr. J. W. Tilden, coupled with my own studies of the Wheeler naturalist’s itineraries suggest strongly that this species was collected by Bisehoff in the vicinity of Owens Lake, California, around August 10th. The details of this are published elsewhere in the lepidopterists7 news. Hesperia chusca Edwards — “From a single 2 brought from Arizona by Lieut. Wheeler’s Expedition of 1871.” (Edwards 1873, p. 346). This is a synonym of Polites sabuleti sabuleti. Lindsey, Bell, & Williams (1931, p. 102) state that the insect is found from southern California to Arizona and northward through Nevada to Oregon from April through September. Martin & Truxal (1955, p. 31) extend the temporal range to October in southern California. Bauer (1954) does not list the species from the upper Rio Verde Valley in Arizona. It looks as though the type may have come from anywhere along the route except Arizona! The fact that Bauer did not find it in the Verde Valley does not eliminate the Truxton area as the type locality. References Baird, Spencer Fullerton. 1867. Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. 1866. . 1868. The same. 1867. . 1869. The same. 1868. ■ . 1871. The same. 1869. Bauer, David L. 1954. A Survey of the Butterflies of the Verde Valley. Plateau. 26: 95-102. Mus. Northern Arizona, Flagstaff, Arizona. Clark, Leila (Mrs. Austin H.). Letter dated June 5, 1956, to F. M. B. summarizing the correspondence in Baird’s file relative to Bisehoff. Comstock, John Adams. 1927. Butterflies of California. 334 pp. illus- trated. Privately published, Los Angeles, California. Ball, William Healey. 1915. Spencer Fullerton Baird. 462 pp. illustr. J. B. Lippincott, Philadelphia, Penna. and London, England. Edwards, William H. 1862. Descriptions of certain species of diurnal lepidoptera found within the limits of the United States and of British America. No. 3. Proc. Acad. Sci. 1862. pp. 221-226. Philadel- phia, Penna. . 1873. Descriptions of diurnal lepidoptera found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 4: 343-348. Philadelphia, Pa. . 1876. New species of diurnal lepidoptera. ibid. 5: 289-292. 234 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV . 1881. Descriptions of new species of lepidoptera found within the United States, ibid. 9: 1-8. . 1882a. Descriptions of species of butterflies taken in Arizona by Jacob Doll, 1881. Papilio. 2: 19-29. New York, N. Y. . 1882b. Descriptions of new species of diurnal lepidoptera taken by Mr. H. K. Morrison, at Fort Grant and in Graham Mountains, Arizona, 1882.” ibid. 2: 136-143. New York, N. Y. Ewan, Joseph. 1950. Rocky Mountain Naturalists. 358 pp. University of Denver Press. Denver, Colorado. Lindsey, Arthur W., Ernest L. Bell, and Roswell C. Williams, Jr, 1931. The Hesperioidea of North America. Dennison University Bul- letin. Journal of Scientific Laboratories. 26: 1-142. Granville, Ohio. Martin, Lloyd M., and F. S. Truxal. 1955. A list of North American Lepidoptera in the Los Angeles County Museum. Part I. Butterflies. Los Angeles County Museum, Science Series 18 (Zoology Series 8). 35 pp. September 1955. Los Angeles, Calif. Mead, Theodore L. 1875. Report upon the collections of diurnal lepidop- tera . . . 1871 . . . 1874 . . . Reports of Surveys West of the 100th Meridian 5: 739-794. Washington, D. C. Wheeler, George Montague. 1872. Preliminary Report concerning Ex- ploration and Surveys principally in Nevada and Arizona. 1871. War Department, Washington, D. C. . 1889. Report of the Survey West of the 100th Meridian. Vol. 1, Geographic. Washington, D. C. Sept. -Dec., 1957] Proceedings of the Society 235 BY-LAWS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY* ARTICLE I Members The Society shall consist of active, life and honorary members. 1. Active members shall be persons interested in entomology, who shall be entitled to vote and hold office. 2. Life members shall be active members who shall have reached the age of 45 years and who shall have paid the sum of one hundred dollars ($100) at any one time in lieu of further annual dues. They shall be entitled to vote and hold office. 3. Honorary members shall be eminent entomologists elected in recognition of their service to science. There shall not be more than twelve (12) honor- ary members at any one time. They shall not be entitled to vote or hold office. ARTICLE II Election of Members All candidates for membership must be proposed by an active member of the Society at a regular or annual meeting. They shall be voted upon individually at the following regular meeting and the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members present (given by voice, or by ballot if demanded) is required for election unless these provisions are waived by unanimous consent of the members present. ARTICLE III Officers and Committees 1. Officers of the Society shall consist of a President, a Vice-President, a Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, a Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, and an Editor, and an Associate Editor. 2. Elective committees of the Society shall consist of five trustees (one of whom shall be the president) who shall constitute the Executive Com- mittee who are hereinafter referred to as such, and a Publication Committee. The Executive Committee shall be composed of the President (Chairman), and four active members, all entitled to vote. The Editor, Vice-President, Associate Editor, Secretary, and Treasurer shall also be members of the Executive Committee but not entitled to vote. The Publication Committee shall be composed of the Editor (Chairman), Associate Editor and two active members. 3. Standing Committees of the Society to be appointed by the President, shall consist of an Auditing Committee composed of three active members ; a Program Committee and a Field Committee, each composed of two active members. * Corrected to and including amendments of 19 November, 1957. 236 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXV 4. Temporary committees may be appointed by the President at his dis- cretion to perform special duties which he shall define. The President also shall appoint a Nominating Committee, consisting of three active members, to nominate a full slate of officers, trustees and elective committees at the annual meeting. ARTICLE IY Election of Officers and Committees 1. Officers, trustees and members of elective committees shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Society by a majority vote of the members pres- ent, or voting by proxy. They shall hold office for one year and/or until their successors shall be elected. 2. Any vacancy that may occur among the officers, or elective committees, except as hereinafter provided, shall be filled by appointment by the Execu- tive Committee. The person appointed to fill the vacancy shall hold office until the next annual meeting and/or until the election of his successor. ARTICLE V Duties of Officers and Committees 1. The President shall preside at all meetings. He shall appoint all com- mittees except the elective committees, and shall be chairman of the Execu- tive Committee and a member ex-officio of all other committees except the publication committee. 2. The Vice-President shall assume the duties of the President in case of the death, resignation, absence or disability of the President. In case both the President and Vice-President are absent at a meeting a temporary chair- man may be chosen by the members present to preside at that meeting. 3. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the Society and of the Executive Committee ; give notice of the meetings of the Society when not otherwise herein provided for; advise members of their election; attend to all general correspondence ; keep all records and files of the Society and generally perform such services as may be delegated to him by the Society. At the expiration of his term of office the Secretary shall deliver to his successor all papers, books, and other records belonging to the Society. 4. The Assistant Secretary shall act in case of the death, resignation, absence or disability of the Secretary and shall assist the Secretary as need be. 5. The Treasurer shall receive all moneys for the Society and deposit them in the name of the Society in such banking institutions as the Execu- tive Committee may direct ; he shall pay therefrom by draft or check all bills and obligations not exceeding Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00), and all others when approved by the President or the Editor. He shall keep an account of all monetary transactions and shall exhibit a statement of them when called for by the President, Editor, Executive Committee or Auditing Committee and shall make a full report for the preceding calendar year at the annual meeting. He shall notify members respecting the payment of dues within Sept -Dec., 1957] Proceedings of the Society 237 ten days after their election and thereafter when annual dues become pay- able, and shall send out membership cards on receipt of dues. At the expiration of his term of office, the Treasurer shall deliver to his successor all funds, papers, books and vouchers belonging to the Society. 6. The Assistant Treasurer shall act in case of the death, resignation, absence or disability of the Treasurer and shall assist the Treasurer as need be. 7. The Editor shall have general charge, management and supervision of the publication known as the Journal of the New York Entomological Society. The Editor shall be Chairman of the Publication Committee, as hereinbefore provided. 8. The Executive Committee shall meet at the call of the President, who shall be Chairman thereof. It is empowered to call for a report from any of the officers or committees of the Society at its discretion. It shall keep minutes of its proceedings which shall be submitted at the next succeeding regular meeting of the Society. It shall have general charge of the funds, investments and property of the Society. It shall decide on the status of members in arrears of dues. It shall determine the subscription price of the Journal and discounts allowed in connection with its sale, as well as the price of any other publications of the Society. It shall appoint one active member of the Society as Delegate to meetings of the New York Academy of Sciences. 9. The Publication Committee shall cooperate with the Editor in the publi- cation of the Journal of the Society. If, at any time, other publications are undertaken, the Publication Committee shall be in charge of the production thereof. 10. The Auditing Committee shall examine the accounts and reports of the Treasurer and shall report to the Society thereon. 11. The Program Committee shall plan and arrange for the programs of the meetings. 12. The Field Committee shall arrange for and manage the excursions and outings of the Society. 13. The Society’s Delegate to the New York Academy of Sciences shall attend meetings thereof and shall report at the next regular meeting of the Society concerning any action taken which may affect the Society. The Delegate shall have no power to obligate the Society without previous authori- zation of the Executive Committee or except by action taken at a meeting of the Society. ARTICLE VI Publication Funds All funds subscribed or donated for the Journal or other publications of the Society shall be used for no other purpose than those specified. ARTICLE VII Dues The dues of active members shall be Four Dollars ($4.00), per annum, payable in advance on the first day of January of each year. New members, 238 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV if elected on or after October 1, shall pay no dues for the year of their election. Honorary members shall be exempt from the payment of any dues. ARTICLE VIII Members in Arrears All members in arrears in the payment of dues for one year, shall lose the privilege of voting or holding office. Before the annual meeting the Treas- urer shall present a list of the members in arrears in the payment of dues to the Executive Committee, which shall decide upon dropping such members from the roll of the Society or postponing for good cause the payment of their dues for a definite period. ARTICLE IX Subscription to the Journal 1. The subscription price of the Journal, the price of single numbers to active members, and the price of sets shall be determined by the Executive Committee. 2. Subscriptions shall be payable in advance on the first of January of each year. 3. The Journal shall be sent gratis to all Life and Honorary members. ARTICLE X Meetings 1. Regular meetings of the Society shall be held at The American Museum of Natural History (or at such other place as the membership shall determine) on the first and third Tuesdays of each month at 8:00 p.m. No regular meetings will be held during the months of June, July, August and Septem- ber or upon a legal holiday or upon the first Tuesday of January. 2. The annual meeting of the Society shall be held at The American Museum of Natural History (or at such other place as the membership shall determine) on the first Tuesday in January in each year at 8:00 p.m., if not a legal holiday, otherwise on the third Tuesday. 3. Special meetings of the Society may be called by the Secretary upon a written request of the President or 10 active members. Such request shall state the purpose for which the meeting is to be called and the time and place where it is to be held. No other business except that specified in the call shall be transacted except by unanimous consent of the members present. 4. Eleven (11) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at an annual meeting and seven (7) members shall constitute a quorum at any regular meeting. 5. At any special meeting, members in good standing may vote or be represented by proxy. 6. Whenever notice of any meeting is required by these by-laws it shall be deemed sufficient if published in the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences or the Calendar of the American Museum of Natural History, or if given by postal card and addressed to each member of the Society at his last Sept.-Dee., 1957] Proceedings of the Society 239 known address at least ten (10) days and not more than twenty (20) days before the meeting, or if given as required by the General Corporation Law of the State of New York. ARTICLE XI The Order of Business The order of business of regular meetings shall be as follows: 1. Reading of minutes. 2. Reports of officers. 3. Reports of committees. 4. Election of members. 5. Proposals for membership. 6. Miscellaneous business. 7. New business. 8. Reading of papers and scientific discussion. 9. Adjournment. The order of business of the annual meeting shall be as follows: 1. Reading of minutes. 2. Roll call, verification of proxies. 3. Annual reports of officers. 4. Reports of committees. 5. Election of officers, trustees and elective committees for ensuing year. 6. Miscellaneous business. 7. Proposals and elections for membership. 8. Reading of papers and scientific discussion. 9. Adjournment. The order of business may be changed or suspended at any meeting with consent of two-thirds or more of the members present. ARTICLE XII Amendments These by-laws may be amended at any regular meeting or at a special meeting of the Society called for that purpose by the vote of two-thirds or more of the members present, provided that the proposed amendment or amendments shall have been submitted in writing and presented at a previous meeting of the Society and due notice thereof having been given in conformity with the provisions of Article X. . ■ ■ . : ;i ‘hi '< ' ' i< \ :■ Jtst • Sept.-Dee., 1957] Index to Volume LXV 241 INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS IN VOLUME LXV Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species, varieties and new names are printed in italics. Acer rubrum, 91 Anoetus polypori, 51 Antheraea permyi, 87 Antocha (Antocha) perstudiosa, 154 studiosa, 155 Argynnis bischoffi, 221 nokomis, 144, 228 Astata boops, 159 costai, 179 freygessneri, 180 immigrans, 159, 178 leuthstromi, 160 minor, 159, 161 nubecula, 168 occidentalis, 160 picea, 179 pinguis, 180 rufipes, 180 stigma, 180 tricolor, 180 unicolor, 160 Atalopedes huron, 232 Atrytonopsis Deva, 227 Aulacogaster sp.?, 92 Baccha danaida, 188 hippolite, 187 Ulrica, 188 Banasa calva, 172 Bathypogon calabyi, 199 douglasi, 200 flavifemoratus, 201 Bembix nubilipennis, 160, 169 Boloria kriemhild, 139 Cerceris fumipennis, 169 Chortophaga viridifasciata, 29 Chrysis, 168 Chymomyza aldrichi, 95 amoena, 95 Coccotrypes palmarum, 193 Coccus viridis, 198 Coenonympha kodiak, 221 Colias edwardsii, 232 Cosmopepla bimaculata, 177 Cryptocarenus seriatus, 194 Cyclopides skada, 221 Daucus carota, 160 Diospyros virginiana, 92 Diploplectron peglowi, 180 Dorymyrmex bicolor, 130 pyramicus, 130 Drosophila affinis, 91 algonquin, 90 athabasca, 90 borealis, 92 busekii, 95 colorata, 92, 94 funebris, 95 hydei, 95 lacicola, 92 macrospina, 94 melanica paramelanica, 94 melanogaster, 54, 95 palustris, 94 quinaria, 94 repleta, 95 robusta, 92, 94 testacea, 94 transversa, 94 Dryudella, 181 Eciton, 100 Erebia tyndarus, 144 242 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXV Eumyrmoecoccus smithi, 99 Euschistus euschistoides, 164 tristigmus, 164 variolarius, 172 Forficula auricularia, 51 Formica rufa, 98 Galleria mellonella, 29 Galumna nitidula, 213 Gastrophilus intestinalis, 87 Hafenferrefia nitidula, 213 Hafenrefferia gilvipes, 213 Hafenrefferiella nevesi, 213 Hesperia cliusea, 233 yuma, 232 Histiostoma genetica, 54 polypori, 15 rostro-serratum, 54 Hypothenemus eruditus, 191 intersetosus, 192 Hymenarcys nerrosa, 172 Iridomyrmex humilis, 198 Lemonias cythera, 231 dumeti, 230 Leptostylus praemorsus, 198 Leptothorax tricarinatus, 131 Leucania phragmatidicola, 43 Leucoscirtes ericetorum, 232 Libythea carinenta, 230 Limnophila (Elaeophila) bicolorata, 156 fascipennis, 157 Limonia (Libnotes) indica, 154 nepalica, 153 (Limonia) kashmirica, 153 vajra, 152 Lycaena kodiak, 221 melissa, 231 piasus, 231 Macrocephalus asper, 38 erassimanus, 39 insignis, 39 leucographus, 38 macilentus, 40 pulchellus, 38 stali, 38 Mammea amerieana, 193 Melipona, 98 Melitaea hoffmannii, 230 palla, 229 Myrmonyssus phalaenodectus, 41 Myrmecocystus mojave, 129 pyr amicus, 129 Orimarga (Orimarga) peregrina, 155 sherpa, 155 Papilio bairdii, 232 pilumnus, 232 Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) flavescens, 156 newar, 156 Pediculopsis graminum, 75 Peribalus limbolarius, 168, 172 Periplaneta americana, 85 Phenacaspis heteropbyllae, 81 pinifoliae, 82 Pheidole artemisia, 131 cockerelli, 209 crassicornis tetra, 209 243 Sept.-Dee., 1957] creightoni, 131 dentata, 131 hirtula, 203 hyatti, 209 macclendoni, 130 megacephala, 198 subdentata, 204 vasliti, 203 Phyciodes canace, 230 marcia, 230 Phymata, 33 acuta, 35 acutangula, 35 andina, 37 annulipes, 36 argentina, 37 bipunetata, 37 fortificata, 37 handlirschi, 36 laciniata, 36 longiceps, 35 malaisei, 37 (Phymatispa) paradoxa, 37 peruensis, 35 producta, 33 reticulata, 36 rliynocerata, 36 sanjuanensis, 37 simulans, 35 venezuelana, 36 Pieris hulda, 221 Pinus caribaea, 82 densiflora, 82 echinata, 82 heterophylla, 82 mitis, 82 rigida, 81 sylvestris, 82 Plagiolepis alluaudi, 195 augusti, 196 foreli, 196 ornata, 196 maetavishi, 196 Index to Volume LXV Platypus ratzeburgi, 194 rugulosus, 194 Podisus maculiventris, 165 modestus, 164 Poecilips caraibieus, 193 confusus, 193 Polistes, 98 Polites sabuleti sabuleti, 233 Popillia japonica, 107 Pseudaletia unipuncta, 43 Pterocyclon brittoni, 194 Pulvinaria psidii, 198 Pyrameis carye, 230 Quercus borealis, 92 Rhizomyrma fuhrmanni, 99 Saissetia, 198 Samia walkeri, 29 Satyrus wheeleri, 228 Sciara, 53 Senotainia trilineata, 175 Speyeria cybele carpenteri, 144 Stephanoderes gldbratulus, 192 hampei, 192 moschatae, 192 Stigmatomma pallipes, 1 Strumigenys fusca, 123 longispinosa, 123 marginiventris, 123 ogloblini, 133 perparva, 133 schmalzi, 133 silvestrii, 133 unidentata, 128 Tenebrio molitor, 22, 107 Tenuiala kurti, 215 liuda, 216 244 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXV Thecla halesus, 231 sylvinus, 231 Thyanta calceata, 172 custator, 168 pallidovirens, 172 Tipula (Schummelia) bicolorata, 148 klossi, 148 notomelania, 147 salakensis, 148 turea, 148 (Tipulodina) barraudi, 149 scimitar, 148 subscimitar, 148 venusta, 149 ( Yestiplex) distifurca, 151 lepcha, 151 quricha, 149 subtincta, 151 Tyroglyphus mycophagus, 59 siro, 53 Ulmus americana, 92 Xyleborus affini, 194 mascarensis, 194 perforans, 194 spinulosus, 194 torquatus, 194 The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are fyeld on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1957 President, DR. ASHER TREAT The City College, N. Y. 31, N. Y. Vice-President, DR. JAMES A. MULLEN Fordham University, N. Y. 58, N. Y. Secretary, PETER FARB 310 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 25, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y. Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Bernard Heineman E. Irving Huntington TRUSTEES Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. Herbert Ruckes Frank A. Soraci PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Dr. William S. Creighton Herbert F. Schwarz Dr. James Mullen PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. James A. Mullen Dr. A. B. Klots FIELD COMMITTEE Alice W. Hoff DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Dr. Lucy Clausen f / of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY JOURNAL Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Alien* town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications* Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-orders , or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society . Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer. / Journal of the New York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXVI Published by the Society New York, N. Y. Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pennsylvania CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXVI PAGE Alexander, Charles P. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), III 161 Beer, Robert E. A New Species of Steneotarsonemus, and Additional In- formation on the Plant-Feeding Habits of Steneo- tarsonemns Furcatus De Leon (Acarina) 153 Brown, F. Martin A New Subspecies of Coenonympha Nipisiquit McDun- nough from New York State 63 The Correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part 1 191 Brown, F. M(artin) and Bernard Heineman The Generic Name Anetia Huebner (Danaidae, Rhopalo- cera) 99 Buren, William F. A Review of the Species of Crematogaster, Sensu Stricto, in North America (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) Part I 119 Comstock, William Phillips and Edgar Irving Huntington An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere 103 Dos Passos, Cyril F. Frank Edward Watson, 1877-1947 1 Flint, Oliver S., Jr. The Larva and Terrestrial Pupa of Ironoquia Parvula (Trichoptera, Limnephilidae) 59 Gregg, Robert E. Key to the Species of Pheidole (Hymenoptera: Formi- cidae) in the United States 7 Kormilev, Nicholas A. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemisphere XV (Hemiptera) 87 iii Membership of The New York Entomological Society 228 Menees, James H. The Anatomy and Histology of the Larval Alimentary Canal of the European Chafer, Amphimallon Majalis Razoumowsky (Scarabaeidae) 75 Moure, J. S. On the Species of Megalopta Described by F. Smith (Hymenoptera, Apoidea) 179 Po-Chedley, Donald S. Effects of Starvation on Free Amino Acids in Larval Blood of Oriental Beetle, Anomala Orientalis Water- house 171 Proceedings of The New York Entomological Society 144 Rousell, P. Gerald Effects of Various Factors on the Synthesis of Ascorbic Acid by the American Cockroach, Periplaneta Ameri- cana L 49 Ruckes, Herbert Four New Species of Neotropical Pentatomids (Heterop- tera, Pentatomidae) 145 Todd, Margaret E. Blood Composition of the Cockroach, Leucophaea Ma- derae Fabricius 135 IV Vol. LXVI Nos. 1, 2 Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON PETER FARB Subscription $5.00 per Year March, June, 1958 Journal of the New York Entomological Society , ' rt 'A \.'S - ' V ' \ i '' f 1 !i 7 1 \ * > , " V 1 '■ ; . p/7 "• \r.. ! : v ■ .. - :/r ji ■: Devoted to Entomology in General CONTENTS Frank Edward Watson, 1877-1947 By Cyril F. Dos Passos 1 Key to the Species of Pheidole (Hymenoptera: Formi- cidae) in the United States By Robert E. Gregg 7 Effects of Various Factors on the Synthesis of Ascorbic Acid by the American Cockroach, Periplaneta Ameri- cana L. By P. Gerald Rousell 49 The Larva and Terrestrial Pupa of Ironoquia Parvula (Trichoptera, Limnephilidae) By Oliver S. Flint, Jr 59 A New Subspecies of Coenonympha Nipisiquit Me Dun - nough from New York State By F. Martin Brown 63 The Anatomy and Histology of the Larval Alimentary Canal of the European Chafer, Amphimallon Majalis Razoumowsky (Scarabaeidae) By James H. Menees 75 Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemisphere XV (Hemiptera) By Nicholas A. Kormilev 87 The Generic Name Anetia Huebner (Danaidae, Rhopal- ocera) i By F. M. Brown and Bernard Heineman 99 NOTICE : Nos. 3, 4 of Volume LXV of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society were Published on June 27, 1958 Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. • /- i / / J/ Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXVI March, June, 1958 Nos. 1, 2 FRANK EDWARD WATSON, 1877-1947 Frank Edward Watson was born at New York City, New York, on May 11, 1877, and died at Flushing, Long Island, New York, on November 6, 1947. He was a son of Edward Watson and Mary Frost Watson, both of New York City. There were at least two brothers, Ed- ward and Waiter, and one sister, Myra, but whether they sur- vived him is not known. Frank’s elementary education was undoubtedly in the public schools, and completed at Cooper Union, New York City, from which he graduated in 1900 with the degree B.Sc. For a num- ber of years thereafter he was in the employ of the Otis Elevator Company as a draftsman, a work for which he had great talent. His interest in lepidopterology demonstrated itself very early in life, and at the first opportunity he applied for a position with the American Museum of Natural History, where on September 12, 1914, he was appointed an Assistant in the Department of Invertebrate Zoology. In 1921 his title was changed to Assistant in Lepidoptera in the Department of Entomology when Ento- mology was set up as a separate unit, and again in 1929 his title was changed to Staff Assistant in Lepidoptera, which he held until his resignation on November 1, 1939. During his long association with the American Museum of Natural History, Frank Watson made a number of collecting trips for that institution, in addition to those in the neighborhood of New York City. In 1914 he was in Puerto Rico (Field Nos. 3551 to 3605), and Florida (Field Nos. 3600 to 3647), in 1915 in Santo Domingo (Field Nos. 3648 to 3699 and 3765 to 3799), in 1916 in the southeastern United States, especially Georgia and Alabama (Field Nos. 4301 to 4332), in 1919-1920 in Jamaica, , fiBSSS** 1,51955 9 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LX VI West Indies (Field Nos. 4413 to 4524), and in 1921-1922 in Haiti (Field Nos. 4606 to 4662), during all of which trips he collected numerous insects of all orders. Unfortunately not much was published by him concerning these trips, but the in- formation he gathered has been used by other authors. While his primary interest when we met in 1931 was Lepidop- tera, Frank had a keen interest in and knowledge of birds. When he came to visit me he would arise early in the morning and sit on the rear terrace to listen to the birds, all of which he recog- nized by their songs. One of his discoveries at my home in Menclham, New Jersey, was Henslow’s sparrow, a bird seldom seen, which appeared to be at home in a field in back of my house. Toward the end of Frank’s life, birds seemed to have interested him more than insects, and eventually superseded the latter so as to result in the complete neglect of his butterfly collection, which became the prey of dermestids and was of slight value when acquired by the author. It was most regrettable, as many of Frank’s records for the vicinity of Paterson, New Jersey, Van Cortlandt Park and New York City, New York, will never be repeated. While any day spent collecting with Frank was interesting because of his knowledge of good localities and the flora and Lepidoptera fauna thereof, one day stands out vividly in my memory. On July 17, 1932 we had been collecting in Sussex County, New Jersey, and were cruising southward between Newton and Springdale on U. S. Route 206 (New Jersey Route 31), when suddenly Frank remarked that a place on the right- hand side of the road appeared interesting, so we stopped the car to investigate. What we saw was a long, narrow field bounded on one side by a limestone ridge covered by an open woods. As we walked in the field, Frank being on my right towards the woods, I saw him net something, bottle it, and throw his cap up in the air, at the same time letting out a loud whoop. Hurrying to his side to inquire the cause of his excitement, he said, “Cale- phelis borealis and so it was. Up to that moment this rare Riodinidae had not been taken in New Jersey, although its type locality was only some miles northward near Newburgh, New York. Placing a hat on the ground to mark the spot of capture, we began circling, on the theory that where there was one there must Mar.— June, 1958] Dos Passos: Watson 3 be two. So there were, however not in the field but in the woods, which, every time we entered as a result of our widening circle, produced the insect. My notes show that we took twelve speci- mens in short order. It was several years later before the author was able to see a female oviposit and do the life history, which was published in the Canadian Entomologist for August of 1936. Probably a day that must have stood out in Frank’s memory was May 5, 1907, when with John H. Cook at Lakewood, New Jersey, they collected every Incisalia at that time recorded from the northeastern United States, Frank’s contribution being the only specimen of 7. henrici henrici ever taken that far south in New Jersey, and both catching a number of 7. polios, then un- named. That was indeed a banner day. For many years it was Frank’s habit to keep a loose-leaf journal in which he made daily entries of the weather, and dur- ing the spring, summer, and fall, of collecting records. When this practice commenced and ended is not known, but at the time his collection was acquired, some of these journals were received also, and covered the years 1904 in part, 1906-1910, 1911 in part, 1912-1913, 1915, and 1923-1925. Most of these books are indexed, and all in all it is a very business-like affair. What became of the missing volumes is unknown. With meticulous care Frank entered in these journals his field experiences, describing in detail with whom he collected, where he went, how much the carfare cost, and what was collected. Sometimes these records were supplemented by those of friends in their own handwriting, and incorporated in that manner in the journals. In many instances Frank was particular to draw maps of his collecting localities. Of these places there are maps of the following New York spots: Alpine, Pine Island, South- field-Tuxedo, and Van Cortlandt Park, and in New Jersey of Andover, Atlantic Highlands, Boonton, Greenwood Lake, Ham- mondsville, Jamesburg, Lakehurst, Lakewood, Newark-Elizabeth Port, New Brunswick, Overpeck Creek and Marsh, Schooley’s Mountain, and South Orange. In many of these localities he gave fanciful names to sublocalities, as for instance, “The Garden of the Ilesperids, ” “Incisalia Way,” etc., etc. We learn also from these journals the names of lepidopterists of that period, which otherwise would be lost forever, such as, L. V. Coleman, J. Bennett Hill, and John Bull. 4 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVI As Frank grew older he became a person of many peculiarities, and not of a very smooth disposition. Quite often he would take offense at something or other, and one was at a loss to know what it was all about. Usually he was very reserved, and seldom spoke of his life, family, or previous occupation. Invariably he wore a cap, often a faded jacket and plus fours. In a restaurant there was frequently a big argument about serving the meat course without gravy or sauce. Sometimes it was sent back to correct something against which he had a strong prejudice. Frank was not a good mixer or overly friendly with most people, but with young people he was a real “scout leader,” and would spend time without end answering questions and furnishing information. In this way he was largely responsible for the development of several of our outstanding entomologists who, in their youth, came under Frank’s influence. Among these are F. Martin Brown and Alexander Barrett Ivlots. Watson was a life and honorary member of the New York Entomological Society, as well as a member of the Brooklyn Ento- mological Society, from which he resigned in 1916. While connected with the Museum, Frank maintained an apartment on the upper west side of New York City. Upon his retirement in 1940 he lived with friends in Astoria, and during his last days resided at Flushing, New York. It has not been possible to supply a photograph of Frank Watson, but one will be found in the Entomological News for March of 1930. The author is indebted to Mr. John H. Cook of Albany, New York, one of Watson’s lifelong friends, for much information concerning him ; my colleagues Mr. Ernest L. Bell, Sr., of Flush- ing, New York, and Prof. Alexander Barrett Klots of Pelham, New York, both with the Department of Insects and Spiders of the American Museum of Natural History, and who knew Watson for many years; Mr. John T. Nichols, Curator Emeritus of Fishes, Department of Fishes and Aquatic Biology of the Amer- ican Museum of Natural Plistory for having supplied some details concerning Watson’s interest in birds; Mrs. Charlotte Stove of the Office Service Division of the American Museum of Natural History for research work and information concerning Watson’s collecting expeditions, and for having searched the Museum files and furnished considerable biographical data. Mar.— June, 1958] Dos Passos: Watson 5 I. Papers by Prank Edward Watson 1913. Four new additions to our local list of Ehopalocera. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 8: 45-46. 1915. Some miscellaneous local records of Lepidoptera. Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 23: 70-71. 1916. Local records of Lepidoptera. Ibid. 24: 155. 1917. Acronycta funeralis Grote & Robinson. Ibid. 25: 196. 1917. Writing of W[illiam] D[unham] Kearfott (compiler). Ibid. 25: 238-239. 1918. A large number of species of butterflies observed in one day’s col- lecting. Ibid. 26: 3-7. 1918. Butterfly collecting for the season of 1918. Ibid. 26: 228. 1919. Miscellaneous collecting notes for 1919. Ibid. 27: 342-343. 1920. Miscellaneous notes and records of local Lepidoptera, with the de- scription of a neAV form. Ibid. 28: 227-235. 1921. Miscellaneous notes and records of local Lepidoptera, and descrip- tion of two new aberrations. Ibid. 29: 168-173. 1922. Miscellaneous notes and records of local Lepidoptera, and descrip- tion of two new aberrations. Ibid. 30: 131-135. 1929. Eurymus eurytheme f. amphidusa f. $ pallida Cockerell. Ibid. 37: 48. 1932. Miscellaneous note. Ibid. 40: 98. 1932. [Book notice.] The butterfly book, new and thoroughly revised edition. A popular and scientific manual, describing and depicting all the butterflies of the United States and Canada. By W. J. Holland. Ibid. 40: 100-102. 1932. Doctor Ottolengui’s collection of Phytometrinae. Ibid. 40: 438. 1937. New Hesperiidae from the Antilles (Lepidoptera: Ehopalocera). Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 906. 10 pp. 1938. A new Eurema from Puerto Rico (Lepidoptera: Ehopalocera). Ibid. no. 971. 2 pp. II. Paper by Frank Edward Watson and L[?] V[?] Coleman 1912. Ipliiclides ajax and Eurymus interior [Lepid.] from the summit of Mt. Marcy, N. Y. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 8: 4-6. III. Paper by Frank Edward Watson and William Phillips Comstock 1920. Notes on American Lepidoptera with descriptions of new varieties. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 42: 447-457. IV. Papers by John Hawley Cook and Frank Edward Watson 1907. A new butterfly of the genus Incisalia. Canadian Ent. 39: 202-204. 6 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI 1908. Practical and popular Entomology. — No. 25. Oviposition of Epidemia epixanthe. Ibid. 40: 85-88. 1909. A variety of Basilarchia archippus. Ibid. 41: 77, pi. 5. 1909. Incisalia (Lepidoptera) from Texas. Ibid. 41: 181-182. Y. Papers by Prank Edward Watson and Frank Eugene Lutz 1926. Our common butterflies. Nat. Hist. 26: 165-183, 17 pis. (2 colored), 1 fig., table. 1930. Our common butterflies. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Guide Leaflet no. 38, sixth and revised edition: 1-21, 17 pis. (2 colored), 1 fig., table. — Cyril P. dos Passos, Mendham, New Jersey. Mai*.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PHEIDOLE (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) IN THE UNITED STATES By Robert E. Gregg Department of Biology, University of Colorado It is eight years since Creighton (1950) published a compre- hensive revision of the North American ant fauna. In this work a key to the species and subspecies of the genus Pheidole north of Mexico was attempted for the first time, and with a high degree of success for a very difficult assemblage of forms. In the interval following the appearance of Dr. Creighton’s book, however, some important changes in our knowledge of the ants in this group have been made and others are included in this report. Ten new taxa have been described altogether, ten have been placed in synonymy, and eight have been revised in one way or another in the light of recent data. The latter includes a complex tangle of species and subspecies associated with the ant now recognized as Pheidole tepicana Pergande (Creighton and Gregg, 1955), and certain adjustments in concepts concern- ing the members of the flavens group occurring in the United States. Two species new to this fauna have been found since 1950, and were recorded by M. R. Smith in the Catalog of Hy- menoptera of America North of Mexico. One subspecies is being raised to full species rank. In view of the large number of species of Pheidole (69) known from this part of the world at the present time, a key is definitely advantageous for anyone wishing to identify these ants, unless examples of all of them are in his possession or available museum collections. Owing to the extreme rarity of many of the forms, a complete collection is virtually impossible for most investiga- tors, as some species are known from but a few specimens, and others are still known only from types. Furthermore, in view of recent advances in the nomenclature and knowledge of the dis- tribution of the species, Dr. Creighton’s treatment has been rendered somewhat less usable, and it is considered desirable to offer a revised key which takes these changes into account. 8 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi The advantages of continuity with the work of previous authors, however, has led me to depart as little as possible from the key Creighton presented in 1950, for the most part adopting only those changes that are clearly imperative. One subgenus, namely Ceratopheidole, has been discovered new to the fauna of the United States, and this brings to three, the number of sub- genera of Pheidole which it is now necessary to handle. For reasons already expressed by Creighton, and because two Of the subgenera are represented in our area by only one or two species so far, it is not thought advisable to give separate tables for these species. As Creighton demonstrated, adequate determination of the species of Pheidole depends on samples consisting of both worker major (soldier) and worker minor castes, consequently both of these are freely used wherever necessary or unavoidable, and no effort is made to provide separate keys for each caste. In a limited segment of the North American fauna, involving just a few species and subspecies of Pheidole, it is perfectly possible to construct tables for the separate castes, but it is quite impossible to do so as yet for the entire continent. I am under obligation to Dr. Creighton for the gift of numer- ous specimens, for the opportunity of studying material in his personal collection, and for valuable assistance in working out this revision. Dr. M. R. Smith and Dr. A. C. Cole have both been very helpful through the loan and gift of specimens critical to the study. Dr. Charles Ferriere, of Geneva, Switzerland, has made it possible for me to examine a number of type specimens of species originally described by Forel and Mayr. The con- tributions of all of these persons is sincerely appreciated and is acknowledged with pleasure. The diagnostic plan which follows may be regarded as an effort to assemble the more recent data as well as the older data concerning the North American Pheidole fauna (not including Mexico), with emphasis on its taxonomy. Detailed treatment of the distribution of the various species has been omitted purposely, not because this is unimportant, but the information is still fragmentary for many forms and a greater abundance of records is needed for most of the species. Additional studies are con- templated which should yield a better understanding of the geo- graphic distribution and the biology of this interesting group of Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 9 insects. The group is widely spread in the tropics and sub- tropics over the world, occurring also in the southern Palearctic and in the Nearctic Regions. It is the latter which is of special concern here, of course, and of particular interest are the north- ern and the altitudinal limits of penetration of Pheidole in our territory. The ants are decidedly thermophilous, and only a few species actually reach those limits, the number of species increas- ing notably at low elevations and southern latitudes. These ants are also absent from the upper levels of many isolated mountain ranges in the west and southwest. Key to the Species of Pheidole (majors and minors) 1. Antennal club composed of four segments (Subgenus Ceratopheidole ) 2 Antennal club composed of three segments 3 2. Eyes of the minor with 10-12 facets in the greatest diameter; head subquadrate; dorsum of head, thorax, pedicel, and gaster somewhat shining; color reddish brown grundmanni Eyes of the minor Avitli 8-10 facets in the greatest diameter; head longer than broad ; dorsum of body subopaque ; color black clydei 3. Gaster truncate or subtruncate at the base ; species small to moderately large in size, usually dimorphic though occasionally polymorphic (Sub- genus Pheidole ) 4 Gaster not truncate at the base; giant species, polymorphic; epinotal spines unusually long and sharp (Subgenus Macroplieidole) rhea 4. Head of major cylindrical in cross-section and obliquely truncate in front, the truncation involving the clypeus, frontal area, and mandibles lamia Head of major not cylindrical in cross-section and not truncate 5 5. Scapes of major reaching or surpassing the occipital angles 6 Scapes of major not reaching the occipital angles 7 6. Upper surface of the head of the major densely granulo-rugose and dull; epinotal spines slender and directed upAvard grallipes Upper surface of the head of the major with prominent longitudinal rugae, the interrugal spaces not granulose or at most very feebly granulose with the surface shining; epinotal spines thick at the base and directed posteriorly desertorum 7. Antennal scape of the major abruptly bent at the base so that the scape turns toward the midline of the head in passing to the antennal socket, the basal portion of the scape flattened, and as broad or broader than the distal portion 8 Antennal scape of the major not abruptly bent at the base, not flattened or only slightly so, and the base never as broad as the distal portion of the scape 17 10 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VI 8. Antennal scape of the major reaching three-fourths or more of the distance between its insertion and the occipital angle 9 Antennal scape of the major reaching two-thirds or less of the distance between its insertion and the occipital angle 14 9. The entire dorsal surface of the head of the major covered with reticulo-rugose sculpture, the interrugal spaces granulose 10 The reticulo-rugose sculpture of the head of the major largely confined to the anterior half, the occipital lobes punctate or feebly granulose, the surface moderately to strongly shining at least on the posterior half of the head 12 10. Head of minor densely sculptured and completely opaque; postpetiole transversely oval and twice as wide as the node of the petiole texana Head of the minor in part, especially the frons, strongly shining and smooth, the rest punctate; postpetiole globular and less than twice as wide as the node of the petiole 11 11. Pronotal rugae of the major coarse, transverse, and with interrugal spaces notably shining; petiolar notch broad and shalloAv; gastric hairs long, nearly of equal length, coarse, blunt at the tips, and widely spaced sciara Pronotal rugae of the major weak and somewhat reticulate, with inter- rugal spaces granular, subopaque; petiolar notch feeble; gastric hairs short, uneven in length, fine, pointed at the tips, and more numerous coclcerelli 12. Head of minor densely punctate, opaque; erect hairs on the gaster of the major sparse and widely spaced vallicola Head of the minor smooth and shining; erect hairs on the gaster of the major numerous, long, and closely spaced 13 13. Head of major measuring 1.4 mm. x 1.3 mm.; female 7 mm. in length hyatti Head of major measuring 1.2 mm. x 1.1 mm.; female 5 mm. in length hyatti subsp. solitanea 14. Occipital lobes of the major striato-granulose and scarcely shining subdento,ta * Occipital lobes of the major strongly shining and bearing piligerous punctures only 15 15. The flattened basal portion of the scape of the major notably broader than the distal portion porcula The flattened basal portion of the scape of the major no wider than its distal portion 16 16. Erect gastric hairs, when present, much longer and coarser than the fine appressed pubescence crassicornis * The strongly polymorphic worker caste of subdentata is a source of considerable confusion. The larger medias run through the key to hyatti or coclcerelli, from which they would differ in having more rugose occipital lobes. The smaller medias approach the condition found in the major of desertorum , but have shorter and more numerous erect hairs on the thorax and gaster. For recent changes in the nomenclature of this and related species, see discussion at the end of this paper. Mar. -June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 11 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Erect gastric hairs very numerous, rather short and so fine that they merge with the pubescence, most of which is semi-erect crassicornis subsp. tetra The tops of the occipital lobes of the major, and usually their front faces as well, covered with sculpture, the surface opaque or feebly shining 18 The tops of the occipital lobes of the major, and usually their front faces also, free from sculpture except for piligerous punctures, the surface in most cases strongly shining 35 Anterior border of the clypeus of the major with a deep semicircular emargination which extends inward almost to the level of the frontal lobes tepicana Anterior border of the clypeus of the major entire, or if impressed, the emargination is shallow and not semicircular 19 Humeral angles of the pronotum of the major weakly developed and not forming lateral bosses 20 Humeral angles of the pronotum of the major strongly developed and forming distinct, epaulet-like lateral bosses 23 Occipital lobes of the major with deep, broad, piligerous foveolae sitarches subsp. littoralis Occipital lobes of the major with distinct, transverse rugae 21 Head and thorax of minor punctate, opaque ; hairs on the promesono- tum of the major and especially the minor strongly clavate sitarches subsp. campestris Head and thorax of minor, at least in part, strongly shining ; hairs not clavate 22 Entire head and promesonotum of minor smooth and strongly shining : transverse pronotal rugae of the major weak sitarches Head of the minor with the frons striato-punctate and the occipital border punctate; pronotal rugae of the major prominent sitarches subsp. soritis Postpetiole of the major lenticular in shape, the lateral connules well- developed 24 Postpetiole of the major trapezoidal, the lateral connules absent or poorly developed 31 Head of the major 0.85 mm. in length, or less 25 Head of the major 1.4 mm. in length, or more 26 Occipital sculpture of the major reticulate, with no trace of transverse or longitudinal rugae dentigula Occipital sculpture of the major longitudinal, continuous with that of the rest of the head, and extending fully to the posterior occipital margin nuculiceps Transverse rugae on the occiput of the major pronounced and usually extending onto the front face of the lobes 27 Transverse occipital rugae of the major much finer, resembling stria- ations, and largely confined to the top of the occiput 30 Occipital rugae of the major straight or wavy, but not reticulate; lat- eral postpetiolar connules very prominent and sharp 28 12 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi Occipital rugae of the major notably reticulate and often coarse; lat- eral postpetiolar connules usually blunt 29 28. Cephalic rugae of the major wavy, with interrugal spaces granular pro- ducing a subopaque appearance; thorax except for the pronotum, gran- ular and subopaque, dorsal rugae transverse senex Cephalic rugae of the major straight, with interrugal granules very tine or absent producing a shining surface ; thorax almost completely smooth and shining creightoni 29. Longitudinal rugae extend across the entire length of the head of the major; interrugal spaces finely punctured, opaque pilifera Longitudinal rugae on the head of the major interrupted at the vertex, which is distinctly shining and possesses only scattered hair punctures pilifera subsp. artemisia 30. Front and vertex of the head of the major with coarse, widely spaced, piligerous foveolae, longitudinal rugae, and interrugal granulations; feebly shining pilifera subsp. color ad cnsis Front and vertex of the major with almost no sculpture other than small piligerous punctures, strongly shining; occipital rugae feeble pilifera subsp. pacifica 31. Transverse occipital sculpture of the major in the form of fine rugules or striations 32 Occipital sculpture of the major in the form of more or less coarse rugae 33 32. Occipital striations very fine and turning forward onto the genae where they extend to the insertions of the mandibles micula Occipital striations heavier and more obvious, but not turning forward onto the genae rugulosa 33. Sides of the epinotum on the major granulose, weakly shining or opaque 34 Sides of the epinotum on the major not granulose, very smooth and shining calif ornica subsp. pyramidensis 34. Occipital rugae of the major coarse and wavy, usually forming reticu- lations in the occipital sulcus calif ornica Occipital rugae of the major finer, straight or nearly so, and usually not forming reticulations in the occipital sulcus calif ornica subsp. oregonica 35. Head of the major cordate, gradually but distinctly narrowed toward the mandibular insertions, broadest at the occipital lobes megacephala Head of the major not cordate, either quadrate or rectangular with sides parallel, or if slightly convergent, the broadest part of the head anterior to the occipital lobes 36 36. Head of the minor with a well-developed psammophore on the ventral surface, the latter flattened or slightly concave psammophila Head of the minor without a psammophore on the ventral surface, the latter convex 37 37. Head, thorax, and gaster of the minor, and often the major as well, with distinct violaceous or bluish reflections 38 Mar. -June. 1958] Gregg: Ants 13 Head, thorax, and gaster of the minor and major without violaceous reflections 39 38. Head of the minor in large part sculptured, only a narrow central strip smooth and shining metallescens Head of the minor largely smooth and shining metallescens subsp. splendidula 39. Entire thorax of minor densely covered with granulose sculpture and completely opaque 40 At least a part of the promesonotum shining in the minor, or, if the entire thorax is opaque, the promesonotum is longitudinally striate and not densely granulose 45 40. Antennal scapes of the minor surpass the occipital angles by an amount greater than the length of the first funicular segment, sometimes twice as great sciophila Antennal scapes of the minor just reach the occipital angles or barely surpass them by an amount less than the length of the first funicular segment 41 41. Both major and minor with the entire dorsal surface of the first gas- tric segment finely and densely granulose and opaque anastasii Dorsum of the first gastric segment in both major and minor entirely, or at least largely, smooth and shining; sculpture when present con- fined to an area near the base of the gaster 42 42. Pronotum of the major strongly convex when seen from behind, the humeral angles not prominent and lying well below the level of the middle of the pronotum; head of the minor largely free from sculpture and strongly shining davisi Pronotum of the major flat or feebly convex when seen from behind, the humeral angles sharp, prominent, and lying at or near the level of the middle of the pronotum ; head of minor usually densely sculptured and completely opaque, but if not at least the sides of the head are sculptured and only the middle is shining 43 43. Postpetiole of the minor small and globular, not more than one-and- one-half times as wide as the petiole flavens Postpetiole of the minor not globular but pyriform, and twice as wide as the petiole 44 44. Occipital lobes of the major smooth and shining throughout; clypeus with several longitudinal rugae ; hairs long, tapering, and pointed floridana Occipital lobes of the major reticulo-rugose and opaque, except for a narrow shining band along their posterior margins; clypeus without rugulae ; hairs short and obtuse floridana subsp. constipata 45. Epinotum of the major angular at the junction of the basal and de- clivious faces, but the angles not produced into distinct teeth or spines 46 Epinotum of the major armed with distinct teeth or spines 48 46. Prothorax of the major with well-developed humeri; postpetiole with prominent lateral connules barbata 14 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVI Prothorax of the major without well-developed humeri; postpetiole without prominent lateral connules 47 47. Abdominal pilosity largely limited to coarse, erect hairs; length of the major 3.5-4 mm. morrisi Abdominal pilosity with many fine, subappressed hairs in addition to the coarse, erect hairs; length of the major 4-5 mm. morrisi subsp. impexa 48. Large species, the head of the major at least 2 mm. in length and usu- ally more 49 Small species, the head of the major not exceeding 1.5 mm. in length and usually less 54 49. Pronotum of the major with transverse striae 50 Pronotum of the major without transverse striae 52 50. Head of the major with longitudinal rugae confined to the anterior half, posterior half without sculpture except for piligerous punctures 51 Head of the major with longitudinal rugae extending onto the anterior portions of the occipital lobes titanis 51. Head of the major with a flattened, rugose area interposed between the frontal lobe and the eye, and furnished with large, interrugal foveolae; petiole with prominent lateral spiracles macclendoni Head of the major without a flattened, rugose area between the frontal lobe and the eye ; petiole unarmed virago 52. Postpetiole of the major, seen from above, very strongly transverse and notably constricted posteriorly, with prominent, sharply pointed lateral connules spadonia Postpetiole of the major, seen from above, only moderately transverse and not greatly constricted posteriorly, with rather short and blunt lateral connules 53 53. Head of the major notably longer than broad (2.2 mm. x 1.6 mm.) ; the genae suddenly expanded just behind the insertions of the mandibles ridicula Head of the major very little broader than long (2.5 mm. x 2.4 mm.) ; the genae not expanded above the insertions of the mandibles militicida 54. Sculpture on the head of the major extending to the vertex, only the occiput smooth and shining ceres Sculpture on the head of the major largely confined to the anterior half of the head, the posterior half smooth and shining 55 55. Mesonotum of the major depressed below the adjacent portion of the pronotum so that in profile it forms a distinct step or angular projec- tion between the pronotum and the epinotum dentata Mesonotum of the major not depressed below the adjacent portion of the pronotum, in profile the two forming an evenly curved outline which usually descends abruptly at the mesoepinotal suture 56 56. Eyes of the major with 60 facets, or more 57 Eyes of the major with 40 facets, or less 60 57. Head of the major with a flattened area extending posteriorly from the antennal fossa toward the occipital lobe ; occipital lobes compressed Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 15 dorso-ventrally, the posterior one-third of the head, seen in profile, with dorsal and ventral surfaces converging notably toward the crest of the lobe 58 Head of the major without a flattened area extending posteriorly from the antennal fossa; the occipital lobes not compressed dorso-ventrally, thick and evenly rounded when seen in profile, and not sharply set off from the anterior part of the head yaqui 58. Major with the dorsum of the pronotum covered with numerous, coarse, reticulate rugae in addition to the more nearly parallel transverse rugae on the anterior face and on the neck; interrugal surfaces heavily cori- aceous, opaque or nearly so xerophila subsp. tucsonica Major with the dorsum of the pronotum bearing few or no rugae, the rugae mainly restricted to the anterior face and neck of the pronotum, and not noticeably reticulate ; interrugal surfaces smooth to slightly coriaceous, moderately to strongly shining 59 59. Postpetiole of the major trapezoidal, the lateral connules short and ob- tuse; color golden yellow to dull yellow, head of the minor sometimes infuscated gilvescens Postpetiole of the major strongly transverse, with long lateral connules; color ferruginous red to blackish red, the minor piceous brown xerophila 60. Vertex and occiput of the minor with small, close-set punctures which give the surface a noticeably duller appearance on those parts than elsewhere on the head 61 Vertex and occiput of the minor strongly shining or only slightly less shining than the rest of the head, the punctures widely scattered over the whole head 62 61. Basal face of the epinotum of the major sculptured and opaque casta Basal face of the epinotum of the major in large part shining, its sculpture restricted to punctures near the mesoepinotal suture cerehrosior 62. Basal face of the epinotum of the major free from sculpture and strongly shining humeralis Basal face of the epinotum of the major distinctly sculptured, feebly shining and opaque 63 63. Sides of the epinotum of the minor largely free from sculpture and strongly shining tysoni Sides of the epinotum of the minor densely punctured, feebly shining and opaque 64 64. Lateral connules on the postpetiole of the major prominent and sharp pointed pine alls Lateral connules on the postpetiole of the major blunt and not promi- nent 65 65. Erect hairs on the thorax of the minor short, sparse, and strongly clavate marcidula Erect hairs on the thorax of the minor long, abundant and, although often blunt at the tips, not clavate 66 16 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LX VI 66. Anterior clypeal margin of the major sinuate ; pronotum smooth and shining bicarinata subsp. paiute Anterior clypeal margin of the major bluntly bidentate; pronotum punc- tate and usually with transverse rugae or striae 67 67. Basal face of the epinotum in the major largely covered with trans- verse striae, and with punctures confined to the region of the meso- epinotal suture; pronotal rugae coarse and prominent bicarinata Basal face of the epinotum in the major largely punctate, transverse striae, when present, restricted to the area between the bases of the epinotal spines; pronotal rugae feeble 68 68. Epinotum of the minor armed with thick, short spines bicarinata subsp. vinelandica Epinotum of the minor armed with angular teeth which are broad at the base and do not resemble spines bicarinata subsp. longula Subgenus CERATOPHEIDOLE 1. Pheidole ( Ceratopheidole ) clydei Gregg Ph. ( Ceratopheidole ) clydei Gregg, Jour. N. Y. Enf. Soc., 1950, 58, p. 89, Gregg, Amer. Mus. Novit., 1953, No. 1637, U . Type locality : Carrizozo, New Mexico 2. Pheidole (Ceratopheidole) grundmanni M. R. Smith Ph. ( Ceratopheidole ) grundmanni M. R. Smith, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1953, 61, p. 143, g. Type locality: Vernal, Utah Subgenus MACROPHEIDOLE 3. Pheidole ( Macropheidole ) rhea Wheeler Ph. rhea Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1908, 24, p. 452, $. Ph. ( Macropheidole ) rhea M. R. Smith, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1943, 45, p. 5, A, Gregg, Psyche, 1949, 56, p. 70, 2, V ; Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 168. Type locality : Nogales, Arizona Subgenus PHEIDOLE 4. Pheidole anastasii Emery Ph. anastasii Emery, Bull Soc. Ent. Ital., 1896, 28, p. 76, Q U ; Porel, Mitt. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, 1901, 18, p. 78, Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 169. Type locality: Jimenez, Costa Rica Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 17 5. Pheidole barbata Wheeler Ph. barbata Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1908, 24, p. 448, 2-f ; Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 1950, 104, p. 170; Creighton and Gregg, Univ. Colo. Stud., 1955, Ser. Biol. No. 3, p. 1. Type locality: Mojave Desert, Needles, California 6. Pheidole bicarinata Mayr Ph. bicarinata i Mayr, Verh. Zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 1870, 20, p. 989, U ; Mayr, Ibid., 1887, 37, p. 596, U ; Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 170. Ph. hayesi M. It. Smith, Ent. News, 1924, 35, p. 251, U . Type locality : Illinois 7. Pheidole bicarinata longula Emery Ph. vinelandica var. longula Emery, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 1895, 8, p. 292, U ; Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1908, 24, p. 453, U. Ph. vinelandica subsp. longula Wheeler, Ibid., 1915, 34, p. 405. Ph. bicarinata longida Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 171. Type locality: Pueblo, Colorado 8. Pheidole bicarinata paiute subsp. nov. Major: Length, 4.25 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.08 mm.; head width, 1.00 mm.; head index, 0.93; thorax length, 0.92 mm. This ant runs in Creighton’s key to Ph. bicarinata vinelandica, and com- parison with undoubted specimens of that form confirms the close relation- ship. It is, however, not identical, and may be distinguished from vine- landica by the following characters : head slightly longer and overall body size a little larger; anterior clypeal margin broadly sinuate (a narrow median emargination in vinelandica and other subspecies of bicarinata is bounded by prominent though rounded lobes) ; cephalic sculpture more re- stricted anteriorly, so that in some cases, fully 2/3 of the head, including the f rons, vertex, and occiput is smooth and shining; the humeral angles less prominent, and the pronotum with punctures completely absent and virtually no transverse rugules or striae, the surface very shining; basal face of the epinotum punctate, sometimes with one or two weak interspinal striae, but the surface someAvhat shining (heavily punctate and opaque in vinelandica) ; strong rugae running diagonally from the mesoepinotal suture to the bases of the spines and enclosing the punctate epinotal base (absent on vine- landica) ; color almost identical except that the head is a little lighter yel- lowish red. Minor: practically indistinguishable except a little larger in size than vinelandica and with longer epinotal spines. 18 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi Holotype : Major. Para types : 36 majors and 135 minors The type material was collected hy W. S. Creighton at Gold- field, Nevada, on October 17, 1952, elevation 5800 feet, and was obtained from two colonies. This subspecies is known at present only from the type locality, and this makes it difficult to correctly appraise its status. It might be regarded as a Great Basin race of bicarinata , and in fact has been described as a subspecies because of its close mor- phological resemblance to that species, but further revision must depend on future collections and better knowledge of its general distribution. It is conceivable that paiute may have to be inter- preted later as a full species. 9. Pheidole bicarinata vinelandica Forel Ph. bicarinata race vinelandica Forel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1886, 30, p. 45, & U, ?, U , J1; Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 175. Ph. crassicornis var. diversipilosa Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1908, 24, p. 467, 2> U, $. Type locality : Charlotte, North Carolina 18. Pheidole crassicornis tetra Wheeler Ph. crassicornis subsp. porcida var. tetra Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1908, 24, p. 467, 2> U . Ph. crassicornis tetra Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 176. Type locality : Austin, Texas 19. Pheidole cr eight oni Gregg Ph. creightoni Gregg, Psyche, 1955, 62, p. 19, 2? U, 2? c?- Type locality : Applegate, Oregon 20. Pheidole davisi Wheeler Ph. davisi Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1905, 21, p. 380, 2, 24 ; Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 176. Type locality: Lakehurst, New Jersey 21. Pheidole dent at a Mayr Ph. morrisi var. dentata Mayr, Verh. Zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 1886, 36, p. 457, 2, U,<$. Mar.-June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 21 Ph. dentata Forel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1901, 45, p. 351, 21 , , U. Type locality : Tucson, Arizona Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 33 69. Pheidole yaqui Creighton and Gregg Ph. yaqui Creighton and Gregg, Univ. Colo. Stud., 1955, Ser. Biol. No. 3, p. 43, & U. Type locality: Yaqui Well, Anza Desert State Park, California It will be apparent from the foregoing key and the list of species now recognized in the North American fauna, that there are important changes from the revision which Creighton pre- sented in 1950. Many of these innovations have been treated in our joint paper of 1955 and need not be repeated here, but a few additional ones made since then deserve explanation. Pheiclole calif ornica micula has been raised to species rank because, though related to the calif ornica complex, it is quite distinct from the various subspecies of this complex. It is similar to the calif ornica group in the possession by the worker major of a small, trapezoidal postpetiole, with no connules, and a shin- ing promesonotum, but it differs in that the cephalic rugae are not rugae at all (rather fine rugules or better striations), and striations are present on the genae also. The humeri lack bosses, and the vertex is smooth and shining. In some respects, micula is related to the sitarches complex, from the appearance of the transverse occipital striations and the absence of humeral bosses. But it differs from this group in that the vertex is virtually smooth and shining (opaque in sitarches ), postpetiole is not furnished with blunt connules, and the pronotum is not trans- versely striated and punctured. In other words, micula is struc- turally intermediate between these two groups, and is best re- garded as an independent species. It has been suspected that Pheidole calif ornica shoshoni Cole might be an invalid taxon, and to help determine its status Dr. Cole kindly lent me two paratype soldiers. Comparison of these with soldiers of the subspecies oregonica showed the forms to be indistinguishable from each other. The subspecies shoshoni must be placed in the synonymy of oregonica as the latter has priority. Comparisons were made also between the types of shoshoni and the typical calif ornica, with the following results. The occipital rugae of shoshoni are straight, rugae are almost absent from the sulcus, and the cephalic punctures are no wider in diameter than the hairs, whereas in calif ornica the occipital rugae are wavy, rugose reticulations are visible in the sulcus, and the cephalic hair punctures are distinctly wider than the 34 New York Entomological Society [ V oil.. LXVI liairs arising from them. The crest of the petiole in calif ornica is broadly and shallowly emarginate, but in shoshoni it is entire and straight. These are the distinctions which separate calif or- nica and oregonica also, and would be expected of shoshoni, of course, if as now thought, it is identical with oregonica, Pheidole sciara Cole is closely related to Ph. cockerelli Wheeler, and Dr. Cole (1956) has presented a detailed and careful dif- ferentiation between these two ants. Upon comparing specimens of cockerelli with paratypes of sciara kindly given me by Dr. Cole, I am confident they are separate species, and I have sum- marized the observed differences in the accompanying key. It may be added here that the workers have pilosity like that of their conspecific soldiers, and the pronotum in sciara is less shin- ing. Also, the scapes of the sciara major are slightly shorter than % the distance from their insertions to the occipital border, and thus approach the condition in crassicornis. Pheidole sciara might be easily confused with the polymorphic species Ph. suh dent at a if only intermediates of the latter form were available for identification. Comparison of the major of sciara with individuals of suh clent at a comparable in size, shows a number of notable differences as follows : occipital lobes of sciara fully rounded (lobes of suhdentata somewhat flattened laterally, more pointed toward the rear, and producing a con- stricted aspect to the posterior portion of the head) ; clypeal border with a distinct and narrow notch (clypeus sinuate in suhdentata) ; scapes of sciara decidedly shorter; apical mandib- ular teeth sharp and quite similar except that in suhdentata a conspicuous sulcus on the blade of the mandible separates the two teeth basally ; epinotal spines longer, further apart and quite blunt and rounded at the tip in sciara ; postpetiole much broader than long in sciara, more quadrate in suhdentata . The full- sized major of suhdentata shows all these differences in more pronounced degree except the occipital character ; the head of the major in suhdentata is very broad. The workers (minors) of these two species are readily dis- tinguished by the fact that in sciara the head (except for frons and clypeus), the thorax and the pedicel are heavily punctured and opaque, while in suhdentata the head, pronotum and the tops of the pedicular nodes are smooth and shining. There is a marked notch in the promesonotum of sciara and the epinotal Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 35 spines are long, strong, and pointed upward (in sub dent at a reduced to minute points, almost denticles). The two species may be separated also on the basis of color ; sciara is dark red-brown while sub dent ata is ferruginous to yellowish in the minor. Pheidole floridana and Ph. floridana lauta are here considered to be identical, and the latter falls as a synonym. In the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History are types of both which Dr. Creighton has carefully compared for me. Specimens from Florida which I left with him were also compared to the types. His conclusions (in litt.) may be reproduced as follows: “Your specimens from Royal Palm Park are identical with the types of floridana in the A.M.N.H. collection. ... I also compared them again with the types of lauta. The differences which Wheeler notes in clypeal sculpture and shape of the mesothorax in the major simply don’t exist. The sculpture on the first gastric segment of the minor varies. Two of your specimens have it (therefore would be lauta according to Wheeler) and two of them lack it (therefore would be floridana).'’1 It is also worthy of notice that in Creighton’s 1950 treatment of these ants (p. 180), he anticipated the possibility that further study would show them incapable of subspecific separation. My study of authentically determined specimens of floridana and of lauta shows that, in the major, the clypeus is longitudinally rugose and medially carinate in both, the thorax is equally punctate, and the mesonotum equally angular. In the minor the base of the gaster is opaque or subopaque in many individuals of floridana. The ant Wheeler described as Pheidole constipata is still known only from type material, and its proper status cannot be conclusively determined. It appears, however, to be only a western race of floridana as far as we could tell from re-exami- nation of the types, and the differences are cited in the accom- panying key. Creighton suggested in 1950 that Pheidole ceres might be divisible into two subspecies, the usual form being represented by populations in the southern part of its range, and a more heavily sculptured, northern race centered around Boulder, Colorado. At that time he also restricted the type locality to Colorado Springs in an effort to clarify the nature of the species. 36 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXYI Wheeler had included material from several localities in the type series. In order to test the above possibility, I have examined speci- mens from many colonies of Pheidole ceres collected in Colorado at widely separated stations. There are heavily sculptured soldiers and others with the cephalic sculpture reduced enough to leave the vertex virtually smooth and rather shining. But I could not find any correlation between these conditions and geographic position. Furthermore, there are a number of col- lections representing mixed nest series, for example, one from Ivosslers Lake, near Boulder, one from Turkey Canyon, at Morri- son, west of Denver, two from Colorado Springs, one from Durango, and one from Mesa Verde, Colorado. It may be con- cluded that there is considerable lability in the head sculpturing of the major caste in ceres, so that a good series of specimens is desirable for making determinations of this species, but there is no evidence so far to support the recognition of any subspecies. The species is fairly common, and sufficient material has been studied to warrant the conclusions drawn. Considerable doubt exists as to the validity of the ant which Wheeler described as Pheidole vinelandica subsp. buccalis. Creighton designated this ant a subspecies of bicarinata, but stated that it intergrades with vinelandica in western Texas. Any of the subspecies of a species may breed (at least potentially or theoretically) with any other, but since vinelandica is, accord- ing to Creighton, an eastern and southern race which extends to Texas, and since it was thought to intergrade with buccalis in west Texas, it would seem that buccalis is more closely related to vinelandica than to the typical bicarinata, and to be a south- western form whose range overlaps that of the southern race. The range of buccalis is given as Arizona, southern Utah and east to Texas. Morphological examination of specimens which key out to buccalis appear to bear out this conclusion. In 1956, Cole published the results of his experience with this form in Arizona (including the type locality, Prescott), and in New Mexico. He states that it occurred intimately interspersed with colonies of typical bicarinata (the latter was not supposed to extend west of the Rockies as far as Creighton’s records showed in 1950), and even to nest in identical stations. If this is the case, then the two forms cannot be geographic races, and must Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 37 be either distinct species, or one a synonym of the other. The confusing structural intermixture of supposed buccalis with both vinelandica and bicarinata makes it extremely unlikely that buccalis can be an independent species, and to demonstrate that it is such would take many more data than at present exist. I can see no objection to accepting Dr. Cole’s suggestion (1956) for relegating buccalis to synonymy, but I have placed it under the subspecies vinelandica to which it seems somewhat more closely linked and under which it was originally described (vide supra) . Cole also suggested (1956) that Ph. bicarinata longula be raised to full specific rank. Though there is apparently no known evidence of intergradation between longula and the typical bicarinata as yet, the morphological differences between them are very slight, and the range and habits of longula are imperfectly understood. I agree with Creighton that the evidence for specific distinctness here is weak and am disinclined to follow Cole’s proposal. Until more information is obtained, it seems pref- erable to regard longula as a subspecies of bicarhiata. Struc- tural characteristics and geographical range of the ant are not, so far, inconsistent with this view. The discovery of a new member of the bicarinata complex in Nevada has been described above as the subspecies paint e and is carried in the key. Its status at this time is provisional owing to the small amount of material available for study. In 1953 Cole, after studying types of both, proposed that Ph. sitarches campestris be synonymized with Ph. sitarches soritis on the basis of inconsequential differences between them. Later, in 1956, upon reviewing numerous samples from New Mexico and Arizona, he reversed this decision by concluding that soritis was a variant population within the widespread, typical subspecies, and therefore suggested that soritis be made a synonym of sitarches sitarches. It cannot be denied that much variability exists in the representatives of this complex coming from New Mexico and Arizona, but Dr. Cole’s contention that this does not indicate intergradation between two subspecies ( soritis and sitarches) is open to reasonable doubt. As Dr. Creighton has pointed out, Wheeler’s type series for the typical sitarches in- cluded specimens from New Braunfels and Austin, Texas, and he showed that Austin is an area of intergradation for sitarches 38 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI with its northern race, campestris. Wheeler’s unfortunate in- clusion of the Austin specimens created confusion with respect to the nature of the true sitarches, and Creighton (1950) at- tempted to correct this by restricting the type locality to New Braunfels where the ants show more constant characters, and where a certain number of the types of sitarches were obtained. Cole states that west of Amarillo, Texas, there is a blending zone of the subspecies campestris with the subspecies sitarches. It thus appears that the region from which part of the original type series of sitarches came (Austin), and from which the types of soritis were collected (Albuquerque), are areas of extensive mixing and intergradation. It would not be surprising then to find the differences between the types of these forms some- thing less than convincing. The restriction of the type locality for sitarches to New Braunfels appears to be a step in the right direction toward elucidation of the tangle, as the following points will indicate. Dr. Creighton kindly supplied me with homotypes of sitarches collected at Iturbide, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, which differ from the Wheeler types only in being darker in color. The promesonotum and the entire head of the minor, except for weak striae on the anterior genae, are smooth and shining, agreeing in part with the original description which was based on a mixed series. He also sent me specimens of soritis from Parral, Chi- huahua, Mexico and from the Henry Mountains in southern Utah, in which the heads are striato-punetate. These data lead to the conclusion that three western races of sitarches do in reality exist, and from them we may draw a tentative picture of the distributional pattern. The typical sitarches has a coastal range centering around Brownsville, Texas and southward into Mexico, extending inland to a limited degree. The subspecies soritis has a very large range reaching from Parral in southern Chihuahua through west Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and into southern Utah. The subspecies campestris occurs from central Texas to Mississippi, north to Missouri, and (from recent records) west into the plains of Colorado. A confusing intergradation of these forms seems to take place from the region of Austin, Texas, north and west, and it is precisely this area in which a large number of the records so far gathered have come. This, coupled with the description of races based on collections made in that region, have served Mar. -June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 39 to compound the uncertainties. The evaluation of the subspecies of sit arches in western North America as presented here is offered not as a final solution, but as one subject to further modification with the acquisition of more information. The region of southern Texas and particularly adjacent states in northern Mexico, eventually, should yield critical data bearing on this problem. I venture to suggest that sitarches may turn out to be a coastal and lowland race, and that soritis will be seen as a subspecies of the mesas and mountain flanks of the high interior. Intergradation between the two in northern Mexico, has, so far as I know, not been demonstrated, but this may be attributed to the scarcity of records. Pheidole sitarches lift oralis Cole is quite distinct morpho- logically and geographically from the other forms of the species. In fact, one may suspect that littoralis is an independent species on the basis of the cephalic sculpture of the soldier, which is reticulate and foveolate rather than transversely striate, but until more is known about this ant, it seems best not to elevate its position. In 1951, Smith listed all forms of Pheidole that up to that time had been recorded from America north of Mexico, and this included two new introductions. Pheidole flavens sculptior is a West Indian species that is now said to be present in Florida also. Pheidole megacephala is a well-known tropical tramp of con- siderable economic importance, and has apparently reached Florida in recent years. The most aggravating situation with respect to our North American forms of Pheidole centers around certain species of the flavens group. In 1908, Wheeler described Pheidole nuculi- ceps from a single soldier and three workers taken at New Braunfels, Texas. I am informed by Dr. Creighton (in litt.) that the type major and a minor are now present in the collec- tion of the American Museum, and this means that the only type of the soldier caste in existence is in the possession of that in- stitution. According to Wheeler, nuculiceps is very distinct from all the described North American species of the flavens group. But he says it closely resembles Ph. exigua Mayr of South America, the main difference being that the head sculp- ture of nuculiceps is heavier and extends over the occiput, whereas in exigua this region is smooth and shining. 40 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxyi In 1941, Mrs. Gregg and I collected a member of the flavens group in Brickel Hammock, Miami, Florida, and its identifica- tion has caused no small amount of difficulty. In Creighton’s key of 1950, it runs out to nuculiceps, but upon comparison with the original description, with which it appears to coincide very well, there is an important discrepancy in the cephalic sculpture. Creighton has very kindly compared my specimens, side-by-side, with the above mentioned types in the American Museum, and is able to assure me that the two ants are not conspecific. He states that the type of nuculiceps has a much broader postpetiole and the lateral connules are prominent. It also shows the cephalic rugae crossing the occipital lobes all the way to their rear margins, whereas in the Miami specimens the occiput is smooth and shining ; the difference is stated to be very striking. This has led to the conclusion that the Brickel Hammock speci- mens may be, in reality, Pheiclole exigua Mayr, and thus con- stitute an addition to the North American fauna. The difficulty, however, does not end here. As indicated above, Smith recorded Ph. flavens sculptior from Florida, and in the interest of further clarification, I have asked Dr. Smith for permission to examine specimens of sculptior and exigua which he obtained in good series during residence on the island of Puerto Rico. Dr. Smith replied by lending me samples of sculptior from Martinique, St. Croix, and Puerto Rico in the West Indies, and from Miami, Florida, but said that he was unable to locate any exigua in the collection of the National Museum. Wheeler (1908) provided a detailed description of the worker, soldier, and female castes of exigua, based on three females, numerous soldiers, and workers collected in Puerto Rico. The Brickel Hammock specimens agree fairly well with this description, except that the flattened, scrobe-like areas on the head of the major are distinctly punctate (not indistinctly), and shining. According to Mayr (1887), the major of exigua has the antennal furrows smooth, humeral angles weak, and the mesonotum without transverse striae but finely reticulo-punctate. The first two of these characters, and particularly the first, would appear to differ from the Florida ants to hand. Emery, in 1894, from examination of a topotype of exigua , states that the antennal scrobes are smooth and very shining, and further Mar. -June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 41 maintains it is so similar to the typical flavens that it should rank only as a subspecies of that form. It will be noticed that there is disagreement among these accounts with regard to the nature of the so-called antennal scrobes, which in most of the forms are not truly scrobes but flattened or slightly concave areas lying beneath the scapes when these are in repose. Emery possessed presumably typical ex- amples from Cayenne (the type locality), but it is not clear whether he also had seen any of Mayr’s types for comparison. Wheeler received two workers of exigua from Emery, and this may have led him to identify his Puerto Rican material as exigua and to the redescription of that ant as outlined in the preceding paragraph. The worker caste among related species and sub- species of Pheidole is so often unreliable for specific identifica- tion it is surprising that Wheeler would have made use of them (Emery workers) in this way, and it is further possible that Wheeler may not have possessed specimens of the true exigua at all. In the American Museum collection a tray labelled exigua contains two pins of specimens from British Guiana, but they cannot be that insect, nor even members of the flavens group, for the head and thorax of the minors are smooth and shining. Wheeler’s 1908 description of exigua is supposed to have been based upon a long series of specimens, but if they are in the American Museum, they are not in the tray of exigua specimens, and thus far have not been located. The difficulties with regard to these species, however, are not insoluble. Dr. Charles Ferriere, at the Museum of Natural History in Geneva, Switzerland, generously permitted me to borrow a single cotvpe soldier of Pheidole exigua Mayr, from Cayenne, and several types of Pheidole flavens sculptior Forel, from the collections of the museum. I have made careful com- parisons of the exigua cotype with Wheeler’s description of this species as given in the Bulletin of the American Museum, Volume 24, page 134 (1908). The agreement between the two is very good, except for certain apparent discrepancies which can be traced to the difficulties of language and interpretation. Since it is impossible to know precisely what Wheeler meant, we are forced to rely on his probable meaning. The head is stated by Wheeler to be a little longer than broad, and indeed it appears 42 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI to be, but actual micrometer measurements show that the length (excluding the mandibles) exactly equals the width. It is possible Wheeler depended upon apparent conditions and may not have taken measurements. The mandibles are said to have two apical teeth and two smaller basal ones. The closed mandi- bles of the type make it impossible to see the basal teeth, and the apical ones are not present, though it is evident they did exist and have been worn off. According to Wheeler, the anterior % of the head, thorax, petiole, and sides of the postpetiole are subopaque. The specimen agrees with this except for the head, which, though sculptured anteriorly, is nevertheless shining. The expressions “shining”, “subopaque”, and “opaque” are susceptible to variable shades of meaning, as anyone who has studied myrmecological descriptions can testify. Whether a surface is thought to be subopaque or shining can depend upon the amount of illumination and the power of magnification used, and it has been observed also that the same investigator may vary in his interpretation, regarding a surface of a given texture as subopaque in one species and as quite shining in another. On the type of exigua the cephalic inter rugal sculpture is faint enough to leave the surface virtually shining. This, of course, might not be true if one had additional specimens to examine, and it points up one of the serious limitations of type material, despite the admittedly great importance of such material. Wheeler further states that the antennal scrobe is sharply de- fined laterally by a distinct ruga, and that all rugae on the sides of the head stop abruptly at the scrobes, their surfaces being indistinctly punctate and shining. At first sight this seems to be a serious discrepancy between the type and the description, but upon closer examination the situation clears up. In certain other members of the flavens group, the so-called “scrobe” is nothing more than a broad flattened area on the side of the head between the frontal carina and the eye, and is much wider than the antennal scape. This same flattening is evident also on the exigua type, but there appears to be a much deeper longitudinal groove just below the carina (which extends far posteriorly), and this grove is wide enough only to accommodate the scape. There are no rugae in the groove, it is shining, and it is bounded laterally by a long ruga which parallels the frontal carina. Be- Mar. -June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 43 yond it, other rugae cross the flattened area on the head, which upon initial view appear to disagree with Wheeler’s statement. If this is the correct interpretation of Wheeler’s treatment, then the above-mentioned inequities among the descriptions of Mayr, Emery, and Wheeler with reference to the scrobe, disappear, and we may conclude that the latter’s description of exigua was based on specimens belonging actually to that taxon. It is now necessary to return to the ants which Dr. Smith sent me as representatives of Ph. flavens sculptior. Those from St. Croix and Puerto Rico (Smith det.), and from Martinique (Forel det.) fit precisely the characters given in Smith’s key to the ants of Puerto Rico (1936). Smith’s conception of this species (in litt.) is based upon Wheeler’s determined specimens and published descriptions. The specimens of Ph. flavens sculptior sent me from Geneva are labelled “Typus” and they are from the Island of St. Vincent, the type locality. Dr. Ferriere cautions, however, that while there are several cotypes of sculptior , he sent specimens marked as types because it is not always certain that specimens labelled cotypes in Forel ’s col- lection are really from the same locality. Nevertheless, these ants are the only samples of presumably undoubted type material I have been able to examine. Upon comparison of them with Smith’s specimens from Puerto Rico, I find there is complete agreement, and we may conclude that Dr. Smith had examples of the true sculptior when he wrote his account of the ants of Puerto Rico. Before attempting to decide what the Miami, Florida ants are, it seems advisable to distinguish between exigua and sculptior , especially in view of the opportunity for comparing type ma- terial. The results of this study may be outlined as follows. The cephalic rugae on exigua are coarse, far apart, and cover the anterior % of the head, leaving the vertex and occiput smooth and shining. The interrugal sculpture is sparse so even the anterior sculptured part of the head is shining also. The an- tennal scrobe is distinct, smooth surfaced, bordered by a long frontal carina and a lateral ruga, and appears to be truly a scrobe for the reception of the scape. The flattened area of the head continues the scrobe laterally and is crossed by coarse rugae. The cephalic rugae on sculptior are finer, closer together, and 44 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi merge into weak reticulations on the vertex. Interrugal punc- tures are dense making the whole head opaque except for the narrow zone at the extreme rear margin of the head surround- ing the foramen magnum, which is shining. The flattened lateral area of the head is hardly a true scrobe, the carina bordering it medially is weak and short, there is no lateral carina, its surface is densely punctate, and it is not traversed by rugae. The promesonotum of exigua has prominent, wavy, transverse rugae anteriorly, whereas the posterior portion behind the humeral angles is heavily punctate. Viewed from behind, the promesonotum is transversely arched and strongly convex, with humeral angles inconspicuous. The mesonotum descends very abruptly in a vertical plane (even slightly undercut) to the mesoepinotal suture, which is deep. The promesonotum antero- posteriorly is also decidedly convex. The promesonotum of sculptior has a weaker, reticulate, trans- verse sculpture, but is also punctate posteriorly. Viewed from behind, the transverse convexity is weaker and lower so that the humeral angles are much more pronounced. The antero-posterior convexity is low, but the descent to the mesoepinotal suture is abrupt as in exigua. The epinotal declivity is transversely striate in exigua and the hairs are short, stubby and sparse, whereas the declivity is punctate in sculptior and the hairs are long, uneven in length, and numerous. Next, a specimen of the major of the typical Pkeidole flavens Roger from Soledad, Cuba, sent me by Dr. Creighton, clearly shows important distinctions from the two foregoing species. The “scrobe” is much less distinct than that of exigua, being only a flattened lateral area between the carina and the eye, crossed by a few faint rugules and definitely punctate, but still it is shining. Dr. Creighton informs me that other variants of flavens show this same condition. The scrobe is even flatter and less distinct than the corresponding region on sculptior, which it will be recalled is a bit concave, is densely punctate and opaque, and is not crossed by rugae. Furthermore, the vertex and occiput of flavens are smooth and shining as in exigua, but the rest of the head is subopaque owing to interrugal sculpture, though not dense enough to render the head opaque as in sculptior. Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 45 The promesonotal rugae are weaker than in exigua and reticu- late, being in this respect like those of sculptior. The epinotal spines of flavens point vertically upward in contrast to those of the other ants, which though they stand upright, slope diagonally to the rear. In view of all these differences, it is doubtful if exigua can be regarded as a subspecies of flavens, as Emery treats it, and therefore shall be designated a full species, Pheiclole exigua Mayr. On the other hand, Pheiclole flavens sculptior Forel is less distinct anatomically and its distributional behavior accords well with that of a subspecies. I believe it should remain in that status. The specimens of sculptior from Miami, Florida (Buren det.) and the sample obtained from Brickel Hammock are indistin- guishable. Despite the similarities of the scrobes and their sculpture, these ants are not identical, however, with the ex- amples of sculptior from Puerto Rico and Martinique, nor with the types from St. Vincent. This is evident especially from the smooth (almost sculptureless) and shining occipital lobes of the Florida ants. In sculptior, the cephalic rugae and punctures completely cover the head, making it opaque, except at the ex- treme posterior margin around the foramen which is smooth and shining. In addition, the epinotal spines of the Brickel Hammock ants are longer and sharper than those of sculptior. These two samples of the flave7is group in Florida cannot represent Ph. flavens sculptior (from the West Indies), and unless this sub- species is known from Florida by other specimens, or is there but not yet collected, this discovery requires a revision of the North American list. Pheidole flavens sculptior must be dropped, and that is the plan followed in this paper. The Miami specimens cannot be considered Ph. exigua either, because of a number of structural differences. The scrobes are too weak, they are punctate, and the head is shining only pos- teriorly on the vertex and occiput. The promesonotum is not strongly arched in a transverse direction so that the humeral angles are more prominent as a consequence, and the descent of the mesonotum to the mesoepinotal suture is sloping and gradual. They differ from flavens by having the scrobes slightly more concave and densely punctate (the flattened areas of flavens are sparsely punctured and shining), but otherwise these ants seem 46 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi to be closer to the typical flavens than to any of the other forms. Therefore, it may be assumed that the Miami ants are either a new species or that they represent a variant of the flavens popula- tion at the tip of the Florida peninsula, perhaps a new subspecies. I incline to the latter interpretation, but until a good series of specimens of this ant can be obtained for more complete study, it is preferred not to supply a formal name. The population will be regarded for the moment as not quite typical representa- tives of Pheidole flavens. The proximity of Cuba to south Florida and the ease of accidental spread to the mainland at some time in the remote past make this supposition at least plausible. Whether nuculiceps will ultimately prove to be a synonym of sculpt ior (owing to the similarity of the cephalic sculpture which entirely covers the head), it is impossible to say. The types of these ants would have to be compared, but in view of the wide gap in known distribution and the fact that sculpt ior is an insular form on a number of the islands of the Caribbean, it is decidedly improbable, unless a rare introduction onto the main- land of Texas could have taken place, in which case it ought to show up at intermediate points also. Furthermore, the relatively broad postpetiole and its prominent lateral connules would seem to preclude any possibility that nuculiceps would be the same as flavens or any of its variants. Recently, a taxonomic tangle centering around Pheidole vasliti Pergande from Mexico has been detected by Creighton. He has published a revision of this complex which proposes to treat vasliti, hirtula, and sub dent at a as full species. The variety ari- zonica described by Santschi originally as a full species falls as a synonym of sub dent at a. Thus the ant designated by Creighton in 1950 as Pheidole vasliti arizonica Santschi now becomes Ph. subdentata Pergande. This is the only member of the group, so far as known, that occurs within the boundaries of the United States. In 1950, Creighton placed the ant Pheidole macclendoni in a group where the major was supposed to lack transverse striae on the pronotum. This has been found to be in error because at the time his key was compiled he had not seen the true major of this polymorphic species, and it is now known that the latter caste Mar.— June, 1958] Gregg: Ants 47 does possess transverse pronotal striae. Wheeler’s description of the major of macclendoni fits the characters of that caste accurately, to judge from specimens collected recently by Cole near Laredo, Texas. Measurement of the head lengths in the various castes of this series give the following results : minors, 0.75 to 0.83 mm.; a larger media, 2.1 mm.; and majors, 2.5 mm. A smaller media (one of Wheeler’s cotypes) in Creighton’s collection has a head 1.5 mm. long. Wheeler states in the original description of the species that the head length of the intermediates varies from 1 to 2 mm., and that the length of the soldier head is 2.6 mm. Though the head of the majors in Cole’s series is one tenth of a millimeter shorter than the measurement given by Wheeler for the type soldier, it would appear that they do belong actually to the major caste. There is one feature of this caste mentioned in Wheeler’s description, however, that does need some clarification. According to his account, the petiole viewed from above is “violin-shaped,” and as broad in front as it is behind, with concave sides. This appearance is due to the presence on the sides of the peduncle of broad, blunt, lateral tubercles, bearing the petiolar spiracles at their extremities. These protuberances are as prominent as the lateral borders of the petiolar node, and the margin of the segment between them and the node is consequently concave. Besides the characters given in the key, the soldier of macclen- doni can be distinguished from titanis by its bidentate clvpeal margin as opposed to the deep, narrow notch on the clypeus of the latter species, and by its stout, convex mandibles as com- pared to the longer, straighter and sharper mandibles of titanis. From virago it differs by its bidentate rather than sinuate clypeal margin, its smooth rather than longitudinally rugulose median clypeal lobe, its longer scapes which reach as far as the eyes and a postpetiole which is less than twice as wide as the petiole. The petiolar tubercles mentioned above also clearly separate macclendoni from virago and the two ants differ much in size, the major of the former measuring 5.5 to 6.0 mm. and the latter 4.0 to 4.5 mm. The ant described by Wheeler in 1915 as Pheidole tepicana cavigenis has been reviewed in connection with tepicana Pergande and other species which were formerly confused with it (Creigh- 48 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXYI ton and Gregg, 1955). In our revision it was shown that cavi- gensis could not be related to tepicana, despite Wheeler’s place- ment of it, because it lacks the deep clypeal emargination so typical of tepicana, and for other reasons also. At that time it was suggested that cavigenis probably belongs to sitarches. The difficulty in this allocation results from the fact that several members of the sitarches complex are most certainly recognized from features shown by the minor. Since cavigenis was described from the major only, its exact relationship may never be certain. However on the basis of distribution it seems probable that cavi- genis is a synonym of sitarches soritis. It has been so treated in this study. Literature Cole, A. C. 1953. Studies of New Mexico ants. Y. The genus Pheidole with synonymy. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 28: 297-299. . 1956. Observations of some members of the genus Plieidole in southwestern United States with synonymy. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 31: 112-118. Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 104: 1-585. . 1957. A revisionary study of Pheidole vasliti Pergande. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 65: 203-212. Creighton, W. S. and R. E. Gregg. 1955. New and little-known species of Pheidole from the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. Univ. Colo. Stud., Ser. Biol. No. 3. pp. 1-46. Emery, C. 1894. Studi sulle formiclie della fauna neotropica, VII-XVI. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 26: 137-241. Mayr, G. 1887. Sudamerikanisclie Formiciden. Verb. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 37: 511-632. Smith, M. R. 1936. The ants of Puerto Rico. Jour. Agri. Univ. Puerto Rico. 20: 819-875. . 1951. Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico, synoptic cata- log: Family Formicidae. U. S. D. A. Mon. No. 2, pp. 778-875. Wheeler, W. M. 1908. The ants of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 24: 117-158. . 1908a. The ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 24: 399-485. — - — . 1915. Some additions to the North American ant-fauna. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 34: 389-421. Mar.— June, 1958] Rousell: Cockroach 49 EFFECTS OF VARIOUS FACTORS ON THE SYNTHESIS OF ASCORBIC ACID BY THE AMERICAN COCKROACH, PERIPLANETA AMERICANA L.1 By P. Gerald Rousell St. Francis Xavier University, Antigonish, Nova Scotia. Ascorbic acid has been found in the tissues of a number of insects. Joly (1940) reported it in the blood of the queen termite, Bellicositermes natalensis . Hay dak and Vivino (1943) showed that the adult honeybee, Apis mellifica, contains an aver- age of 1.88 micrograms of the vitamin per gram of tissue. In the aphid Myzocles persicae, Barmstedt (1948) found ascorbic acid in the epithelium of the posterior, but not in the anterior mid-gut or in the hind-gut. Metcalf (1943) demonstrated the presence in large amounts of ascorbic acid in the Malpighian tubules of the cockroach, Periplaneta americana. Gamo (1941) reported that ascorbic acid is exceedingly important in the de- velopment and metamorphosis of the silkworm, Bombyx mori. The growth of the larva depends chiefly upon the content of the vitamin in the mulberry leaves upon which it feeds. Day (1949) using a histochemical method, found a few granules in the larva, but none in the adult, of Tenebrio molitor. Wollman, Giroud and Ratismananga (193d) have presented indirect evidence that the cockroach, Blattella germanica, is able to synthesize ascorbic acid. They raised cockroaches under aseptic conditions on a vitamin C-free diet for fifteen years and found that the content of ascorbic acid was the same as that in specimens which were not raised in this manner and which were fed a diet containing ascorbic acid. Gamo and Seki (1954) presented direct proof for the ability of the insect to synthesize ascorbic acid. They demonstrated that homogenates of pupal fat bodies of the silkworm, B. mori, were 1 Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Department of Biology at Fordham University. The author is indebted to Dr. Daniel Ludwig, Fordham University, for his advice and assistance during the course of the investigation. 50 New York Entomological Society [ Vol. LX VI able to convert mannose into vitamin C. This ability varied considerably during the period from the prepupa to the four-day pupa at 25° C. The purpose of the present work is to determine whether homogenates of the cockroach, P. americana, are able to synthe- size ascorbic acid and the optimal conditions for this synthesis. MATERIALS AND METHODS The cockroaches used in all experiments were raised in the laboratory on a diet of dog pellets and water. The method for ascorbic acid determination was that of Roe and Kuether (1943) as modified by Schaffert and Kingsley (1955), except that only 1 ml. of filtrate was used in each deter- mination, and the amounts of the other reagents were adjusted accordingly. The insects were immobilized with ether and then weighed. Homogenates of whole nymphs were made using a 0.3M phosphate buffer adjusted to the proper pH. One milliliter of the homogenate was then shaken with 3.5 ml. of the substrate in a 15 ml. centrifuge tube and incubated for the desired period of time. A blank consisting of 3.5 ml. of the substrate solution and 1 ml. of buffer was used to compensate for any colored com- pounds that might be formed by the reaction of the substrate with the reagents. A third tube was used which contained 1 ml. of the homogenate to which 3.5 ml. of the substrate were added at the end of the incubation period. The purpose of this blank was to obtain the amount of ascorbic acid in the homogenate. When this value was subtracted from the reading obtained for the incubated homogenate, the amount of ascorbic acid synthe- sized was obtained. The three tubes (the tubes containing the reaction mixture, the homogenate blank, and the substrate blank) were incubated at a given temperature for the desired period of time. Readings were made with a Beckman DU spectrophotom- eter at a wave length of 520 m/x, and a slit width of 0.03 milli- meters. The following factors were studied, and in these tests, mannose was used as the substrate except where others are specified. (1) The nature of the substrate. Substrates used were mannose, glucose, sucrose, galactose, fructose and xylose. (2) The effect of substrate concentration. Values tested were lO 3, 3 x 10 3, 5 x 10'3 and 10'2M. Mar. -June, 1958] Eousell: Cockroach 51 (3) The effect of homogenate concentration using 10, 20 and 30 per cent. (4) The length of the incubation period. Periods tested were 1, 2, 3, 6, 9 and 14 hours. (5) The effect of various pH values. Tests were made using solutions adjusted to 4.4, 5.6, 6.8, 7.4, 8.4. The pH values were determined by means of a Beckman pH meter. (6) The effect of various incubation temperatures. Those tested were room temperature (approximately 25°), 30°, 35°, 40° and 45° C. (7) The effect of manganese ion. Solutions of 0.01, 0.05 and 0.10 per cent MnCl2, were used. (8) The effect of using homogenates of fat bodies alone. Ten per cent homogenates at pH 6.8 were incubated for three hours at 25° C. with substrate solutions of 5 x 10'3M con- centration. OBSERVATIONS The ability of the cockroach to utilize sugars as precursors of ascorbic acid is evident from the figures given in Table I. When TABLE I The Effect of the Use of Various Sugars as Substrates on the Synthesis of Ascorbic Acid by P. america?ia. Substrate No. of Tests Amount synthesized gg./gm. (with Standard Error) Mannose 60 18.6 ± 0.58 Glucose 10 15.1 ± 1.34 Fructose 10 13.7 ±2.00 Sucrose 10 11.6 ± 1.77 Galactose 10 14.6 ± 1.40 Xylose 10 7.2 ± 1.70 sucrose was used, an average synthesis of 11.6 /xg./gm. was ob- tained. Mannose was utilized most efficiently, resulting in the formation of 18.6 /xg./gm. while xylose was the least effective, producing 7.2. In a few tests, regardless of substrate, negative values were obtained. Table II contains statistical analyses of the results obtained when the different substrates were used. A significant difference exists between the amount of ascorbic acid 52 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI TABLE II Probable Significance Between the Amount of Ascorbic Acid Synthesized from Different Substrates* Substrates Compared Difference between Means Standard Error of Difference Difference Standard Error of Difference Mannose & Glucose 2.90 1.43 2.03 Mannose & Fructose 4.30 2.00 2.05 Mannose & Sucrose 6.40 1.77 3.44 Mannose & Galactose 3.60 1.50 2.26 Mannose & Xylose 10.80 1.80 6.00 Xylose & Glucose 7.90 2.17 3.64 Xylose & Fructose 6.50 2.61 2.10 Xylose & Sucrose 4.40 2.48 1.77 Xylose & Galactose 7.20 2.20 3.27 Fig. 1. Effect of pH of the homogenate on the synthesis of ascorbic acid. * Two means are statistically different when the difference between the means divided by the standard error of the means is equal to two or more. Mar.— June, 1958] Rousell: Cockroach 53 obtained from mannose and that obtained from the other sugars. Significant differences were also found between xylose and glucose, xylose and fructose, xylose and galactose. The effect of pH on the synthesis of ascorbic acid is shown in Figure 1. This synthesis is considerably affected by the pH of the homogenate. A value near neutrality appeared to be the most favorable, with an average of 19.0 /xg./gm. being formed at a pH of 6.8. An inspection of Figure 1 shows that increasing the alkalinity or acidity resulted in a sharp drop in the amount of Fig. 2. Effect of concentration of substrate on the synthesis of ascorbic acid. ascorbic acid formed, with values of 12.2 at a pH of 4.4, and 14.7 at a pH of 8.4. The concentration of the substrate was also important in de- termining the ability of insect tissue to synthesize ascorbic acid as shown in Figure 2. Increasing the substrate concentration from 10'3 to 5 x 10 3M resulted in an increase in synthesis, the maximal amount of ascorbic acid being produced at the latter concentration. Figure 2 also shows that an increase in concentra- 54 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi tion to 1Q'2M did not result in any further synthesis. These results indicate that concentrations between 5 x 10'3 and 10'2M are optimal. Varying the period of incubation resulted in a steady synthe- sis of ascorbic acid for the first three hours, with an average rate of approximately 6 /xg./gm./hr. A continuation of the incuba- tion period to six hours produced a decrease, the rate being Fig. 3. The effect of the temperature of incubation on the synthesis of ascorbic acid. . Upper graph — three hours incubation Lower graph — one hour incubation 3 /xg./gm./hr. ; with nine hours of incubation, it was 1.7, and with fourteen hours, 0.93. Hence the optimal incubation period was three hours. The temperature of incubation also modifies the amount of ascorbic acid synthesized (Figure 3). Since any determination of optimal temperature must take into account the duration of the test, measurements were after one hour and after three hours Mar.— June, 1958] Rousell: Cockroach 55 of incubation. In the former case, the differences between the amounts synthesized were not large, 30° C. appearing to be the most favorable temperature. Under these conditions 8.8 /xg./gm. were synthesized as compared with 7.2 at room temperature (approximately 25° C.). As the temperature was increased, less ascorbic acid was synthesized. When measurements were made after a three hour incubation period, the level of ascorbic acid production remained almost constant between room temperature and 30° C. Increases in temperature beyond this point resulted in a progressive decrease in synthesis to a loW value of 5.0 /xg./gm. at 45° C. Homogenate concentration was found to be important. When it was increased from 10 to 20 per cent the amount of ascorbic acid produced increased from 16.5 to 19.2 /xg./gm. A further increase to 30 per cent resulted in a small decrease to 18.5 /xg./gm. These results indicate the best homogenate concentration to be 20 per cent. The addition of manganese ion in the form of MnCl2 did not result in any increased synthesis. Homogenates of fat bodies produced greater amounts of ascor- bic acid than homogenates of whole insects. The amount syn- thesized was 26.0 as compared with 18.6 /xg./gm. DISCUSSION In the technique used here, ascorbic acid already present in the tissues and that which may have been in the food in the digestive tract are accounted for by the use of the homogenate blank. However, the blank does not eliminate the possibility that micro- organisms could be responsible for its synthesis. Tests using only homogenates of fat bodies greatly reduce the possible role of microorganisms. They do not exclude the possibility that symbiotes present in the mycetocytes of fat bodies could play some part in this synthesis. (Gier, 1936). The decrease in rate of synthesis when the incubation period was extended beyond three hours or when the temperature was raised above 30° C, may in each case be due to a breakdown of ascorbic acid. Aqueous solutions, and extracts of ascorbic acid, readily undergo oxidation when left exposed to air. The increase in temperature may accelerate oxidation, producing oxalic and 56 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi L-threonic acids, compounds which do not couple with the phenylhydrazine reagent. The low values obtained at 40° and 45° C may also be due to thermal inactivation of the enzyme. The temperature of 25° C., optimal in the present experiments, was also found by Gamo and Seki (1954) to be optimal for syn- thesis of ascorbic acid by the silkworm, Bombyx mori. The lack of increased synthesis when manganese was added to the incubation mixture appears to indicate that manganese is not a necessary cofactor. These results are in agreement with the work of Boyer, Shaw and Phillips (1942) who were unable to substantiate Rudra’s (1938) findings that manganese increases the in vitro formation of ascorbic acid when rat and guinea pig liver tissues were supplied with mannose, glucose or galactose. The ability of insect tissue to utilize sugars in the formation of ascorbic acid agrees with results obtained with vertebrate tissues. Guha and Ghosh (1936) working with spleen, liver and cardiac muscle of rats found that mannose was converted into ascorbic acid. Ruffo and Tartaglione (1948) reported a utilization of mannose, glucose and fructose in the synthesis of ascorbic acid by rat liver and kidney brei. The conversion of glucose to ascorbic acid reported here also agrees with the results obtained with vertebrates. Jacket, Mosback, Burns, and King (1950) as well as Horowitz and King (1953) reported that ascorbic acid was formed when labeled glucose was fed to chloretone-treated rats. However, Smythe and King (1942) found that mannose and glucose were ineffective substrates in the formation of ascorbic acid by rat liver and kidney slices. The results obtained in this work agree with those of Gamo (1941) who found a synthesis of ascorbic acid during the pre- pupal and pupal stages of the silkworm, Bombyx mori. They also agree with the results of in vitro experiments that Gamo and Seki published in 1954. They reported that the fat bodies of the silkworm were able to convert mannose into ascorbic acid. However, they found that this ability varies considerably during metamorphosis. During the period from the prepupal stage up to the four-day pupae, the amounts synthesized are comparatively great, while negative results were obtained with six-day and eight-day pupae. The synthesis was most intense in prepupae, one-day and two-day pupae. With prepupae they showed that Mar.— June, 1958] Rousell : Cockroach 57 amounts as great as 97.7 fig. /mg. were synthesized; for one-day pupae it was 73.1; and for two-day pupae, 78.3. These values are higher than those obtained in this present work wdiere an average of 26.0 fig./ mg. were synthesized by the homogenates of fat bodies. The greatest amount synthesized in any single test of the present experiments was 43.9 fig./g m. The findings of this work also tend to confirm the indirect evidence presented by Wollman, Giroud and Katismananga (1937) that an enzy- matic synthesis of ascorbic acid occurs in the cockroach. SUMMARY The ability of the cockroach, Periplaneta americana to syn- thesize ascorbic acid was demonstrated. The monosaccharides mannose, glucose, fructose, galactose and xylose were shown to act as precursors. Of these tested mannose proved to be the best and xylose the poorest substrate. A disaccharide, sucrose, was also utilized in the synthesis of ascorbic acid. Glucoronolaetone gave inconclusive results. The following conditions proved to be most favorable for ascorbic acid synthesis : substrate concentration of 5 x 10"3M, pH 6.8, three hour incubation period, temperature range of 25 °- 30° C. and twenty per cent homogenate concentration. Addition of manganese ion to the incubation mixture did not result in any increase in the synthesis. Homogenates of fat bodies synthesized greater amounts of ascorbic acid than whole homogenates. Literature Cited Barmstedt, F. 1948. Uber die Verdauungsphysiologic der Aphid. Zeit. fiir Naturforschung. 3B: 14-24. Boyer, P. I>., J. H. Shaw and P. H. Phillips. 1942. Studies of manganese deficiency in the Rat. Jour. Biol. Chem. 143: 417-425. Day, M. 1949. Distribution of ascorbic acid in the tissues of insects. Aust. Jour. Sc. Research. B2: 19-39. Gamo, T. 1941. On the variation of the content of ascorbic acid during development and metamorphosis of the silkworm, Bombyx mori. Bull. Sericulture and Silk Ind. 13(a): 63-69. Gamo, T. and H. Seki. 1954. Some experiments on the synthetic increase of ascorbic acid content during the pupal stage of the silkworm, Bombyx mori. Research Reports of the Faculty of Textile and Seri- culture, Shinsku Univ. 4: 29-38. 58 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Gier, H. T. 1936. The morphology and behavior of the intracellular bacteroids of roaches. Biol. Bull. 71: 433-452. Guha, B. and B. Ghosh. 1936. Biosynthesis of ascorbic acid. Nature. 138: 844. Haydak, H. and A. Yivino. 1943. Changes in the vitamin content during the life of the worker honeybee. Arch. Biocliem. 2: 201-207. Horowitz, H. H. and C. G. King. 1953. The conversion of glucose-6-C14 to ascorbic acid by the albino rat. Jour. Biol. Chem. 200: 125-129. Jackel, S. S., E. H. Mosback, J. J. Burns and C. G. King. 1950. The synthesis of L-ascorbic acid by the albino rat. Jour. Biol. Chem. 186: 569-579. J oly, P. 1940. Recherche, par voie ehemique, des principales vitamins et hormones cetonigues dans le sang reine de Bellicositermes natalensis. Comp. rend. Soc. biol. 134: 408-410. Metcalf, R. 1943. The storage and interaction of water soluble vitamins in the Malpighian tubules of Periplaneta americana. Arch. Biocliem. 2: 55-62. Roe, J. and C. Kauther. 1943. Determination of ascorbic acid in whole blood and through the 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine derivative of deliy- droaseorbic acid. Jour. Biol. Chem. 147: 399-407. Rudra, M. 1938. Role of the manganese ion in biological synthesis of ascorbic acid. Nature. 141: 203. Ruffo, A. and Y. Tartaglione. 1948. Sintesi biologica di vit. C. Presenza di esoso-isomerasi negli organi del Ratto. Quard. Dello Nut. 10(4): 283-290. Schaffert, R. R. and G. R. Kingsley. 1955. A rapid, simple method for the determination of reduced, dehydro- and total ascorbic acid in bio- logical material. Jour. Biol. Chem. 212: 59-68. Smythe, C. and C. King. 1942. A study of ascorbic synthesis by animal tissue in vitro. Jour. Biol. Chem. 142: 529-543. Wollman, E., A. Giroud and R. Ratismananga. 1937. Synthese de la vitamin C chez une insecte Orthoptere ( Blatella germanica ) un elevage aseptique. Comp. rend. Soc. biol. 124: 434: 435. Mar.— June, 1958] Flint: Ironoquia 59 THE LARVA AND TERRESTRIAL PUPA OF IRONOQUIA PARVULA (TRICHOPTERA, LIMNEPHILIDAE* By Oliver S. Flint, Jr. Department of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. The genus Ironoquia was erected in 1916 by Banks to receive parvula , originally described in 1900 in Chaetopterygopsis. Iro- noquia remained monotypic until 1951 when Schmid united the four species of Caborius with it. The species was originally de- scribed from specimens collected in New Jersey and has since been recorded from Massachusetts and New Hampshire. The im- mature stages have remained undescribed until the present. In the summer of 1957 the species was reared from Ringwood Pre- serve in Dryden, New York. Larva: Length 11 mm., width 1.5 mm. Shape eruciform; color of sclerites deep brown, abdomen white. Head: (fig. 1) Brown, paling slightly posteriorly and ventrally, with a pale band following the epicranial sutures. Muscle insertion marks dark, indistinct, noticeable only posterior to eye. Face densely spinulate ; mouth- parts typical of family. Thorax: (fig. 2) Pronotum brown, with pale central band; a shallow transverse depression across anterior half. Mesonotum brown, with pale central band, posterior margin black. Metanotum with numerous short setae on membrane. Legs brown to straw. Prosternal horn sclerotized, not reaching apex of fore coxae. Abdomen : Three spacing humps present, lateral ones much flattened. First segment dorsally with many short setae ; lateral hump with scabrous patch apieally; venter elevated transversely, with many long setae. Gills borne in bushy clusters of 12-15 branches. Oval sclerotized rings on ven- ters of segments 3-8. Lateral line on anterior half of segment three com- posed of thick erect dark scales. Posterior margin of segment 8 dorsally with 8-10 long setae, and a varying number of short pale ones. Ninth segment ehitin plate bearing 4 long black setae ; one seta laterally of plate ; another pair submedially on venter. Sclerite around anal claw with 13-15 setae ; membranous ventral portion of prolegs with 3-7 setae. Pupa : Length 7-8 mm., width 2 mm. Color white. General shape typical of family, fig. 3. Head: Mandibles (fig. 4) curved, with 2 black setae externally. Labrum (fig. 5) with 3 black and 1 pale seta in each distal group; 2 long, straight, * Supported by a predoctoral fellowship from the National Science Foundation. 60 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI black setae and 1 short pale seta in each proximal group. Front with 2 pairs of setae, another pair near eyes, pair between bases of antennae, and last pair on occipital region. Antennae reaching apex of abdomen and curving up and around apical segments; each antenna with 2 long black setae on ventral side of first segment, 3 more dorsally; second segment with 2 long black setae. Thorax: Pronotum with a pair of setae submedially. Mesonotum with 2 pairs of long dark setae, posterior pair with 1-2 small setae. Metanotum with a pair of long, and a pair of short setae near middle. Fore coxae with 3 setae ventrally, middle coxae with 1 seta ; hind legs with a very feebly developed fringe. Abdomen : Segments 1-5 dorsally with 2 pairs of setae, segment 6 with 3 pairs, segment 7 with 4 pairs, and segment 8 with 7-8 pairs. Segments 2-8 with dorsal and ventral sclerotized rods. Segments 2-7 ventrally with a postero-lateral seta, segment 8 with 2 setae. Segments 2-8 laterally with a subdorsal seta ; segment 6 with a posterior seta, 7-8 with a cluster of fine hairs here, probably remnants of lateral fringe. First segment dorsally lacking posterior rugosity; hook plates (fig. 6) may have from 1-3 spines per anterior plate. Anal appendages (fig. 7) reduced to rounded lobes. Case: Length 9-13 mm., width 2 mm. Slender, tapered and curved. Composed of small sand grains attached to give a very uniform surface. The larvae will key to Caborius in Ross, from which they may be separated by the markings of the head. The larvae of Ca- borius and Ironoquia do seem to substantiate the union proposed by Schmid on the basis of adult characters. It will be interest- ing to see if the pupa of Caborius also substantiates this union. The pupae can be separated from any known Nearctic lim- nephilid in that they lack anal processes, gills, etc. Biology The larvae were taken in a small kettle hole pool which con- tains water in the spring, but generally dries up in the summer. Larvae of Limnephilus indivisus Walk, are abundant in this pool, yet in a nearby swamp there indivisus is equally common not a single larva of parvida has been found. The larvae were abun- dant and conspicuous in May and June as they clambered over the submerged leaves and congregated by the dozens on the fallen inflorescences of Acer rubrum. Attempts were made to rear larvae in aquaria, but all attempts met with failure, the larvae dying in a few weeks for no apparent reason. A trip to the pool on the rainy afternoon of June 20 showed the answer to the problem. A larva was observed out of the water crawling away from the pool. A search through the rot- ing leaves at the high water line yielded a number of larvae Mar.— June, 1958] Flint: Ironoquia 61 secreted under the leaves. During the summer, aestivating lar- vae were found under the leaves, even when the pool had com- pletely dried up. These larvae were inactive and retracted in their cases, which were unsealed. The mortality among the aestivating larvae must be very high. It appeared that only a particular set of conditions would allow completion of development. Those larvae which were unpro- tected from the rain were washed out of the leaves. Their whit- ened cases were strewn by the hundreds over many areas. In other places where there were still layers of unrotted leaves, few larvae or pupae were found. The most productive area was where the ground was shielded by the trees, and a vigorous growth of poison ivy, yet the leaves had rotted so that only the upper- most few were still intact. The pupae were found buried in these early in September. The anterior end of the case had been sealed by a silken mesh, whose many small openings allowed easy access of air. The substrate now was not greatly different from the surrounding forest litter. While the larvae live in a typical environment, and do not differ greatly from related forms, the pupae are markedly differ- ent in habits and morphology. The following interesting fea- tures of the pupae may be pointed out : reduction of the distal bristle group of the labrum, lack of gills, reduction of lateral line, and reduction of anal appendages into rounded pads. In these respects the pupae agree closely with the European terres- trial species, Enoicyla pusilla. In addition to the larvae from New York, I have a few from Amherst, Massachusetts, collected on May 6, 1953 by R. A. Al- laire. The larvae are labelled Mill Stream, which, if I interpret correctly, is a slowly flowing, sandy bottom stream, about 2 yards wide by 6 inches to 3 feet deep. If this is correct, it represents a great difference in habitats in the two collections. Literature Cited Banks, Nathan. 1900. New genera and species of Nearctic neuropteroid insects. Trans Amer. Ent. Soc. 26: 256. . 1916. A classification of our limnephilid caddice flies. Can. Ent. 48: 121-22. Boss, Herbert H. 1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 23 (Art. 1) : 176-78. Schmid, Fernand. 1951. Le genre Ironoquia Bks. (Trichopt. Limno- pliilid.). Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges. 24: 317-28. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVI (Plate I) Ironoquia parvula (Bks.) Fig. 1. Larva, head. Fig. 2. Larva, thoracic nota. Fig. 3. Pupa. Fig. 4. Pupa, mandible. Fig. 5. Pupa, labrum. Fig. 6. Pupa, hook plates, A — an- terior, P — posterior. Fig. 7. Pupa, apex of abdomen. Mar. -June, 1958] Brown : Coenonympha 63 A NEW SUBSPECIES OF COENONYMPHA NIPISIQUIT McDUNNOUGH FROM NEW YORK STATE By F. Martin Brown Fountain Valley School Colorado Springs, Colorado The addition of a resident species to the butterfly fauna of a state so well known as New York is an uncommon event. The discovery of Coenonympha nipisiquit McDunnough, a member of the superspecies tullia Muller, on the islands in the St. Law- rence River off Clayton, New York, took place accidentally. I was visiting Mr. Bernard Heineman at his summer home on Picton Island to discuss with him the joint preparation of a book about Jamaican Butterflies. On Wednesday, August 21, 1957, Dr. William Creighton, an old friend, joined us and we toured the island to see the quarries, several of which supplied the granite that was used to build the original parts of the American Museum of Natural History. Picton Island is bilobecl, the southern por- tion being composed of Potsdam Sandstone and the northern portion of Picton Granite. The lowland that connects the two parts is invaded from the northeast by several acres of marsh. Returning from our tour of the southern lobe of the island as we approached the connecting lowland a small dark butterfly started up from the path at my feet. My first reaction was that it was a Hair-streak but as it settled I saw at once that it was Coenonympha. Neither Creighton nor I had a net with us but Heineman was carrying one to collect Monarchs for an experi- ment relative to their acceptability as food by red squirrels. While Creighton and I herded the butterfly in a limited area the net was brought and the specimen captured. The butterfly proved to be a fresh male Coenonympha somewhat like inornata but much darker and somewhat smaller. My first thoughts were that the insect was either a case of very late emergence or a rare example of a partial second brood such as has been observed upon one or two occasions with inornata. It then dawned upon me that, this was the first capture of the species in New York State if not in the northeastern part of the United States. The next morning Heineman and I prowled 64 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi the marshy area referred to above for an hour or so and turned up another male, somewhat more worn than the first but ob- viously not a hanger-on from a spring brood. The next day we visited a friend of the Heinemans on near-by Grindstone Island, a much larger island than Picton. As we were about to return to Picton, Heineman saw another Coenonympha start up from the garden and fly out into a field. We had no nets and could not catch it. We returned to Grindstone that afternoon and headed for the marshes that almost cut the island through, just west of the Bentzen Farm. There we found Coenonympha to be abundant and in about an hour, from 2:30 to 3:30 p.m. captured over thirty specimens, most of them fresh males. Heine- man returned on the 23rd and 30th seeking gravid females and picked up a few more specimens. This array has allowed me to reach certain interesting con- clusions. These Thousand Islands Coenonympha are different from any inornata with which I am familiar. They are marsh butterflies, usually weaving back and forth over the perimeter off the marsh and the adjacent dry grasslands. Whether or not they actually breed in the marsh is yet to be explored. When disturbed by an unsuccessful sweep of the net they head into the marsh for security. As is usual with these insects the flight is low, rarely does an individual rise to as much as three feet from the ground. Their more rapid darting flight when com- pared with the flight of inornata may be due entirely to the heat of August in the early afternoon. Colorwise they are darker than any strain of tullia from North America except macissaci Dos Passos, the strain found on Newfoundland. They differ from that butterfly in the quality of color, being redder and more like nipisiquit McDunnough from Bathurst, New Brunswick. The Thousand Islands insect and nipisiquit are the only strains in North America that are associated with a hardwood or slightly mixed forest rather than a coniferous forest. According to the map that accompanies ITalliday’s (1937) report on Canadian forests, Picton and Grindstone Islands lie in the Upper St. Law- rence Section of the Great Lakes — St. Lawrence Forest Region. Bathurst lies at the junction of the Temiscouata-Restigouche Section of the same forest region and the Mirimiche Section of the Acadian Forest Region. The various sections of these forest regions are clearly defined on pp. 29-39 of Halliday’s paper. Mar.-June, 1958] Brown : Coenonympha 65 Essentially there is a little more boreal element at Bathurst than there is on the islands. The Thousand Islands strain of tullia is far more prone to show ocelli, or at least traces of them, on the under side of the hind wings than any other eastern strain of tullia. Like nipisiquit the newly discovered butterfly seems to be a summer butterfly, not a spring one. This is more important than it seems at first. Both are at the extreme southern border of the distribution of the species in the eastern part of North America and under such conditions one would look for a somewhat earlier emergence than farther north. Thus if the North American tullia are treated as several species instead of subspecies of an holarctic insect the new subspecies must be considered a subspecies of nipisiquit and not of geographically closer inornata. It has in common with the former, late appearance, marsh habitat and redder coloring. It differs from nipisiquit in its smaller size and the great degree in which the ocelli are present. In my study of these insects (1955) I considered nipisiquit a subspecies of inornata. I expressed (p. 375) some concern about the ability of nipisiquit to withstand the climate of its range and said 1 ‘ Thus in search of the coolest areas nipisiquit crowded into the sea marshes where the cooling effect of the sea is most felt during warm summer months.” Apparently this can be said for the Thousand Islands strain. The discovery of this second peripheral strain of tullia has fortified for me a part of the original manuscript that I did not publish in 1955. At that time I was not convinced that I was right since no evidence was at hand to show a relative of nipisiquit at the northern end of the Hudson Valley — Lake Champlain gateway to the north. My theory required that such a strain should exist to-day or in post-Wisconsin time. Now I am willing to set forth my ideas. I visualize a pre-Wisconsin, Sangamon Interglacial period, distribution of Coenonympha tullia in eastern North America about the same as we know the distribution to be today. I imag- ine the insect of that period to be much like the strains found along the eastern front of the Rocky Mountains from northern New Mexico to northern Wyoming, weakly ocellate. The color difference that exists today between eastern and western strains I believe existed then and for the same reasons ( l.c . 396-397), relative humidity. As the ice of the Wisconsin glacial period 66 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi began to extend southward the insects in question slowly re- treated before it. The great mass moved down the Mississippi valley and found refuge possibly as far south as the latitude of northern Texas where paleobotanical studies tell us there was a forest similar to that in which the eastern strains of tullia thrive today. A lesser mass moved southward through the valley of the Hudson River and other more eastern river valleys onto the Atlantic coastal plain. This flow probably terminated some- where in the Carolinas. The tullia that waited out the Wisconsin ice age in the lower Mississippi valley were subjected to about the same climatic regime that they had experienced in their old, and present, home- land. The one great difference was the difference in the length of daylight throughout the year, shorter in summer and longer in winter. Something, either the change in daylight or the rigors of the long trek to and fro, eliminated from their complex of genes those that are responsible for ocelli. Those that were forced into the Atlantic coastal plain met with a different climate from that to which they had been accustomed. They were sub- jected to a maritime climate more equable than that enjoyed by their ancestors. They too suffered a change in daylight. Some- how the changes made it advantageous to emerge later in the year. Thus over the millenia spent in the southern refugia a spring butterfly changed to a summer one. With the retreat of the Wisconsin ice, beginning about 11,000 years ago, these butterfles slowly moved northward always staying in the ecolog- ical niches for which they were best fitted. New characters that had been gained during the period of refuge in the south were not all lost but only those that benefited the northward moving insects and those that had no effect upon survival have survived to today. The Appalachian ranges separated the two diverging sets of strains during the Wisconsin period. As the northward move- ment took place these mountains channeled the homeward routes. The butterflies from the Mississippian refugia probably entered their present range over the prairies west of the Great Lakes and possibly the northern peninsula of Michigan. The butterflies from the Atlantic coastal refugia pressed northward east of the mountains. Some took a purely coastal route moving from salt marsh to salt marsh to terminate in New Brunswick as nipisiquit. Mar.— June, 1958] Brown: Coenonympha 67 Others broke through the mountain barrier by way of the river valleys. The stream that moved up the Hudson Valley gave rise to the Thousand Islands strain. Apparently the seeds for the difference between nipisiquit and the New York strain were planted during the Wisconsin period. One strain had become adapted to the conditions of salt marshes, the other to those of fresh water marshes. The latter seems to have retained in its constitution more of the genes responsible for producing ocelli than any other strain east of the Rocky Mountains. I take great pleasure in dedicating this interesting new sub- species to my good friend, Mr. Bernard Heineman of New York City. Coenonympha nipisiquit heinemani n. ssp. Males. The color and shading of the upper side of the males of heinemani are very much like those of nipisiquit. The ground color is deep brown tinged with reddish. The wings are broadly washed with smoky brown along the outer margins, especially on the hind wings where the smoky color may cover the entire wing. Just within the margin of the hind wing of most specimens there is a dark brown narrow zig-zag line or row of chevrons. The fringes are greyer than the wings, especially at the ab- dominal angle of the hind wings. In this respect heinemani differs from nipisiquit upon which the fringes are almost concolorous with the wings. Almost invariably the apex of the fore wing bears a black dot or spot in the usual position for the apical ocellus, thus differing from nipisiquit, inornata and macissaci. Usually this black mark is circled by a ring of deep brown free of any smoky overtones. On the under side of the fore wing the ground color is of the same quality as on the upper side but of a little lighter shade. The apex and a tapering zone along the outer margin are both heavily washed with white or slightly yellowish scales. This gives a definitely yellow-greenish tone to these areas of fresh specimens and a salt-and-pepper appearance to others. In it is a well-developed apical ocellus, universally present and composed of a black iris with white pupil and ringed with yellow. The sinuous line that lies between the ocellus and the end of the cell usually extends at least as far as Cux. It is black outwardly shaded with white. Occasionally there are supernumerary ocelli represented by black dots in spaces M3 and Cu . The hind wing lias the basal half much darker than the outer half and darker than the disc of the fore wing. It is heavily powdered with light scales which are more densely set in the outer half than the basal half. The sinuous junction between the inner and outer portions of the wing usually is well defined. Very rarely there is a light patch at the base of the wing, a character usually found only on ochracea and its allies in the western states. Frequently there are one or more white or black points in the submargin representing the ocelli found similarly placed on western subspecies. The frequency with which these spots appear immediately sets heinemani apart from the other eastern subspecies. 68 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Females. The upper side of specimens of this sex is much lighter than that of the males. The ground color is ochre-brown, about the same as on nipisiquit and darker than on either inornata or the few macissaci fe- males before me. There is very little of the smoky overtones along the margins in specimens of this sex. The fringe is somewhat yellower than on the males and in less contrast with the ground color of the wings. The location of the apical ocellus always is marked by a black dot or spot. Occasionally there are tiny black dots in spaces M3 and Cur The under side is much lighter than that of the male, light brown-ochre. Otherwise the two sexes are marked alike. The apical ocellus on the fore wing is fully developed on all of the specimens I have seen. Supernumerary ocelli on the fore wing are more frequent on the females than on the males and some of these are true ocelli not just black dots marking the positions of ocelli. Over half of the specimens examined bear indications of ocelli in the submargin of the hind wing. None showed any sign of a basal light patch. The one characteristic that sets heinemani apart from all other eastern Coenonympha is the high frecpiency with which super- numerary ocelli are found on the under side of the fore wing of both sexes, and the frequency with which ocelli or representa- tive points are found in the submargin of the same side of the hind wings of both sexes. Holotype: a male, Grindstone Island, Clayton, Jefferson Co., New York, Aug. 22, 1957, collected by F. M. Brown. Allotype : a female, the same data as the holotype. Paratypes : 1-18, males with the same data as the holotype ; 19-23, males with the same data as the holotype but collected by Heineman ; 21—28, males from Grindstone Island collected on Aug. 23, 1957 by Heineman ; 29-31, males from Grindstone Island collected Aug. 30, 1957 by Heineman ; 32, a male from Picton Island collected Aug. 21, 1957 by Brown ; 33, a male collected on Picton Island Aug. 22, 1957 by Brown : 34—36, fe- males with the same data as the allotype ; 37-40 females with the same data as the allotype but collected by Heineman ; 41, a female collected on Grindstone Island Aug. 23, 1957 by Heine- man ; 42-44, females collected on Grindstone Island Ang. 30, 1957 by Heineman. The holotype, allotype and the paratypes collected by Brown, except number 33, have been deposited at the American Museum of Natural History. Paratype 33 is in the Heineman Collection. The data for nipisiquit and for inornata were taken from Brown, 1955, pp. 375 and 382-385. The “error” for each Mar.— June, 1958 1 Brown: Coenonympha 69 Statistics of variation for several strains of Coenonympha tullia. MALES nipisiquit heinemani inornata Number studied 141 34 66 Size, radius of left fore wing, mm. 18.76 ±0.61 16.30 ± 0.83 17.60 ±0.62 Coefficient of variation 3.3 5.1 3.5 Forewing, upper side Presence of ocellus or trace, % 12.0 ±2.7 91.2 ±4.8 6.1 ±2.9 Fore wing, under side Presence of ocellus or trace, % 82.2 ±3.2 100 54.6 ±6.2 Supernumerary ocelli or traces, % 0.0 29.4 ±7.8 0.0 Pay absent, % 0.0 2.9 ±2.2 0.0 Ray ends at M , % 0.7 ±0.5 0.0 0.0 Ray ends at CUj, % 47.5 ±4.2 41.2 ±8.4 13.6 ±4.2 Ray reaches or exceeds Cu , % 51.8 ±4.2 55.9 ±8.5 86.4 ±4.2 Hind wing, under side Ray complete, % 6.4 ±2.1 52.9 ±8.5 10.6 ±3.8 Ray broken, % 83.7 ±3.1 41.2 ±8.4 63.6 ±5.9 Ray ends at Mg, % 4.2 ±1.7 5.9 ±4.7 22.8 ±5.2 Ray fragmentary, % 5.7 ± 2.0 0.0 3.0 ±2.1 Submarginal marks absent, % 40.0 ±4.1 100 48.5 ±6.1 Ocelli or traces present, % 0.0 50.0 ±8.6 0.0 Basal light patch present, % 0.0 2.9 ±2.2 0.0 FEMALES nipisiquit lieinemani inornata Number studied 64 11 10-11 Size, radius of left fore wing, mm. 18.86 ±0.58 16.79 ± 0.65 17.69 ± 0.63 Coefficient of variation 3.1 3.9 3.6 Fore wing, upper side Presence of ocellus or trace, % 57.7 ±6.2 100 63.7 ±14.5 Fore wing, under side Presence of ocellus or trace, % 95.3 ±2.6 100 72.7 ±13.5 Supernumerary ocelli or traces, % 0.0 63.7 ±14.5 0.0 Ray ends at M , % 0.0 9.1 ± 8.6 0.0 Ray ends at Cu , % 9.4 ±3.6 36.4 ±14.5 20.0 ±12.5 Ray reaches or exceeds Cu , % 90.4 -3.6 45.5 ±15.0 80.0 ±12.6 Hind wing, under side Ray complete, % 14.1 ±4.4 63.7 ±14.5 60.0 ±15.0 Ray broken, % 84.4 ±4.5 27.3 ±13.5 40.0 ±15.0 Ray ends at Mg, % 1.6 ±1.6 9.1 ± 8.6 0.0 Submarginal marks absent, % 62.5 ±6.0 100 20.0 ±12.6 Ocelli or traces present, % 0.0 63.7 ±14.5 0.0 Basal light patch present, % 0.0 0.0 0.0 70 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI measurement is its standard deviation. This was determined for the per cent by extracting" the square root of the product of npq, where n is the number of cases, p the decimal frequency of occurrence and q is 1.00-p. The data for the males are based upon sufficiently long series to have meaning. Those for the fe- males of heinemani and inornata are best considered no more than trends unless the frequency is greater than 40 per cent. NOTES ON IMMATURE STAGES On August 30 Heineman returned to Grindstone Island and collected several gravid females. These he enclosed over lawn grass with a little sweetened water. After three days of inactiv- ity one (?) of the females laid five eggs on September 2. A week later when no more eggs had been laid Heineman sent me the five by airmail. They arrived in Colorado Springs on Sep- tember 12. egg. When received, ten days after they had been laid, the five eggs were pale straw colored and lightly mottled with reddish brown blotches. Less area was covered by the dark color than the light. Structurally they seemed to me to be inseparable from the eggs of other North American tullia. The diameter measured with an eye-piece micrometer at 14 diame- ters magnification was 0.75 mm. and the height 0.71 mm. The eggs hatched on September 18. first instar larva. Upon emergence three of the five larvae ate the egg shell from which they had escaped, the others made no attempt to do so. The larvae are elongate conical in shape, tapering rather abruptly from the large head through the thoracic segments and less pronouncedly through the abdominal segements. The head is pale brown and finely granulate. The thorax and abdomen are white with a mid-dorsal and two lateral bands of pale reddish brown. Between the two lateral stripes is a third broken stripe of the same color. Pendant from the lower of the two solid stripes are lobes of reddish brown that include the spiracles. The caudal tabs are yellow-ochre. This is somewhat different from the excellent drawings of first instar larvae of calif ornica published by Edwards (1897) and Davenport’s description of the same stage of inornata. The surface of the larva is densely studded with minute tubercles each bearing one or more very fine colorless hairs that are clubbed at the tip. These hairs are visible only under considerable magnification and with proper lighting. There are similar hairs on the head. Initial length is 1.65 mm., transverse diameter of the head is 0.52 mm., and length of the head 0.26 mm. I could not measure the vertical depth of the head on these larvae, they Avere too lively in the warmth of the lamp. It seemed to be a little greater than the transverse diameter. None of the larvae made any attempt to eat the fresh lawn grass that I supplied during the first days out of the egg. They Mar.— June, 1958] Brown: Coenonympha 71 were very sluggish and hardly moved from day to day. Several days after emergence one of them while being watched through a binocular microscope seemed particularly lively in the warmth of the lamp light. As I watched, it essayed a bite at the edge of a grass blade. This larva then began to feed regularly but very sparingly. Each morning fresh food was supplied and no more than three or four millimeters had been nibbled along the edge of a blade of grass during the previous twenty-four hours. On the morning of October 3 I found that it had passed its first moult. second instar larva: Total length at beginning of instar was 2.95 mm. I could see no marked difference in the appearance after this moult. These changes had taken place : the color be- came somewhat greenish, the reddish brown stripes perhaps a little darker and the hairs perhaps a little longer. A bout with influenza confined me to bed for about ten days soon after these observations had been made. When I returned to my laboratory the vial containing the second instar larva showed moulded grass and a dead caterpillar. The other four larvae were still healthy. They had made no attempt to feed and now are buried beneath leaves in the grass at the north side of the laboratory to await spring. Whether they will survive Colorado ’s erratic winter weather and desiccating air is question- able.* In latitudes somewhat north of Grindstone Island inornata begins its hibernation while the weather is still warm and when the larvae are in the fourth instar. It seems quite probable that heinemani passes the winter as a first instar larva. This is in keeping with what we suspect of the behavior of nipisiquit. REFERENCES Brown, Frederick Martin. 1955. Studies of Nearctic Coenonympha tullia (Rhopalocera, Satyridae.) Coenonympha tullia inornata Ed- wards. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 105: 363-409. 21 tables, 19 figures, 2 plates. Davenport, Demorest. 1941. The butterflies of the satyrid genus Coenonympha. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College. 87: 215-349. Edwards, William Henry. 1897. Coenonympha Plate 1. Butterflies of North America. 3. 1887-1897. Halliday, W. E. D. 1937. A forest classification for Canada. Department of Resources and Development, Forest Research Division. Bull. 89. Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Reprinted in 1952. * They did not survive. 72 New York Entomological Society fVOL. LX VI EXPLANATIONS OF PLATE II Figs. 1-10. Coenonymplia nipisiquit heinenxani Brown. 1. Holotype, male, Grindstone Island, Clayton, New York, August 22, 1957, collection Brown, upper side. 2. Holotype, under side. 3. Allotype, female, same data, upper side. 4. Allotype, under side. 5-7. Paratypes, males, same data, showing variations in development of ocelli and basal light patch on hind wing. 8. Paratype, male, Grindstone Island, Clayton, New York, August 30, 1957, collection Heineman, showing dark submarginal row of “chevrons” on hind wing. 9-10. Paratype, female, Grindstone Island, Clayton, New York, August 30, 1957, collection Heineman, light colored with well developed supernumerary ocelli. Fig. 11. Egg. 12-14. First instar larvae, about 24 hours old. Figs. 1-10. Three-quarters natural size. Figs. 11-14. Magnified ap- proximately 20 diameters. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), (Plate II) Vol. LXVI Mar.— June, 1958 | Menees: Chafer THE ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF THE LARVAL ALIMENTARY CANAL OF THE EUROPEAN CHAFER, AMPHIMALLON MAJALIS RAZOUMOWSKY (SCARABAEIDAE)1 By James H. Menees Department of Entomology and Limnology Cornell University The larvae of the European chafer, Amphimallon majalis, are serious pests of lawns, nursery stock and crops in the vicinity of Wayne county and other areas of northwestern New York. No studies have been made on the histology of this economically important grub. The following study describes the anatomy and histology of the alimentary canal of the third-instar larva, the most destructive stage in the life history of the chafer. Third-instar larvae were fixed in Bouins fixative. Gross anatomical dissections were made in 70% ethyl alcohol, and histological studies were made from serial sections cut at 10 microns and stained with eosin and hematoxylin. The morphology and musculature of the larval mouthparts of A. majalis and how they function in feeding has been de- scribed by Butt (1944) ; and Gyrisco et al. (1954) have described the life history of this beetle. Areekul (1957) has completed the most recent study of the comparative internal anatomy of several genera of larval Scarabaeidae; Wildbolz (1954) has worked on the anatomy and histology of the alimentary canal of the larva of Melolontha melolontha, L. ; Schafer (1954) has worked on Rhizotrogus aestivus ; Subklew (1938) described the larval morphology of Melolontha hippo cast ini, but did not in- clude studies on internal anatomy; Patterson (1937) studied the larval and adult digestive tracts of Passalus cornutus; Malouf (1932) described the anatomy of the head, stomodaeum and nervous system of the grub of Pentodon dispar ; Fletcher (1930) studied the alimentary canal of the adult of Phyllophaga gracilis ; Swingle (1930) has described the alimentary canal of the adult Japanese beetle, and Bittershaus (1927) described the alimentary canals of Phyllopertha horticola and Anomala aenea. 1 The Grace H. Griswold fund is acknowledged for payment of plates. 76 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI The alimentary canal (Figs. 1 & 2) of the larval third-instar European chafer is approximately 30 mm. long and is slightly longer than the length of the larval body. Three divisions of the canal are easily recognized: the stomodaenm, ventricnlns and proctodaeum. The stomodaenm and proctodaenm are ectodermal derivatives of the embryonic blastoderm while the ventricnlns, or mesenteron, is an endodermal derivative. However, Johann - sen and Bntt (1941) state that in the Coleoptera, development of the mid-gut epithelium from the entoderm as well as from the ectoderm has been described. The stomodaeum, extending from the month opening to the mesothoracic segment, is approximately 3 mm. long and is the shortest division of the alimentary canal. The stomodaenm con- sists of five areas : the bnccal cavity, pharynx, esophagus, crop and esophageal valve. The buccal cavity (Fig. 2, be), is approximately 0.4 mm. in diameter and appears as an anterior dilation of the stomodaeum. Immediately posterior to the buccal cavity is the pharynx (ph), and posterior to the pharynx is the esophagus (es) which con- tinues as a narrow tube approximately 1 mm. in length and 0.2 mm. in diameter. Posteriorly, the esophagus joins the crop. The crop (er) is approximately 0.4 mm. in diameter, and ap- pears as a posterior dilation of the stomodaeum. Generally, the crop has the characteristic function of food storage, as in the grasshopper, but the crop in the larval chafer appears to have lost this function almost completely, and the ventriculus ap- pears to have taken over the greater part of food storage. The esophageal valve (Fig. 4, esv) is oval and approximately 0.6 mm. in diameter. It extends from the posterior region of the crop into the anterior end of the ventriculus where numerous folds of stomodaeal intima and epithelium project into the lumen of the ventriculus. This arrangement prevents to some degree the flow-back of food particles into the stomodaeum. The ventriculus (Figs. I & 2, veil) is a large, round tube which extends from the mesothoracic segment to the 7th ab- dominal segment. The ventriculus is approximately 13 mm. long and 3-5 mm. wide and is the largest and longest part of the alimentary canal. The anterior limit of the ventriculus is defined by the esophageal valve and the posterior limit by the pyloric valve. Mar.— June, 1958] Menkes: Chafer / 1 Caecal diverticula, sometimes called gastric caeca, (Figs. 1 & 2, acd, pcd) occur at the anterior and posterior areas of the ventrieu- lus. There are ten anterior diverticula (Fig. 3, acd), eight being concentrically arranged around the anterior end of the ventricu- lar-stomodaeal junction and two more are arranged within the the eight and below this junction. There are four posterior diverticula (Fig. 1, pcd) which lie ventrally on the ventriculus and immediately anterior to the external manifestation of the pyloric valve. In some dissections small rudimentary diverticula, four to six in number, were found on the mid-region of the ventriculus. Snodgrass (1935) says that caecal diverticula occur sometimes on parts of the ventriculus other than the an- terior end surrounding the esophageal valve, and he figures three sets occurring in the scarabaeid larva of Popillia japonica. Rapp (1947) says that in the Scarabaeoidea the gastric caeca when present may number up to at least four sets, as in Osmo- derma eremicola, and that the generally accepted belief that the gastric caeca are located at the anterior end of the midgut does not hold, since the gastric caeca in the Scarabaeoidea may be located on any portion of the ventriculus. It is apparent from this discussion that the number of caecal diverticula in larval insects may have taxonomic significance. The proctodaeum is approximately 10 mm. long and consists of the anterior intestine (Fig. 2, ai), Malpighian tubules (mt), and the posterior intestine (pt), the latter being anatomically divided into the rectal sac (rs) and rectum (rt). The anterior intestine is approximately 3 mm. long and has its greatest diameter, approximately 2 mm., where it joins the ventriculus. This large, funnel-shaped portion of the anterior intestine, sometimes called the proximal ileum, continues poste- riorly to join the rectal sac. The pyloric valve (Figs. 1 & 2, pv) is transversely concentric and has its most anterior articulation with the ventriculus oh the ventral aspect of the alimentary canal near the posterior caecal diverticula. In a macroscopic sagittal section, the pyloric valve (Fig. 5, pv) appears as a circular swelling of ectodermal cells and intima which projects into the lumen of the canal. There are four Malpighian tubules (Figs. 1 & 2, mt) and they are of the cryptonephridic type. Two tubules have their ampul- lar origins ventrally at the junction of the anterior intestine 78 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX vi with the ventriculus and two more have their origins laterally at this junction. These tubules extend anteriorly along the ventriculus to the area of the anterior caecal diverticula where they bend and extend posteriorly to terminate in a membrane on the ventral surface of the rectal sac (see Fig. 1). At then- point of termination with the rectal sac, the tubules become intimately convoluted and entwined with one another to form a mesh-like network which is held in place by an enveloping membrane. Marcus (1938) says that in only a small number of the Coleoptera do the Malpighian tubules end freely in the body cavity, and Wigglesworth (1956) says that in many beetles the upper parts of the Malpighian tubules closely invest the rectum, being bound to it by a delicate membrane. Wigglesworth says further that this arrangement probably serves to add the absorp- tive powers of the Malpighian tubules to those of the rectal epithelium and that this arrangement seems always to be as- sociated with remarkable powers of drying the excrement. Pat- ton and Craig (1939) who studied the physiology and absorp- tion of the cryptonephridic tubules of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, conclude that Malpighian tubes of this type serve only to absorb materials from the haemolymph, the entire reabsorp- tion of water and utilizable materials taking place in the walls of the rectum. In the chafer larva the excrement contained in the rectal sac is conspicuously dry and hard, and it seems to adhere to the thin intima of the rectal sac since it is very difficult to clean away. This undoubtedly indicates that the cells of the rectal sac play an active role in the reabsorption of water and utilizable food materials contained in the rectal sac. The posterior intestine (Fig. 2, pt) is U-shaped and extends from the eighth through the tenth abdominal segments. It con- sists of the rectal sac (rs), approximately 5 mm. long and 5 mm. wide, and the rectum, approximately 3 mm. long and 2 mm. wide. HISTOLOGY OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL The cells of the stomodaeum (Fig. 6) are generally cuboidal, but in the area of the esophageal valve (Fig. 9, esv) they appear columnar. Some of these cells and their intima are thrown into longitudinal folds which project into the lumen of the ventricu- lus, there being approximately six such folds. Such an arrange- Mar.-.) line, 1958] Men ees: Chafer 79 ment allows for the expansion of the stomodaeum while the larva ingests food. The intima of the stomodaenm appears to be composed of primary and secondary intima. The primary intima (Fig*. 6. pi) is continuous with the body wall and stains dark with hema- toxylin. The secondary intima (si) is much thicker than the primary intima and appears as thin, almost transparent proto- plasmic strands or fibrillae which are being secreted by the epithelium of the stomodaeum. The secondary intima stains light with hematoxylin, and such a staining reaction may sug- gest that the secondary intima being secreted is weakly acidic in comparison with the basic staining reaction of the cytoplasm with alcoholic eosin, and in comparison with the acidic staining re- action of the nucleus with hematoxylin. The cells of the ventriculus (Fig. 11) consist of large columnar epithelium with a striated border (sb). The height of these cells is approximately 81 micra and the width approximately 18 micra. The nuclei are oval, finely granular and measure approximately 7.2 micra wide and 18 micra tall. The striated border is irregular and is approximately 1.5 micra wide. Day and Waterhouse (1953) state that only the conspicu- ous nature of the striated border has resulted in its being con- sidered anything but a normal cell specialization. Furthermore, they state that the striated border appears to occur in cells in which unusually active transfer occurs across the cell boundary. The fact that the striated border does not possess the motile characteristics of cilia suggest that it probably is made up of minute protoplasmic fibrillae. Maximow and Bloom (1955) state that in all vertebrates the cells of the simple columnar intestinal epithelium have a distinct layer of modified protoplasm, the striated border, on their free surface. They say further “elec- tron microscopy fails to demonstrate a cement like substance, although the rod-like processes are clearly seen. Presumably, it (striated border) plays an important role in the absorption of nutritive substances from the intestinal cavity.” It is clearly evident from the above discussion that the striated border of the ventricular epithelium of insects is strikingly similar both cytologically and functionally to the striated border of verte- brate epithelial cells. Further studies with the electron micro- scope on the striated border of the ventricular epithelium in the larval chafer are anticipated by this author. 80 New York Entomological Society [ Vol. LXVI The basal region of the ventricular epithelium is irregular and a basement membrane (bm) approximately 0.7 micra wide is evident. The nidi (ni), or regenerative cells, lie irregularly in groups of four-six near the basement membrane. The nidi stain conspicuously darker with hematoxylin than do the nuclei of the columnar cells. Wildbolz (1954) states that the middle in- testine of Melolontha melolontha possesses two morphologically different regions ; he says that in the anterior region of the ventrieulus the epithelium has regularly arranged crypts and the regenerative cells lie at the base of the crypts, while in the posterior region of the ventrieulus the epithelium is even and only a few regenerative cells are found. Areekul (1957) has found that the replacement cells of the ventrieulus in several scarabaeid larvae have 3-4 nuclei in each group, and he ap- parently found no morphologically different regions in the ventrieulus. Areekul says further that the structure of the gastric caeca does not differ from that of the ventrieulus except that the number of epithelial cells seems to increase tremendously at times. In the anterior and posterior regions of the ventrieulus of A. majalis , the nidi are not found in crypts, and the epithelial cells in all regions of the ventrieulus are even. In the anterior region of the ventrieulus near the anterior caecal diverticula crypts may be found, but these crypts are not regularly arranged nor do the nidi appear to be found in a regular fashion at the bases of these crypts. A thin peritrophic membrane (Fig. 9, pm) is present and envelops the food contents of the ventrieulus. This membrane protects the epithelial cells of the ventrieulus from ingested food stuffs and is permeable to digestive enzymes and to the products of digestion. Day and Waterhouse state that two types of peritrophic membranes occur in insects and that two methods of formation have been described. The first type is a single, uniformly continuous structure which is produced as a viscous secretion by a ring of cells at the junction of the stomodaeal and ventricular epithelium (see Butt, 1934). The second type is a tube consisting of a series of concentric lamellae and is thought to be produced by all the epithelial cells of the ventrieulus secret- ing a series of thin lamellae. Snodgrass (1935) states that in the formation of the second type there is no reason for supposing Mar.- June, 1958] Menees: Chafer 81 that chitin could not be produced from endodermal (ventriculus) as well as from ectodermal derivatives (stomodaeum) of the blastoderm. Snodgrass says further that the second type of peritrophic membrane is evidently to be regarded as a chitinous intinia of the ventriculus. Intracellular protozoans (Fig. 11, p) were noticed in the distal ends of many cells of the ventricular epithelium. The nuclei of these protozoans are coarsely granular and are slightly smaller than the nuclei of the columnar cells. The nucleoplasm of the protozoans stains darker with hematoxylin than do the nuclei of the columnar cells, and the cytoplasm of the protozoans appears to stain similarly to that of the columnar cells. A clear, hyaline area is generally found around the entire protozoan. These protozoans are quite numerous in the epithelium of the ventriculus and approximately 3-4 were found for each ten cells observed. It is difficult to say at present what type of intra- cellular protozoan this may be and if it is a parasite or a sym- biont. Further studies are being made in order to classify the complete protozoan fauna of this larval beetle. The cells of the anterior intestine (Fig. 7) are cuboidal and elongated cuboidal. Cell boundaries are, in general, not clearly distinguished and cells appear as a syncytium. The nuclei (n) are oval and are approximately 10.8 micra long and 7.2 micra wide. In the region of the pyloric valve (Fig. 10, pv) the cells attain columnar form with their nuclei lying near the distal end of the cells. Longitudinal folds of epithelium and intima similar to those of the stomodaeum project likewise into the lumen of the an- terior intestine. The intima of the anterior intestine is also composed of primary and secondary intima. The thickness of the primary intima varies from 1.8 to 3.6 micra. The rectal sac (Fig. 12) is made up of contiguous and alter- nating areas of elongated cuboidal cells and hillocks of near columnar cells. The epithelial wall, in cross-section, appears much thinner than the cell wall of the anterior intestine. The nuclei of these cells are rounder than the nuclei of the anterior intestine. The elongated cuboidal cells are approximately 21 micra long and 9 micra high. The near columnar cells are ap- proximately 40 micra high and 15 micra wide. A basement membrane (bm) is usually evident and describes an irregular 82 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi course about the basal region of the cells. The muscularis of the rectal sac is similar to that of the anterior intestine, but there is a reduction in the number of muscles. The cells of the rectum (Fig. 13) are taller and wider than those of the anterior intestine and rectal sac. They are ap- proximately 60 micra high and 20 micra wide. These cells ap- pear to be irregularly cuboidal and columnar. The nuclei are oval, lie near the basal end of the cell and are approximately 12 micra tall and 7 micra wide. The longitudinal folds of the rectum are similar to those of the anterior intestine, but they are not as numerous nor do they project as far into the lumen of the rectum as do the folds of the anterior intestine. The cells of the Malpighian tubules (Fig. 8) are cuboidal and appear to give off secretions of the merocrine type. The nuclei of these cells are oval and are approximately 13 micra in diame- ter. A basement membrane (bm) is evident and a small striated border (sb) similar to that found in the ventricular epithelial cells is also evident. A nucleated peritoneal sheath (pms) sur- rounds the tubules and is approximately 4.3 micra thick. SUMMARY The alimentary canal of the larval European chafer consists of three anatomically and histologically differentiated areas — the stomodaeum, ventriculus and proctodaeum ; the stomodaeum and proctodaeum are ectodermal derivatives of the embryonic blastoderm, while the ventriculus is an endodermal derivative. The stomodaeum consists of the buccal cavity, pharynx, esopha- gus, and much reduced crop, while the proctodaeum consists of the anterior intestine, rectal sac, and rectum. The histology of the stomodaeum and proctodaeum is similar, consisting of cuboidal epithelium which secretes a chitinous intima. The epithelium and intima of the stomodaeum and proctodaeum are thrown into approximately six folds which project into the lumen of the canal. This allows for expansion as greater amounts of food are ingested or excreted. The cells of the rectum appear to be active in the reabsorption of water and utilizable food materials from within the rectal sac. The Malpighian tubules are of the cryptonephridic type and the tubules may also play an active part in the absorption of water and materials from the rectal sac. Mar.— June, 1958] Menees: Chafer 83 The ventriculus contains two sets of caecal diverticula, ten anterior and four posterior. These may be of some taxonomic value. The histology of the ventriculus appears to be uniform in that it consists of columnar epithelial cells with a striated border. The striated border appears to be analogous both in structure and function to the striated border of vertebrate epithelial cells. The nidi are irregularly arranged along the bases of the ventricu- lar epithelium and they stain darker with hematoxylin than do the nuclei of the ventricular epithelial cells. LITERATURE CITED Areekul, S. 1957. The comparative internal larval anatomy of several genera of Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 562- 577, 59 figs. Butt, F. H. 1934. The origin of the peritrophic membrane in Sciara and the honey bee. Psyche. 41: 51-56, 1 plate. Butt, F. H. 1944. External morphology of Amphimallon majalis. Cor- nell Univ. Exper. Sta. Memoir no. 266. 18 pp., 13 plates. Day, M. F. and D. F. Waterhouse. 1953. Structure of the alimentary canal. In Boeder, Insect Physiology. New York, John Wiley and Sons, pp. 273-298. Fletcher, F. W. 1930. The alimentary canal of Pliyllophaga gracilis. Ohio Journ. Sci. 30: 109-119. Gyrisco, G., R. Whitcomb, R. Burrage, C. Logothetis and H. Schwardt. 1954. Biology of the European chafer, Amphimallon majalis. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Memoir no. 328, 35 pp. Malouf, N. 1932. The morphology of the head of a white grub. Bull. Soc. Royal Entom. Egypt, pp. 66-88, 37 figs. Marcus, B. A. 1930. Untersuchungen fiber die Malpighischen Gefasse bei Kafern. Zeit. Morph. Okol. Tiere. 19: 609-677. Maximow, A. and W. Bloom. 1955. A textbook of Histology. W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia and London, 616 pages. Patterson, M. 1937. The cellular structure of the digestive tract of the beetle Passalus cornutus. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 30: 619-640, 5 plates. Patton, R. and R. Craig. 1939. The rates of excretion of certain sub- stances by the larvae of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor. Jour. Exp. Zool. 81: 437-456. Rapp, W. F. 1947. The number of gastric caeca in some larval Scara- baeoidea. Canadian Entomologist. 79 (5) : pp. 145-147. Rittershaus, K. 1927. Studien zur Morpliologie und Biologie von Phyllopertha horticola L. und Anomala aenea, G. (Coleoptera). Zeit. Morph. Okol. Tiere. 8: 271-408. Schafer, R. S. 1954. Zur Kenntnis der Anatomie, Physiologie und Oekologie des Brachkafers, Rhizotrogus aestivus Oliv. (Col. Lam.). Zeit. Angewandte Entom. 35: 381-424. 84 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York. 667 pages. Subklew, W. 1938. Zur Morphologie der Larve von Melolontha hippo- castani. Archiv. Naturgesch. 7: 270-304, 24 tigs. Swingle, M. C. 1930. Anatomy and physiology of the digestive tract of the Japanese beetle. Jour. Agric. Research. 41: 181-196, 4 figs. WiLDBOL,z, T. 1954. Beitrag zur Anatomie, Histologie und Physiologie des Darmkanals der Larve von Melolontha melolontha. Mitt. Schweiz, ent. Ges. Berne. 27: 193-240, 25 figs. Wigglesworth, V. B. 1956. Insect physiology. London: Methuen and Co., Ltd. New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 130 pages. ABBREVIATIONS acd — -anterior caecal diverticula P — protozoan ai — -anterior intestine ped — posterior caecal diverticula an — -anus ph — pharynx be — -buccal cavity Pi — primary intima bm — -basement membrane pm — peritrophic membrane cm — -circular muscles pms — peritoneal sheath cr — -crop Pt — posterior intestine es — -esophagus PV — pyloric valve esv — -esophageal valve rs — rectal sac in — -intima rt — rectum lm - -longitudinal muscles sb — striated border mt — -Malpighian tubules si — secondary intima n — -nucleus veil — ventriculus ni — -nidi EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Fig. 1 — ventral dissection of third-instar larva showing ventral aspect of alimentary canal ; Fig. 2 — lateral aspect of complete alimentary canal ; Fig. 3 — external frontal aspect of ventriculus showing anterior caecal diverticula; Fig. 4 — internal frontal aspect of ventriculus showing esophag- eal valve; Fig. 5 — macroscopic sagittal section of ventriculus and anterior intestine showing pyloric valve ; Fig. 6 — cross-section of stomodaeum ; Fig. 7 — cross-section of anterior intestine ; Fig. 8 — longitudinal section of Malpighian tubule; Fig. 9 — sagittal section of stomodaeum and ventriculus showing esophageal valve ; Fig. 10 — sagittal section of ventriculus and anterior intestine showing pyloric valve; Fig. 11 — cross-section of ventricu- lus; Fig. 12 — cross-section of rectal sac; Fig. 13 — cross-section of rectum. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vo l. LX VI (Plate III) (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVI (Plate IV) Mar.— June, 1958] Kormilev: Hemiptera 87 NOTES ON ARADIDAE FROM THE EASTERN HEMISPHERE XV (HEMIPTERA)* By Nicholas A. Kormilev New York, N. Y. Studying further material of Aradidae from the collections of the Hungarian National Museum in Budapest, and the Drake collection, now incorporated into the collections of the U. S. National Museum in Washington, D. C., I found one new genus and a few new species belonging to the subfamily Mezirinae Oshanin. I express my sincere gratitude to Dr. Eva Iialaszfy, curator of the Department of Zoology, Hungarian National Museum, Budapest, and Dr. Carl J. Drake of the U. S. National Museum for the privilege to study their Aradidae. Subfam. MEZIRINAE Oshanin, 1908. Tribe Carventini Usinger, 1951. I. CARVENTUS Stal, 1865. Carventus australis new species Female, head. Slightly shorter than wide through the eyes (22: 25); anterior process robust, anteriorly slightly dilated and bifid, reaches to % of the first antennal segment ; antennif erous tubercles dentiform, slightly divergent, reach to % of the first antennal segment. Antennae one and a half time longer than the head (34: 22), finely granulated; the proportions of the antennal segments (1-4) are: 9: 6: 10: 9. Eyes exerted. Vertex with a finely granulated, longitudinal ridge, and laterally of it, on each side, with a very fine, parallel, longitudinal carina. Postero-lateral borders, behind the postocular tubercles, straight and slightly oblique; along them runs from one eye to another a fine, arcuate sulcus. Rostrum does not reach the hind border of the head; rostral groove shallow, posteriorly closed. pronotum. Shorter than wide across the humeri (29: 52), divided into two lobes by a deep, transverse furrow; fore lobe narrower than the hind lobe (42:52); collar neatly separated from the disc; the fore border of the fore lobe deeply emarginate laterally of the collar, there provided with a small tubercle, and on the outer side form two (1 + 1) small, rounded lobes, directed sideways; the lateral borders deeply and roundly emarginate, terminating with a small tooth just before the interlobal sulcus. Fore disc with a small elevated triangle behind the collar, and with an X-shaped median furrow near the hind border; laterally of it with two (1 + 1) * Aradidae from the Oriental and Australian Regions 10. 88 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI crescent-shaped ridges. Hind lobe inflated, behind the humeri slightly emarginate; hind border straight before the scutellum, angularly projects backward laterally of it. Hind disc with a small tubercle on the median line, and with a fine transverse furrow along the hind border. (Fig. 1). scutellum. Short (14:30); lateral borders convex, tip rounded; disc slightly inflated and coarsely punctured ; median carina fine, granulated. Along basal border runs a fine, arcuate sulcus. hemelytrae. Reach to the middle of tergum YII ; corium reaches to the middle of the scutellum; its outer border carinate; membrane large, with obsolete veins. abdomen. Ovate, longer than wide (72: 70), (in this, and all following species, the length of the abdomen was taken on the upper side from the tip of the scutellum to the tip of segment IX). The outer borders of the connexiva II to V scarcely convex; those of VI less, and of YII more con- vex; postero-exterior angles (PE-angles) of the connexiva II to V slightly protruding, those of YI, and particularly of VII, angularly protruding. Discs of the connexiva scabrous, finely granulated, and with bigger and smaller rounded, callous spots. Venter finely granulated; sterna with in- flated posterior borders, and a few rounded callous spots on the discs. Spiracles of segment II ventral, those of III to YII lateral and visible from above, those of the lobes (VIII) terminal (Fig. 2). legs. Inermis. color. Yellow-brown, mostly covered with whitish incrustation. Two (1 + 1) callous spots on the fore border of the hind lobe of the pronotum. The median carina of the scutellum, an irregular spot near the middle of the outer border of the hemelytrae, middle and hind acetabula, are piceous. Rostrum and tarsi pale yellow-brown. Membrane yellowish. Female. Total length 4.7 mm. ; width of the pronotum 2.3 mm. ; width of the abdomen 2.3 mm. Paratype is smaller: 4.2, 1.5 and 2.0 mm. re- spectively. Holotype, Female. Nanango District, Queensland, Australia — H. Hacker collector, Nov. 1937 ; deposited in the Drake-collec- tion, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., U.S.A. Paratype, 1 Female. Macay, Queensland, Australia — W. A. McDoogall coll., Aug. 12, 1932, in the collection of the author. The new species is allied to Carventus griseolus (Signoret), 1880, from New Guinea, but differs from it by: the fore lobe of the pronotum is much narrower than the hind lobe ; the propor- tions of the antennal segments are different. The genus Car- ventus was not recorded from Australia. Among Aradidae from the Hungarian National Museum is one specimen of Carventus from Glen Xnnes, N.S.W., Australia, which represents another species, but as this specimen is with- out head, I restrain from the description. Mar.- June, 1958] Kormilev: Hemiptera 89 II. DRAKEXDA new genus Elongately ovate ; most of the head, borders, tubercles or carinae of the pronotum, scutellum, and connexivum, with longer or shorter bristles pasted together with an ivory incrustation, forming brush-shaped palisades, rows or protuberances. Ventral surface with flattened lines or bands of very short bristles covered with ivory incrustation. head. Shorter than wide through the eyes, mostly covered with erect bristles pasted together with incrustation. Anterior process tiny, as long as antenniferous tubercles; latter short, dentiform, but the cover of in- crustation make them look blunt. Eyes small; infraocular carinae heavily incrustated, forming high tubercles; postocular tubercles dentiform, pro- ject beyond the outer border of the eyes. Posterior border of the head widely rounded, and carinate. Antennae rather stout; the first segment the stoutest, clavate, and curved outward ; the second the smallest ; the third the longest, almost twice as long as the second; the fourth pyriform, longer than the first, but shorter than the third. Rostral groove deep, posteriorly closed; rostrum does not reach the hind border of the groove. pronotum. Transverse, divided into two lobes; fore lobe is lower and narrower than the hind lobe; borders and discs provided with a pattern of higher and lower brush-shaped palisades, rows or protuberances, formed by the pasted together erect bristles. Collar distinct. Fore disc with two (1 + 1) outer, large and high tubercles, and two (1 + 1) much smaller and lower tubercles between them. Hind lobe transversely inflated. Lateral borders of both lobes rounded ; hind border of the pronotum subtruncate. scutellum. Small, triangular, shorter than wide at the base, with high palisades of incrustated bristles on the borders, and obliquely across the disc, leaving a middle cordate, callous spot. abdomen. Longer than wide ; lateral borders parallel, posterior in the female rounded; connexivum with exterior and interior high palisades of pasted together bristles; the connexivum II (the first visible) is twice as long as III. Spiracles of segment II lateral, placed on the top of high tubercles; those of III also lateral, but placed directly on the border; both visible from above. Spiracles of IV to VII ventral, placed close to the lateral margin, but not visible from above; those of the lobes (VIII) terminal. Venter with transverse and inflated posterior borders of sternum III to VI ; sternum VII in the female cut into two lateral, subtriangular plates ; genital plates (VIII) touching the hind border of sternum VI; genital lobes divergent, reaching the middle of IX; the latter posteriorly tricus- pidate. legs. Femora inermis, but with a fine setigerous granulation; tibiae cylindrical, also with a fine setigerous granulation ; fore tibiae on inner side, slightly before the tip, with a fine, curved spur; others inermes. Tarsi without arolia, and with fine claws. 90 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI Genotype : Drakeida incrustata n. sp. The new genus is allied to the neotropical genus Proxius Stal, 1873, differing from it by: pointed postocular spines; quite different pattern of the incrustated bristles on the head, pro- no turn, scutellum and abdomen ; first two pairs of the spiracles lateral and visible from above, and fore tibiae armed. It is a pleasure to dedicate this genus to Dr. Carl J. Drake. • Drakeida incrustata n. sp. Female, head. Much shorter than wide through the eyes (22: 32), or across the postocular tubercles (22:35). Anterior process tiny and de- clivous, reaches to % of the first antennal segment. Almost all surface of the head is heavily incrustated, leaving without incrustation only: on the upper side, two (1 + 1) narrow and deep L-shaped fissures, placed be- tween the median elevation of the vertex and infraocular carinae ; on the ventral side, the bases of the antennal tubercles, and rostrum. The pro- portions of the antennal segments (1 to 4) are: 13(7) : 8(4%) : 15(4) : 14(5), the figures between brackets representing the maximal width of the segment. pronotum. Shorter on median line than wide across the humeri (38: 68); fore lobe narrower than the hind lobe (53: 68); collar with a fine, transverse earina formed by erect, incrustated bristles; antero-lateral angles rounded and provided with a high, brush-shaped palisade of in- crustated bristles; the high outer tubercles of the fore lobe each with an oblique, divergent backward, high palisade of similar bristles; another smaller and lower row is at the inner side of each high palisade ; median line with a low incrustated earina running backward to % of the hind lobe, where it forms a cross-shaped figure; laterally of the latter are placed two (1 + 1) very high, erect, curved, incrustated carinae. Inflated hind lobe with a low, transverse, incrustated earina, three times interrupted: on the median line and laterally, where it is crossed by two (1 + 1) very high, incrustated palisades. Lateral borders of the hind lobe provided with low incrustated carinae; posterior border with a patch of low in- crustated bristles in the middle. The surface of the pronotum between the carinae and palisades is naked and shiny. scutellum. Shorter than wide at the base (21:35); lateral borders almost straight, the tip pointed (Fig. 3). abdomen. Longer than wide (102: 75). The inner row of the incrustated bristles on the connexiva are higher and wider than the outer rows. The genital lobes are also incrustated (Fig. 4). color. Yellow-brown; incrustation ivory. Female. Total length 3.07 mm.; width of the pronotum 1.13 mm.; width of the abdomen 1.27 mm. Ilolotype, Female. ML Makiling, Luzon, Philippines Republic — Baker coll. ; deposited in the Drake-collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., U.S.A. Mar.-June, 1958] Kormilev: Hemiptera 91 Tribe Mezirini Van Duzee, 1916. III. ABTABANUS Stal, 1865. Artabanus australis n. sp. Female. Closely allied to Artabanus lativentris Esaki & Matsuda, 1951, having the same shape of the body and pattern of colors, but is relatively narrower, antennae shorter, less than twice as long as the head (46: 25) ; all femora without bigger spines, only with a few very fine teeth on the inferior side. biometrical measures. Head as long as wide through the eyes (25: 25) ; the proportions of the antennal segments (1 to 4) are: 12 : 7 : 17 : 10 ; pronotum much shorter than wide across the humeri (27:50); scutellum shorter than wide at the base (20: 25); abdomen about as long as wide (64: 65). Female. Total length 6.85 mm. ; width of the pronotum 2.50 mm. ; width of the abdomen 3.25 nun. Ilolotype, Female. Queensland, Australia; deposited in the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest. IV. MEZIBA Amyot & Serville, 1843. Mezira sulcata n. sp. Male. head. Shorter than wide through the eyes — 28:31, 9 — 30:33); anterior process stout, anteriorly slightly emarginate, reaches to % of the first antennal segment; antenniferous tubercles stout, dentiform, subparallel, reach to Ys of the first antennal segment. Eyes exerted. Postocular tubercles small, dentiform, do not reach the outer border of the eyes; infraocular carinae high, and narrow. Vertex convex, with a few granules. Antennae stout, less than twice as long as the head (50: 28) ; the proportions of the antennal segments (1 to 4) are: $ — 12: 13: 13: 12, 9 — 14 : 14 : 14 : 13. Bostrum reaches to the hind border of the head. pronotum. Shorter on the median line than wide across the humeri — 37:68, 9 — 40:71). Fore lobe separated from the hind lobe by a very deep and narrow^, transverse furrow, directed down and forward, so that the hind borders of the four stout ridges of the fore lobe are slightly overhanging the hind lobe. Antero-lateral angles of the fore lobe are slightly expanded and reflexed, evenly rounded. Fore disc with four (2 + 2) stout, granulated ridges, and with a very deep and narrow median furrow. Hind lobe is much wider than the fore lobe ($ — 68: 48, 9 — 71: 52); lateral borders parallel, anteriorly convergent; hind border deeply, subangularly emarginate; posterior angles angularly projected backward. Disc transversely elevated ; laterally, along the humeri, slightly depressed ; anteriorly writh a few very big granules; posteriorly with a smaller granu- lation, which is somewhat obliterated in the middle of the disc. scutellum. Subtriangular, shorter than wide ( $ — 30: 38, 9 — 35: 40) ; all three borders carinate; disc transversely rugose, and with a narrow median carina ; the tip of the scutellum excised. hemelytrae. Beach to the middle ( $ ) , or to the fore border ( 9 ) of tergum VII; corium granulated, basal costal border of the latter reflexed. 92 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI apical border slightly emarginate interiorly, convex exteriorly; apical angle acute, reaches to % of connexivum III (the second visible). abdomen. Longer than wide ($ — 97:75, $ — 110:85); in the male parallel, from segment VI roundly convergent, posteriorly subtruncate, the posterior border of connexivum VII emarginate in the middle. Hypo- pygium small, subcordate; its disc depressed on each side along the median ridge; lobes (VIII) very small. In the female abdomen is widened till segment VII, then rounded; lobes subtriangular, short; segment IX slightly projected backward. All spiracles ventral, placed far from the lateral borders. legs. Inermis. color. Dark ferrugineous ; membrane piceous; rostrum and tarsi yel- lorv-brown. Total length $ — 9.85, $ — 10.85 mm.; width of the pronotum $ — 3.4, $ — 3.5 mm.; width of the abdomen $ — 3.75, $ — 5.5 mm. Holotype, Male. New South Wales, Australia; deposited in the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest. Allotype, Female. Collected with the holotype ; in the same collection. Paratypes, 1 lCf and 1 Queensland, Australia; in the same collection, and in the collection of the author. New species is somewhat allied to Mezira membranacea (F.), 1798, but differs from it by: pronotum very deeply sulcate ; hypopygium much smaller, and differently shaped ; connex- ivum VII of the males emarginate ; and different color. V. CTENONEURUS Bergroth, 1887. Ctenoneurus halaszfyi n. sp. Male. Elongate, subparallel, slightly widening backward till segment IV, then narrowing. head. Almost as long as wide through the eyes (23: 22) anterior process long and parallel, apically slightly notched, distinctly projecting beyond the tip of the first antennal segment; antenniferous tubercles acute, ex- teriorly parallel, reach to the basal third of the first antennal segment. Eyes moderately exerted. Postocular tubercles acute, reach to the outer border of the eyes ; infraocular carinae fine and low, granulated ; vertex convex, finely granulated. Antennae one and a half times as long as the head width through the eyes (34:22); the proportions of the antennal segments (1 to 4) are: 7: 7: 9: 11; the first curved at the base; the second and third tapering toward the base; the fourth fusiform. Eostrum reaches to the base of the head. pronotum. Eather convex, half as long as wide across the humeri (22: 45) ; the transverse interlobal furrow fine and shallow; anterior border slightly emarginate; collar very fine; antero-lateral borders narrowly ex- panded; antero-lateral angles slightly projecting forward, rounded; lateral notch almost imperceptible ; lateral borders of the fore lobe converging ; Mar.— June, 1958] Kormilev: Hemiptera 93 those of the hind lobe subparallel; hind border widely and shallowly emarginate. Fore disc evenly convex, with a tine, shallow median furrow ; laterally of it with a pattern of tine, concentric rugae; hind disc finely granulated (Fig. 5). scutellum. Shorter than wide at the base (23:27); lateral borders rimmed, slightly emarginate, before the apex convex, the tip rounded. Disc granulate, and with a low, transversely rugose, median carina, run- ning from the basal third to the tip of the scutellum. hemelytrae. Slightly project beyond the fore border of tergum VII ; corium finely granulated, its apical border shallowly emarginate; its apical angle acute, reaches to the middle of connexivum III (the second visible) ; exterior border reflexed at the base. abdomen. Longer than wide (73: 51), parallel, posteriorly rounded; its maximal width across segments III and IV ; postero-exterior angles of the connexiva not protruding ; discs of the connexiva densely punctured. Hypopygium short and wide (10: 16); disc with a badly defined median carina, finely granulated. Venter convex. Spiracles II to VII ventral, placed far from the lateral border; those of the lobes (VIII) lateral and visible from above (Fig. 6). color. Dark ferrugineous ; rostrum and tarsi ochraceous ; membrane piceous. Male. Total length 7.15 mm. ; width of the pronotum 2.25 mm. ; width of the abdomen 2.5 mm. Holotype, Male. Simbang, Huon Golf, New Guinea — Biro coll., 1898 ; deposited in the Hungarian National Museum, Buda- pest. It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to Dr. Eva Halaszfy. Ctenoneurus halaszfyi n. sp. is allied to C. hochstetteri (Mayr), 1866, but differs from it by: body is more parallel; the fore lobe of the pronotum more convex; antennae relatively longer ; the apical angle of the corium more acute ; hypopygium of the males differently shaped; color is lighter, ferrugineous. Ctenoneurus was not recorded from New Guinea. VI. NEUROCTENUS Fieber, 1861. The genus Neuroctenus Fieber, 1861, with almost worldwide distribution, is far less heterogeneous than the genus Mezira A.S. Most of its species are very easily distinguished from the latter, though there is a small group of oriental species, which at first sight resemble some species of Mezira, and some of which were described in that genus, i.e. : Neuroctenus ater (Jakovlev), 1878, N. castaneus (Jakovlev), 1878, and N. confusus Kormilev, 1955. Now I am able to add to this group two species more, both from New Guinea. These species are isolated in the genus. 94 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lx vi Neuroctenus meziroi&es n. sp. Female, head. Almost as long as wide through the eyes (22:23); anterior process big, jugae expanded, anteriorly rounded and cleft, project far beyond the tip of the first antennal segment; antenniferous tubercles large, flat, acute, slightly divergent, reach to the middle of the first an- tennal segment. Antennae slender, one and a half times as long as the head (33: 22) ; the proportions of the segments (1 to 4) are: 8: 7: 10: 8. The first segment short and clavate, the second and third tapering toward the base, the fourth elongately fusiform. Eyes exerted; postocular tubercles acute, slightly project beyond the outer border of the eyes; infraocular carinae fine, granulated; vertex inflated and granulated; lateral shelves depressed, callous. Rostrum short, does not reach the hind border of a wide and deep rostral groove. pronotum. Less than half as long as wide across the humeri (19: 42), divided into two lobes by a distinct, transverse furrow; the fore lobe is narrower than the hind lobe (34:42); fore border truncate; collar very fine, granulated; antero-lateral angles expanded as small rounded lobes; lateral borders subparallel, posteriorly divergent; disc with four (2 + 2) semiobliterated, and granulated ridges. Hind lobe twice (1 + 1) de- pressed on the disc; lateral borders parallel, anteriorly convergent; hind border widely and evenly emarginate (Fig. 7). SCUTELLUM. Large, triangular, transversely rugose, and with a fine, low median carina; lateral borders straight, carinate, the tip rounded. hemelytrae. Do not reach the hind border of tergum YI, corium reaches to the first third of connexivum III (the second visible) ; its outer border narrowly reflexed, does not project beyond the outer border of the ab- domen; its apical angle pointed, its apical border twice shallowly emargi- nate ; disc granulated. abdomen. Ovate, longer than wide across segment IV (67: 56). Poste- rior border of segment VII truncate; lateral borders of the abdomen evenly convex ; postero-exterior angles of the connexiva scabrous, each with two rounded, callous spots; disc of tergum VII scabrous, and depressed in the middle. Genital lobes large, triangular, projecting far beyond the tip of segment IX ; the tip of IX is shallowly notched, the genital valves being slightly longer than the oviduct (Fig. 8). color. Uniformly ferrugineous ; posterior borders of the connexiva, trochanters, tibiae, tarsi and rostrum yellow-brown ; membrane brown. Female. Total length 6.5 mm.; width of the pronotum 2.1 mm.; width of the abdomen 2.8 mm. Holotype, Female. Sattelberg, Huon Golf, New Guinea — Biro coll., 1898 ; deposited in the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest. Neuroctenus luteomarginatus n. sp. Male. Smaller and narrower than the preceding species. head. As long as wide through the eyes (18:18); anterior process slender, tapering to the tip, on the tip slightly notched, reaches to the tip of the first antennal segment; antenniferous tubercles dentiform, acute, Mar .-June, 1958] Kormilev: Hemiptera 95 divaricating. Antennae slender, the proportions of the antennal segments (1 to 4) are: 8: 7: 9: 8 (?), the tip of the fourth is broken off one an- tenna, two apical segments lacking from another. Postocular tubercles acute, reach to the outer border of the eyes; rostrum a little longer than in the preceding species, though also do not reach the hind border of the groove. pronotum. Less than half as long as wide across the humeri (16: 38) ; fore lobe narrower than the hind lobe (28:37); fore border roundly emarginate; collar thin, but more conspicuous; antero-lateral angles slightly expanded, rounded, and slightly projecting forward; lateral bor- ders subparallel, anteriorly rounded ; disc with a narrow median furrow, and four (2 + 2) low, granulated ridges. Hind disc as in the preceding species (Fig. 9). scutellum. Shorter than wide (18: 23) ; lateral borders slightly emargi- nate before the tip, the tip angular ; disc granulated, and with a cross- shaped median ridge. hemelytrae. Reach to % of tergurn VII; apical angle of the corium not so acute as in the preceding species; apical border emarginate in- teriorly; disc granulated. abdomen. Longer than wide across segment V (56:47); postero-lateral angles of the eonnexiva II to IV scarcely protruding, those of V and VI slightly protruding, those of VII produced backward as small rounded lobes, reaching to the middle of the hypopygium; hypopygium subcordate, depressed in the middle, rounded posteriorly; lobes (VIII) slender and long, reach to the tip of the hypopygium (Fig. 10). color. Ferrugineous ; posterior margins of the eonnexiva II to VI, tarsi and rostrum, yellow; membrane brownish, with a piceous spot at the first third of the outer border. Other characters as in the preceding species. Male. Total length 5.45 mm. ; width of the pronotum 1.85 mm. ; width of the abdomen 2.35 mm. Holotype, Male. Sattelberg, Huon Golf, New Guinea — Biro coll., 1898 deposited in the Hungarian National Museum, Buda- pest. BIBLIOGRAPHY CITED 1. Esaki, T. and R. Matsuda. 1951. Hemiptera Micronesica III, Dysodiidae; Mushi, 22 (13). 79. 2. Fabricius, J. C. 1798. Suppl. Ent. Syst. 526. 3. Jakovlev, V. E. 1878. (Description of the new species of the family Aradidae) Russian title; Bull. Soc. Nat. de Moscou. 53 (1). 137. 4. Kormilev, N. A. 1955. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- sphere, (Hemiptera) VII; Quart. .Jour. Taiwan Mus. 8 (3). 188. 5. Mayr, G. L. 1866. Diagnosen neuer Hemipteren III. Verb. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 16. 365. 6. Signoret, V. 1880. De quelques Genres noveaux. . . . Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova. 15. 541. 7. Stal, C. Enum. Hem. 3. 141. 96 New York Entomological Society [Vol. TiXVI EXPLANATION OF PLATE Y Fig. 1. Carventus australis n. sx>., $ , head and pronotum. Fig. 2. Carventus australis n. sp., $ , the tip of the abdomen from below. Fig. 3. Drakeida incrustata n. g., n. sp., $ , head, pronotum and scutellum. Fig. 4. Drakeida incrustata n. g., n. sp., $ , the tip of the abdomen from below. Fig. 5. Ctenoneurus halaszfyi n. sp., $ , head and pronotum. Fig. 6. Ctenoneurus halaszfyi n. sp., $ , the tip of the abdomen from above. Fig. 7. Neuroctenus meziroides n. sp., $ , head and pronotum. Fig. 8. Neuroctenus meziroides n. sp., $, the tip of the abdomen from below. Fig. 9. Neuroctenus luteomarginatus n. sp., $ , head and pronotum. Fig. 10. Neuroctenus luteomarginatus n. sp., $ , the tip of the abdomen from above. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Yol. LXYI (Plate Y) Mar.- June, 1958] Brown and Heineman : Anetia 99 THE GENERIC NAME ANETIA HUEBNER (DANAIDAE, RHOPALOCERA) By F. M. Brown and Bernard Heineman While preparing the manuscript for an account of the butter- flies of Jamaica, B. W. I., we became aware of confusion about the proper spelling for the name of the danaid butterflies long called Clothilda. The first uses of generic names coupled with species now included in the genus are these : 1797. Papilio pantheratus Martyn 1820. Argynnis hriarea Godart [1823]. Anetia numidia Huebner [1823]. Anetia numidia Huebner 1840. Clothilda hriarea , Blanchard 1847. Danais numidia, Poey 1848. Anicia (a misspelling), Doubleday 1870. Synalpe euryale Boisduval The first two names assosciated with the species, Papilio and Argynnis , now are properly associated with species in families of butterflies other than Danaidae. Thus the first available generic names associated with species of the genus are Anetia and Anetia of Huebner. These he proposed in sammlung ex- otische schmetterlin ge, volume 2, plates [22] and [23] respec- tively. The use of Anetia for a common Tachinid genus in Dip- tera long postdates its use in Rhopalocera. Of the two spellings, Anetia and Anetia, used by Huebner the former has both page and temporal priority. Anetia is used on plate [22] and Anetia on plate [23]. Anetia was issued in [1823] as Lieferung 114a, and Anetia in the same year but at a later date as Lieferung 119a (Hemming, 1937, vol. 1, p. 331). On plate [22] Huebner presented figures of both surfaces of Anetia numidia <$. On the next plate he figured what he con- sidered the female of that species but used the generic name Anetia. We believe that the difference in spelling was an en- graver’s mistake. Study of the second plate proves that Huebner confused two species and that his figure of the female “numidia” 100 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI really represents the species named earlier by Martyn, panthe- ratus. Since the two species, numiclia and pantheratus, are con- generic this mishap has little effect upon the problem. The problem is this: Which of the two spellings used by Huebner [1823] is the correct spelling? With the exception of Kirby (1906 ?), d ’Almeida (1939) and de la Torre y Callejas (1952) the spelling Anelia has been in vogue. We believe that this has come about because Geyer, who continued the samm- lung after Huebner ’s death in 1826, used Anelia for the figure of his species thirza (vol. 3, plate [6], 1833). When Salvin (1869) reviewed the genus, as Clothilda, he fol- lowed Geyer and accepted Anelia as the proper spelling, but remarked that Anicia (sic) Huebner had priority over Anelia and possibly over Clothilda Blanchard. Scudder (1874, p. 112) listed only Anelia and designated numiclia as its type species, stating “Sole species, and therefore type.” Kirby (1906 ?) in his edition of the sammlung used Anetia throughout, even on the figures originally designated Anelia in the Huebner-Geyer edition. Hemming (lx., vol. 2, pp. 152-153) accepted Anelia and referred Anetia to it without explanation. After careful study of the use of the two spellings we were dissatisfied with the general acceptance of Anelia as opposed to Anetia. We believe that Anetia should be used and base our conclusions upon the listing found in the index systematicus for volume 2 of the original edition of the sammlung. There on the first of the four unnumbered pages, at the bottom of the left hand column, included under Dryades the last two entries read : “7 Anetia Numidia (mas) [22] — ead. (foem) [23]” These pages were published by Geyer in [1 July 1827] — [sum- mer of 1832] according to Hemming (l.c., vol. 1, p. 361). Al- though published after Huebner ’s death these pages may have been prepared by him. Apparently Hemming found no con- clusive evidence of authorship for them. Whether actually written by Huebner or by Geyer they seem to us to be strong support that Anetia is the proper spelling of the name in ques- tion. The problem of type species for both Anetia and Anelia must be reviewed. In 1869 Salvin designated euryale King (= thirza Geyer) as the type species of Anelia. This designation cannot be Mar.— June, 1958] Brown and Heineman: Anetia ]01 accepted since thirza which Geyer placed in Anelia was pub- lished ten years after the first publication of Anelia, and euryale King was published in 1836, still later. Scudder (1874, p. 112) designated “Numida (. Numidia ) ” as the type species of Anelia. This falls since the trivial name numidia associated with the generic name Anelia on plate [23] is a synonym of panther atus Martyn and not the female of numidia on plate [22] as assumed by TIuebner. We now designate numidia § Huebner (= pan- ther atus Martyn) as the type species of Anelia since it is the only species associated with that generic name upon its first pub- lication. D ’Almeida (1939, p. 58) was correct when he designated numidia $ Huebner as figured on plate [22] of the sammlung exotische schmetterlinge as the type species of Anetia. No other species can be considered since numidia is the sole species associated with Anetia at the time the name was first published. REFERENCES Bates, Marston. 1935. Tlie butterflies of Cuba. Bull. Mus. Comparative Zoo. Cambridge, Mass. 78: 63-258. Blanchard, Charles Emile. 1840. Histoire naturelle des insectes Orthopteres, Neuropteres, Hemipteres, Hymenopteres, Lepidopteres et Dipteres. Paris. Three volumes, esp. 3: 440. Boisduval, Jean Alphonse. 1870. Considerations sur les Lepidopteres envoyes du Guatemala a M. de l’Orza. Paris, esp. p. 36. d" Almeida, R. Ferreira. 1939. Rivisao das especies americanas da super- familia Danoidea. Parte 1 — Familia Danaidae, subfam. Danainae. Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro. 34: 1-113. esp. pp. 57-65. Doubleday, Edward. 1848. In Doubleday, Westwood and Hewitson. The Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, etc. London. 2 vol., esp. 1: 155. Geyer, Carl. 1833. In Huebner [& Geyer]. Sammlung exotische Schmet- terlinge. Augsburg. 3 vol., esp. 3: pi. [6]. Godart, Jean Baptiste. 1820. In Latreille [& Godart]. Encyclopedie Methodique, Histoire Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des Crustaces, des Arachnides et des Insectes. Paris. 9: esp. p. 261. Hall, Arthur. 1925. List of butterflies of Hispaniola. The Entomolo- gist. London. 58: 161-165. Hemming, Francis. 1937. Huebner. London, 2 vol. Huebner, Jacob. 1823. Sammlung exotische Schmetterlinge. Augsburg. 3 vol., esp. 2: pi. [22] and [23] and index systematicus. Kirby, William Forsell. 1906? In Sammlung exotische Schmetterlinge. Neue englische facsimile ausgabe. Wytsman. Brussels. 1894-1908. 3 vol. 102 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Martyn, Thomas. 1797. Psyche. Figures of nondescript Lepidopterous insects, etc. London, esp. plates 12 and 14. Poey, Filippe. 1847. Catalogo metodico y descriptive de las mariposas de isla de Cuba. Mem. de la Real Soc. Economica, Habana. 3: 176. Salvin, Osbert. 1869. A synopsis of the genus Clothilda. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 391-397. Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. 1874. A historical sketch of the generic names proposed for butterflies. Proc. American Acad, of Arts and Sci. Boston. Second series. 2, 10. de la Torre y Callejas, Salvador Luis. 1952. Datos taxonomieos sobre Lepidopteros, con notas sobre algunas especies Cubanas. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. Habana. 27: 69. The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1958 President, DR. ASHER TREAT The City College, N. Y. 31, N. Y. Vice-President, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF Box 3 3 3, Bedford, N. Y. Secretary, PETER FARB 310 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 25, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y. Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History Editor EmeriUis, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI ' Allentown, N. J. BerNard Heineman E. Irving Huntington TRUSTEES Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. Herbert Ruckes Frank A. Soraci PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Dr. William S. Creighton Herbert F. Schwarz ' t ■ \r/: '' \ Peter Fare Nicholas Shoumatoff PROGRAM COMMITTEE ; r ()'- 4 ' > ' . N k Bernard Heineman mjL 'V ■ 'V- ;'i Dr. A. B. Klots FIELD COMMITTEE Nicholas Shoumatoff DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Dr. Lucy Clausen JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allen- town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks , money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer. f '/*• , / VV I J •rid&o %$ Vol. LXVI Nos. 3, 4 V September, December, 1958 Journal of the New York Entomological Society ,'VvJ ' y \ Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS V , J, 3 ' W'„ ■u:. 3''i ) Jj: '! ■ f . - V ; V V l Edited by FRANK A. SORACI ' ; ' ‘ S1 , : ■ ' , ,'4 "f i ,4i: ■ ”n _ ■ ■, Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON PETER FARB Subscription $5.00 per Year V - ■ CONTENTS An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington : 103 A Review of the Species of Crematogaster, Sensu Stricto, in North America (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) Part I By William F. Buren ...j. .. 119 Blood Composition of the Cockroach, Leucophaea Maderae Fabricius By Margaret E. Todd 135 Four New Species of Neotropical Pentatomids (Heteroptera, Pentatomidae) By Herbert Ruckes 145 A New Species of Steneotarsonemus, and Additional Information on the Plant-Feeding Habits of Steneo- tarsonemus Furcatus De Leon (Acarina) By Robert E. Beer * 153 Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), III By Charles P. Alexander 161 Effects of Starvation on Free Amino Acids in Larval Blood of Oriental Beetle, Anomala Orientalis Water- house By Donald S. Po-Chedley 171 On the Species of Megalopta Described by F. Smith (Hymenoptera, Apoidea) By J. S. Moure 179 The Correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part I. By F. Martin Brown 191 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 144 Membership of The New York Entomological Society 228 NOTICE: Nos. 1, 2 of Volume LXVI of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society were Published on January 20, 1959 V- i ■'/./" . . 1 / j ? v - ■ V ' ■-./ t ,, Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXVI September, December, 1958 Nos. 3, 4 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington foreword When the late William P. Comstock and the writer undertook the rearrangement of the Lycaenidae of the Western Hemisphere in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, we soon realized that a dependable list would be of great assist- ance in our work. Accordingly, we proceeded to compile such a list which would include references to the publication in which appeared the original description as well as such subsequent descriptions and figures as might assist in identification. Also included would be the type locality and information as to the collection in which the type was deposited. In the course of compiling this data we came across many misspellings as well as misidentifications which had been repeated by writers over the years. These errors we attempted to - cor- rect as the work proceeded. This necessitated the reading of numerous original descriptions and the comparison with plate figures. Where there were specimens in the Museum collection, they were compared with the original description and figure and so labeled. Fortunately this work had been completed prior to Mr. Comstock’s illness in 1950, as his knowledge and attention to detail were indispensable to its proper compilation. The writer’s sincere thanks are due to Mr. F. Martin Brown for having furnished references to descriptions published through 1954. Dr. Frederick II . Rindge of the American Museum of Natural History has rendered great assistance in preparing the data for publication as has Miss Marilyn Badaracco in arranging and typing the manuscript. It is the writer’s hope that this list SSSm”* 104 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI may be of help to others who may be working in this group of the Lepidoptera. — edgar irving Huntington PART I : GENERA Agriades Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 67, no. 654 (Augsburg). Genotype: Agriades orbitulus Hiibner (Not de Prunner), 1819, (-Papilio glandon de Prunner, 1798). Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston., vol. 10, p. 105, no. 38 (Boston, Mass.). (Fixes the generic type.) Hemming, Francis (ed.), 1950, Bull. Zool. Nomen., vol. 4, p. 484; 1954, Intern. Comm. Zool. Nomen., Opinion 270. Arawacus Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 197 (London). Genotype: Papilio linus Roemer (not Sulzer), 1789, (-aetolus Sulzer, 1776). Areas Swainson, William Original Description: 1832-1833, Zool. Illus., 2nd Series, Insects, p. 88, pi. 88. (Describes Areas as a subgenus.) Genotype: Papilio imperialis Cramer, 1775. Note: A monotypic genus. Argus Boisduval, Jean A. Original Description: 1832, leones Hist. Lep. Europe, vol. 1 (5, 6), p. 49 (Paris). Genotype: Papilio alcon Sehiffermiiller, 1775. Additional References: Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, 1833, Histoire Generate et Iconographie des Lepidopteres et des Chenilles American septentrionale, p. 113 (Paris). (Includes filenus , pseudoptiletes, pseudargiolus and comyntas.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 110 (London). Homonym of Argus Bohadsch, 1761.) Atlides Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 80, no. 814 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio halesus Cramer, 1777. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 124, no. 147 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects generic type.) Aurotis Dalman, Johann Wilhelm Original Description: 1816, K. Vetenskaps. Acad. Handl., 1st half, pp. 63, 90 (Stockholm). Genotype: Papilio quercus Linnaeus, 1761. Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 124, no. 152 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects quercus Linnaeus, 1761, as the generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Sept.-Dee., 1958] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 105 Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 115, no. 299 (London). (Corrects generic synonymy and makes Aurotis a synonym of Thecla Fabricius by selecting betulae Linnaeus as the genotype.) Note: Dalman (page 63) gave “Subdiv. I. ( Aurotis )”. This was the first subdivision of his genus Zephyrus and its position was that of a sub- genus. Bithys Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1818, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett- linge, vol. 1, p. 18 (Augsburg). Genotype : Rusticus leucophaeus Hiibner, 1818. Additional Reference: Riley, N. D., 1922, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 28, p. 466 (Bombay). (Selects the generic type.) Brangas Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 80, no. 809 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio caranus Cramer, 1780. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 128, no. 174 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Brephidium Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 123 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Lycaena exilis Boisduval, 1852. Bythis Geyer, Carl Original Description: 1832, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett- linge, vol. 4, p. 26 (Augsburg). Note: Misspelling of Bithys Hiibner. Callicista Grote, Augustus R. Original Description: 1873 (October), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 1, p. 178 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Callicista ocellifera Grote, 1873. Callipareus Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1872, A systematic revision of some of the Ameri- can Butterflies; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 30 (Salem, Mass.). Genotype : Strymon melinus Hiibner, 1809-1813. Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 51 (Salem, Mass.). Scudder, Samuel H., 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 107 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Says that Callipareus Scudder was preoccupied.) Neave, S. A., 1939, Nomenclator Zool., vol. 1, p. 535 (London). (Says Callipareus is not a homonym of Calliparea Bonaparte, 1851 — Aves.) Callipsyche Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 106 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Thecla behrii Edwards, 1870. 106 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI CallopJirys Billberg, Gustav Johann Original Description: 1820, Enumeratio Insectorum, p. 80 (Stockholm). Genotype: Papilio rubi Linnaeus, 1761. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 132, no. 202 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects generic type.) Calycopis Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 108 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Rusticus armatus poeas Hiibner, 1811. Celastrina Tutt, J. W. Original Description: 1906, Ent. Record, vol. 18, p. 131 (London). Genotype: Papilio argiolus Linnaeus, 1761. Chalceria Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 125 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Chrysophanus rubidus Behr, 1866. Chalybs Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 76, no. 759 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio janias Cramer, 1779. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 139, no. 244 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects generic type.) Cliilades Moore, Frederic Original Description: 1880-1881, Lepidoptera of Ceylon, vol. 1, p. 76 (London). Genotype: Papilio laius Cramer, 1782. Additional Reference: Kaye, William James, 1921 (December), Memoirs Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago, no. 2, p. 88 (Trinidad, B. W. I.). (Places hanno Stoll in this genus.) Chrysophanus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1818, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 1, p. 24, no. 68 (Augsburg). Genotype: Rusticus mopsus Hiibner, 1809-1813. Additional References: Riley, N. D., 1922, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 28, p. 467 (Bombay). (Selects generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 119, no. 305 (London). (Corrects the synonymy.) Cupido Schrank, Franz von Paula von Original Description: 1801-1803, Fauna Boica, vol. 2, (1), pp. 153, 206 (Ingolstadt) . Genotype: Cupido puer Schrank 1801 {-Papilio minimus Fuessly, 1775). Cyaniris Dalman, Johann Wilhelm Original Description: 1816, K. Vetenskaps. Acad. Handl., 1st half, pp. 63, 94 (Stockholm). Sept.-Dee., 1958] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 107 Genotype: Papilio argiolus Linnaeus, 1761. Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, A systematic revision of some of the American Butterflies ; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 34 (Salem, Mass.). (Selects generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 110 (London). (Erroneously states that Cyaniris is a monotypic genus and selects Zepliyrus argianus Dalman, 1816 (= Papilio semiargus Rottenburg, 1775) as the genotype.) Note: Dalman (page 63) gave “Subdiv. III. {Cyaniris)" . This was the third subdivision of his genus Zepliyrus and its position was that of a sub- genus. Cyclargus Nabokov, V. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 14 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype: Lycaena ammon Lucas, 1857. Cycnus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 81, no. 820 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio phaleros Linnaeus, 1767. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel, IL, 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 151, no. 309 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Dipsas Westwood, John Obadiah Original Description: 1852, Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 2, p. 479. Genotype: Tliecla syla Kollar, 1844. Additional Reference : Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 116, no. 302 (London). (Points out that the name is a homonym of Dipsas Laurenti, 1768 in Reptilia and that the genotype syla is congeneric with betulae Linnaeus.) Dolymorpha Holland, William J. Original Description: 1931, The Butterfly Book (revised ed.), p. 228 (Garden City, N. Y.). Genotype: Theda jada Hewitson, 1869. Echinargus Nabokov, Y. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 27 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype : Lycaena isola Reakirt, 1866. Endymion Swainson, William Original Description: 1832-1833, Zool. Illus., 2nd Series, Insects, p. 85, pi. 85 (London) ; describes Endymion as a subgenus. Genotype: Papilio regalis Cramer, 1775. Note: A monotypic genus. Epidemia Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 127 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Polyommatus epixanthe Boisduval and LeConte, 1833. Erora Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1872, A systematic revision of some of the Ameri- 108 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI can Butterflies; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 32 (Salem, Mass.). Genotype: Theda laeta Edwards, 1862. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 53 (Salem, Mass.). Eucharia Boisduval, Jean A. Original Description: 1870, Considerations sur des Lepidopteres Envoyes du Guatemala a M. de l’Orza, p. 14 (Rennes). Genotype: None selected. Names mentioned; ganymedes, imperialis and regalis. Note: The name is preoccupied by Eucharia Hiibner, 1820, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 181, no. 1865 (Augsburg). Eumaeus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 67, no. 643 (Augsburg). Genotype: Eumaeus minyas Hiibner, 1819 {-Rusticus adolescens 7ninijas Hiibner, 1809). Eumenia Godart, Jean B. Original Description: 1823, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, Supplement p. 826 (Paris). Genotype: Eumenia toxea Godart, 1823 (= minijas Hiibner). Eupsyche Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 112 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Thecla m-album Boisduval and LeConte, 1833. Evenus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 78, no. 783 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio regalis Cramer, 1775. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 176, no. 456 (Salem, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Everes Hiibner, Jacob Original Description : 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 69 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio amyntas Schiffermiiller and Denis, 1775 {-Papilio argiades Pallas, 1771). Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 56 (Salem, Mass.). (Selects amyntas Fabricius as the generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 106 (London). (Corrects the generic synonymy.) Feniseca Grote, Augustus R. Original Description: 1869 (April), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 2, p. 307 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Genotype: Hesperia tarquinius Fabricius, 1793. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 109 Gaeides Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 126 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Chrysophanus dione Scudder, 1868. Glaucopsyche Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1872, A systematic revision of some of the Ameri- can Butterflies ; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 33 (Salem, Mass.). Genotype: Lycaena lygdarnus, 1872 (-lygdamus Doubleday, 1841). Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Kept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 54 (Salem, Mass.). Habrodais Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 113 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Thecla grunus Boisduval, 1852. Habrodias Dyar, Harrison G. (Not Scudder) Original Description: “1902” [1903], Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 52, p. 35. Note : Misspelling of Habrodais Scudder. Hemiargus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1818, Zutrage zur, Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 1, p. 19, no. 50 (Augsburg). Genotype: Hemiargus antibubastus Hiibner, 1818 (-Papilio hanno Stoll, 1790). Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 186 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Nabokov, V., 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 20 (Cambridge, Mass.). Heodes Dalman, Johann Wilhelm Original Description: 1816, K. Vetenskaps. Acad. Handl., 1st half, pp. 63, 91 (Stockholm). Genotype: Papilio phlaeas Linnaeus, 1761. Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 187, no. 516 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butter- flies, vol. 1, p. 112, no. 287 (London). (Erroneously selects Papilio virgaureae Linnaeus, 1758, as the generic type.) Note: Dalman (page 63) gave “Subdiv. II. (Heodes)”. This was the second subdivision of his genus Zephyrus and its position was that of a subgenus. Holochila Felder, Cajetan Original Description: 1862, Verb. Zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 12, p. 490 Wien. Genotype: Holochila absimilis Felder and Felder, 1862. Hypaurotis Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 112 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Thecla chrysalus Edwards, 1873. 110 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Hyrcus Kaye, William J. (not Hiibner) Original Description: 1921 (December), Memoirs Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago, no. 2, p. 90 (Trinidad, B. W. I.). Note: Misspelling of Hyreus Hiibner. Hyreus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 70, no. 692 (Augsburg). Genotype : Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 195, no. 558 (Boston, Mass.). (Remarks that the name is preoccupied in birds.) Note: Hiibner gave lingeus Cramer, ericus Fabricius, palemon Cramer, misenes Cramer from which a generic type may be selected. Jaspis Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 June, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 196 (Lon- don). Genotype : Tliecla temesa Hewitson, 1868. Icaricia Nabokov, Y. Original Description: 1945 (February), Psyche, vol. 51, p. 104 (Cam- bridge, Mass.). Genotype: Lycaena icarioides Boisduval, 1852. Incisalia Scudder, Samuel H. (not Minot MS.) Original Description: 1872, A systematic revision of some of the Ameri- can Butterflies; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 31 (Salem, Mass.). (Selects generic type.) Genotype: Licus niphon Hiibner. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 52 (Salem, Mass.). Iophanus Draudt, Max Original Description: 1920 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 814 (Stuttgart). Genotype: Chrysophanus pyrrhias Godman and Salvin, 1887. Note: Monotypie genus. Ipideda Dyar, Harrison, G. Original Description: 1917, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 51, p. 1 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Genotype: Ipideda miadora Dyar, 1917. Additional References: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macro- lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 824 (Stuttgart). (Places Ipideda in the Lycaenidae.) Stichel, H., 1930, Lepidopterorum Catalogus (Riodinidae), vol. 26, pt. 41, p. 595 (Berlin). Note: Dyar described the genus in the Riodinidae. Itylos Draudt, Max Original Description: 1921 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 821 (Stuttgart). Genotype: Cupido speciosa Staudinger, 1894. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 111 Additional References : Hemming, Francis, 1929, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, p. 240 (London). (Selects Cupido speciosa Stau dinger, 1894 as the generic type.) Nabokov, V., 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 38 (Cam- bridge, Mass.). (Revised the genus Itylos and selects Cupido moza Staudinger, 1894 as the genotype.) Note: The selection by Nabokov would seem unjustified as it is predi- cated on page preference in a publication issued on a single date. Ja.spis Draudt, Max (See Iaspis Kaye) Original Description: Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macro- lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 763 (Stuttgart). Lampides Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Sclnnettlinge, p. 70, no. 683 (Augsburg). Genotype : Lampides zethus Hiibner, 1819. Additional Reference: Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 105 (London). Lamprospilus Geyer, Carl Original Description: 1832, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 4, p. 30 (Augsburg). Genotype: Lamprospilus genius Geyer, 1832. Leptodes Barnes, William J. and James H. McDunnough (not Scudder) Original Description: 1912 (July), Contributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 1, no. 6, p. 9 (Decatur, 111.). Note: Misspelling of Leptotes. Leptotes Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 124 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Lycaena theonus Lucas, 1857. Licus Hiibner, Jacob (See Lycus Hiibner) Original Description: 1823, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 2, p. 7, no. 102 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio rubi Linnaeus, 1761. Lycaeides Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 69 (Augsburg). Genotype: Lycaeides argus Hiibner, 1819 (not Linnaeus) {-Papilio argyrognomon Bergstrasser, 1779). Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 54 (Salem, Mass.). (Fixes the generic type as argus Linnaeus.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 107 (London). (Corrects the synonymy.); 1950, Bull. Zool. Nomen., vol. 4, pp. 479, 484; 1954, Opinion 270, Intern. Comm. Zool. Nomen. Lycaena Fabricius, Johann Christian Original Description: 1807, Systema Glossatorum, p. ix (Brunswick). 112 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI Genotype: Papilio pblaeas Linnaeus, 1761. Additional References: Illiger, Johann Carl Wilhelm, 1807, Magazin fur Insektenkunde, vol. 6, p. 285, no. 32 (Brunswick). Curtis, John, 1828, British Ent., vol. 5, pi. 12 (London). (Fixes the generic type.) Hem- ming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. Ill (London). (Corrects the generic synonymy.) Lycaenopsis Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder Original Description : 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 257, no. 303, pi. 32, figs. 10, 11 (Wien). Genotype: Lycaenopsis ananga Felder and Felder, 1865. Note: Monotypic genus. Lyons Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 74, no. 730 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio rubi Linnaeus, 1761. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 210, no. 651 (Boston, Mass.). (Says name is preoccupied in Coleoptera.) Macusia Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 198 (London) . Genotype: Tliecla satyroides Hewitson, 1869. Micandra Schatz, Ernst Original Description : 1892, Familien und Gattungen der Tagfalter, p. 265, pi. 46 (Bayern). Genotype: Tliecla platyptera Felder, 1864-1867. Miltoura Wright, W. S. Original Description: 1922 (October), Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 21, no. 2, p. 19 (Los Angeles, Calif.). Genotype: Miltoura spinetorum cuyamaca, 1922. Note: Misspelling of Mitoura Scudder. Mithras Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 79, no. 802 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio nautes Cramer, 1779. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 220, no. 704 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Mitoura Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1872, Fourth Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, errata following p. 24 (Salem, Mass.). Genotype: Papilio damon Cramer, 1784. Mitouri Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1872, A systematic revision of some of the Amer- Sept.-Dee., 1958] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 113 can Butterflies ; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 31 (Salem, Mass.). Genotype: Theda smilacis Boisduval and LeConte, 1833. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1872, Fourth Ann. Kept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1871, p. 52 and errata (Salem, Mass.). Note: Misspelling of Mitoura Scudder. Mitura Kirby, W. F. Original Description: 1872, Zool. Record, vol. 9, p. 350 (London), 1874. Note: Misspelling of Mitoura Scudder. Molus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 78, no. 791 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio plialanthus Cramer, 1780. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 220, no. 708 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Nomiades Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 67, no. 644 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio acis Schiffermiiller and Denis, 1775 (= Papilio semi- argus Rottemburg, 1775). Additional References: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 228, no. 753 (Boston, Mass.). (Fixes the generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butter- flies, vol. 1, p. 110, no. 281 (London). (Makes Nomiades a synonym of Cyaniris Dalman.) Oenomaus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 76, no. 767 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio ortygnus Cramer, 1779. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 231, no. 765 (Boston, Mass.). (Fixes the generic type.) Olynthus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 80, no. 807 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio narbal Stoll, 1790. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 232, no. 771 (Boston, Mass.). (Fixes the generic type.) Paiwarria Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 199 (Lon- don). Genotype: Papilio venulius Cramer, 1779. Panthiades Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 79, no. 794 (Augsburg). 114 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI Genotype: Papilio pelion Cramer, 1775. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 237, no. 801 (Boston, Mass.). (Says that sole species is generic type.) Parachilades Nabokov, Y. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 7 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype: Lycaena titicaca Weymer, 1890. Paralycaeides Nabokov, Y. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 36 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype: Itylos inconspicua Draudt, 1921. Parrhasius Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Yerzeiehniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 79, no. 796 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio polibetes Cramer, 1781. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 242, no. 815 (Boston, Mass.). (Fixes the generic type.) Phaedrotes Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 115 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Lycaena catalina Reakirt, 1866. Pliilotes Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 116 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Lycaena regia Boisduval, 1869. Plebeius Kirby, William F. (see Plebejus Kluk) Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop- tera, p. 653. (London). Genotype : Additional Reference: Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 107 (London). (Says that the name was both a homonym and synonym of Plebejus Kluk.) Plebejus Kluk, Krzystof Original Description: 1780, Historyja naturalna zwierzat domowych idzikich osobliwie krajowych, vol. 4, p. 89 (Warzawa). Genotype: Papilio argus Linnaeus, 1758. Additional References: Hemming, Francis, 1933, Entomologist, vol. 66, p. 224 (London). (Selects the generic type argus, no. 15 of Kluk’s list.) ; 1934, Generic Names of Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 106 (London) ; 1950, Bull. Zool. Nomen., vol. 4, p. 495 ; 1954, Intern. Comm. Zool. Nomen., Opinion 278. Paclt, J., 1955 (September), Beitr. Ent. Deutsches Ent. Institut Berlin, pp. 428-431. Plebulina Nabokov, V. Original Description: 1945 (February), Psyche, vol. 51, p. 104 (Cam- bridge, Mass.), (1944). Genotype: Lycaena emigdionis Grinnell, 1905. Sept.-Dee., 1958] COMSTOCK AND Huntington: IjYCAENIDAE 115 Polyniphes Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Bnt. Soe. London, p. 191 (London). Genotype: Polyommatus dumenilii Godart, 1822. Polyommatus Latreille, Pierre Andre Original Description: 1804, Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle, vol. 24 (Tab.), pp. 185, 200 (Paris). Genotype: Papilio icarus Rottemburg, 1775. Additional References: Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 109 (London). (Discusses the synonymy.) 1946, Internatl. Comm. Zool. Nomenclature, Opinion 175 (London). (Designates the generic type as icarus Rottemburg.) ; 1950, Bull. Zool. Nomen., vol. 4, p. 484; 1954, Intern. Comm. Zool. Nomen., Opinion 270. Pseudochrysops Nabokov, V. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 12 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype: Hemiargus bornoi Comstock and Huntington, 1943. Pseudolucia Nabokov, Y. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 32 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype : Lycaena chilensis Blanchard, 1852. Pseudolycaena Wallengren, H. D. J. Original Description: 1859, Ofversigt Kongl. Yetenskaps. Akad. For- handlinger, vol. 15, p. 80 (Stockholm). Genotype: Papilio marsyas Linnaeus, 1758. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 259, no. 914 (Boston, Mass.). (Says it is sole species and generic type.) Pseudothecla Nabokov, Y. Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 11 (Cambridge, Mass.). Genotype : Theda faga Dognin, 1895. Belcoa Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 198 (London). Genotype: Papilio meton Cramer, 1779. Bumicia Tutt, J. W. Original Description: 1906, Ent. Record, vol. 18, p. 131 (London). Genotype: Papilio phlaeas Linnaeus, 1761. Bur alls Tutt, J. W. Original Description: 1906, Ent. Record, vol. 18, p. 130 (London). Genotype: Papilio betulae Linnaeus, 1758. Additional Reference: Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctic Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 115, no. 301 (London). (Discusses the synonymy.) Busticus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1807, Sammlung exotischer Schmettlinge, vol. 1. pis. 102, 104 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio gnidus Fabricius, 1787. 116 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VI Additional Reference: Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctie Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 98 (London). (Selects gnidus as the generic type.) Note: As gnidus is congeneric with cupido Linnaeus, the generic type of Uelicopis Fabricius, the generic name Eusticus is not required. Satyrium Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 106 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Lycaena fuliginosa Edwards, 1861. Scolitantides Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Sehmettlinge, p. 98, no. 668 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio battus Schiffermiiller, 1775 {-Papilio orion Pallas, 1771). Additional References: Tutt, J. W., 1906, Ent. Record, vol. 18, p. 131 (London). (Fixes the generic type.) Hemming, Francis, 1934, Generic Names Holarctie Butterflies, vol. 1, p. 110 (London). Siderus Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 195 (London). Genotype: Siderus parvinotus Kaye, 1904. Strymon Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1818, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 1, p. 22 (Augsburg). Genotype: Eusticus melinus Hiibner, 1809-1813. Additional Reference: Riley, N. D., 1922, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 28, p. 472 (Bombay). (Selects the generic type.) Syntamcoides Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1921 (December), Memoirs Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago, no. 2, p. 89 (Trinidad, B. W. I.). Note: Misspelling of Syntamcoides ) Syntamcoides Kaye, William J. Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 190 (London). Genotype: Papilio cassius Cramer, 1775. Additional Reference: Kaye, William J., 1921 (December), Memoirs Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago, no. 2, p. 89 (Trinidad, B. W. I.). (Places Syntamcoides (misspelled Syntamcoides) in synonymy of Leptotes Scudder.) Syntarucus Butler, A. G. Original Description: 1901, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 929 (London), (1900). Genotype: Papilio telicanus Lang, 1789. Tharsalea Scudder, Samuel H. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 125 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Polyommatus arota Boisduval, 1852. Sept-Dec., 1958] Comstock AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 117 Theda Fabricius, Johann Christian Original Description: 1807, Systema Glossatorum, p. x, no. 36 (Bruns- wick) . Genotype: Papilio betulae Linnaeus, 1761. Additional References: Illiger, Johann Carl Wilhelm, 1807, Magazin fiir Insektenkunde, vol. 6, p. 286, no. 35 (Brunswick). Swainson, William, 1821, Zool. Illus., vol. 2, pi. 69 (London). (Fixes the generic type.) Thedopsis Godman, F. D. and Osbert Salvin Original Description: 1887 (October), Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 99 (London). Genotype: Theda lehena Hewitson, 1868. Theorema Hewitson, William C. Original Description: 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 69 (London) . Genotype: Theorema eumenia Hewitson, 1865. Note: Monotypic genus. Thereus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 79, no. 793 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio lausus Cramer, 1779. Note: Monotypic genus. Theritas Hiibner, Jacob Original Description : 1818, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 1, p. 31 (Augsburg). Genotype: Theritas mavors Hiibner, 1818. Note: Monotypic genus. Thestius Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 78, no. 785 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio pholeus Cramer, 1777. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 281, no. 1043 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Tmolus Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 76, no. 762 (Augsburg). Genotype: Papilio echion Linnaeus, 1767. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, vol. 10, p. 285, no. 1061 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects the generic type.) Trichonis Hewitson, William C. Original Description : 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 68 (London). Genotype: Papilio theanus Cramer, 1777. Note : Monotypic genus. 118 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI TJranotes Scudder, Samuel IT. Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 107 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Genotype: Strymon melinus Hiibner, 1809-1813. Note: TJranotes is a new name for the preoccupied name Callipareus Scudder. Vaccinia Forster, Walter (not Tutt) Original Description: 1938, Mitt. Miinchner Ent. Ges., vol. 28, p. 112 (Munich) . Note: Misspelling of V acciniina Tutt. V acciniina Tutt, J. W. Original Description: 1909, Ent. Record, vol. 21, p. 108 (London). Genotype: Papilio optilete Knoch, 1781. Note: Forster, Walter, 1938, Mitt. Miinchner Ent. Ges., vol. 28, p. 112 (Munich), made “Vaccinia” a Subgenus. Zephyrius Billberg, Gustav Johann Original Description: 1820, Enumeratio Insectorum, p. 80 (Gadelianis) . Note: Misspelling of Zephyrus Dalman. ZepJiyrus Dalman, Johann Wilhelm Original Description: 1816, K. Vetenskaps. Acad. Handl., 1st half, pp. 62, 63, 90 (Stockholm). (Made hetulae the generic type.) Genotype: Papilio hetulae Linnaeus, 1758. Note: Dalman (page 63) made three subdivisions of his genus Zephyrus: Aurotis, Heodes and Cyaniris, which see. Zesius Hiibner, Jacob Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Sclimettlinge, p. 77 (Augsburg). Genotype : Zesius chry somallus Hiibner, 1823. Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, p. 292, no. 1098 (Boston, Mass.). (Selects generic type as chry somallus which is an East Indian species; the genus does not occur in the Western Hemisphere.) Zisula Chapman, T. A. Original Description: 1910 (December), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 483 (London). Genotype : Lycaena gaika Trimen, 1862. Additional Reference: Stempffer, H., 1933, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 38, p. 325 (Paris). (Places tulliola Godman and Salvin in the genus ZizulaJ) (To he Continued ) Sept.— Dec., 1958] Buren: Ants 119 A REVIEW OF THE SPECIES OF CREMATOGASTER, SENSU STRICTO, IN NORTH AMERICA (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) PART I* By William F. Buren Few groups of North American ants are as poorly understood taxonomieally as C remat og aster. Ideas as to the identity and limits of some of our commoner widespread species have re- mained nebulous, and the “ quadrinomial’ ’ system, formerly so widely used in myrmecology, may have led describers and re- viewers toward only superficial examination of forms and the lumping of them under supposedly well known species as sub- species or mere varieties. At one time or another many of the forms have been lumped under lineolata (Say), but most of them show no more relation to typical lineolata than to any other species. Furthermore, several of these forms live side by side with lineolata in very similar ecological niches and yet do not intergrade with it, so far as I have been able to determine from a study of a large number of colonies and individuals. This seems ample evidence to consider them as “good” species. The identity of four of the commonest and most widespread species, lineolata (Say), cerasi (Fitch), laeviuscula Mayr, and clara Mayr, seems to have been the subject of the greatest con- fusion and number of errors. This once resolved, the whole classification becomes easier to understand and falls readily into good order. Synonymy and discussions of each of these species will be found in Part III. Previous to the publication of Dr. William S. Creighton’s book on the ants of North America, 1950, no comprehensive treat- ment of Crematogaster had appeared since that of Emery, 1895. The attempt by Miss Jane Enzmann, 1946, to give a key, de- scriptions of new forms, and revisionary changes, could only have added to the confusion had it been accepted by American mvrmeeologists. Creighton, 1950, ably criticized this paper and there is no need for further comment here. About 40 species are now known to me from North America * Revised from a thesis presented at Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., in partial requirement for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 120 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX YI (including the West Indies and Mexico) and will be treated in this and following sections. Nearly half of the species are new to science. Thus C remat og aster, s. str., emerges as the third largest subgeneric group in North America from the point of view of number of species known. Only Formica, s. str. and Pheidole , s. str. have more. It is also my opinion that it is at least fourth, fifth, or sixth ranking in number of individuals and colonies from a continental standpoint. Only Lasius and Formica clearly outrank it in numbers and only Camponotus, s. lat., Dorymyrmex, Pheidole and Solenopsis, s. lat., seem to be rivals in this respect. This important genus in North America has not had the attention which it deserves. The group is extremely adaptive. From the cypress swamps of the southeastern states to the cactus covered deserts of the southwest, there are one or more species present, each apparently well adapted to the particular environment. None of the species, however, seems to reach as far north or as high in altitude as some of the species of Formica or Lasius or several other genera. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND BASIS OF STUDY The material on which the study is based is as follows : The writer’s personal collection of at least twenty thousand speci- mens, collected mostly in Iowa, Louisiana, Texas, Mississippi, Florida, New York, New Jersey, California, and Arizona, with scattered records in other states and in Mexico ; several thousand specimens loaned by Dr. A. C. Cole and J. AY. Jones, mostly from Tennessee, Utah, Idaho, Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado, and Florida ; several hundred specimens from Arizona loaned by Dr. L. F. Byars ; approximately 340 mounted specimens, mostly from California, Arizona, and Baja California, loaned by Dr. E. S. Ross of the California Academy of Natural Sciences ; 860 mounted specimens, loaned from the National Museum and the collec- tion of Dr. William M. Mann, at the kind recommendation of Dr. M. R. Smith ; several hundred mounted specimens from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, loaned by Dr. William L. Brown, Jr., and the collection at Cornell University, which con- tains numerous mounted specimens. I have become very indebted to Dr. AVilliam S. Creighton for the gift and loan of approximately five thousand specimens col- lected in the Southwestern States, in California, and in Mexico. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Buren : Ants 121 They were received too late to be included in the writer’s un- published thesis but have been treated in the present paper. The writer has also been permitted to study the collections at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y., and the National Museum, Washington, D. C., through the kindness of Dr. Joseph Bequaert and Dr. William L. Brown, Jr., II. F. Schwarz and Dr. M. A. Cazier, and Dr. Marion R. Smith, respec- tively. To all of these men, the writer expresses his heartfelt appreciation. It is especially desired to tender appreciation to Dr. Y. S. L. Pate, formerly of Cornell University, and Dr. Howard Evans, Department of Entomology, Cornell University, under whose direction the thesis which forms the basis for this paper was completed. the unique sting of Crematog aster The sting of Crematogaster is apparently unique in the Hy- menoptera, and, since nothing seems to have been published about it, some description may not be out of place here. Before describing the sting itself, it is necessary to show its relationship to other unique characters of Crematogaster. These ants have long been known to be able to swing their gasters up and over the thorax and head so that the tip of the gaster with its sting is presented in a cephalad direction. When in this defensive position a drop of liquid can be seen to exude from, and cling to, the sting. The singular position of the gaster is possible through several modifications. The dorsum of the petiole is flattened, the postpetiole is attached to the apparent anterior dorsum of the gaster rather than its base, and the gaster itself is flattened above, quite convex below, and capable of consider- able flexion dorsally but very little ventrally. Thus when the animal takes its defensive position the petiole is raised until its dorsal face meets the declivous face of the epinotum, the post- petiolar attachment to the gaster permits a cephalad turning of the gaster, and the gaster itself is still farther flexed in that direction. Furthermore, nearly all species of Crematogaster (at least the North American group studied and various tropical species available to the author) have some very constant hairs or setae on the petiole and postpetiole, often only a single pair posteriodorsally. When in the defensive position, these setae 122 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lx v I impinge or rest upon the surfaces of the succeeding parts, and therefore, I believe, act as kinesthetic sense organs, enabling the insect to know whether or not her gaster is in the right position. Microscopic examination of the North American species and all others available shows that the sting is much flattened and enlarged at the tip, in fact spatulate, and so thin and delicate there that it may easily be bent back and forth with a needle without breaking, even in well dried specimens. Also, if live specimens are observed under high magnification, the poison droplet is seen to exude not from the tip or near it but from an opening just preceding the spatulate portion. I believe that these ants are quite unable to sting, but use their stings merely as an outlet for the defensive liquid, whose vile smell seems very obnoxious to insect enemies. The spatulate portion of the sting is probably an adaptation for increasing surface area and thus forms a base to which the poison droplet can cling. Some fine hairs which surround the cloaeal opening probably act as guard hairs to prevent the droplet from spreading back on the surface of the gaster. Upon dissection ( cerasi used for this dissection) the sting is seen to consist of the usual parts, with shaft and stylet and two very slender, delicate lancets. The end of the stylet forms the spatulate portion. I believe the lancets to be non-functional. In testing this concept of the inability of Crematogaster to sting, I have let them crawl on my hands many times while collecting. These ants then spread their legs and flatten them- selves against the skin, and are able to deliver a sharp little nip with their strong mandibles alone, but I have never seen the tip of the gaster with its sting placed in contact with the skin. In- deed, for a long time I believed these ants incapable of flexing their gasters far enough ventrally to even touch the cloaeal area to the surface upon which they were standing. But this is not correct, for in the case of one species at least, I have observed them thus bending their gasters, but for an altogether different purpose than that of stinging. The species was C. vermiculata Emery which I have observed alive under magnification bending their gasters downward and touching the surface beneath in order to wipe poison droplets off their stings. They draw their whole bodies forward a little while doing this leaving a short wet line of poison. Probably this Sept.— Dec., 1958] Buren : Ants 123 habit is necessary so that the liquid will not harden on the sting and clog it. Possibly many or all of the other species will even- tually be shown to have this habit. I seriously doubt that these phenomena have been closely ob- served previously, and therefore believe that accounts of the “stinging” powers of Crematog aster must be mistrusted. The bite of Crematog aster is almost indistinguishable in sensation from a sharp prick as if with a sting. I imagine that the often very active and populous nests of Crematog aster in the tropics could make things interesting enough for a collector so that he would be little concerned as to whether he were being “bitten” or “stung”. HABITS The habits of the North American species of Crematog aster have been the subject of several excellent papers, notably those of Wheeler, 1906 and 1919, so that there is little that the writer wishes to add. These ants’ propensity for constructing little carton or earthen sheds for the protection of their aphid or coccid “cattle” or sometimes constructing large enough carton nests to serve as homes for themselves, has been well documented (Osten Sacken, 1862; Couper, 1863; Trelease, 1882; Atkinson, 1887; Comstock, in litt. to Wheeler; AVheeler, 1906, etc.). It should be pointed out, however, that much of this early work must now be rechecked, due to the lack of proper identification of the species involved. AVheeler first realized this in his 1919 paper describing atkinsoni , a species which has a much greater tendency to build carton nests than any other North American species, and he reversed his former opinion that the carton making habits of “ lineolata ” were vestigial instincts, left over from a tropical existence where this habit is the usual one, and now restricted to certain special conditions and occasions. However, it is possible that Wheeler’s 1906 opinions are not altogether implausible. I have seen many nests of atkinsoni around Miami, Florida, where this species had merely utilized available spaces in stumps and logs or hollow stems of bushes rather than build a carton nest, and as a corollary, I know of at least one well constructed nest from a region far out of the known range of atkinsoni , a carton nest in the Cornell University collection presented by Mr. Rhea from Reynoldsville, Jefferson County, Pennsylvania, altitude 1300 feet. My observations in 124 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXVI south Florida thus seem to lend some credence to Professor Atkinson’s original view (1887) that high water levels had forced the ants to build a carton nest high above the ground rather than in the usual sites. Even atkinsoni apparently does not build its carton nest when it is not necessary, and it is apparent also, from the Reynoldsville, Pennsylvania nest, that on rare occasions at least, one of the northern species must be capable of constructing carton nests. AVheeler, 1906, had also found some rather large carton masses under stones at about 7000 feet altitude in Colorado. These ants, identified by Wheeler as lineolata, were almost certainly not that species, however. The small suceursal nests or “tents” housing the “cattle” of the ants appear to be constructed by several species and to be of two types : those fashioned of wood and plant detritus, thus true carton, and those constructed of earth or sand. Wheeler, 1906, records that he was able to find these tents on only one occasion ; this was in New Jersey and was the work of pilosa Emery, a species that prefers moist nesting situations. The writer ob- served several structures, apparently composed of earth, far out over the water on the cattails growing in Bayou Beouf near Alexandria, Louisiana. The architects were clara Mayr, another species which prefers swampy, moist nesting sites. But at this writing, it is impossible to fix the identification of the species involved in numerous other records. I should add too, that the above record for clara seems to be an unusual one, as I have never seen any other structures made by them in any other locality. Most of the species march in long, narrow files, and gather what prey or dead insect material they can, but depend also on the secretions of aphids and coccids. AVheeler, 1910, records that he often found punctulata Emery attending dense herds of Eriococcus t exanus on the roots of plants in central Texas. This habit has not been recorded for any other species. A few of the species, notably ashmeadi, are aboreal, nesting in hollow twigs and branches. O. sanguinea and some of its rela- tives nest in twigs and branches and Tillandsia. C. vermiculata Emery is aboreal also. I found workers running on the trunk of a large cypress tree in a swamp near Alexandria, Louisiana, and assume, because the tree was surrounded by water, that they were nesting somewhere up in the tree. At Skene near Cleveland, Sept.-Dee., 1958] Buren : Ants 125 Mississippi, I found several polydomous colonies in dry trunk thorns of honeylocust in cypress swamps and observed them marching1 in files on cypress trees. The young colonies of C. laeviuscula Mayr are usually arboreal, nesting in cynipid galls and twigs and branches, but the largest colonies are often in rotten tree trunks or logs. C. clara utilizes a variety of arboreal and semi-arboreal nesting sites such as cane stems, rotten limbs and tree trunks, rotten logs and stumps. In the western deserts several of the species which occur there have achieved notable ecological adaptation by living in the lower stems and roots or in the soil among the roots of such com- mon desert plants as the creosote bush and several species of cholla cactuses. It may be postulated that such adaptation ensures a more adequate and even supply of moisture than would otherwise be available. Subterranean pasturage of aphids or coccids may also be suspected for these species but I have no first hand evidence of this habit for them at present. C. depilis Wheeler is a widespread species in this group and together with related species forms one of the dominant and most abundant segments of the desert ant fauna. Most of the other species nest under stones or rocks or in old stumps or logs. I found C. punctulata Emery nesting directly in the ground near De Ridder, Louisiana and in several other localities. There is a certain plasticity and adaptability in the behavior of all the species, but some appear to be more restricted in habitat than others. The remarks under each species in the taxonomic sections con- tain brief discussions of the habits and ecology known specifically for that species. the question of Acrocoelia The name Acrocoelia has been used so many times for the subgenus termed C remat og aster, s. str., in the present paper, that I feel some explanation is needed. The original description of C r em at og aster is that of Lund in June, 1831, in an article “sur les Habitudes de quelques Pourmis du Bresil” published in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Yol 23, p. 123. A German translation of this article appeared the same year in von Froriep’s Notizen, Yol. 32, p. 97. Lund’s description is brief but leaves no doubt that he had Cremato- gaster in mind. However, he did not assign any species to this 126 Ney/ York Entomological Society t V ol. LX VI new genus. There the matter rested until Mayr picked up the name Crematog aster twenty-four years later. In the meantime Mayr, 1852, (Verh. Zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, Yol. 2, p. 146) had de- scribed a new genus Acrocoelia, and had assigned two species, ruficeps Mayr and schmidti Mayr, to it. But in 1855, (Verh. Zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, Vol. 5, p. 468,) Mayr realized that Acro- coelia was congeneric with Crematogaster, and placed Formica scutellaris Olivier and Myrmica sordidula Nylander in Cremato- gaster and sank both ruficeps Mayr and schmidti Mayr as syno- nyms of scutellaris Olivier. In the remaining years of the 19th century numerous species were described in Crematogaster by various authors until it be- came a very large genus. But no genotype was set until the designation of C. scutellaris (Olivier) by Bingham, 1903, in the Fauna of British India, Hym., Vol. 2, p. 124. This designation was an entirely proper one. In fact, scutellaris Olivier and sordidula Nylander were the only species open for designation, since they were the first species included in Crematogaster (see opinion 46 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature). Nevertheless, Emery, 1921, in Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum, fasc. 174, attempted to negate Bingham’s designa- tion and designated instead Formica acuta Fabricius as the type of his “ Crematogaster , sensu stricto”, and Acrocoelia ruficeps Mayr = Formica scutellaris Olivier as the type of Crematogaster subgenus Acrocoelia Mayr. This was done on the ground that Lund had only South American species in mind in describing Crematogaster. But as Lund never specifically limited his con- cept of the genus Crematogaster to South American specimens and did not specifically mention or indicate any species, and as several of the subgenera of Crematogaster , including the Cremat- ogaster, s. str. of the present work, occur in South America, Emery’s procedure cannot be justified under any rule or opinion of the nomenclatorial code. Acrocoelia Mayr must therefore fall as an absolute isogentopyic synonym of Crematogaster Lund, while the “ Crematogaster , sensu stricto,” of Emery, 1921, is a synonym of Crematogaster subgenus Eucrema Santschi, 1918. It may be noted here also that Sherborn’s Index Animalium for 1801-1850 contains two curious errors. In the index to generic names, showing trivial names associated with each, 1801- 1850, the specific names (< cephalotes” and “liistiea” are listed Sept.-Dee., 1958] Buren: Ants 127 for Crematogaster. But both of Lund’s papers clearly show that he considered cephalotes the type of Atta Fabr., and “histiea” is not mentioned. Since writing the above, I have examined Crematogaster acuta (Fabr.). Judging from its morphology, especially that of the female, I believe there is strong presumptive evidence that it is parasitic. The female is small compared with the worker, with a very smooth and highly polished integument as constrasted with the roughly sculptured integument of the worker, and has a disproportionately long apical mandibular tooth. The thorax is slender and the abdomen small and there are many other striking characters. But parasitic or not, it is certainly a highly modified form and quite remote from any “basic” or “typical” stock in the genus. The designation of such a species as the type could have had a very unsettling effect on the taxonomy of Crematogaster , possibly leading to the splitting of the genus into several genera with most of the species now in Crematogaster having to be re- moved entirely, or other nomenclatorial juggling which I would deem deplorable and foolish. CREMATOGASTER Lund Crematogaster Lund, Ann. So. Nat., Yol. 23, p. 132 (1831). Crematogaster Mayr, Yerh. Zool.-bot. Yer. Wien, Vol. 5, p. 468 (1855). Crematogaster Santschi, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 182 (1918). Crematogaster Emery, Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum, fasc. 174, p. 127, (1921). * Acrocoelia Mayr, Yerh. Zool.-bot. Yer. Wein, Yol. 2, p. 146 (1852). My r mica (in part) Say, Sykes, Ny lander, Fitch, etc. Formica (in part) Olivier, Latreille, Fabricus, etc. Atta (in part) ; Monomarium (in part) ; Oecodoma (in part) Buckley (1867). Type: Formica scutellaris Olivier (designation of Bingham. 1903). workers. — Small to medium sized ants, usually monomorphic. Mandibles with a few strong teeth, often 4 in number. Frontal carinae far apart, the clypeus evenly and convexly produced between them. Antennae ordi- narily 11-jointed, rarely 10- or even 9-jointed. Usually the last 2 or 3 joints of the funiculus forming a heavy club; rarely the last 4 joints form 128 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXVI it, or the funiculus filiform. Eyes of moderate size, situated at about the middle of the sides of the head. Thorax always with distinct meso-spinotal impression. Pro-mesonotal impression variable. Epinotum armed with a pair of spines, rarely un- armed. Metathoracic glands well developed, in certain species enormously so. Petiole flattened above and thus capable of being raised until flush against the declivity of the epinotum. The bases of the epinotal spines are always far enough apart so as not to hinder this operation. Postpetiole somewhat more nodiform but never strongly so, always attached to the ap- parent anterio-dorsal surface of the gaster. This odd placement is allowed by a strong overlapping of the first gastric sternite onto the anterior dorsal surface. From above, the gaster is heart-shaped, tapering more or less acutely; in profile, it is quite convex below and flattened above. It may be flexed only dorsally. This whole petiolar-gastral apparatus allows the gaster to be raised up over the head and thorax and the tip of the gaster to be presented forward. Sting incapable of piercing, very delicate, thin, and broad at apex, spatulate in shape, with the opening for poison just before the flattened portion. The poison appears to be repugnatory toward other insects. females. — Usually much larger than the workers and mostly with the structures of the workers as they apply to the petiole, postpetiole, and gaster. Eyes larger; ocelli present. Mandibles often with a few more teeth than in the worker. Thorax and gaster usually large. Mesonotum overlapping the pronotum, seen from above. Epinotal spines usually shorter than in the worker. Mesosternum convex below. Sting as in the worker. males. — Much smaller than the females, in general about the same size as the workers, although in a few species considerably larger. Mandibles denticulate, with fewer teeth than workers or females. Eyes and ocelli well developed. Antennae 12-jointed, rarely 10 or 11-jointed. Scapes very short. First joints of funiculi very short and then the rest filiform or somewhat nodiform. Thorax similar to the female. No epinotal spines or these much reduced. Mayrian furrows present or absent. Petiole flat above and postpetiolar attachment to gaster similar to that of worker and female but less strongly modified. The genitalia have not been studied, except for a few species examined by the writer and described below. Submenus crematogaster, sensu stricto Crematog aster, subgenus Crematogaster Santschi, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 183 (1918) — M. R. Smith, in Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico, p. 808 (1951). Crematogaster (in part) Mayr (1855), Bingham (1903), etc. Acrocoelia Mayr, Verh. ZooL-bot. Yer. Wein, Yol. 2, p. 146 (1852). Crematogaster subgenus Acrocoelia Emery, Wytsman’s Genera Sept.-Dee., 1958] Buren : Ants 129 Insectorum, fasc. 174, p. 140 (1921). Type designated: Acrocoelia ruficeps Mayr = F ormica scutellaris Olivier). Crematogaster subgenus Acrocoelia M. II. Smith, Amer. Mid. Nat., Vol. 37, no. 3, p. 563 (1947). — Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., Vol. 104, p. 206 (1950). Type : Acrocoelia ruficeps Mayr = Formica scutellaris Olivier. workers. — With the characters of the genus. Distinguishable from other subgenera by always having a 3- jointed antennal club, antennae 11- jointed, epinotal spines of normal size, metathoracic glands not excessively developed, petiole trapezoidal seen from above, and postpetiole with definite median impression or groove. In addition a few other characters may be described, which will hold good, at least, for the Nearctic species. The mandibles have 4 strong teeth. The mandibles, clypeus, and genae always more or less striate. The head robust, often broader than long, with more or less convex sides; the posterior border straight in the middle or slightly concave. Scapes usually surpassing the hind corners of the head a little or at least nearly reaching them. The 3-6th funicular joints usually as broad as long or broader, rarely longer than broad. Pronotum usually with distinct shoulders, sometimes with only a trace of them; if present, there are nearly always shallow, oblique impressions on the sides of pronotum. Oblique pro-mesonotal impressions usually present on the dorsum but these usually not very strong. Mesoepinotal impression shallow to deep, always distinct. Often the mesonotum showing a somewhat angulate declivous surface down into the mesoepinotal im- pression when seen in profile. Epinotal spines variable in size and shape. Epinotal spiracles immediately latero-ventrad of the bases of the spines. Postpetiole variable in shape and depth of median impression. I have termed the two lobular sections thus separated the “hemilobes.” Meso- notum usually with a median longitudinal carina. Sculpture varying from smooth and shining to striate or rugose or to densely punctate. Hairs varying from fine and slender to bristle-like, either scattered over most of the surface and thus fairly numerous or ar- ranged in small groups, usually quite constant within the species in either case. In nearly all species there are a pair of constant hairs or setae on the posterio lateral corners of the petiole, and a similar pair or more than one pair on the postpetiole, whose function is discussed in a previous section. females. — Mostly with the characters of the workers except for winged thorax and large abdomen. Eyes larger and ocelli present, sometimes large. Mandibles usually with 5 teeth, occasionally with six. Funiculi more evenly incrassate, sometimes without a definite club. Mesonotum overlapping the pronotum seen from above, the latter rather narrow in front. Mesosternum very convex below. Sides of thorax more or less striate. Epinotum with small spines. Metanotum narrow, beneath the scutellum ; it may or may not be produced into a blunt point. Petiole, 130 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI postpetiole and gaster similar to worker. Impression on postpetiole much less developed and anterior lateral corners much more developed than in the workers. Two aberrant forms, known only from females, have been described from North America as workerless parasites. These are very small, very pilose females, but otherwise show little specialization. As I shall show, these “species” — Tcennedyi Wheeler and creightoni Wheeler — are probably B-form or mutant females of the so-called “host” species with which they were found, cerasi (Fitch) and pilosa Emery, respectively. males. — Size variable, often smaller than the worker. Mandibles 3-den- ticulate with rare exceptions. Scapes short. Funicular joints, at least the basal ones, rather nodiform. Head with convex sides and posterior border. Eyes large, hemispherical. Ocelli small to large. Thorax similar to that of female. Mayrian furrows absent in this subgenus. Sometimes a trans- verse impression on posterior of mesonotum. Epinotal spines absent or reduced to teeth. Postpetiole without trace of longitudinal impression. The eastern species of Crematogaster all have rather small males with distinct but small ocelli. Several western species, however, notably cali - fornica Emery, have large males with relatively enormous ocelli, an adapta- tion, possibly, to nocturnal wedding flights. Genitalia retractile, usually only the tips of the parameres showing; of simple construction, the aedoeagus consisting of two flattened plates, and when seen from the side, with simple, roundly convex apex and a series of retrorse teeth on ventral border, otherwise unmodified. Volsellae very simple in construction, each consisting only of a rather simple, flattened, oval plate much smaller than the aedoeagal plates, and without development into distinct digitus and cuspis, merely with a deep notch on ventral side. Parameres triangulately lobate, densely clothed with setae apically, hol- lowed out on inner side and thus forming an enclosing structure for the other parts. The genitalia of the various species of North American Cre- matogaster, s. str., appear to have such a simple construction and to vary so little between the species, that I consider them useless for species diagnosis. The western species with giant males have very large genitalia, but the construction is neverthe- less very similar. The species groups Several rather poorly defined species groups may be recognized. These are hard to delimit but may aid somewhat in understand- ing the various interspecific relationships. 1. The coarctata group. This group is the only one having species whose workers regularly have large striae on the lower part of the mesopleura, the thoracic dorsum densely and strongly striate, the mesonotal declivity very strong and angulate, the Sept.-Dee., 1958] Buren : Ants 131 antennae long, the sulcus of the postpetiole rather shallow and the hemilobes semiangulate behind, and the hairs fine, elongate and sparse. The females are among the largest of North Ameri- can Crematogasteri. 2. The calif or nica-opaca group. This large and complex group is characterized in the worker by a basically densely punctate head and thorax, although sometimes this sculpture is more or less obscured by rugae on the thorax or lost on the head. The pilosity varies from very pilose species to extremely sparsely haired species like depilis. The known females of the species closely related to calif ornica are all comparatively large elongate insects measuring about 10 mm. with the head subrectangular and having large eyes and ocelli. The males of some of these species are extremely large and have the scutellum unimpressed laterally and have large eyes and ocelli, possibly for nocturnal use. 3. The line olata-laev ins aula group. As in the preceding group I have tried to emphasize the complex nature of this group by giving it a compound name. The group varies from strongly rugose forms like lineolata to smooth and shining forms like laeviuscula but nevertheless comprises an inseparable complex. The mesonotal declivity is usually present. The epinotal spines are divergent and straight or nearly so. The petiole is broad and the postpetiole has simple, rounded hemilobes with rather mod- erate sulcus. The male always has the scutellum laterally im- pressed. 4. The sanguinea-ashmeadi group. This too is a complex group composed of sanguinea and its close relatives and ashmeadi and its relatives. Nearly all the species have a curious outward thickening or convexity on the bases of the spinotal spines. This involves only the base in long-spined forms like sanguinea but the whole spine in very short-spined forms like ashmeadi. This group is essentially arboreal. Besides the four large groups above, two groups are known from a single new species each. These are treated in Part II. If we postulate that the North American Crematogaster, s. str., fauna originated from several immigration waves across the Si- beria-Alaskan land bridge, then it seems reasonable that the coarctaia group may represent the last of such waves, having never spread far from the west coast, whereas the sanguinea - 132 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI ashmeadi group may represent the oldest wave, being the only group to have representatives in the West Indies, and having the only species with a possible discontinuous distribution — C. ver- micidata. REFERENCES Atkinson, G. F. 1887. Singular adaptation in nest-making by an ant; Crematogaster lineolata Say. Amer. Natural. 21. pp. 770-771. pi. 26. Bequaert, J. 1928. Family Formicidae in Leonard, Insects of New York, pp. 995-1003. Bigelow, E. F. 1919. A very interesting study of ants. Guide to Nature. 11. March, p. 270. Bingham, C. T. 1903. The fauna of British India. Hymenoptera. 2. Lon- don. Buren, W. F. 1944. A list of IoAva ants. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 18. pp. 277-312. Cole, A. C. 1934a. An annotated list of the ants of the Snake River plains, Idaho. Psyche. 41(4). pp. 221-227. . 1934b. An ecological study of the ants of the southern desert shrub regions of the United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 27(3). pp. 388-405. . 1936. An annotated list of the ants of Idaho. Canad. Ent. 68. pp. 34-49. . 1937. An annotated list of the ants of Arizona. Ent. News. 48. pp. 97-101. . 1940. A guide to the ants of the Great Smoky Mountains Na- tional Park, Tennessee. Amer. Midi. Nat. 24. pp. 1-88. 17 fig. 7 pis. — . 1942. The ants of Utah. Amer. Midi. Nat. 28. pp. 358-388. illus. Creighton, W. S. 1938. On Formicid Nomenclature. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 46. pp. 1-9. . 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 104. 585 pp. 57 pis. Couper. 1863. Remarks on tent-building ants. Proc. Ent. Soc. Pliila. pp. 273-274. Dennis, C. A. 1938. The distribution of ant species in Tennessee with reference to ecological factors. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 31(2). pp. 267- 308. Emery, Carlo. 1895. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der nordamerikanischen Ameisen fauna. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 8: pp. 257-360. Enzmann, J. 1946. Crematogaster lineolata cerasi, the cherry ant of Asa Fitch (with a survey of the American forms of Crematogaster subgenus Acrocoelia ) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 54. pp. 89-97, 7 fig. Forel, A. 1899. Family Formicidae, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Hymenoptera. 3. pp. 1-169, 4 pi. . 1901. I. Fourmis mexicaines recoltees par M. le professeur W. M. Wheeler. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique. 45. pp. 123-141. Sept.— Dec., 1958] Buren : Ants 133 Gregg, R. E. 1944. The ants of the Chicago region, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 37(4). pp. 447-480. . 1947. Altitudinal indicators among the Formicidae. Univ. Colorado Studies. Series D. 2(3). pp. 385-403. Hayes, W. P. 1925. A preliminary list of the ants of Kansas (Hymenop- tera, Formicidae). Ent. News. 36(2). pp. 39-43. Mallis, A. 1941. A list of the ants of California with notes of their habits and distribution. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 40. pt. 2. 44 pp. (3 pis. added in reprint). Mann, W. M. 1920. Additions to the ant fauna of the West Indies and Central America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 42. pp. 403-439. 10 tig. Mayr, G. 1870. Neue Formiciden. Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 20. pp. 939- 996. . 1886. Die Formiciden der Yereinigten Staaten von Nordamerika. Ibiden. 36. pp. 419-464. Mitchell, J. D. and W. D. Pierce. 1912. The ants of Victoria County, Texas. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 14. pp. 67-76. Miller and Ganz. 1925. Crematog aster lineolata reactions to heat. Jour. Comp. Psychol. 5. pp. 465-473. Osten Sacken, Baron. 1862. Entomologislie Notizen. 7 Stallfutternde Ameisen. Stett Entomol. Zeilz. 23 Jahrg. pp. 127-128. Provancher, Abbe L. 1889. Faune Entomologique de Canada Traitant des Hymenopteres. Supplement to 2. Quebec. 475 pp. Rees, D. M. and A. W. Grundmann. 1940. A preliminary list of the ants of Utah, Bull. Univ. Utah. 31(5). 12 pp. Sanstchi, F. 1918. Sous-genras at symoymies de Crematogaster (Hym. Formic.) Bull. Ent. Soc. France, p. 182-183. 1926. Melange myrmecologigue. Wiener Ent. Zeit. 46. pp. 84-93. Say, T. 1836. Descriptions of new North American Hymenoptera and Observations on some already described. Bos. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1(3). pp. 210-305. Smith, M. R. 1924. An annotated list of the ants of Mississippi (Hym.). Ent. News. 35(3). pp. 77-85. . 1930. A list of Florida ants. Fla. Entomologist. Vol. 14(1). pp. 1-6. . 1934. A list of the ants of South Carolina. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 42. pp. 353-361. . 1935. A list of the ants of Oklahoma (Hym.: Formicidae) Ent. News. 46. pp. 235-241, 261-264. . 1943. A generic and subgeneric synopsis of the male ants of the United States. Amer. Mid. Nat. 30(2). pp. 273-321. 7 fig. . 1947. A generic and subgeneric synopsis of the United States ants, based on the workers (Hym.; Formicidae). Amer. Mid. Nat. 37(3). pp. 521-647. 22 pis. . 1951. Family Formicidae. In Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, Synoptic catalog. Agriculture Monograph No. 2. pp. 778- 875. 134 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Talbot, Mary. 1934. Distribution of ant species in the Chicago region with reference to ecological factors and physiological toleration. Ecology. 15(4). pp. 416-439. Trelease, W. 1882. Unusual care of ants for Aphides. Psyche. 3. pp. 310-311. Van Pelt, P. P. 1948. A preliminary key to the worker ants of Alachua County, Florida. Fla. Entomologist. 30(4). pp. 57-67. Wesson, L. G. and R. G. Wesson. 1940. A collection of ants from south central Ohio. Amer. Midi. Nat. 24(1). pp. 89-103. Wheeler, W. M. 1906. The habits of the tent-building ant. ( Cremato - gaster lineolata Say), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 22. pp. 1-18. . 1906a. The ants of the Grand Canyon, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 22. pp. 329-345. Wheeler, W. M. 1906. List of the Formicidae of New England, Boston Oce. Papers. Soc. Nat. Hist. 7. pp. 1-24. . 1908. Vestigial Instincts in Insects and other animals. Amer. Jour. Psychol. 19. p. 4. . 1910. Ants, their structure, development, and behavior. Columbia Univ. Press. 663 pp. 286 fig. . 1913. Ants collected in Georgia by Dr. J. C. Bradley and Mr. M. T. Davis. Psyche. 20(3). pp. 112-117. . 1913a. The ants of Cuba. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 54(17). pp. 477-505. . 1914. Ants collected by W. M. Mann in the state of Hidalgo, Mexico. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 22(1). pp. 37-61. . 1917. The North American ants described by Asa Fitch. Psyche. 24(1). pp. 26-29. . 1919. A new paper-making Crematogaster from the southeastern United States. Psyche. 26. pp. 107-112. 2 pi., 1 fig. . 1922. Ants of the American Museum Congo Expedition, VII — Keys to the genera and subgenera of ants. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45. pp. 631-710. . 1930. A new parasitic Crematogaster from Indiana. Psyche. 37(1). pp. 55-60. . 1932. A list of the ants of Florida with descriptions of new forms. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 40. pp. 1—17. . 1933. A second parasitic Crematogaster. Psyche. 40(2). pp. 83-86. . 1934. Ants from the islands off the west coast of Lower Cali- fornia and Mexico. Pan Pacific Entom. 10(3). pp. 132-144. . 1942. Studies of Neotropical ant-plants and their ants. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 90(1). pp. 3-262. 57 pis. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Todd : Blood 135 BLOOD COMPOSITION OF THE COCKROACH, LEUCOPHAEA MADERAE FABRICIUS* By Margaret E. Todd Department of Biology, Fordham University The chemistry of insect haemolymph has been studied exten- sively since the pioneer work of Bishop, Briggs and Ronzoni (1925) on the blood of the honey bee larva, Apis mellifica. Florkin (1936 a, b, c) published a series of papers on protein and non-protein nitrogen, glucose and uric acid concentrations in the blood of the silkworm, Bombyx mori and of the water beetle, Hydrophilus piceus at different stages of development. Florkin (1937) described the biochemical characteristics of in- sect blood as (1) a high concentration of non-protein nitrogen, 50 to 80 per cent of which is amino nitrogen; (2) a high con- centration of reducing substances, very little of which is glu- cose; (3) a high concentration of magnesium. Florkin and Duchateau (1942) recognizing the high amino nitrogen so characteristic for insect blood, attempted to isolate biochemically the individual amino acids. They were able to identify tyrosine and histidine in the blood of the beetle, Dytiscus marginalis. Pratt (1950) using the newer chromatographic methods, determined the free amino acids in the blood of the honey bee, Apis mellifica, the bee moth, Galleria mellonella and the cockroach, Blattella germanica. He found that the amino acids glycine, alanine, glutamic acid, tyrosine, leucine or iso- leucine, methionine, proline, serine and valine were present in each species. Florkin, Duchateau and Leclercq (1949) separated insects into two groups depending on the concentration of sodium in the blood. Since that time many studies on the inorganic ion content have been made, the results of which have been compiled into a table by Buck (1953). Most of the published material concerns those insects with a * Dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Department of Biology at Fordham University. The author wishes to acknowledge gratefully the able direction of Dr. Daniel Ludwig under whose supervision this work was done. 136 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXVI holometabolus life cycle. In these forms the amino nitrogen was approximately 200 mg. per cent which is about 50 to 80 per cent of the total non-protein nitrogen. Todd (1957) studied the organic constituents in the blood of a paurometabolous insect, the American cockroach, Periplaneta americana and found total amino nitrogen to average only 78 mg. per cent which was 40 per cent of the non-protein nitrogen. Because of the paucity of work on paurometabolous insects the present work was under- taken to determine the concentration of various inorganic ions, nitrogenous compounds including individual amino acids, and re- ducing substances in the blood of another paurometabolous in- sect. The tropical cockroach, Leucophaea maderae, was chosen because of its large size and the ease with which its blood can be obtained. MATERIAL AND METHODS The cockroaches were kept at room temperature in glass jars, and were supplied with laboratory food pellets and water. The insects were etherized to obtain uncoagulated blood (Ludwig 1951). The antennae were clipped with scissors and the haemo- lymph allowed to drip into the depression of a porcelain spot- plate. One-tenth of a milliliter of blood was used for each test. The ionorganic ions calcium, potassium and sodium were meas- ured by the Beckman flame photometer, and magnesium was determined by the method of Denis as modified by Fiske and Subbarow (1925). The concentration of reducing substances was obtained by the Hagedorn and Jensen technique as outlined in Hawk, Oser and Summerson (1951). Trehalose was deter- mined using the anthrone test (Wyatt and Kalf 1957). Protein and non-protein nitrogen were determined by the micro-Kjeldahl procedure. Urea nitrogen was determined according to the method of Ormsby (1942) as modified by Kawerau (1946). Uric acid nitrogen was measured by the method of Brown (1945), and amino acid nitrogen by that of Danielson as modified by Frame, Bussell and Wilhelmi (1943). Amino acids were separated qualitatively by the method of McFarren (1951) for paper partition chromatography, and the quantitative determinations were made according to the tech- niques described by McFarren, Brand and Rutkowski (1951) and McFarren and Mills (1952). The filtrate for these determina- Sept.-Dee., 1958] Todd : Blood 137 tions was prepared according to the procedure outlined by Pratt (1950). OBSERVATIONS The results of the determinations on inorganic ions and organic compounds are shown in table 1. The concentration of inorganic Table 1. Concentration of certain organic and inorganic COMPOUNDS IN THE HAEMOLYMPH. Substance No. of Mg. per cent tests minimum maximum average Sodium 5 236 262 230 Potassium 5 29 55 38 Calcium 5 13 20 16.5 Magnesium 5 4.2 4.7 4.6 Protein nitrogen 10 532.38 812.58 686.46 Non-protein nitrogen 10 126.09 448.32 235.36 Urea nitrogen 10 7.50 9.10 7.97 Urea 10 16.00 19.50 17.05 Uric acid nitrogen 12 3.22 5.18 4.08 Uric acid 12 9.67 15.55 12.24 Amino acid nitrogen 10 76.15 97.27 85.44 Reducing compounds Non-fermentable 12 136.00 340.00 228.00 reducing compounds Fermentable material 10 56.00 320.00 163.00 (as glucose) — — — 65.00 Trehalose 7 580.00 780.00 677.00 ions were calcium 16.5, potassium 38.0, sodium 230 and mag- nesium 4.2 mg. per cent. Total reducing compounds were 228, non-fermentable reducing compounds 163, and fermentable ma- terial (glucose) 65 mg. per cent. Trehalose a non-reducing disaccharide was 677 mg. per cent. Concentrations of nitrogen in various compounds were protein 686.46 and non-protein nitro- gen 235.36. Fractionation of the non-protein nitrogen showed urea 7.9, uric acid 4.08 and amino acid nitrogen to be 85.44 mg. per cent. The amino acids separated and identified in four solvent sys- tems are shown in table 2. Normal-butanol-acetic acid-water was the best of all the systems used for the identification of the individual amino acids because it required no adjustment of pH 138 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI Table 2. Amino acids identified by paper partition chromatography. Solvent pH Time for runs Amino acids N ormal-butanol- 51-55 hours alanine acetic acid- arginine water cysteine glycine histidine hydroxyproline norleucine ornithine phenylalanine proline serine threonine tyrosine valine ortho-cresol 8.4 51-55 hours beta alanine citrulline glycine methionine norleucine ornithine taurine threonine valine Phenol 12.0 36-40 hours alanine aspartic acid glutamic acid glycine serine threonine Phenol 6.2 17-20 hours Composite spots 1. norleucine phenylalanine tryptophane valine 2. alanine tyrosine 3. arginine histidine threonine 4. cysteine ornithine serine Sept.-Dee., 195S] Todd : Blood 139 nor previous buffering of the paper. The resolution and separa- tion of spots of both the unknown in the filtrate and the stand- ards were the clearest in this solvent. Fourteen amino acids were identified with n-butanol-acetice acid, the most in any sol- vent used. Ortho-cresol, saturated with buffer at pH 8.4, yielded the identification of nine amino acids but only four of these were different from those identified with n-butanol-acetic acid. They were methionine, beta alanine, taurine and citrulline. Phenol at pH 12.0 aided in the separation of six amino acids but again four had been previously identified with n-butanol-acetic acid. The two which had not been identified in the other solvents were aspartic and glutamic acids. Phenol at pH 6.2 was not a satis- factory solvent because the amino acids did not separate into individual spots. Composite spots were obtained and therefore, no positive identification could be made with this solvent. Table 3 lists the quantitative results of the individual amino Table 3. Quantitative measurements of amino acids isolated by PAPER CHROMATOGRAPHY. Figures in parenthesis indicate number of readings made in each solvent. Amino acid Solvent Amino nitrogen mg. per cent Alanine n-butanol-acetic acid (2) 6.20 Arginine n-butanol-acetic acid (3) 13.16 Aspartic acid phenol pH 12.0 (2) trace Beta alanine o-cresol pH 8.4 (3) trace Citrulline o-cresol pH 8.4 (3) 8.06 Cysteine n-butanol-acetic acid (2) trace Glycine phenol pH 12.00 (2)) 6.62 o-cresol 8.40 (3) ( Histidine n-butanol-acetic acid (2) 5.05 Methionine o-cresol pH 8.4 (3) 3.60 Norleucine n-butanol-acetic acid (3) 13.16 Ornithine n-butanol-acetic acid (2) 5.30 Phenylalanine n-butanol-acetic acid (2) 5.50 Proline n-butanol-acetic acid (2) trace Serine phenol pH 12.0 (2) 2.60 Taurine o-cresol pH 8.4 (3) trace Threonine n-butanol-acetic acid (3) ] 2.48 phenol 12.0 (4)( Tyrosine n-butanol-acetic acid (2) 2.55 Valine Total n-butanol-acetic acid (2) 3.60 92.66 140 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI acids which were determined using the same solvent systems as for the qualitative results. However, in some instances not all the amino acids isolated in a particular solvent could be measured quantitatively because they were not present in sufficient con- centrations. They are recorded as trace amounts. The amino nitrogen for each amino acid obtained in each solvent was aver- aged for the final figure. The total amino nitrogen determined by this method was 92.66 mg per cent. DISCUSSION The blood of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae has a high sodium and low potassium as well as a low magnesium of 4.2 mg. per cent. Thus by its ion index this insect falls into the cate- gory of high sodium described by Plorkin, Duchateau and Le- clercq (1949). They described insects with a high sodium as being ancestral forms or those whose development was inde- pendent of the evolution of plants. It is well known that the cockroach is a primitive insect. Barsa (1954) studied the con- centrations of inorganic ions in the blood of an insect representa- tive of the two groups. She found that the grasshopper, Ckorto- phaga viridifasciata , another primitive insect, had a high sodium and low potassium and the pupa of the Cynthia moth Samia walkeri a high potassium and low sodium but both insects had a high magnesium index. However, in spite of the high mag- nesium concentration in the blood of insects, this ion is toxic to the insect. It was suggested that magnesium is not free but in the bound form. Therefore, it would seem that these insects do not conform to the rule of Florkin, Duchateau and Leclercq (1949) that those insects with a low sodium and high potassium index have a higher magnesium content than those of the more primitive group. However, the grasshopper, which is the ex- ception with both a high sodium and magnesium, is not as prim- itive as the cockroach. The concentration of reducing substances is expressed as equivalents of glucose although only about one-fourth of the total reducing substances is glucose. Many other substances such as ascorbic acid, uric acid and glutathione will reduce ferri- cyanide in hot alkaline solution. A characteristic of insect haemolymph is its high concentration of non-fermentable re- ducing substances. In L. maderae they amount to 163 mg. per Sept.-Dee., 1958] Todd : Blood 141 cent. The exact nature of these compounds is still unknown. Buck (1953) suggested that they are a complex of phenolic com- pounds concerned with the hardening and darkening of the cuticle. It has been shown that these polyphenols and phenolic amino acids have a high reducing value. Wyatt, Loughheed and Wyatt (1956) in their work on the chemistry of the silkworm, Bombyx mori, noticed that acid hydrolysis of the haemolymph caused the release of a fermentable substance. Wyatt and Kalf (1957) identified this substance as trehalose, a non-reducing disaccharide. They reported that in 10 insects this substance ranged between 306 in Bombyx larvae, to 1,398 mg. per cent in the moth, Telea polyphemus. In the cockroach the concentration of this sugar is 677 mg. per cent. Trehalose thus appears to be a major blood sugar in this species. The concentrations of the nitrogenous substances in the blood of L. maderae are in agreement with those found in other insects as shown in the tables compiled by Buck (1953). In the tropical cockroach, amino nitrogen is 85 mg. per cent or about 35 per cent of the total non-protein nitrogen. These results are in agreement with those of Todd (1957) on the blood of the Ameri- can cockroach, Periplaneta americana. These values are lower than the 50 to 80 per cent quoted by Buck (1953). However, he based that percentage on insects with a holometabolous life cycle. Po-Chedley (1956) isolated 21 amino acids from the blood of the oriental beetle, Anomala orientalis. In phenol at pH 12.0, he identified nine amino acids. In the present work, six were identified in this solvent. Po-Chedley was able to separate leu- cine and isoleucine with collidine. However, this solvent did not completely separate the amino acids in the blood filtrate of the cockroach and was discarded early in the experiments. Po- Chedley was able to isolate lysine and taurine with n-butanol- acetic acid. However, in the present work lysine could not be positively identified. Taurine was isolated in o-cresol pH 8.4 but not in any other solvent. Pratt (1950) isolated 17 amino acids from the blood of the cockroach, Blattella germanica and 11 from that of the American cockroach. In Blattella he found no histidine, hydroxyproline, phenylalanine, tryptophane or taurine. All these were found in the blood filtrate of L. maderae and citrulline was identified in o-cresol at pH 8.4. To the 142 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXVI author’s knowledge, this is the first time that this amino acid has been found in insect blood. SUMMARY The average concentration of inorganic ions, expressed as mg. per cent, are sodium 230, potassium 38, calcium 16.5 and mag- nesium 4.2. The average concentration of the nitrogenous fractions ex- pressed as mg. per cent, are protein 686.46 and non-protein 235.36. Fractionation of the non-protein nitrogen showed urea to average 7.97, uric acid 4.08 and amino acid nitrogen 85.44 mg. per cent. The average concentration of reducing substances was 228, and that of 11011-fermentable reducing substances 163 mg. per cent. Glucose, the fermentable reducing substances averaged 65 mg. per cent. Trehalose, a non-reducing disaccharide, was 677 mg. per cent. The nineteen amino compounds isolated by paper chroma- tography were alanine, arginine, aspartic acid, beta alanine, citrulline, cysteine, glycine, histidine, hydroxyproline, methio- nine, norleueine, ornithine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, taurine, threonine, tyrosine and valine. The total amino nitrogen determined by paper chromatog- raphy was 92.66 mg. per cent. The best solvent for these experiments, isolating fourteen amino acids, was n-butanol-acetic acid-water. BIBLIOGRAPHY Barsa, M. C. 1954. The behavior of isolated hearts of the grasshopper, Chortophaga viridifasciata and the moth, Samia wallceri, in solutions with different concentrations of sodium, potassium, calcium and mag- nesium. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 38: 79-92. Bishop, G. H., A. P. Briggs and E. Ronzoni. 1925. Body fluids of the honey bee larva. II Chemical constituents of the blood, and their osmotic effects. Jour. Biol. Chem. 66: 77-88. Brown, H. 1945. The determination of uric acid in human blood. Bio- chem. Jour. 32: 895-902. Buck, J. 1953. Physical properties and chemical composition of insect blood. In: Insect Physiology. New York, (chapter 6) Fiske, C. H. and Y. Subbarow. 1925. The colorimetric determination of phosphorous. Jour. Biol. Chem. 66: 375-400. Sept.— Dec., 1958] Todd : Blood 143 Florkin, M. 1936a. Sur la tenure en proteines du plasma sanguin des insectes. Comp. rend. Soc. beige biol. 123: 1024. Florkin, M. 1936b. Sur la glycemie plasmatique vraie des insectes. Comp, rend. Soc. beige, biol. 123: 1249. Florkin, M. 1936c. Sur le taux de 1’uricemie chez les insectes. Comp, rend. Soc. beige de biol. 123: 1247. Florkin, M. 1937. Contributions a 1’etude du plasma sanguin des in- sectes. Mem. 1’Acad. roy. (Classe des Sciences) Belgique. 10: 1-69. Florkin, M. and G. Duchateau. 1942. Sur les acides amines du plasma sanguin des insectes. Bull, classe des. sci. Acad, de Belgique. 28: 373- 376. Florkin, M., G. Duchateau and J. Leclercq. 1949. Sur les constituents inorganiques du plasma sanguin des insectes. Arch, internat. physiol. 57: 209-210. Frame, E. G., J. A. Bussell and A. E. Wilhelmi. 1943. The colorimetric estimation of amino nitrogen in blood. Jour. Biol. Chem. 149: 255-270. Hawk, P. B., B. L. Oser and W. H. Summerson. 1954. Practical Physio- logical Chemistry. Thirteenth ed. New York. Kawerau, E. 1946. Biochemical analysis with the Speeker absorptiome- ter: 1. Estimation of urea, citrulline, allantoin and related caramido compounds. Sci. Proc. Boyal Dublin Soc. 24: 63. Ludwig, D. 1951. Composition of the blood of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) larvae. Physiol. Zool. 24: 336-346. McFarren, E. F. 1951. Buffered filter paper chromatography of the amino acids. Anal. Chem. 23: 168-174. McFarren, E. F. and J. Mills. 1952. Quantitative determinations of amino acids on filter paper chromatograms by direct photometry. Anal. Chem. 24: 650-653. McFarren, E. F., K. Brand and H. Rutkowski. 1951. Quantitative determinations of sugars on filter paper chromatograms by direct photometry. Anal. Chem. 23: 1146-1149. Qrmsby, A. A. 1942. A direct colorimetric method for the determination of urea in blood and urine. Jour. Biol. Chem. 146: 595-604. Po-Chedley, D. S. 1956. Effects of starvation on amino nitrogen in the blood of the Oriental beetle ( Anomala orientalis Waterhouse) larvae as determined by paper partition chromatography. Ph.D. Dissertation, Fordham University. Pratt, J. J. 1950. A qualitative analysis of the free amino acids in insect blood. Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 43: 573-580. Todd, M. E. 1957. The concentration of certain organic constituents in the haemolymph of the American cockroach, Periplaneta americana Linnaeus. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 65: 85-88. Wyatt, G. R. and G. F. Kalf. 1957. The chemistry of insect haemolymph. II Trehalose and other carbohydrates. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 40: 833-847. Wyatt, G. R., T. C. Loughheed and S. S. Wyatt. 1956. The chemistry of insect haemolymph of the silkworm, Bovibyx mori and two other species. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 39: 853-868. 144 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Meeting of October 2, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; President Vishniac presiding. The secretary Avas instructed to write to Mrs. William P. Comstock, ex- pressing deepest sympathy upon the passing of long-time member and friend, William P. Comstock. Drs. Treat and Klots reported on the meetings of the International Congress of Entomology, held in Montreal in August. In addition to the scientific value of the Congress, as evidenced by a display of the abstracts of talks, everyone seemed impressed with the excellent planning of the meetings and the pleasant and friendly atmosphere which existed throughout the sessions. The members of the Society reported on their summer activities. Dr. Klots showed a number of exceptional kodachromes of insects which he had taken during the summer. Another highlight of the discussion was Dr. Schneirla’s description of the recently opened Southwest Research Station at Portal, Arizona, which gives convenient access to a wealth of entomological fauna in that area. The meeting was adjourned at 10:00 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of October 16, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; President Vishniac presiding. Mr. Peter Farb was proposed for membership. The publication and excellent reviews of Mr. Teale’s book “Autumn Across America” were announced. The speaker of the evening was Mr. Melville Osborne, President of the Newark Entomological Society, who discussed “Mass Rearing of Lepidop- tera”. Mr. Osborne explained his methods of collecting female moths and the artifices used to induce them to mate. The latter range from relatively simple procedures such as temporary isolation to actual surgical techniques, including severing the abdomens and hand-matings. Mr. Osborne explained that even after viable eggs had been obtained the rearing of the cater- pillars was subject to a number of hazards, including diseases of the larvae which may kill them en masse. Division of the larval populations into small groups and frequent replacement of food materials reduce the mor- tality rates from such diseases, and under some conditions, it is also advan- tageous to raise different species of lepidopterans together, to restrict the spread of species-specific disease. The talk was followed by a lively discussion period until the meeting adjournment at 10:00 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary ( continued on page 152) Sept.-Dee., 1958] Ruckes: Pentatomids 145 FOUR NEW SPECIES OF NEOTROPICAL PENTATOMIDS (HETEROPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE) By Herbert Ruckes1 The following four new species are of interest in so much as each represents a separate Tribe within the Pentatomidae. With the exception of the specimens listed under the name of Sciocoris crassus, new species, all examples have been in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History for many years. It is only proper that they be assigned names at this time. In the descriptions the various numerical ratios given are dimensions measured through a binocular microscope using a x 2 objective and a x 9 ocular filled with a micrometer scale divided into 200 linear units. They are not in terms of millimeters ex- cept as specified for the holotypes and allotypes. I wish to extend my sincere thanks to Mrs. Rose Ismay for typing the manuscript of this article. Tribe Sciocorini Amyot and Serville Sciocoris crassus, new species Oval, moderately convex above, more so below; sordid fulvous; punctures sometimes ferruginous, sometimes fuscous, moderately coarse and mod- erately dense. Head slightly declivent, about one-fourth wider through the eyes than long medianly (100 x 80), its median length equal to the median length of the pronotum (80 x 80) ; lateral margins provided with a blunt lobule or small dentation just before each eye, then weakly sinuate to a broadly rounded apex ; disc coarsely and regularly punctured, the apical portion between the overlapping juga and tylus weakly impressed; ocelli dull red and twice as far apart as each is from its eye; eyes fuscous. Antennae reddish brown, the apical segment darker ; basal segment stouter than the others; segmental ratios: 15/23/13/20/27, i.e., segment III the shortest and subequal to I ; segment V the longest. Pronotum almost rectangular, two and a quarter times as wide across the humeri as long medianly (180 x 80); humeri very obtusely rounded, not at all produced and grading into the obsolescent posterolateral margins ; posterior margin transverse; anterolateral margins with a slight convex curvature; anterior margin shallowly excavated behind the head and then i Research Associate, Department of Insects and Spiders, the American Museum of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City College of New York. 146 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI truncate behind the eyes ; anterior lateral angles obtusely rounded ; disc thickish inside the anterolateral margins, the outer surface then sloping gradually to the margins which are subcarinate ; a broad but shallow transverse groove across the middle of the disc and ending laterally in enlarged, deeper, subrotund impressions; punctures coarse but shallow. Scutellum about as wide as long (117x113), reaching well behind the middle of the abdomen ; each basal angle provided with a minute, fuscous to piceous, calloused spot, followed posteriorly by a small subfoveal im- pression ; a broad basal, vaguely triangular paler area raised slightly above the remaining portion of the disc; surface of the disc slightly convex, giving the impression of thickness; apex broadly rounded; punctures rather evenly distributed and moderately dense. Hemelytra more finely punc- tured ; the apical margin essentially straight and the outer apical angle rectilinear to acute, definitely not obtusely rounded ; membrane sordid amber, veins ill-defined, when showing, they are subparallel. Connexivum rather narrowly exposed, the margins thickish ; apical segmental angles rectilinear to obtuse and not at all produced, the entire lateral margin continuous; segments alternated sordid fulvous and fuscous, the punctures moderately coarse; apical angle of the sixth segment, obtuse. Venter quite convex, sordid fulvous or paler with ferruginous and fuscous punctures; thorax coarsely and irregularly punctured; a broad longitudinal fuscous or dark brown band extending each side of the ab- dominal disc, becoming evanescent posteriorly in the male but completely infuscating the median portion of the sixth sternite in the female ; this fuscous band followed laterally by a parallel pale band which in turn is followed laterally by another interrupted and posteriorly evanescent fuscous band ; submarginal portion of the abdominal disc pale and finely punc- tured ; segmental incisures bearing marginal small, squarish fuscous patches ; spiracles ferruginous; anterior median margin of the sixth abdominal sternite in the male obtusely roundly angled; coxae and trochanters ful- vous; femora infuscated beyond the basal two-thirds; tibiae and tarsi concolorous sordid brown to fuscous. Apical margin of the male genital segment nearly straight, showing little evidence of sinuosity, and subtended medianly by a transverse oval fovea; head of the paramere (clasper) thin, foliaceous and somewhat spoon shaped, lying entirely within the cavity of the segment. Basal plates of the female genital valves setigerous, subtriangular and each about as long as wide at the base. Described from 10 specimens. Holotype : Male : 7.5 mm. long ; 4.5 mm. wide across the humeri. Tejupilco, Temescaltepec, Mexico. June 29, 1933. H. E. Hinton and R. L. Usinger, collectors. Deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Allotype : Female : 8.0 mm. long ; 4.5 mm. wide across the humeri. Same data as above. Paratypes: Six males and two females. Same data as above Sept— Dec., 1958] Ruckes: Pentatomids 147 except that one male and one female are deposited in the col- lection of the American Museum of Natural History. Unlike either of the two other species of Sciocoris ( micro - phthalmus Flor and longifrons Barber) heretofore recorded from North America. The more reddish tone of the body, its thickness and more robust appearance readily distinguish it. The obtuse angles at the four corners of the pronotum, the obsolescent nature of the posterolateral margins of that part, the longitudinal fuscous banding on the abdominal venter, and ferruginous spiracles are other characteristics that separate this species from the other two mentioned above. Tribe Discocephalini Fieber Dinocoris robustus, new species This is the largest and most robust species of the genus that I have so far encountered. Unfortunately all the available specimens are females. No study of the male genitalia being possible at the present time, the phylogenetic relationship to allied species is doubtful. Broadly oval, quite convex above and quite flat below ; rich fulvous to ocliraeeous ; punctures very coarse and for the most part congested ; punc- tures and bandings dark reddish brown, castaneous or fuscous. Head shorter medianly than wide through the eyes (110x135); lateral margins weakly sinuate and moderately reflexed, converging to a narrowly rounded apex; juga not exceeding the tylus by more than the width of one jugum there and then narrowly overlapping; a single line of dark reddish punctures bordering the vertex laterally and lying adjacent to the ocelli; ocelli bright red and twice as far apart as each is from its eye; eyes fus- cous. Antennal tubercles very large, each as big as an eye and totally visi- ble from above ; antennae at least three-fourths the length of the body, rich orange brown with the apical third of segment II and the distal halves of segments III and IV piceous; segmental ratios: 70/250/175/150, i.e., an- tennae four-segmented with segment II the longest, as is typical for the genus. Pronotum two and two-thirds as wide across the humeri as long medianly (400 x 150) ; humeri slightly tumid, the angles rectilinear, hardly produced; anterolateral margins mildly sinuate and narrowly reflexed anteriorly ; punctures coarse and congested laterally, somewhat more widely spaced centrally ; the center ones reddish, the lateral ones castaneous to fuscous ; the embossed ocliraeeous or fulvous portions irregularly reticulate. Scutellum about one-half longer than wide at the base (340 x 225) ; basal third gibbous, the crest of this elevation higher than the adjacent surface of the pronotum, very coarsely and deeply pitted with castaneous and 148 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi fuscous, basal angles calloused ochraceous; middle third ochraceous with a very few small punctures but with a median line of five or six rotund, very shallow, reddish brown pits; basal half of the distal third, just beyond the point where the frenum ends, provided with two large squarish castaneous, or darker, patches, apical half of this third ochraceous with some shallow coarse punctures ; apex narrowly rounded. Hemelytra light ochraceous, provided with a broad band of castaneous, or darker color, across the corium and embolium and continuous Avitli the same colored patches on the scutellum, producing the effect of a very broad dark-colored fascia extending across the middle of the body; additional irregular castaneous or darker patches on the basal portion ; membrane hyaline with five subparallel light brown veins. Connexivum alternated, widely exposed, the punctures obsolescent to obsolete; the segmental incisures bordered each side with rich castaneous, broad bands, the intermediate parts bright orange. Venter essentially concolorous rich orange-brown, impunctate except for a few scattered punctures on and near the acetabula. Evaporatorium castaneous and coarsely rugose ; auricle of the metasternal orifice short, finger-like and straight. The second and third (first and second visible) abdominal sternites each provided with a pair of large darker spots, one on each side of the very shalloAV and broad abdominal furrow ; spiracles bordered with reddish brown ; each segmental incisure provided with a marginal reddish brown triangular patch. Rostrum relatively long, reach- ing onto the third abdominal sternite. Legs ochraceous, the femora lightly clouded with brown subapically, the distal ends of the tibiae dark brown; tarsi concolorous ochraceous. Described from 10 specimens. Holotype : Female: 18.75 mm. long; 10.2 mm. wide across the humeri. Rio Tapiche, Peru. March, 1928. H. Bassler, col- lector. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes : Eight females, same data as above. One female, Rio Ucayali, Peru. November, 1929. H. Bassler, collector. All deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. In color pattern this species most nearly approaches Dinocoris maculatus (Laporte). The most distinguishing characteristics probably are the over-all larger size and greater dorsal con- vexity, the contrasting rich ochraceous and castaneous colors, the broad transverse dark band across the middle of the dorsum, the almost concolorus rich orange-brown venter and the femora and tibiae devoid of well-defined fuscous annuli. The least that this new species could be would be a geographical race of Dino- coris maculatus in which size has been emphasized and color intensified; it is the author’s feeling, however, that it warrants full species status. Sept.-Dee., 19581 Ruckes : Pentatomids 149 Tribe Halyini Stal Neoadoxoplatys longirostra, new species Obovate, the greatest body width across the suture between the third and fourth abdominal segments ; depressed above, mildly convex below ; sordid yellow or tan, punctures fuscous, deep and coarse, somewhat irregu- larly distributed on the pronotum. Head almost as long medianly as wide through the eyes (100 x 105); juga and tylus subequal, apex of the head not incised as in related species but moderately rounded; lateral margins sinuate before the eyes and then subparallel; vertex and tylus transversely rugose; parallel bands of con- gested fuscous punctures extending from the ocelli to the tips of the juga ; bases of the juga somewhat impressed just before the eyes, lateral margins very mildly reflexed ; eyes brownish red ; ocelli bright red, moderate in size and twice as far apart as each is from its eye. Antennae short, barely exceeding the combined length of the head and pronotum, concolorous ful- vous, segment I not reaching beyond the apex of the head ; segmental ratios: 30/22/40/60/82, i.e., segments II the shortest. Pronotum three times as wide across the humeri as long medianly (238 x 80) and twice as wide there when measured longitudinally from the an- terior lateral angle (238 x 120), i.e., the anterior margin deeply excavated to receive the head up to the eyes ; margin behind the eyes somewhat oblique ; humeri obtusely rounded, not produced ; anterolateral margins essentially straight and weakly reflexed; each anterior lateral angle pro- duced as a small, subrectangular lobe, reaching well beyond the lateral limit of the eye ; punctures coarse across the middle of the disc ; a band of smaller, congested punctures just inside the anterior margin; a band of well- defined fuscous punctures, uniformly spaced and paralleling the anterior two-thirds of the anterolateral margins ; remaining punctures sparingly scattered; posterior margin transverse. Scutellum somewhat longer than wide at the base (190 x 150 )-, punctures rather regularly distributed but becoming smaller and denser toward the acutely rounded apex ; basal angles vaguely calloused sordid yellow. Hemelytra rather regularly punctured, but possessing a triangular, im- punctate, discal spot; apical margins very weakly sinuate, the external apical angles rectilinear. Connexivum moderately exposed and moderately punctate, the segmental incisures clouded each side with medium brown ; apical segmental angles rectilinear and not exceeding the margin of the abdomen, those on segment VI obtuse. Venter sordid yellow; base of head and the pleura coarsely punctured with fuscous; abdomen more finely punctured and diffused with testaceous clouding. Mesosternal carina piceous; rostrum long, the apex reaching onto the sixth sternite (male), segmental ratios: 50/20 + 100/120/100, i.e., the second segment and its pseudobase taken together equal to segment III and taken alone equal to segment IV ; median abdominal furrow broad and shallow, ill-defined, extending through the fifth sternite. Evaporatorium dark castaneous and irregularly rugose; auricle of the metasternal canal 150 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXYI narrow and evenly curved forward. All segments of the legs concolorous yellow, the ante-apical femoral spines small and fuscous. Apical margin of the male genital segment trisinuate; the submarginal portion of the segment broadly and deeply impressed; parameres (claspers) extending above the dorsal margin of the segment, the heads carinate on the mesal surfaces and provided with a small subapical notch along the posterior margins. Described from one specimen. Holotype : Male: 10.5 mm. long; 5.1 mm. wide across the humeri ; 5.4 mm. wide across the widest abdominal portion. Amaya Cispata Bay, Colombia, South America. November 25, 1916. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Smaller than Neoadoxoplatys saileri Kormilev and apparently related to Neoadoxoplatys hay war di Kormilev in size and color, but differing from that species by the form of the apex of the head, the presence of lobulate anterior lateral angles on the pronotum, the deeply emarginated pronotal anterior margin, the longer rostrum and the less robust and more strongly curved auricle of the metasternal canal. Tribe Pentatomini Stal Oenopiella testacea, new species Body broadly oval, abdomen somewhat expanded across the second and third segments, the body form, from across the humeral spines to the ab- dominal apex, subtriangular ; background concolorous brick red (testaceous), punctures fuscous, very fine and very dense, those on the hemelytra slightly more wide-spaced ; tergum bright orange red. Head two-thirds the length of the pronotum (60 x 90) and half again as long medianly as wide between the eyes (60 x40); margins sinuate before the eyes, very obscurely reflexed; apex narrowly rounded; tylus just slightly longer than the juga and weakly elevated; disc somewhat obliquely rugose before the eyes; ocelli red, about four times as far apart as each is from its eye ; eyes brownish testaceous. Antennae nearly reaching the apex of the scutellum, segment I not attaining the apex of the head; segments I, II and III fulvous to luteous, their apices narrowly fuscous, segments IV and V fuscous, their bases broadly luteous; segmental proportions: 20/35/ 32/60/60, i.e., segments II and III, IV and V respectively subequal. Pronotum roundly excavated anteriorly to receive the head, almost three times as wide across the humeral spines as long medianly (262 x 90) ; humeri spinately produced laterally and moderately emarginate just behind the spines ; anterolateral margins just before the humeral spines acute and weakly trisinuate, then obtusely thickened, slightly tumid, edentate but roughened and terminating at the anterior angles in a minute, oblique denticle; puncturation very fine and very dense except on the cicatrices which are weakly impressed and slightly bronzed; a thin median raised Sept.-Dee., 1958] Ruckes : Pentatomids 151 linea present; posterolateral margins proportionately long, each (including the humeral spine) half as long as the width of the posterior margin which is transversely straight. Scutellum slightly wider across the base than long (140 x 130), the f renum ending two-thirds the distance from the base ; apex moderately rounded; punctures fine and very dense with a very fine transverse rugosity evident on the basal two-thirds; basal angles minutely impressed but not foveolate or calloused. Hemelytra quite broad, the lateral margins distinctly sinuate at the basal third ; apical margins essentially straight, the external apical angles roundly acute; punctures more widespaced than those on the pronotum and scutellum and very evenly distributed; membrane transparent, light fulvous with six or seven coneolorous veins, one or two of which bifurcate. Connexivum coneolorous, narrowly exposed; apical segmental angles rectilinear and very slightly produced ; transverse diameter across the second and third segments equal to the width of the pronotum across the humeri, exclusive of the humeral spines. Venter coneolorous fulvous to sordid yellow except the propleura which are lightly infuscated ; punctures confined to the thoracic pleura ; evapo- ratorium coneolorous with the disc and transversely rugose ; auricle of the metasternal orifice small, not much longer than the diameter of the ostiole, and terminating abruptly. Legs luteous to fulvous; femora dotted with sharply defined, circular, castaneous spots which are arranged in three or four irregular annuli; tibiae terete, with similar castaneous spots, but these not arranged in a specific pattern; tarsi coneolorous. Rostrum barely surpassing the metacoxae. Abdomen unmarked in any way. Apical margin of the male genital segment thin, broadly and deeply emarginate (V-shaped) ; lateral apical angles thickish, acutely rounded, their inner surfaces tumid; parameres (claspers) quite small, their heads vertically weakly arcuate, blunt-tipped and not at all reaching the dorsal margins of the segment. Basal plates of the female genital valves propor- tionately small, nearly equilateral triangular, the apices acute and slightly tumid. Described from four specimens. Holotype : Male : 8.0 mm. long ; 6.5 mm. wide across the humeral spines; 5.5 mm. wide across the greatest abdominal diameter. Rio Santiago, Pern. November 27, 1924. H. Bass- ler, collector. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Unfortunately this specimen is in very poor condi- tion ; being the only male in the type series it is, however, chosen as the holotype. Allotype: Female: 8.25 mm. long; 7.5 mm. wide across the humeral spines; 6.0 mm. wide across the greatest abdominal diameter. Rio Santiago, Peru. November 27, 1924. H. Bassler, collector. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. 152 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI Paratypes: One female, Upper Rio Maranon, Peru. October 11, 1924. H. Bassler, collector; one female, San Martin, San Martin, Peru. December 16, 1946. J. C. Pallister, collector. Both deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. By virtue of the sub triangular shape of the major posterior portion of the body this species readily distinguishes itself from other known species. The brick-red dorsum, the strikingly spotted femora and tibiae, the ampliate nature of the basal por- tion of the abdomen and the impressed cicatrices are additional distinctive characteristics. As far as general color goes it is probably most closely related to 0. punctaria Stal. ( continued from page 144 ) Meeting of November 20, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; President Vishniac presiding. The Society voted unani- mously to send a letter of congratulations to Professor Von Frisch, upon his 70th birthday. A letter from the Zoological Society of London express- ing thanks for our contribution to the Zoological Record Fund was read. Mr. Peter Farb was elected to membership in the Society. Dr. Treat introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. Ilse Schwink, a visiting investigator at New York University. Dr. Schwink discussed “Orientation in Moths”, drawing extensively upon her own very interesting experiments conducted in Von Frisch’s laboratory. Females of the silkmoth, Bombyx mori secrete an odor which initiates the mating flight of the males. The male moths, however, do not locate the female by flying toward the source of this odor, as has commonly been supposed. Instead, the males fly against the wind, a reaction which usually brings them fairly close to a female moth. Then, over a distance of a few feet, the males can locate the females by smell, and mating ensues. Dr. Schwink suggested that the female odor might more properly be considered a “releaser” of behavior than an attractant, and this hypothesis was supported by numerous laboratory experiments. The releaser substance has been chemically characterized in Professor Butenandt’s laboratory, and found to be an alcohol-like substance of fairly low molecular weight, prob- ably having 10 to 15 carbon atoms. The substance is active as an alcohol but not as an ester, or in its bound form within the gland. It is a stable substance during several hours in the atmosphere, and is largely species- specific. Ablation experiments showed that the receptors for this odor are distrib- uted over the entire antenna of the male moth; removal of parts of the antenna diminishing the response of the male in a manner exactly similar to the effect of diluting the releaser substance to a weaker concentration. A lively question period continued until 9:45 P.M. when the meeting was adjourned. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary ( continued on page 160 ) Sept.-Dee., 1958] Beer : Mites 153 A NEW SPECIES OF STENEOTARSONEMUS, AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PLANT- FEEDING HABITS OF STENEOTARSONEMUS FURCATUS DE LEON (ACARINA)1 By Robert E. Beer Department of Entomology, University of Kansas Very little is known about the food habits of tarsonemid mites. Of the forty-one species in the family Tarsonemidae known to occur in North America, twelve are definitely known to feed on the higher plants and five are definitely fungivorous. Of the re- maining twenty-four species, circumstances attending their col- lection would suggest that five of the species probably feed on higher plants, twelve are probably fungivorous, possibly two species are parasitic on arthropod hosts and the feeding habits of five species are open to considerable question. Since it is obvious that behavioral clilferences and similarities often provide valuable clues for systematic alignment of species, this paper reports new information on feeding habits of two species of tarsonemid mites. It is to be noted that the new hosts here re- corded are plants that are grown commercially and hence both of the mite species should be considered as potential greenhouse pests in situations where the host plants are grown. Steneotarsonemus keiferi, new species Male. — Body broadly oval, broadest slightly behind main body suture. Legs short and stout, the anterior pairs subequal in size, posterior pairs both well-developed. Apodemes conspicuous and of typical design and location. Dorsum with three well-defined plates, each finely and densely punctate, the propodosomal shield trapezoidal and bearing near its lateral margins four pairs of setae ; metapodosomal shield hemispherical, with three pairs of setae near its lateral margins ; opisthosomal shield rectangular, with a pair of setae near posterolateral extremities. Dorsal propodosomal setae in linear longitudinal series, the third and fourth setae subequal in length but third more stout; first seta two thirds as long as third and one and one-fourth times as long as second. First dorsal hysterosomal setae slightly longer than longest propodosomals, twice as long as second and third dorsal hysterosomals which are of equal size. Dorsal opisthosomals i Contribution No. 1012, Department of Entomology, University of Kansas. 154 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI slightly longer and more robust than second and third hysterosomals. First ventral propodosomal setae very small, one half as long as second dorsal propodosomals, situated one and one-half times length of seta from Y-shaped juncture of apodemes, toward middle of interapodemal area. Second ventral propodosomals only slightly longer than first setae, located near center of interapodemal areas. First ventral hysterosomals twice as long as ventral propodosomals, located on apodemes III at their anterior extremities. Second ventral hysterosomals slightly longer than setae of first pair, located on apodemes IV at about mid-length of apodemes. Capitulum: Subcordate, as broad as long; length, 33u,; greatest width 3fiu; dorsal setae as long as first dorsal propodosomals, ventral setae two- thirds as long. Palpi short and robust, terminal setae spinelike. Chelieerae short, needlelike; length from tips to slightly recurved and flanged bases about equal to length of third dorsal hysterosomal seta. Legs: Legs I and II subequal in general size and segmentation; leg I Avith simple setae distributed as follows: femur and genu each Avith four, tibia with five, tarsus with three ; modified setae as follows : tibia Avith three specialized setae located dorsally nearly in transverse alignment, the one nearest to inner margin of segment shortest and peglike, beside it a slightly longer capitate seta, beside capitate seta a slightly longer, tapering, peglike seta ; four stout, curved, blunt setae on tarsus, one short, stout, peg- like seta located dorsally near base of segment, a similar seta ventral in position near apex; tarsus subtended by a large disclike empodium and a stout curved claw. Leg II Avith simple setae distributed as f oIIoavs : femur and genu each with three, tibia and tarsus each with four ; tAvo short, stout sensory pegs near base of tarsus, the segment subtended by two stout, curved claAvs and a broadly circular empodium. Leg III with simple setae as follows : femur with one, genu with three, tibia and tarsus each with four; one stout lanceolate seta located ventrally at apex of tarsus, this segment subtended by two stout, curved claws betAveen and beyond which projects broad circular empodium. Leg IV robust, coxa Avith one ventral seta as long as segment; femur with outer margin strongly convex, inner margin with truncated projection at midlength of segment and bearing a short, stout, dorsal seta, one dorsal seta near outer margin at mid-segment, one ventral seta near inner margin at apex of segment ; tibia slightly longer than broad, outer margin straight, inner margin slightly concave, Avith one stout spiculate seta twice as long as segment located ventrally near apex of segment, one dorsal peglike seta Avith length equal to width of segment situated near outer apical margin ; tarsus very small, bearing three small setae, tAVO of which are ventral, one dorsal ; leg terminates Avith a strong, stout, curved claw. Genital papilla: Length, 32p; width, 32q; subcordate, AArith a pair of short setae near lateral margins at posterior fourth of papilla ; pregenital papilla conspicuous, heavily sclerotized, located the Avidth of coxa IV anterior to anterior margin of genital papilla. Measurements: Length from tips of palpi to apex of genital papilla, 219ja; main body suture to apex of genital papilla, 120u; greatest width of body, 117p. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Beer : Mites 155 Female. — Body broadly oval, broadest at mid-length. Pseudostigmatic organs ovoid with acuminate apices, pedicel as long as expanded distal portion; situated laterally between and slightly above adjacent bases of coxae I and II in recessed groove overhung by dorsal shield of propodosoma. Apodemes strong and conspicuous, apodemes I, II and transverse apodemes clearly delineating the interapodemal areas of propodosoma; apodemes III and IV distinct, posterior median apodeme weak. Dorsal shield of pro- podosoma trapezoidal, well-defined and punctate as in male, with a pair of small setae at anterolateral extremities, a pair of stout setae as long aa genu I located near posterior margin of shield, separated from each other by distance equal to three times length of seta. Stigmal openings conspicuous, located on lateral margins of dorsal shield of propodosoma, the length of first dorsal propodosomal seta behind these setae. Dorsum of hysterosoma divided transversally to form four distinct segments, the first segment with a pair of humeral and a pair of dorsocentral setae, second segment with a pair of dorsalcentrals, third segment with a pair of dorsolaterals and a pair of dorsocentrals, fourth segment with a pair of dorsolateral setae ; all dorsal hysterosomal setae nearly equal in length except humerals which are twice as long. Ventral propodosomal setae minute, the first pair located in anterior fourth of interapodemal area, the second pair located adjacent to apodemes II at their mid-length. Ventral hysterosomal setae one and one-half times as long as ventral propodosomals, the first pair located on apodemes III, the second on apodemes IV ; one pair of small setae near apex of hysterosoma. Capitulum : Subcordate with posterior margin rounded truncate ; length, 35pt ; greatest width, 36p. Dorsal setae slightly longer and stouter than ventral setae. Palpi short and stout, subterminal seta short, tapering, peglike. Chelieerae needlelike, one half as long as capitulum, their out- ward curved bases expanded. Legs: Anterior pairs robust, subequal in size and design. Leg I with simple setae distributed as follows : four each on femur and genu, eight on tibiotarsus; specialized setae as follows: two short, stout, lanceolate setae and four long, curved setae on apical half of tibiotarsus; one short peglike, one capitate and one long peglike setae arranged in transverse row, dorsally at basal fifth of tibiotarsus and one dorsal lanceolate seta at basal fourth of segment; tibiotarsus subtends a large subcircular empodium and a strong curved claw. Leg II with simple setae distributed as follows : three each on femur and genu, four each on tibia and tarsus ; modified setae on tarsus only, a stout, peglike seta near base, two stout conical setae, one located dorsally at basal third of segment the other ventrally at apex; tarsus subtends two large, spreading, curved claws between and beyond which projects a large subcircular empodium. Leg III robust with simple setae distributed as follows: three on telofemur, four each on tibia and tarsus ; one stout, conical seta located ventrally at apex of tibiotarsus, this segment subtending two large, curved, spreading claws between and beyond which projects a large subcircular empodium. Leg IV coxae and trochanters small and without setae ; third segment seven times as long as broad, with two simple setae the distal seta one half as long as segment ; 156 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI fourth segment one third as long as third segment, the stout, spiculate sub- terminal seta nearly twice as long as segment, terminal seta long and slender, as long as leg IY. Measurements: Tips of palpi to apex of opisthosoma, 250ja; tips of palpi to main body suture, 98p ; greatest width of body, 146p,. IIolotype : Male, Sharp Park, San Mateo County, California, January 14, 1957, W. Davis, on Odontoglossum orchid (hybrid). Allotype : Female, same data as holotype. Paratypes: Twenty-six males, thirty-five females with same data as holotype. Location of types : Holotype, allotype, fifteen males and twenty females of paratype series deposited in the Snow Ento- mological Museum, University of Kansas. Six males and ten females deposited in the collection of the Bureau of Entomology, California State Department of Agriculture, Sacramento, Cali- fornia. Five males and five females of paratype series deposited in the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. This species has a close morphological resemblance to Steneo- tarsonemus furcatus De Leon and 8. pallidus (Banks) from which males may be distinguished most readily by the chaetotaxy of leg IV. The single collection from which the species is now known was sent to me by H. H. Iveifer of the Bureau of Ento- mology, California State Department of Agriculture. Mr. Iveifer has communicated the information that the mites were reported damaging the host orchid, though the significance and type of damage was not known to him. The species is named to honor Mr. Iveifer and thus in a small way serve to recognize the fine cooperation and encouragement that the present author and many students of acarology at the University of Kansas have re- ceived from him for many years. Steneotarsonemus furcatus DeLeon Since the publication of the original description of 8. furcatus by DeLeon in 1955 in which this mite species was clearly identi- fied as feeding on an ornamental grass, Paspalum sp., further host associations have not been reported. It is of considerable interest that a second green plant host is now known to be dam- aged by this mite. Several specimens were sent to me by A. E. Pritchard (University of California) with a notation that a re- port had been received that severe infestations had been discov- Sept.-Dee., 1958] Beer : Mites 157 ered in greenhouse-grown maranta plants. The mites were ap- parently causing a severe distortion of leaf growth giving a stunted appearance to the infested plants. This information was later confirmed by H. H. Kiefer (California State Depart- ment of Agriculture) who had received a similar report. The first collections that I received were taken by an unidenti- fied collector from Maranta leuconeura var. Kerchoveana, orig- inally grown in Buena Park, Los Angeles County, California but intercepted in the city of Los Angeles on August 26, 1953. Sub- sequently several specimens collected by D. H. Byers from Maranta leuconeura at Buena Park on September 4, 1953 were sent to me for identification. Most of the species of tarsonemid mites that are definitely known to feed on the higher plants seems to show a high degree of host specificity. Notable exceptions are Steneotarsonemus pallidus and Hemitarsonemus latus. Both of these species have long lists of plants that apparently are suitable hosts, however none of the included hosts are grasses. Several species of Steneo- tarsonemus show a definite predilection for various species of Gramineae, some apparently being restricted to a single host species and others feeding on several kinds of grasses. 8. fur- cat us is therefore the first tarsonemid species for which a grass and a non-grass plant apparently serve as suitable hosts. With this added bit of information, the somewhat paradoxical situation noted by Beer (1954) that within the genus Steneo- tarsonemus there was a sharp delineation of species groups based upon food plant preferences can be reconsidered. In the matter of host plant selection, at least, the members of the genus Steneo- tarsonemus now seem to consist of several species of grass-feeders, several non-grass feeders and this one species that feeds on both types of green plants. LITERATURE CITED Beer, R. E. 1954. A revision of the Tarsonemidae of the Western Hemi- sphere. Univ. Kansas Sc. Bull. 36: 1091-1387. De Leon, D. 1956. Four new Acarina in the family Tarsonemidae. Florida Ent. 39: 105-112. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Yol. LXVI (Plate YI) i Fig. 1. Steneotarsonemus keiferi, new species, male, dorsal aspect. Fig. 2. S. keiferi, n. sp., male leg IV in ventral aspect. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXYI (Plate YII) 1 Fig. 1. Steneotarsonemus keiferi, new species, male, ventral aspect. Fig. 2. S. furcatus DeLeon, male leg IV in ventral aspect. 160 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI ( continued from page 158) Meeting of December 4, 1956 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; President Vishniac presiding. Drs. Treat and Vishniac gave brief announcements about the AAAS and Entomological Society of America meetings to be held in New York the last week of December. The Society was especially fortunate to have honorary member Su Zan Swain, as the speaker of the evening. Mrs. Swain presented a “Survey of Illustrations of Insects” which included an exhibition of fifteen volumes and folios of special interest. Some of these were published before 1700, and most appeared before 1756. Mrs. Swain commented that the art of painting insects was most perfect about 200 years ago and has declined since. Among the interesting examples discussed was the work of Marian Merian who same to America in 1690 for the sole purpose of studying insects in Dutch Guinea, and published hand painted wood engravings of many tropical species. The volume of paintings by Carl Clerck included insects mounted by Linnaeus himself, only six or seven copies of this rare work are known to be in existence. Another rarity, the paintings of Titian Peale, an early American naturalist, was also displayed. Mr. Peale’s paintings and manuscript have not been published to this day. Mrs. Swain exhibited some of her own insect paintings and discussed the problems and criteria of judgment involved in this type of illustration. Her objective has been to paint insect portraits, with the insect as naturally posed as possible, having all identifying characters clearly revealed. Mi- croscopic study of live animals, museum specimens or photographs as well as special photographic paints and special methods of transferring sketches are used. Following the talk the members and guests browsed over the exhibit of paintings which Mrs. Swain had assembled, and a few tasted of some caterpillars, grasshoppers, and bees which Mrs. Swain provided as surprise refreshments. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of January 15, 1957 The meeting was called to order at 8:10 P.M. in Room 419 of the Amer- ican Museum of Natural History. President Vishniac was in the Chair. There were 15 members and 40 visitors present. This being the Annual Meeting of the Society, President Vishniac called for reports of the various officers. Mr. Soraci, Editor of the Journal reported that the 1955 volume of the Journal was in the hands of the printer and would be issued shortly and that the 1956 volume was in the process of being compiled and would very soon go to the printer. It should be issued shortly after the appearance of the 1955 volume. Each will represent one full year’s issue. Dr. Asher Treat, Chairman of the Program Committee announced that ( continued on page 170 ) Sept.-Dee., 195S] Alexander : Crane-flies 161 UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS (TIPULIDAE, DIPTERA), III1 By Charles P. Alexander Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in the JOURNAL OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 65 I 147- 157; 1957 (publ. 1958). The materials discussed at this time were secured by Dr. Edward I. Coher and native assistants in various parts of Nepal in 1957. The conditions under which these collections were made is discussed in some detail in two earlier papers.2 In these the opinion is expressed that the crane-fly fauna of east-central Nepal is quite distinct from that of the Darjeeling District some 200 miles to the east. The rich collections made by Dr. Coher in 1957 bear this out and it may be stated that the great majority of the species are distinct from those known from Darjeeling and vicinity, being more like those of western China and northeastern Burma. It is certain that an exceedingly rich crane-fly fauna exists throughout the east- ern Himalayas. I wish to express my continued thanks to Dr. Coher for the time and effort devoted to collecting these flies, the types of all novelties being preserved in my collection. Lipsothrix malla new species General coloration of the mesonotum brown, pleura light yellow ; an- tennae of male relatively long, about one-third the body; knobs of halteres infuscated; legs pale brown, tips of femora and tibiae narrowly darkened; wings with a weak dusky tinge, stigma pale brown; male hypopygium with the interbases very slender, slightly expanded at tips; phallosome large and complex, appearing as paired curved rods from expanded bases. Male. Length about 6.5-7 mm.; wing 7-7.5 mm.; antenna about 2-2.4 mm. 1 Contribution No. 1293 from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts. 2 Alexander, C. P. Undescribed species of crane-flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), I. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 84: 137-147; 1956 (published 1957). Alexander, C. P. New or little-known Tipulidae from eastern Asia (Diptera), XLY. Philip. Journ. Sci. (in press, 1958). 162 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI Rostrum yellow to brown; palpi black. Antennae of male relatively long, about one-third the body ; scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum dark brown ; flagellar segments elongate, clothed with a dense white pubescence and sparse scattered slightly longer verticils that are much shorter than the segments. Head yellowed in front, darker behind ; in the paratypes the head is darkened throughout. Pronotum dark brown ; pretergites yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with medium brown stripes, the restricted interspaces a little paler ; scutal lobes dark brown ; scutellum paler brown, parascutella yellow ; mediotergite dark brown. Pleura light yellow, the pleurotergite a trifle darker. Halteres with stem whitened, knob infuscated. Legs with all coxae and trochanters pale yellow; remainder of legs pale brown, the tips of the femora and tibiae narrowly brown to black; claws with a single acute tooth. Wings with a weak dusky tinge; stigma oval, pale brown; veins brown. Venation: Sc long, SCj ending opposite the fork of Es, Sc2 near its tip; shorter than either E. , „ or Ea L the latter shorter than EtJ_a; Ea t B . slightly longer than cell 1st M , the latter rectangular ; m-cu at or shortly beyond the fork of M. One wing of one paratype has cell Ma open by the atrophy of m. Abdominal tergites brown, the outer segments, including the hypopygium, still darker, sternites more reddish brown. Male hypopygium with the dististyles terminal, the outer style slender with both the apical and sub- apical spines acute ; inner style broadest on basal half, narrowed out- wardly, tipped with unusually long setae. Interbase very slender, the apex a little expanded, pale. Phallosome large and complex, appearing as paired curved rods from expanded bases, the length slightly greater than that of the basistyle. Holotype, J1, Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). Paratopotypes, 2 J'J'. The most similar regional species include Lipsothrix Jmrmica Alexander and L. kashmirica Alexander, readily distinguished by the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the interbases. Lipsothrix chettri new species General coloration of thorax yellow, the dorsum more fulvous yellow ; head reddish brown; pronotal scutum dark brown; halteres yellow; legs yellow, the tips of the femora and tibiae very narrowly and inconspicuously darkened ; wings pale yellow, veins yellow ; Sc1 ending nearly opposite the fork of Es ; cell 1st M. t very small, M5+, from two-fifths to one-third as long as vein M . Female. Length about 8 mm. ; wing 7.5 mm. Rostrum reddish brown ; outer segments of palpi black. Antennae with basal segments brownish yellow, outer segments dark brown; flagellar seg- ments subcylindrical, subequal to the longest verticils. Head reddish brown. Pronotal scutum dark brown, scutellum and pretergites pale yellow. Mesonotum fulvous yellow, with an opaque more yellowed bloom. Pleura Sept.-Dee., 1958] Alexander : Crane-flies 163 yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs with all coxae and trochanters light yellow; remainder of legs obscure yellow, the tips of the femora and tibiae very narrowly and inconspicuously darkened; teeth of claws small, basal in position. Wings pale yellow, unpatterned; veins yellow. Veins of outer half of wing with macrotrichia. Venation: Sc1 ending nearly opposite the fork of Bs, Sc2 near its tip; B0+s+i gently arcuated, about one-half longer than cell 1st M ; veins B.,., B and B subequal; cell 1st M small, rectangular, vein M 3 + , about two-fifths to one-third as long as M ; m-cu at or shortly beyond the fork of M. Abdomen reddish brown, basal tergites darker brown medially above. Ovipositor with valves reddish horn color. Holotype, 5, Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). The most similar regional species having the body, halteres and wings pale yellow and with the venation somewhat the same is Lipsothrix flavissima Alexander, of northeastern Burma. This differs in slight details of coloration and venation, particularly of the medial field. I have no doubt but that the discovery of the male sex will provide stronger points of distinction between the two flies. Gonomyia (Ellipteroides) ebenomyia new species General coloration of body and appendages black, including the antennae, halteres and legs; wings strongly blackened; cell 2nd M0 slightly longer than its petiole, m-cu nearly one-half its length before the fork of M ; ovipositor with the cerci unusually long and slender. Female. Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 5 mm. Rostrum dull black ; palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; basal flagellar segments suboval, with truncated ends, outer segments slightly more elongate; verticils exceeding the segments. Head dull black, sparsely pruinose ; anterior vertex broad. Thoracic dorsum black, surface subnitidous ; posterior sclerites and pleura somewhat duller; dorsopleural membrane and meron a trifle paler. Halteres and legs black throughout, the latter conspicuously hairy. Wings with a strong blackish tinge, the long narrow stigma darker; veins brown. Vein beyond cord with strong macrotrichia, lacking on R2+3+i and bases of B3 and B . Venation: ScJ ending about opposite midlength of Bs; B2 + 3 + u about twice the basal section of B, ; cell 2nd ¥„ slightly longer than its petiole; m-cu from about one-third to nearly one-half its length before the fork of M. Abdomen black. Ovipositor with the cerci only slightly hairy, long and slender, especially the outer half; in the type slide, the cerci are twisted just beyond midlength, possibly representing a normal condition. Holotype, §, Parewavir, Nepal, March 28, 1957 (Coher). The most similar regional species is Gonomyia ( Ellipteroides ) 164 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI schmidi Alexander, of the western Himalayas, differing par- ticularly in the details of venation. The female sex of schmidi is still unknown. It may be noted that the structure and vesti- ture of the cerci of the present fly are quite different from the condition in various Ceylonese species of the subgenus where the female sex is known. Gonomyia (Idlocera) coheriana new species Mesonotum brown, the posterior sclerites darker; pleura infuscated dorsally, clear yellow below; rostrum and palpi black; basal segments of antennae light yellow, flagellum brownish black ; legs yellow, the outer tarsal segments black ; wings subhyaline, restrictedly patterned with darker ; male hypopygium with the apical lobe of the basistyle stout, tip obtuse; four dististyles, the outer a slender rod with about five small spinules on surface; apex of aedeagus recurved. Male. Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5.5 mm. Bostrum and palpi black. Antennae with the scape and pedicel light yellow, flagellum brownish black; basal flagellar segments long-suboval, outer ones more elongate, a little shorter than the longest verticils. Head light yellow in front, more infuscated on posterior half and as a central darkening on the vertex. Pronotum and pretergites light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum chiefly covered by three confluent brown stripes, the humeral and lateral regions yellow, pseudosutural foveae reddish; scutal lobes brown, scutellum and postnotum darker brown. Pleura with the dorsal half moderately infuscated, the ventral portion clear light yellow. Halteres infuscated. Legs with the fore coxae weakly infuscated, remaining coxae and trochanters yellow ; re- mainder of legs yellow, tips of tibiae narrowly darkened, outer tarsal seg- ments black. Wings subhyaline, base and costal region more yellowed; a restricted and inconspicuous brown pattern, including the small stigma and still smaller marks at origin of Bs, cord, m-cu and tip of vein B ; a paler brown subterminal wash in cells B and B ; veins light brown, more brown- ish black in the patterned areas. Venation: Sc short, Scx ending just beyond the perpendicular origin of Bs, Sc retracted; distance on eosta between B1 + 2 and B only about one-tliird to one-fourth the latter; cell 2nd M0 about one-half longer than its petiole; m-cu about twice its length before the fork of M. Abdominal tergites brown, incisures narrowly pale, sternites light yellow; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the lobe of the basistyle long, stout, tip broadly obtuse. Pour dististyles or profound branches; outer style a long slender gently sinuous rod or spine, extended into a long point, on surface beginning at near midlength with five or six acute spinules, the outer one smallest ; second style longest, on outer two- thirds more expanded into a curved flattened blade, tip obtuse, surface glabrous ; intermediate style shorter, stem pale, apex darker and more expanded, weakly and unequally bifid, margins irregularly toothed or erose ; Sept.— Dec., 1958] Alexander : Crane-flies 165 innermost style smallest, a simple straight rod that narrows to an acute spine, before apex with about three long pale setae, with still others along the lower margin; additional to the four major dististyles a further small pale needlelike point, about one-half as long as the innermost style. Aedeagus slender, its tips gently recurved into a crook. Holotype, Parewavir, Nepal, March 26, 1957 (Coher). I take great pleasure in dedicating this very interesting Icliocera to the collector, Dr. Edward I. Coher, my former stu- dent and fellow specialist in the Dip ter a. While generally similar to some other regional species, such as Gonomyia ( Idio - cera) petilis Alexander, it differs strikingly from all previously known species in the structure of the male hypopygium, par- ticularly the outermost dististyle. Gonomyia (Icliocera) satanas new species General coloration of entire body, including also the mouthparts, an- tennae, halteres and legs, black ; wings strongly tinged with blackish, stigma still darker; Sc1 fully twice as long as m-cu ; vein R} suberect, on costa separated from R1 + 2 by a distance about two-thirds its length; m-cu about its own length before the fork of M. Female. Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 5 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar seg- ments oval. Head black. Thorax uniformly dull black or plumbeous black, the pseudosutural foveae more intense polished black. Halteres black. Legs entirely black. Wings strongly tinged with blackish, the oval stigma still darker ; veins brownish black, those in the prearcular field brown. Venation: Sci ending just beyond the origin of Rs, Scl alone fully twice m-cu ; vein R} suberect, separated from R]+? on costa by a distance about two-thirds its length; cell 2nd M 2 more than twice its petiole ; m-cu about its own length before the fork of M. Abdomen dull brownish black to black, including the ovipositor. Holotype, J, Jhawaui, Nepal, March 19, 1957 (Coher). Paratopotype, 1 §, pinned with the type. Readily told from all other regional members of the subgenus by the black color of the body and appendages. The most simi- lar regional species is Gonomyia (Idiocera) phceosoma Alexander, readily told by the coloration of the body and legs and by the venation. Gonomyia (Gonomyia) turritella new species Mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes blackish gray ; rostrum yellow ; antennae black throughout, pedicel enlarged ; legs brown ; wings faintly tinged with brown, stigma ill-delimited; Sc long, cell R3 unusually large, 166 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXVI cell 1st MQ small; male hypopygium with two terminal dististyles, outer style extended into a long slender spine, inner style with a long arm that bears a single spine at apex; phallosome with the aedeagus subhyaline, tip obtuse; gonapophyses equal in size, each narrowed apically into a long slender spine. Male. Length about 4-4.2 mm.; wing 4. 6-4. 8 mm. Female. Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 4.5 mm. Rostrum obscure yellow ; palpi brown. Antennae black ; pedicel enlarged ; flagellar segments elongate. Head blackish, gray pruinose. Pronotum and pretergites light yellow. Mesonotal praeseutum with three blackish gray stripes that are confluent or virtually so, lateral borders light yellow ; scutal lobes blackish gray, the median region yellow ; scutellum pale yellow, restrictedly darkened at base, parascutella obscure yellow ; mediotergite darkened on central part and behind, the anterior angles yellowed ; pleurotergite yellowed dorsally, more darkened behind. Pleura with the mesepisternum and sternopleurite weakly darkened, pteropleurites meron and metapleura light yellow; propleura and dorsopleural membrane yellow. Halteres with stem dirty white, knob infuscated. Legs with coxae brownish yellow, fore pair darker in front; trochanters brownish yellow; remainder of legs brown, the outer segments a little darker. Wings faintly tinged with brown, the prearcular and coastal regions more yellowed ; stigma pale brown, ill- delimited ; veins brown, paler in the brightened fields. Venation: Sc long, Scx ending about opposite two-fifths the length of Es, Scx subequal to or shorter than r-m; cell E , unusually large, vein E„ sub- equal to vein E2 + g + i, cell Eg at margin about twice as extensive as cell E0; cell 1st If, small; m-cu at or beyond the fork of M. Abdominal tergites brown, sternites more yellowed ; hypopygium light yellow. Male hypopygium with the basistyle relatively slender, without a distinct apical lobe. Dististyles two, terminal in position; outer style smaller, appearing as a simple blade, broadest beyond midlength, gradually narrowed into a long spine, surface except at ends with abundant micro- scopic setulae; inner style with the body small, the fasciculate setae poorly indicated; outer surface of style produced into a long arm that extends caudad to beyond the level of apex of the outer style, before the obtuse tip with a single powerful black spine; a single seta on stem of arm at near midlength. Phallosome including a subhyaline central structure, its tip obtuse, at near one-third the length bearing a cylindrical arm; gonapo- physes two, elongate, equal in size, broadest on proximal two-thirds, the outer end narrowed into a sinuous spine, the tip acute. Holotype, Parewavir, Nepal, March 26, 1957 (Coher). Allotopotype, 5, March 28, 1957. Paratopotypes, 3 J' $, March 26-28, 1957 (Coher). In its somewhat distinctive venation, the present fly is most like Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) resoluta Alexander, of Malaya, differing in coloration and in the details of venation. The male sex of resoluta is still unknown. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Alexander : Crane-flies 167 Erioptera (Erioptera) regina new species Size large (wing of female 6.8 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum polished fulvous and yellow, pleura yellow with blackened heavily pruinose areas ; halteres yellow ; legs yellow, tips of femora narrowly but con- spicuously black; wings weakly tinged with brown, conspicuously patterned with light yellow, including the base, costal border and a broad seam over the cord; abdominal tergites brownish yellow, conspicuously blackened laterally and on the pleural membrane ; sternites brownish black. Female. Length about 7 mm. ; wing 6.8 mm. Rostrum and palpi brown. Antennae with the scape black, remainder of organ brown ; flagellar segments suboval, the outer ones more elongate, verticils exceeding the segments. Head polished black, vaguely pruinose in front. Pronotum obscure yellow. Mesonotal praescutum and scuta! lobes polished fulvous, the interspaces more brownish yellow; posterior sclerites of notum light yellow. Propleura dark brown ; mesopleura polished yellow to fulvous, with brownish black areas on the anepisternum, ventral sterno- pleurite and metapleura, these regions heavily light gray pruinose ; a blackened spot immediately before the wing root ; dorsopleural membrane yellowed. Halteres short, pale yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs light yellow, the tips of the femora narrowly but very conspicuously black, involving about one-fifteenth of the segment or less. Wings weakly tinged with brown, conspicuously patterned with light yellow, including the prearcular and costal regions and a broad seam over the cord; narrower and less evident yellow areas around the wing tip and along vein Cu to the margin; veins yellow. Venation: Vein 2nd A moderately sinuous, ending opposite the posterior end of the oblique and gently sinuous m-cu. Abdominal tergites obscure orange yellow, the basal segment, lateral borders of the remaining tergites, and the dorsopleural membrane black- ened; sternites brownish black, terminal segment more yellowed. Ovipositor with the cerci horn-yellow, strongly upeurved to the acute tips. Holotype, J, Suna Chudi, Nepal, in jungle, March 23, 1957 (Coher). The most similar regional species is the equally large Erioptera {Erioptera) rex Alexander, of northeastern Burma, which differs especially in the coloration of the body and legs. The abruptly blackened femoral tips of the present fly are particularly dis- tinctive. Molophilus (Molophilus) gurkha new species Belongs to the gracilis group and subgroup; size medium (wing of male 5.3 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum reddish brown, postnotum and dorsal pleura darker ; legs yellow, tarsi brownish black ; wings grayish yellow ; hypopygium yellow, basistyle with only two lobes, both fleshy ; two terminal dististyles, both large and conspicuous; outer style broad on basal 168 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI half, thence strongly bent and narrowed into a long black spine, inner style slender, its outer third blackened and dilated into a head; aedeagus unusually stout. Male. Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 5.3 mm. Rostrum brown; palpi dark brown. Antennae broken beyond the pedicel. Head dark brown. Cervical region and anterior pronotum dark brown, seutellum and pre- tergites yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum chiefly reddish brown, lightly gray pruinose, humeral region more yellowed, pseudosutural foveae pale; scuta! lobes reddish brown, seutellum more testaceous; postnotum darker brown. Pleura brown dorsally and behind, the sternopleurite and meron more yellowed. Halteres weakly darkened, especially the knobs. Legs with all coxae and trochanters pale yellow ; femora and tibiae yellow, the tarsi brownish black. Wings grayish yellow, the prearcular and costal fields clearer yellow; veins brownish yellow, macrotrichia darker. Venation: -B, lying slightly beyond the level of r-m ; -B^ + 5 subequal to r-m; petiole of cell If , approximately three times m-cu ; vein 2nd A gently sinuous, ending before the level of m-cu. Abdomen dark brown ; hypopygium yellow. Male liypopygium having the basistyle with only two lobes, the usual dorsal one apparently lacking, the remaining two placed close together and evidently representing the ventral and mesal lobes, the latter a little smaller. Dististyles two, terminal, large and conspicuous; outer style flattened on more than the basal half, thence bent at a right angle into a long black spine, surface of style glabrous; inner style blackened on the slightly enlarged outer third, the apex a short point, on outer margin near base of the head with a microscopic spinule. Aedeagus unusually stout, the tip very slender. Phallosomie plate relatively broad, the apex narrowly obtuse, surface microscopically setulose. Holotype, J1, Tribhuvia Rath, Nepal, Bhainse-Kathmandu Road Mile 61.7, altitude 1925 meters, April 8, 1957 (Coher). Molopkilus ( Molophilus ) gurkha is readily told from all other generally similar regional species, including M. (M.) incon- spicuus Brunetti, by the structure of the male hypopygium, especially the basistyle, dististyles and aedeagus. Molophilus (Molophilus) sherpa new species Belongs to the gracilis group and subgroup; size small (wing of male less than 3.5 mm.); general coloration of thorax reddish brown; wings narrow, tinged with pale brown, costal region light yellow, vein 2nd A unusually short, ending before the level of m-cu; male hypopygium with the ventral lobe of basistyle with a small blackened point, mesal lobe a larger spine ; two unequal dististyles, the inner one shorter, with a long brush of setae on mesal face. Male. Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.3 mm. Rostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae short, brownish yellow; flagellar Sept.-Dee., 1958] Alexander: Crane-flies 169 segments suboval, basal verticils longer than the segments. Head brown. Pronotum brownish yellow above, dark brown on the sides. Mesonotum almost uniformly reddish brown, the lateral borders narrowly more yel- lowed ; posterior sclerites of notum reddish brown, postnotum vaguely pruinose. Pleura obscure yellow, weakly infuscated dorsally and behind. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob slightly more darkened. Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs broken. Wings narrow, tinged with pale brown, more fulvous in the Anal field, costal area light yellow; veins pale brown. Venation: E2 lying immediately before the level of r-m; petiole of cell M about two and one-half times m-cu; vein 2nd A unusually short, gently sinuous, ending distinctly before the level of m-cu. Abdomen brown, hypopygium more yellowed. Male hypopygium with the dorsal lobe of the basistyle relatively slender, obtuse at tip, with scattered setae to the apex; ventral lobe broad, terminating in a small blackened point or spine; what seems to represent the usual mesal lobe is a single powerful blackened spine. Two dististyles, the outer one long and slender, straight on about the basal six-sevenths, the tip narrowed and curved into a spine, with a small point or tubercle on outer margin at the bend; inner style about two-thirds as long, nearly straight, terminating in a long spine, inner margin at near midlength with a dense brush of long strong black setae. Phallosomic plate broad and obtuse, its surface microscopically setuliferous. Holotype, Baridamar, Nepal, August 2, 1957 (Coher). Molophilus ( Molophilus ) sherpa is quite distinct from the other described Himalayan species in the diagnostic features, especially those of the male hypopygium. While generally sim- ilar to species such as M. (M.) diversilobus Alexander and M. ( M .) inconspicuus Brunetti, it is quite distinct in these structures. Molophilus (Molophilus) lepcha new species Belongs to the gracilis group, procericornis subgroup ; general colora- tion of thoracic dorsum dark reddish brown, pleura more blackened; an- tennae of male more than one-half the length of the wing; male hypopygium with the dorsal lobe of the basistyle longer than the body of the style, its apex narrowed and glabrous; two dististyles, the outer a blackened rod, the tip acute; inner style expanded on basal two-thirds, with sparse setae. Male. Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 5 mm. ; antenna about 3 mm. Rostrum dark brown; palpi black. Antennae of male black throughout, elongate, as shown by the measurements; flagellar segments elongate- fusiform, with very long outspreading black setae, as in the subgroup, these longer than the verticils. Head dark brown. Thoracic dorsum chiefly dark reddish brown, the humeral region of the praescutum and the restricted pretergites obscure yellow. Pleura black- ened, evidently darker than the notum. Halteres broken. Legs with the 170 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LX VI coxae and trochanters yellowed; remainder of legs brownish yellow to light brown, the outer tarsal segments slightly darker. Wings broad, faintly tinged with brown; veins and macrotriehia darker brown. Venation: E2 virtually in transverse alignment with r-m ; petiole of cell M 3 about twice the oblique and somewhat sinuous m—cu; vein 2nd A relatively short, ending opposite the posterior end of m-cu. Abdomen, including the hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygium with the dorsal lobe of the basistyle longer than the body of style, the narrowed glabrous apex slightly curved; ventral lobe basal in position, small, with retrorse setae at apex; mesal lobe apical, very slender, with long setae. Two dististyles, the outer a simple glabrous blackened rod, narrowed very gradually to the acute tip, inner style a trifle shorter, with nearly the basal two-thirds more expanded, provided with sparse setae ; outer third narrowed and blackened, with a few setulae on outer margin im- mediately back from the acute tip. Holotype, Nayagaon, Nepal, altitude 520 meters, March 10, 1957 (Coher). Molophilus ( Molophilus ) lepcha is allied to species such as M. ( M .) laxus Alexander and M. (M.) assamensis Alexander, differing from these and all other regional members of the procericornis subgroup in the structure of the male hypopygium. ( continued from page 160 ) the programs for the coming meetings were completed except for one speaker. Mr. Jacob Huberman, Treasurer, reported that there are 130 paid up members with subscriptions; 13 paid up members without subscriptions; and 196 subscribers without membership. The cash balance on hand is $1112.44 and the capital fund amounts to $4514.05. The Secretary, Dr. Hodgson being absent, Dr. Ruckes was asked to sub- stitute for him. The Nominating Committee (Dr. James Forbes, Chm., Dr. Lucy Clausen and Edwin W. Teale) presented the following slate of Officers for the year 1957 : President, Dr. Asher Treat Vice-president, Dr. William S. Creighton Secretary, Dr. Edward Hodgson Assistant Secretary, Robert Bloch Treasurer, Jacob Huberman Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie Executive Committee: E. Irving Huntington, Dr. A. B. Klots, Dr. Herbert Ruckes. Delegate to the New York Academy of Sciences, Dr. Lucy Clausen. There being no other nominations from the floor the nominations were ( continued on page 177) Sept.-Dee., 1958] Po-Chedley : Starvation 171 EFFECTS OF STARVATION ON FREE AMINO ACIDS IN LARVAL BLOOD OF ORIENTAL BEETLE, ANOMALA ORIENTALIS WATERHOUSE1 By Donald S. Po-Cxtedley Biology Department, Fordham University2 INTRODUCTION Although it has been established that the nonprotein nitrogen concentration of insect haemolymph is high, the amino acids of this component have not been as thoroughly determined. With the development of the paper chromatographic method, data about the free amino acids of insect blood have increased (Auelair, 1953; Auclair and Maltais, 1954). It has been shown by Drilhon (1950), Auclair and Durbeuil (1953) and Micks (1956) that most of the naturally occurring amino acids are represented in the free state in insect blood. While effects of starvation on body protein have been studied in certain insects (Slowtzoff, 1905; Heller, 1926; Lafon, 1941; Ludwig, 1950; Newton, 1954) there are few data pertaining to effects upon blood protein. Heller and Moklowska (1930) re- ported a 40 per cent decrease of blood protein in the moth, Deilephila euphorbiae, during starvation. Beadle and Shaw (1950) found that, while the plasma protein nitrogen of larvae of the neuropteron, Sialis lutaria, fell to 5 per cent of its original value, the nonprotein nitrogen (amino acids) remained con- stant during starvation. Analyses of the blood of starving Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, larvae by Ludwig and Wug- meister (1953) showed that the blood protein nitrogen remained constant and the nonprotein and amino nitrogen components increased approximately two-fold. The object of the present study was to note to what extent starvation affected the plasma amino acids of third instar Oriental beetle, Anomala orientalis, larvae. 1 Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes to ex- press his appreciation to Professor Daniel Ludwig, at whose suggestion and under whose direction this investigation was conducted. 2 Present address: Biology Department, D’Youville College, Buffalo 1, N. Y. 172 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI MATERIAL AND METHODS Larvae of the Oriental beetle were collected in the field and brought into the laboratory. Each larva was placed, individu- ally, in one-ounce ointment tins containing moist soil and a few grains of wheat. The larvae were allowed to feed for two weeks at 25 °C., moisture and food being replenished, when needed. At the end of the feeding period the larvae were placed in in- dividual vials in a desiccator, the base of which was filled with distilled water. Bellucci (1939) observed that under these conditions the water content of larvae remained constant. The larvae were starved for four weeks, analyses being made at the end of each week. Blood was collected from normal and starved larvae, etherized to prevent blood coagulation, according to the procedure re- ported by Ludwig (1951). Pooled, whole blood collected from larvae was used for protein and nonprotein determinations by the micro-Kjeldahl technique of Koch and McMeekin (1924) and for amino nitrogen data by the photometric method of Russel (1944). The preparation of blood for chromatographic amino acid analysis was essentially that described by Pratt (1950). A detailed account pertaining to the separation, identification and concentration of the free and derived amino acids has been reported (Po-Chedley, 1956). OBSERVATIONS The protein, nonprotein and amino nitrogen values are shown in Table 1. The protein nitrogen values were relatively constant TABLE 1 Changes in the Composition of Oriental Beetle Blood during Starvation (Values in Milligrams Per Cent) Degree of Starvation Protein Nitrogen Nonprotein Nitrogen Amino Nitrogen Normal 310.6 511.6 196.8 1 week 300.5 547.3 255.0 2 weeks 336.1 676.5 320.8 3 weeks 329.4 849.8 343.2 4 weeks 340.7 954.1 350.7 Sept.-Dee., 1958] Po-Chedley : Starvation 173 during the four weeks of starvation, the weekly reports ap- proximating the normal average of 310.6 mg. per cent. The nonprotein nitrogen rose steadily from a normal average of 511.6 to a final average of 954.1 mg. per cent. There was a similar increase of amino nitrogen from a normal average of 196.8 to a terminal average of 348.7 mg. per cent. TABLE 2 Changes in the Amino Acids of the Haemolymph of Oriental Beetle Larvae during 4 Weeks of Starvation (Values in Mg. Per Cent Amino Nitrogen) Compound Normal 1 week 2 weeks 3 weeks 4 weeks alpha-alanine 10.8 12.7 18.8 21.6 22.6 alpha-n-amino butyric acid 5.4 5.7 9.7 9.7 10.6 arginine 4.6 5.6 8.2 10.4 11.0 asparagine 3.1 3.4 5.0 1.8 1.5 aspartic acid 4.5 5.0 10.1 13.6 15.3 beta-alanine 3.7 4.4 7.1 7.5 7.7 cystine 1.8 2.1 2.8 2.9 3.0 glutamic acid 6.7 7.3 12.8 14.5 19.5 glutamine 12.4 14.3 18.9 7.4 4.4 glycine 33.1 51.1 68.8 73.4 76.6 histidine 4.8 4.9 7.6 8.6 8.8 isoleucine 10.6 12.2 16.2 17.4 17.4 leucine 7.5 7.7 10.3 11.7 11.5 lysine 7.9 9.3 12.3 13.7 15.5 methionine 5.4 5.8 8.7 9.3 10.0 ornithine 2.5 2.9 5.6 5.8 6.1 phenylalanine 10.4 10.9 11.4 12.3 12.0 proline 2.7 3.8 6.8 7.7 8.2 serine 2.4 3.8 6.0 7.9 8.1 taurine 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.7 6.6 threonine 3.6 4.0 5.4 6.5 8.8 tryptophane 14.6 14.7 18.7 20.2 22.3 tyrosine 12.3 13.4 12.1 6.6 2.2 valine 4.2 4.8 7.8 9.2 10.6 Total 179.8 214.9 296.5 305.4 320.8 The 21 free amino acids and 3 derivatives determined in the blood of this insect and total amino nitrogen values are listed in Table 2. The compounds which occurred in highest concen- tration in normal larvae are glycine, alpha-alanine, glutamine, 174 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI isoleucine, phenly alanine, tryptophane and tyrosine. All of the amino compounds, with the exceptions of the amides and tyro- sine, increased during- the period of inanition. The tyrosine concentration of 12.3 mg. per cent for normal larvae increased to 13.4 by the end of the first week and subsequently decreased to 2.2 mg. per cent at the end of the fourth week. The amides, asparagine and glutamine, increased during the first two weeks before decreasing to their final concentrations of 1.5 and 4.4 mg. per cent, respectively. The amino acids, isoleucine, leucine, arginine and phenylalanine, were relatively constant between the third and fourth weeks of starvation. Glycine existed in highest concentration during all analyses, whereas, cystine was consistently low. discussion The results of this study, which indicate that the blood pro- tein is relatively constant in this insect during starvation, agree with the findings of Ludwig and Wugmeister (1953) for Jap- anese beetle larvae. The stability of blood protein in Oriental beetle larvae suggests its replacement by extravascular protein at a rate equal to its utilization. The increased amino nitrogen concentration in haemolymph of Oriental beetle larvae during starvation augments Newton’s (1954) study. In that investi- gation of total nitrogen in starving Japanese beetle larvae the shift in nitrogen was represented by the increase of amino acids and nitrogen end-products in the blood. It is apparent from Table 2 that the amino nitrogen of this insect is represented by a wide variety of amino acids and their derivatives, which, with three exceptions, increased in concen- tration during inanition. Certain phenomena, which occurred during starvation, may be interpreted on the basis of amino acid changes. The decrease in tyrosine concentration was antici- pated because of observations on the blackening of blood during the bleeding process. The blood of normal and partially starved larvae usually darkens rapidly, when exposed to air, indicating the catalytic action of tyrosinase upon tyrosine to produce a melanin. This color was not as intense during the late weeks of starvation at which time the tyrosine concentration had de- creased to 2.2 mg. per cent. In addition the larvae were also paler than normal at this period. This is in accord with the Sept.-Dee., 1958] Po-Chedley : Starvation 175 findings of Golberg and De Meillon (1948) who found that both tyrosine and phenylalanine influence the pigmentation of the mosquito, Aedes aegypti. The phenylalanine concentration of the Oriental beetle larvae, which was relatively constant during this interval, could not, apparently, compensate for the tyrosine depletion. The increased concentration of the amino acids, aspartic and glutamic, may be due to the conversion and decrease of aspara- gine and glutamine as suggested by IJssing (1946). The high concentration reported for glycine as well as the general increase for the amino acids would appear to result from the general diminished metabolic rate existing during starvation (Bellucci, 1939). In this respect Kutscher and Ackermann (1933), re- ferring specifically to glycine, contended that the rapidity of insect metabolism prevented this acid from accumulating in high concentration in the blood. The increase of arginine during inanition suggests muscle proteolysis with the release and sub- sequent decomposition of phosphoarginine. Cystine values which were relatively constant indicate a retardation of its function as an important agent for moulting (Golberg and De Meillon, 1948). Similar unpublished data for the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, show that both cystine and tyrosine increase in concen- tration prior to eedysis and are present at a reduced level fol- lowing the moult. The two-fold increase of the free amino acids, which was ob- served, does not completely explain the elevated nonprotein nitrogen concentration. It may also depend on the discharge of other nitrogenous compounds, such as glucosamine, urea and various purine derivatives into the haemolymph. SUMMARY 1. Oriental beetle, Anomala orient alis, larvae were starved 4 weeks. Determinations were made on the blood each week to establish changes occurring in the protein, nonprotein, amino nitrogen and free amino acid concentrations. 2. Protein nitrogen values were relatively constant during the entire period of study. Nonprotein and amino nitrogen concen- trations increased approximately two-fold during the same period. 3. Twenty-one free amino acids and three derivatives were 176 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI identified by the paper chromatographic method in the blood of this insect. 4. All of the identified compounds, except tyrosine, asparagine and glutamine, increased in concentration throughout the four weeks of starvation. LITERATURE CITED Auclair, J. L. 1953. Amino Acids in insects. Can. Ent. 85: 63-68. Auclair, J. L. and R. Dubreuil. 1953. Etude sur les acides amines de rhemolymphe des insectes par la methode de chromatographic sur papier filtre. Can. Jour. Zool. 31: 30-41. Auclair, J. L. and J. B. Maltais. 1954. Paper partition chromatography in entomological research. Can. Ent. 86: 377-381. Beadle, L. C. and J. Shaw. 1950. The retention of salt and the regula- tion of the nonprotein nitrogen fraction in the blood of the aquatic larva, Sialis lutaria. Jour. Exp. Biol. 27: 96-109. Bellucci, R. 1939. Respiratory metabolism of starved Japanese beetle larvae ( Popillia japonica Newman) at different relative humidities. Physiol. Zool. 12: 50-56. Drilhon, A. 1950. Etude de la repartition des acides amines libres dans le sang des insectes par la chromatographie de partage. Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 144: 224-226. Goldberg, L. and B. DeMeillon. 1948. The nutrition of the larvae of Aedes aegypti Linnaeus. Bioehem. Jour. 43: 379-387. Heller, J. 1926. Chemisches untersuclmngen liber die metamorphose der insekten. Bioehem. Zeitschr. 172: 74-81. Heller, J. and A. Moklowska. 1930. fiber die zusammensetzung des raupenbluttes bei Deilepliila eupliorbiae und deren Yeranderungen der metamorphose. Bioehem. Zeitschr. 219: 473-489. Koch, E. C. and T. L. McMeekin. 1924. A new direct Nesslerization micro-Kjeldahl method and a modification of the Nessler-Folin reagent for ammonia. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc. 46: 2066-2069. Kutscher, F. and D. Ackermann. 1933. Comparative biochemistry of Vertebrates and Invertebrates. Ann. Rev. Bioehem. 2: 365-376. Lafon, M. 1941. Etude experimental de l’inanition chez Phormia regina Meigen. Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 135: 193-197. Ludwig, D. 1950. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during starva- tion in the grasshopper, Chortopliaga viridif asciata de Geer. Physiol. Zool. 23: 208-213. Ludwig, D. 1951. Composition of the blood of Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) larvae. Physiol. Zool. 24: 329-334. Ludwig, D. and M. Wugmeister. 1953. Effects of starvation on the blood of Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) larvae. Physiol. Zool. 26: 254-259. Micks, D. W. 1956. Paper chromatography in insect taxonomy. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 49: 576-581. Sept. -Dec., 1958 1 Po-Chedley : Starvation 177 Newton, C. J. 1954. Effects of starvation on the composition of Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) larvae. Physiol. Zool. 27: 248-258. Po-Chedley, D. S. 1956. The chromatographic separation of amino acids from insect blood. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 19: 19-22. Pratt, J. J. 1950. A qualitative analysis of the free amino acids in in- sect blood. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 43: 573-580. Russell, J. A. 1944. Note on the colorimetric determination of amino nitrogen. J. Biol. Chem. 156, 467-468. Slowtzoff, B. 1905. Beitrage zur vergleichenden physiologie des hungerstoffwechsels. Beitr. Chem. u. Phy. Path. 4: 170-174. Ussing, H. H. 1946. Amino acids and related compounds in the haemo- lymph of Oryctes nasicornis and Melolontha vulgaris. Acta Phy. Seand. 11: 61-84. ( continued from page 170 ) closed and the Secretary empowered to cast one ballot for the election of these officers. Upon completion of the above business, President Dr. Asher Treat took the Chair and introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. Roman Vishinac, who addressed the gathering on the topic: “Man in the world of Nature.” Dr. Vishniac presented his talk in essentially two parts, the first being an introductory discourse on the complexity of living things and the second being a showing of his remarkable Kodaehrome slides of organisms il- lustrating this complexity. The study of Biology as a science is always in a state of flux and our ideas of the nature and relationship of living things abruptly change from generation to generation. The earlier concept of classification was quite different from that of today. Living things and natural phenomena are now considered much more complicated than heretofore. The basic views are now being subjected to clarification and we have moved forward another step — that to question the origin of life itself. The simplest living matter known today — protoplasm — is extremely com- plex, being made up of a systematic aggregation of numerous organic sub- stances. How these more basic substances came into being is now under consideration. At this point Dr. Vishniac gave a brief resume of the various theses purporting to explain the origin of living matter in nature. Through experimental means some light has been thrown on the subject. Nitrites may be synthesized into amino acids by the use of ultra-violet light; in the process of cooling and condensation the miasma, during the period of the formation of the earth, carbon in the form of carbides or acetylene could possibly form nucleic acids, the building blocks of living matter; by the use of the cyclotron several isotopes of carbon may be formed from simple carbon ; electrical discharges might bring about a polymerization of carbon and thus produce complex molecules; by subject- ing simple basic substances to very high temperatures and pressure, complex end-products may be produced. All these are possibilities in explaining the ( continued on page 178 ) 178 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI ( continued from page 177) first step in tlie formation of living matter. Still other phenomena might be involved — these yet to be discovered. It is possible that life arose by the application of several of these phenomena simultaneously. Thus a polyphyletic descent of the now living things from the primordial, might have occurred. Dr. Vishniac calculates that the one or two billion years that living matter is supposed to be in existence is not enough time for the formation of the great variety of living things we see around us today. He, therefore, supposes that the primordial living substances came into being, not all at once or in one locality but were formed, possibly in different ways and in different places in successive periods of the earth’s history — indeed may be in the process of being formed today in a way similar to that in the earlier eons. Such a thesis could not only explain the great diversity and quantity of living things in the world today but might also account for the rapid evolution that took place in almost all groups of plants and animals. The whole concept of nature is of utmost importance and interest to man. Without the other living organisms around us, we would be unable to exist. We depend upon many of them for food, clothing, shelter and protection. But more than this — living things are beautiful. With their beautiful shapes, bright colors and mathematical symmetry they are the acme of perfection. In their behavior, their courtship and reproduction they are at times most bewildering. This is the esthetic side of the picture and must not be overlooked. Indeed, were it not for our appreciation of the beauty of nature, life, after all would be rather drab. By the use of his extraordinary colored slides, Dr. Vishniac portrayed the whole gamut of life, from crystalloid enzymes arid hormones to the beautiful slime molds and protozoa, thence through the lichens, fungi, ferns and coelenterates to the floAvering plants and vertebrates. Insects in flight were most remarkably illustrated and the universal interdependence of all living things was shown by a feeding praying mantis, pollinating bees, and para- sitic ichneumon wasps. A very appreciative audience applauded Dr. Vishniac’s presentation of his subject. There being no other business, the meeting adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Herbert Ruckes, Secretary, pro tern. Meeting of February 5, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; President Treat presiding. The secretary Avas instructed to send a letter of sympathy to Dr. and Mrs. Vishniac, who Avere injured in an automobile accident. The Society moved unanimously to extend to Dr. Forbes, Mrs. Vaurie, and Mr. Huberman their thanks for valuable service to the Society in ordering the records and the stock of Journals. In keeping with the tradition of the Society, the new President, Dr. Asher Treat, presented a talk on “Hearing in Insects, Birds, and Man”. Dr. ( continued on page 190 ) Sept.-Dee., 1958] Moure: Megalopta 179 ON THE SPECIES OF MEGALOPTA DESCRIBED BY F. SMITH (HYMENOPTERA, APOIDEA) By J. S. Moure, C.M.F.1 Universidade de Parana, Curatiba, Brasil and University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. The genus Megalopta F. Smith has a quite deceptive history when one considers the way it has been interpreted by subsequent authors. Even F. Smith included in it various unrelated Halictinae whose positions are indicated below. The most important error was made by Cockerell in 1900 when he designated Megalopta bituberculata as the type of the genus. It is further strange that Sandhouse (1943), when listing this species as the type, cited Meade-Waldo (1916, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 17 : 451) as the author who made the designation. Actually, Cockerell (1900, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 374) could hardly have been more categorical. He said, i(M. bituberculata Smith is to be regarded as the type of Megalopta As I have already stated in another paper, Cockerell ’s designa- tion is not in accord with Smith’s diagnosis, which refers clearly to the female, although bituberculata was described from the male. This can be shown also by reference to figures 13 and 14 of Smith’s plate III. The antennae have twelve segments and the drawing of the labrum shows a configuration that could only be a female. The labrum is also minutely described in Smith’s generic description and attention is called to the longitudinal carina, broadened basally, a character of females. The drawing of the wing undoubtedly corresponds to M. bituberculata, as shown by the position of the first m-cu considerably anterior to the apex of the second submarginal cell. However, in the de- scription the reference is evidently to the type of wing of M. idalia. Moreover, the name, and the indication of large ocelli in the description, are only applicable to M. idalia. 1 I wish to acknowledge aid received from the National Science Founda- tion through the University of Kansas which made my trip to the British Museum possible. It is a pleasure also to acknowledge a travel grant (GA-BMR-5611) received from the Rockefeller Foundation for the trip to the United States. Dr. C. D. Micliener assisted by translating portions of this paper into English. 180 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI For the reasons indicated above, I have no doubt whatever that M. idalia is automatically the type species of the genus, in spite of the earlier designations of hituberculata. This was also the viewpoint of Ducke, to whom I referred previously [Moure, 1943, Rev. Ent. (Rio de Janeiro), 14: 480-481]. My Tmetocoelia, with Megaiopta sulciventris Friese as the type, is a synonym of Megaiopta as here interpreted. When I erected this genus, I did so on the basis of Meade-Waldo’s key (1916) which stated that the third sternite of M. idalia is normal or almost normal. Actually, in M. idalia, it is profoundly bi- lobed, with a deep notch between the lobes. Equally, Megaloptella Schrottky, 1906, having as type Halidas ochrias Vachal, is a synonym of Megaiopta. As the male of M. idalia runs exactly to H. ochrias in Vachal ’s key, it is probably the same species or at least a very close one. Megaloptidia Cockerell, 1900, is a good group (genus or sub- genus) among the Megaloptas. I had an opportunity to study the type species in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, and made the following notes (type number 345) : General aspect as in Megommation, differing principally as follows : Sternites 1 to 3 with normal, weakly recurved, margins, fourth bilobed with profound median notch and the resulting lobes quite pilose, fifth membranous and normal with the margin practically straight, sixth truncate — bilobed with the notch very superficial. The labrum has the apical angle obtuse, almost right angular, and is strongly bowed in the basal two thirds, without a median carina, broader than long (22 : 16) . The supra- clypeal area is broader medially than the upper part of the clypeus, because of the outward curvature of the subantennal sutures which narrow the paraocular areas. The frontal line is cariniform, confined to the interantennal elevation, without entering on the frons proper. The wings are rather notably pilose, the pterostigma four times longer than broad (58:14) and the prestigma a little longer than width of pterostigma (18: 14) ; the marginal cell is quite elongate and tapering in the free part, four times as long as broad (128: 30), and the apical free part almost twice as long as basal part occupied by the submarginal cells (90:40) ; distance to wing tip, taken from a line perpendicular to apex of cell, about a third of length of cell (44: 128) ; first submarginal cell longer than the two following Sept.-Dee., 1958] Moure: Megalopta 181 together (proportions on vein M 60 : 18 : 34) ; second submarginal cell smaller, higher than long and receiving first m-cu at its apex; hamuli 10 on each wing. I was able to find in the Hope Museum, Oxford University, the type of Halictus insignis. This species was designated as the type of Megommation. The specimens on which I based the generic description are conspecific with the type, and also with material of Megalopta ( Megaloptella ) ipomoeae Schrottky, whose synonymy 1 can now confirm. It is noteworthy that Bates refers to nesting of Megalopta ianthina Smith in branches of trees while nests of Megommation insigne (Smith) in the soil were found by C. D. Michener and R. B. Lange. Ariphanarthra continues as an aberrant group of Megaloptas, distinguished by highly specialized characters, especially the greatly elongated palpi to which I called attention in my paper of 1951 (Dusenia, 2: 139). Considering the species described by Smith, the following de- scriptions and comments show present generic positions, as well as some new synonymy. New generic and subgeneric names are proposed for two of them, M. loituberculata and M. ornata. 1. Megalopta idalia Smith, 1853 Type female: 17. a. 1276. British Museum. Size: Length 11.20 mm.; wing, including tegula, 9.20 mm.; head and abdominal widths 2.85 mm. and 3.80 mm. Basal area of propodeum a little shorter than metanotum, smooth, limited by a very thin, delicate carina. Eye length more than twice upper inter- orbital distance, and this less than lower interorbital distance (112:51:69 and maximum interorbital distance 80) 2 ; interocellar distance almost four times ocellocular distance and slightly longer than transverse diameter of median ocellus (19:5:17); ocelloccipital distance almost equal to in- terocellar, but a little shorter than orbitoccipital distance as measured in dorsal view (20: 19: 23) ; clypeal length almost half of clypeocellar distance (42:78); interalveolar distance shorter than alveolorbital (13:18), but alveolocellar as long as subantennal suture (35: 35); proportional lengths of scape, pedicel and four basal segments of flagellum as 65 : 8 : 10 : 8 : 11 : 12 and maximum diameter of flagellum 12. Type locality: Santarem, Para, Brasil (53/60). 2 All the measurements were made with 50 times magnification, and 1 division of the micrometric oculer corresponds actually to 20 microns (q), or if multiplied by 0.02, to millimeters. 3 The alveoli concerned are the antennal sockets. 182 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI 2. Megalopta pur pur at a Smith, 1879. Type male, 17. a. 1273. British Museum. Size: Length 13.40 mm.; wing, including tegula, 12.60 mm.; head and abdominal widths 3.58 mm. and 3.60 mm. Brown-ferruginous, with some metallic bronze reflections on head, sides of mesoscutum, scutellum, episterna and propodeum. Pubescence long and fuscous, but pale on genae, propodeum, and ventral side. Propodeum bowed, with a short (less than half length of metanotum), shining, shal- lowly micro-reticulate basal area. Third sternite deeply notched, bilobate, the notch deeper on fourth sternite, at its bottom with a strong, almost perpendicularly raised spine and lobes projected in a point backwards and with outer sides emarginate ; fifth sternite membranaceous, slightly emargi- nate on its middle, the emargination a little deeper on sixth. Eye length less than twice upper interorbital distance, but almost twice lower interorbital distance (120: 74: 62 and maximum interorbital distance 96) ; interocellar distance a little longer than ocellorbital, and almost equal to transverse diameter of median ocellus (18:13:17); ocelloccipital distance longer than interocellar, and equal to ocelloccipital distance (22:18:22); clypeal length conspicuously longer than half clypeocellar distance (44:75); interalveolar distance a little longer than alveolorbital (18: 15), and alveolocellar slightly shorter than subantennal suture (32: 33). Antennae missing. Type locality: Tefe (=Ega), Amazonas Brasil. (70/16) 3. Megalopta ianthina Smith, 1861 Augochlora calliope Cockerell, 1905, Entomologist, 38: 37 (new synonym ) . Type female, 17. a. 1023. British Museum. Type female of A. calliope 17. a. 1031, in the same Museum. This species and the following one can be distinguished from any other Megalopta by having a relatively large head and small ocelli. Color separates ianthina from nigrofemorata at first sight. Postocellar sulci very conspicuous. Punctures very small on the posterior disc of mesoscutum, interspaces polished and 7 to 10 times puncture diame- ter. Basal area of propodeum half length of metanotum with weak radiat- ing rugulae all over its surface. Basitibial plate small, weakly margined ; inner hind tibial spur pectinate with four spines. Eye length almost equal to upper interorbital distance and shorter than lower interorbital distance (109: 104: 117 and maximum interorbital distance 125) ; interocellar distance less than ocelloeular, but almost twice transverse diameter of median ocellus (23: 29: 12); ocelloccipital distance almost twice interocellar, but a little shorter than orbitoccipital distance (43: 23: 47) ; clypeus much shorter than half clypeocellar distance (32: 85) and almost four times broader than long; interalveolar distance much Sept— Dec., 1958] Moure : Megalopta 183 shorter than alveolorbital (23:38), but alveolocellar conspicuously longer than subantennal suture (43:30); proportional lengths of scape, pedicel and five basal segments of flagellum as 74 : 8 : 11 : 10 : 11 : 12 : 13 and maxi- mum diameter 12. Measurements of the same distances on the type of calliope demonstrate conspicuous allometry. They are as follows : Eye length, upper lower and maximum interorbital distances as 98:79:85 and 95; interocellar, ocel- locular and transverse diameter of median ocellus as 20 : 20 : 10, and vertex notably shorter than on type specimen of ianthina as shown by ocelloccipital and orbitoccipital distances respectively 25 : 27. Clypeal length and clype- ocellar distance as 31: 75, and clypeus only three times broader than long; interalveolar distance shorter than alveolorbital (17: 25) and alveolocellar longer than subantennal suture (39:27); proportional lengths of scape, pedicel and four basal segments of flagellum as 60 : 8 : 10 : 8 : 10 : 11 and maximum diameter 11. Size: Length 9.8 mm.; wing, including tegula, 8.55 mm.; head and abdominal widths 3.04 mm. and 3.45 mm. Type locality for botli ianthina and calliope: Tefe (=Ega), Amazonas, Brasil. The specimen labelled M. ianthina is from Smith’s collection, the other is numbered 58/6. 4. Megalopta nigrofemorata Smith, 1879. Type female: 17. a. 1020. British Museum. Size : Length 9.60 mm. ; wing, including tegula, 8.80 mm. ; head and abdominal widths 3.4 mm. and 3.68 mm. Eye length exceeding upper interorbital distance, almost equal to lower one (100:88:95 and maximum interorbital distance 98); interocellar distance shorter than ocellocular distance and a little less than twice trans- verse diameter of anterior ocellus (19:25:11); ocelloccipital distance shorter than orbitoccipital but conspicuously longer than interocellar distance (27:32:19); clypeus a little shorter than half clypeocellar distance (35:78), its width 2.6 times its length; interalveolar distance shorter than alveolorbital distance (20:29) and alveolocellar distance much longer than subantennal suture (42:28); proportional lengths of scape, pedicel and four basal segments of flagellum as 65 : 8 : 10 : 8 : 10 : 11.5 and maximum diameter of flagellum 11.5. Radiating rugulae of basal area of propodeum weaker than in ianthina , and punctures of tergites shallower. Lateral corners of pronotum a little less produced. Type locality: Tefe (=Ega), Amazonas, Brasil. (70/16). Megaloptodes new genus Type species: Megalopta bituberculata F. Smith, 1853. The systematic relations of this species are not very evident. The supraelypeal area and, principally, the clypeus, are very 184 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI flat thus differing from other members of the Megalopta group. Even more distinctive is the lack of a pre-episternal sulcus on the mesepisternum. The pronotum is completely rounded all the way to the lobes without vestiges of the pronotal crest nor of the humeral angles. Although in Megommation and Megalop- tidia the pronotum also lacks a crest, the humeral angles are clearly evident. This character is emphasized in M. bituber cu- lata because the mesoscutum is truncate anteriorly and not arcuately procurved as in Megalopta and the groups mentioned above. Another point that indicates separation from the Megaloptas is the aspect of the wing venation. The free apical part of the marginal cell in Megaloptodes is approximately equal to the basal part occupied by the submarginal cells, while in the Mega- loptini (Moure, 1943) the free part is about twice as long as the part occupied by the submarginal cells. Equally, the sterna without any modification and the last tergite which is truncate — bidentate are found exclusively in Megaloptodes, as are the two notable scutellar tubercles. Knowledge of the female would clarify the position of the genus. Also, study of the genitalia might give indications of its relations. However, since the type is a unique and in none too good a state of preservation, I decided not to attempt a dissection. Male. — Punctures small and shallow. Without yellow marks and almost without metallic reflections. Tergites without basal or marginal bands of tomentous pubescence, or fringes of bristles. a) Head moderate sized; face rather narrow; gena in profile narrower than eye and rounded. b) Labrum rather short and broad (50: 30), apex almost right angular, without median carina, and labral plate reduced to a vestigial rounded transverse basal carina. Labial palpi long, first segment as long as three following together; maxillary palpi a little longer than apical part of galea and this less than half length of eye (47 : 116). Mandibles mucronate, simple. c) Clypeus flat, slightly broader than long (58:50), with a shallow median carina, projecting but little below lower orbital tangent, but sur- passing and overhanging labro-clypeal articulation ; lateral parts of epistomal suture diverging downwards and almost touching orbits. Supra- clypeal area very weakly bowed, parallel-sided, almost twice as broad as paraocular area. Frons much shorter than clypeus and the frontal line shallowly sulcate, not carinate. Antennal alveoli closer to orbits than each to the other (15:22), placed on upper third of face, with alveolocellar Sept.-Dee., 1958] Moure: Megalopta 185 distance as long as subantennal suture (30: 30). Malar area almost linear, one fortieth of eye length. d) Eyes practically glabrous, large, slightly emarginate, converging in upper forth. Eye length almost twice upper interorbital distance and this slightly longer than lower interorbital distance (116: 65: 60 and maxi- mum interorbital distance 83). Ocelli rather moderate sized, their diame- ters a little more than antennal alveolar diameters; interocellar distance longer than median ocellar diameter and twice ocellocular distance (22: 15: 10). Vertex short and rounded; postocellar sulci almost vestigial. e) Scape longer than alveolocellar distance (45: 30) or than pedicel and two basal flagellar segments together (45: 8: 13: 20) ; second flagellar seg- ment almost twice as long as its diameter; other segments missing. f) Pronotum without crista and lateral laminae, rounded and just applied to mesoscutum, without humeral angles and without antero-lateral carinae. Mesoscutum not produced, truncate-rounded in front; median line, prescutal (notauli) and parapsidal sutures very shallow. Mesepisterna with pre- episternal suture inconspicuous. Scutellum bituberculate, tubercles broad low cones. g) Tegula of medium size, not dilated posteriorly. Pterostigma rather narrow (50: 15), prestigma wide and short (12: 10); marginal cell rather narrow (108: 25) and distance from its apex to wing tip more than half length (108:74). Third submarginal cell longer than first, second the smallest, subquadrate, proportional lengths on M as 47 : 16 : 53 ; first m-cu in apical third of second submarginal cell, and second m-cu three tenths from apex of third submarginal cell (or 5 and 15 from apex respectively). Hamuli 11 per wing. h) Legs normal. Proportional lengths of femur, tibia, and basitarsus of second pair as 80: 62: 61; of third pair as 100: 106: 83; no basitibial plate : a dense fringe of medium-sized hairs on distal half of inner side of middle tibia. i) Propodeum short, bowed. Basal area very conspicuous and with some irregular rugae, limited by a sharp thin carina. Postero-lateral carinae very short, upper postero-lateral angles rounded. j ) Abdomen broad, sides subparallel ; tergites with broad sub-membranous marginal depressions, wider on middle, rather narrow on first tergite. Seventh tergite broadly truncate, with a small tooth on each side. Six visible sternites, normal, neither emarginate or depressed; graduli present at least on second, third, and fourth sternites. 5. Megaloptodes bituberculatus (Smith, 1853) new combination Megalopta bituberculata Smith, 1853, Cat. Hym. Br. Mus., 1 : 84 Type male: 17. a. 1275. British Museum. Size : Length 11.6 mm. ; wing, including tegula, 9 mm. ; head and ab- dominal widths 3.28 mm. and 3.65 mm. Face and thorax rather densely plumoso-pubescent. Scutellum bitubercu- late, almost as in Rhathymus. 186 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Type locality : Amazonas, Brasil. From the F. Smith collec- tion. 6. Neocorynura pilosa (Smith, 1879) Megalopta pilosa Smith, 1879, Descr. N. Sp. Hym., p. 48. Type female : 17. a. 1024. British Museum. Size: Length 8.4 mm.; wing, including tegula, 7.4 mm.; head and ab- dominal widths 2.4 mm. and 2.7 mm. Eye length much longer than upper interorbital distance, this longer than lower interorbital distance, but shorter than maximum interorbital distance at emargination (80:61:54:85); interocellar distance shorter than ocellocular, but larger than transverse diameter of median ocellus (13:18:9); ocelloccipital distance longer than interocellar but a little shorter than orbitoccipital (17:13:23). Clypeal length less than half clypeocellar distance (31: 66), 1.7 times broader than long. Interalveolar distance a little less than alveolorbital (16:20), and alveolocellar slightly longer than subantennal suture (30:28). Proportional lengths of scape, pedicel, and four basal articles of flagellum as 54 : 8 : 8 : 6 : 9 : 10, maxi- mum flagellar diameter 12. Pronotum with humeral corners strongly salient. Mesoscutum strongly produced forward and bilobate. Metasoma moderately claviform. Color and pubescence as in Smith’s description. Punctures on clypeus and supra - clypeal area larger than on frons, but smaller than on disc of first tergite, interspaces polished on apical half of clypeus and larger than punctures, of the same size and reticulate above, and duller on supraclypeal area. On mesoscutum punctures very crowded and uniform, on scutellum finer and shallower with some large punctures scattered; on first tergite large and deep on disc, smaller and closer towards borders; on following tergites dense and small. Type locality: Sao Paulo de Olivenca, Amazonas, Brasil (70/ 16). In my collection is one specimen from Tingo Maria, Peru. 7. N eocorynura cuprifrons (Smith, 1879) Megalopta cuprifrons Smith, 1879, Descr. N. Sp. Hym., p. 49. Type female: 17. a. 1025. British Museum. Size: Length 8.8 mm.; wing, including tegula, 7.7 mm.; head and ab- dominal widths 2.6 mm. and 3.0 mm. Pronotum with humeral angles and anterior part of mesoscutum as in N. pilosa. Inner hind tibial spur pectinate with 5-6 spines. Punctures very dense (interspaces cariniform) on frons, mesoscutum and rnesepi- sterna; larger and sparser on clypeus and supraclypeal area, interspaces as large as punctures, polished and shining; on scutellum a little smaller and sparser than on mesoscutum, with some larger punctures scattered ; on propodeum punctures large as on clypeus, interspaces as large as punctures Sept.— Dec., 1958] Moure: Megalopta 187 and covered Avith very fine punctures; on first tergite deep and large on disc, sparser toAvards base, denser and smaller toAvards posterior margin and sides ; on second tergite slightly smaller than on mesoscutum, deep and very eroAvded, on third and folloAving tergites much smaller. Basal area of propodeum Avith numerous (24-26) regularly radiating striae, median ones Avith apices bifurcate. Eye length longer than upper interorbital distance and this greater than loAver interorbital distance, but maximum interorbital distance longer than eye (85:65:57:92). Interocellar distance shorter than ocellocular, greater than transverse diameter of median ocellus (14:18:9); ocelloc- cipital distance greater than interocellar distance but shorter than orbitoc- cipital (19:14:25). Clypeal length half clypeocellar distance (34:67), 1.5 times as broad as long. Interalveolar distance shorter than alveolorbital (17: 22) and alveolocellar distance (between closer borders of antennal sockets and median ocellus) longer than subantennal suture (32: 28). Proportional lengths of scape, pedicel and four basal segments of flagellum as 57 : 8 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 and maximum diameter of flagellum 13. Type locality: Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Amazonas, Brasil (70/ 16). 8. Augochloropsis ( Augochloropsis ) vivax (Smith, 1879) Megalopta vivax Smith, 1879, Descr. N. Sp. ITym., p. 48. Type female: 17. a. 1224. British Museum. Size: Length 8.4 mm.; wing, including tegula, 6.26 mm.; head and ab- dominal widths 2.6 mm. and 2.8 mm. Vertex rounded. Humeral corners of pronotum salient, with a small outer emargination ; lateral cariiia expanded in a broad lamina with a small sinuosity a little before outer emargination, partially translucent and ending in an acute angle on lobes. Mesocutum broadly shining on disc (interspaces sometimes large as 5 diameters of punctures and with a shallow micro-tessellation), punctures denser toward sides and forward, and very crowded and coarse on anterior corners as on frons; rough and shallower on loAver paraocular areas, much sparser on clypeus and supraclypeal area (interspaces shining and 2 to 5 times broader than punctures), with some transverse rugae on upper half of supraclypeal area; on mesepisterna deeper, on metepisterna finer and denser, also on proximal part of pro- podeum, but sparser backward and downwards; postero-lateral angles of propodeum broadly polished and posterior surface shining but with scattered deep punctures; moderately strong on sides of first and second tergites, shallower on discs and sparser toAvard bases ; marginal depressions on first and second tergites smooth, on third and fourth with a median area finely and densely punctured, leaving a narrow smooth fascia on basal and marginal border of these depressions. Legs pale-brownish, with some green reflections on tibiae, conspicuous on anterior ones. Inner hind spur pectinate with six teeth, the spur broadened at base. Marginal pale fringes on first and second tergites very well developed, on first larger than marginal depression, on second a little shorter in middle and at extreme 188 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI sides, tlie two fringes of the same length (9) and uniform. Semierect black bristles on discs of tergites 2 to 5, most conspicuous on the third. Basal area of propodeum semilunar with strong uniform radiating striae (about 26). Eye length longer than upper interorbital distance, and this longer than lower one, but maximum interorbital distance longer than eye length (81: 75:63:90). Interocellar distance a little shorter than ocellocular, but longer than twice transverse diameter of median ocellus (20:23:9). Clypeal length half of clypeocellar distance (as measured between upper part of epistomal suture and lower border of median ocellus) (30:60). Interalveolar distance shorter than alveolorbital (19: 21), but alveolocellar distance twice as long as subantennal suture (35:18). Proportional lengths of scape, pedicel and four basal segments of flagellum as 46 : 7 : 8 : 6:7:8 and maximum flagellar diameter 10. Frontal carina shorter than distance to median ocellus (18:23). Anterior edge of clypeus with a strong tooth on each side. Type locality: Para, Brasil. N. 70/16. A. atropos is a very different species by having denser punc- tnration on mesoscntnm, and interspaces two to three puncture diameters in width, reticulate and duller, pronotal corners ob- tuse without lateral notch, and vertex transversely roof-shaped. Augochloropsis (G-lyptochlora) new subgenus Type species: Megalopta ornata Smith, 1879. This subgenus has points of similarity to the subgenus Glypto- l)asia, which it resembles by the foveate puncturation (even coarser than in that subgenus) and by the form of the pro- podeum, whose lateral posterior carinae unite in a transverse carina closing the area of the propodeum posteriorly. In Glyp- tobasia the vertex is rounded and not roof-shaped, and the marginal depressions of the abdominal terga are normal and with fringes of coarse bristles on the first and second terga. Female. — Metallic,- with very large and deep punctures on frons, thorax and propodeum, on mesoscutum and scutellum with diameters of 0.02 mm. ; without marginal bristle-fringes (“vibrissae”) on first and second tergites. a) Head much as in Augochloropsis s. str., face between orbital sinuses broader than eye length (98: 108) ; gena in profile as broad as eye, sharply margined. b) Labrum elongato-cuspidate, its basal half occupied by a thick bi- tuberculate labral plate, distal half membranous, subsemicircular, sur- mounted by a carina projecting beyond apex and on its borders with some short upturned bristles. Labial and maxillary palpi normal, short. Apical part of galea one fifth of eye length (100: 20). Mandible bidentate, apical Sept.-Dee., 1958] Moure: Megalopta 189 tooth broad, inner one much smaller, a small emargination on inner margin, simulating a third tooth. c) Clypeus and supraclypeal area bowed; clypeus projecting a little beyond lower orbital tangent, almost twice as broad as long; epistomal suture evenly bent and lower clypeal corner separated from orbit by half an ocellar diameter. Frons longer than clypeus (50:42), frontal line carinate on its distal half. Antennal alveoli slightly closer to each other than to orbits (22: 25), placed almost on middle of face, and alveolocellar distance much longer than subantennal suture (37: 24). Malar area linear. d) Eyes glabrous, with inner sides sinuate. Ocelli normal, inter ocellar distance equal to ocellorbital, and about twice median ocellar diameter. Vertex sharply transversely roofed, posterior ocelli one diameter from crest of vertex, posterior surface steep and slightly concave; without posto- cellar sulci. e) Scape very long (163), surpassing vertex; second flagellar segment a little shorter than third, but together longer than first (11: 8: 9: 11 and diameter 14). f) Pronotum with crista concave in middle, meeting at an obtuse angle the very broad straight lateral lamina, which ends in a right angle on pronotal lobe ; antero-lateral Carina present, beginning at dorso-lateral angles and going down. Mesoscutum produced forward in an up-turned, medially notched, lamina ; median line and parapsidal sutures narrow, sharp and straight. Pre-episternal suture formed by a row of pits a little larger than punctures. Scutellum normal. g) Tegula elongato-elliptic. Pterostigma almost four times longer than broad (50:13); prestigma twice as long as broad (15:7); marginal cell shortly appendiculate, a little less than four times its width (95:27) distance from its apex to wing tip more than two thirds of its length (95: 70). First submarginal cell as long as second and third together (on marginal cell 54: 17:37), second the smallest, subquadrate, receiving first m-cu at its end, and second m-cu one seventh of its length from apex of third. Hamuli 11 per wing. h) Legs normal; second basitarsus slightly shorter than tibia (70: 60); hind tibia much shorter than tarsal segments together, and basitarsus three fourths of tibial length (220:160:90); basitibial plate absent; inner hind spur pectinate, with 7 to 8 teeth; femoral scopa strongly developed, dense, tibial scopa short but dense. i) Propodeum with its posterior face subquadrate, outlined by a strong sublaminate carina; horizontal area smooth, well developed, defined by strong upper and postero-lateral carinae and enclosing the basal semilunar area, slightly depressed, with a median strong carina and some weaker radiating ones (about 18). j) Tergites 1 and 2 without marginal fringe of bristles; marginal de- pressions very wide and broadened medially, on third tergite occupying more than two thirds of exposed portion. First sternite strongly carinate on its basal third, and its margin slightly recurved; margin of second straight, of third to fifth broadly procurved ; graduli present only on second and third sternites. 190 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI 9. Augochloropsis ( Glyptochlora ) ornata (Smith, 1879) Megalopta ornata Smith, 1879, Descr. N. Sp. Hym., p. 49. Type female: 17. a. 1274. British Museum. Size: Length 10.0 mm.; wing, including tegula, 9.0 mm.; head and ab- dominal widths 3.12 mm. and 4.0 mm. Type locality: Sao Paulo de Olivenqa, Amazonas, Brasil (70/ 16). Augochloropsis refulgens (Smith, 1861) (Type 2 17. a. 1245) [= A. deidamia Smith, 1879, type 2 17. a. 1253] shares some char- acters with A. ornata, as the sharply roofed vertex, broadly ex- panded lateral lamina on pronotum, and lack of fringe of bristles on the first and second tergites, but the mesonotum, propodeum and marginal depressions are normal as in Augochloropsis . Augochloropsis atropos (Smith, 1879) [Type 2 17. a. 1254] is also closely related to refulgens , but has well developed marginal fringes on the first and second tergites. ( continued from page 178 ) Treat began with an explanation of the lateral line sensory mechanism of fish. The lateral line enables fish to locate the source of moving objects which are not themselves in direct contact with the fish. From this type of hearing mechanism, two main lines of evolution, one for amphibians and another for reptiles, birds, and mammals, have evolved ... in relation to the aquatic or terrestrial habitats. Among insects, including most of the orthoptera, many hemiptera, and lepidoptera, the basic mechanisms of hearing are quite unlike those of any vertebrate. Insect tympanic organs are sensitive not to pressure changes as such, but to actual mechanical movements of the tympanic membrane, or, in other words, to the actual particles which move the membrane. Dr. Treat drew upon his own work on hearing in noctuid moths to explain some of the neurophysiological aspects of insect hearing. The noctuid moth has only 2 sense cells associated with the tympanic membrane. Although certain noctuid moths have a great range of frequency sensitivity, extending up to well over 100,000 cycles per second, they cannot discriminate different frequencies, and could never be “out of tune”. The minimum energy necessary to excite the noctuid tympanic mechanism is roughly comparable to that in vertebrates — which is about the maximum sensitivity that could exist before simple Brownian movement of particles in the auditory mechanism would excite the sensory cells. Dr. Treat showed slides of the nerve impulse messages recorded from the sensory cells in the noctuid auditory organ. ( continued on page 222) Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 191 THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN WILLIAM HENRY EDWARDS AND SPENCER FULLERTON BAIRD. PART I * Annotated by F. Martin Brown Some years ago while visiting with the late Dr. Austin Clark and his charming wife in their Washington, D. C., home the con- versation turned to my interest in the history of American ento- mologists. Mrs. Clark, who has recently retired as Librarian of the Smithsonian Institution, suggested that when the Baird papers were accessible they might yield some interesting corre- spondence between Edwards and Baird. None of the three of us that evening realized how prophetic Mrs. Clark’s statement was to be. Since that time the Smithsonian Institution has built a vault to hold its archives and the Baird papers have been put in order. Through the good offices of Mrs. Clark and Mr. Ever- ard De Atley, archivist of the Smithsonian, I have been able to read and organize the entire Edwards-Baird correspondence. The letters from Edwards and other correspondents to Baird are bound in annual volumes. They are arranged alphabetically in groups by the writers’ surnames and within a group by date. These are relatively easy to read although at times the binding has obscured a line or so of script. The letters from Baird to his correspondents are in copybooks. The copy was transferred from the original letter by pressing a moist piece of tissue paper against the letter. Reading them is a task of an entirely different order ! Some of them were made with the tissue too wet and a badly smeared copy resulted. Others were made with too dry tissue and only a bit of a letter here and there made a bold trans- fer. Most of the letters fall between these extremes and are reasonably legible. Mr. De Atley had microfilms prepared for me of all of the letters involved. The great majority of these I enlarged from the 35 mm. rolls of film to four by five inch photographic prints. A few were printed by the Eastman Recordak method through the good offices of Mrs. Dolores Renze, State Archivist for Colo- rado. The prints were then transcribed and the typescript of the entire collection put into chronological order. Mr. Cyril dos * Published with the permission of the Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 192 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvi Passos has checked my reading' of most of the letters. There still are a few words in some of the Baird letters that defy both of ns. My greatest problem has been how to present the material in these letters so other entomologists may derive the maximum benefit from them. I have come to the conclusion that the best thing to do is to publish them in their entirety and to annotate them to the best of my ability. The next decision to be made was how to publish this mass of important material. Commercial publication was out of the question. Too few copies are needed to satisfy the limited market for such a book to interest any pub- lisher. The Smithsonian Institution has such limited funds for publication that it was felt unreasonable to devote any to the publication of material with such a restricted appeal as these letters. However, the Secretary of the Institution was “ pleased to give its [the Institution’s] permission for such a worthwhile effort to be published in the Journal of the New York Entomologi- cal Society.” Several little or unknown interesting facts developed as I began to work with this material. I doubt that any entomologist pre- viously realized the great part that Spencer Fullerton Baird played in the development of our science in America. It does not take much reading of these letters to demonstrate how great an influence he had upon William Henry Edwards who is ac- knowledged the greatest rhopalocerist yet to develop in this country. Baird supplied Edwards with masses of material, put him in contact with collectors over the entire continent, helped him to solve knotty taxonomic problems and above all gave him advice and encouragement to produce The Butterflies of North America , Edwards’ masterpiece. The title for this magnificent work was suggested by Baird. From this point on I let the two great naturalists speak to you in their own words written a century ago. 477* Newburgh, New York 13th Oct. 1859 * Numbers in the upper left hand corner of a letter received by Baird refer to the index numbers placed upon the letter in the Smithsonian Archives. No earlier correspondence between Edwards and Baird than this letter has been found thus far in the tiles. It is obvious that there was earlier correspondence. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown : Correspondence 193 Bear Sir. Much obliged to you for your kind recollection of me in the matter of Kirby1 2 3 4. I ordered the book at once from Waterman. 2 Can you give me the name of any entomologist in Canada who will be a good one to exchange with? Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof. S. F. Baird Washington 478 Newburgh. 13th Nov. 1859 Prof. Baird Bear Sir. I have put up a box of Panama crustaceans for Mr. Stimpson,3 and will forward them from New York in a day or two. With these are some insects in a small box for Mr. Brexler.4 Yours truly W. H. Edwards 2582* 213* Nov. 17 59 Bear Sir The box of specimens was duly received. Mr. Stimpson begs particularly 1 William Kirby (1759-1850): Fauna boreale-Americana, or the Zoology of the Northern Parts of British America, containing descriptions of ob- jects of natural history collected on the late northern land expedition, under command of Captain Sir John Franklin, by John Kichardson. Part IV. The Insects, by W. Kirby. London. Longman, London. 1837. 2 A bookseller in New York, N. Y. (?) or Philadelphia, Penna. (?) The name may be Waterman or Westerman. 3 William Stimpson (1832-1872): marine biologist, naturalist of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1852-1856; Smithsonian Institution, 1856-1865; director, Chicago Academy of Science, 1865-1871. See BAB 18: 31-32. 4 Constantin F. Brexler ( - ) : taxidermist, and sometime field collector for the Smithsonian Institution, often assigned to U. S. Army parties as hospital steward for “housekeeping” purposes. He became a member of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia on Becember 26, 1859. An account of his collecting activities is in preparation. * The number at the upper left refers to the serial number in Baird’s correspondence for the year. Later each year was not separately numbered. The numbers in the upper right refer to the copy-book page upon which a “press” of the letter was made and from which the text presented was transcribed through the medium of microfilm. 194 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI to know whether the crabs were collected at Aspinwall5 in Panama. He was much pleased with them. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 2559? 252 November 23 59 Dear Sir. Glad the butterflies6 were interesting. I sent another lot just received from Red River Settlements of the North.7 Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh P.S. I want you to do your bit to furnish funds to Kennicott8 even more than you promised. I have just had a letter from him at Methy Portage.9 5 Aspinwall, Panama, is the former name of the Caribbean terminal of the trans-isthmus railroad. The locality is now within the confines of Colon, Canal Zone. 6 The letter of transmittal and Edwards’ reply referred to- in 2559? are missing from Baird’s files. These butterflies may have been some collected by Drexler in Washington, D. C., or in the West. The insects sent for Drexler mentioned by Edwards in letter 478, 13 November 1859 may have been a return exchange. 7 The Red River of the North flows northward from the boundary betAveen Minnesota and South Dakota to Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba. It forms the boundary between North Dakota and Minnesota. The Red River settlements of the late 1850s are those that were founded by Lord Selkirk in 1811 in the vicinity that has now developed into Winnipeg, Manitoba. In the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1859 are two references to material received from the Red River of the North. On p. 74 is: “Gunn, Donald — Skins of birds and mammals from North Red River.”; on p. 75 is “Chas. A. Dubloard — Skins and eggs of birds from Red River of North.” Either may have been the source of the butterflies. I prefer Hubbard since he accompanied Kennicott as far as Lake Winnipeg and then returned (Annual Report for 1859, p. 66). 8 Robert W. Kennicott (1835-1866): naturalist-explorer of the North; founder of the Chicago Academy of Sciences. At the time of this letter Kennicott was northward-bound on an expedition jointly financed by the Smithsonian Institution, University of Michigan, Audubon Club of Chicago, the Chicago Academy of Sciences and several private persons. See DAB 10: 338-339. 9 Methy Portage (109° 45' W. Long., 56° 35' N. Lat.) is in western Saskatchewan near the Alberta border. It is the trail over the height of land separating the Arctic and Hudson Bay watersheds between Lake Methy Sept.— Dec., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 195 He is to /* * stay four years in the North. With funds at his command: one whole year on the Yukon in Russian America. 406 Newburgh, New York Nov. 29, 1859 Prof. Baird Dear Sir. Yours of 23rd was duly red. and the box came today. The butterflies10 were all ruined, every one of them, but it was no great matter as they were all of our common varieties. We will look for better luck next time when the Californian insects11 come along. With regard to Kennicot’s prolonged stay, I will give $50 per year so long as lie remains exploring if you will send me his collections of / lepidoptera as received. I suppose this form of annual subscription is what you wish for. It is the most convenient to me and to others probably. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 479 Newburgh, New York 19th Dec. 1859 Dear Sir. The box of Rocky Mountain lepidoptera12 came duly. The specimens and the Clearwater River, a tributary of the Athabaska River. La Loche Mission is situated on the east shore of Lake Methy. * Here and hereafter this symbol, /, is used to indicate the end of a page of manuscript in the original letter. 10 Prom the Red River Settlements of the North. 11 There is no mention of Californian material in any of the letters pres- ently known in the Edwards-Baird correspondence. This may refer to ma- terial being shipped via the Smithsonian from one of the many collectors associated with the U. S. Army in California ; the exchange of material with Edouard Menetries, (1802-1861) at St. Petersburgh, Russia (see dos Passos, “The Entomological Reminiscences of William Henry Edwards” J. New York Ent. Soc. 59: 129-186, 1951, esp. pp. 137-138); or from Dr. Herman Behr of San Francisco via the Smithsonian. 12 Edwards’ letter of 7 April 1860 (q.v.) suggests that this material came to him from Drexler. However the true origin is not certain. The list of donations made in 1859 included in the Annual Report for that year contains reference to three collections from which these may have come. On p. 73: “U. Brandt — Box of insects, reptiles and mammals, Kansas.” On p. 76: “Lt. John Mullan, TJ.S.A. — Three boxes zoological and geological collections made by John Pearsall on the Upper Missouri,” and “Captain W. F. JRay- nolds, TJ.S.A. — “Zoological collections made in the Upper Missouri region by Dr. P. Y. Hayden.” On the basis of the specimens listed we can set aside the Brandt material, neither Argynnis Zerene nor Melitaea Fditha 196 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI having been crowded into small full boxes were greatly broken and rubbed, but I have succeeded in spreading them out into very decent shapes. The varieties are Papilio Eurymedon Argynnis Aphrodite Argynnis Zerene Melitaea Editha Melitaea Tharos Attacus Cecropia of Mel. Editha there were a dozen specimens or so, and they constituted the / bulk of the collection. Much obliged to you and shall be glad to see any thing more in same line. Truly yours W. H. Edwards Prof. Baird 543 126 Feb. 28 60 My Dear Sir. I Avould be glad to receive from you the 50.00 you subscribed for Kenni- cott as I must soon begin to think of forwarding to him. You will receive the lepidoptera of the Yucon collection. Mr. Kennicott will want to have a series of the duplicates, however, if any to spare. We think somewhat of sending Drexler to south end of Hudson Bay this spring. Do you want any Lepidoptera from there? How would you like to pay 25.00 for these! The collections should be different from Kennicotts, who / is on the Mackenzies River and interior of Russian America. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 407 Newburgh, New York 1 March 1860 Prof. S. F. Baird Dear Sir. I have your letter of 28th ult. I will enclose in this the fifty dollars for Kennicott. I will be very glad to receive the collections he makes and will preserve the duplicates as you desire. are found in the area just west of Denver which was the Rocky Mountain area of Kansas in 1859. The same reason dictates that Hayden did not collect these specimens in the Montana area visited in 1859. John Pearsall, Mullan’s naturalist, was a founding member of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia and he may very well have collected just this material in the Bitterroot Mountains on the border of Idaho and Montana, where he was during 1859. Sept— Dec., 1958] Brown : Correspondence 197 I will go in for Drexler’s expedition to extent of $25, if you send him, if 1 can have the butterflies and sphinges as in Kennicott’s case. I see that Prof. Chadbourne13 of Williams College is about to head another expedition to Labrador the coming summer. If so, he will glean part of the field Drexler would enjoy. I enclose a note to Drexler about his chrysalides now on hand, which he had better turn over to me if he goes away. I received a letter from Cyrus Thomas14 of Illinois, Curator of the N. H. Society respecting naming their butterflies.15 I promised to do so, and expect large returns from them for which I have to thank you. Do you know any way by which the Lepid. of New Mexico and Western Texas can be reached? If I can’t get them in any other way I shall apply to entomological friends and try to organize an expedition there for next year. Yours truly W. II. Edwards 614 178 March 6 60 Dear Sir. I have the pleasure of acknowledging the receipt of $50.00 subscription to Kennicott for 1860. What ever may be the number and value of the Lepidopteras received by you from Kennicott. Your aid will be very con- siderable in accomplishing the general objects of the expedition. Much obliged for the subscription of 25.00 to Drexlers exped. He will leave towards the end of April in all probability. Prof. Chadbourne’s ex- pedition will not interfere / with Drexler’s ground. He goes overland from Montreal to James Bay and will be in quite a different region from the Labrador party. I gave your letter to Drexler. He will write you. I have friends at Military forts in the west who will aid any one sent out by us to collect Lepidoptera, etc. If Drexler does satisfactorily this time he can go to Fort Massachusetts^ or Cantonment Burgwyn1? next Spring. All we want is the funds. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 13 Paul Ansel Chadbourne (1823-1883): educator and naturalist; pro- fessor of botany and later of natural history at Williams College, Williams- town, Massachusetts, 1853-1867 ; president, University of Wisconsin 1867- 1870; president of Williams College 1871-1881. See DAB 3: 585. Edwards was a member of the class of 1842 at Williams College. 14 Cyrus Thomas (1825-1910): entomologist and ethnologist, founder of the Illinois Natural History Society; State entomologist for Illinois 1874- 1882 (?); Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C., 1882-1910 (?). See DAB 18: 426. 198 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX vi 830 341 March 25 60 Dear Sir. I asked Collins1® to send Proof of Dr. Morris Catalogue19 to you. Please look over completely and report to me as soon as possible any correction or suggestions. Dr. M. has just sent a mss of compilation of all descriptions of day butter- flies.20 Yours truly S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 15 Among these may have been the Melitaea nycteis Doubleday described by Edwards from specimens taken in Illinois in his first series of descrip- tions (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Pliila., pp. 160-164, 1861.) 16 There were two Fort Massachusetts occupied by the U. S. Army in the late 1850s. One of these was situated on an island off Gulfport, Mississippi. The other in the Upper Rio Grande valley. Baird refers to the latter. The fort preceded Fort Garland in the San Luis Valley, Colorado. It was situ- ated on Ute Creek near the forks in the foothills at the eastern edge of the valley. Hume (1942), p. 359, was incorrect when he stated that the only known picture of the fort is in DeWitt Clinton Peter’s “Kit Carson’s Life and Adventures, etc. etc.” published in 1874 by Dustin, Gilman & Co., Hart- ford, Connecticut. Two other pictures are known to me, one by Kern in the Pacific Rail Road Surveys and the other by an unknown Signal Corps artist. 17 Cantonment Burgwyn was situated in New Mexico. The following excerpt from the diary of “James A. Bennett: A Dragoon in New Mexico, 1850-1856.” (Brooks, Clinton E. and Frank D. Reeves, new Mexico historical review, vol. 22, p. 90, 1947) locates the establishment: “August 7 1852 — Passed Las Rincones (The Corners), where a number of mountains appear to come to a point or corner. Scenery very picturesque. Arrived Taos and established our camp 8 miles south of the town in a canon or gorge of the mountains. This is to be the future site of a fort [Cantonment Burgwyn] which we have come to build. Surrounded by mountains, it looks as though we were shut out from the world.” 18 T. K. Collins was the printer in Philadelphia who at this time did much printing for the Smithsonian. 19 John Goodlove Morris [Johann Gottlieb Moritz] (1803-1895) A Cata- logue of the Described Lepidoptera of North America accepted for publi- cation by the Smithsonian Institution on October 1, 1859 and issued in May 1860. The origin of this and other similar entomological works of the time may be seen in the following quotation from Baird’s report as Assistant Secretary in the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1858 on p. 30 : “The greatest deficiency in American Natural History is to be found in the department of Entomology, there being no original treatise in reference Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown : Correspondence 199 408 Newburgh, New York 7th April 1860 Prof. Baird Dear Sir. I received your letter and shortly after the proofs of Dr. Ms. Lepidop- tera.21 The Dr. has sent me the sheets as printed heretofore and I have written him from time to time upon any omissions etc. that occurred to me. I am only acquainted with the Diurnal Species, and the Sphingidae, and so far the Synopsis appears correct. It is a work of / vast labor, and doubt- less there are some species omitted, or synonyms of species. But it will be of great assistance to us in our studies of these insects. I hope the Smith- sonian will see reasons for publishing the Descriptive Catalogue22 which Dr. Morris has been engaged upon. That will save a great deal of time trouble and expense in journeying to one place or another to examine some book of difficult access. / If Mr. Drexler goes to Labrador^ I hope he will go prepared to preserve his captures (in Lepid.) carefully. The specimens he brought from the west24 were all damaged from having been improperly cared for after being to this country applicable to the wants of the present day. The Institution has therefor made arrangements with eminent entomologists for the prepara- tion of the following series of reports on the different orders . . . Lepidop- tera to Dr. J. G. Morris, Baltimore, and Dr. B. Clemens, Easton, Pa.” 20 Morris’ “Synopsis of the Described Lepidoptera of North A merica. Part I. Diurnal and Crepuscular Lepidoptera accepted for publication in October 1860 and issued in February 1862. This contains, on pp. 350-351, some notes by W. H. Edwards that have been overlooked by all of his bibliographers. 21 Morris’ “Catalogue,” see note 19. 22 Morris’ “Synopsis,” see note 20. 23 Edwards seems to have Drexler’s destination confused with that of Chadbourne, or he had a vague idea of the geography of northeastern Canada. 24 No clue to the source of this material is to be found in the Annual Report for 1859. However, in the report for the previous year there is on p. 60 : “Drexler, C. — Collection of vertebrates from Fort Bridger. Living Spermophilus townsendi and Cynomys gunnisoni.” During 1858 Drexler was assistant to Cooper, the ornithologist, while engaged with the Depart- ment of Interior on the Wagon-road through South Pass, Wyoming, under the direction of William M. Magraw. Cooper, the surgeon-naturalist, re- turned to Washington, D. C., from Fort Laramie, Wyoming, before the party settled into quarters in the Wind River country for the winter of 1858-59. In March Drexler and Magraw moved to Camp Scott near Fort Bridger and remained until June during which time he collected in the general vicinity. Drexler seems to have been engaged to collect birds and mammals, thus any insects he took were his own to dispose as he saw fit. 200 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI taken. He ought to put each specimen in a folded paper by itself, and then carry them in a box — not in his pocket book as he did in the West — whereby the antennae and legs were all broken. Enjoin this upon him. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 461 April ?? 60 My Dear Sir. As it will be necessary to start Drexler off in about a week, I would be glad if you have the money to spare to add to the limited funds the amt. you proposed to give him (25.00). Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. The letter number and the date on the “press” of this letter in the copy- book is so blurred that neither can be read with certainty. The number of the letter impressed with this one Copy-book p. 461 seems to be 1010 and the date of it is either April 14 or 16, 1860. 409 Newburgh, New York 17th April 1860 Prof. Baird Smithsonian Ins. Washington Dear Sir. I enclose $25. in check for subscription to Drexler’s expedition. I hope you have enjoined on him great care in preserving his lepidoptera. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 1071 My Dear Mr. Edwards. Your 25.00 for Drexler’s trip just received, vast improvement in his work this time. Truly yours S. F. Baird April 19 60 503 Much obliged. He promises W. H. Edwards NeAvburgh N. Y. Sept-Dec., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 201 1169 578 April 27 60 Dear Sir. I enclose a note which speaks for itself. Please send to Clemens25 — Morris whew read. May send a small box of Lepidop. from Nova Scotia.26 Drexler left Friday. Yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 1430 62 May 17 60 Dear Sir. Enclosed is a catalogue of European eggs and Lepidoptera for sale by Dr. Wm. Heneleben27 111. If you want any of the latter, address for terms, etc, as above. Yours ever S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. Newburgh, N. Y. 21st May 1860 25 James Brackenridge Clemens (1829-1867): physician and entomologist interested in moths, living at the time of this letter in Easton, Pennsylvania. Author of " Instructions for collecting Lepidoptera ” published as an appen- dix to the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1858, pp. 173-200. 26 The Annual Report for 1860, p. 84, includes among the donations this note: “ Winston , IF. G. — Lepidoptera and skins and eggs of birds from Halifax.” On p. 74 of the report is the notice that Dr. Morris and Mr. Edwards are the entomologists responsible for study of the Smithsonian Lepidoptera. This is the first announcement of an official connection be- tween Edwards and the Institution. It probably was in this official capacity that he received material donated to the Institution. Previous material sent to him by Baird was collections placed with the Institution for sale. 27 I have not been able to identify Dr. Heneleben. He is not listed in the usual biographical sources nor in either of Carpenter’s bibliographies (1945, 1953). * The town name is undecipherable. Mr. De Atley suggests Galena. 202 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Prof Baird Dear Sir. I return the list you sent me. It mentions only European Lepidoptera so far as I discover. I will perhaps write to the gentleman27a to learn if he collects in Illinois. Much obliged to you however for thinking of me. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 1474 97 23? May 26 60 Dear Sir. I send a few Lepidoptera collected in Jamaica* by Dr. J. B. Smithss 0f New York. Truly yours S. E. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 411 Newburgh, New York 21st Sept. 1860 Dear Sir. Do you hear from Kennicott and Drexler and have you received any insects from either that are in my line. Perhaps D. will shortly be home himself. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof. S. F. Baird 2354 620 Oct. 3 60 Drexler will be back in a few weeks. I hope he will bring some Lepidop- tera. Kennicott will soon be home. . . .* Yours truly S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 27aI have not been able to discover any evidence that Edwards procured material from Heneleben. * This may be Jamaica. The first letter may be I, J or T the next two clearly are “am”, the next three or four letters are anyone’s guess! Mr. De Alley agrees that Jamaica is a reasonable reading of the word in question. 28 This is not John Bernard Smith, the well-known entomologist, who was born in 1858 and died in 1912. * The last three words are poor transfers and I can make no sense of the last one. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 203 2578 70 Oct. 23 60 Dear Sir. I send a few Lepidoptera received from Kennicott, etc. More will be here in a few weeks. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 2625 114 Oct. 31 60 Dear Sir. I send by mail a few Lepidoptera brought by Drexler. His main col- lections are coming around by London and will be here in a few weeks. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 412 Newburgh, New York 4th Oct. 1860* [4th Nov. 1860] Prof Baird Dear Sir. I have been absent from home till yesterday for a month or so. On my return I found two letters from you with two packages. The larger I take to be from Kennicott. Both contain specimens of interest and in good order. I recognize several of the diurnals figd. by Kirby. I shall be in Washington about 15th Dec. and will call on you of course. But if any- thing for me conies along, send it on as before. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 2705 166 Nov. 17 60 Dear Sir. We have requested Collins to mail you proof of second and all succeeding signatures of Morris’ Lepidoptera.29 Will you not oblige Prof. Henryso * Something is awry here. This letter is misdated by a month. Edwards states he has been away from home “a month or so”, yet letter 411 from him to Baird is clearly dated “21st Sept 1860” and this one very clearly “4th Oct. 1860”. Baird wrote three letters to Edwards during October 1860, one each on the 3rd, 16tli and 31st. The first of these, 2354, answered Edwards letter of September 21st. The other two announced shipment of packages from Kennicott and Drexler respectively. This letter, 412, ob- 204 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI and the Institution by looking them over and returning to us with any cor- rections. Due credit will of course be given for such assistance. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 2791 233 Nov. 25 60 My Dear Sir. For fear something may occur to prevent my seeing you on your return from Virginia I will write a line to thank you for your lettersi and criti- cisms on Morris Catalogue. This I have sent the Dr. and hoped it will be of use to him. The present work does not pretend to be more than a compilation. To the monographic labors of yourself and Clemens we look hereafter for a thoroughly scientific elucidation of the whole subject. In the mean time however you will oblige Prof. Henry and the Institution greatly by helping to correct this book, and perhaps the/ best way will be to revise the sheets one by one carefully, make additions of localities, species, etc. to be inserted in the end as an appendix. A general index will & readily harmonize this with the body of the text. Of course any suggestions or corrections that can be inserted in the first sheets should be so treated. As to localities, are not many of those referred to by you known only to yourself by specimens in your private collection, and not yet published to the world? Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. viously acknowledges Baird’s letters of the 6th and 31st and the packages they announce. The date must be later than October 31. 29 Morris’ “Synopsis,” see note 21. so Joseph Henry (1797-1878): physicist, the first Secretary of the Smith- sonian Institution to whom Baird was assistant and successor. See DAB 8 : 550-553. 31 The letter referred to here by Baird is missing from his files. Probably it was sent to Morris with the suggestions and corrections included with it or part of it. The information was incorporated by Morris as pp. 350-351 of the “Synopsis” (see note 21) and full credit given to Edwards as its author. Other corrections and suggestions may have been incorporated in the body of the text. The two pages cited may be considered Edwards’ minimum contribution to the publication. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 205 413 New York, 40 Wall St. 2 Jan., 1861 Dear Sir. I am now in the city for the winter and my address will be as above. I have not received from the publishers the first sheet of Dr. Morris’ book32 nor any after the third. I would like the others as they appear and will thank you to order them sent to me here instead of Newburgh. I conclude that Drexler found no more butterflies in his collections33 just received. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof. S. F. Baird Smithsonian 414 New York 40 Wall St. Feb. 22 1861 Dear Sir. I have written a few lines to Kennicott which read and send with your next to him. You can say to him that I subscribe to his expedition and wish to do so while he is in those regions, and urge him to do what he can for my de- partment. I will send $50 to you shortly for him. Dr. Gabb34 writes me that his Texan expedn. is broken up, for which I am sorry. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof. Baird 535 76 March * Dear Sir. We enclose a letter from Mr. Wm. H. Hall35 [or, Hale] of Boston asking for certain information which you can probably give him. [no signature] Wm. H. Edwards 40 Wall St New York 32 Morris’ ‘‘Synopsis,” see note 21. 33 From Hudsons Bay area. 34 William Moore Gabb (1839-1878): paleontologist, member of the Academy of Sciences, Philadelphia, and of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia (elected May 12, 1862, with residence in San Francisco, Cali- fornia at that time). In 1861 Gabb was appointed to the Geological Survey of California and thus his proposed expedition to Texas was aban- doned. See DAB 7 : 81-82. 206 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI 561 98 March 16 61 My Dear Mr. Edwards. By hand a box of Lepidoptera just received from Wm. Vuille,36 Yreka, Cal. (near Shasta Mt.) What are they worth to you and what will you give him for them. He wishes to sell, and will collect others, if things go off right. A Mr. William Dean37 of Lambertville (State not mentioned) writes us that he has a large collection of Lepidoptera. Better write him. I would be glad to have the money for Kennicott as soon as possible as I should before long send him his funds. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. N. Y. 415 New York 40 Wall St. Mar. 26th 1861 Prof Baird Dear Sir. Yours of 16th only came this morning, and I have heard nothing of Mr. Vuille’s box. Possibly your letter is misdated, but if not and you sent the box as you advised, I had better look it up at the express office here. I believe Lambertville is near Princeton, New Jersey. I will send you the money for Kennicott in a few days, probably this week. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 424 Newburgh, New York 28th March [1861]* * Prof Baird Dear Sir. * The date cannot be deciphered. On the same leaf of the copy book is a letter to John Cassin, numbered 534 and dated March 14, 1861. This letter may have been prepared for Henry’s signature. 35 I can find no reference to William H. Hall, or Hale, in the biographical sources at my limited disposal. 36 William Vuille ( - ) : I can find no information about this man. 37 William Dean ( - ) : I can find no information about this man. * The lack of year date upon this letter caused it to be bound with Baird’s incoming correspondence of 1862. The content, when read with Edwards’ letter 415, March 26, 1861 and Baird’s letter 711 dated March 29, 1861 accurately places this letter here. Sept. -Dec., 1958] Brown : Correspondence 207 I have written the other letter38 in such shape that you may send it to Mr. Vuille if you please. I have made him a good offer I think especially as he will send usual species that are of no value as being found in these States. This lot just reed, is valueless, and you would not think I ought to pay for them in such condition I presume. Mr. V. evidently thought the Sphinges worth something, but every one was common all over the country. W. H. E. 711 185 March 29 61 My Dear Sir. Check for 50. was duly received for Kenicott.39 Very much obliged. I will send your letter to Vuille. The specimens I sent you were started from Cala. in October. Of course if the specimens are worth nothing they are not worth anything. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards N. Y. Let me know if you have not yet had proofs of Synop. of Morris. 416 Hunter, Greene Co., N. Y. 30 Sept. 1861 Prof Baird Dear Sir. Have you ever heard from Kennicott, or received anything from him for me or any other of our correspondents? If you have any packages for me, I will try to find some private opportunity of sending them to New York rather than trust to Express. Where is Drexler? If he is at Washington I will write him. I have described eleven / species of Diurnal Lepid in the last number of the Phila. proceedings.40 Ten of these are new, and 38 I believe that this letter, 424, was just a note transmitting a letter for Vuille. It is the only one I have come across signed only with Edwards’ initials. 39 No letter of transmittal for this check from Edwards is in Baird’s file. 40 Although the letter clearly states that eleven species were described only ten appear in the article “Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and of British America.” ( Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1861, pp. 160-164, July number.) This, the first entomological article pub- lished by Edwards, describes the following : 1. Melitaea mylitta from “Texas, Kansas, California.” The Texas record probably is in error. The Kansas record is pos- sible, although not referring to Kansas as delimited today. Pre- vious to February 1861 Kansas extended westward to the Conti- 208 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxvi ( continued from page £07) nental Divide and mylitta is not rare in the canyons west of Denver, Colorado. Sources of the Texas and Kansas specimens need elucida- tion. The California material probably came from Dr. Hermann H. Behr, of San Francisco. 2. Melitaea minuta from “Texas,” through J. W. Weidemeyer of New York, a close friend of Edwards. Gideon Lincecum sold a large collection of Texan Lepidoptera to George William Peck of New York at this time. It is possible that some of this material found its way to Edwards via Weidemeyer. See Geiser, 1948, pp. 199-214. 3. Melitaea nycteis Doubleday, from “Illinois and Missouri.” See letter to Baird dated 1 March 1860 about naming butterflies for the Illinois Natural History Society. 4. Limenites weidemeyerii from “Rocky Mountains” through J. W. Weide- meyer. Probably from specimens collected by J. Winslow Howard. See Brown 1957, pp. 45-47. 5. Satyrus silvestris from “California,” from Dr. H. H. Behr. At this time of its history the Smithsonian was very active as a clear- ing house through which naturalists in this country, and those abroad, too, exchanged material. I am confident that Behr’s shipment was passed on to Edwards by Baird but can find no letter to cover the shipment from Baird to Edwards. This may be from the California material mentioned by Edwards in his letter dated Nov. 29, 1859. 6. Coenonympha inornata, from “Lake Winnipeg,” collected by R. W. Kennicott. Kennicott’s route on Lake Winnipeg was from Fort Alexander at the head of Travers Bay in the southeastern corner of the Lake to Norway House in the northeast corner of the Lake. It is probable that he collected these specimens in June or early July, 1859, some- where on the eastern shore of the Lake, most likely at Norway House. 7. Coenonympha ochracea, from “Lake Winnipeg, California, Kansas.” Lake Winnipeg: probably collected by Kennicott in 1857 near Win- nipeg among the Red River Settlements (see letter dated Nov. 23, ’59) or in 1859 — see inornata — . California: two possibilities, 1) from H. H. Behr, 2) from one of the various collections made in the Great Basin, known in the ’40s and ’50s as Upper, or New California — see map published by S. Augustine Mitchell, NE corner of Market & 7th St., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in 1845 — . If the specimen came from what we now know as California it probably was a speci- men of galactinus or eryngii, if from the Great Basin it was properly associated with what we call ochracea today. I favor the latter situation. Kansas: from the Rocky Mountains west of Denver, Colorado, possibly collected by Brandt, Howard or Wood. — see Brown 1957, 41-47. 8. Lycaena anna from “California,” from Dr. H. H. Behr. 9. Lycaene scudderi, from “Lake Winnipeg,” through S. H. Scudder. Sept-Dec., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 209 the other one heretofore only figured but not described. I have several others that will be ready soon. I still have your Kirby vol. 4, and will return it in a few weeks. Direct to me as above. I shall be here till 1st Nov. and then at Newburgh. Yours truly Wm. H. Edwards 1582 627 Oct 13 61 My Dear Sir. I heard from Kennicott to date of January 2. 41 He was then on the Youkon of Russian America. It was too wintery to talk about butterflies. Some collections now on their way are said to contain Lepidoptera.42 Drexler is now in Washington I believe. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Hunter Greene Co. N. Y. 1824 79 Nov 12 61 Dear Sir. Are you aware of some descriptions of new Lepidoptera in Canada Nat- turalist for Feb. 1861.43 We have some Lepid. from Slave Lake. Just received from Mr. Ross.44 Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. Probably from Kennicott’s 1857 material collected among the Red River of the North settlements. 10. Lycaena fuliginosa, from “California,” from H. H. Behr. 44 This letter is quoted on pages 59-61 of the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1861, in Baird’s Appendix to the Report of the Secretary. 42 The only material received from Kennicott in 1861 is reported in the Annual Report for that year on page 66. “Kennicott, Robert. — Zoological specimens, plants, etc, from Great Slave Lake.” 43 Dr. Frederick Rindge of the American Museum of Natural History has checked this article for me. It is in The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Montreal , volume 5, pp. 36-41. It was written by W. S. M. D’Urban and is entitled “Addenda to the Natural History of the Valley of the River Rouge.” In it are descriptions of numerous new species of moths, written by Francis Walker, mostly from Montcalm township. There also are four new names proposed by Walker, without descriptions, assigned to the genus Boarmia. 210 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI 417 Newburgh, New York Nov. 19th 1861 Prof Baird Dear Sir. I did not know of the descriptions in the Canadian Jnl. you mention. I will obtain it if possible. I will find an opportunity to send to you by [hand] for the lepidoptera you have on hand, in a few days. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 418 Newburgh, N. York Nov. 25th 1861 Prof Baird Dear Sir. I dont find the opportunity I expected to send to you by [hand] for the lepidoptera from Slave Lake. As the only objection I have to their coming on by express is the risk of breakage, suppose I send you a box large enough to enclose your box. If as I understand you do not pay freight on packages sent to you, this plan will not increase the expense. You [tell] me the size of box that you have and I Avill at once forward mine, if it pleases you. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 1895 124 Nov. 26 61 My Dear Sir. We have plenty of boxes, and can pack the smaller boxes of Lepidoptera in larger ones without difficulty. Will do so and send you. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 419 Newburgh, N. Y. 30th Dec. ’61 44 Bernard Rogan Ross (1827-1874): Hudsons Bay Company agent at Fort Simpson where Kennicott wintered in 1859-1860. He and his wife, Christina, ( q.v . note 54) collected butterflies for Edwards at various Hudsons Bay Posts in northern Canada. There is a one-page biographical note by Mrs. J. M. Sherk about Ross in the Hudson’s Bay Company maga- zine THE BEAVER, Dec. 1926, p. 25. See note 49. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 211 Prof Baird. Dear Sir. I have a letter from Mr. Saunders45 of London, C. W. [Ontario] asking the price of the Smithsonian Cat’ge. of Coleoptera4^ and where it can be procured. I wish you wd. give me the information for him. I shall have several new Lepidoptera (diurnal) to describe in the Feby. Proceedings.47 Among them a large Argynnis from the north that has been overlooked. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 1 212 Jan. 3 61 [62]* My Dear Sir. We have none of our Catalogue of Coleoptera now to spare: Leconte’s classification^ costs 1.00. 45 William Saunders (1835-1914): an apothecary who long lived in London, Ontario, and was an outstanding entomologist, See Carpenter, 1945, p. 90. 46 Probably refers to “Catalogue of described Coleoptera of United States.” Friederich Ernst Melsheimer, revised by S. S. Haldeman and J. L. LeConte. S. I. Publ. No. 62. July, 1853. 47 “Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America. No. 2.” Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1862, pp. 54-58, February number. This paper contains the original descriptions of seven new species and re-description of one. The “large Argynnis from the north” is the first mentioned, atlantis. 1. Argynnis atlantis, from “Catskill Mountains, near Mountain House [N. Y.], Williamstown, Mass., Lake Winnipeg, through S. H. Scudder, Hudson’s Bay, collected by C. F. Drexler, north side of Lake Superior, collected by L. Agassiz.” 2. Theda acadica, from London, C. W. [Ontario] through Wm. Saunders. 3. Thecla laeta, from London, C. W. [Ontario] through Wm. Saunders. 4. Lycaena neglecta, from Massachusetts, New York, Wisconsin, Lake Win- nipeg. [Massachusetts and New York: probably Edward’s own captures; Wisconsin: possibly Kennicott material.] 5. Chionobas taygete Huebner, from Albany River, Hudson’s Bay, collected by C. F. Drexler. 6. Pamphila verna, from Illinois through Benj. D. Walsh; and Washington, D. C. [Walsh material was in all probability from the vicinity of Rock Island, Illinois; Washington, D. C., material probably supplied by Drexler.] 7. Pamphila rurea, from Rock Island, Illinois, through B. D. Walsh. 8. Hesperia vialis, from Rock Island, Illinois, and Lake Winnipeg. 212 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI We will send in a day or two the lots of Lepidoptera now here and you will receive an official announcement of the same from Prof. Henry. Send back second best series of Mr. Rosses Ft. Simpson^ Lepidoptera to be sent to Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc.50 The others are a box of Cubans (five) from Chas. Wright51 and some eaten up Amazonians of Lt. Herndon52 also from Kennicott in paper.53 Yours truly S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 7 213 [no Dear Sir. I write to announce the transmission of some boxes date] of Lepidopterous [The Rock Island material from B. D. Walsh; Lake Winnipeg material doubtlessly from Kennicott.] * Edwards made the usual lapse at the change of year date ! 48 John Lawrence Leconte (1825-1883) : probably refers to “Classification of North American Coleoptera” Part 1. 1861. The work was not completed until 1873. 49 Kennicott had left collecting equipment with the Rosses at Fort Simpson, II. B. T. (Mackenzie Territory today). The post is on an island in the Mackenzie River just below the point where the Liard River joins it from the west, 121° 2P W. Long., 61° 52' N. Lat. so These collections are now in the Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec. 51 Charles Wright (ca. 1810-1885) : botanist, a graduate of Yale, class of 1835, who a few months after graduation moved south and in 1837 settled in Texas. He was a botanist for the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey in 1851-1852 and the North Pacific Exploring Expedi- tionl853-1855. He spent 1856-1857 botanizing in Cuba. From 1868-1876 he was variously employed at Harvard in the Herbarium and Bussey Insti- tute, upon a short expedition to Santo Domingo (1871) and mostly in semi- retirement at his home in Wethersfield, Connecticut, where he died. See Geiser (1948), pp. 172-198. 52 William Lewis Herdon (1813-1857): naval officer; made a two-year journey across South America from Peru via the Amazon. (1851-1852). He reported his findings to Congress on 26 January 1853. His account was published by the Government in two volumes “Exploration of the Valley of the Amazon” 1853—1854. In true Navy fashion he went down with his ship as it foundered in a storm off Cape Hatteras during the night of 12-13 September, 1857. See DAB 8: 579-580. 53 In the Annual Report for 1861 on p. 59 Baird remarks that no collec- tions were received during the year from Kennicott except a few gathered in July and August 1860. This was material captured at Fort Resolution on Great Slave Lake, usually referred to as “Slave Lake.” Sept— Dec., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 213 insects received by us within a few weeks past. You will please us to per- sonally under take charge of these specimens holding the first series subject to the order of the Institution and making such disposition of the remainder as may be for the best interest of Science. We have however, in like case of the specimens furnished by Mrs. Chris- tina Boss54 to request that you will return the second best series of the specimens to us, labelled, in order that we may forward it to the Montreal Natural History Society, as desired by Mrs. Boss. We will also be pleased to have a list of the species contained in this box in order to send it to Mrs. Boss as an encouragement to further collection. [no signature] Wm. H. Edwards Newburgh New York This is Baird’s draft of the letter for Prof. Henry’s signature mentioned in letter no. 1, dated Jan 3, 62. 60 254 Jan. 13 62 My Dear Sir. Prof. Henry proposes to have a new edition of the directions for collecting insects.55 Have you any corrections or additions to suggest? If so send along. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh Did you get the Lepidoptera? 420 Newburgh, 20th Jan. 1862 Prof. Baird. I have yours of 13th. I will send a few directions for taking and putting up butterflies herewith. 56 The principle care is lest the specimens be injured by handling, or badly pinned. The box came in good order. I received Prof. Henry’s letter about same time, and I will return a series of the Fort 54 Christina Boss ( - ) : wife of the Hudsons Bay Company official, Bernard B. Boss, (see note 41) She was the daughter of Donald Boss, who was in charge of the Norway House district at the time of the marriage in 1860. Mrs. Boss collected butterflies for Edwards at several posts in the old Hudson Bay Territory. 55 The first edition of these instructions was published in the Appendix to the Annual Beport of The Smithsonian Institution for 1858. The part devoted to “Instructions for Collecting Lepidoptera” is found on pp. 173- 200, and was written by Brackinridge (sic) Clemens, M. D. 56 I can find no evidence that Baird ever used this material. Although new instructions for field workers were published for other orders of insects nothing but Clemens’ instructions were printed for Lepidoptera, see note 55. 214 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Simpson species as he desires. There was nothing that I had not reed, before, unless perhaps one small Argynnis [ Boloria ], that I am not yet determined about. Mrs. Ross needs instructions badly. Most of the speci- mens seem to have been roughly handled, and are either broken or the scales are rubbed off. She uses very coarse pins. I would send her pins if I knew how to do it. Her species are mostly those common to our northern states, but there are a few Boreal ones, same as we get from Winnipeg and Slave Lake. The Cuban species are very good and all named, which is admirable. Cant you get Mr. Wright to send more of them, not the rarities only, but the common ones. These last are the species often common to both Cuba and Florida. I doubt very much if I shall be able to send anything to Kennicott this Spring. My monies are unfortunately locked up in Virginia, or owing me by rebels, and I must wait on Uncle Sam’s armies.57 I am about describing in the Proceedings of Phila./ several more descrip- tions of butterflies.58 I am working up the material as fast as I can safely. 57 This is the first mention of the Civil War in this correspondence al- though the conflict had been waged some nine months at the time the letter was written. Edwards coal properties in the Kanawha valley were in the “no man’s land” created when western Virginia did not join with the Con- federate States of America. 58 “Descriptions of certain species of diurnal lepidoptera found within the limits of the United States and of British America, No. 3.”, Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1862, pp. 221-226, April number. Eight new species and re-descriptions of three others were pub- lished at this time. 1. Argynnis noironiis, from “Rocky Mountains and Mountains of Cali- fornia.” The type locality of this species is a moot question. In the original description Edwards states “Rocky Mountains and Mountains of California.” Also, “This is much the largest of the Pacific species, equalling the largest specimens of Cybele. In color it most resembles Aphrodite. The female I have not seen.” This Avould lead me to believe that Edwards had at least two males before him when he wrote the description. However in his Butterflies of North America, volume 1, Argynnis IV, he states “The original specimen from which the description of the species was drawn was received by me in 1862, through the Smithsonian, and was labelled ‘Bitter Root Mountains.’ Until the present year (1872) it has been an unique in my collection and, so far as I know, not found in any other.” More confusion is added by Edwards in his “Reminiscences” (see dos Passos, 1951, p. 143) where he states about nolcomis “. . . a single male of which I found at the Smithsonian in a glass jar amid some cotton wool from southern Utah, or southeastern Califor- nia. . . .” The status of apacheana Skinner and of nigrocaerulea Cockerell Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown : Correspondence 215 Yours truly W. H. Edwards P. S. I have written a few directions which I think cover the whole span, and I suppose the fewer the better. You can alter them or amend as you please as I send the draft as written. 421 Newburgh, New York 30th Jan. 1862 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I have put up as directed by Prof. Henry a set of the butterflies sent by Mrs. Ross. I think they are not worth sending to Montreal, but it is well enough to oblige the lady and hope for better lot next time. Nearly all of depend upon discovery of the true source of the type specimens of nohomis Edwards. 2. Grapta faunus, from “Catskill Mountains, New York, Fort Simpson, Albany River, Lake Winnipeg.” Catskill Mountains, N. Y. : probably collected by Edwards himself ; Fort Simpson, Mackenzie Territory : collected by either Kennicott or Mrs. Ross, most likely the latter ; Albany River, Ontario : collected by C. F. Drexler; Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba: probably collected by Kennicott. 3. Theda calif ornica, from California through H. H. Behr. 4. Thecla viridis, from California, through H. H. Behr. 5. Theda affinis, from “Utah collected by Mr. C. Drexler.” In 1858 Drexler was with the Department of Interior party under William M. Magraw working on the wagon road through South Pass, Wyoming, into Utah. The accession list for this year shows five boxes of vertebrates from Utah collected by Drexler. He probably re- tained the butterflies for his own collection and exchanged these with Edwards (see note 4) This would place the type locality either in Uinta County, Wyoming, or Summit County, Utah. 6. Lycaena behrii, from California through H. H. Behr. 7. Lycaena pembina, from Lake Winnipeg collected by R. W. Kennicott. 8. Lycaena shasta, from California through H. H. Behr. 9. Lycaena scudderi Edwards, description of the female from London, C. W., collected by Wm. Saunders, and from Fort Simpson. 10. Parnassius smintheus Doubleday, described from Californian specimens. True smintheus hails from the vicinity of Banff, Alberta. This de- scription by Edwards refers to the Californian red-spotted form, sternitzsM McDunnough, not the usual yellow-spotted one, behrii Edwards. 11. Limenites eululia (sic) Doubleday, described from Californian speci- mens supplied by H. H. Behr. True eulalia hails from Mexico. Edwards here described what Butler later called calif ornica. 216 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LX VI the specimens seem to have been either caught in the hand or much handled, so they are much rubbed. Except three or four species that are Northern the others all are common to our region as well. Some of the commonest she sent in greatest number, e.g. Vanessa Milberti. / There were 38 spec, of one little Argynnis [ Boloria ] that is valuable if in good condition but which comes in all the lots from Kennicott. I could not make good looking specimens of them but have done the best I could. You had better send Mrs. Ross the directions for preserving and taking these insects. She may hit on something very good, and therefore may as well be requested to catch everything. I have sent nearly a dozen more descriptions to Phila. for publn.59 Yours truly W. H. Edwards [P. S.] I don’t know whether you have heard that two gentlemenso in New York and myself are publishing privately plates of the North American (Mexican as well as U. S.) figs, of life, quarto form. We have an artist who works cheap and well. Each of us has one set colored and altogether about 100 impressions uncolored are taken from the stone. W© have published eight sheets with about 40 figures. Many of these insects never have been figured and others badly. We have most of the species in one or other of our col- lections, and the drawings are from the object itself. I mention all this to show you on one/stone. I have had several of the new species of Diurnals described by me figured, and I enclose one to show how it looks. W. H. E. These two pages are back to back and look as though they were written at the same time as letter 421 of 30 Jan. 1862. If marked as a postscript to that letter the indication has been covered during binding of the letters into the 1862 letterbook. Since Baird’s letter of Feb. 2, ’62, immediately following, refers to this note I assume it was enclosed with Edwards’ letter 421. 157 308 Feb. 2, 62 My Dear Sir. The box of insects came to hand yesterday in fine condition. Suppose you address a letter to Mrs. Ross about collecting Lepidopt. Do you know a work by Lederer on the European Noctuines including Labrador species ?6i 59 See note 58. eo The gentlemen referred to were John William Weidemeyer (1819-?) and Stephen H. Calverly ( - ), well known Brooklyn, N. Y., ento- mologists. See dos Passos, (1951), p. 139. 61 Julius Lederer (1821-1870): “Die Noctuinen Europas” 252 pp. 4 pi. 1857. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 217 If you have done with my copy of Kirby, please return as Ulke62 and Osten-Sachen<33 wish to refer to it. I had not heard of your undertaking relative to Lepidopterous plates. I don’t think the execution of the sample is very / extraordinary: though perhaps correct. Why don’t you put more figures on a plate, and thus save on cost of printing? Why not try an publish a larger edition . . .* Perhaps Prof. Henry would lend some aid. At any rate I think he would take a colored copy to keep here for reference. What does the drawing cost per figure? You might make it a series of Smithsonian illustrations of Lepidoptera: we to publish only plain copies and by distributing them create a demand for colored ones to be furnished by some one to his profit. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh Do you keep the stones of your plates? 422 Newburgh, New York Feby. 5 1862 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I have yours of 2nd and tomorrow shall send by express your Kirby, for which I am much obliged to you. I have had frequent occasion to refer to it lately. I also send with it 8 sheets of the Sphingidae, for yourself. I will see that you get the others when published. The coloring costs 50 cents a sheet, and is very well done indeed. I have had but one set colored. In every instance it is done from the specimen, when that can be obtained. I also send a sheet of the Theclas colored. Perhaps you will not think the coloring extraordinary (as you say of the lithographing, [)] but as I did it / myself you must not be critical. This plate and one other same size lithographed, two colored copies of each, and 25 uncolored, cost me $4.50. The Sphingidae cost $4 per plate to lithograph, and 50 cents each to color. We each had one colored plate made, and in all have struck off 100 copies, after which the stone has been cleaned. It was not our intention to make 62 Henry Ulke (1821-1910): a portrait painter who was also an ento- mologist. He was one of the men selected by Baird to handle Smithsonian material on the same basis as Edwards. His field was coleoptera. His fine portrait of Baird hangs in the secretary’s office at the Smithsonian Institu- tion. 63 Charles Robert Osten-Sacken, (Karl Robert Romanovich, Baron von der Osten Sacken) (1828-1906) one-time Russian Consul at San Francisco and outstanding dipterist who worked up much of the material in the Smith- sonian Institution at the time of this letter. * I cannot decipher this word. 218 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI a. book to be sold, for no bookseller would have treated with us on reasonable terms, but dividing the expense between three, it does not cost a great deal, and we mean to distribute the plates when done. There will be some short text with the plates. Several of these Sphinges have never been figured be- fore, and three that / have been colored by the job, which we will not allow. I had the small sheets made at my single expense, and of a size to bind into my Boisduval.64 If the whole can be squeezed to pay me any money, I mean to continue printing off all the new species, at least of Butterflies.65 I will write to Mr. Weidemeyer about Lederer. I don’t know it. I will write to Mrs. Ross and send you the letter to be forwarded. I will send her a net and pins also if you think she can receive them. They would have to go by private hand I suppose. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 197 341 Feb. 8 62 My Dear Mr. Edwards. The package with Kirby and the plates of Spliingidae was duly received today. I am much obliged for the latter and shall prize them highly. Would you have a set colored for the Smithsonian if Prof. Henry will pay for it. It would be very well to have one copy here for reference. The price you pay for the lithographing is certainly very low. By all means send the net and pins for Mrs. Ross. We can readily for- ward them. If you could send a nice book of insects it would be of service in stimulating her efforts. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh in left margin How many impressions can be struck off from one of the stones? 423 Newburgh, New York March 17, 1862 Prof. Baird Smithsonian Ins Washington, D. C. Dear Sir. 64 Jean Baptiste Alphonse Dechauffour de Boisduval (1799-1879): A physician in Paris and one of the outstanding lepidopterists of all times. Edwards probably refers here to “Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Species general des Lepidopteres. Tome premier. Roret, Paris. 1836.” He may refer to Boisduval and Leconte (Major John Eatton Leconte, 1784-1860) “Histoire generale et iconographique des Lepidopteres et des Chenilles de 1’Amerique septentrionale.” Paris. 1833. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Brown : Correspondence 219 I enclose a letter which you may read for Mrs. Ross. I will send the box tomorrow or next day by express. The book is Rennie’s Insect Architec- ture,66 a fine copy. I will see that the Smithsonian gets the Sphinges. It will be three months or more before we have all the sheets issued, after that one artist can have time to color extra plates. Yours truly W. H. Edwards [on reverse] The box is carefully packed and covered with canvass. This directed to you with my name on the corner. I think you may venture to ford, it to Mrs. R. without opening it So send the letter by mail. 1 have a third paper on Butterflies ready for the Pliila. Proceedings.67 No. 2 is now in press. I have described about 24 new species. 425 Newburgh, New York Apl. 27, 1862 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I have a letter from a correspondent in Bahia, Brazil, asking me to obtain for him at the Smithsonian “Directions for Meteorological Observations,”68 “and some other of their interesting papers.” What this last means I don’t know, but as the gentleman is a naturalist and an educated man, it is well to send him whatever may be likely to interest him. His name is Sr. Antonio de Lacerda,69 and / his father is one of the wealthiest citizens of Bahia. 65 This seems to be the beginning of an idea with Edwards that led to the publication of his monumental “The Butterflies of North America.” 66 This book is number 14 in “The Library of Entertaining Knowledge” published by Charles Knight, London, in 1830, 420 pp. Miss Hazel Gay, librarian for the American Museum of Natural History, New York, supplied me with this information and told me that the title page carries no author’s name. On their copy they have written in the author’s name. 67 See note 53. 68 “Directions for Meteorological Observations and the Registry of Period- ical Phenomena” Publ. No. 148. Miscellaneous Collections 1. 72 pp. ; x 8 vo., 1860. Probably written by Joseph Henry and Arnold Guyot. 69 Antonio de Lacerda ( - ) : Through the good offices of Sr. Maury Gurgel Yalente, Secretary in Charge of Cultural Affairs of the Brazilian Embassy in Washington, D. C., I was put in communication with Dr. Alvaro Barcelos Fagundes, Conselho de Desinvolvimento, Rio de Janeiro who wrote me as follows : “It is likely that the person to whom the great naturalist was asking the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution to send some scientific papers was Comendador Antonia de Lacerda, son of the Visconde de Lacerda. “Father and son were associated in the “Companhia de Vehiculos Eco- nomicos,” devoted to public transportation in Bahia. 220 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVI This gentleman was educated in this country and was made known to me by Mr. Thomas Say.70 Send me whatever you can for him and I Avill forward them. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 692 687 May 3 62 Dear Sir. I will have the pamphlet wanted by Senor Lacerda sent you soon. Please ask him to collect reptiles for us in alcohol. We will send him plenty of books in return. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 426 Newburgh, New York 6 Oct. 1862 Prof. Baird. Smithsonian Ins. Dear Sir. You wrote me in May that you would send for Mr. Lacerda, of Bahia, the “Directions for Meteorological Observations.” He also added “and some other of their interesting papers.” I had forgotten the matter till last week when I reed, a notification that a vessel was abt. sailing from Boston for Bahia and the Captain wd. take charge of anything for Mr. L. I got “At the time the letter was written (1862) the son, Comendador Antonio de Lacerda, was probably studying the construction of the elevator which connects the upper and lower town in Salvador. “Although not a technical graduate, he conceived the idea of drilling a shaft through the rock for the location of the elevator. The civil engineers of the time believed it would not be possible to follow this plan. They advocated an external construction involving a tower near the cliff and a bridge connecting it to the plateau. “. . . Mr. Lacerda went ahead with his project, the construction Avas started in 1869. ... It is interesting to observe that in 1930, when the capacity of the old elevator had to be increased, the American company in charge of work developed the project along both conceptions. Thus, the present “Elevador Lacerda” consists of two units, a shaft in the rock and a tower, connected by a bridge on the top and a tunnel at the base. “The information I am transmitting to you has been given by Dr. Pericles Madureira de Pinho, a scholar deeply devoted to the history of Bahia.” 70 Thomas Say (1787-1834): The Father of American Entomology. See Weiss, H. B. and Grace M. Ziegler “Thomas Say, Early American Natural- ist.” 260 pp. Baltimore, 1931. Sept.— Dec., 1958] Brown: Correspondence 221 this too late to apply to you. / But there may be another opportunity some day and we should be ready. Do send on therefore something for him. What news from Kennicott? Our plates of Sphinges have reached no. 15 and there are two more to issue. They make a beautiful series. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 427 Newburgh, New York 15th Oct. 1862 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I wrote you a few days ago about the books for Mr. Lacerda of Bahia. Since I wrote I have been notified that the vessel that was to have sailed on 1st inst. did not get off, and is now expected to leave 1st Nov. So that we can send the things to Mr. L. You desired me to write to him to send you Reptiles and some other things. This doubtless he will do, and if you like to, / add to the books “astronomical observations”71 he wants anything on these other subjects. He may be able to make good use of them. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 1417 [?] 261 Oct. 18 62 My Dear Sir : Yours of Oct. 6 came to hand as I returned from the norths and that of 15th is now here. I gladly avail myself of the opportunity to send a few things under frank.73 Which please forward. No news from Kennicott as the Indians got all our letters. No damage to collections I believe. He will probably be back this winter.71 Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 71 At this time the Smithsonian was publishing as part of the Annual Re- port a summary of astronomical observations. 72 Baird often spent his summers in the Adirondacks or northern New England. 73 Free carriage of mail accorded to the Smithsonian Institution as a government agency. 74 Kennicott reached Chicago in October, 1862, the time these letters were being exchanged. 222 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI 428 Newburgh, New York Oct. 27, 1862 Prof. S. F. Baird Dear Sir. The package for Mr. Lacerda came today, as well as a Report75 to myself, for which I am obliged to you. I shall forward Mr. L’s at once to Boston. They will be likely to please him. I shall be in New York for the winter after November, of which I will duly advise you. Yours truly W. II. Edwards 429 Newburgh, New York 24th Nov. 1862 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I heard this morning from my horticultural neighbor, Clias. Downing,^ that Kennicott had returned and was at Washington, which I am glad to hear. Give him my regards. I hope he has something good in my depart- ment. I go to New York for the winter this week, and hereafter my address will be at 40 Wall St. / as formerly. Send me any package to that direction. Yours truly X W. H. Edwards 75 Edwards probably refers here to receiving a copy of the 1861 Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution. 76 Charles Downing (1802-1885): Pomologist and horticulturist living at Newburgh, New York. Not as well known as his younger brother Andrew Jackson Downing (1815-1852) whom he helped write “The Fruits and Fruit Trees of America” published in 1845. DAB 5: 418. ( continued from page 190 ) A lively discussion period followed and the meeting was adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of February 19, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History ; President Treat presiding. Fifteen members and eight guests were present. The Society voted unanimously to send a letter of greetings and moral support to Dr. and Mrs. Roman Vishniac. President Treat read correspondence between himself and Mr. J. E. Huns- berger, who had applied for membership in the Society. The members present unanimously passed a resolution to suspend the provisions of the Sept.-Dee., 1958] Proceedings 223 By-laws regarding elections, and to postpone consideration of Mr. Huns- berger’s application for membership at this time. Dr. T. C. Schneirla of the American Museum of Natural History spoke on “Studies of Army Ants in Arizona”. He briefly reviewed the basic pattern of nomadic and statary phases in the activities of Eciton in the tropics, and then raised the question of how such an activity pattern would be modified by the different climatic condition of a more northern area. This matter was investigated by studying the behavior of army ants of the genus Neivamyrmex at the Southwest Research Station in Arizona. Neivamyrmex raids at dusk and emigration is the sequel of a raid, although the emigration may be carried out in two stages and not actually concluded until the second night. Neivamyrmex also has nomadic and statary phases, and the brood conditions “energizing” the raid are similar to those in Eciton. The larvae of Neivamyrmex , however, are not enclosed in cocoons and the stimuli from the larvae (probably chemical) keep the emigrations going longer than is true of Eciton. The winter causes modifications of the behavioral pattern which had been previously observed in Eciton. As the summer season progresses, the phases of the activity cycle may get longer. At the particular locality of the study, a correlation was noted between the onset of cold weather and a reduction of colony activity. In the fall, the queen of Neivamyrmex lays small broods and then ceases reproductive functions completely. The colonies go more deeply into the ground in the fall and make only small raids during occasional warmer days of winter. Dr. Schneirla illustrated his talk with a beautiful group of kodachromes of the Southwestern Research Station and the army ants themselves. Discussion of Dr. Schneirla’s observations continued until 10:00 P.M., when the meeting was adjourned. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of March 3, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Treat presiding. Seven members and eight guests were present. The members voted to approve the appointments to the publications com- mittee suggested by the Executive Committee. Dr. Daniel Ludwig of Fordham University, spoke on “Effects of tempera- ture and parental age on the life cycle of the mealworm beetle.” Studies on the effects of aging on the progeny of invertebrate animals were initiated with work of Jennings and Lynch on rotifers. The repro- ductive capacity of rotifers depends upon the age of the mother giving rise to the generation being tested. Dr. Ludwig’s work is an attempt to in- terpret similar results obtained with the mealworm Tenebrio in terms of differences in enzymatic activity. Tenebrio can be reared conveniently in the laboratory, the number of moults depending on the temperature. It was found that larvae from young parents reared at 30 degrees had a longer larval period than larvae from old parents reared at the same temperature. The adults also lived longer if from young parents. 224 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Attempts are being made to relate these data to the level of cytochrome oxidase activity in the immature stages, since it is known that activity of this enzyme differs in the immature stages of Japanese beetles, depending upon the age of the parents. With Tenebrio, beginning at about 5 weeks of age, the cytochrome oxidase diminishes in the egg; the precise significance of this change is not known at the present time. The meeting was adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of March 19, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History and was called to order at 8:00 P.M. by President Treat. Mr. Nicholas Shoumatoff and Dr. John B. Schmitt were proposed for membership. The members voted to suspend the bylaws in order to elect these candidates at this meeting, and they were elected unanimously. President Treat reported that the Society has found its purpose embodied in a certificate of incorporation. This purpose is to “advance the science of entomology in all its branches.” Dr. Ruckes called attention to the damage recently suffered by the Budapest Museum and the loss of the Coleoptera and part of the Hemiptera collections. Funds to aid the Museum are soon to be sought in this country. Dr. William Creighton spoke on “Studies on Arboreal Ants in Deserts.” Contrary to general opinion, there exists a varied fauna of ants in deserts, and among these ants he looked for peculiarities general to several genera found in the Southwestern United States, the object being to find common features produced by convergent evolution influenced by the selective factors in deserts. He compared ground-dwelling, desert arboreal, and ordinary arboreal ants, with respect to seven general characteristics, including behavioral ad- justments to temperature, possession or absence of psammophores, use of soil or plants as nest sites, storage of food, aestivation, marriage flights, diurnal and nocturnal foraging cycles. He presented evidence that most of these aspects of the natural history of ants are influenced by the special selective factors operative in arboreal desert environments. Certain data were tentatively interpreted as indicating that some arboreal ants eat exudates of trees at night. Dr. Creighton’s presentation was illustrated by a series of beautiful kodachromes showing the study areas in the South- west. After a lively discussion period the meeting was adjourned at 9:40 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of April 2, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President Treat at the American Museum of Natural History. In the absence of the Secre- tary the minutes of the previous meeting were not read. Eleven members and three guests were present. The report of the Field Committee, Mrs. Hopf, Chairman, was read in absentia. A field trip to the Audubon sanctuary Sept.— Dec., 1958] Proceedings 225 near Greenwich, Connecticut, is proposed for Saturday, May 18th, to be conducted by Dr. A. B. Klots. Assistant Secretary Robert G. Bloch introduced the speaker of the even- ing, Dr. Ralph E. Heal, Executive Secretary of the National Pest Control Association, who spoke on Changing Patterns in Insect Control. The organi- zation represented by Dr. Heal is concerned primarily with “structural pests,” chiefly insects and other arthropods in or around dwelling houses or other buildings occupied by man. Conventional ways of dealing with these pests are undergoing rapid change as the result of two main factors: (1) resist- ance of the pests to insecticides, and (2) prevalent practices in the location and construction of dwelling houses. Resistance to insecticides, though reported by Melander in 1914 for the San Jose scale insect, did not become a serious problem until 1947, when in Italy and Sweden it appeared that house flies had acquired resistance to DDT. Resistant houseflies were found in the United States in the follow- ing year by George Barber of Rutgers University. Resistance of houseflies to the chlorinated hydrocarbons is now world-wide. The organic phosphate insecticides, used as bait components, were intensively tested in Public Health Service projects near Savannah, Georgia, and Orlando, Florida. In these areas a phenomenon which may be described as “behavioral resistance” has appeared in the fly populations, the insects showing an ability to recognize and avoid the poisoned baits. Such resistance is now reported by Dr. Philip Spear in house flies in Illinois. Drastic fly eradication pro- grams in Corpus Christi, Texas, following epidemics of poliomyelitis and infant diarrhoea, has led to the development of highly resistant German cockroaches in that area. Similar resistance is evident in New York City roaches, doubling the cost of control measures. Certain other pests show similar trends, notably the bedbug and the brown dog tick. Building practices which are bringing new problems in pest control in- clude the increasing use of “hermetically sealed” air-conditioning, the loca- tion of new developments in areas with high populations of native insects, and the use of substandard lumber. The virtual sealing of air-conditioned houses often results in the trapping of moisture in walls and woodwork. This favors fungus growth and with it such insects as springtails, silverfish, psocids, and fungus beetles. Clover mites, millepedes, and termites become troublesome where new housing developments arise in areas already heavily populated with these animals. Concrete slab foundations in lieu of base- ments favor the invasion of houses and make control difficult. Inadequate seasoning of lumber and incomplete removal of the bark leads to infestations of more or less harmless but annoying insects such as bark beetles and cerambycids, for which remedies are not readily available. Discussion of Dr. Heal’s paper centered chiefly about the biological mechanism of resistance and problems of pest control in government hous- ing. The meeting was adjourned at 9:45 P.M. Asher E. Treat, Secretary pro tern. Meeting of April 16, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President Treat at 8:00 P.M. in room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History. 226 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxvj The speaker of the evening, Dr. Leland GL Merrill, of Rutgers University spoke on “Some Little Known Insect Pests of New Jersey.” The State of New Jersey has a 200 million dollar agricultural enterprise with an ex- tremely high valuation of its agricultural land, leading to very serious conditions from insect pests that might be minor pests elswhere. Some insects are also more or less peculiar to New Jersey because of the inten- sive agriculture there. Dr. Merrill discussed and showed kodaehrome slides of a large number of the New Jersey pests, beginning with the pepper maggot, the European corn borer and the carrot weevil. The corn borer has increased rapidly in the last year and transferred to tomatoes from corn or weeds in New Jersey. The sharp-nosed leaf hopper, found on cultivated blueberries has been indicated as the carrier of the virus disease “blueberry stunt.” The cherry fruit-worm and the blueberry crown-girdler also attack cultivated blue- berries in New Jersey. The pea aphid develops enormous populations on alfalfa, the principal component of the hay industry in the state. It has been calculated that 4,083 pounds of aphids (wet weight) may exist on a single acre of alfalfa. Dr. Merrill described the procedure used to alert the growers to new pests, and the methods used to check on potentialities of neAv insect depredations in the State. The meeting was adjourned at 9:40 P.M. after the discussion period. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of May 7, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History, President Treat presiding. The Society welcomed back Dr. and Mrs. Vishniac after their unfortunate and enforced absence. Dr. Treat expressed the sentiments of the entire Society in telling them how glad we were to see them. Miss Campbell was proposed for membership, the by-laws being then suspended so that she could be elected to membership immediately. Dr. Treat called attention to a new book published in France by our member, Dr. Klots, with excellent illustrations of butterflies done by Klots and some by our honorary member, Mrs. Swain. An English edition is expected in about one month. Dr. Edward Hodgson, of Columbia University, spoke on "The Sensory World of Insects,” centering his discussion on the electroplivsiological methods of understanding the basis for insect behavior. By recording the nerve impulses orignating in chemoreceptor cells, it is possible to show that many receptor organs of insects have mechanisms for discriminating between “acceptable” and “unacceptable” stimuli. Chemicals activating one cell of a receptor lead to a feeding or positive response, while activation of another cell of the same receptor organ mediates a rejection or negative response. The insects seem to conform in this way to a general situation prevailing among arthropods in which they integrate information in peripheral sense organs, rather than in the central nervous system, as with vertebrates. Sept.— Dec., 1958] Proceedings 227 The sensory physiology of arthropods occurring in caves was studied, because the lack of visual stimuli in such environments leads to hypertrophy of chemical and tactile senses. It was found that the receptor cells, par- ticularly of cave species, exhibited a great deal of “spontaneous” activity, as would be expected for very sensitive receptors, and the “message” sent to the central nervous system consists of a change in the pattern of nerve impulses, rather than the mere presence of nerve impulses from the receptor cells. Kodachromes showing the cave collecting areas were shown. After a period of discussion, the meeting adjourned at 10:00 P.M. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary Meeting of May 21, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; Hr. Treat presiding. Twenty-six persons were present. The Society voted that a letter be sent to Charles Mohr of the Audubon Nature Camp, expressing thanks for his hospitality during the field trip to the Audubon Reservation. The field trip was judged to have been highly successful by everyone who attended. Dr. Treat announced, with regrets, the resignations of Dr. Creighton as Vice-President, and Dr. Hodgson as Secretary. Both resignations have been necessitated by the pressure of other obligations. The major part of the evening was devoted to a members’ symposium. Dr. Treat reported on the Creighton’s arduous trip to Mexico. Dr. Clausen reported on the “good old days” of the Society, with many humorous in- stances of field trips and meetings which she discovered during a recent search through the old minutes of the Society. Dr. Vishniac reported that he is starting his photographic work again. Mr. Heineman described some recent collecting adventures in Jamaica. Mr. Soraci described the troubles associated with administration of the gypsy moth control program in New Jersey. The meeting was formally adjourned at 9:20 P.M., but exchanges of information and other discussion continued long after formal adjournment. Edward S. Hodgson, Secretary 228 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVX MEMBERSHIP OF NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY (January 1, 1958) Acosta, Jose T., Calle K, No. 317, Yibora, Habana, Cuba. Alayo Dalmau, Pastor, Universidad de Oriente, Santiago, Oriente, Cuba. Ballou, Charles H., Apartado 2998, San Jose, Costa Rica. Barber, Harry G., United States National Museum, Washing- ton 25, D. C. Becker, George G., 11 Hedges Avenue, Chatham, New Jersey. **Bell, Ernest L., 150-17 Roosevelt Avenue, Flushing, New York. #Bequaert, Joseph C., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts. Bigelow, David M., Evansville Museum, 216 N.W. Two Street, Evansville, Indiana. #Bird, Henry L., 600 Milton Road, Rye, New York. Blanton, Franklin S., University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida. Bloch, Robert G., 781 Ocean Avenue, Brooklyn 26, New York. Boyd, William M., 171 Millerick Avenue, Trenton 8, New J ersey . Boyle, W. Wayne, Department of Zoology, Penn State Uni- versity, University Park, Pennsylvania. Brown, F. Martin, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado. Buxbaum, Paul, 360 Central Park West, New York 25, New York. Campbell, Ruth G., 59 West Nine Street, New York 11, New York. Cazier, Mont A., American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Church, Frederic E., 655 Park Avenue, New York 21, New York. Clausen, Lucy W., Columbia University College of Pharmacy, New York 23, New York. # Life Member ## Honorary Member Sept -Dec., 1958] Membership of New York Entomological Society 229 Creighton, William S., Department of Biology, College of the City of New York, New York 31, New York. Desmond, Thomas C., 94 Broadway, Newburgh, New York. *Detjen, Gustav, Skidmore Road, Freedom Plains, R. D. 1, Pleasant Valley, New York. Dietrich, Henry, Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Dix, Peter H., 525 West 113 Street, New York 25, New York. Donohoe, Heber C., Mill Race Farm, Box 381, Clinton, New Jersey. dos Passos, Cyril F., Washington Corners, Mendham, New Jersey. Easton, Norman S., 458 High Street, Fall River, Massachusetts. Farb, Peter, 310 Riverside Drive, New York 25, New York. Farrelly, James T., 1507 Popham Avenue, Bronx, New York. Fluke, Charles L., Jr., Dept. Entomology, University of Wis- consin, Madison 6, Wisconsin. Forbes, James, Fordham University, New York 58, New York. Forbes, William T. M., Hotel Commander, Cambridge 38, Massachusetts. Franclemont, John C., Dept. Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Froeschner, Richard C., Montana State College, Bozeman, Montana. Frost, S. W, Dept. Zoology, State College, Pennsylvania. Fusselman, Mrs. E. R., 6 Robert Court, Eagle Rock Apt., West Orange, New Jersey. Gaul, Albro T., 28 Glenwood Lane, Levittown, Pennsylvania. Gemmell, Louis G., 290 Collins Avenue, Mt. Vernon, New York. Gertsch, Willis J., American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Granek, Irving, 100 President Street, Lynbrook, New York. Gray, Alice, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Hagan, Harold R., Alma, Nebraska. Harriot, Samuel C., 200 West 58 Street, New York 19, New York. Hartzell, Albert, Boyce Thompson Institute, 1086 North Broad- way, Yonkers 3, New York. Haskins, Caryl P., 1530 P Street, N.W., Washington 5, D. C. 230 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Heineman, Bernard, 175 West 72 Street, New York 23, New York. Heineman, Bernard, Jr., 15 Bank Street, New York 14, New York. Henry, Alexander S., P. 0. Box 152, Westtown, New York. Hessel, Sidney A., Nettleton Hollow, Washington, Connecticut. Ilodgson, Edward S., Dept. Zoology, Columbia University, New York 27, New York. Hood, J. Douglas, Roberts Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Hopf, Mrs. x\lice W., 136 West 16 Street, New York, New York. Iluberman, Jacob, 1 East Fordham Road, Bronx 68, New York. Huckett, II. C., Box 38, R. F. D., Riverhead, New York. Huntington, E. Irving, 115 East 90 Street, New York 28, New York. Janvrin, Edmund R. P., 38 East 85 Street, New York 28, New York. Jones, Frank M., 2000 Riverview Avenue, Wilmington 47, Delaware. King, James C., Dept. Zoology, Columbia University, New York 27, New York. Klots, Alexander B., 215 Young Avenue, Pelham 65, New York. Lacey, Lionel, 485 Pelham Road, New Rochelle, New York. Lappano, Eleanor R., Development Branch, Rockefeller In- stitute, 550 First Avenue, New York 21, New York. Lowing, Mrs. Celia Smith, 370 Columbus Avenue, New York 24, New York. Marks, Louis S., 74 Main Street, Tuckahoe, New York. **McDunnough, James H., Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada. **Melander, Axel L., 4670 Madera Lane, Riverside, California. Miller, A. C., Gulf Research & Development Co., P. O. Drawer 2038, Pittsburgh 30, Pennsylvania. Mullen, James A., Fordham University, New York 58, New York. **Needham, James G., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Nogueira-Neto, Paulo, Caixa Postal 2543, Sao Paulo, Brasil. Olsen, Chris E., P. O. Box 72, West Nvack, New York. *Payne, Nellie M., Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 E. Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Membership of New York Entomological Society 231 *#Petrunkevitch, Alexander, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Pioselli, Robert P., 651 East 220 Street, Bronx 67, New York. Pohl, Lncien, 311 East 72 Street, New York 21, New York. Pomerantz, Charles, 20 Hudson Street, New York 13, New York. Quirsfeld, Edward D., 67 Patterson Street, Hillsdale, New Jersey. Rindge, Frederick, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. New York. Roberts, Tony, 3 Blackston Place, River dale, New York. Roensch, Arthur, 992 Pacific Street, New Milford, New Jersey. Ruckes, Herbert, 167-11 33 Avenue, Flushing, New York. Rumpp, Norman L., 304-B Tyler Street, China Lake, Cali- fornia. Sanford, Leonard J., American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Schmitt, John B., Dept. Entomology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey. Schneirla, T. C., American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Schwarz, Herbert F., American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Sherman, John D., Jr., 132 Primrose Avenue, Mt. Vernon, New York. Shoumatoff, Nicholas, Box 333, Bedford, New York. Smith, Marion R., 519 N. Monroe Street, Arlington, Virginia. ^Snodgrass, Robert E., United States National Museum, Wash- ington 25, D. C. Soraci, Frank A., 12 Waker Avenue, Allentown, New Jersey. Sparano, Benjamin, 14 Oak Street, Hillsdale, New Jersey. Spieth, Herman T., University of California, Riverside, Cali- fornia. Sturtevant, A. H., California Institute of Technology, Pasa- dena, California. *#Swain, Mrs. Su Zan, 24 Willow Street, Chatham, New Jersey. #Teale, Edwin W., 93 Park Avenue, Baldwin, New York. Tietz, Harrison M., 447 Hillcrest Avenue, State College, Penn- sylvania. 232 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI de la Torre y Callejas, Salvador L., Universidad de Oriente, Santiago, Cuba. Townes, George F., 209-11 Masonic Building, Greenville, South California. Treat, Asher E., Dept. Biology, City College, 139 Street & Amsterdam Avenue, New York 31, New York. Treat, Bryan G., 51 Colonial Parkway, Dumont, New Jersey. Turner, Matthew X., 67 West 71 Street, New York, New York. Vaurie, Mrs. Patricia, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York. Vishniac, Roman, 219 West 81 Street, New York 24, New York. Wall, W. J., Jr., Biology Dept., Teachers College, Bridgewater, Massachusetts. Watsky, Paul, 12 East 86 Street, New York 28, New York. *#Weiss, Harry B., 492 Riverside Avenue, Trenton 8, New Jersey. Wheldon, Roy M., Box 46, New Durham, New Hampshire. Wilson, Kent TI., 10015 Vinton Court, Seattle 77, Washington. Zerkowitz, Albert, 127 West 79 Street, New York 24, New York. Sept.-Dee., 1958] Index to Volume LX VI 233 INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS IN VOLUME XLVI Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species, varieties and new names are printed in italics. Acer rubrum, 60 Acrocoelia, 125 Aedes aegypti, 175 Amphimallon majalis, 75 Anelia numidia, 99 Anetia numidia, 99 Anicia, 99 Anomala aenea, 75 orientalis, 141, 171 Apis mellifica, 49, 135 Argynnis, 99 aphrodite, 196 briarea, 99 zerene, 196 Ariphanarthra, 181 Artabanus australis, 91 Attacus cecropia, 196 Augochloropsis atropos, 190 ( Augochloropsis ) vivax, 187 (Glyptochlora) ornata, 190 refulgens, 190 Bellicositermes natalensis, 49 Blattella germanica, 49, 135 Bombyx mori, 49, 135 Caborius, 59 Calephelis borealis, 2 Camponotus, 120 Carventus australis, 87 griseolus, 88 Chaetopterygopsis, 59 Chortophaga viridifasciata, 140 Clothilda briarea, 99 Coenonympha inornata, 63 nipisiquit, 63 heinemani, 67 tullia, 64 Crematogaster acuta, 127 ashmeadi, 124 atkinsoni, 123 cephalotes, 126 cerasi, 119 clara, 124 depilis, 125 histiea, 126 laeviuscula, 119 lineolata, 119 pilosa, 124 punctulata, 124 ruficeps, 126 sanguinea, 124 schmidti, 126 vermiculata, 122 Ctenoneurus halaszfyi, 92 hochstetteri, 93 Danais numidia, 99 Deilephia euphorbiae, 171 Dinocoris maculatus, 148 robustus, 147 Dorymyrmex, 120 DraTceida, 89 incrust at a, 90 Dytiseus marginalis, 135 Enoicyla pusilla, 61 Eriococcus texanus, 124 Erioptera (Erioptera) regina, 167 rex, 167 234 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI Formica, 120 acuta, 126 scutellaris, 126 Galleria mellonella, 135 Gonomyia (Ellipteroides) ebenomyia, 163 schmidi, 164 (Idiocera) colter iana, 164 petilis, 165 phaeosoma, 165 satanas, 165 (Gonomyia) resoluta, 166 turrit ella, 165 Halictus insignis, 181 ochrias, 180 Hemitarsonemus latus, 157 Hydrophilus pieeus, 135 Incisalia henrici lienrici, 3 polios, 3 Ironoquia parvula, 59 Lasius, 120 Leucophaea maderae, 135 Limnephilus indivisus, 60 Lipsothrix burmica, 162 chettri, 162 flavissima, 163 kashmirica, 162 malla, 161 Maranta leuconeura, 157 Kerehoveana, 157 Megalopta bituberculata, 179 bituberculatus, 187 cuprifrons, 186 ianthina, 181 idalia, 179 (Megaloptella) ipomoeae, 181 nigrofemorata, 183 ornata, 181, 190 pilosa, 186 sulciventris, 180 vivax, 187 Megaloptella, 180 Megaloptidia, 180 Megaloptodes , 183 bituberculatus , 185 Megommation, 180 insigne, 181 Melitaea editha, 196 tharos, 196 Melolontha hippoeastini, 75 melolontha, 75, 80 Mezira sulcata, 91 Molophila (Molophila) laxus, 170 Molopliilus (Molophilus) assamensis, 170 diversilobus, 169 inconspicuus, 168 g urkha, 167 lepcha, 169 slier pa, 168 Myrmica sordidula, 126 Myzodes persicae, 49 Neoadoxoplatys haywardi, 150 longirostra, 149 saileri, 150 Neocorynura cuprifrons, 187 pilosa, 186 Neuroctenus ater, 93 castaneus, 93 confusus, 93 luteomarginatus, 94 meziroides, 94 Oenopiella punctaria, 152 testacea, 150 Osmoderma eremicola, 77 Sept. -Dec., 195S] Index to Volume LXVI 23 Papilio, 99 eurymedon, 196 pantheratus, 99 Paspalum, 156 Passalus cornutus, 75 Pentodon dispar, 75 Periplaneta americana, 49, 1-36 Pheidole, 120 bicarinata paiute, 17 Key to species, 7 List of species, 16 rugulosa, 26 Phyllopertha horticola, 75 Phyllophaga gracilis, 75 Popillia japoniea, 77, 171 Rhizotrogus aestivus, 75 Samia walkeri, 140 Sciocoris crassus, 145 longifrons, 147 microphthalmus, 147 ■Sialis lutaria, 171 Solenopsis, 120 Steneotarsonemus furcatns, 156 heiferi, 153 pallidus, 157 Synalpe euryale, 99 Telea polyphemus, 141 Tenebrio molitor, 49, 78, 175 Tillandsia, 124 Tmetocoelia, 180 Vanessa milberti, 216 The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 2 5, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer, i - > Officers for the Year 1958 President, DR. ASHER TREAT The City College, N. Y. 31, N. Y. Vice-President , NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF Box 333, Bedford, N. Y. Secretary, PETER FARB J 310 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 25, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y. Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI / J Allentown, N. J. r _ ' )■/ FV'<- w U'.. ; - Yj TRUSTEES Bernard Heineman ^ Dr. A. B. Klots E. Irving Huntington Dr. Herbert Ruckes - u- % ■- ; ,/•" Frank A. Soraci ix1. hLJ . ~ 1 Nicholas Shoumatoff Dr. A. B. Klots PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Dr. William S. Creighton Herbert F. Schwarz PROGRAM COMMITTEE FIELD COMMITTEE Peter Farb Bernard Heineman Nicholas Shoumatoff DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Dr. Lucy Clausen I / >■ ^ < ft* JT r / \ ) ,\ ' ■ mi yi :0 "r ' : If- "!■ 7 ' \ 'if / 7. y j /• *• " i •’( l: ■. iJ' ‘ V;A: "'V// ft y,\ yiA' -Mv I A '^r^Uj 7 f i7, 77 '■ 7/ •. 11 ' ■ ■' ' ,1 / Aw ar ;■■' i ;;/x, A J ; •; tl ' •; I A , 7 ^ ■ A) v-. \ 1 r ,j >' /'•" 1 ..,,,, .... 1 rs ,/vT J ", I ■' -7 A ;;,v T ‘ : ■' " I . ", , (? •, 7 , . V. I /(, h p-jy, ' a; 'V - .i "" A 7, 7'-/, i , j/.,, j j . -M * f y t'0c v . ?i AA [ aa ■' \ J / A; vA ; I iti y - / ‘ •’ ' / V , s..Ti 4 ./^ > .. ,.\A:rn \1 •. v-f ' \h " V ' 'i r T: ,7y -f ,v 7 ,7( / ' LC- A " \ A " ''I , ■( 7 / 1 7 V i ’ I ■■ ■■ VS aY fe' ? V| \x : } /■ l_ ,• I iv . , r 4c ,A 1 V'#yAA, lA". A, 'A : ; A V'.:' I’: A /->; ,.'. 7 vA 4. A ’ 1 JOURNAL ’ 4 1 -jrs f - \ .7 j;- >} of the /?» / NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Sn Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allen- town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer. 1 (-vn 1 > ■ \ • / : f ( j 7 v y ■:7v7i|/|7 ' O A / f '• , •( f ; 7 ■. n /■ ./. n i j f . AY ;/iv' ■ l4 , / ■ \ ■ ! ’ 1 , A V j / _■ y, , ’ 7 , . 1 u f J ' V ,1Y; ■ f . ‘ T ..A i 1 /Kj, \ t 1/ y.-'A ■ V \ i ■ > ,01 i '1 7 K ; 4 .1 ] 7 >/' / ' 4 • A ./ lv ; . V ■ W- Mkrm, 47' : < a y r -■•4/ .'Y w . 4 ' ' , : '' !___■ ! 77/ 7, ; 7 ;1y 7 ' 1 ) • Cy-'-'- • ^ A } / P 1 A J / ;l . YTt- j \ / / ' ' '/) ■ " - f L 1 ' 7 V 7 1 f: ■ > ! W 1 — -\ I ;.Q: : 4 A; A 7 ' 1. ' ! \n- ; ■ : ' ' 1 7 V i / /'• >; /; , ' "j '>Y ' 7 -! V , J '7 ' ( v ' Y 7 -7 - . ", r, 'K (; ■ y ■ 1 A;' l. y ' / . ' , 4 . 1 '• / f\y ■ / . ' . ' , y ' 1 , .:/7; P \j‘r ) 7 1. / ( j, j.. } ' . . ■//>■/ 7.: .r; 7,,;.|, , ; /? •/ ' Y ' 1 ' '• ’ • V • Y ‘ V r ' ,v'A y\ : / 1 y ■ / , • ; J - ^ ' Av,'V 77 y|7 . ' * )! 1 1 . ;( • 1 / / j f , • / v, ' YY vY / ^ / / A’ i i : 7; ;7, ' f / yi! • ’ i ; „ /) ' ; /./ , 11 ' / ,\ cl / ■ 7 (a ■ • ; V’X; ' A,- * \il 1 A' ■i' 4(4; , l v’T. if' ’ >, ■ /y ’ .n ■' ' ./ 7/ : ' ' f (Y 7 i . \ ' a > • 'h . ' , 7 7/ ' ( ■ 1 . 7 ' - I At I 4 uy i - V Journal of the Xew York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXVII Published by the Society New York, N. Y. Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pennsylvania CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXVII PAGE - ~"S Alexander, Charles P. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera ), TV 223 Book Notice 96 Brown, F. Martin The Correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part II. 107 The Correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part III, 1865-1866 125 Chew, Robert M. Estimation of Ant Colony Size by the Lincoln Index Method 157 Comstock, William Phillips and Edgar Irving Huntington An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere 59, 163 Fletcher, D. S. Notes on North American Species of Nycteola (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) 51 Frjngs, Hubert and Mable Frings Studies on Antennal Contact Chemoreception by the Wood Butter- fly, Cercyonis pegala 97 Klots, Alexander B. A Mixed Mating of Two Species of Limenitis Fabricius 20 Lane, Frederico Three New Genera of Ibidionini (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) 13 Remarks on Dr. Breuning’s Revision of the Lamiids (Coleoptera, Lamiidae) 2 1 Ludwig, Daniel and Mary C. Barsa Activities of Respiratory Enzymes during the Metamorphosis of the Housefly, Musca domestica Linnaeus 151 Mitchell, Rodger Life Histories and Larval Behavior of Arrenurid Water-Mites Parasitizing Odonata 1 Moran, Marius R. Changes in the Fat Content during Metamorphosis of the Meal- worm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus 213 Changes in the Distribution of Nitrogen during Metamorphosis of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus 217 Mullen, James A. Unusual Diet for Tenebrio molitor Linn. 38 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 150 Rindge, Frederick H. Bucliholz Lepidoptera Collection 26 Ruckes, Herbert Disderia inornata, a New Species of Pentatomid from Mexico (Heteroptera, Pentatomidae) 27 A New Species of Odmalea Bergroth from Brazil 55 Vaillant, Francois The Thaumaleidae (Diptera) of the Appalachian Mountains 31 The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera of the Family Psychodidae 39 iii SPENCER FULLERTON BAIRD Reproduced from 1857 painting by H. Ulke — Courtesy of Smithsonian Institution Vol. LXVII No. 1 March, 1959 Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON PETER FARB Subscription $5.00 per Year CONTENTS Life Histories and Larval Behavior of Arrenurid Water- Mites Parasitizing Odonata By Rodger Mitchell 1 Three New Genera of Ibidionini (Coleoptera, Ceramby- cidae) By Frederico Lane 13 A Mixed Mating of Two Species of Limenitis Fabricius By Alexander B. Klots 20 Remarks on Br. Breuning’s Revision of the Lamiids (Coleoptera, Lamiidae) By Frederico Lane 21 Buchholz Lepidoptera Collection By Frederick H. Rindge 26 Disderia inornata, a New Species of Pentatomid from Mexico (Heteroptera, Pentatomidae) By Herbert Ruckes 27 The Thaumaleidae (Diptera) of the Appalachian Moun- tains By FRANgois Vaillant 31 Unusual Diet for Tenebrio molitor Linn. By James A Mullen 38 The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera of the Family Psychodidae By FRANgois Vaillant 39 Notes on North American Species of Nycteola (Lepidop- tera, Noctuidae) By D. S. Fletcher 51 A New Species of Odmalea Bergroth from Brazil By Herbert Ruckes 55 NOTICE: Nos. 3, 4 of Volume LXVI of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society were Published on March 24, 1959 Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXYII March, 1959 No. 1 LIFE HISTORIES AND LARVAL BEHAVIOR OF ARRENURID WATER-MITES PARASITIZING ODONATA By Rodger Mitchell Biology Department, University of Florida Arrenurus all illustrate an unmodified life history pattern con- sisting of three active stages : the larva that is parasitic on an adult insect, followed by two free-living aquatic stages, the nymph and adult. The consistent life history pattern of the genus has been thoroughly established in the fine studies of Dr. Paul Munchberg, 1935 et. seq.), but there are many small differ- ences in the details of each species life history that are consid- ered to have great significance in the survival and success of the parasitic larvae and those related to larval attachment are taken up below. Six life histories are reported and these were reared in the laboratory as a part of the studies of the water-mite fauna of the Edwin S. George Reserve, which is located 2 miles west of Pinckney, Livingston County, Michigan. Grants-In-Aid from the Edwin S. George Scholarship Fund provided support for this work and I am greatly indebted to the late J. Speed Rogers and to T. H. Hubbell who have been responsible for this continued assistance. Much was accomplished in these studies because I did not hesitate to take (and make my own) many suggestions and much labor generously offered by the Curator of the George Reserve, Irving J. Cantrall. Identifications of the dragonflies were checked by Edward J. Kormondy. Introduction Previous records of Arrenurus larvae parasitizing Odonata (Munchberg 1935 et. seq.) suggest that each Arrenurus has a limited attachment site preference but that species differ widely ®!tsS“S J'1L 2 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI i in their site selection. As the data reported below were collected, an increasing amount of attention was directed to the relation of attachment site to larval and host behavior. The fact that studies were based on parasites collected on the host, limited the approach to problems encountered by larvae during and after parasitism. Once a larva attaches itself to the host, successful completion of parasitism requires that the larva obtain adequate nutrition and water from the host and be finally reintroduced into a suitable aquatic habitat. Success in both these matters might be related to attachment position and it seems best to out- line theoretical speculations as to site selection and then examine the data for correspondences with theory. Larvae permanently attach themselves to the host by their mouthparts and withdraw nutrients and water through a tube produced in the host tissues (Marshall and Staley (1929; Miya- zaki 1936). Any membrane and some sutures appear suitable as attachment sites for the larvae and the fact that extensive membranes of Odonata are ventrally located seems sufficient ex- planation for the occurrence of most mites on that surface. Entering a suitable aquatic habitat after riding an odonate imago for several days is an event that may depend on the probability of the host’s dying over or in water, in which case the mite larvae could be quite passive after attaching to the host. Some larvae may actively abandon their host but their small size and hydrophobic integument means that they will not easily pass through the surface film. Be-entering the water will be insured if some action of the host introduces into the water at least the part of the body to which the mites are attached, and under such conditions the larvae must be able to release. Obviously the only predictable entrance of Odonata imagos into the water is during oviposition which occurs in only certain ways in certain Odonata. Immersion of the female, including in some cases the attached male, may be complete (as in some Coenagrionidae) or only the very tip of the abdomen may be dipped into the water (as typical of Libellulidae) . Since larvae that abandon their host must be attached to a part of the host body that enters the water, the extent of attachment sites is a function of host behavior. Active larvae must select sites and suitable hosts. The possibility that pseudoviposition may be carried out by some male libelluline dragonflies (Moore, 1952; Mar., 1959] Mitchell: Behavior of Arrenurid Water-Mites 3 Jacobs, 1955) suggests that sexual discrimination of hosts by larvae is not necessary in some cases. Finally attached mites are quite likely subject to abrasion and injurious blows while attached to the host. Projecting appen- dages would protect thoracic attachment zones making them most secure, and it would appear that protection would be a factor in site selection. On purely speculative grounds it is concluded that host and site selection by mite larvae would be influenced by the way larvae re-enter the water, by available nutrient, and by relative protection from injury. The first would require accurate host discrimination and attachment site correlated with host behavior.. The last two factors would be nearly constant for all Odonata hosts as to favored sites and would not require host discrimina- tion. Arrenurus (A.) major Marshall A. major is the most abundant species of Arrenurus and para- sitizes a damselfly, Ishnura verticalis (Say) (Coenagrionidae), that is abundant and easily captured. Thus, observations on this parasite are the most complete. During the main flight period of the host, from early June to late August, 90 to 95 per cent of the L. verticalis are parasitized by an average of 13 larvae. Miinchberg (1951) has already published an outline of this life history. As long as the larvae are attached to the host and their integu- ment is dry no activity was ever noted, but fully engorged larvae become active a few seconds after being dampened. Their legs move slowly at first but with greater speed and power as time passes, and whenever the legs strike a solid object the mite presses the legs firmly against the host, causing the body of the mite to be pushed back and forth on the attachment of the mouthparts. Evi- dently the mouthparts, once they are imbedded in the host integu- ment, cannot be freed by their own action and loosen only as the mite larva twists about on that attachment. Most individuals are free of their attachment in ten to fifteen minutes, but a few larvae are never able to free themselves. Active unattached larvae are able to swim away from the host when it is dipped in water, but since their inefficient swimming is not enough to over- come their weight the larvae settle to the bottom where their 4 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvii swimming movements propel them along the substrate at a speed of about a centimeter a second. The larvae can also crawl upon or cling to plants or algal strands. Activity persists until the nymphochrysalis is formed some 24 to 48 hours after release. If Graph I. 30- A A 1 v. 10. a a = males • = females A A — r 1 — intercox. metepim. A 2 3 4 A I "T 1 1 5 6 7 8 abdominal segments location on host The number of times a given site was found occupied by A. major larvae from a sample of 40 I. verticalis of each sex collected on July 21, 1957. The sites are the intercoxal membranes, the venter of the meteprimeron, and the venter of the first eight abdominal segments. possible the larvae will form the nymphochrysalis while grasping or in contact with some object. There is limited time during which larvae can drop off the host. Larvae not leaving during that time become more engorged and thicker skinned than average and do not become active when moistened, although they transform if the host is kept in water. Oviposition by Ishnura verticalis involves both male and female. Females often go beneath the surface of the water. Males in tandem may enter the water far enough to wet the abdo- men but usually no further (Grieve 1937). Larvae attached to the abdomen will be most likely to have an opportunity to re- enter the water. Graph I shows the frequency with which larval mites are found Mar., 1959] Mitchell: Behavior of Arrenurid Water-Mites 5 at a given location on the host. Graph II shows the average number found at individual sites for the entire sample. Sexual modifications of the second abdominal segment of the male make it an unsatisfactory site, but in all other respects the graphs indicate no site selection. This may be due to two nearly bal- anced pressures — one favoring larvae that re-enter the water from abdominal segments and the other favoring larvae that are protected at a thoracic attachment but have fewer opportunities to re-enter the water. A second explanation is that the ability of larvae to remain on the host as passive larvae may make site selection less important. The nymphochrysalis, which is formed within 48 hours of re- lease of the larva, is of short duration for the nymph emerges 5? 4.0 os si jg I fe 3.0 si § Sb 6 2.0 Graph II. A = males * = females intercox. | 1 metepim. & & 7 abdominal segments location on host Average number of larvae found at each parasitized site taken from the same sample as Graph I. in two to six days to feed on ostracods or daphnia for a period of two to three weeks after which the teleiochrysalis is formed. Adults emerge from that stage in one to two weeks. Thus, post larval development can take place in just over a month. 6 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII Since parasitized A. major are found throughout the summer, it is likely that there must be at least two and possibly three over- lapping generations each year. Field collections indicated that the adult is probably not a stage that overwinters. Arrenurus bleptopetiolatus Cook A. bleptopetiolatus was reared from ten green larvae attached to the venter of abdominal segments 8 and 9 of a male Epicordulia princeps Hagen (Libellulidae) collected on June 24, 1957. The response of these larvae to water and their activity was not deter- mined. However, the location of the parasites at the tip of the abdomen suggests that they do drop off at oviposition. After being placed in water the larvae commenced transformation within two days and nymphs emerged in two more days. The nymphs readily ate ostracods and after feeding for just under a month transformed. A week or so later the adults emerged. The concentration of larvae on the host is just where it would be expected if the parasite assumed an active role in re-entering the water for the oviposition habits of the host are given by Needham and Hey wood (1929) as follows: “The female oviposits alone. She descends to touch the water at points wide apart, far out from shore in open water/’ The fate of mites attached to males would be to ride their host until it dies. Arrenurus compactilis Marshall In mid- June both sexes of Enallagma ebrium (Hagen) (Coen- agrionidae) were often found with as many as ten greenish mite larvae attached to the venter of the metathorax and to the coxal membranes of legs II and III. Larvae taken from this host on June 16, 1957 later developed into adult A. compactilis. When these larvae were moistened the legs began to move, at first slowly and later quite vigorously. As the larvae pressed against the host with their legs their mouthparts were loosened so that the larvae were shortly freed from their hold to the host. Once in the water very vigorous actvity of the legs propelled the larva slowly through the water. Within the next 24 hours the larva transformed into the nymphochrysalis from which the nymph emerged in as short a time as three days. Generally the nymphs fed on ostracods, although a few daphnia were taken, and after Mar., 1959] Mitchell: Behavior of Arrenurid Water-Mites 7 three to four weeks’ feeding the nymphs entered the teleiochry- salis from which the adult emerged a month later. Larvae attached to female E. ebrium are assured of an oppor- tunity to re-enter the water for the host females descend below the water to oviposit in plant stems (Walker, 1953). There are no reliable data as to how often the male is involved in oviposi- tion or the part he normally takes in the process. In some species of Enallagma the male does partially enter the water according to Needham and Heywood (1929). Owing to the fact that the host is often submerged during ovi- position, A. compactilis can attach to areas of optimum stability and protection and the thorax appears to be just such a location. Arrenurus fissicornis Marshall Often as many as 100 larvae of this mite are found attached only to the venter of the terminal abdominal segments of both sexes of at least three dragonflies of the family Libellulidae. Libellula incesta Hagen, L. luctuosa Burm., and Erythemis sim- plicicollis (Say). Bearings were made from hosts collected from June 20 to 25, 1957 and during the latter part of June parasitism was nearly 100 per cent. Evidently these dark green larvae did drop off during oviposition, for several old females of L. incesta were found with very badly torn intersegmental membranes of the abdomen but with very few mite larvae remaining. In the laboratory, larvae attached to the host would loosen their grip if moistened, although complete release from the host was rarely achieved without some slight external pressure being applied to the mite larva. Once off the host the larvae were active, but the movements of their legs were ineffectual in propulsion. In two to three days the nymphochrysalis was formed and the nymphs emerged to feed on ostracods for two to three weeks. The nymphs then entered the teleiochrysalis stage from which the adult emerged in about ten days. Both laboratory observations and the condition of old host females confirm the fact that these mite larvae, which are always found attached to the venter of abdominal segments 5 through 9, must leave the host when the female oviposits. Since larvae did not entirely loosen themselves in the laboratory it might be as- 8 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII sumed that as the ovipositing* host strikes the water with her abdomen, the larvae which have partially loosened their attach- ment are knocked off the host. Presumably all three hosts show the typical libellulid oviposition behavior as indicated by Walker (1953) : Many species “oviposit by flying low over the water and striking the surface here and there with the end of the abdo- men. ...” Some pond species may “tap the water with abdomen rhythmically, about four times a second, and always rising be- tween strokes to the same height, five inches.” Arrenurus pollictus Marshall During most of June three species of Lestes, L. disjunctus australis Walker, L. eurinus Say and L. forcipatus Kambur (Lestidae) were found to be parasitized by reddish mite larvae that were attached to the ventral and lateral sutures of the thorax. A. pollictus was reared from these three host species collected from June 16 to 19, 1957. The heavily engorged larvae did not react when moistened and even when removed from the host and placed in water still showed no activity. Transformation com- menced within 24 hours of removal of the larvae from the host and the nymphs emerged in 4 to 5 days to feed on both daphnia and ostracods. After a month of feeding the teleiochrysalis was formed from which the adult emerged in a few days. Most species of Lestes oviposit in stems over the water (Walker 1953), although L. forcipatus is among the exceptions to the rule and oviposits at or under the water surface (Need- ham and Heywood 1929). Certainly the majority of the mites attached to these hosts only re-enter the water if the host dies over water. Larvae of this mite attach to the stable, well-pro- tected venter of the thorax and, when engorged, lose all ability to move. Arrenurus tetratumuli Miinchberg This species was described from undeveloped males reared by Miinchberg from Erythemis simpicicollis (Say) and Pachydiplax longipennis (Bunn.) (Libellulidae) collected at Point Pelee, On- tario. (Miinchberg 1953). Features of the petiole were not developed in the type series and Dr. Miinchberg has very kindly compared the male of A. tetratumuli with these specimens. Doctors Cook and Miinchberg agree that A. neosuperior must Mar., 1959] Mitchell: Behavior of Arrenurid Water-Mites 9 be synonomized with A. tetratumuli. Cook (1954) adequately illustrates and describes, under the name A. neosuperior, the differentiating characters of the entity that must go under the name A. tetratumuli Miinchberg. One parasitized specimen of Pachydiplax longipennis was col- lected on July 28, 1956 and found to have a few scattered very dark green larvae attached to the ventral region of the meta- thorax. On removal from the host the larvae showed no signs of activity in water but, within a few days, had transformed. The nymphs emerged in two weeks and fed on daplinia. On com- pletion of the nymphal stage two males and four females emerged. These details of biology are in complete accord with the facts re- ported by Munchberg (1953). Both the libelluline hosts reported for the species probably oviposit in the typical libellulid fashion with only the female in- volved. She merely dips the tip of the abdomen in the water during flight and releases eggs each time the abdomen strikes the water. Hence larvae attached to the thorax, as is the rule in A. tetratumuli will not be able to re-enter the water. Observations in the laboratory indicate that this larva does not respond to moistening and must passively depend on the host ’s drowning or dying over water in order to complete the life cycle. Arrenurus wallensis Cook Throughout late June and July, Celithemis eponina (Drury) and C. elisa (Hagen) (Libellulidae) are commonly parasitized by two types of larvae ; a bright red larva that attaches to the lateral sutures of the meso- and meta-thorax, and a dark green larva that is almost always attached along the V-shaped suture of the ven- tral surface of the meteprimeron where, if crowded, the mite larvae form two neat rows alternating with each other. Only the green larvae have been reared out. These are discussed below. Arrenurus wallensis was reared from dark green larvae re- moved from the venter of the metathorax of Celithemis eponina collected on July 28, 1956. The larvae did not drop off the host when moistened. When removed and put in water they were inactive, and the nymphochrysalis was formed immediately. After ten days the nymphs emerged and readily fed upon daphnia until entering the brief teleiochrysalis stage some six weeks later. 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII About 20 fully engorged larvae occupy all the available space on the suture and only rarely attach to metepimeral sutures. Newly emerged dragonflies bear more than twenty mites, which suggests that the limited numbers and precise arrangement of engorged individuals is the result of competition that permits maturation of only those larvae that are properly placed on the suture. Since the limited attachment sites are not related to larval release, and occasional individuals attached to lateral thoracic sutures do feed and mature, it has not been possible to explain the limitations seen in the parasitism. Conclusions Odonata were found with mite larvae attached to ventral mem- branes from the mesothorax to the ninth abdominal segment with each mite species usually limited to one small area on the host. Protection is the only factor that need influence the attachment site of passive larvae which re-enter the water on the death of the host over or in the water. Inactive larvae such as A. wal- lensis, A. pollictus, and A. tetratumuli seek a thoracic attachment where the most protection is to be had. The so-called active release of mite larvae from their attach- ment to the host may completely free the mite from its attach- ment or only loosen the attachment so that external forces easily free the larvae. This release was only seen after moistening and, unless moistened, attached larvae were quiescent. If an engorged mite did free itself from the host, directed locomotion was impossible and the mite either remained in place or dropped off the host. Thus, all mites that responded to wetting were found attached to parts of the host that were likely to be moist- ened. Parasites of hosts that dip the tip of the abdomen in water at oviposition must be concentrated on the tip of the abdomen as in A. bleptopetiolatus and A. fissicornis. Parasites of hosts that enter the water during oviposition have a wider range of potential attachment sites, but in these cases factors related to protection can restrict site selection by the larvae, as appeared to be the case in A. compactilis. In its lack of any pronounced site selection, A. major repre- sents an unsolved problem. Two possible explanations are offered above, both of which conform with the general views ex- pressed here. Mar., 1959] Mitchell: Behavior of Arrenurid Water-Mites 11 While Arrenurus are, for the most part, quite specific in their site of attachment they are often unspecific in their host selec- tion. Many instances of apparent host specificity could be the result of only one potential host being available in the habitat. A. planus, a parasite on the thorax of both Anisoptera and Zygoptera (Munchberg 1952) is a most impressive case of wide latitude in host selection but restricted site selection. Larvae that take an active part in leaving the host are found to be lim- ited to hosts of similar oviposition habits and it is noteworthy that there is no sex differentiation on the part of the larvae. The parasites on males may be lost, simulated oviposition by males may be common (Moore 1952, Jacobs 1955), or larvae may be able to live through the active life of the host and return to the water if the host dies over the water. Thus, the absence of sex selection in active parasites may mean that leaving the host at oviposition is only one of several ways by which parasites of one species may re-enter the water. While only a few instances are considered here, it appears that host and site selection by Arrenurus larvae are best explained in terms of factors favoring the survival and re-entry of larvae into the water. References Cook, D. R. 1954. Preliminary list of the Arrenuri of Michigan. Part I. The subgenus Arrenurus. Trans. Amer. Mic. Soc. 73: 39-58. Grieve, E. P. 1937. Studies on the biology of the damselfly Ishnura ver- ticalis Say, with notes on certain parasites. Ent. Amer. 17: 121-152. Jacobs, M. E. 1955. Studies on territorialism and sexual selection in dragonflies. Ecology. 36: 566-586. Marshall, J. F. and J. Staley. 1929. A newly observed reaction of cer- tain species of mosquitoes to the bites of larval hydrachnids. Para- sitology. 21: 158-160. Miyazaki, Ichiro. 1936. Tiber das Saugorgan von zwei Arten Wassermil- benlarven. Annot. Zool. Jap. 15: 306-308, pis. 17-18. Moore, N. W. 1952. Notes on the oviposition behavior of the dragonfly Sympetrum striolatum Charpentier. Behavior. 4: 101-103. Munchberg, Paul. 1935. Zur Kenntnis der Odonatenparasiten, mit ganz besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ocologie der in Europa an Libellen schmarotzenden Wassermilbenlarven. Arch. Hydrobiol. 29: 1-120. . 1951. Ein zweiter Beitrag liber die in den USA. eine odonaten- parasitische Larvenphase aufweisenden Arrenurus- Arten (Ordnung: Hydracarina) Arch. Hydrobiol. 45: 378-388. . 1952. fiber Fortpflanzung, Lebensweise und Korperbau von Arrenurus planus Marsh., zugleich ein weiterer Beitrag zur Okologie 12 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII und Morphologie der im arctogaischen Raum eine libellenparasitische Larvenphase aufweisenden Arrenurui (Ordunug: Hydracarina) . Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.). 81: 27-46. 1953. Yierter Betrag zur Kenntnis der nordamerikaniscben Raume an Odonaten parasitierenden Arrenurus- Arten (Ordnung: Hy- dracarina). Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.). 82: 47-57. Needham, J. G. and H. B. Heywood. 1929. A handbook of the dragon- flies of North America. 8 + 378 pp., C. C. Thomas, Springfield, 111. Walker, E. M. 1953. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska. 1. 11 + 292 pp. Univ. of Toronto Press. Mar., 1959] Lane: Three New Genera of Ibidionini 13 THREE NEW GENERA OF IBIDIONINI (COLEOPTERA, CERAMBYCIDAE)1 By Frederico Lane2 Gourbeyrella, new genus Ibidionini with a transverse frons; with short, blunt, widely separated antennal tubercles; with eyes reduced to a transverse lower lobe, lacking upper lobe. Antennae slightly longer than body length ($), with a very long, slender, cylindriform scape; third segment shorter than scape; fourth segment slightly shorter than third; fifth segment nearly as long as scape; following segments decreasing in length up to tenth segment, the eleventh subequal to ninth; segments three and four somewhat nodose at apex; segments five to ten angulated at apex; segments rather compressed. Prothorax longer than wide, sub cylindrical, curved anteriorly, only very slightly constricted at sides on front; posteriorly with a somewhat abrupt, wide and strong constriction; sides subparallel; pronotum trans- versely rugose. Elytra rather short, less than twice the length of prothorax; at base squarish with rounded humeri; at sides, after basal portion, slightly narrowed to apex; at apex acuminately rounded. Legs with strongly clavate femora, unarmed at apex, the posterior pair reaching apex of elytra ( $ ) ; tibiae linear, slender ; anterior tarsi with a rather long second segment, about subequal in length to first segment; third segment shorter, slightly narrower than the second at apex, the lobes rounded only at apex; distal or claw segment about length of third segment and one half of second taken together. Antennae and tibiae not carinate. Genotype : Neocorus romanowskii Fleutiaux et Salle, 1890. This species, described from Basse-Terre, Island of Guadeloupe, does not seem to fit into any of the present genera of Ibidionini , and diverges widely from Neocorus Thomson, 1864. Compared with Neocorus ibidionoides (Serville, 1834), from Brasil and the type-species of the genus Neocorus, it shows striking differ- ences. The head is short, without the neck-like constriction of ibidionoides ; the eyes are more finely facetted and reduced to the lower lobe ; the antennal tubercles are differently constructed, and the long and slender scape of the antennae surpasses the an- 1 The present work was carried out in the American Museum of Natural History, and the United States National Museum, under a John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation fellowship. 2 In charge of Insect Division, Department of Zoology (Agriculture), Sao Paulo, Brazil. 14 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VII terior border of the pronotum to some extent; the antennal for- mula shows the third segment slightly longer than the fourth; the shape of both prothorax and elytra is different, and the posterior femora slightly exceed the apex of elytra. In Neocorus ibidionoides (Serville, 1834), the head is long and constricted behind ; the eyes are more coarsely granulated, and do not lack the upper lobes, although these are distantly sepa- rated on the vertex of the head; the antennal tubercles are salient at apex ; the scape of the antennae is more robust and does not surpass the anterior border of the pronotum to any extent ; the third segment, although Lacordaire states it is subequal to the fourth, is really slightly shorter; the prothorax is constricted both anteriorly and posteriorly, and strongly glo- bose at middle portion ; the mesosternal process is narrower and more parallel-sided ; the elytra are longer, about two and three- fourths the length of the prothorax, somewhat parallel-sided, pinched or narrowed at the middle, very convex posteriorly, the apices acuminate and dehiscent at suture ; the posterior femora do not reach apex of elytra; the middle tibiae have a slender dorsal carina; the tarsal formula is different. Gourbeyrella, new genus, would run closer to Aphatum Bates, 1870, having a similar posteriorly constricted prothorax, but Aphatum, according to Bates, does not exactly lack the upper eye lobes, although these are widely separated ; it also is described as having each elytron bi-spinose, the spines long, and having the femora clavate and bidentate at apex. Neocorus romanowskii Pleutiaux et Salle, in both the Junk catalogue and Blackwelder checklist, figures as dating from 1889. Although Fleutiaux and Salle’s article is so dated on the first page (page 351), the correcting notice at the end of the article (page 484) is quite explicit: “Nota. — Les descriptions comprises dans ce memoire n’ont paru qu’en 1890 : le 22 janvier, jusqu’a la page 424 inclusivement, et le 23 avril, de la page 425 a la fin.” The generic description in the present paper was based on a single male specimen, belonging to the American Museum of Natural History, and identified by W. S. Fisher as Neocorus romanowskii F. & S. It measures 6.25 mm. in length, with a humeral width of 1.75 mm., and was collected at Gourbeyre, Guadeloupe, very near the type locality. I here take the oppor- Mar., 1959] Lane: Three New Genera of Ibidionini 15 tunity of warmly thanking Mr. Rudolph Schrammel for the fine photograph illustrating this specimen (Plate I). Xalitla, new genus Ibidionini with a linear body; eyes transverse, prominent, very coarsely granulated, reduced to lower lobe ; antennal tubercles short, wide, divergent, only slightly oblique from the horizontal, at apex projected into a slightly oblique, nearly vertical salient tooth. Head rather long, as seen from above, with a slanting convex vertex. Antennae with a moderately robust scape, reaching only a little beyond anterior margin of pronotum; third segment longer than scape, somewhat curved ; fourth less than one-quarter length of third; following segments nearly subequal in length, slightly increasing up to sixth and slightly decreasing to ninth; tenth shorter and eleventh sub- equal to ninth. Prothorax nearly twice as long as wide, subcylindrical, only slightly bent anteriorly, the sides subparallel, rounded posteriorly to a narrow constric- tion. Scutellum oblique, rather longer than wide, rounded in a semicircle at apex. Elytra slightly more than twice length of pronotum, convex, parallel-sided, rounded to apex, slightly dehiscent at suture. Legs with strongly clavate femora, the posterior pair reaching to apex of third abdominal segment; first tarsal segment of posterior pair as long as second and third taken together ; third segment about subequal to second and narrow lobed; claw segment subequal to first. Genotype : Xalitla azteca, new species. Xalitla azteca, new species Female. Tegumen reddish-brown, with exception of tips of mandibles, eyes, and posterior two-thirds of elytra, which are black; subopaque, the surface being very minutely granulate, covered with rather dense, uniform, large punctures, which are shallower on prothorax, sparser on under side, and very fine and sparse on abdomen; glabrous except for sparse, short, fly- ing hairs. Head rather densely punctate, but punctuations quite separate, not con- fluent, and uniformly distributed, especially on vertex. Gena short, form- ing a blunt jugular process. Underside of antennae with scattered long hairs. Prothorax with larger, shallower, but close, punctuation, that gives a rather “crysidid” appearance to surface. Elytra with identical punctuation, but finer and deeper, slightly shallower and finer towards apex, but covering whole surface. Underside of body sparsely punctate on abdomen. Length, 6.25 mm.; humeral width, 1.25 mm. Type Locality: Mexico, Guerrero, Xalitla, 4.VI.1946, J. & D. Pallister, collectors. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVII (Plate I) Neocorus romanowsTcii Fleutiaux & Salle, 1890, genotype of G-ourbeyrella, new genus. Mar., 1959] Lane: Three New Genera of Ibidionini 17 Holotype, female, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. This genus seems to run very close to Aphatum Bates, 1870, judging by Bates’ description, but the apex of the elytra would easily separate it from Aphatum in which the apices are de- scribed as individually “longe bispinosa.” From Gourbeyrella, new genus, it diverges principally by the more cylindrical prothorax (not flattened on dorsal surface) ; the different elytral structure; the armed antennal tubercles, and differently shaped scape. But more than any of these charac- ters, it diverges radically by the very coarse eyes, in contrast with the rather finely facetted eyes of Gourbeyrella. In relation to this last character, Bates’ generic description of Aphatum, as well as White’s description of the type species, Ibidion rufulum, are omissive, so that it is impossible to give a closer relationship discussion between the three genera without the examination of White’s type. Acanthoibidion, new genus Ibidionini with wide, low, antennal tubercles, rather thick on inner side, armed at apex with a sharp tubercle or tooth, and separated by an irregular groove ; eyes finely granulated, with a triangular-oval lower lobe, and a long, bent, upper lobe, which has a uniform width from base to rounded distal end ; upper eye lobes well separated on vertex of head, the distance between them about equal to distance between apices of antennal tubercles. Antennae setaceous, shorter than body length ( $ ) ; the scape only reaching to an- terior border of pronotum; third segment subequal in length to scape; four to seven somewhat shorter than third ; following segments decreasing slightly in length, the eleventh subequal to tenth; segments rather widened to apex, the third nodose, four and five only slightly; nine and ten somewhat angu- lated at apex. Prothorax slightly transverse, subcylindrical, narrower anteriorly, armed near middle on each side of pronotum with a sharply pointed tubercle. Elytra long, about four and one half times length of pronotum, moderately convex, sides subparallel, truncated at apex. Proternal process rather narrowed between coxae; mesosternal process wide, about three-fourths diameter of coxae. Legs with anterior femora clavate, middle and posterior femora more gradually widened to apex, the posterior pair reaching little beyond distal border of second abdominal segment ; tibiae linear, not carinate ; tarsi slender, with first segment longer than second and third conjointly. Ab- domen with fifth segment rather short and rounded at apex. Genotype : Acanthoibidion venezuelensis, new species. This genus has very peculiar characters, but seems to run close to Ibidion. 18 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII Acanthoibidion venezuelensis, new species Female. Tegumen of head (including scape), prothorax, mesothorax, an- terior tip of metasternum, and legs (except apex of tibiae and all tarsi), red ; underside of body and legs with paler red, more yellowish in tinge ; tip of mandibles black; palpi brown; antennae blackish brown; apex of tibiae and all tarsal segments dark brown; elytra of a very dark blackish brown. Body clothed with sparse flying hairs, shorter and more regularly disposed on elytra. Head confluently punctate, somewhat scabrose on frons, more sparsely punctate on vertex and sides; jugular process somewhat rounded at tip. Antennae with scape, second segment and base of third, shiny; following segments finely punctulate and clothed with short fine reddish pubescence; scape somewhat stout, gradually thickened to apex, rounded at apex, sparsely punctuated; segments three to six finely and not very distinctly keeled. Prothorax with punctures on anterior and posterior borders, and along inner side of pronotal tubercles, and an impunctate longitudinal area at middle of pronotum; sides rather scabrose, unarmed but with a shallow, nearly obsolete, tubercle at middle. Elytra densely punctate from base to apex, the punctures rather large and the surface elevated around them, resulting in an irregular rugulose surface; the punctures vaguely seriate, and the rugosities assuming in places a longitudinal vermicular aspect; humeri rounded, apex truncate. Underside sparsely punctate; last abdominal segment very short, broadly rounded at apex; segments 1-3 long, decreasing very gradually in length; fourth shorter. Length, 12.5 mm., humeral width, 3.5 mm. Type Locality: Venezuela. Holotype, female, in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. This specimen, which belongs to the ex-Tippmann Collection, was placed under a box label as Neo corns romanowskii Fleut. & Salle. It has a small locality label (Venez.), another with an indication “M. Germ.,7’ and a third indicating it had previously belonged to the Cl. Muller collection. A second specimen in the Tippmann Collection, under a box- label of Neocorus diver sipennis Belon, is not this species. Struc- turally it is identical to the above described new species, but varies from it in color, having straw colored elytra with marginal and sutural lines and a stripe at apex brown ; the sides of the frons and the apex of antennal tubercles are dark brown, and so is the scape of the antennae ; the legs are darker. The elytra seem to be somewhat more finely punctate. This specimen meas- ures 11 mm. in length, with a humeral width of 3.25 mm., and has the very same label indications of Acanthoibidion venezuel - Mar., 1959 j Lane: Three New Genera of Ibidionini 19 ensis, new species, which may be sufficiently variable in color pattern so as to include this second specimen. Bibliography Bates, H. W. 1870. Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazon Valley (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) . Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 308 ( ApJiatum ) . Belon, P. 1903. Materiaux pour l’etude des Longicornes de Bolivie. Rev. d’Ent. 22: 50-52 (Neocorus diver sip ennis) . Fleutiaux and Salle. 1890. Coleopteres de la Guadeloupe et descrip- tions d’especes nouvelles. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (1889). 9 (6): 464, pi. 8, fig. 16 ( Neocorus romanowsldi) . Lacordaire, J. T. 1869. Genera des Coleopteres, 8: 330 (key), 336 ( Neo- corus) . Thomson, J. 1864. Systema Cerambycidarum : 220, 439 (key) (Neocorus) . Serville. 1834. Nouvelle Classification, etc. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 3: 98 (Stenygra ibidionoides Serv., genotype of Neocorus ). 20 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII A MIXED MATING OF TWO SPECIES OF LIMENITIS FABRICIUS (LEPIDOPTERA, NYMPHALIDAE) It seems worthwhile to record a very interesting case of inter- specific pairing* that was brought to my attention some time ago. On 26 August 1957, In El Dorado, Ark., Mrs. H. E. Hanna noted a pair, consisting of a male Limenitis archippus (Cramer) and a female L. arthemis astyanax Fabricius, on a rubbish heap, joined in what seemed normal coition. On being caught, they separated. Mrs. Hanna sent the specimens to me, and very kindly presented them to the American Museum of Natural History, where they are now preserved in the collection. Such mixed pairings in the wild are by no means unknown, but are very rarely reported properly, especially with preserva- tion of both specimens. They are of great interest in studies of speciation, hybridization and behavior. Certainly all authentic records of this sort should be prominently published. Of even greater value would be to keep the specimens alive (when this is practicable), obtain a batch of eggs from the female and rear the offspring. Such facts should then be recorded as the number of eggs, the number of viable offspring, the numbers, appearances and food preferences of the larvae, pupae and adults, etc. Even more desirable would be to send the live female or eggs to some- one versed in butterfly genetics. The present instance is of particular interest because of the great color difference between the two species, L. archippus hav- ing departed radically from the coloration of its congeners to mimic Danaus plexippus L., the Monarch. We do not know, of course, what is the relative importance of this color difference in maintaining the normal segregation of the two species (which are very widely sympatric) as compared with their differences in genitalic structure, genetics, odor, courtship behavior and habitat. — Alexander B. Klots, The City College of New York. Mar., 1959] Lane: Breuning's Revision of the Lamiids 21 REMARKS ON DR. BREUNING’S REVISION OF THE LAMIIDS (COLEOPTERA, LAMIIDAE)1 i By Frederico Lane2 Dr. Etienne de Breuning has undertaken a world wide revision of the lamiids, under the title of “Etudes sur les Lamiaires,” begun in 1934 and continuing to the present. In the introduc- tion to his work (p. 7), Dr. Breuning proposes dividing his articles according to Aurivillius’ tribal classification, and points out that no broad study of the lamiids has been attempted since Lacordaire. For infra-specific classification he adopts the names subspecies, aberration, and “morpha, ” defining what he under- stands by these terms. His infra-specific concepts are not con- sidered in the scope of this paper. Such infra-specific names generally mean little else than vague catalogue names for all sorts of forms that diverge, in variable degrees, from the origi- nally described pattern, and seldom have any bearing on the real problems of subspeciation. A lot of irresponsible naming is carried out on a pseudo-scientific basis that could well be named 1 1 philatelic entomology. ’ ’ As to his first proposal, Dr. Breuning has in many cases diverged widely from the Aurivillius model, introducing bold modifications in the systematics of the group. Some modifica- tions should be expected, of course, for Lacordaire ’s famous work is certainly outdated and deficient, but the task requires a re- sponsible approach. Aurivillius was the last world wide special- ist to deal with the longicorn beetles, and without question the most competent entomologist for an extensive revision, conscious as he was of the many difficulties involved. However, he did not attempt such a revision beyond his catalogues, which display his group concepts and provide a solid foundation for research. As to Dr. Breuning, Aurivillius’ successor in this world wide approach, it could be questioned if his bold and dogmatic attempt will help or hinder present and future entomologists in their 1 The present work was carried out in the American Museum of Natural History, under a John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation Fellowship. 2 In charge of Insect Division, Department of Zoology (Agriculture), Sao Paulo, Brazil. 22 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII research. This group of insects is reputedly difficult to study, and saddled with a very large number of obscure, sometimes chaotic, problems, pending an adequate solution. It can even be said that a very conscientious effort has to be made by re- searchers to avoid too many errors in their work, and consequent multiplication of such problems. Necessarily, such a broad study not only requires a good morphological knowledge, with all pertinent information for establishing affinities and grouping in systematic units, but also obliges the student to acquire an adequate familiarity with the many nomenclatorial aspects. These can, of course, be treated independently in papers dealing with strictly nomenclatorial problems involving priority of names, etc. On the other hand, a serious study of insects can hardly be divorced from their nomenclature, and most certainly no revisional work could dis- pense with this foundation. One single example of Breuning’s work illustrates the lack of consideration of these requirements. In dealing with his twelfth tribe, agniini (p. 137), Breuning credits it to Thomson, 1864, which is correct, but enlarges his concept of the tribe by including Lacordaire’s lamiides, mono- chamides, and agniides (1869), and adding potemnemiini Aurivillius, 1921, all under what he calls “le nom ancien de Thomson.” This would make one believe that he is binding his work on a strictly priority base, and that Thomson’s agnitae really have precedence on the lamiini and monochamini. Several genera are excluded and others included in this new tribal con- cept, which could of course be quite reasonable. The discussion of this concept, however, is not what I have in mind, and further- more would require study by someone thoroughly familiar with the groups involved. But, in his consideration of the lamiini, of the ten genera listed in the Junk catalogue, he removes all but Lamia Fabricius to the tribe phrissomini, innocently unconscious that by leaving Lamia in his agniini he not only sinks the tribe lamiini, but the subfamily lamiinae as well, and that his “Etudes sur les Lami- aires” becomes hardly less than a ridiculous title. At first it seemed that some slight mistake had been committed in his generalities on the tribe agniini, but the occurrence of Lamia in his generic keys (p. 138), as well as his treatment of Lamia as the first genus of the tribe (pp. 183-184), leaves no doubt as to Mar., 1959] Lane: Bkeuning's Revision of the Lamiids 23 what he proposes. Fortunately, Dr. Breuning’s procedure and his priority schedule are far from being correct, for he over- looked some important aspects : 1) It is evident that Breuning blindly followed Lacordaire and the Junk catalogue, in their minor category names. Judgment was not applied. Thus, “le nom ancien de Thomson’’ (agnitae) happens to be more recent than Lacordaire ’s lamiides and monochamides, referred to 1869. Resort to pertinent bibliog- raphy would have shown that not all of Lacordaire ’s group cate- gory names entitle him to their priority. He would also verify that Thomson, in 1864, used all three names in the following sequence : 14e Division, lamitae verae. (p. 66), 24e Division, monochamitae. (p. 80), 26e Division, agnitae. (p. 83). (Breuning’s page reference to this last tribe should be corrected to 83, and not 36 as quoted by him). If he went further, he would find that Thomson had previously used the name monochamitae in 1860 (p. 93), which definitely rules out the supposed priority of “le nom ancien de Thomson, ’ ’ the AGNITAE. But this is not all. The tribe lamiini is very much older than Lacordaire, 1869. In both the 1860 and 1864 Thomson publica- tions, it is treated in a tribal concept (see Thomson, 1860, pp. VIII, XIII, XVI, 1; 1864, pp. 13, 14, 43) and not merely as minor group divisions, as the monochamitae and agnitae. It does not matter that Thomson got his generic concept of Lamia all wrong, by taking Fabricius, 1792, as a reference, selecting Lamia gig as Fabricius, 1792, as the type of the genus, and reduc- ing Petrognatha to a synonym of Lamia. Thomson overlooked the 1775 Fabrician reference, in which the name Lamia appeared for the first time, and so selected for a type a species of posterior date in relation to the originally included species. Among the thirty-three Lamia species listed in the 1775 title, Cerambyx textor L., 1758, figures as number 5 (p. 171), and as far back as 1810, Latreille selected this species for the type of the genus Lamia (p. 431), a selection that has never been questioned since Thomson (see the Junk catalogue, p. 70). The genus has also been reduced to its type species at least since Lacordaire, 1869 (p. 297), a point of view accepted by Breuning (pp. 183-184). 24 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXVII Lacordaire, 1869, in the treatment of his “Longicornes,” divides them into three subfamilies : prionides, cerambycides, and lamiides. This last subfamily is characterized and divided into tribes (see pp. 238-242), one of which is his lamiides vraies. These he further subdivides into divisions and sections (un- named), and groups with names that correspond closely to the tribal concepts in the Junk catalogue. Dr. Breuning’s page reference to Lacordaire ’s lamiides (p. 293) refers to the minor tautonymic group in Lacordaire ’s system. The discussion of the validity of the name lamiini is superfluous, for it is of unques- tionably old vintage and one of the cornerstones in the classifica- tion of the longicorn beetles. It has even been used, over a hundred years, as a family name with a proper modern suffix designation (lamiidae), as can be seen in Newman, 1842, p. 275, and White, 1855, p. 347. Pascoe, 1864, not only used it as a family name, but divided his lamiidae into subfamilies, with their distinguishing characters (pp. 6-9), and the lamiinae (p. 7) is one of them. This subfamily division was transcribed in the first volume of the Zoological Record, 1864. 2) No taxonomist should forget that there is always a stable core and main stems and branches in systematics, which avoids the chaotic situation that would follow in a system admitting all sorts of divergent personal opinions. Thus, a genus is primarily defined by its type species or genotype, which once recognized in any form, original or subsequent, is the cornerstone for any generic concept. This concept can be enlarged, and characters emended to admit other species, but in the reverse procedure, all can be taken out except this cornerstone single species which is the type of the genus. Of course, a genus can be synonymized, or in a lumping process this type can be superseded on a priority scale, but if revalidation or splitting should later occur, the type species has to be acknowledged again. A genus can lend its name to higher level groups, in such a manner that the genus Lamia can be, and in this case is, the type genus of a tribe (lamiini), and this in turn can be the stable tribe of a subfamily (lamiinae), which can be the main subfamily of the family lamiidae, if the group is considered in this rank. Dr. Breuning has to accept this arrangement for the lamiidae (admitted by many, including the Zoological Record, with a family rank), through the lamiinae, the lamiini, right down to Mar., 1959] Lane: Breuning’s Revision of the Lamiids 25 the genus Lamia Fabricius, 1775, with its type species, Lamia textor (L., 1758). Many ancient genera, as in this case, have grown up to a status of present day families or subfamilies, with a tautonymic linking from generic to family or subfamily name. Thus, Dr. Breuning’s tribal concept could be an enlargement of the tribe lamiini, to include the monochamini, the agniini, and the potemnemiini, but could in no manner of means take the name agniini, except if he deliberately wishes to sink the subfamily name lamiinae (or family name lamiidae). But to do this he would have to supply very convincing arguments and until such arguments are produced, the name of his twelfth tribe (agniini) will have to revert to “le nom le plus ancien” : lamiini. SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY Aurivillius, Christopher. 1921. Lamiini I, in Junk, W., Coleopterorum catalogus. 23 (pars 73) : 1-322. Rreuning, Etienne de. 1934-1940. Etudes sur les Lamiaires, Novitates Entomologicae (Troisieme Supplement), fascs. 1—71: pp. 1-568, 582 figs.; 1942-1945, 1. c., Deuxieme Partie, fascs. 72-148: pp. 1-615, figs. 1-306. Paris, Le Moult ed. Fabricius, Johann Christian. 1775. Systema Entomologiae. 32. 832 pp. Flensburgi et Lipsiae. Lacordaire, Jean Theodore. 1869. Histoire naturelle des insectes, Genera des eoleopteres. 9 (1) : 1-409. Paris. Latreihle, Pierre Andre. 1810. Considerations generates sur l’ordre naturel des animaux composant les classes des crustaces, des arachnides, et des insectes; avec un tableau methodique de leurs genres, disposes en families. 444 pp. Paris. Newman, Edward. 1842. Cerambycitum Insularum Manillarum Dorn. Cuming captorum enumeratio digesta. The Entomologist. 1 (17) : 275-277. London. Pascoe, Francis P. 1864-1869. Longicornia Malayana. Trans. Ent. Soc. London. 3 (3) : iv, 712 pp., 24 plates. Thomson, James. 1860. Essai d’une classification de la famille des eerambycides. xvi. 396 pp., 3 plates. Paris. Thomson, James. 1864. Systema cerambycidarum. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 19: 538 pp., index. White, Adam. 1855. Catalogue of coleopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. 8 (Longicornia II) : 175-412, pis. 5-10. London. 26 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII BUCHHOLZ LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTION The Department of Insects and Spiders of the American Mu- seum of Natural History proudly announces the accession of the Lepidoptera collection of the late Otto Buchholz of Roselle Park, New Jersey. This outstanding collection was purchased on January 7, 1959, for the American Museum of Natural His- tory through the generosity of several friends. It consists of 124,985 specimens, including five holotypes, three allotypes and 551 paratypes. This is one of the largest, most complete and best prepared collections of Macrolepidoptera from North Amer- ica north of Mexico ever built up by a private collector. It con- tains practically all the described species of butterflies, skippers and moths included in Part I of the 1938 McDunnough Check List. All specimens are to receive an 0. Buchholz collection label. The accession of this beautiful collection, following the John L. Sperry collection of 181,002 specimens, and the John B. Smith and George D. Hulst collections from Rutgers University of 32,022 specimens, gives the American Museum of Natural His- tory one of the best and most complete study collections of North American butterflies, skippers, and macro-moths in existence. In most of these groups the collection is unexcelled. — Frederick H. Rindge, The American Museum of Natural History. Mar., 1959] Ruckes: Disderia Inornata 27 DISDERIA INORNATA, A NEW SPECIES OF PENTATOMID FROM MEXICO (HETEROPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE) By Herbert Ruckes1 In 1910, Bergroth (Ent. News, vol. 21, pp. 18-21) erected the generic name Disderia in order to correct an error of identifica- tion made by Distant (Biol. Cent. Amer., Heteroptera, vol. 1, p. 83, pi. 7, fig. 9) who placed a Mexican species which he called decor ata in Stal’s genns Phalaecus. As Bergroth pointed out no relationship exists between Phalaecus and Disderia ; indeed, as far as the latter is concerned, there is no other American genus related to it. The genotype automatically became Disderia decor ata (Distant). Until the present writing no other species of this genus seems to have been described. In 1933, while collecting in southern Mexico, R. L. Usinger and H. E. Hinton took a number of pentatomid specimens which up to the present have remained unidentified. I had the privilege of borrowing these from Doctor Usinger during my last visit to his laboratory in 1958. In his collection they were intermixed with a number of examples of Banasa with which they could readily be confused since, in superficial appearance, they have the same general build of some species of that genus. These form the type series for the accom- panying description. Bergroth, in setting up Disderia, was apparently overly pre- cise in enumerating basic characteristics for his genus, using some that I feel are of a specific rather than of a generic status. If we discount the relative lengths of antennal segments II and III, the localized reflexion of the lateral pronotal margin, the number and arrangement of punctures on the embolium (exoco- rium of Bergroth) and the asulcate tibiae, then the species de- scribed below falls into this genus, for all the characters specified by Bergroth fit. The one principal feature that makes me hesitate to put this new species in the genus Disderia is the very great discrepancy 1 Research Associate, Department of Insects and Spiders, the American Museum of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City College of New York. 28 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII shown in the composition of the external male genitalia of D. decorata and those of the new species. Through the kindness of Mr. R. J. Izzard, of the British Museum, I was permitted to borrow one of Distant’s male co-types to compare with the males of my proposed species. The figures (Fig. 1 and 2) included in this article are camera lucida drawings made of that specimen. Comparison of the figures with those of the proposed species will show, far better than a lengthy description, wherein the signifi- cant differences lie. In spite of these great differences I am loathe to erect a new genus primarily on the contraction of the external male genitalia. Whereas Disderia decorata (Distant) is contrastingly marked in dark and light colors, the proposed new species is concolorous brownish ; to emphasize this difference I am calling the latter Disderia inornata. Disderia inornata, new spe cites Elongate ovate; intermediate in size, 10.0 mm-12.0 mm. long; fulvous, generously overlain with piceous, fuscous and ferruginous punctures, which are rather dense, especially on the hemelytra; those on the head, anterior lateral portions of the pronotum, embolium and connexivum tending to be dark bronzy green. Overall color medium brown. Head two-thirds of the medial length of the pronotum (60/90) and five-sixths as wide between the eyes as long (50/60) ; anteocular margins moderately sinuate, hardly reflexed, juga and tylus subequal, apex moder- ately rounded ; disc mildly impressed, punctures piceous with a bronzy green tone, moderately dense and evenly spaced ; ocelli red, about two and one- fourth times as far apart as distant from the eyes ; eyes castaneous to medium brown. Antennae light orange fulvous, segments I, II, and III lightly stippled with fuscous dots; segmental ratios: 20/50/40/70/75, i.e. segment II slightly longer than III and two-tliirds as long as Y. Pronotum two and a half times as wide across the humeri as long medially (230/90) ; anterior margin broadly and shallowly excavated to receive the head, truncated behind the eyes, barely surpassing them laterally and terminating in a minute extrorse apical tooth; anterolateral margins acute, essentially straight, not reflexed ; humeri rounded and not at all produced ; posterolateral margins straight, each about half as long as the width of the very weakly arcuate (subtruncate) posterior margin; disc rather evenly punctured, the punctures of the central portion ferruginous to fuscous, those near the lateral margins denser and darker, bronzy green ; surface rather evenly convex, no rugae evident ; cicatrices quite well defined. Scutellum one-fourth longer than wide at the base (180/145); punctures fuscous, largest and most widespread centrally near the base, those nearer the margins and on the postf renal portion denser and finer; the frenum ends two-thirds of the distance from the base, the margins from there onward subparallel to mildly convergent, apex moderately rounded, basal (Jour. N. Y. Bnt. Soc.), Vol. LXVII (Plate II) Fig. 1. Dorsal aspect of the male genital segment of Disderia decorata (Distant). Note the mitten-like parameres in this species. Fig. 2. Ventral aspect of the same. Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the male genital segment of Disderia inornata n. sp. Note the lateral apical notches and claw-like parameres in this species. Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of the same. Fig. 5. Ventral aspect of the female genital plates of Disderia inornata n. sp. 30 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXVII angles neither calloused nor pitted. Hemelytra densely and evenly punc- tured, punctures on the embolium darker, some tending to coalesce but not arranged in longitudinal rows; apical margin essentially straight, external angle roundly acute; membrane pale fulvous, slightly surpassing the apex of the abdomen, with about ten subparallel darker veins. Connexivum ochraceous to fulvous with a broad band of piceous or greenish black coalescing punctures each side of the incisures; apical segmental angles piceous, rectilinear, somewhat produced, those on the sixth segment acute, almost apiculate. Ventral side ochraceous to pale fulvous; punctures moderate in size, fuscous to ferruginous, rather evenly distributed on the pleura, more shallow and wide spaced on the broad lateral portions of the abdomen; central portion of abdominal disc, the thoracic sterna and underside of the head essentially impunctate. Median abdominal spine reaching between the procoxae in the female but not attaining them in the male ; its com- pressed laminate apex not broadly bent dorsally as in D. decorata, rather feebly curved and continued forward. Rostrum fulvous, the apex alone piceous, attaining the mesocoxae; segment I not quite reaching the pros- ternum ; segment II twice as long as I ; segment IV shorter than III ; segmental ratios: 20/40/35/25. Legs darker fulvous, femora and tibiae lightly stippled with wide spaced piceous or fuscous dots ; tarsi concolorous. Male genital segment (Figs. 3 and 4) deeply U-shaped emarginate apically; each lateral apical process consisting of two superimposed short lobes, separated by a horseshoe-sliaped, piceous-bordered notch; the upper lobe is flat-faced internally and fuscous there, feebly convex externally, fulvous and apically acute; the ventral lobe is strongly setigerous, stoutly subcylindrical with its apex obtusely rounded; the inner surfaces of the lower lobes form the lateral borders of the U-shaped emargination men- tioned above. Parameres piceous, claw-shaped, their tips reaching the dorsal margin of the capsule. Basal plates of the female genital valves (Fig. 5) as broad as long, their apical margins subtruncate; the apical lobes are narrowly triangular, slightly tumid, their tips apiculate ; both basal and apical plates lightly fusco-punctate. Described from 14 specimens. Holotype : Male : 10.0 mm. long to tlie apex of the membrane ; 5.5 mm. wide across the humeri ; Tejupilco, Temescaltepec, Mexico ; June 24, 1933. Usinger and Hinton, collectors. De- posited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Allotype : Female : 11.5 mm. long to the apex of the membrane ; 6.0 mm. wide across the humeri; Tejupilco, Temescaltepec, Mexico; June 26, 1933. Usinger and Hinton, collectors. De- posited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Paratypes : Males (7): Tejupilco, Temescaltepec, Mexico; June 22-28, 1933. Four deposited in the Usinger collection three retained in the American Museum collection. Females : (5) same data as above. Two deposited in the Usinger collection ; three retained in the American Museum collection. Mar., 1959] Vaillant: Thaumaleidae (Diptera) 31 THE THAUMALEIDAE (DIPTERA) OF THE APPALACHIAN MOUNTAINS By FRANgois Vaillant University of Grenoble (France) A family of Diptera Nematocera, the Thaumaleidae, comprises only a small number of species, scattered all over the world. We know at present four genera and 54 species of Thaumaleidae : Austrothaumalea Trichothaumalea Thaumalea Androprosopa Tonnoir Edwards Kuthe Mik Oceania 2 America 5 1 4 Asia 3 Africa 3 Europe 35 1 Nearly all the species of Thaumaleidae have a small distribu- tion area and no one of them seems to be shared by two continents. The Thaumaleidae are clearly distinct from all other Nema- tocera. All having the same appearance, they form a very homogeneous family. Slight structural differences of the wings and of the palpi enable us to separate the four genera of Thau- maleidae. Within each genus, species can be distinguished from one another only by the characters of the last abdominal segment and of the genital armature ; this is true for both sexes. In North America, only five species have been described at present ; they are : Trichothaumalea pluvialis (Dyar and Shannon 1924), Thaumalea americana Bezzi 1913, Thaumalea elnora Dyar and Shannon 1924, Thaumalea johannis Dyar and Shannon 1924, Thaumalea fusca Garret 1925. The first of these five species differs from the others by the covering of the wings; there are macrotrichia not only on the veins, but also on the membrane of the wings. In all species of Thaumalea, there are macrotrichia only on the veins. The taxo- nomic characters of the four North American species of Thau- 32 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII malea are the length and ornamentation of the dististyles and the form of the parameres in the male. Larvae of at least ten species of Thaumalea, from North America, Europe and North-Africa, were identified. All were collected in the same kind of habitat. They live exclusively on dripping rocks and are to be found only in places where the substrate is covered with a film of water. The ensemble of the animals that live in similar conditions has been defined by A. Thienemann in 1909 as the “ Fauna hygropetrica. M The body of a Thaumalea larva is not entirely covered with water and it usually touches the substrate only at its two extremities ; that is why a Thaumalea larva, when disturbed, is able to glide swiftly on the water film, as well as a Dixa larva.1 On a clear day, Thaumalea larvae, when undisturbed, move slowly, from time to time, seeking a shady place. In fact, they are cold water steno- thermes and are not found, at low altitude, in hygropetric bio- topes entirely exposed to sunshine. Thaumalea larvae belong to the trophic group of the ‘ ‘ substrate eaters ’ ’ ; their mouth parts collect mud and particles of organic matter in the crevices of the rock. Only when they are ready to pupate do Thaumalea larvae leave the hygropetric habitat ; then they hide in wet moss or bury themselves in mud. After emergence, the flies, rather clumsy and unable to travel far, stay in the daytime on bushes at a short distance from dripping rocks. During the month of August, 1955, visiting the Great Smoky Mountains, I observed, in different hygropetric biotopes, numer- ous larvae of Thaumaleidae. I collected some of them and kept them alive. Finally I obtained males and females of two species of Thaumalea . One of the species is probably T. americana Bezzi ; the other one is new. Thaumalea americana Bezzi Figures 1-3 Thaumalea, americana was described by M. Bezzi in 1913, but the Italian entomologist did not give any figure of the fly and his description of the male genital parts of T. americana would fit just as well for specimens of many other species of Thaumalea. The type, collected by Dr. Johannsen in Ithaca, remained in M. Bezzi ’s collection. i The way of progression of Thaumalea larvae lias been thoroughly explained by A. Thienemann. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), (Plate III) Vol. LX VI I Figures 1-3 : Thaumalea americana Bezzi. 1-2 : male. 1 : ninth tergite and genital parts, on ventral side; the right forceps is supposed to have been cut off. 2 : left forceps, on dorsal side. 3 : female, posterior extremity of the abdomen, side view. Figures 4-5 : Tliaumalea tliornburghi , new species. 4 : female, posterior extremity of the abdomen, side view. 5 : male, left maxillary palpus. A: anal flap. B: basistyle or side piece. C: cercus. D: dististyle or clasper. P : paramere. PC : posterior corner of the ninth tergite. T : ninth tergite. V : valve. All the figures on the same scale. 34 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII In 1924, H. J. Dyar and R. C. Shannon captured, in Penn- sylvania and in Virginia, specimens of Thaumalea, which they considered to belong to the same species T. americana; they de- scribed the male, but did not figure it. One of the most im- portant taxonomic characters they mentioned is the number of terminal spines on each dististyle ; this number is only two. The American species of Thaumalea nearest allied to T. americana is T. johannis; the male of the latter species has about six apical spines on each dististyle. Five years later, F. W. Edwards collected in Ithaca numerous males and females of Thaumalea ; he believed they could be con- sidered as specimens of T. americana , though he was able to com- pare them neither with the type, nor with Dyar and Shannon’s samples of T. americana. Edwards’s male specimens had about six small terminal spines on each dististyle and the English entomologist believed some of the spines of the dististyles had been overlooked on Dyar and Shannon’s samples. Edwards was able to compare, with the male type of T. johannis, the male samples of T. americana, he collected. As the forceps are quite similar in both species, the characters Edwards used to distinguish T. americana and T. johannis are the color of the halteres — yellowish in the first species, dark in the second — and the shape of the parameres ; these have parallel sides and are rounded at their tip in T. americana; they are spatulate at their tip in T. johannis. Edwards’s short description of T. americana and his figures of the genital parts of the male and of the female fit quite per- fectly with the specimens I collected at Clingmans Dome, in the Smoky Mountains. I believe nevertheless it is better to give a precise description of these flies, and especially of their genital parts. male: Thorax dark brown. Abdomen of a deeper shade. Antennae 12 segmented. Proportions of segments of an antenna are 15-37-28-9-9-9-13— 15-11-13-19-24. The flagellar segments 1, 2, 4 and 8 bear on their dorsal side a long and stout seta. There are also two long setae at the tip of the last segment of the antenna. Wings of a uniform light brown tinge, quite similar to those of T. thornburglii, (Figure 8), though larger. Trans- verse nerve Ra) very faint; macrotrichia only on veins C, R and Rt ; 25 macro- trichia on the vein R . Halteres ochraceous. Ninth tergite without any projection of its edge. Basistyle of each forceps slightly longer than wide. Dististyle with hairs on its dorsal side as well as on its ventral side ; at its tip, 5 dorsal directed teeth in a single row. Parameres only slightly broader at their distal end. Mar., 1959] Vaillant: Thaumaleidae (Diptera) 35 Measurements: length of the body: 2.8 mm. Antenna length: 0.28 mm. Wing length: 2.7 mm. Wing width: 1.1 mm. female: The ninth tergite is devoid of lateral processes. Its posterior corners are at right angle. Habitat : I obtained a male and a female specimen from larvae collected on August 26, 1955 at Cingmans Dome. The biotope was a dripping cliff on the roadside, at a short distance from the parking area, and at an elevation of about 6200 feet. Larvae of Thaumalea americana collected in Ithaca, New York, were de- scribed by 0. A. Johannsen. Thaumalea thomburghi, new species Figures 4-12 male: Thorax dark brown. Abdomen of a deeper shade. The number of segments of the antennae is most variable, which is unusual in Diptera; antennae of the holotype specimen are both 10 segmented, but a second specimen has antennae different from one another, though of the same length; one antenna is 10 segmented, while the other is only 7 segmented. In this abnormal antenna, some flagellar segments are fused. One antenna of a third specimen of T. tlnorribur ghi has 9 segments. Wings are of a uniform light brown tinge and have macrotrichia only on the veins C, R and Rr There are only 10-12 macrotrichia on the vein R . The ventral edge of the ninth tergite projects backwards on each side. The basistyles are slightly wider than long. On their dorsal side, the dististyles have only three hairs and they bear, at their distal end, usually three brown blunt teeth in a single row; sometimes, the three teeth are not in a row or there are only two of them. At the tip of each dististyle is an ochraceous tooth truncate at its apex. On each dististyle, between the more distal of the brown teeth and the truncate one, there is a long seta. The parameres have a sharp tip. A posterior lobe of each anal flap projects between the parameres. Measurements: length of the body: 2. 0-2.1 mm. Antenna length: 0.28 mm. Wing length: 1. 9-2.0 mm. Wing width: 0.75-0.8 mm. female: In the two specimens examined, antennae are 9-segmented. The ninth tergite is rounded on both its posterior corners and is devoid of lateral processes. The valves of the genital plate are short. Habitat : the male holotype was obtained from a larva collected on August 20, 1955, on Dripping Rock Cliff, beside Roaring Fork Creek, at about 2000 feet, with the same data for the female allo- type, two male paratypes and a female paratype. It is with pleasure that I name this species in honor of my friend, the writer Miss Laura Thornburgh, who kindly enabled me to pay a long visit to the Smoky Mountains and helped me in every possible way. In 1913, the Italian entomologist, M. Bezzi, divided the dif- 36 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VII ferent species of the genus Thaumalea into three distinct groups. The divisions were based solely upon differences of the male genitalia. The male Thaumalea of Bezzi’s first and second groups have forceps too long to be hidden dorsally by the ninth tergite, but the male flies of Bezzi’s third group, or group C, have short forceps hidden dorsally by the ninth tergite. All North Ameri- can species of Thaumalea, with the exception of T. fusca, belong to the group C. Both species of Thaumalea from Japan, T. japonica Okada and T. striata Okada, are in the same group C. So are two species from Europe, T . nigra Loew and T. tarda Loew, and one from Africa, T. algira Vaillant. But all the Thaumalea of the group C from Europe, Africa and Japan differ from the North American species of Thaumalea in their disti- styles entirely devoid of teeth and of spines. REFERENCES CITED Bezzi, M. 1913. Taumaleicli (Orfnefilidi) Italiani. Boll. Lab. Zool. gen. agr. Portici. 7: 227-266. Dyar, H. G. and R. C. Shannon. 1924. The American species of Thau- maleidae (Orphnephilidae) (Diptera). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. Baltimore. 14: 432-434. Edwards, F. W. 1929. A revision of the Thaumaleidae (Dipt.). Zool. Anz. 82: 121-142. . 1930. Diptera of Patagonia and South Chile, based mainly on material in the British Museum (Natural History). Part II. Fasc. 3. London. British Museum. 77-119. . 1932. A new Thaumalea from Mt Lebanon (Diptera Thau- maleidae). Stylops, London. 1: 33. Johannsen, O. A. 1934. Aquatic Diptera. Part. 1. Cornell. Univ. agr. exp. Sta., Ithaca. Mem. 164. 70 pp., 24 pi. Okada, T. 1938. Two new species of Thaumaleidae, an unrecorded family of Diptera Nematocera from Japan. Annot. Zool. Japan. 17: 388-394. Schmid, F. 1951. Notes sur quelques Thaumaleides suisses et espagnols (Diptera Nematocera). Bull. Inst. roy. Sci. nat., Belgique. XXVII, 40, 6 pp. Thienemann, A. 1909. Orphnephila testacea Macq. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Fauna hygropetrica. Ann. Biol, lac., Brussels. 4: 53-87. Tjeder, B. 1949. The identity of Chenesia obscura Zett. (Diptera Thau- maleidae). Opusc. ent. Lund. 14: 105-106. . 1949. The first Swedish representatives of the family Thau- maleidae (Diptera Nematocera). Opusc. ent. Lund. 14: 106-109. Vaillant, F. 1953. Les Thaumaleidae des Alpes du Dauphine et des montagnes d’Algerie. Encyclop. ent., Diptera. XI: 119-128. . 1954. Nouvelle contribution a 1’etude des Thaumaleidae (Diptera). IVEnt. T. X (5-6): 94-97. (Jour. N. Y. Bnt. Soc.), Vol. LXYII (Plate IV) Figures 6-12: Thaumalea thornburghi, new species, male. 6: left antenna of the holotype. 7 : left antenna of a paratype. 8 : wing. 9 : ninth tergite and genital parts, on ventral side; the hairs of the right forceps have not been figured. 10: left forceps and left paramere, on dorsal side. 11: distal parts of both dististyles, dorsal view. 12: anal flaps, on dorsal side. A: anal flap. B: basistyle or side piece. D: dististyle or clasper. P: paramere. T : ninth tergite. The figures 6, 7, 9, 10 and 12 on the same scale. 38 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII UNUSUAL DIET FOR TENEBRIO MOLITOR LINN. The common tenebrionid beetle, Tenebrio molitor Linn., which is found in many biology laboratories, can be reared with a minimum of care. It is useful as a food supply for most terraria and aquaria inhabitants. These beetles customarily feed upon plant materials. Accord- ing to the U.S.D.A., Tech. Bui., 95, 1929 and the recent ento- mological textbook, An Introduction to the Study of Insects by Borrer and DeLong, they are often found in stored grains and have been known to infest the stored cereal used to feed caged birds. The female lays the whitish, oval eggs singly or in clusters within the food material on hand. These food materials serve as nutriment for the larvae. The eggs hatch from within four to eighteen days into white larvae which become yellow in color as they grow. They are one to one and one-half inches in length when fully grown, and they are commonly known as mealworms. While raising these beetles for various experiments, a few wandering larvae were observed to have left the culture and were feeding on a preserved grasshopper, Dissosteira Carolina Linn., which was in a corked vial. This unusual meal had been reached by the larvae by tunnelling through the cork, as was evident from fine cork dust within and just outside the vial. These larvae were left with their strange diet and observed for several weeks. The grasshopper was gradually eaten away, and finally two pupae were seen in the vial. These pupae, upon becoming adult, trod the original route and left the vial. Thus, we have this unusual circumstance of a beetle commonly re- garded as herbivorous only, consuming dried, preserved, insect material. — James A. Mullen, Department of Biology, Fordham University. Mar., 1959] Vaillant: The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera 39 THE LARVAE OF THREE NEARCTIC DIPTERA OF THE FAMILY PSYCHODIDAE By FRANgois Vaillant University of Grenoble (France) The Pericoma and the Telmatoscopus are hairy winged gnats, that are quite common in shady places, near a spring or a stream. The larvae of most species of these flies have a marginal habitat, at the limit between ground and water; they are found on a substrate covered only by a very thin layer of water; the sub- strate can be a stone, or earth, or a dead leaf soaked in water, or live moss. These larvae are “ substrate eaters” and scrape the substrate in front of them as they move ; they feed on organic particles ; some devour tissues of decayed leaves. Extensive work has been done on the imaginal stages of North American species of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus ; they have been revised lately by L. W. Quate. But very incomplete is our knowledge concerning the immature stages, and especially the larval stages of these flies. Indeed the larvae of only 2 identified species of Pericoma have been described, those of P. albitarsis (Banks) by 0. A. Johannsen in 1934, and those of P. truncata Kincaid by L. W. Quate in 1955 ; characters of the larvae of 7 unidentified species have also been given by 0. A. Johannsen. At present we know the larvae of 2 nearctic species of Telmato- scopus; they are those of the cosmopolitan species T . albipuncta- tus (Williston), which is common to North and South America, to Europe, to Africa and to Asia; larvae of this species have been described successively by H. F. Effiatoun, E. Zavattari, S. Mukerji, 0. A. Johannsen and F. X. Williams. Larvae of T. superbus (Banks) were found in the water of a hollow stump ; one of them was figured by L. W. Quate. The German entomologist H. J. Feuerborn showed that the best taxonomical characters, that can be used to distinguish the larvae of the different species of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus, are the number and position of setae on the body of these larvae. He discovered that the setae of Psychodid larvae are of two kinds, according to their base of insertion and to their constancy. Some of these setae, called “true setae,” are movable and attached to 40 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII a sclerotized ring; the number of true setae is constant for all species of Pericoma and of Telmatoscopus, sensu stricto. The other setae, called 1 ‘ accessory setae, ’ ’ are not movable ; they are not attached to a ring, but directly to the body wall, and their diameter decreases progressively from their base to their tip ; their number and position, quite the same in all the specimens of a same species, differ from one species to another. Later on, G. H. Satchell established a nomenclature of sclerot- ized plates and of setae that may be applied to all larvae of Peri- coma and of Telmatoscopus. He described the larvae, new to science, of 9 European species of these two genera. Recently, H. F. Jung, in his excellent revision of both im- mature and mature stages of European Psychodids, continued Satchell ’s work. Having assembled the larvae of many other species of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus, he was able to point out new and important taxonomical characters, such as the shape of the hypostomium. In August 1955, in the Great Smoky Mountains, I collected larvae of two species of Pericoma, P. marginalis (Banks) and P. albitarsis (Banks), and those of a species of Telmatoscopus, sensu stricto. Unfortunately, I was not able to obtain imagos of this last species and it is therefore unidentified. I thought it might be useful to compare these larvae with those of the species of the Old World, so I describe them here in some detail, using the terms chosen by G. II. Satchell. First are given the charac- ters common to all the larvae of Pericoma and to those of Telma- toscopus, sensu stricto, then those peculiar to each of the three species Pericoma marginalis (Banks), Pericoma albitarsis (Banks) and Telmatoscopus ( Telmatoscopus ) species I. Char- acters that are of no taxonomic value have been intentionally omitted. At the start, I wish to express my thanks to Mr. E. A. Hummel, Superintendent of the Smoky Mountains National Park, who kindly permitted me to collect water midges, and also to Mr. A. Stupka, Park Naturalist, who in many ways helped me to secure those midges. The head of a Pericoma larva is protected by a chitinous capsule, divided by a U shaped epicranial suture, into three parts : the mediodorsal frons, and the two genae on the sides. The body is divided into three thoracic and eight abdominal Mar., 1959] Vaillant: The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera 41 segments; each of these, with the exception of the eighth ab- dominal segment, is in turn divided by superficial constrictions into secondary segments or annuli. The first four segments of the body comprise only two annuli each, while the six following segments are divided into three annuli each. The last abdominal segment is not constricted ; according to H. J. Feuerborn, it comprises three metameres fused together. Each of the six thoracic annuli and of the twenty abdominal annuli is protected on its dorsal side by a large tergal plate. Some of them have also a small pleural plate on each pleurite, and two or four small sternal plates on their ventral side. Only the anterior annulus of each thoracic segment has a pair of pleural plates. The first and the last annuli of each of the first seven abdominal segments bear also a pair of pleural plates. The last two annuli of each abdominal segment, save the eighth one, bear one or two pairs of sternal plates. The three tergal plates of each of the abdominal segments, from II to VII inclusive, are conventionally called — in antero- posterior order — protergal plate, mesotergal plate and metatergal plate. For reasons, which I have given in a previous paper, I came to consider the anterior tergal plate of each thoracic seg- ment and of the first abdominal segment as being the homologue of the mesotergal plate of each of the abdominal segments from II to VII ; so I give it also the name of mesotergal plate. The first annulus of each of the four anterior segments of the body would be the homologue of the first two annuli of each of the abdominal segments from II to VII. The last abdominal segment is protected dorsally and laterally by a large siphonal plate, which surrounds completely the seg- ment on its distal part. The anus opens on the ventral part of the last abdominal segment ; it is surrounded by three plates, an anterior one, the preanal plate, and two posterior ones, the adanal plates. All the plates we have mentioned, save the protergal plates of the abdomen, bear true setae. Some of these are small and usually ramose ; they are probably sensory in function ; we shall call them setulae. The other true setae are much larger and are usually unbranched. In many species, they retain around them either lime or particles of mud and that is why we shall call them tectorial true setae. Accessory setae of the tergal plates have 42 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII usually the same length and shape as the tectorial true setae and have probably the same function and though their origin is different, they are considered as tectorial also. Some larvae of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus have not the slightest coat of lime or mud, but have nevertheless long tectorial setae, true and accessory. As those larvae live in moss and in places where sometimes a swift current occurs, we can suppose that tectorial setae are used here to anchor the larvae to the moss. Indeed Pericoma larvae , that live on naked substrate and are covered with neither lime nor mud, have very short tectorial setae. The basic arrangement of true setae on the head capsule and on the plates of the body is the same for all the larvae of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus , sensu stricto we know. The meso- tergal plate of the first thoracic segment and the metatergal plates of both the second and the third thoracic segments each have seven pairs of true setae. The metatergal plate of the first thoracic segment and those of the first seven abdominal segments all bear six pairs of true setae. All the mesotergal plates of the body, save that of the first thoracic segment, have only three pairs of true setae.1 Each pleural plate of the thorax bears four true setae. The two anterior pleural plates of the first seven abdominal segments have each only one true seta, while the two posterior pleural plates of these same segments have each three true setae. One or two true setae are inserted on each of the abdominal sternal plates.2 As for the siphonal plate of the last segment, it has six pairs of true setae. The preanal plate has two pairs and each adanal plate has two pairs. A Pericoma larva is amphipneustic. Its anterior spiracles are prothoracic and open on each side of the posterior annulus, at the end of a projection of the body. The posterior spiracles 1 In two European species of Pericoma, P. calcilega Feuerborn and P. viper ina Vaillant, each abdominal mesotergal plate bears only two pairs of true setae ; those of the third pair are not missing, but are inserted outside the plate. 2 In addition to setae fixed on the plates, the first 10 segments of the body of a Pericoma or a Telmatoscopus larva have a few setulae and sensillae inserted on the body between the plates. As they have the same position in all larvae of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus and have no taxonomic value, I shall not insist upon them here. Mar., 1959] Vaillant: The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera 43 open close to one another on the siphon, that is the distal part of the eighth abdominal segment ; the spiracle-openings are sur- rounded by two dorsal and two ventral chitinous clubs, called flabellar processes. Each of these bears a row of long accessory setae, that are unwettable. The unwettable surface extending over the posterior spiracles, a small area of skin around them, and the accessory setae of the four flabellar processes, are called the flabellum. The principal taxonomic characters used to distinguish larvae of the different species of Pericoma and Telmatoscopus are : 1 — the shape of the head, the respective positions of its different true setae and of its callous places devoid of spines3 ; 2 — the ornamentation of the hypostomium ; 3 — the respective positions of the true setae on the tergal plates and the different shapes of these setae ; 4 — the number, shapes, and respective positions of the accessory setae on the tergal plates ; 5 — the number and respective positions of the setae on the siphonal plate ; 6— The respective lengths of the dorsal flabellar processes and of the ventral flabellar processes. I shall now give the characters peculiar to each of the three species ; the larvae described are all at the last instar. I shall also give some details concerning the habitat of the larvae of each species. Pericoma marginalis (Banks) Figures 1-7 Description : the head is about as long as wide ; there are numerous stout spines behind each eye. The hypostomium has 25 to 30 teeth set in an irregular way. The anterior spiracles are on long projection. There are three pairs of setulae on the mesotergal plate of the first thoracic segment and on all the mesotergal plates of the abdomen ; there are only two pairs of setulae on the mesotergal plates of the second and of the third thoracic segments and on all the metatergal plates of the body. All the other true setae of the tergal plates are tectorial; but they are of two kinds; some are leaf-shaped; the others are typical setae, circular in section. There is one pair of leaf-shaped true setae on each of the following plates: the second and third metatergal plates of the thorax and all the metatergal plates of the abdomen. 3 On the figures, the surface of the head-capsule of a larva, between the callous places, is dotted, the callous places are not. 44 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII As for the accessory setae, they are of only one kind; they are all leaf- shaped ; there is one pair of them on each of the second and third thoracic mesotergal plates, on each of the second and third thoracic metatergal plates, and also on each of the abdominal protergal plates; there are two pairs of leaf-shaped accessory setae on each mesotergal plate of the abdomen. On the mid annulus of each abdominal segment, save the last one, each sternal plate bears two ramose setae. The siphonal plate has no accessory setae, but only the usual six pairs of true ones; the dorsal true setae of the siphonal plate are small; the lateral ones are much larger. The preanal plate has four long slender true setae, that are unbranclied. On each side of the preanal plate, there are two small lateral plates, each with two paranal setae. Similar lateral plates are found in all species of Pericoma known at present. The ventral flabellar processes are more than twice as long as the dorsal flabellar processes. Length of the larva, when extended: 4. 5-4. 9 mm. The tectorial setae retain under them and around them a layer of mud particles, so that the larva is entirely hidden under a thick covering of dirt, which absorbs water and keeps the animal from getting dry. Even the head and the sides of the larva are concealed under the coat of mud, so that it is difficult to catch sight of the animal. A very special feature of the larva of Pericoma marginalis is its set of leaf-shaped setae. Similar setae are found in no Pericoma larva of the old world. It is most interesting to ascertain that leaf-shaped setae have exactly the same size and the same shape, whether they are true or accessory. Feuerborn’s expressed opinion that true setae are sensory in function is therefore indefensible. Habitat : many larvae of Pericoma marginalis have been found on Dripping Rock Cliff, beside Roaring Fork Creek, at an eleva- tion of about 2000 feet ; some have been found also in other parts of the Smoky Mountains National Park. All were on vertical wet cliffs, either on a naked substrate or on rock covered by a thin coat of mud ; all were in a shady place. Pericoma albit arsis (Banks) Figures 8-15 Description : The larva of this species has already been described by O. A. Johannsen, but it is better to give more details in order to compare it with the larva of Pericoma marginalis and with larvae of other species. The head, longer than wide, is especially broad behind the eyes; it is devoid of large spines. The hypostomium has two rows of sharp teeth ; there are about 13 in the first row and 8 or more in the second row. The projections bearing the anterior spiracles are short. The number of true and accessory setae and their position is the same as for Pericoma marginalis. Mar., 1959] Vaillant: The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera 45 All the accessory setae of the tergal plates are leaf-shaped. There is one pair more of leaf -shaped true setae than for Pericoma marginalis ; it replaces a pair of typical setae and is on the metatergal plate of the first thoracic segment. The leaf-shaped setae are longer and narrower than those of the larva of Pericoma marginalis. All the true setae of the mesotergal plates, on the two posterior thoracic segments, are setulae. The sternal plates of the abdomen are quite similar to those of the first species. The dorsal setae of the siphonal plate are small; the lateral ones are long and strong. The true setae of the preanal plate are flattened dorso- ventrally and are plumose on their sides. Length of the larva, when extended: 4. 7-5.0 mm. The body is covered with mud, retained under the tectorial setae, but the coat is never as thick as it is in the larvae of Pericoma marginalis and it never hides the head, nor the sides of the body. On a few specimens collected in moss, there was hardly any mud at all. Habitat : A few larvae were collected on Dripping Rock Cliffy but not in the same biotope as the larvae of Pericoma marginalis ; they were in moss or on dripping rocks covered with a thin layer of diatoms. In several lotic biotopes on the roadside between Gatlingburg and Cades Cove, I found numerous larvae of the same species. Some were in the sun, creeping on wet rock covered with algae ; others were in dripping moss. Telmato scopus ( Telmatoscopus ) species I. Figures 16-24 Description: The head is about as long as wide and has no large spines. The hypostomium has several rows of long and slender teeth ; the first row is composed of about 30 elements. The processes bearing the anterior spiracles are short. The number of setulae on each tergal plate of the body is the same as for the larvae of Pericoma albitarsis ; all the other true setae of the tergal plates are typical tectorial setae. There are 2 pairs of accessory setae on all the mesotergal plates of the body, save the anterior one, and on all the protergal plates of the abdomen. There is only 1 pair of accessory setae on the last 2 metatergal plates of the thorax. The first 2 tergal plates of the body and all the metatergal plates of the abdomen are devoid of accessory setae. The sternal plates of the abdomen are similar to those of the larvae of Pericoma marginalis and of Pericoma albitarsis. The siphonal plate has 3 pairs of small true setae, 3 pairs of stout lateral true setae, and dorsally a pair of long accessory setae. The anal plate is separated transversally into 2 parts ; its 4 true setae are un- branched and curved backwards ; the hind part of the preanal plate has, on its posterior edge, a row of accessory setae, that are ramose. There are no lateral plates, but 2 pairs of paraanal setae, each on a small individual plate. 46 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VII Length of the larva, when extended: 4. 5-4. 7 mm. Habitat: Some larvae were found near Dripping Rock Cliff, at about 10 feet from the biotope, where the larvae of Pericoma marginalis were collected. There were a few larvae of Pericoma albitarsis among them. All were in dripping moss, and entirely clean. Telmatoscopus ( Telmatoscopus ) albipunctatus (Williston) I shall now complete the description of the larvae of Telma- toscopus albipunctatus (Williston)4, so that it may be compared to the diagnoses of the larvae of other American Telmatoscopus. The head-capsule, quite smooth, is much longer than wide; it is widest at three fourths of its length. The hypostomium has only 3 large teeth, the medioventral one being the largest. The thoracic respiratory horns are short. The metatergal plates of the second and third thoracic segments have each 3 pairs of setulae; the metatergal plates of the abdomen have 2 pairs, and the mesotergal plates of the abdomen have only one pair. All the other true setae of the tergal plates are tectorial. There are accessory setae — 1 pair — only on each protergal plate of the abdomen. On the abdomen, the mid-annulus of each segment has 2 pairs of sternal plates, with a seta on each one. There are two pairs of accessory setae on the siphonal plate; they are anterior to the 4 dorsal true setae of this plate ; all the setae of the siphonal plate are almost of the same size. The preanal plate is very con- spicuous; it has the shape of an arrow-head pointed backwards; on its posterior edge, it is lined with long accessory setae flat and unbranched; its 4 slender unbranched true setae are near its posterior end and close to one another. The paraanal setae of the eighth abdominal segment are not inserted on plates, but on articular membranes. Length of the larva, when extended: 8. 5-9.0 mm. REFERENCES CITED Efflatoun, H. F. 1920. The life history of Telmatoscopus meridionalis Eaton (Diptera). Bull. Soc. ent. Egypte. 22-34. Feuerborn, H. J. 1923. Die Larven der Psychodiden oder Schmetterlings miicken. Ein Beitrag zur okologie des “Feuchten.” Yerhandl. int. Yer. limnol. Kiel. I. 181-213. Johannsen, O. A. 1934. Aquatic Diptera. Part I, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Memoir 164. Jung, H. F. 1956. Beitrage zur Biologie, Morphologie und Systematik der europaischen Psychodiden (Diptera). Deuts. Ent. Zeitschr., 3. (II), (III), (IV). 97-257. 4 The larvae of Telmatoscopus albipunctatus described here were not found in America, but in small irrigation basins of a garden in Algiers, North Africa; they were collected October 3, 1948. Mar., 1959] Vaillant: The Larvae of Three Nearctic Diptera 47 Mukerji, S. 1931. On the morphology of the terminal segments of Psychodid larvae and their taxonomic importance. Ind. J. Med. Res. Calcutta. 19. 433-446. Quate, L. W. 1955. A revision of the Psychodidae (Diptera) in America north of Mexico. University of California. 10. 103-273. Satchell, G. H. 1949. The early stages of the British species of Pericoma Walker (Diptera Psychodidae). Trans. Roy. ent. Soc. London. 100. 411-447. Usinger, R. L. 1956. Aquatic Insects of California. University of California. Vaillant, P. 1956-1957. Les larves de quelques especes de Telmatoscopus et de Pericoma de la zone palearctique (Diptera Psychodidae). Trav. Lab. Hydrob. Pise. Grenoble. 48, 49. 71-108. Williams, P. X. 1943. Biological studies in water-loving Insects — Part III : Diptera or flies — C : Tipulidae and Psychodidae. Proc. Hawaii, ent. Soc., Honolulu. 11. 313-338. Zavattari, E. 1924. Ricerche morfologiche ed etologiche sullo psicodide Telmatoscopus meridionalis Eaton. Redia, Florence. 15. 191-235. (Jour, N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVII (Plate V) Figures 1-6: larva of Pericoma marginalis (Banks). 1: head and two first thoracic segments, dorsal view. 2 : hypostomium, ventral view. 3 : fourth abdominal segment, dorsal view. 4: seventh and eighth abdominal segments, side view. 5 : eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view ; the setae of the right flabellar processes have not been figured. 6 : plates surrounding the anus slit, outspread. Conventionally, on figures 1 and 3, tectorial setae of the tergal plates have been omitted on the left side ; only the basal ring of each tectorial true seta has been figured; only a bump has been figured at the location of each tectorial accessory seta. On figures 1, 3 and 4, leaf -shaped true setae are dotted, leaf-shaped accessory setae are not. Figures 1, 3, 4 and 5 are on the same scale, indicated for figure 5. A: antenna. AP : adanal plate. APyiI : anterior pleural plate of the seventh abdominal segment, AS : accessory seta. ASyn : anterior sternal plate of the seventh abdominal segment. DF : dorsal flabellar process. ES : epicranial suture. F : f rons. FS : anterior spiracle or fore spiracle. G : gena. LP : lateral plate. Me^^ : mesotergal plate of the first thoracic segment. Me0 : mesotergal plate of the second thoracic segment. Meiy: mesotergal plate of the fourth abdominal segment. Mt1 : metatergal plate of the first thoracic segment. Mt2 : metatergal plate of the second thoracic segment. Mtiy: metatergal plate of the fourth abdominal segment. O: ocellus. P: paraanal setae. PP: preanal plate. PPyn: posterior pleural plate of the seventh abdominal segment. Prjy: protergal plate of the fourth abdominal segment. PS: posterior spiracle. PSyn: posterior sternal plate of the seventh abdominal segment. SP : siphonal plate or dorsal plate. TS: true seta. VF: ventral flabellar process. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), (Plate YI) Vol. LXVII Figure 7 : larva of Pericoma marginalis (Banks) ; true, leaf-shaped seta from the left side of the fourth abdominal segment. Figures 8-15: larva of Pericoma albitarsis (Banks). 8: head, dorsal view. 9: hypostomium, ventral view. 10: thoracic tergal plates and right spiracle. 11: fourth abdominal segment, dorsal view. 12: true, leaf- shaped seta from the right side of the fourth abdominal segment. 13 : eighth abdominal segment, side view. 14 : eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view. 15 : plates surrounding the anus slit, outspread. On figures 10 and 11, tectorial setae of the tergal plates have been omitted on the left side ; only the basal ring of each tectorial true seta has been figured; only a bump has been figured at the location of each accessory seta. Leaf-shaped true setae are dotted, leaf-shaped accessory setae are not. Figures 7 and 12 are on the same scale. So are figures 8, 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVII (Plate VII) 16 Figures 16-24: larva of Telmatoscopus ( Telmatoscopus ) species I. 16: dorsal view of tlie head, and left antenna enlarged. 17 : hypostomium, ventral view. 18: right halves of the thoracic tergal plates and right spiracle. 19: right half of the fourth abdominal segment, dorsal view. 20: right half of the fourth abdominal segment, ventral view. 21: eighth abdominal segment, side view. 22: eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view; the setae of the right flabellar processes have not been figured. 23 : eighth abdominal segment, ventral view. 24: plates surrounding the anus slit; the left adanal plate and lateral setae have not been figured. On figures 18 and 19, tectorial true setae have been omitted; only their basal rings have been figured. All the figures are on the same scale, save figure 17 and figure 24. Mar., 1959] Fletcher: Nycteola (Lepidoptera Noctuidae) 51 NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF NYCTEOLA (LEPIDOPTERA, NOCTUIDAE) By D. S. Fletcher Dept, of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History) Recent revisionary work on the genus Nycteola (Hiibner 1822) has involved the dissection of a number of Walker types of North America origin ; as a result, four species of the revayana group have been separated and the existing synonymy modified. The aedeagi of three of the four species were illustrated by McDunnough (1943, Canad. Ent., 75 : 61, figs. 1-3) ; the aedeagus of the fourth species, N. script ana Walker, and the female genitalia of all four species are figured below. In scriptana the medial cornutus varies in the degree of development ; this is true also of cinereana. Listed below is the revised synonymy of the North American species of Nycteola, together with the localities from which the author has studied material. Nycteola frigidana (Walker) (Fig. 5) Tortrix frigidana Walker, 1863, List Lep. Ins. B.M., 28 : 323. Holotype in B.M. Tortrix favillana Walker, 1863, tom. cit., p. 334. Holotype in B.M. Subrita latifasciella Walker, 1866, op. cit., 35 : 1746, Syn. nov. Holotype 2 in B.M. ?? Sarothripus lintnerana Speyer, 1875, Stettin, ent. Ztg., 36: 170. Type not located in Zool. Mus., Berlin or Albany Mus., New York. Nycteola frigidana Walker, McDunnough, 1943, Canad. Ent., 75: 61, fig. 1. Parrsboro, Nova Scotia; St. Martin’s Falls (Albany River), Renfrew Co. and Blackburn, Ontario ; Red Rock Lake, Manitoba ; Franconia, New Hampshire. Nycteola columbiana (II. Edwards) (Fig. 2) Sarrothripa columbiana LI. Edwards, 1874, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., (1) 5: 184. Holotype $ in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 52 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII Nycteola Columbiana H. Edwards, McDunnough, 1943, loc. cit., fig. 2. Nycteola cinereana Neumoegen & Dyar (Pig. 4) Nycteola revayana Scopoli var. cinereana Neumoegen & Dyar, 1893, J. N. Yk. ent. Soc., 1 : 117. Nycteola cinereana Neumoegen & Dyar, McDunnough, 1943, loc. cit., fig. 3. Lectotype $ with the following data and selected by Dr. E. L. Todd is in the U. S. National Museum in Washington D. C. : — “6797 (Out at Yosemite, Aug. 15, 1891 (BB 305) = 5787)” “TYPE” “var. cinereana N. & D.” “Collection Dr. H. G. Dyar.” “J* genitalia on slides Nov. 4, 1957 E.L.T. 724” “U.S.N.M. type 64109.” Red Rock Lake, Manitoba ; Baker Co., California ; Nevada ; Moab, Utah ; Tiscaloosa Co. and Glenwood Springs, Colorado. Nycteola scriptana (Walker) (Pigs. 1, 3) Tortrix scriptana Walker, 1863, List Lep. Ins. B.M., 28 : 324. Holotype J in B.M. Subrita fmetaspilella Walker, 1866, op. cit., 35: 1746. Syn. nov. Holotype 5 in B.M. Massachusetts ; New York ; New Jersey ; Ohio ; North Carolina ; Iowa; Texas. A fifth species represented in the American Museum of Natural History by five female specimens from Portal in Cochise Co., Arizona and in the British Museum by one female from Santa Monica, California resembles closely N. cinereana, differing super- ficially in the almost uniformly drab hind wing and structurally in the ductus bursae. Until male specimens can be studied, the species is best left unnamed. Thanks are here offered to Dr. P. Rindge of the American Museum of Natural History and to Dr. E. L. Todd of the U. S. National Museum for their ready help and co-operation. Explanation of Plate 1. Nycteola scriptana Walker 9 genitalia x 25 2. N. columbiana H. Edwards $ genitalia x 25 3. N. scriptana Walker aedeagus x 30 4. N. cinereana Neumoegen & Dyar 9 genitalia x 25 5. N. frigidana Walker 9 genitalia x 25 (Plate YIII) (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVII Mar., 1959] Ruckes: Odmalea Bergroth from Brazil 55 A NEW SPECIES OF ODMALEA BERGROTH FROM BRAZIL By Herbert Ruckes1 The following description is founded on a number of specimens that conform to the requirements set forth by Bergroth for his genus Odmalea in 1915, with the exception of the construction of the head which is essentially a counterpart of that found in the genus Dendrocoris Bergroth. By this fact the new species might be considered an intermediate between these two genera but should be placed closer to Odmalea since more characteristics of that genus are evident. Odmalea olivacea, new species Small, about the size of Dendrocoris humeralis Uhler, with about the same degree of convexity as that species. Over-all appearance, above olivaceous, produced by a stramineous background overlain with medium green from the transhumeral area backward and with ferruginous to fuscous punctures, moderately fine and rather regularly and closely spaced, the coarsest ones on the pronotum ; below stramineous centrally, olivaceous laterally, the punctures concolorous with the background. Head and anterior two-thirds of the pronotum rather declivous. Head five-sixths of the medial length of the pronotum (50 x 60), disc more or less flattish, irregularly and feebly rugose; punctures for the most part concolorous, those toward the apical portions of the juga, fuscous; margins before the eyes abruptly sinuate, then parallel to a broadly rounded apex with a minute central Y-shaped apical sinus there, the extreme edge of the juga narrowly fuscous; juga longer than the tylus and contiguous anteriorly; head slightly wider through the eyes than long medially (55 x 50); ocelli large and three times as far apart as each is from its eye; antennae short, not reaching the base of the pronotum, fulvous basally, then darkening apically; segmental ratios: 10/13/15/20/27, i.e., segments II and III subequal, II about half of the length of Y which is fusiform. Pronotum moderately excavated anteriorly to receive the head up to the eyes, margins behind the eyes truncate ; disc about two and two-thirds as wide across the humeral angles as long medially (160 x60); humeri pro- duced into short, stout, acute conical processes, directed obliquely forward with the stubby acute apical angles directed laterally; anterolateral margins essentially straight before the antehumeral sinuses, coarsely denticulate 1 Research Associate, Department of Insects and Spiders, the American Museum of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City College of New York. 56 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII with three or four small subconical teeth; posterior margin very feebly bisinuate and as wide as the base of the scutellum; posterolateral margins each about one-third of the length of the posterior margin; disc somewhat transversely rugose before the transhumeral diameter, there ferruginous punctate on a stramineous background ; smooth behind the transhumeral diameter and there tinted green with fuscous punctures; posterior margin of each humerus provided with a short piceous stripe. Scutellum very slightly longer than wide at the base (105 x100), the frenum ending about one-third of the distance from the base, the lateral margins from there onward gradually converging to a moderately rounded apex ; disc stramineous and transversely rugose at the base, olivaceous apically and smoother there ; punctures ferruginous, darkening somewhat apically and more widely spaced than those on the pronotum ; an incon- spicuous fuscous to piceous dash-like mark on each margin at the point where the frenum ends. Hemelytra olivaceous, punctures ferruginous becom- ing fuscous laterally, the coriaceous portion not quite reaching the apex of the scutellum, the external apical angle obtusely rounded ; membrane hyaline with concolorous veins, just reaching the abdominal apex in the female and slightly exceeding it in the male. Connexivum moderately ex- posed, concolorous olivaceous. Apical segmental angles roundly rectilinear, not produced, and narrowly piceous. Venter stramineous, somewhat pale greenish laterally. Head and pro- notum provided with a longitudinal, piceous, submarginal stripe in line with the eyes. Punctures for the most part concolorous with the background, densest and coarsest on the thoracic pleura and more restricted to the broad lateral portions of the abdomen; a small piceous spot on the lateral apical angle of each mesopleuron. Rostrum reaching between the meso- and meta-coxae, the segmental ratios as given by Bergroth for the genus. Legs stramineous, the femora and tibiae sparsely stippled with small fuscous spots, the dorsal apical spine on the femora fuscous to piceous and minutely triangular, tarsi and apices of tibiae fulvous. Spine of second abdominal segment stout and reaching almost to the mesocoxae. Each spiracle broadly surrounded by a subcalloused, ivory ring. Apical angles of the abdominal segments with a triangular piceous patch. Male genital segment subglobular ; posterior-ventral face deeply impressed, the medial area produced, leaving the apical margins protruding as if pinched together (somewhat as in Dendrocoris, but more pronounced than there), the margins converging dorsally so that the hiatus between them is subpyriform in outline; dorsal-posterior face of segment lying at right angles to the posterior-ventral with a triangular hiatus between the mesal margins; parameres (claspers) styliform at their bases, then dilating to stubby, bi-lobed heads which are fuscous; visible surface of the proctiger evenly convex. Basal plates of the female valves withdrawn into the body and obscured by the sixth abdominal sternite; apical plates visible, these stout and acutely angled at their apices. Described from seven specimens. Holotype : Male: 5.5 mm. long; 4.0 mm. across the humeral Mar., 1959] Ruckes: Odmalea Bergroth from Brazil 57 angles; Rio Vermelho, Santa Catarina, Brazil, November, 1945. A. Mailer, collector, Frank Johnson, donor. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Allotype: Female: 6.7 mm. long; 4.4 mm. wide across the humeral angles; Pinhal, Santa Catarina, Brazil; December, 1947. A. Mailer, collector, Frank Johnson, donor. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: Males (4) : Cauna, Santa Catarina, Brazil; Decem- ber, 1945 (2) ; Pinhal, Santa Catarina, Brazil, December, 1947 (2). Female (1) : Pinhal, Santa Catarina, Brazil; December, 1947. All deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1959 President, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF Box 33 3, Bedford, N. Y. Vice-President, BERNARD HEINEMAN 175 W. 72 St., N. Y. 23, N. Y. Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, RAYMOND BRUSH 1 University Place, N. Y. 3, N. Y. Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Dr. Asher Treat TRUSTEES Dr. A. B. Klots E. Irving Huntington Herbert F. Schwarz Dr. John Schmitt Frank A. Soraci PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Dr. William S. Creighton Peter Fare Nicholas Shoumatoff Herbert F. Schwarz PROGRAM COMMITTEE Bernard Heineman Dr. A. B. Klots FIELD COMMITTEE Nicholas Shoumatoff DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Dr. Lucy Clausen JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allen- town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks , money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer. Vol. LXVII No. 2 I J : ' ' \ '■ ; ’ ■ V.;' ; , -I June 1959 Journal of the Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON PETER FARB - V/' \ v; ' 1 ’!■ v/'’ l-H ' . f 'HK : c vf'\ ) \ ^ J > Subscription $5.00 per Year , V , Y'Y. ;'rr-A . ^ -■f '\ -- /■(, Tf " 4? >, ~\ ,7 Jf. Tj/ ,; , A7,v r /, ■ ■'T" ., ); ,'v >4777 ' : , < ;v . .7 ^ . L^' , 7-x m >44 ‘: /r/ '7 7 xl47 ■ < ,_4 "■ - : v 'V ;,':;,7 V ' "4 V. s > i X if x 2 %. v| 7. 7 .7: 4 r. y v A 47' ■ - 7 J ;4 Vi/; X '71: '7® , i.r. - , — V ; . -tv i .7 ■ I v V- X .<■ \ / ' 74 4,1 ■■!, i V r. \-x: t;0 A iX -vps^ 1 -44 ' 7 4 4? 7^ TV I/ f 1 ■ 4?\ .A:-' ^ v< 4- ■SK: :, \ •V: 'W :v ■■■ ' '■■ rf A 7- ■ - ' 4<\ 7" 777: 1 , 4 ^ 7 v \ V ,7 >■* 4fX: X 77* ■7. ? XU y ' 4 > 4 ■v. x 474 r 7 W ■ f • -, 1 V r . ' ' V ' 77/. - f Y x CONTENTS y i) •; 74' V',. i ...-)• :.>. x- -X 447 7(7 i'-77;7- rv 44774 ,X4 ■ x7- : 7'' M4 An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rho- palocera) of the Western Hemisphere By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington .. 59 x Book Notice , .7. 96 Studies on Antennal Contact Chemoreception by the Wood Nymph Butterfly, Cercyonis Pegala By Hubert Frings and Mable Frings 97 ■ /7 ' m :7f4%' The Correspondence Between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part II t r By F. Martin Brown ............ 107 X 7v7|'; - r / \ ' ' ■) 4 ' 4 4 x 44 -7 74|C 4 -'Ax' - 4 44 A 7l ' r,\ 4 4; 4 '/ > J,/-. :47 x 4 4 , N V V .444 r. 4 4x7 w. " ' * NOTICE: No. 1 of Volume LXVII of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society y ;X« tk1 was Published on June 24, 1959 4.1 m x'/v‘ 7vt4: 7 747 7x 4x4 4 ,)n| W Ly ■ / \ '7 •- 4>- ('•'n ■ V\ P$r. Cx ^ m Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. A.\ i J ■ ,7f|r Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXYII June, 1959 No. 2 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington [Continued from Vol. LXVI, p. 118] PART II: SPECIES abnormis Clench, Harry K., Tliecla acaste form Type Locality: La Rioja, Argentina. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1946 (August), Entomologist, vol. 79, p. 189. acadica Edwards, William H., Theda Type Locality: London, Ontario. Location of Type : Original Description: 1862 (February), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, p. 55 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonym: muskolca Watson and Comstock. Subspecies: coolinensis Watson and Comstock, montanensis Watson and Comstock, watrini Dufrane, souhegan Whitney. acameda Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 101, vol. 2, pi. 41, figs. 151, 152 $ (London). Synonym : paulina Draudt. acaste Prittwitz, O. V., Theda Type Locality: Corcovado, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Location of Type : Original Description: 1865, Stettin Ent. Zeit., vol. 26, p. 318 (Stettin). Additional Reference: Clench, H. K., 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 241 (Cambridge, Mass.). Synonym: lycimna Hewitson. Subspecies: abnormis Clench. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION AUG 3 1 1959 60 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII acastoides Berg, Carlos, Tliecla Type Locality: Argentina. Location of Type : Original Description : 1882, Ann. cle la Soc. Cientifica Argentina, p. 169 (Buenos Aires). acis Drury, Dru, Papilio Type Locality: “New York . . . 31st August.” Location of Type : Original Description: 1770, Ulus, of Natural History, vol. 1, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 2 (London). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sei., vol. 45, p. 62 (New York). (Discuss localities.) Subspecies: mars Fabricius, armouri Clench, hartrami Comstock and Huntington, casasi Comstock and Huntington, gossei Comstock and Hunting- ton, petioni Comstock and Huntington. acmenis Morris, John G., Theda % (not Hubner) Type Locality: North America. Location of Type : Original Description: 1860 (May), Catalogue of the Described Lepidoptera of North America, p. 12 (Washington, D. C.). Note: This is a misidentification of Megisto acmenis Hubner in Satyridae. acmon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotique des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p. 81, pi. 51, figs. C, D (Amsterdam). Additional Reference : Godman, F. D. and Osbert Salvin, 1887, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 17. (Make acmon a synonym of liemon Cramer.) acmon Westwood, John Obadiah, Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description : 1852, Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 2, p. 494, pi. 76, fig. 2 (London). Synonyms: antaegon Boisduval, helseyi Wright. Subspecies: cottlei Grinnell, lahecula Watson and Comstock, lutzi dos Passos. acontius Goodson, F. W., Thecla Type Locality: “1 $ . Nouvelle Grenada Etat Cundinamarca, Canancha (M. de Mathan), 1st Sem., 1900. ex. Oberthiir Coll., 2 $ Colombia, Env. Bogota (Frere Apolinaire-Marie) , 1918.” Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 184 (London) . June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 61 actaegon Morris, John G. Lycaena ? (not Boiscluval) Type Locality: California. Location of Type : Original Description: 1860 (May), Catalogue of the Described Lepidoptera of North America, p. 12 (Washington, D. C.). Note: Misspelling of antaegon Boisduval. actaeon Fabricius, Johann Christian Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1775, Entomologica Systematica, appendix p. 829 (Flensburgi). adamsi Druce, Hamilton H., Tliecla Type Locality : Pichis Road, Peru, 3,000 ft. Location of Type: H. J. Adams Collection. Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 432, pi. 11, tig. $ 2 (London). adela Staudinger, Otto, Tlieda Type Locality: Amazon, Para to Jurimaguas. Location of Type : Staudinger Collection. Original Description: 1888, Exotische Tagfalter, vol. 1, p. 287, vol. 2, pi. 97 $ (Bayern). adenostoma Scudder, Samuel H., Theda (not Henry Edwards) Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. Ill (Buffalo, N. Y.). Note: Misspelling of adenostomatis Henry Edwards. adenostomatis Edwards, Henry, Theda Type Locality: Tehachepi Pass, Southern California, July, 1875. Location of Type : The American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1877, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, p. 144 (San Francisco, California). adria Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 142, vol. 2, pi. 56, figs. $ 345, 346 (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 620 (London). (Makes adria a synonym of megacles Cramer.) Note: We doubt this. adrienne Maynard, Charles J., Chrysophanus hypophlaeas Type Locality : Eastern Massachusetts. Location of Type: 62 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Original Description: 1891, Manual of North American Butterflies, p. 153 (Boston, Mass.). Note : An aberration of liypophlaeas Boisduval. adunca Draudt, Max, Thecla Type Locality: Monte Tolima, Colombia, 3,200 meters. Location of Type : Fassl Collection, now in Naturhistorisclies Museum, Basle. Original Description: 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 759, pi. 153-g (underside $) (Stuttgart). aegides Felder, Cajetan and Budolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: Venezuela and New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type : Original Description : 1864-1867, Beise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 246, pi. 31, figs. 3, 4 (Wien). Subspecies : amplitudo Druce, furina Godman and Salvin. aehaja Behr, Hermann, Lycaena Type Locality: Alpine regions, headwaters Tuolumne Biver, California. Location of Type: Original Description: 1867 (January), Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 280 (San Francisco, California). Additional Beference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, part 1, p. 27, no. 453 (Los Angeles, California). (Places aehaja Behr as an altitude form of saepiolus Boisduval.) aeolus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio Type Locality: “In Indiis”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1775, Entomologica Systematica, p. 522 (Flens- burgi) . Additional Beference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 389, no. 154 (London). (Places aeolus as a syno- nym of pelion Cramer.) aepea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 165, pi. 65, figs. $ 457, 458 (London). aepeona Draudt, Max, Thecla Type Locality: Peru, Colombia. Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 793, pi. 157-h (Stuttgart). aethesa Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Bahia. June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 63 Location of Type : British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 86, vol. 2, pi. 33, fig. 9 57 (London). aethesa Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Bolivia. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 172, vol. 2, pi. 68, figs. 9 493, 494 (London). Note: Hewitson, ibid., makes aethesa (homonym) a synonym of tlieia. aetolus Sulzer, Johann Heinrich, Papilio Type Locality: “Cape of Good Hope”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1776, Abgekiirzte Geschiclite der Insecten, vol. 1, p. 147, vol. 2, pi. 19, figs. 10, 11 (Winterthur). Additional References: Cramer, Pierre, 1781, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 97, pi. 340, figs. F, G, II (Amsterdam). (Corrects locality to Surinam.) Hiibner, Jacob, 1807, Sammlung exotischer Schmettlinge, vol. 1, pi. (102) (Augsburg). Synonyms: linus Fabricius, Uncus Fabricius, amelia Herbst. Subspecies: paraguay ensis Lathy, separata Lathy. affinis Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality: Utah. Location of Type: Original Description: 1862 (April), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 223 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Subspecies: wasliingtonia Clench. afra Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: Deer River Country. Location of Type: Original Description: 1883 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 15, p. 211 (Lon- don, Ontario). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, part 1, p. 28, no. 473-a (Los Angeles, California). (Places (9) afra as a syno- nym of couperi Grote.) aganippe Goodson, F. W., Thecla Type Locality : Santa Catherina ( $ ) , Leopoldina ( 9 ) , Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1945 (November), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 170 (London) . agis Drury, Dru, Papilio Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type : Original Description: 1872. Illus. of Natural History, vol. 3, p. 34, pi. 26, figs. 3, 4 (London). 64 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 384 (London). (Makes agis a synonym of phaleros Linnaeus.) agra Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 30 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 147, vol. 2, pi. 58, figs. 369, 370 $ (London). Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 88 (New York). (Made agra synonym of hazochii Godart.) agricolor Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Strymon Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1872 (July), Cist. Ent., vol. 1, p. 105 (London). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepidoptera Exot., p. 158, pi. 57, fig. 4 $ (London). Godman, F. D. and 0. Salvin, 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 34, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 11, 12 $ (London). Subspecies : banosensis Clench. agrippa Fabricius. Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In America”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 259 (Hafniae). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepi- doptera Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 187 (London). (Determined specimens from Para, Brazil presumably from Jones’ drawings.) Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 568 (London). (Mentions specimens determined by A. G. Butler labelled Honduras in British Museum.) Note: There are no means of determining this species except by examina- tion of Jones’ figures.) aguaca Draudt, Max, Thecla Type Locality: Rio Aguaca Valley, Colombia. Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 799, pi. 158-f (underside) (Stuttgart). ahola Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Mexico and New Granada. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 65 Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 82, vol. 2, pi. 35, figs, 73, 74 $ (London). Synonym: Cordelia Hewitson. aholiba Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality: New Granada. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 82, vol. 2, pi. 35, figs. 76, 77 $ (London). Synonyms: artides Schaus, aratus Schaus. aibonito Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda celida Type Locality. Aibonito, Puerto Rico, July 14-17, 1914. Location of Type: The American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 76 (New York). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P., 1944 (October), Sci. Survey Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands, vol. 12, pt. 4, p. 489, pi. 9, figs. 2, 3 $ (New York). alaslcensis Chermock, E. H., Plebeius scuclderi Type Locality: Fort Yukon, Alaska, June 27, 1916. Location of Type: Author’s collection. Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 213 (Guelph, Ontario). alatus Druce, Hamilton, H., Tliecla Type Locality: Cajamarca, North Peru, 11,500 ft. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History), (Godman Col- lection). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 579 (London) . Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 434, pi. 11, fig. 13 $ (London). albata Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Tliecla Type Locality: Venezuela and New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Pregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 261, pi. 32, figs. 17, 18 $ (Wien). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 94 (London). (Say that Felder’s types came from Venezuela and give localities of Panama City, Taboga Island and Colombia.) albolineata Lathy, Percy I., Tliecla Type Locality: Rio Aquatal. Location of Type: Fournier Collection (Paris). Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 230, pi. 8, fig. 5 (Paris). 66 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII alhrighti Clench, Harry K., JEveres comyntas subsp. Type Locality: Kings Hill, Montana, July 9, 1939. Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Original Description: 1944 (March), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 52, p. 60 (Lancaster, Pa.) alee Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality : Colorado ( $ ) Location of Type: Original Description: 1871 (March), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 272 (Philadelphia, Pa.) Additional References: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 446 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places alee as a synonym of isola Reakirt.) Field, W. D., 1942 (January), Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., vol. 15, no. 1, p. 36. (Maintains alee is a subspecies.) alcestis Edwards, William H., Tliecla Type Locality : Dallas, Texas ( $ ) . Location of Type: Original Description: 1871 (March), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 271 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Subspecies: oslari Dyar. alda Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality. Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 25 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 144, vol. 2, pi. 57, figs. 355, 356 $ (London). alea Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Tliecla Type Locality: Tres Marias Islands, Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 95, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 10, 11 (London) . Note: Near avalona Wright. alihoha Staudinger, Otto, Tliecla Type Locality: Cocapata, Bolivia. Location of Type : Original Description: 1894, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (Iris), vol. 7, p. 81 (Dresden). aliparops Michener, Charles D. and Cyril F. dos Passos, Strymon strigosus Type Locality. Glenwood Springs, Colorado, July. Location of Type: The American Museum of Natural History. June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 67 Original Description: 1942 (November), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1210, p. 3 (New York, New York). alticola Dyar, Harrison, Lycaena (not Godman and Salvin ?) Type Locality: Cantas, Peru, 2,000 ft., Nov., 1911; Coropuna, Peru, 14,500 ft., Oct., 1911. Location of Type: United States National Museum. Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 638 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Note: We have been unable to find a description of this species by Godman and Salvin. Dyar’s name is nomen nudum. amatista Dognin, Paul, Tliecla Type Locality: Loja and El Monje, Ecuador. Location of Type: Original Description: 1895, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 39, p. 106 (Bruxelles) . amhrax, Westwood, John Obadiah, Theda Type Locality : Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1852, Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 2, p. 485, pi. 75, fig. 7 (London). (Figure only.) Additional Deference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 57, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 5, 6 $ (London). Subspecies : septentrionalis Lathy. amelia Herbst, Johann Friedrich Wilhelm, Papilio Type Locality : Location of Type: Original Description: 1804, Natursystem aller bekannten in und aus- landischen Insekten, vol. 11, p. ?, pi. 300, figs. 3, 4 (Berlin). Note : The name amelia Herbst is a synonym of aetolus Sulzer. americana D’Urban, W. S. M., Lycaena (not Harris) See americana Harris Type Locality: River Rouge Valley, Canada, Aug. Location of Type: Original Description: 1860 (April), Canadian Nat. and Geol., vol. 5, p. 91 (Montreal, Canada). (Nomen nudum.) Additional Reference: D’Urban, W. S. M., 1860 (August), Canadian Nat. and Geol., vol. 5, p. 246 (Montreal, Canada). Nomen nudum. (Placed in genus Chrysophanus.) americana Harris, Thaddeus William, Lycaena Type Locality: Massachusetts. Location of Type: Original Description: 1862, Insects Injurious to Vegetation, 3rd Edition (Flint), p. 273, fig. 104 (Boston, Mass.). 68 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26, no. 245 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places americana in synonymy of liypo- phlaeas Boisduval.) americensis Blanchard, E., Thecla Type Locality: Coquimbo, Chile. Location of Type: Original Description: 1852, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologica, vol. 7, p. 38 (Paris), (Gay’s Fauna of Chile). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi- doptera, vol. 1, p. 207, pi. 83, figs. 693, 694 (London). Subspecies: tucumana Druce. amethystina Hayward, Kenneth, J., Theda Type Locality: Villa Nougues, Tucuman, Argentina; January 21, 1921, January, 1929. Location of Type: Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. (Several specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 567, pi., fig. 3 (Tucuman, Argentina). arnica Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: Mackenzie River, Canada. Location of Type : Original Description: 1863 (July), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 2, p. 80 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 453 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places arnica as a subspecies of saepiolus Boisduval.) amicetus Doubleday, Edward, Polyommatus (Boisduval MS) Nomen nudum Type Locality: Newfoundland. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1847, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 2, p. 55 (London). Additional References: Sc-udder, Samuel H., 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 128 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Places amicetus as a syno- nym of epixanthe Boisduval and LeConte.) Klots, A. B., 1936 (October), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 31, p. 166 (Brooklyn, N. Y.). (Endeavored to resurrect the name amicetus but failed to recognize that it was a nomen nudum.) ammon Lucas, P. H., Lycaena Type Locality: Havana, Cuba. “Also from Yucatan”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1857, in Sagra, Historie physique, politique et naturelle de Tile de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 612, pi. 16, figs. 7 $, 7a $ , 7b (Paris). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 95, pi. 1, fig. 22 $ (New York, N. Y.). June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 69 Subspecies: thomasi Clench, bethune-baleeri Comstock and Huntington, noeli Comstock and Huntington, woodruffi Comstock and Huntington. amphrade Schaus, William, Tliecla Type Locality: Guapiles, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1913 (September), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 355, pi. 52, fig. 10 $ (London). Synonyms : posetta Dyar. amplia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 195, vol. 2, pi. 77, figs. 621, 622 (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 75, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 7 $, 8 (London). amplitude* Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: St. Jago, Ecuador. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 575, pi. 32, fig. 6 $ (London). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 753, pi. 149-b (Stuttgart). (Calls amplitude* a form of aegides Felder and Felder.) ampins Druce, Hamilton H., Tliecla Type Locality: Cucuta, Venezuela. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 582, pi. 33, fig. 13 $ (London). amyntor Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p. 76, pi. 48, fig. E (Amsterdam). Synonyms: menalcas Cramer. Subspecies: distractus Clench. amyntida Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 294 (Paris). Additional Reference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 237, fig. 1938 $ (Rennes) . Synonyms : doelgei Guilder. 70 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII anacreon Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In India”. Location of Type: Lost (H. H. Druce). Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, voi. 3, pt. 1, p. 268 (Hafniae). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568 (London) . Note: Neither Butler nor Druce recognized anacreon, but it might be determined from Jones’ drawings. anastomosis Draudt, Max, Tliecla mecrida form Type Locality: Guiana to the Amazon. Location of Type : Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 766, pi. 151-b (underside), (Stuttgart). ancilla Barnes, William and James H. McDunnough, Philotes enoptes Type Locality: Eureka, Utah, July 1-7. Location of Type: United States National Museum. Original Description: 1918, Contributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 4, no. 2, p. 79 (Decatur, Illinois). Additional Reference: Barnes, W. and J. H. McDunnough, 1916, Con- tributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 3, no. 2, pi. 11, figs. 2, 5 (as glaucon) , (Decatur, Illinois). andicola Godman, Frederick D. and Osbert Salvin, Lycaena Type Locality: Guallabamba (7,500 ft.); Quito (9,400 ft.); Cayambe to Otovalo (9,500 ft.); Machachi (9,800 ft.); Cotocachi (12,000 ft.). 10 ex- amples. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History)? Original Description: 1891, Supplementary Appendix to Travels Amongst the Great Andes of the Equator, by Edward Whymper, p. 104 (London). Note: Has a lectotype been selected? anfracta Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Chanchamayo, Peru. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 609 (London) . Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 794 (Stuttgart). (Considers anfracta a subspecies of vitruvia Hewitson.) angelia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Cuba and Jamaica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 162, vol. 2, pi. 63, figs. 439 $, 440 (London). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 71 cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 68 (New York, N. Y.). (Accept fig. 439 as type of angelia from Cuba.) Subspecies: dowi Clench, hoyeri Comstock and Huntington, pantoni Corn- stock and Huntington. angelus Gunder, Jean D., Pleheius acmon tr. f. Type Locality: Los Angeles, California, June 10, 1920. Location of Type: Original Description: 1929 (December), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 24, p. 326, pi. 31, fig. 4 (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 461 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places angelus as an aberration for monti- cola Clemence.) angerona Godman, E. D. and 0. Salvin, Thecla Type Locality: St. Vincent, Grenadines and Grenada. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 516 (London). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 76 (New York, N. Y.). Synonyms : hurcli Kaye. angusta Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Paraguay (1 $). Location of Type. Fournier Collection (Paris). Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 232, pi. 8, fig. 17 (Paris). Note: Resembles T. picentia Hewitson on upperside. anina Druce, Hamilton IL, Thecla (Mispelling of aunia Hewitson) Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 603 (London) . Note: Druce’s name anina is, obviously, a typographical error for aunia Hewitson. The name anina should be listed in the synonymy of orcynia Hewitson. anna Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type: Original Description: 1861 (July), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 163 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms: argyrotoxus Behr, cajona Reakirt, philemon Boisduval, ricei Cross. anna Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Interior of Colombia. Location of Type: Godman Collection. 72 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 577, pi. 33, fig. 2 $ (London). annetta Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: Salt Lake, Utah, 1878. Location of Type: Original Description: 1882 (March), Papilio, vol. 2, p. 48, (New York, N. Y.). Additional Reference: McDunnougli, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 449 (Los Angeles, California). (Places annetta as a subspecies of scudderi Edwards.) annettae dos Passos, Cyril F., Incisalia iroides Type Locality: New Mexico, April 13, 1937. Location of Type: The American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (June), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1230, p. 3 (New York, N. Y.). annulatus Gmelin, Johann Friederich Papilio Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: Caroli a Linne, 1788, Syst. Nat., 13th ed., p. 2359, no. 896 (Leipsig.) Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 769 (Stuttgart). Makes annulatus a synonym of cupentus Cramer.) anosma Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia, 3,000 meters. Location of Type: Fassl Collection, now in Naturhistorisches Museum, Basle. Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 760, pi. 153-h (underside), (Stuttgart). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 823 (Stuttgart). (Said: “for anosma place: oribata Weymer.”) Note: Apparently the above indicates synonymy. antaegon Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 295 (Paris) . Additional References: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 236, fig. 1936 $ , 1937 $ (Rennes). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 459 (Los Angeles, California). (Places antaegon as a synonym of acmon Westwood.) Note: Boisduval associates antaegon with acmon Westwood, of which it is a synonym. June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 73 anthelle Doubleday, Edward, Polyommatus (Boisduval MS) Nomen nudum Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1847, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 2, p. 55 (London). Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 128 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Places the name in the synonymy of dorcas Kirby.) anthora Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon, Cayenne. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 191, vol. 2, pi. 76, figs. 604 $ , 605, 606 (London). anthracia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 166, vol. 2, pi. 65, figs. 462 $ , 461, 463 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 603 (London). (Makes antlirada a synonym of orcynia Hewitson.) antiads Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena. Type Locality: San Francisco, California. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. Prance, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 300 (Paris) . Additional References: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 237, fig. 1951 $ (Ren- nes). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 474 (Los Angeles, California). (Places antiads as a form of xerces Boisduval.) Synonyms: intermedia Chermock. antibubastus Hiibner, Jacob, Hemiargus Type Locality: Georgia. Location of Type: Original Description: 1818, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Sclimett- linge, vol. 1, p. 19, pi. (18), figs. 99, 100 (Augsburg). Note: Erste Zutr. as Busticus bubastus ; Augsburg, 1808; plates pub- lished 1809-1813. Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 109 (New York, N. Y.). (Makes antibubastus a subspecies of hanno Stoll.) Synonyms: pseudoptiletes Boisduval and LeConte. antigua Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda Type Locality: St. John, Antigua, B. W. I., June 5, 1911. Location of Type: The American Museum of Natural History. 74 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 83, pi. 1, fig. 16 $ (New York, N. Y.). antinous Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 244, pi. 28, figs. 8, 9 (Wien). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 747 (Stuttgart). (Makes antinous a syno- nym of telemus Cramer.) aon Lucas, P. H., Thecla Type Locality: Havana, Cuba; also Yucatan. Location of Type: Original Description: 1857, in Sagra, Historie physique, politique et naturelle de l’ile de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 610, pi. 16, figs. 6 $, 6a, 6b $ (Paris). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 56 (New York, N. Y.). (Did not recognize this species.) apama Edwards, William H., Theda Type Locality : Fort Grant and in Graham Mts., Arizona. Location of Type: Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Original Description: 1882 (October), Papilio, vol. 2, p. 137 (New York, N. Y.). Subspecies: homoperplexa Barnes and Benjamin. aphaca Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 105, vol. 2, pi. 36, fig. 90 $ (London). Additional Reference: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 182, pi. 72, fig. 552 $ (London). appula Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Bolivia and Venezuela. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 163, vol. 2, pi. 64, figs. 447, 448 $ (London). aprica Moschler, H. B., Theda Type Locality: Paramaribo, Surinam (1 $). Location of Type: Original Description: 1883, Verb, zool.-bot Ges., vol. 32, p. 310, pi. 17, fig. 6 (Wien). aquilo Boisduval, Jean A., Argus Type Locality: Cape North, Siberia upon the Altai and Labrador. June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 75 Location of Type : Original Description: 1832, leones Hist. Lep. d’Europe, vol. 1, p. 62, pi. 12, figs. 7, 8 $ (Paris). Synonyms: franklinii Curtis, hohlsaati Guilder, suttoni Holland. Subspecies: bryanti Leussler, lacustris Freeman, megalo McDunnough, poclarce Felder and Felder, cilia Belir syn., nestos Boisduval syn., tehavia Reakirt syn., rustica Edwards. arachne Goodson, E. W., Theda Type Locality : Chapada, ?, April. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History) (1 £). Original Description: 1945 (November), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 170 (London). aratus Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1902, Proc U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 417 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Note: Schaus mentioned the name aratus Moritz ms. in connection with aritides Schaus of which it is a synonym. archias Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 2, p. 129, pi. 181, Fig. C. (Amsterdam). arcida Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Tucuman, Argentina. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 629, pi. 36, fig. 27 $ (London). ardea Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: Virginia City, Nevada ( $ ). Location of Type: The American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 209 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 455 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places ardea as a subspecies of icarioides Boisduval.) arecibo Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Tliecla columella Type Locality: Guayanilla, Puerto Rico, July 22, 1914. Location of Type: The American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 81, pi. 1, fig. 14 $ (New York, N. Y.). 76 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI I arene Goodson, F. W., Theda Type Locality: River Tabaconas, N. Peru, 6,000 ft. (3 $ $); Upper R. Toro, La Merced, Aug. Sept. 1901 (1 $ ). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1945 (November), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 171 (London) . ares Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Ega (Teffe), Amagonas, Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In- secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 61, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 23, 24 $ (London) . arethusa Wolley Dod, F. H., Chry soph anus Type Locality: Near Calgary, Alberta, July 5-20. Location of Type: United States National Museum. Original Description: 1907 (May), Can. Ent., vol. 39, p. 169 (London, Ontario ) . Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26, no. 435 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places arethusa as a subspecies of hypo- phlaeas Boisduval.) argentata Fletcher, James, Lycaena pseudargiolus var. Type Locality: Cartwright, Southern Manitoba, Canada. Location of Type: United States National Museum. Original Description: 1903, Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Section 4, p. 213, figs. (Ottawa). Additional References: Fletcher, James, 1904 (May), Can. Ent., vol. 36, p. 127, pi. (London, Ontario). McDunnough, J. H., 1938 Check list, pt. 1, p. 29, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Makes argentata a subspecies of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.) argentinensis Clench, Harry K., Theda Type Locality: Tucuman, Argentina. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1946 (August), Entomologist, vol. 79, p. 185 (London) . argerona Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Minas Geraes. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1878 (November), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 209, vol. 2, pi. 83, figs. 705, 706 (London). argiolus Abbot, John and James Edward Smith, Papilio (Not Linnaeus) Type Locality : Georgia. Location of Type : Original Description: 1797, Insects of Georgia, vol. 1, p. 29, pi. 15 (London) . Note: See pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte. June, 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 77 argiva Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 208, vol. 2, pi. 83, figs. 702 $, 700, 701 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 630 (London). (Makes argiva a synonym of dumenilii Godart.) argona Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Uruguay. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 162, vol. 2, pi. 63, figs. 441, 442 $ (London). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 87 (New York, N. Y.). (Made argona a synonym of eurytulus Hiibner as did Lathy.) argyrognomon Bergstrasser, J. A. B., Lycaena Type Locality: Hanau-Munzenberg, Germany. Location of Type: Gerning Collection, Frankfort (?). Original Description: 1779, Nomenclatur . . . der Insecten, vol. 2, p. 76, pi. 46, figs. 1, 2 (Hanau). Note: Nabokov (1949 (February), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 101, no. 4, p. 479 (Cambridge, Mass.) uses the name argyrognomon to denote a North American species; heretofore, this name has been used for a palearctic species only.) argyrotoxus Belir, Hermann, Lycaena Type Locality: Sierra Nevada, California. Location of Type: Original Description: 1867 (January), Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 281 (San Francisco, Calif.) Additional Reference. McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 451 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places argyrotoxus as an aberration of anna Edwards.) arindela Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Chontales, Nicaragua. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoprtera, vol. 1, p. 172, vol. 2, pi. 67, figs. 491, 492 $ (London). Subspecies: rinde Dyar. aritides Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Merida, Venezuela. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5945 Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 417 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Additional References: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 605 (London). (Makes aritides a synonym of aholiba Hewitson.) 78 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 790 (Stuttgart). (Makes aritides a synonym of aholiba Hewitson.) arizonensis Edwards, William H., Lycaena pseudargiolus var. Type Locality: Arizona. Location of Type: Original Description: 1884 (June), The Butterflies of North America, 2nd series, vol. 2, Lycaena II, p. 5, paragraph 5, pi. II, figs. 18, 19 (Boston, Mass.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 29, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places arizonensis as a summer form of pseudargiolus cinerea Edwards.) arizonensis Gunder, Jean D., Everes corny ntas herrii tr. f. Type Locality: Santa Rita Mts., Arizona, April 18, 1910. Location of Type : Los Angeles Museum. Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 284, pi. A, fig. 10 (Orillia, Ontario). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 447 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places arizonensis as an aberration of herrii Grinnell.) arizonensis McDunnough, James H., Glaucopsyclie lygdamus var. Type Locality: White Mts., Arizona, May 27, 1934. Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, no. 4089. (Paratype in the American Museum of Natural History.) Original Description: 1936 (May), Can. Ent., vol. 68, p. 113 (Orillia, Ontario ) . armilla Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 583 (London). armouri Clench, Harry K., Strymon acis Type Locality: Rum Cay, Bahamas, February-March, 1934. Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology (no. 25,848). Original Description: 1943 (February), Psyche, vol. 49, p. 53 (Cam- bridge, Mass.). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 66 (New York, N. Y.). arogeus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1780, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 85, pi. 333, figs. A, B (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568 (London). (Did not recognize the species.) June, 19591 Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 79 arola Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 28 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 151, vol. 2, pi. 60, figs. 392, 393 $ (London). arota Boisduval, Jean A., Polyommatus Type Locality: Juba Mountains, California, May and June. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 293 (Paris). Additional Reference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepi- dopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 236, figs. 1933 $ , 1934 $ (Rennes) . Subspecies: nubila Comstock. arpoxais Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Chitra, Panama. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In- secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 49, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 25, 26 $ (London) . arpoxida Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Rio Songo, Bolivia. Location of Type: Fassl Collection (now in Naturhistorisclies Museum, Basle) . Original Description: 1920 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 775, pi. 155-a (underside $ ), (Stuttgart). arria Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Canelos, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 68 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1878 (November), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 213, vol. 2, pi. 85, figs. 729, 730 $ (London). arsace Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, Theda Type Locality: Virginia and Georgia. Location of Type: Original Description: 1833, Histoire Generale et iconographie des Lepi- dopteres et des chenilles de l’Amerique Septentrionale, p. 103, pi. 32 (Paris). Additional References: Dyar, H. G., 1902, Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 52, p. 39 (Washington, D. C.). (Makes arsace a variety of irus Godart.) Oberthiir, Charles, 1920, Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 17, 80 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII p. 19, pis. p. 7, pi. DV, figs. 4209, 4210 (Rennes). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25, no. 405 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places arsace as a synonym of irus Godart.) aruma Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil (Espiritu Santo). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 192, vol. 2, pi. 76, figs. 609, 610 $ (London). arza Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 178, vol. 2, pi. 70, figs. 523, 524 (London). CO M |5H 03 be P -H> P © © © & q GC P II GO » \ o pH HP rH P CO Pj c3 l-M CO P fH • rH c3 4—) GG fn t r~j P o ©-* • rH 03 rO £ -H h 03 ■+J HP ©h 03 Ph > 03 o 03 CD H a 03 O H a 03 03 H nP 03 03 pS o gg © w o h © © © P -H HP O © m O o O H ^ 2 O DP 1 HM © P M-H gg be CD o 'H © o CP 4-> O cS r“H P g be • rH • rH Ph H-3 m Ph o -t-3 H h rC’ P V — ' pH CO II o m •+4 bJO • rH 4^ • iH H GG O o c3 Ph CD ©H (H O • rH © «H o GO ©M GG CD -H O GO "p GG CD Ph rO P Eh GG CD GG 02 03 II + CD c3 «H O 02 03 4-M GG 03 03 02 H P EH 03 P PP o -H rM 03 GG CD Jh Ph GG -H © r-1 H be 03 m ©H O P £ CM CO LO -4-J Ph o £ 03 hP H oo CO CO O hH Cd lO O o t- GO 05 CO Cl Ol 05 o b- rH HC O GO oo rH CO CO i-H O o o lO o o O O O O 00 00 CO Cd lO lO H H Cd CM CO LO CO CO CO LO LO o CO CO LO GO LO LO CO 00 00 T—i GO CD 00 Cd GO H H o 05 CO H Cd rH Cd rH CO rH LO LO o Cd LO O O o o Cd 00 QO CO CO H LO cd Cd CO CO Cd CO tr 05 oo rH LO 05 LO CO LO b- CO QO 4- o rH CO H o o co H Cl hH CO Cl rH cd cd Cd Cd rH LO LO LO LO o LO LO LO LO rH LO LO Cd CM CO CO CO CO Cd Cd b- C5 o Cl hH CO O' rH CO co 05 H rH LO LO H GO CO L- + CO LO CO C5 CO GO LO 05 05 LO Cd Cl rH rH rH Cd Cd rH LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO Cl Cd CO CO CO CO Cl Cd Cd rH o CO CO o CO Cl O 05 H o rH H b~ CO LO co CO + LO H O CO co 05 LO Cl 00 O LO Cd CO rH Cd rH H Cd rH ki O 05 O O' o O O LO LO LO CO LO CO CO CO CO CO CO Cl Cd 05 LO Cd O CO CO CO o tr CO oo 05 05 Cd O rH Cd GO hH L- Cd CO Cd GO rH H CO LO 05 CO CO LO 00 CO b- + Cd Cd b- rH H CO rH CO rH Cd CO CO 00 O LO LO o O O' o LO LO £ CO Cd CO Cl L— CO H CO H CO LO CO Cd <1 H <1 Eh < Eh Eh <1 Eh <1 05 CO 03 P H CO be £ S be • rH PP r*^> bJO • rH Ph bJO lo be PP rH, GO CD CD Ph 23 =3 =8 r-i 0 0 or 0 or 0 £ o P £ -H> Hh © 0 GO © Hi hh © HP 0 GG © -H> © hP cj 4—* CD a Left 0 GO © l — 1 Left p H-S © HH June, 1959] Frings and Frings: Chemoreception 103 not on the proximal segment. The 4% response obtained when only the first segment was present on both metathoracic legs is not significantly different at the 5% level from 0%. All but two of the positive responses obtained with the mesothoracic tarsi completely removed were marked as questionable, meaning that the extension of the proboscis was slight. It is probable, there- fore, that the receptors are limited to the tarsi. The insects definitely have contact chemoreceptors on the basal segment of the mesothoracic leg. This corrects our earlier report based on local stimulation tests. It is obvious that the rise in response on antennal stimulation roughly paralleled the drop in response on tarsal stimulation as tarsal segments were removed. A difference between the meso- thoracic and metathoracic tarsi was also clearly indicated. More segments had to be removed from the mesothoracic tarsi than from the metathoracic to produce an equivalent result. The difference between the normal response level (9%) on antennal stimulation and response when two or three of the four functional legs were removed (22%-43%) is highly significant. Thus the development of responsiveness to antennal stimulation was graded and not all-or-none. A behavioral observation made during these tests is worthy of note. When the tarsi of intact animals touched a liquid sur- face, the antennae were only occasionally dipped toward the surface. When, on the other hand, the tarsi of animals from which two or more terminal segments of the tarsi had been removed were similarly touched to a liquid surface, the antennae were almost invariably drawn to the surface. This reaction again suggested the substitution of one set of end-organs for another when the latter were injured or removed. DISCUSSION These results show that this butterfly has receptors on the tips of the antennal clubs which, when stimulated by sucrose solutions, mediate proboscis extensions only when the tarsal receptors are partially or wholly removed. Until proved absent in other species of butterflies, it would seem best to assume the presence of these receptors. Most important, this study shows that the conditions of the 104 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII tests for locations and properties of the contact chemoreceptors are of critical importance. While electrophysiological experi- ments would undoubtedly discover these receptors, they would give no indication of the differential use by the insects. Be- havioral tests, on the other hand, introduce the complication of often unpredictable behavior patterns. In both cases, conclusions about the role of the experimentally discovered receptors in the life of the insect must be drawn with caution. Negative results in behavioral studies particularly must be regarded as only an indication of lack of reception. One is bound to ask why highly specialized contact chemore- ceptors should be present on the antennae if they do not mediate an appropriate response when appropriately stimulated unless the tarsi are absent. Certainly under normal conditions the tarsi are present, and one might expect that the antennal recep- tors would thus be rendered non-functional. This, however, is not necessarily true. The conditions under which these tests were made, like any laboratory conditions, are artificial. In nature, for instance, the antennal receptors on the tips would be used while the butterfly stood on the corolla of a flower and extended the antennae into the flower. The insect would thus be stimulated simultaneously by odors as well as other stimuli which might facilitate responses. Perhaps the receptors are distance chemoreceptors under ordinary conditions which can act as contact chemoreceptors under the special conditions produced by the operations. Only by field studies with normal butterflies can the place of these antennal chemoreceptors in the normal lives of the butterflies be determined. SUMMARY When the tips of the antennal clubs of immobilized but other- wise normal butterflies were touched with 1M sucrose solution, the proboscis was only rarely extended. When the same proce- dure was followed with individuals from which the tarsi, which bear contact chemoreceptors, were removed, the response rose to 70%-90%. Removal of the segments of the tarsi one by one showed that, as the tarsal receptors were removed, the increase in response as a result of stimulation of the antennae paralleled the drop in response as a result of stimulation of the tarsi. June, 1959] Frings and Frings: Chemoreception 105 Literature Cited Frings, H., and M. Frings. 1949. The loci of contact chemoreceptors in insects. Amer. Midi. Natur. 41: 602—658. Frings, H., and M. Frings. 1956. The loci of contact chemoreceptors involved in feeding reactions in certain Lepidoptera. Biol. Bull. 110: 291-299. Minnich, D. E. 1921. An experimental study of the tarsal chemoreceptors of two nymphalid butterflies. J. Exp. Zool. 33: 173-203. (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVII (Plate VIII) Figure 1. Photomicrograph of terminal segment of antenna of C. pegala, showing probable chemoreceptive sensillum (x400). Figure 2. Photomicrograph of terminal portion of proboscis of C. pegala, with probable chemoreceptive sensilla (x400). June, 1959] Brown : Correspondence 107 THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN WILLIAM HENRY EDWARDS AND SPENCER FULLERTON BAIRD. PART II Annotated by F. Martin Brown Two papers published by Edwards during 1862 are not noted in the correspondence he held with Baird. It seems likely that since neither one dealt with new species Edwards felt that Baird would have little interest in them. The first of the papers appeared in the March 1862 issue of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, vol. 1, pp. 182-184. It is titled “Notes on GRAPTA COMMA, Harris, and GRAPTA FAUNUS, Edwards.” In it Edwards stoutly defended the identity of faunus distinct from European c-album Linnaeus. It started a long series of discussions in the literature that ultimately led to the acceptance of Edwards’ argument that the American species of this genus were distinct from the Old World species. The second paper appeared in the July issue of the same journal on pages 221-224. It is entitled “Descriptions of cer- tain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States, figured in Doubleday’s Genera but undescribed.” The four species noted are these : 1. Argynnis astarte Doubleday. Edwards confused Doubleday’s species, a Boloria from the Canadian Rocky Mountains, with a form of Speyeria mormonia Boisduval. Dos Passos and Grey (American Museum Novi- tates, no. 1370, 1947, p. 23) settled the question of the forms by selecting Edwards “California” citation for the “type”, thus making astarte Edwards nee Doubleday 1862 a synonym of arge Strecker. The “Oregon” material probably referred to what Edwards later described as erinna, another subspecies of mormonia. 2. Melitaea chalcedon Doubleday. Edwards named two areas from which he had material that he considered to be Doubleday’s species: “Rocky Mountains; California.” The California material probably reached Edwards from Behr or may have been among the specimens he received from Menetries (see Dos Passos, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 59, p. 138). The Rocky Mountain material probably came from the Mullen expedition (see note 12) and was collected in the Bitterroot Mountains by John PearcealL If so it represented what Guilder later called wallacensis. 3. Melitaea anicia Doubleday. Edwards cited three localities for this 108 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII species: “Kansas; Rocky Mountains; California.” The “Kansas” ma- terial probably was collected by William S. Wood in 1859 during liis trip to what is now Colorado but was then Kansas. An anicia- like form of the species, later called hrucei by Edwards, is not rare in the Front Range west of Denver, where we know Wood collected. The “California” material may well have been supplied by Behr and it may have repre- sented what Behr later called nubigena, an insect that was frequently confused with high-altitude anicia from Colorado. 4. Timetes coresia Doubleday. Edwards specimen probably came to him from Lincecum and less probably from the Mexican Boundary Survey naturalists. New York, 40 Wall St. 5 Jan. ’63 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I intend going to Washington next week. If you will write me how many plates of the Sphinges I sent you I will take on those since published. We have reached 14 or 15. I seem to have no memorandum of what I sent you. I hope to see Kennicott. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 1886 Jan 9 63 37 My Dear Mr. E. I find record of four plates of Sphingidae only. We will be very glad to have rest [and]* to see you. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. N. Y. 9 New York, 40 Wall St. 10th Feby. 1863 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I have heard somewhere that a shipment of insects from Xanthus77 (I * a large blot obscures this word. 77 Xanthus Janos (Louis John Xantus “de Vesey”) (1825-1894) : Hun- garian adventurer-naturalist, later director of the Hungarian National Museum. At this time he was a tidal observer at Cape San Lucas, — near Manzanillo, Colima, — on the west coast of Mexico. The “de Vesey” portion of his Anglicized name was assumed. He was a fantastically prolific col- lector of all sorts of natural history objects. See Hume, Edgar Erskine ( Ornithologists of the United States Army Medical Corps. Publ. Institute June, 1959] Brown : Correspondence 109 believe thats the name) from Mexico, is expected by you. If such an one arrives, dont forget our Sphinges. Let me have any he sends for our plates. Can’t I write to Mr. X. and request him to pay especial attention to this family and the Butterflies? If you approve, give me his address. If he would like to be paid for / what he sends I will pay him. I dont know what sort of arrangement you have with him, whether he collects exclusively with the Smithsonian or not. I have sent to the British Museum for drawings of all the Sphinges in that collection that are not to be had in this country. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 2082 159 Feb. 13 63 My Bear Mr. E. Write to Xantus and enclose your letter to me. I forward to him about the 5th of every month. Offer to name his butterflies and in return for a series to label all and add from your own collection of N. American speci- mens for him. I dont think he would care to be otherwise paid. We only expect a series: he can do what he pleases with the rest. He stipulates that the 2nd best set of everything shall go to the Hungarian National Museum. Kennicotts things are not here yet. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. 2139 192 Feb. 21 63 My Bear Mr Edwards. Can you go $100.00 towards Butterflies of Mr. Xantus expedition? I have just had long letters from him detailing in glowing colors the richness* * animal especially, insect life about Colima, and announcing already a large collection of specimens. He had made arrangements to make a very thor- ough explorations in 200 miles radius in various directions to do which he had to incur much expense in purchase of horses, etc. He drew on me for 250.00 which I paid but had great difficulty in borrowing the money and of Hist, of Medicine. The Johns Hopkins University. First Series. Mono- graphs. Volume I. Baltimore, Maryland, 1942) Chapter XXXV, pp. 510- 532 ; and, Madden, Henry “ Xantus — Hungarian Naturalist in the pioneer West.” W. P. Wreden, Burlingame, California, 1949. * My reading of this word is uncertain. Mr John Franklin Jameson, archivist at the Smithsonian, successor to Be Atley, wrote to me on Becem- ber 17, 1958, “. . . the word you read as “richness” is not distinct and could well be some other word ; however, we cannot suggest a more likely candi- date.” 110 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII if you will furnish the sum above mentioned toward making it up you shall have the first series of Lepidoptera and I will ask Xantus to take particular pains to complete the collection. You know he expects to thoroughly ex- plore the Three Marias, a group of tropical / islands off the Mexican coast at Mazatlan: having an entirely independent fauna like the Galapagos.78 Xantus has all necessary apparatus for catching Lepidoptera and could easily assign a native to the express purpose of collecting these beauties. Let me know at once what you think of the matter. Sincerely yours S. P. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. N. Y. 10 New York 23 Feb. 40 Wall St. Dear Sir. I enclose a line for Xanthus or Xantus as his name may be. The former is classical I believe.79 Do what you can for me. Especially let us have the Sphinges before they go to Europe. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof. Baird 11 New York, 40 Wall St. 26 Peby. 1863 Prof. Baird. Smithsonian Ins. Washington, D. C. Dear Sir. I received yours of 21st the day after I wrote you respecting Xantus. I hardly know how to spare $100 now, but I have determined to make the venture and save it some other way. When I am able to do anything of this sort, it gives me pleasure. We will hope for better times and money plentier some day to come. I shall trust to you to make it plain to Mr. Xantus / that I am to have at least a complete series of the Butterflies he takes, and the Sphinges and the family Catocala or unclerwing moths, which is the only family of moths 78 The Tres Marias Islands (approx. 21° 30' N. Lat., 106° 30' W. Long.) lie about 70 miles off the coast of the state of Nyarit, Mexico. Baird was a little too enthusiastic about the isolation of the islands. The biota is only slightly modified Mexican. 79 Both Xanthus and Xantus are classical Greek. The former meaning yellow the latter having to do with carding wool. June, 1959] Brown: Correspondence 111 I care about. I am now working them up and wish much to get the Mexican species, of course. I shall be glad of duplicates when any are to be spared — but the above series I wish and it is to be for my own private collection. If you wish one preserved for the Smithsonian, I will take care of it. Especially call his attention to the Sphinges, for we want all the material / we can get while our work on the Sphinges is in progress. In the 3 Marias he certainly must get some new species of this family, and any where in Mexico there must be rare ones even if they be described, that we need in order to give truthful colorings. Yours truly W. H. Edwards The check is certified. 2186 223 Feb 28 63 My Dear Mr. Edwards. Yours of 26th is just to hand with its enclosure. Many thanks in Xantus name for the advance: it will aid in enableing him to increase the scope of his operations : and I am sure will yield you good returns. I will see that you get the butterflies as you want and hope you may be well repaid: though you I know are willing to use your means to advance science in general : care of the results in your own department be sec- ondary.* Kennicotts things not yet arrived, though early expected. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. N. Y. 2186** 223 Feb 28 63 W. H. Edwards. 40 Wall St. N. Y. has sent me check on Manhattan Company for 100.00 for Xantus explora- tion. He stipulates for one full series of Butterflies: Sphinges, and Catocala or underwing moths. S. F. Baird See letter of Feb 26, 63. Edwards made no reference in any of the letters he wrote to Baird at this time of the first of his series of descriptive papers * The part of the sentence from the second colon onward is archaic. I understand it to mean that Baird believes Edwards will put the general advance of science before his own gain of butterflies. ** This is the same number as the letter to Edwards written the same date. It seems to be a memorandum for file acknowledging the debt to Edwards, or, a receipt for the money and sent to Edwards. 112 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII published in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, vol. 2, pp. 14-22, bearing the title “Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America.”, published in March 1863. The paper was illustrated with three plates of black and white drawings and was primarily devoted to the descriptions of new Skippers. 1. Colias alexandra, nov. sp. “From Pike’s Peak; in tlie Society’s collec- tion ; 6 males, 1 female. The second female is from the collection of Mr. George Newman and was taken among the Rocky Mountains, some years ago, by Mr. Wood.” The Newman specimen was collected in the area west of Denver in 1859 by William S. Wood. The Pike’s Peak material probably was collected between 1860 and 1862 by Winslow J Howard. (See Brown, Entoinological News, vol. 68, pp. 41-47, 1957.) 2. Theda clothilde, nov. sp. “Taken near Quebec, C.E., [Canada East] by Rev. Mr. Provancher.” (1820-1892) See Carpenter, 1945, p. 81; 1953, p. 323. Edwards later recognized that he had created a synonym of his earlier species laeta (1862) and listed clothilde as such in his 1877 catalogue. 3. Hesperia mystic, nov. sp. “Connecticut; Michigan; Canada West.” Here is a puzzle! Recent use of the name mystic associates it with Scudder, not Edwards. Apparently both Edwards and Scudder used mystic for the same insect and both published the name at about the same time, claiming it for a new species. Scudder’s name was published on page 172 of volume 3 of Proceedings of the Essex Institute. This volume spanned four years, 1860-1863. The problem is the precise date of publication for the pages involved in the Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Various cataloguers use dates ranging from 1862 (Edwards, 1872; Strecker, 1878) to 1865 (Evans, 1955). The two men avIio should know best, Edwards and Scudder, dis- agree and each credited the name to the other! In the “Synopsis of North American Butterflies” published by Edwards in the Supplement to volume 1 of “Butterflies of North America” in January, 1872, page 46, this is found: “1. MYSTIC Scudder, Proc. Essex Inst. 1862. Edw. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 1863, pi. 1.” At the head of his article upon the species in “Butterflies of Eastern United States and Canada” volume 2, p. 1705, 1889, Scudder wrote: “Hesperia mystic Edw., Scudd. Proc. Ess. Inst, iii: 172-173 (1863); Proc. entom. soc. Pliilad., ii: 15-16, pi. 1, fig. 3, 4 (1863); ...” I inquired of my good friend Mr. Cyril F. Dos Passos his opinion upon this matter. He wrote to me on December 18, 1958 as follows: “Hesperia mystic should be referred to Scudder with the date April 1863. This information is taken from my separate of his paper at the top of which is printed ‘(From the Proceeding of the Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. Vol. III., Read at the Meeting of March 10, 1862. — June, 1959] Brown: Correspondence 113 Published April, 1863.).’ This was a mss. name of Edwards and doubt- less he had Scudder corresponded about it, hence its use by the latter” My own inquiry suggests that the March issue of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia for 1863 may have been released as late as April of that year. It is evident from Edwards letter dated March 17, 1862, that the February 1862 issue was in press a month later than the date on the signatures. “Michigan” material possibly from Mr. M. Miles, of Lansing, Mich. “Canada West” probably from Kennicott collected on Eed River of the North (1857) or vicinity of Lake Winnipeg (1859). “Connecticut” material may have been caught by Edwards himself. 4. Hesperia huron, nov. sp. “Illinois; Georgia; Texas; Washington, D. C.” The sources of material probably were: Illinois — possibly Benjami D Walsh; Georgia — possibly Jas. Ridings, nr Atlanta; Texas — probably Gideon Linceeum, Washington Co.; Washington, D. C. — Drexler. 5. Hesperia conspicua, nov. sp. “Lansing, Michigan, from Mr. Miles.” 6. Hesperia pontiac, nov. sp. “Lansing, Michigan, from Mr. Miles.” 7. Hesperia logan, nov. sp. “Lansing, Michigan, from Mr. Miles. Phila- delphia, from Mr. George Newman.” 8. Hesperia delaware, nov. sp. “Philadelphia, from Mr. George Newman.” This is the male of logan which was described from females. 9. Hesperia uncus, nov. sp. “Philadelphia, from Mr. George Newman.” Apparently this specimen was improperly ticketed by Mr. Newman. The species is not known east of Kansas. Since Newman received some of the material collected by William S. Wood in what is now Colorado it seems very likely that the true type locality for uncus is the vicinity of Denver, Colo. 10. Hesperia ocala, nov. sp. “Georgia; Florida; Texas.” The probable sources of material are: Georgia — possibly James Ridings, nr. Atlanta; Florida — possibly A. W. Chapman ; Texas — probably Gideon Linceeum, Washington, Co. 11. Hesperia mandan, nov. sp. “Lake Winnipeg, from Mr. R. W. Kennicott.” Probably collected in 1859. 12. Hesperia omalia, nov. sp. “Taken at Pike’s Peak ; from the collection of Mr. Newman.” This is another improperly labelled specimen from New- man’s collection. Edwards’ omaha is a synonym of palaemon Pallas, as is mandan Edwards. The species has never been taken in Colorado and certainly is not found in the Pikes Peak region, an area in which I have collected for almost thirty years. 13 . Hesperia wyandot, nov. sp. “Taken on Long Island by Mr. Calverley; at Washington, D. C. by Mr. Drexler.” 12 New York, 40 Wall St. 7 Apl. 1863 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I have just retd, from West Virginia80 where I have been these five 114 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV1I weeks past. I heard in Phila. that Kennicott’s things had arrived. If you get leisure send me the butterflies. I am impatient to see what the Yucon produces. Truly yours W. H. Edwards Walker8* * of the B. [British] Museum has undertaken to get us figures printer [printed?] their coll, of Sphinges in the Museum.* 1924** cf. 22 13 New York, 40 Wall St. 20th Apl. 1863 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. Yours of 18th is reed.82 I shall move to Newburgh next week Monday and soon after will send you the eggs you covet. If Kennicott sends the butterflies tell him to direct them to Newburgh. I probably shall not be there after 1st June, as I am planning to spend the summer in West Virginia and other foreign parts. Ross called and left a few butterflies in not remarkably good order. Nothing new, I think. He seems a jolly fellow and I was glad to meet him. If Mr. Osbert Salvin83 has gone to London with his butterflies, I fear he is lost to us, except in so far as he may wish some species and will 80 Western Virginia did not cede from the Union during the Civil War. It was loyal to the Government and as a reward was granted statehood on June 20, 1863. However Congressional action during December, 1862, and signed by President Lincoln on the last day of the year, assured statehood. 81 Francis Walker (1809-1874): famous lepidopterist at the British Museum known for his enormous contribution to the study of Heteroeera. (See Carpenter, 1945, p. 108; 1953; p. 342). * Much of this postscript is difficult to read. ** This reference number in the upper left hand corner of the letter means nothing to me. I can see no connection between this letter and No. 22. 82 There is an hiatus in Baird’s copy-books. The letter referred to is among those missing. So far no letter to Edwards has been found between those dated Eeb. 28 ’63 and Dec. 23 ’63, and Jan. 16 ’64 and May 15 ’64. Edwards’ letters to Baird for the latter period are some what tangled. See my note to his letter of 18 May 1864. 83 Osbert Salvin (1835-1898) : co-author of “Biologia Centrali- Americana. Rhopalocera” with Frederick DuCane Godman (1834-1919). Salvin did not live to see the entire three volumes completed. He and Godman were in Guatemala in 1861. The introduction in the first volume of the Rho- palocera noted above tells us that on p. xxviii, but does not mention any trip of Salvin in 1862 or 1863. Possibly this refers to his return from Guatemala. (See Carpenter, 1945, p. 89; 1953, p. 329). June, 1959] Brown: Correspondence 115 exchange for them. Hewitson,84 Saunders85 and Walker are so assiduous in London, that they would at once get the choice of any collection. He may have some new Sphinges at any rate and I will write him. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 14 Newburgh, New York 4th May 1863 Dear Sir. Much obliged to you for the list of Mr. Kerr, which I return. They are named from obsolete names throughout. There are several I would like and hope the gentleman will exchange us those. I sent you the two eggs you especially wanted. Hereafter I will either send you my collection or I will make out a list from which you can determine what you wish. But just now, what with moving here from New York, and getting settled, making garden or, and lots of back work with butterflies, I am hard driven. Hurry up Kennicott. I shall be off to Virginia again in June, and would like to do up any new work before 1 go. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 15 Newburgh, New York 11 May 1863 Prof. S. F. Baird Dear Sir. The box of butterflies from Kennicott came safely on 9th inst. The contents were interesting, though I think there is no new species there. They are the same as Mrs. Ross sent last year with exception of one Colias which Mr. Ross brought in a few weeks ago, and which I think may be new.86 84 William Chapman Hewitson (1806-1878): gentleman-lepidopterist, author of many fine works on butterflies. His collections were willed to the British Museum and were the finest in existance at the time. (See Carpenter, 1945 p. 45). 85 William Wilson Saunder (1809-1879): gentleman-lepidopterist; Hewit- son drew upon his fine collections for some of the material figured in Exotic Lepidoptera. (See Carpenter, 1945, p. 90). 86 1 have found no reference by Edwards in his correspondence with Baird of his second paper entitled “Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America.” published in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, vol. 2, pp. 78-82, July 1863. The species treated were these: 1. Parnassius sayi, nov. sp. “Prom the Society’s collection. Taken at Pike’s Peak.” The type probably was captured by Winslow J. Howard in 1860-1862. 116 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvii There is also an Argynnis that I have not seen before. It is curious that among the few (% dozen) from Yucon River we should have our common Antiopa, and certain Californian / species which I have not seen from this side of the Mountains. I am sorry that Kennicott could not have taken a few more as travellers are so scarce in the region. I am glad you like the eggs I sent you. I had but these two left. Hereafter — say next winter — I will make out a list of what I have * but I doubt if I have anything that will be rare to you. Give my regards to Mr. Kennicott. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Smithsonian** Dec 23 1863 Institution Newburgh, New York 21 Dec. 1863 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. Do you get any insects from Xantus? I hear he was expected home in November. We have received from London three sheets of Sphinges drawn for our book under the superintendance of Mr. Walker from B. Museum collection, 2. Colias Christina, nov. sp. “Taken at the portage of Slave River, by Mrs. Bernard C. Ross, late of Fort Simpson, for whom I have the honor to name this fine species.” 3. Colias helena, nov. sp. “From Mackenzie’s River taken by Mrs. Ross.” I believe this is the Colias refered to by Edwards as among the butter- flies collected by Kennicott in Edwards’ letter to Baird dated 11 May 1863. 4. Lycaena arnica, nov. sp. “From Mackenzie’s River taken by Mrs. Ross.” 5. Melitaea texana, nov. sp. “Texas.” Probably captured by Geideon Lincecum (1792-1874). (See Carpenter 1945, p. 60; and Geiser, S. W., “Naturalists of the Fronteir). 6. Anthocharis ausonides, Boisduval. “California from Dr. H. Behr; Youcon River, from Mr. R. W. Kennicott; Pike’s Peak, in the Society’s collection.” 7. Chionohas cliryxus Doubleday. “Taken near Pike’s Peak; from the Society’s Collection.” The Pike’s Peak specimens of ausonides and chryxus probably were collected by Winslow J. Howard in 1860-1862. The three species noted, suggest that the Pikes Peak collection was made somewhere between 7000 and 9000 feet elevation, probably in the Ute Pass area. * I cannot read this word. ** This inscription is in the form of an horizontal oval hand-stamped in the upper left corner of the letter below which Baird had scrawled Dec 23. Hereafter the notation Red date indicates this or a similar stamped date. June, 1959] Brown : Correspondence 117 in all containing about 20 species never before figured. This brings us to plate 20 and I dont know if we have material enough to complete that. I relied on Xantus to get us a few new species. What is Kennicott doing? Yours truly W. H. Edwards 4160 321 [Dec] 23 63 My Dear Mr. Edwards Xantus is still at Manzanillo and I hope will remain some months longer. Six boxes of his collections are long over due. Kennicott will be here next week. Do you remain all winter in Newburg. Yours truly S. E. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh H. W. Bates is now publishing the new species of Butterflies from the Isthmus & Central Am. collected by Salvin. The 1st paper Pr. Zoo. Soc. June [?]* 23, 1863 describes 6 new species all from the Isthmus Panama of 31 in all.87 4323 41 January 16 64 My Dear Mr. Edwards Yrs. of 15 just to hand. If the eggs from Para88 are accompanied by the parents in any of these I would be glad to have them and give others for them, but if not so being capable of determination, they will be of comparatively little value. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 3974 Red May 10 (sic) 1864 Newburgh, New York 10th May 1864 My Dear Sir. Do you expect anything for me from Xantus. I have heard that he Avas * The month name did not transfer to the copy-book page. 87 “On a Collection of Butterflies Brought by Messers Salvin and Godman from Panama, with Remarks on Geographical Distribution.” 88 The letter from Edwards has not been found. It seems very likely that the eggs refered to here are some that Edwards collected or purchased during his stay at Para and on the Amazon in 1846. This is described by him in his first publication “A Voyage up the River Amazon, including a residence at Para.” New York, 1847, 16 mo, 256 pp. 118 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvii not intending to return to this country and that his collections would not come here. Is that so? I send you by this mail a paper of mine on butter- flies.89 You will see that the tribe [is] not yet exhausted. Yours truly W. H. Edwards What is Kennicott doing? 89 This probably refers to his “Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America, No. 3” published in the Proceedings of the Entomo- logical Society, Philadelphia, 2: 501-507, March 1864. The species de- scribed in this paper are the following: 1. Pieris nasturtii Boisduval in lift. “San Francisco ; from Dr. Behr . . .” 2. Pieris vernalis, nov. sp. “In the collection of Mr. Geo. Newman and Mr. Wilt are several specimens, taken, as I am informed, at Red Bank, New Jersey, in the month of May . . .” 3. Eresia cincta, nov. sp. “Texas. Florida.” The Texan material may have been collected by Gideon Lincecum. See my note 40, under Melitaea minuta. I do not know the source of the Florida material. Possibly it was collected by A. W. Chapman. Edwards later considered cincta to be a synonym of texana and so placed it in his Catalogue of 1877. 4. Argynnis hesperis, nov. sp. “From the Rocky Mountains” This may have been collected by William Wood or Winslow Howard (see Brown, Entomological News, vol 68, pp 41-47, 1957) Edwards suggestion in Butterflies of North A7nerica, vol 1, Argynnis VII that James Ridings was the collector cannot readily be accepted. Ridings did not collect in Colorado until the season of 1864, after this paper was published. The actual month of issue for the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia probably are given accurately on the signatures. 5. Argynnis epithore Boisduval in litt. “From a male sent me from California.” Probably sent by Behr. 6. Melitaea mylitta Edwards 1861 (see note 40), additional notes and statement that collina Behr is a synonym. 7. Melitaea pallida, nov. sp. “Texas, Kansas” See Eresia cincta above for “Texas.” The Kansas material may have been collected by Wood when eastern Colorado was part of Kansas. See the reference given under Argynnis hesperia above. 8. Melitaea phaon, nov. sp. “From St. Simon’s Island, Georgia; Northern Georgia.” 9. Lycaena echo, nov. sp. “California from Dr. Behr” 10. Lycaena lycea, nov. sp. “Rocky Mountains” See the note under Argyn- nis hesperis above. Both of these species are common in the Front Range directly west of Denver, Colorado. 11. Hesperia nemoris, nov. sp. “Taken at Portsmouth, Ohio, by Mr. John Bolton.” Cresson, 1909, p. 52 lists Bolton as a member of the Entomo- logical Society of Philadelphia (American Intomological Society) elected August 11, 1862 and living in Portsmouth, Ohio. June, 1959] Brown: Correspondence 119 5349 40 May 15 64 My Dear Mr. Edwards. Yours making inquiry about Xantus was duly received. He is now in Washington and has been here for several weeks recovering from his fever. He will leave in a few weeks for Hungary. About the Butterflies he tells me that for want of pins he could do but little, and that the collection made is of trifling account, not worth any money. He has accordingly paid back to me the $100.00 you sent, and it is subject to your order. Will you trust it to mail, or how shall I send it. Sincerely yours Spencer F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 4052 Red May 20 1864 229° Another numbering series was begun for 1865. It appears as though there are two Edwards’ letters missing, probably written before 10 May and after the first of the year. Prof. Baird. Newburgh, New York 18 May 1864 W ashington D. C. Dear Sir. I am sorry to hear by your letter of 15 that Xantus made me no collec- tions. I would rather have had the butterflies than the money, but as it falls out otherwise, you may send me money by mail unless you can readily get me a draft on New York. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 5440 93 May 20 64 My Dear Mr. Edwards I send the 100.00 of Xantus in registered letter by mail. Please send me receipt. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh 90 The “paging” numbers of these letters of Edwards are somewhat con- fused at this point. A concordance of numbers and dates is this: No. 15 (u.l.) 11 May 1863 from Newburgh No number 21 December 1863 from Newburgh No number 10 May 1864 from Newburgh 120 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII 5489 104 May 24 My Dear Mr. Edwards I sent yesterday in a registered letter a 100.00 bill the return Xantus of your subscription. Please acknowledge. Truly Yours S. F. Baird 64 by Mr. W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 17 Newburgh, New York 25th May 1864 Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. The letter with $100 enclosed from Xantus came today. Much obliged to you for your trouble in the matter. I also received from Mr. Uhler9i by your direction a day or two since, a lot of butterflies from Cuba. They were in wretched order and I threw out most of them, but a few were interesting. It is a pity Mr. Wright92 shd. take so much trouble in collecting only to have the specimens spoiled for want of good manipulation or packing. I would be very glad to pay him, if he wishes remuneration, for a lot of good specimens. You can tell me what I could do in the case with him. His boxes contain % or more speci- mens over and above what they ought. They are damaged by crowding and all sorts of ragged specimens are sent, even when a dozen of a species are sent. Where the / species is rare, a poor specimen is better than none, but where it is common, he would do well to reject any but literally perfect ones. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 6209 380 Oct 21 64 Dear Sir: We have just received from our correspondent Carmiol93 jn the interior No. 22 (l.r.) 18 May 1864 from Newburgh No. 17 (l.r.) 25 May 1864 from Newburgh No. 18 (l.r.) 24 November 1864 from Newburgh si Philip Reese Uhler (1835-1913): librarian of the Peabody Institute, Baltimore, Maryland ; interested in economic entomology and hemiptera ; Edwards named Oeneis uhleri in his honor, (see Carpenter, 1945, p. 106; 1953, p. 339). 92 — see note 51. 93 Julian Carmiol ( - ) : I can find nothing about this man. He shipped various kinds of natural history specimens, especially bird skins, June, 1959] Brown: Correspondence 121 of Costa .Rica a lot of 200 or more Lepidoptera in apparent good condition in folded papers. They are for sale to the highest bidder. Shall I send them on for you to look at and appraise. If there are duplicates in the lot, I would be glad to have them saved for Mr. Salvin of England, unless you greatly prefer to keep the whole. He will pay good prices for anything sent but I think you ought to have the refusal of the collection. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. 6287 435 Oct. 30 64 Dear Mr. E. Did you get a letter I wrote you about a lot of butterflies from Costa Rica. Let me know if you want them or whether I shall send to Salvin in a week or two. W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. Yours truly S. F. Baird 6391 497 Nov 6 64 My Dear Mr Edwards. I wrote you twice to Newburgh [(]is not this your present address) respecting a collection of some 200 Costa Rican Butterflies we have for sale to highest bidder but as yet without reply. I now send this to Cresson94 asking him to forward to you. Please let me know soon as I must send to Osbert Salvin if you dont care for them. W. H. Edwards Truly yours S. F. Baird to the Smithsonian Institution about this time. That Salvin purchased some material from Carmiol is witnessed by the type of Dismorpliia ciner- ascens Salvin (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, 7: 415. 1871). Since Godman made no mention of Carmiol among the regular collectors for Godman and Salvin in connection with the “Biologia” (see Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera vol. 1, p. xxi of the “Biologia”) I take it that this lot in Baird’s hands may have been the source of some Carmiol material noted in the “Biologia.” 94 Ezra Townsend Cresson (1838-1926): a founder, with James Ridings and George Newman, of the Entomological Society, Philadelphia, later called the American Entomological Society, in 1859. Cresson was Corre- sponding Secretary of the Society at the time of this letter. He played a large part in producing Edwards “Butterflies of North America,” Yol. 1. (see Carpenter, 1945, p. 20; 1953, p. 278). 122 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII 18 Newburgh, New York 24th Nov. 1864 My dear Sir. I returned home last evening after seven weeks in coal and oil in West Ya. I found three letters from you respecting the Costa Rica Butterflies. I do not think I will make an offer for them. They are not strictly in my line. I am obliged to you for the opportunity. If there is / Sphinx among them I beg you to reserve it for our publication. By the way we have reached the 20th plate. I have made fine collections in Va. the past summer. Especially in taking the 9 of Argynnis Diana, not before known. It is black while the $ is fulvous and differs in markings. It is the most singular variation we have in our fauna. Pap. Turnus has black 9 also, / but then it has yellow ones, while there appear to be only black 9 of Diana. I saw 100 I suppose of them. We may expect to find fine things in the Southern States. When we are at liberty to explore them. H. W. Bates95 (Ama- zonian) to whom I sent one of the 9 has sent me an essay for publication on this curious variation in the / sexes. I am absent from home more than half the time now. My address is Charleston, W. Va. when not here. If you ever write me here again and get no answer, direct to the other place. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof Baird Washington, D. C. It is curious that Edwards did not mention in this letter that he was publishing an article about the female of diana and another about the Argynnids of California. These are successive articles in the third volume of Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, pp. 431-434 and 434-436 respectively in the November issue. Although the first article is titled “Description of the Female of ARGYNNIS DIANA.” it is much more. In it Edwards related in detail the habits of both sexes of the species and concluded the brief paper with a summary of the butterflies he found in the Kanawha region. It 95 Henry Walter Bates (1825-1892): Coleopterist and general ento- mologist and naturalist of renown. His classic, “A Naturalist on the Amazon,” written after many years residence upon the river, is a mine of information for the tropical biologist. He and Wallace conceived the idea of their Amazonian venture after reading Edwards’ “A Voyage up the River Amazon, including a residence at Para.” New York, 1847, and a meeting in London with Edwards. (see Carpenter, 1945, p. 6; 1953, p. 263) June, 1959] Brown : Correspondence 123 would have been better if Edwards bad not published the second paper “ Notes on the ARGYNNIDES of California.” In it he summarized two papers of Behr read before the Lyceum of Natural History of San Francisco, and further confused the situation. Bates’ paper alluded to in the letter, “ Notes upon the varia- tion of sexes in ARGYNNIS DIANA.” appeared on pages 204— 207 of the January, 1865, issue of the Proceedings, and is an interesting discussion of sexual dichromism. . « f ei The A= New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society, are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. f v; f Officers for the Year 1959 W \ ‘ ■ . 1 - ' ' ; _ \ ^ ) President, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF Box 3 3 3, Bedford, N. Y. Vice-President, BERNARD HEINEMAN 175 W. 72 St., N. Y. 23, N. Y. Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, RAYMOND BRUSH i 1 University Place, N. Y. 3, N. Y. Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Dr. Asher Treat E. Irving Huntington A TRUSTEES Herbert F. Schwarz Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. John Schmitt Frank A. Soraci Nicholas Shoumatoff 1/ ■- / etc ; Dr. A. B. Klots J PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Dr. William S. Creighton Herbert F. Schwarz ■Y- - 1 - r PROGRAM COMMITTEE Peter Farb Bernard Heineman FIELD COMMITTEE Nicholas Shoumatoff DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Dr. Lucy Clausen Y, I l \ . t t ' v - 1 m r 4 ' ^v’\4 ’ • i '■ •( ; \ y . V“ , ' .\."l ; ■ / .'-A \ 4 f , •/ 4 4 f rr '- 'l ■ ,v I/, ( :'Y ' iU 7 , iff > / X’/-\'>44 . u'j | ) 1 ' 7 • A. ■ 7 > '4 1 -v;.i ’’ J ,x'~ ' a Vf „ '7 7 / ' :■ '' ■7' ' (;7, /r/ v7 i, 4, v / ; p ■ •’ Pi'b . J, :■ i 'v/: A/ ' 4 j! v' ' | ‘Sr \S ■yh y\ . 7; ; Vfe fe ;l 7 j >\ Sp r ■) 1,-J 1 ■ ' ■ / j :\>ydy\ , 7 7 | X ' ' ;■ 7 V1-'". !y 1 •' 7 ^ 1 c j;..- )vi V V[ ' ■ ■ 7ii ■ 7, i^; ' ’ . 'f\ j , "f X' /V7V| 4 7 •'v V ; . '} 1 / ' 1 7.4, i ’ixXs] ”, \ . Y r7 . :,v '7,- ,-v r Jv- fe .j,7 ) X 1 .i! 7 ' • . 7 /i 7 ' ‘,y i j .. ■ ' - !\ ; ■ \ ' '( "A .' |4 , V . ■/ 1 ’ tv *■ ■ , r ■x fi'/f 7 \ , .An. . i ■ /i. 1 . i j 7 ' ■ y f . 1 i '■ i v/’ A'/v: 7;r . ,7 -S / ( \ K V' ■' 7 ;* ( .1 < v\ s: -\ l 7: J \' ..v j ■ 4 ..\ w, ■ \ \j • 1 " ' 1 ' ' v-.' -j 5 , 4 ■ ■/ 4 '■ ’ | '■4 '"i ? '1 ' ; ---/' 1 A* \ / T 1 4 5 V# | ®| :xiyyhW:P.-t . 1 ‘ 'I if”! v >' ”! ' it.' ■ ; • \ • f ; , 4/ i ' ■ 4 V 4 xJ , ,/ 1 •k 'I f V4it> fcX;: V ' -V " I 1 • )* , / J V ~ \ r : $ ■' . \ ‘Vu k\ ' < } " u •. , \ \ . > >\ <6 Vv >: t i x ' l - ;•?. s , :■ V s i • • v s 1 1 74: ■ f l,v I ; V* A YT f \ . X A \ 7 < !\<:h r'X (' V- X \ ■■ ' * i' xf !' rfe, f VlVliN '/''..jV \l v. f'v; i > . fek -hi' :fc A, W/ - 7 , JOURNAL -':V - // ''7 7 .,7' , -f >j ' ' ■ . A 5 x \ / ( A i' • of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allen- town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. v , /■.. Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty- five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer. ' ' 1 ... 7 l . 1 1 ' ' life 7-. k 1 -7 :i 7 - / f k r \ X 1 X S, r. (, i- : >1) V. X " ' i/l ■' / ' ", i A ' / >'/ ' v, t, ■ ! / m V , ' X f 4' 1 X' W V V f- j il f V X f'J: , JL * (// ' , A Xa ;x '7- >r ” 4' x x 1 ■ 4 x- 1 ' . 1 1 4 7 ■? ■; 7 py- > 1 VA r C/f 1 ; . if/y ■ fi '■/ ,/ ■ 4 ... | / > j 'v7. • ' 1 • ,4k. ;:Vx -xv xt'y^fpx, r - 4 f ' V// V, ■V i : \ '!/ . I ' ' /): ' 11 ^ 777 VoL LXVII Nos. 3, 4 > September, December, 1959 r ns. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS -v v / ^ ""V- -.vv ,'v,v .it a. ^ Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON PETER FARB ?}S '-h- 1 : ■ 'S' U > ■ ’« ^ Subscription $5.00 per Year •0, DB* v|y, M r \ : Wtw Y;I\r "' ', liL S^cf ^ ' '' ;•'• ', v^' ■ ■■ V v C "■ ''() y l< Cf< :■)' w! ", r '.V : v.'/ ' v. V f •j ' VT i 1 % • /mv .. ; #: Jo -J :0„ : ; C ’ ;pf( ; . ;-/ ' /.vVr ■ C fewA’;,' -I, ■ YpIlW" vA tj ,7t f !-■ \ i ' • W %r ! f~ y *. 7 j ■; -: ^ , P' ; 1 1 i . PP Wf v' 'V^l- ' V ■ \ ,p ;)W !•> M ,( 7 :7v\ VI iY •}■ , t \l J I u ,: •I' Sv! i « | I l The Correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part III. 1865-1866 By F. Martin Brown „y...uV;Pj 125 (, Activities of Respiratory Enzymes during the Metamor- phosis of the Housefly, Musca domestica Linnaeus By Daniel Ludwig and Mary C. Barsa v... 151 Estimation of Ant Colony Size by the Lincoln Index Method By Robert M. Chew .......... ..... 157 An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rho- palocera) of the Western Hemisphere By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington ..., .....I.... 163 Changes in the Fat Content during Metamorphosis of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus By Marius R. Moran :;....IIP..;.v....... 213 Changes in the Distribution of Nitrogen during Meta- morphosis of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus By Marius R. Moran i 217 Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), IV By Charles P. Alexander 223 ,-vl J / \I \ Vj? T \ ) - r l f Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 150 NOTICE: No. 2 of Volume LXVII of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on August 24, 1959 ! > s.r K ■ ill ■ ,'lV i. ; S V!' ' Y J IV'tV h v'v ; * ' P 1 I !'V 'v Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to \ the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. j . Journal of the New York Entomological Society Vol. LXVII September-December Nos. 3, 4 THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN WILLIAM HENRY EDWARDS AND SPENCER FULLERTON BAIRD. PART III. Annotated by F. Martin Brown A fire at the Smithsonian Institution on January 24, 1865, destroyed the upper floor of the building and there was consider- able water damage done on the lower floors. Just how much of Baird’s correspondence was destroyed or made useless by this catastrophy is not clear. Very fortunately Baird kept most of his records at home. Thus only that portion in his office may have been affected. The last letter from Edwards in 1864 that is now preserved in Baird’s files is dated November 24. The first letter in the files for 1865 bears the date April 13 and the statement that he, Edwards, had just returned from three months in West Virginia. The tenor of the letter suggests that he had not been in correspondence with Baird during his ab- sence from the East. Thus it seems likely that little or no cor- respondence between the two was lost in the fire or because of it. During this period Edwards published his fourth paper de- voted to new species in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia (“Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America No. 4.” vol. 4, pp. 201-204, January 1865.). Seven species were described for the first time. 1. Melitaea picta, nov. sp. “Prom six specimens taken by Mr. Eidings in Nebraska Territory.” The specimens were taken on the plains along the old wagon road to Denver in the summer of 1864. According to Dr. Eric G. De Flon of Chadron, Nebraska, in a letter (15 Jan. 1959) describing the old wagon routes westward in Nebraska “. . . a Stage from Omaha to Denver and the Eockies would have followed much the SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION DEC 2 8 1959 126 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LNYII same route from Kearney, to North Platte, to Julesburg, Sterling, Fort Lupton and Denver.” The route in Nebraska paralleled the Platte River to North Platte and then the South Platte River to Julesburg and the Colorado towns. 2. Satyrus ridingsii, nov. sp. “From four females taken by Mr. Ridings at Burlington, Boulder Co., Colorado.” Burlington, Boulder Co., is not to be confused with the present city of Burlington, Kit Carson Co., near the Kansas border. It is an old and abandoned name for the present city of Longmont, Boulder Co. 3. Hesperia napa, nov. sp. “Taken at Empire City, Colorado Territory.” Empire, Clear Creek Co., now is almost a ghost town at the eastern foot of Berthoud Pass on Colorado Highway 281 about a mile west of the junction of 281 and U. S. Highway 6. The collector was Ridings. 4. Hesperia maculata, nov. sp. “Taken at New Orleans by Mr. Norton.” Edward Norton (1823-1894) of Farmington, Connecticut, was long a friend of Edwards and a specialist on Hymenoptera. (see Carpenter, 1945, p. 74) 5. Hesperia viator , nov. sp. “From a male taken by Mr. Arthur Christie, in Northern, Illinois. The female in my possession was sent by Mr. E. Norton from New Orleans.” Christie is not listed in Miss Carpenter’s Bibliography (1945) nor the supplement (1953). 6. Hesperia ricaria, nov. sp. “From six specimens taken by Mr. Ridings at Empire City, Colorado Territory.” The species is a synonym of Pyrgus ruralis Boisduval. 7. Lycaena rustica, nov. sp. “From two males, one female, taken at Pike’s Peak by Mr. Ridings.” The species is abundant in the Pikes Peak region above 9,000 feet elevation. [Red. April 16, 1865] 304 New Haven, Conn. Apl. 13, 1865 Prof Baird, Dear Sir. I returned home this day after a three months absence in W. Ya. I found a letter from Dr. H. Behr96 of San Francisco dated 28th Feby. saying he had sent for me to the Smithsonian a box of insects. If you have reed, this forward it to me at this place, and please be very careful to have it enclosed in a secure box with straw about it. Direct it to 203 Orange St. New Haven. I took a furnished / house here last fall, and shall not return to Newburgh before 1st May. I enclose you a proof of a drawing of Argynnis Diana $ that Cassin9? 96 Dr. Hans Herman Behr (1818-1904): a physician-naturalist living at the time in San Francisco. (See Carpenter, 1945, p. 7 ; 1953, p. 264.) In his “Reminiscences”, (dosPassos, 1951, p. 138), Edwards states that he first communicated with Behr in the early 1860’s. This must have been before April, 1862, since in the paper he published then (see note 58) he described several specimens received from Behr. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 127 has made for me. It is a remarkable case that the 9 of Diana shd. be black while the $ is brown yellow. You can see the $ in Say’s works.98 I propose publishing a monograph of the Argynnides" of this country after the style of Hewitson’s Exotics,100 quarto. Cassin has drawn A. Atlantis101 / also, and I will follow it up as I have leisure. We have nearly 30 species, many very large sized ones, Californian mostly, and such a work will be handsome as well as useful to entomologists. I have to spend most of my time now in West Virginia, among the coal mines Yours truly W. H. Edwards 7767 7 Ap. 16 (?) 63 My Dear Mr. Edwards. Yours of the 13 is to hand. Nothing has been received from Dr. Behr for you, but as soon as any has arrived I will forward it. If I understand aright I send to Newburgh after May 1. Your monograph of Argynnis will be very interesting and acceptable. I hope it will be regularly published102 so as to be available to science.. Dont fail to send us a copy. Sincerely yours S. F. Baird 91 John Cassin (1813-1869): printer-ornithologist, with side interest in insects. (See Carpenter, 1945, p. 16; 1953, p. 274) At this time Cassin was' associated with Bowen & Company, lithographers, in Philadelphia. (See dosPassos, 1951, pp. 143-144.) 98 Thomas Say (1787-1834) (See note 70) (see Carpenter, 1945, pp. 90-91; 1953, p. 329.) “American Entomology, or Descriptions of the Insects of North America. Illustrated by Coloured Figures from Original Drawings executed from nature.” Three volumes containing 54 plates, 1824-1828. S. A. Mitchell, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The figure referred to is plate 17 in volume 1 (1824). 99 Although Edwards did not know it at the time this was the beginning of his “Butterflies of North America.” 100 “Illustrations of new species of Exotic Butterflies, selected chiefly from the Collections of William Wilson Saunders and William G. Hewitson.” Four volumes. 1851-1871. Van Voorst. London, England. (See notes 84 and 85) 101 Edwards had considerable trouble finding artists to work on the stones for his illustrations, see letter dated “10 Dec 1866”. This trial of A . atlantis may well be the one accepted and ultimately published (1868). It does not carry the name of the lithographic artist. (See dosPassos, 1951,. p. 143 and footnote on p. 144.) 102 The Edwards, Weidemeyer and Calverly work on the Sphingidae was; not truly published. (See letter January 30, 1862, et. seq.) 128 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvii W. H. Edwards 203 Orange St. N. Hav. 7997 27 April 17 65 My Dear Mr Edwards. We have just heard from Orizaba, Mex. Six or seven boxes of lepidoptera prepared by Botteriio3 which I presume he wishes to sell. If you say so I will send on to you for examination and you can make an offer for them. If the specimens are numbered can you send me names to be returned to Botteri. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards New Haven 203 Orange St. Red Apr. 22, 1865 305 New Haven 203 Orange St. 20 Apl 65 My Dear Sir. Yours of the 17th just reed. I shall be glad to see the Mexican butterflies you speak of, and if you will send them to me at Newburgh, I will look at them, and if I see what I like, will make you an offer for them. I shall move to Newburgh next Monday, and the following Monday shall go to West Ya. Therefore send them as early as possible. You said nothing about the / box which Dr. Behr writes me he sent to me, care of the Smithsonian, and about which I wrote you last week. I should be sorry to lose that box. Write me whether you have sent it. Yours truly W. H. Edwards Prof. Baird. Smithsonian Washington I have just received from my brother1*^ in Manila a snake in alcohol, quite a handsome fellow for a snake, also a / fancy fellow of the lobster family, well preserved in alcohol also. If you wish them I will send them to you. W. H. E. 103 Botteri ( - ) Cresson listed as a member, “M. Boteri, Mexico, March 12, 1866”, on p. 52 of “A history of the American Ento- mological Society, Philadelphia, 1859-1909”. published by the Society. Baird and Edwards use a spelling Botteri. 104 Edwards ( - ) : The best account of the Edwards family is not available to me. It is “Timothy and Rhoda Ogden Edwards of Stockbridge, Mass., and their Descendants” by W. H. Edwards, published in 1903. There is a note on the back of the last page of this letter, possibly written in pencil, reading: “The snake etc are from Manila — sent by my brother who lives there.” Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 129 7857 71 April 22 65 My Dear Mr Edwards. Yours of the 20th is to hand and the six or seven boxes of butterflies have already gone forward to you by Adams.105 If the specimens are not numbered, please label a series and label it for returning. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh We will be very glad of the snake and crab. What part of the world does /* 7880 84 Ap. 26 65 My Dear Mr Edwards We sent off today a box to your address from Dr. Belir. Truly yours S. P. Baird W. IT. Edwards Newburgh red. Apr. 29, 1865 306 Newburgh, 27 Apl. 1865 Prof. S. F. Baird Dear Sir. You still do not reply to my question repeated in two letters, whether the Smithsonian has reed, from Dr. Herman Behr of San Francisco a box insects for me. He says he sent it in Feby. Excuse me writing again about this as I have but few days more at home, and am / anxious to know where this box of Behr’s is. Your Mexican boxes may arrive today. Answer this to 40 Wall St. But if you have the box I write of, and have not sent it, forward it to Newburgh. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 7921 107 April 29 65 My Dear Mr Edwards. The box of butterflies from Dr. Behr has I hope before this reached you. It arrived the very day I sent it. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. N. Y. [Post script] ? Frank Leslie was luckily Jan ’65 Postpaid if possible and to 40 Wall Street [all very illegible] 105 The Adams Express Company. * The postscript is incomplete. 130 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxyii 3976? [Red. May 7 1865] 308 Prof. S. F. Baird Washington D. C. Newburgh, New York 2 May 65 Dear Sir. The box from Dr. Behr arrived yesterday, but the other box, which I understand was sent on 21st or 22nd ult. has not reached me. Perhaps it was not forwarded as you supposed at that date. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 5966 Red May 12 1865 307 Phila 11 May Prof. Baird Dr. Sir. I am on my way to Charleston, W. Va., where I shall be for a month. The Mexican butterflies had not reached Newburgh up to when I left yesterday. Hope to have them when I return. Probably I have arranged to sell them / all for you. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 8044 184 Washington, May 16 65 My Dear Sir. I find on examination of our books that the box of butterflies was sent to your address at Newburgh April 22, not to N. Hav. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. Iii June of this year Edwards published a brief note “ Notes upon PAPXLXO ASTERXAS and SATURNXA PROMETHEA hermaphrodites” in the Proceedings of the Entomological So- ciety of Philadelphia (4:390, 1865). [Red July 11 1865] 309 Newburgh, New York 8 July 1865 Prof. S. F. Baird Dear Sir. I returned yesterday from West. Ya. where I have been since 1st May. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 131 I found three letters of yours here, and the box of Mexican butterflies. On examining them, I find them in very bad order, a good many were broken with the bodies lying loose about the boxes, tending to damage the legs antennae etc. I have removed all such. There are scarcely any specimens I want, / principally because none of them are perfect. All are rubbed or broken, and most of this damage either occurred before the insects were caught, or from the way they were crowded into the boxes. I have taken 24 specimens altogether. What ought I to pay for them? and what do you wish me to do with the rest of the collection? I can send it to some collectors in Phila and New York, and let them select some things if you say so, or I can / send them to Akhurst106 in Brooklyn, with orders to sell off what he can. Write me what to do. These old collections107 are good for very little. I have, through some of them, introduced the dermestes into my duplicate boxes and for two seasons have lost a great number of specimens, many of them valuable. Good lepidoptera, well put up, would readily sell at 10 to 25 cents each. We have many students in this line who / would gladly buy good specimens from Mexico or elsewhere. But poor ones are not wanted at all. Let me hear from you soon. Yours truly W. II. Edwards 644-* Aug 15 310 . . . / send them to John Akurst, 9 Prospect St. Brooklyn, who will sell them under my direction. I go to West Ya. next Weds, to be there till 1st Oct. If you wish to write me, do so to “Charleston, Kanawha Co., W. Ya.” I send in the box for yourself a col’d platens of A Diana $ which will 100 John Akhurst (1816-1902): collector-taxidermist, long established in Brooklyn, N. Y., as a dealer in objects of natural history and suppliers for collectors. There are many accessions in his name on the Smithsonian books. Whether any of the tropical material was collected by Akhurst or whether all of it was bought from native and visiting collectors I do not know. 107 Apparently this refers to the old collections, such as the Herndon material, transfered from the U. S. Patent Office to the Smithsonian in 1852 and forwarded to Edwards for safe-keeping in 1861. * This is the last leaf of a letter the first of which has been lost. In the upper left hand corner there is a notation consisting of a four (?) digit number beginning with 644 under which a line is drawn and “Aug 15” written. In the lower right hand corner is “310”. The latter and the part of the letter preserved suggest that this is the proper chronological position for the fragment. However, reference to the plate of diana when taken in connection with Edwards’ letter of February 23, 1866 is a bit puzzling. 108 This cannot be either of the plates of Argynnis diana used in the “Butterflies of North America” but a forerunner of them. The plate of the species issued in June 1868 was drawn by Weist and figured both sexes. 132 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII please you. I intend publishing the N. A. / species of Argynnis in this style. About 30 species, mostly not figured. Yours truly W. H. Edwards The September issue of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia for 1865 contains on page 148 ‘‘Descrip- tion of a new species of Limenitis’’ by Edwards. The butterfly described is Limenitis proserpina. Edwards himself collected the types, a male from Mountain House, Greene Co, New York, collected in 1863 and another of the same sex collected about six miles away at Stony Clove, Greene Co, New York, on August 2, 1865. [Bed. Dec 29, 1865] 311 40 Wall St., New York 28 Dec 1865 Prof Baird. Washn D C Dear Sir. I am about starting for West Va. to be absent till 1st Feby. If the Mexican butterflies come during the winter, send them to John Akhurst, No 9 Prospect St. Brooklyn, with whom I have made arrange / ments to spread them and sell all but the ones saved for me. My address in W. Va. is Charleston. Kanawha Co. W. Va, Yours truly W. H. Edwards The next letter in this correspondence suggests very strongly that an exchange of letters is missing. [Bed Feb 19 1866] 260 Baltimore 18 Feby 66 Prof. S. F. Baird Smithsonian Dear Sir. Sorry I cant go on to Washington. I am obliged to return to New York tonight. Later this plate was withdrawn and a new one prepared by Mrs Peart was included in the Supplement to volume 1, issued in January 1873. (See letter dated July 25, 1872.) Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 199 lfJO Is there anything new or interesting in the insect way? Do you never get butterflies now from correspondents in British Ama. or the far West?109 You used to have plenty of good things. What about your Mexican friend you / wrote me of last summer? Write me at 40 Wall. Y ours truly W. Id. Edwards P. S. I intend to publish a monograph of the Argynnides, in quarto, drawn and colored in the best style. Have 3 plates now printed, and when I get 2 more, will issue the first part.110 There are abt. 35 species of this family in Ama., many Californian, and most unfigured. Yours truly W. H. E. 9965 577 Wash. Feb. 20 1866 My Dear Sir. I believe nothing newr has been turned up in the butterfly way since my last, although we are advised of a lot of 257 specimens from Costa Rica for sale which will be here probably in a week or less. The first lot which I offered you I sent to Mr. Salvin who found some fine new Species, I am sorry you did not take them. Sumichrast* of Orizaba111 promises us butter- flies for you after a while. 109 Throughout the period of the Civil War Edwards’ letters to Baird are singularly free of reference to the conflict. Here is another example of his apparent unawareness of the national, and international, situation. Al- though the War between the States was ended for all practical purposes in late February, 1865, the last Confederate force did not surrender until May 26th. The U. S. Army parties upon whom Baird depended for so much of the material from the West were not thinking of butterflies during the summer of 1865 ! To the north in British America there were equally stirring, but peaceful, changes in motion. The “Hudson’s Bay Company” was fighting to hold its empire. The Dominion of Canada was about to be formed. Few people realize that a vast portion of what is today our neighbor to the north was privately held by the Hudson’s Bay Company and really not an integral part of the British Empire. During the 1860s the Honourable Company of Adventurers founded under the patronage of Prince Rupert in 1670 was drastically changed and ultimately lost its sover- eign rights to nearly half a continent. See Douglas MacKays “The Honour- able Company”, The Musson Book Co., Ltd., Toronto, Canada, new edition. 1938, especially Chaps. XVII-XVIII. no The first part Avas issued in June 1868. It contained the plates for diana, cybele, aphrodite, nolromis and atlantis. This was the first fascicle of “Butterflies of North America”. * According to the published record in the Annual Reports for 1866 et seq 134 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvii We have not had any Lepidoptera for some time from British America although there are here several boxes very much prefered, from Kennicott expedition collected in California and probably Vancouver Island.112 These might perhaps go to you for safe keeping if you want them. Your memoir will doubtless be very interesting. Dont fail to send us a copy. Could you spare one for Salvin? Sincerely yours S. P. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh [Red Feb 24 1866] 261 40 Wall St. New York Feby 23rd 1866 Prof. S. F. Baird Dear Sir Yours of 20th is just received. Do let me have the keeping at least of the Calif n & Vancouver specs you speak of, with the privilege of describing any new species. There is no one as familiar as I am with the Califn species, and as I am publishing the Argynnides, many of which are found / in California and are unfigured as yet, I am especially interested in having every species of that genus that can be found. I therefore look at every new collection bro’t thence with great interest. this is the proper spelling for the “hieroglyphics” in Baird’s letter. Edwards read it as “Summerlieart”, see his letter of 17 July 1866. My first reading was “Summerhead” ! Cresson (see note 103) lists “Sumiehrast, Francois, Mexico, March 12, 1866.” Carpenter (1945, 1953) does not list the man. 111 Orizaba is a small town in the state of Vera Cruz, Mexico, approxi- mately 18° 25' N. Lat., 96° 30' W. Long. It is about 3000 feet above sea level and situated about 20 miles southeast of Volcano Orizaba, 18,546 feet altitude at its crest. The region has an extraordinarily rich flora and fauna, embracing everything from the tropical rain forest to the tropical equivalent of arctic-alpine grasslands. The volcano is the southernmost outpost for many north temperate species and genera, although a few do range south to the above-tree-line crests in southern Costa Rica. 112 The Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1865 notes the arrival of collections from Col. Charles S. Bulkley, director of the Russian Telegraph Expedition. These were made by Kennicott in Nicaragua and California. Baird may have confused here future plans with past accomp- lishments. I suspect that this omission of Nicaragua as one of the areas represented in this collection lead Tryon Reakirt, to whom Edwards sent tropical material, to assign a southern Californian type locality to several species really collected in Nicaragua. Kennicott’s route in Nicaragua was up the San Juan River from the east coast to Lake Nicaragua, Lake Managua and the Pacific Ocean. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown: Correspondence 135 Send them to me at 40 Wall. I will retain them under whatever restric- tions or conditions you impose. This evening I / will mail you 2 plates showing the style of the work I intend to publish. I am sorry Diana $ is not colored — By the way perhaps I can find a col’d specimen to send you. Do what you can for me. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 10— 609 Washington, Eeb. 25, 1866 Dear Sir: In compliance with Mr. Kennicott desire and your wish we send you by Adams Express the Lepidoptera thus far received from the Russian Tele- graph Expedition.113 Any new species you find you are at liberty to describe, giving full credit to the direction to Col. Bulkley and to Mr. Kennicott and retaining the collection in good condition until Mr. Kenni- cott’s return, or until it is reclaimed by us, but do not make any dispositions to be made of the specimens until Mr. / Kennicott returns, who will take charge of them. Additional * of lepidoptera from the same expedition will be sent you for safe keeping under similar conditions. no signature W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St. N. Y. This is Baird’s draft of the official letter of transmittal for the material. Such a letter, of course, would be signed by Prof. Henry, Secretary of the Institution. 113 This was a grandoise plan to construct a telegraph line from Moscow, Russia, to Chicago, Illinois! The expedition sometimes is called the West- ern Union Telegraph Expedition. Kennicott was the chief of the Scientific Corps, one of his assistants being Ferdinand Bischoff. Kennicott died in Alaska and his place was taken by W. H. Dali. The information gathered by the American members of the expedition played a major part in the decision of the United States to buy Alaska. The plan was abandoned when the trans- Atlantic cable proved successful. See James Alton James (1864- ?) “The First Scientific Exploration of Russian America and the Purchase of Alaska” NorthewTestern University Studies in the Social Sci- ences, No. 4., Evanston, Illinois, 1942. * The copy-book press of the draft is very much blurred and difficult to read. The lacuna is either one or two words and nothing that I can suggest from the strokes makes sense. 136 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII 262 Cincinnati, 36 Walnut St. 9 March 1866 Prof Baird. Smithsonian W ashington Dear Sir I have mailed a letter to Mr. Ross and was about, writing one to Govr McTavish114 when it occurred to me that he might know nothing about taking butterflies, and would need instructions about it, as well as net, pins etc. Therefore I have delayed writing until I hear from you about this. Write me, directing to care of R. C. Lovell,115 36 Walnut St. Cine. Tell Mr Uhlke that in W. Ya. the other day I went into the woods and filled a little bottle with Coleopa for him. I have laid in a qt of alcohol and am about going back there. Doubtless I will secure a good lot of the animals. / Has not he facilities for obtaining butterflies in Texas among the Germans there. Before the war there used to be many collectors. I recollect some in the vicinity of New Braunfels.116 If Mr Uhlke can get any one to collect for me I will buy or exchange, and shall take it as a favor. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 10—. 681 Wash. Mar. 12 1866 My Dear Mr. E. Gov. MacTavish probably knows how to prepare Lepidoptera but it could do no harm to tell him. 114 William Mactavish (1815-1870) : at the time Clieif Factor and gover- nor of Assiniboia and Rupert’s Land, which position he held from 1864 to 1870. His headquarters were at Fort Garry, now within the city of Winnipeg, Manitoba. 115 R-. C-. Lovell ( - ) was the agent for Edwards’ company, The Kanawha and Ohio Coal Company, in Cincinnati. Later the office of the company moved to 52 Walnut Street. 116 This letter suggests that Edwards himself had no earlier contact with the New Braunfels, or Texan, naturalists. He may have received material through Uhlke (see note 57). For excellent accounts of the German natural- ists in Texas see Samuel Wood Geiser, “Naturalists of the Frontier.” Uni- versity Press in Dallas, Texas. Second edition, revised and enlarged, 1948. Two New Braunfels collectors that Edwards may have had in mind are these. F. S. Lindheimer a resident of New Braunfels, Texas, who joined the Entomological Society of Philadelphia on November 14, 1859, possibly was the son of Ferdinand Jakob Lindheimer (1801-1879) although not mentioned in Geiser’s account of the naturalist (1. c. pp. 132-149) nor in Appendix B. DAB. (11:273-274. 1933) does not mention anj^ son of F. J. Lindheimer. It is possible that F. S. Lindheimer is an erratum for F. J. Lindheimer of New Braunfels. Otto Friedrich (1800-1880) lived near the site of the present town of Greune in the vicinity of New Braunfels from 1850 to the time of his death. Sept. -Dec., 1959] Brown: Correspondence 137 We have just liad warm offers of service of some Germans in Texas who collect and can talk Lepidoptera to them. How much per dozen or hundred shall we offer. Yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards care R. C. Lovell 36 Walnut St Cincinnati [Red Mar. 25 1866] 263 Coalburgh, Kanawha Co. W. Va., Mar. 19, 66 Prof. Baird Smithsonian Ins. Washn. Bear Sir. Yours of 12th reed here, forwarded from Cine. I hardly know what to say about the German collectors in Texas. So many of their butterflies are common here also, that if we paid by the piece we should get a lot of worth- less material. I cannot indicate such as are rare. All such and new species, are valuable and worth paying / for. I would be willing to pay 50 cents each for new species and 15 cents each for all others that I retained. I would rather do this than offer 5 cents each for everything. If they will send you one shipment I can tell what the average is worth, and show them what are worth collecting & what not. The better way to put them up is in papers. They break less and cost less to carry. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 10172 27 Wash. Mar 20 66 My Bear Mr. Edwards I have received 250 Lepidoptera in paper from Costa Rica. Bo you want them and what are they worth to the collector (Carmiol). I have written to Texas to some Germans for Butterflies. Botteri is sending more Butterflies to be named. We return the enclosed names from the other lot as undecipherable. Please write out legibly and return to me soon as possible. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Cincinnati 138 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII [Red Apr. 6 1866] 264 Coalburgh, Kanawha Co. West Va., 29 Mar. 66 Prof. S. F. Baird Smithsonian Washn. D. C. Dear Sir Yours of the 20th via Cine came up on the boat this morning. I return the names for Botteri, printed carefully. I will take the Costa Rica butterfliesii? you speak of, at venture. The price being 10 cents. I shall leave this for home about 5th April. If I can do so, I will take / the Balte & O road and stop over in Washington. It occurs to me that I may be able to get more than 10 cents for the Costa Rica specimens, such as I do not wish to retain. If they are in good order I could get 15 or 20 doubtless, and whatever I did get for them slid go to the collector. I do not speculate on him. I know two collectors here who would pay 15 or 20 for good / specimens. I presume there would be several duplicates. This season is not so early as last by two weeks. I saw butterflies then on 17th Mar. and as yet have seen none this year. Yours truly W. II. Edwards [Red. Apr. 10, 1866] 265 SWANN HOUSE I. William Dent Proprietor Parkersburgh, West Ya. 8 Apl. 1866 Prof. S. F. Baird Smithsonian Washn. Dear Sir. I thought I could go home via Washn but cannot now. Will try and return that way as I did before. If you will send the Costa Rica butterflies to me, 40 Wall St., I will soon dispose of them & forward you the money. For what I retain I will pay 10 cents, and what I dispose of I will put at 15 or more. If they / are in good condition I can dispose of them at a good price. When you write the Germans in Texas, please direct them to inform you when they send insects, in what locality they were taken, so that we may not get Mexican species mixed with those of the U.S. I wrote you118 that 117 These were shipped by Julian Carmiol to Baird for disposal, ns This may be “I write you” but I do not think so. Although the sequence of letters does not seem to be interrupted there may be one missing here. Apparently these specimens were given to Edwards upon a visit to Baird in Washington. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 139 the few Colorado specimens you gave me contained three or four new, or at least, unknown to me, species. One is a fine Papilio,119 which I am pleased to add / to our Fauna. Send me any other butterflies that come from any quarter. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 10329 (?) 160 Washington April 1 — , 1866 My Dear Mr Edwards Yours from Parkersburg is just to hand. I will send the Costa Bica butterflies to 40 Wall St. Please make your payment for them drafts in gold as I have to remit same [?] to Carmiol, the collector. Will send a small lot of Numbered butterflies deposited [?] with me [?] by Dr. C. Champion.129 Yours ever S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St N. Y. This is a very much blurred transfer and difficult to decipher. 7691 [Ecd. Apr. 14, 1866] Law Office of Waldo Hutchins No. 40 Wall Street New York Apl. 13th 1866 Prof Baird Washn. Dear Sir I have just received the Costa Bican butterflies. Will remit you the money ii9 This is Papilio ~bairdii Edwards which he described in the October 1866 issue of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia on page 200 of volume 6. (see comments following the letter dated October 25, 1866.) Edwards was mistaken about the source of the material in this letter but he is correct in the original description. See also Edwards’ letter of May 30, 1866. 129 Champion was one of Godman and Salvin’s regularly employed collec- tors in Central America. In the “Introduction” to the first volume devoted to butterflies of “Biologia Centrali — Americana,” on p. XNVIII, there is an extended account of the areas in Guatemala and Panama where Cham- pion collected. After Salvin’s death in 1898 Champion helped Godman complete the second volume devoted to butterflies and was of especial help completing the studies of Hesperiidae (l.c. p. XXIX). There is no listing for C. Champion in Carpenter, 1945 or 1953. 140 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII as desired in a few days. I found the Califn. butterflies12* that you sent a month ago. Whoever packs the boxes of insects for you does not take suffl- / cient care to have tow or hay between the inner & outer box. In this case one side of the inner boxes rested against the wood of the outer one and in one box the pins had shaken loose with damage to antennae etc. I have just reed the proof of the 4tli plate of my Argynnides.122 Yours truly W. H. Edwards 772- [Bcd Apr. 21, 1866] 267 New York, 40 Wall St. 20 Apl. 66 Prof. Baird Washn D. C. Dear Sir. I took the Costa Rican butterflies over to Akhurst and opened them with him. They prove to be a very poor lot, such a one as a man could take in half a day, if he caught everything he saAv, good or bad. There were 50 or 60 of one species of Agraulis that is as common there as / Colias Phil- odice in our meadows, and out of the whole number scarcely one really perfect one. Just so of the others. Instead of being of many species there were 10 to 30 of several, all of which were common, and in the entire number there was not one I cared to have. This being so I told Akhurst to offer them in a lot to Mrs Bridgham123 for $25, and tell her he could 121 These probably were the butterflies collected by Kennicott and Bischoff while in California. See draft of letter for Henry’s signature, February 25, 1866. In the paper alluded to in note 119 and p. — there are described three butterflies from California. Of these, one is credited to Behr and the other two are without collector credit. It is possible that the types of Lycaena mertilla (p. 206) and Hesperia yreka (p. 207-208) are from this lot. If so the type locality for mertilla is in the vicinity of San Francisco as well as that for yreka. 122 The fourth plate of Argynnis is nokomis. It would be very interesting to see this proof. Is it the withdrawn plate prepared by Wiest or is it a forerunner of that plate? Edwards did not consider what Wiest had drawn a good representation of the species. Mrs. Peart re-drew it and the re- drawn plate was made from material collected in 1871, not the type which had been the model for Wiest’s plate (and this one). This has caused no end of trouble among those students of the genus who try to discover just what the name nokomis represents. A search for these plates at the Smith- sonian Institution has been without success. 123 Mrs. E. F. Bridgham ( - ): Cresson (see note 103) listed “Bridgham, Mrs. E. F., New York, N. Y., September 11, 1865” and “Bridg- ham, Joseph, Jr., New York, N. Y., March 9, 1863” as members of the American Entomological Society — The Entomological Society of Philadelphia at the time of their enrollment. Neither is noted by Carpenter, 1945, 1953. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 141 not divide the lot. He did / so, and she told me last night, that there were less than a dozen she wanted and the rest were so poor that she could not buy the lot for the sake of these few. I have told Akhurst to put them up again, not taking one out, and I will return them to you, next week. The collectors ought to be informed that unless they send good spe- / cimens, carefully put up, you do not want them at all. To send you a lot like this is an imposition on your good nature. The commonest species and 10 to 50 of a species is rather too much. 124 I am sorry this lias turned out so, for if they had been fair species, of a proper variety, I could have disposed of all & would have retained some myself. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 7762 [Red Apr. 28, 1866] 268 New York, 40 Wall St. 27th April 1866 Prof. S. P. Baird Smithsonian Washington D. C. Dear Sir. I was considerably astonished this morning in going to Akhurst’s to see him hand over $25 proceeds of the sale of the Costa Rica butterflies. I had gone to get them to return to you, thinking them a miserable lot and of scarcely any value. / It seems he called on an enthusiastic German collector a few days ago and almost without examination, said German took the lot. We had offered them to Mrs. Bridgham for the same — in green backs125 of course — for I had not the face to ask more, hardly even that. This will encourage your Costa Rican correspondent, but assure him, it is the last lot / of that poor description that will find a sale here. Where 124 This plaint of Edwards holds true today in many instances. If Carmiol shipped material of little variety and some abundance I suspect that it came from the uplands west of the mountains, the high plateau upon which stands San Jose, the capital of Costa Rica. My own collecting there was dreary, a dozen species or so in abundance and little else. 125 “Greenbacks” was applied as a nickname to the legal tender notes issued by the United States government during the Civil War (from 1862 and current until 1879). Since they were not valid for payment of taxes nor convertible to specie and there was at the time of this letter consider- able doubt upon their availability for payment of debts incurred before the National Banking Act of 1864 no one was anxious to hold them and they were used as currency at discount. At one time a “greenback” dollar was worth only 35$ gold. Greenbacks had their worst reputation in Wall Street among Edwards’ peers! 142 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII beautiful and rare species may be had for the taking it is a shame to send you such trash as the most of these were. I enclose a certified cheek for $25 to your order. Yours truly W. H. Edwards P. S. Yours just in of yesterday. I will send the check next week as I have been interrupted and I have not a moment left before I go to Newbg. 10461 233 Washington Apr 29 66 Dear Mr. Edwards We send two boxes of Botteri — Orizaba Lepidoptera of which please return the names soon as possible and keep specimens as Smithsonian Mus deposit, taking series duplicated for yourself. A third box from Sumichrast contains Diptera & Hymenoptera. Ask Ostensacken to pick out and name the Diptera and then send the Hymenop- tera to Norton. Yours truly S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards 40 Wall St N. Y. What great luck with Costa Rica butterflies. The squeeze of this letter is very badly blurred and difficult to read. The only really readable part of the postscript is “ Costa Rica”. 7906 [Red. May 23 1866] 269 Newburgh, New York May 21 1866 Prof. S. F. Baird Smithsonian Ins. Washington D. C. Dear Sir. I enclose you the $25 reed from the sale of the Costa Rica butterflies, as I before advised you. I have been so engaged in packing up my collections & books & furniture these three last weeks that I have not written you, and I waited to get the name of such of the Mexican butterflies, / Sphinges & moths as I could not myself determine. I have reed but a part of these as yet, and will give what I now can. In a few weeks the most of the others will be forwarded to you. Grote126 has the moths. Most unfortunately I have mislaid the 126 August Radcliffe Grote (1841-1903) : one of the leading lepidopterists of his time specializing in moths, particularly Noetuids, who described over 2000 species of lepidoptera. At the time of this letter he was living in Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 143 list of Sphinges, all but one of which I was able to name from the plates of our work. That one was a new one. But I have packed up the originals and cannot now lay my hands on them. I / regret this exceedingly. I had named the Sphinges on a separate paper from the butterflies. The latter I found, but not the other. All I can say is this, several of the Sphinges were common, as Cingulata, Carolina, Jerson, & others. But about half were rare, some of them very rare and one plain brown one a new species, that will be described by Grote, & figured in our work. If the collector of those will send on perfect specimens of all the Sphinges he can collect, for every / new species I will give $3 per pair, for 4 pairs, and for those not new, but rare, and not found in the U. S. $2 per pair, for those that are rare but found in the States $1 per pair, & for almost any good specimen, even if not rare, 25 to 50 cents could be had. I can sell several sets of these insects. They are worth more than butterflies and as new species are desirable for our work, I am anxious to get all the Sphinges found. If the specimens are not perfect, but are in fair condition, I will pay % of the above rates. Please so write the collector. The names of the new species I will try & send you after I go West, next week, (about 28th). Yours truly W. H. Edwards 10738 410 Washington May 24 1866 My Dear Mr Edwards Yours of the 21 with enclosure of 25.00 was received: so also the list of named Lepidoptera. This I have sent to Sumichrast with your offer. A recent letter mentioned that in the fall he would have a large collection for you. I suppose of course the offers are at gold as foreigners know nothing of our paper currency. Truly yours S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. [Red May 31 1866] 272 Baltimore, 30th May Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I am on the way to Kanawha again, going on to night. Shall be there till 1st July. I discovered today in Phila that the Papilio among these Arizona speci- Buffalo, New York. He became curator of the Buffalo Society of Natural History in 1873. In 1884 he left America and lived the rest of his life in Germany. See DAB 8:27. 144 New York Entomological Society [vol. Lxvn mens was a new and undescribed species. Among that small lot of butter- flies were 5 or 6 new species. That shows that Arizona is worth looking after. I hope you write the gentleman who collects there, to do more of the same. I trust the Apaches have / not scalped him. Tell Hike I will bring him on some Coleoptera. He must keep watch for any butterflies for me. Yours truly W. Id. Edwards There is an excellent young man at Lyme, Conn, who has a small school, & where boys are devoured with a zeal for birds eggs. (My own boy is with him) I told him to write for [sic] you if he got anxious about naming there [sic] collections. They can get fish hawks & some other good ones. / His name is Wm, A. Magill.127 W. H. E. When I return I shall have a number more of names of the Mexican moths to send you. [Red July 12 1866] 273 New York, 11 July Prof. Baird. Dear Sir. I am just in from Kanawha. Have you any butterflies for me? Tell Mr. Hike I will send him some few Coleoptera from Kana which I have with me here. Write me at / Newburgh. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 11120 642 Washington July 13 66 Dear Mr Edwards Yours of 11 to hand. We send a lot of boxes butterflies. Some for you from Sumichrast: others from Botteri for S. I. to be named. With them are some Diptera for Ostensaeken, and Hymenoptera for Norton. Address the latter direct to Farmington, Conn. Yours ever S. F. Baird 127 William A. Magill ( - ). In answer to my letter of 18 Decem- ber 1958 addressed to the Town Clerk of Lyme, Connecticut, Mr. Joseph S. Dunn the librarian of the Phoebe Griffin Noyes Library wrote to me “There was a school in Old Lyme (formerly Lyme) conducted by William A. Magill. It was known as the Boys Boarding School and was located in a house on ‘The Street’ erected by Captain Daniel Chadwick. The name of the school, its location, and the name of William A. Magill, as principal are shown on a map dated 1868. The house still stands and is owned by Captain Guy Chadwick, who is out of town for the Winter. Miss Mary Chadwick and Miss Ellin Noyes, both related to the Captain Daniel Chadwick confirm the fact of the school but did not know how long it operated.” Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown: Correspondence 145 W. H. Edwards Newburgh N. Y. [Red. July 19, 1866] 274 Newburgh, New York 17 July 1866 Prof. Baird. Smithsonian Washington, D. C. Dear Sir. I enclose you a list of butterflies from those sent me to be named in May, and of which invoice 1 have before sent you many times. In a few days I will send part of those reed yesterday. Yours truly W. H. Edwards [Red July 19, 1866] 275 Newburgh, New York 17 July 1866 Prof Baird Smithsonian Waslin. D. C. Dear Sir The box by express came yesterday, contents in good order. I will get names for Botteri Butterflies as I can. But relying on correspondents who are in the country for part of the names, I cannot get them till September. Summerhearts [Sumichrast] (Cant say if I get this name right / as I never could decipher it in your letters) specimens are good ones, nearly all of them, and well put up. A few are broken, and a few had dermestes in. He ought to put camphor in the boxes. I will have no difficulty in dis- posing of them or any other small lot as well preserved. By count, after rejecting a very few damaged ones I make 242 butterflies: 20 moths 10 Aegerians [Megathymidae?] I will let you know what I do with these in a few days. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 11174 674 Washington July 19, 66 Dear Mr Edwards Yours of July 17 with continuation of list of Botteri butterflies duly received. I dont think you write your names legibly enough for foreigners.. The authorities also should be given. 146 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV1I I enclose catalogue of a collection of Lepidoptera and letter which we had some time ago. Which explains itself. Will you take the specimens for yourself or others and return such an equivalent as is desired. The collection is in our hands. Yours truly S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh Return the enclosures. 8722 1 [Red July 23 1866] Prof. Baird, Smithsonian Newburgh, New York 22 July 66 Washn. D. C. Dear Sir. Yours of 19th is reed. I can do nothing with the European Lepa, such quantities being sent to this country. I return the list of them. I have re-written the list of names of the invoices of Botteri of April & July as far as I have had names, with the authorities. I shall have the names of the moths of Apl. invoice in a day or two. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 8877 [Red Sept 27 1866] 277 Newburgh, New York 25th Sept. 1866 Prof. S. F. Baird Smithsonian Washn. Dear Sir. Yours of 22nd just reed. The butterflies you had better direct to be for- warded to me here, as any day after this week I may have to go to Kanawha, to be absent a month. I left the butterflies last sent with Akhurst / to sell, and I will see him tomorrow to know the results. He found on opening the papers that there was too little variety — too many yellow & white ones of a kind — and too few showy or large species. This prevented his selling to two persons either of whom would have taken them otherwise. I put him in correspondence with a third and hope he / has sold them. If so, the proceeds will be sent you at once. I will try the lot now to come and if they do not go off favorably, will discontinue the arrangement. There is no complaint about the conditioyi of the last lot. They are generally good specimens. I am inclined to think that the best species get sent to Europe and we take the residue. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 147 Ask Dr. Brewer128 abt. / that Frigate Pelican egg. My respects to him. Yours truly W. H. Edwards This sentence suggests that there may be a letter missing as this is the first mention of the egg in the letters I have seen. It is possible that Edwards wrote directly to Brewer about it. Another possibility is that Edwards told Baird about it personally on a visit to Washington although there is nothing in the letters to suggest that he visited there in the summer of 1866. This would be unlikely since Baird generally spent his summers in New England. 8617 [Bed Sept 28, 1866] 278 Newburgh, New York. 26th Sept. 1866 Prof. Baird. Washn. Dear Sir I learn that the butterflies were sold by Akhurst. There were 272 speci- mens, at 10 c makes 27.20 in gold. I will send this to you shortly. The lot now expected may be of more value and go off better. Yours truly W. H. Edwards P. S. Yesterday I saw Dr. Livingston,1 29 of Honduras, who obtd the eggs I wrote you of, & had them here. He says he got them himself. They were Frigate Pelican, surely, as in one of the nests were 2 young birds besides an egg or two, which eggs were same as all the rest. They got 14 eggs but 10 were spoiled by hvg. young birds in them. 8645 [Bed Oct 13 1866] 279 Newburgh 8 Oct Dear Sir. Send the insects to 40 Wall, office of W. Hutchins,130 3rd floor. 128 Thomas Mayo Brewer (1814-1880) : one of the leading ornithologists of his time. He graduated from Harvard in 1835. In 1857 the Smithsonian published his “North American Oology” and he collaborated with Baird and Bidgeway upon “A History of North American Birds,” Little Brown & Co., Boston, 5 vol. 1874-1884. See DAB 3:24. 129 Dr. Livingston ( - ) : The port of Living- ston, about 11 miles from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala was named after him and until the establishment of Puerto Barrios was the main Caribbean port for Guatemala. 130 Waldo Hutchins ( -ca. 1892) : lawyer. The next and numerous 148 New York Entomological Society t Vol. LXVII I write you at Waslin. Have been looking for the Mexican insects. Send them when you reach Wn. I write in haste from a news shop on train. I will see that Sommercheast [Sumichrast] gets the money now due & any this month. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 280 [Red Oct 25 1866] Law Offices Slosson, Hutchinson & Platt 40 Wall Street New York Oct 23, 1866 Prof S. F. Baird Smithsonian Waslin, Hear Sir I found yours of 22 in the office at Newburgh as I passed thru’ this following letters from Edwards to Baird are written on the letterhead of the firm “Slosson, Hutchins & Platt” at 40 Wall Street, New York City. Mr. Lionel J. Coen, librarian of the Library of the New York Law Institute, very graciously searched the Legal Directories for me and traced the firm to 1959. 1876: Hutchins & Platt — 40 Wall Street. 1887 : Augustus S. Hutchins, Waldo Hutchins, and Waldo Hutchins, Jr. — 1892: A. S. Hutchins & Waldo Hutchins, Jr. — 69 Wall Street. 1910: A. S. and W. Hutchins — 84 Williams Street. 1925 : moved to 110 Williams Street. At no time is Edwards noted as a member of the firm in the directories (in letter Jan. 28, 1959). In reply to a letter directed to the firm I received a cordial reply (Jan. 29, 1959) from Mr. Waldo Hutchins, Jr. He wrote in part “. . . Most of the old records have been destroyed. “I remember my father, who died in 1933, telling me once that the old firm at one time represented the Kanawa (sic) Valley Coal Company. I never heard of William Henry Edwards as having been mentioned as a member of the old firm, so the relationship probably was that of lawyer and client.” After graduating from Williams College in 1842 Edwards studied law in New York City. He apparently practiced in New York City and New- burgh, New York, until his interests in the coal fields pre-empted his time. It is possible that he had a law office of his own at 40 Wall Street before giving up the profession. The three law partners at the time of Edward’s letters were John Slosson, Waldo Hutchins and John H. Platt. I have tried, unsuccessfully, to find a connection between Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson (1838-1926), a very active New York lepidopterist, and John Slosson. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Brown : Correspondence 149 morng. I have started for Kanawha. The box you now send, therefore, will have to wait till / I return (15th Nov.). I send you check for $38.95 the sum due Sumichrast on last invoice. Yours truly W. H. Edwards 11658 112 Washington Oct 21, 66 Dear Mr Edwards I send tomorrow by Express the Lepidoptera just received from Sumi- chrast. Yours ever S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh I left the Botteri butterflies out. [three undecipherable words], 11732 152 Oct 25, 1866 Dear Sir Yours of 23 enclosing your check for 38.95 was duly received today and will be sent Prof. Sumichrast. Yours truly S. F. Baird W. H. Edwards Newburgh. 281* Mr. Sommercheast [Sumichrast] with W. H. Edwards Kecd 272 specimens of butterflies Sold 172 for $25 currency 100 at 10 a 147 14.70 " 39.70 less express 75 $38.95 Sent check for same to Prof. Baird 23 Oct 1866 ■ 26.32 Mexican* Wm. H. Edwards* * This apparently is a statement of the account sent with letter 280. It is in Edwards hand except for the asterisked entries. These seem to be in Baird’s hand. If the equation at the bottom of the sheet is to Mexican pesos the exchange was much in their favor $1.48 to PI. 00. It may be the conversion from “greenbacks.” [To be continued ] 150 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII PROCEEDINGS OP THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Meeting of October 1, 1957 A regular meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural History and was called to order by President Treat. Fourteen members and two guests were present. Mr. Robert Bloch was appointed Secretary Protem. Dr. Ruckes reported on the Executive Committee meeting held prior to the regular meeting. Dr. James Mullen was appointed Vice President and Mr. Peter Farb, Secretary for the duration of the terms. The Committee resolved, in effect, to constitute itself, together with the Publications Com- mittee, an Interim Editorial Board with Mr. Soraci retaining the office of Editor, and to take the initiative in promptly restoring the Journal of the Society to full quarter publication. Mr. Boyd reported that the 1956 volume of the Journal would be out by December 1, 1957. The Committee voted that authors should no longer be required to pay the full cost of plates for articles accepted. It ivas voted to accept the report of the Executive Com- mittee. The report of the Committee on By-Laws was read by the President. Action will be taken at a later meeting. Dr. Roy Whelden of Haskins Laboratory, Union College, Schenectady, New York, was proposed for membership by Dr. Clausen. Dr. Schneirla moved that the by-laws be suspended in order to elect Dr. Whelden at this meeting. It was so voted and he was elected unanimously. The President proposed for membership Mr. Tony Roberts and Mr. Bryan Treat. The members of the Society reported on their summer activities. Mr. Bloch and Mr. Iluberman told of their efforts to combat resistance to in- secticides in pests. Trips reported on were Mrs. Hopf’s to Nova Scotia, Mrs. Campbell’s to Vermont, Dr. Treat’s to Maine, Dr. Schneirla’s to the southeast for the study of Army ants and Dr. Schmitt’s to New Hampshire to collect insects for studying their neuro-muscular mechanisms. Dr. Polil spent three months in Europe and presented the Society with two postcards commemorating J. H. Fabre. He brought greetings to the Society from the French Entomological Society and presented a menu of the 33rd Annual Banquet of the Societe d’Acclimatation et de Protection de la Nature. In the absence of Mr. Soraci who was in Nova Scotia, Mr. Boyd reported that the gypsy moth spraying campaign was very successful and that it controlled other insects as well. The meeting was adjourned at 9:50 P.M. Peter Farb, Secretary Meeting of October 15, 1957 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of (continued on page 156 ) Sept.-Dee., 1959] Ludwig and Barsa: Enzymes 151 ACTIVITIES OF RESPIRATORY ENZYMES DURING THE METAMORPHOSIS OF THE HOUSEFLY, MUSCA DOMESTICA LINNAEUS* By Daniel Ludwig and Mary C. Barsa Department of Biology, Fordham University Agrell (1949) described total dehydrogenase activity and the specific activities of malic, citric, succinic and glutamic dehydro- genases as U-shaped during the metamorphosis of the blowfly, Calliphora erythrocephala. However, Ludwig and Barsa (1958) found that only malic and succinic dehydrogenases and the malic enzyme have U-shaped activity curves during this period in the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor. In the present investigations, a study was made of the dehydro- genase respiratory enzymes of the housefly to compare their activities with those of other insects during metamorphosis. MATERIAL AND METHODS The insects used in this study were DDT-sensitive houseflies obtained from the Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research. The adults were kept at room temperature (approximately 25° C.) and fed diluted milk and sugar water. The eggs were laid on filter paper placed in the milk. They were removed daily and placed in the larval medium which consisted of animal pellets which had been powdered and soaked in tap water. The larvae were reared at room temperature and when they began to leave the food, they were placed on a piece of filter paper in a large petri dish. Insects, within 6 hours of puparium formation, were placed in labelled beakers and kept at 25° C. Immediately following puparium formation, they were designated as 0-day pupae, although they were probably in the prepupal stage. The houseflies were washed in an alcohol solution, according to the procedure followed by Cotty (1956), to remove surface bacteria before homogenization. They were homogenized by means of a motor-driven glass homogenizer for 1 minute in the * This work was supported in part by the Medical Research and Bevelop- men Board, Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, under Contract No. DA-49-007-MD-444. 152 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VII proper buffer. In all cases the buffers were adjusted to a pH of 7.4. The activities of succinic, malic, glucose, glutamic, alpha- glycerophosphate, lactic and isocitric dehydrogenases and the malic enzyme were determined by the Tliunberg technique as given by Umbreit, Burris and Stauffer (1945, p. 126). Details of substrates, coenzymes, buffers and salts used in each enzymatic determination, as well as the procedure followed in preparing the Tliunberg tubes are given by Ludwig and Barsa (1958). Samples of the same homogenate were used in the experimental tube and in the control. The rates of enzyme activity (1/time in minutes for 90 per cent decoloration of the methylene blue) were measured at 30° C. Activity values were obtained by sub- tracting the rate of the control from that of the experimental tube. Throughout all experiments, a minimum of 10 determina- tions were made. OBSERVATIONS Changes in the activities of the dehydrogenase enzymes dur- ing the metamorphosis of the housefly are shown in Table 1 and TABLE 1. Dehydrogenase Activity During the Metamorphosis of the, Housefly. Activity is Expressed as 1/Time in Minutes for 90 Per Cent Decolor- ation of Methylene Blue. Headings Were Made at 30°C. (GPD is Alpha-glycerophosphate Dehydrogenase) . Stages Alco- hol Glu- cose GPD I Dehydrogenase GPD Iso- Lactic II citric (total) Malic Malic enzyme Suc- cinic Larva 0.041 0.004 0.047 0.402 0.048 0.333 0.097 0.008 Puparium just formed 0.042 0.013 0.282 0.012 0.337 0.047 0.006 Pupa, 1-day 0.037 0.014 0.011 0.255 0.018 0.312 0.061 0.004 Pupa, 2-day 0.024 0.013 0.004 0.220 0.006 0.204 0.056 0.002 Pupa, 3-day 0.027 0.013 0.005 0.197 0.005 0.179 0.063 0.004 Pupa, 4-day 0.025 0.013 0.003 0.004 0.194 0.002 0.262 0.060 0.005 Pupa, 5 -day 0.024 0.013 0.015 0.009 0.158 0.004 0.461 0.058 0.013 Adult, just emerged 0.043 0.003 0.043 0.030 0.180 0.005 0.897 0,086 0.028 Figure 1. The activities of succinic, malic, total alpha-glycero- phosphate and alcohol dehydrogenases and of the malic enzyme Sept.-Dee., 1959] Ludwig and Barsa: Enzymes 153 followed U-shaped curves. Alpha-glycerophosphate II (enzyme not requiring DPN) was absent until the 4-day pupa and its activity greatly increased in the adult. The activity of lactic dehydrogenase was high (0.048) in the larva but it decreased rapidly and very little activity was observed in the latter part Figure 1. Changes in the activity of dehydrogenase enzymes during the metamorphosis of the housefly. Rate is expressed at 1/time in minutes for 90 per cent decoloration of methylene blue. Graph A, alcohol dehydrogenase; Graph B, alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase; Graph C, malic enzyme; Graph D, isocitric dehydrogenase; Graph E, malic dehydrogenase. L , larva; A, newly emerged adult. 154 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXYII of the pupal stage or in the adult. A lactic dehydrogenase not requiring DPN was observed only in the larva. Its activity amounted to about one-fourth the total lactic dehydrogenase activity of this stage. A very low glucose dehydrogenase activity was observed during the prepupal and adult stages. However, this enzyme showed a constant value of 0.013 throughout the pupal stage. A low activity of glutamic dehydrogenase was obtained in the larva but it disappeared early in the pupal stage. Isocitric dehydrogenase activity was high at the beginning, but decreased steadily during the remainder of metamorphosis. The activities of malic and isocitric dehydrogenases were much greater than those of any of the other enzymes studied. DISCUSSION The activities of succinic, isocitric and malic dehydrogenases and the malic enzyme of the housefly are similar to those reported for these enzymes during the metamorphosis of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, by Ludwig and Barsa (1958). However, the malic dehydrogenase of the adult housefly is more active than that reported in the previous work for the adult mealworm. The activity curves for alcohol and alpha-glyceropliosphate I (re- quiring DPN) dehydrogenases are U-shaped during the metamor- phosis of the housefly but remained constant in the mealworm. Alpha-glycerophosphate II dehydrogenase (not requiring DPN) was not found until near the end of metamorphosis in the house- fly but was present throughout this process in the mealworm. Glutamic dehydrogenase was found in the larva of the housefly but this enzyme does not appear until near the end of metamor- phosis in the mealworm. In both species the activity of lactic dehydrogenase is very low throughout metamorphosis. These results differ from those of Agrell (1949) for the blowfly, Calli- phora erythrocephala, in that the activity curves for glutamic and isocitric dehydrogenases of the housefly are not U-shaped. The activity curve for succinic dehydrogenase has been found to be U-shaped during the metamorphosis of the following species : Drosophila melanogaster, Wolsky (1941) ; Calliphora erythroce- phala, Agrell (1949) ; Bombyx mori, Ito (1955) ; Popillia japon- ica, Ludwig and Barsa (1955) ; Tenebrio molitor, Ludwig and Barsa (1958) ; Ephestia kuhniella, Diamantis (1959) ; and Musca Sept.-Dee., 1959] Ludwig and Barsa: Enzymes 155 domestica, (the present work). Since the activity of this enzyme is very low, it could be a determining factor in the U-shaped respiratory curve characteristic of insect metamorphosis. SUMMARY A study was made of the activities of the dehydrogenase enzymes during the metamorphosis of the housefly using the Thunberg technique. The activities of succinic, malic, total alpha-glycerophosphate and alcohol dehydrogenases and of the malic enzyme follow U-shaped curves during metamorphosis. Alpha-glycerophosphate II (not requiring DPN) was absent until the 4-day pupa and its activity greatly increased in the adult. Lactic and glutamic dehydrogenases were present in the larva but disappeared early in the pupal stage. Isocitric dehydrogenase activity was high at the beginning but decreased steadily during the remainder of metamorphosis. There was a low activity of glucose dehydro- genase in both the larval and adult stages. However, this enzyme showed a constant higher value throughout the pupal stage. The activity curve for succinic dehydrogenase has been found to be U-shaped during metamorphosis in all insects studied. Since the activity of this enzyme is very low, it could be a deter- mining factor in the U-shaped respiratory curve characteristic of insect metamorphosis. Literature Cited Agrell, I. P. S. 1949. Localization of some hydrogen-activating enzymes in insects during metamorphosis. Nature. 164: 1039-1040. Cotty, Y. P. 1956. Respiratory metabolism of prepupae and pupae of the house fly. Musca domestica L., and of their homogenates. Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst. 18: 253—262. Diamantis, W. 1959. Activities of respiratory enzymes during the meta- morphosis of the Mediterranean flour moth, Epliestia hiiliniella Zeller. Ph. D. thesis, Fordham University. Xto T. 1950. The physiology in the metamorphosis of Bovibyx mori II. Succinoxidase system in the pupal stage. Annot. Zool. Japan. 28: 1-7. Ludwig, D. and M. C. Barsa. 1955. The activity of succinic dehydrogenase during diapause and metamorphosis of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 63: 161-165. 1958. Activity of dehydrogenase enzymes during the metamorpho- sis of the meal worm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus. Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 51: 311-314. 156 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX V 1 1 Umbreit, W. AY., R. H. Burris and J. F. Stauffer. 1945. Manometrie techniques and. related methods for the study of tissue metabolism. Minneapolis : Burgess Publishing Co. AYolsky, A. 1941. Quantitative changes in the substrate-dehydrogenase system of Drosophila melanogaster pupae during metamorphosis. Science. 94: 48. ( continued from page 150) Natural History. The meeting was called to order by President Treat. Thirteen members and two guests were present. The President reported on the publication schedule of the Journal, as discussed at the meeting of the Executive Committee. The first issue of 1957 will be out the middle of January, combined issues two and three by April, and the last issue by the middle of June. Two new members — Master Tony Roberts, aged 14, and Master Bryan Treat, age 9— were unanimously elected to membership. The President was about to bring the proposed changes in the By-laws to a vote when Dr. Forbes raised the point that they must first be adver- tised to the membership. It was agreed that a copy of the changes would be sent to each member previous to the meeting of November 19th. At that time they will be voted upon. Dr. T. C. Schneirla of the American Museum of Natural History spoke on “Field Studies of Army Ants in Southeastern United States.” This report on his summer’s extension of the Arizona work with Doryline ants was illustrated by a series of kodachromes. Dr. Schneirla first reviewed his previous reports to the Society on the nomadic and statary phases of activ- ity in these ants, and his work with the genus N eiramyrmex at the Museum’s Southwestern Research Station in Arizona. His summer’s work was devoted to studying N eiramyrmex nigrescens in the Southeast, a common species extending to the Atlantic Coast. The study Avas made at the Bankhead National Forest in Alabama and the Sumter National Forest in South Carolina. In Arizona Dr. Schneirla had always been able to physically follow the colony under observation. Not so in the Southeast. The “Tallulah” colony, at the end of the statary curve with a large oncoming pupal brood, was located in a stump and a cordon thrown around the bivouac. After five nights the colony ivas lost. It ivas again located and promptly lost. The colony had passed from statary to nomadic phase because of the stimulation of the maturing brood. Next studied vras the “Mound” colony and, like “Tallulah,” Avas difficult to follow. However a method of tracery Avas used Avithout keeping actual physical continuity Avitli the colony. It was found that in the Southeast, colonies were better observed during the statary phase since at this time they selected stumps, Avliile in Arizona they became subterranean. As Avitli the Arizona observations of nigrescens, it was seen that the colony was unstable during the first few da}rs of the 18-day statary phase, and that the queen became physogastric early and late in this phase. {continued on page 162 ) Sept. -Dec., 1959] Chew: Ants 157 ESTIMATION OF ANT COLONY SIZE BY THE LINCOLN INDEX METHOD1 By Robert M. Chew Dept, of Biology, Univ. Southern California, Los Angeles Apparently the only method used in the past for estimating the size of ant colonies has been to excavate the colony com- pletely and count all individuals unearthed. The uncertainty and difficulty of this method is well illustrated by the history of Myrmecocystus melliger Forel. Wheeler (1908) felt that this species forms small colonies of hardly more than 300-500 indi- viduals with chambers that do not descend more than a foot or so into the soil. He thought that he had completely excavated such colonies. That this may not have been true is obvious from the report of Creighton and Crandall (1954) on the ex- cavation of one colony near Tucson. At the beginning of excava- tion, the vertical extent of this colony was apparently going to be limited by a rock-like layer of caliche, eighteen inches below the soil surface. However, careful following of a single small lead descending vertically through the caliche led to the discovery of new chambers at a depth of thirty inches. After penetration of five to six feet of caliche, the excavation was completed at a depth of sixteen feet, where the queen’s chamber was found. Over 1500 repletes and hundreds of normal workers were found in the many chambers of this colony. Previously this species was thought not to have repletes. Tevis (1958) followed colonies of Veromessor pergandei (Mayr) as deeply as eleven feet without completely excavating any colony. While certain biological information, such as the occurrence of repletes in M. melliger, can be obtained only by laborious digging, the present author has found that the number of forag- ing workers can be estimated much more simply, by the use of the Lincoln Index method, or the mark-release-recapture method. This method has been widely used in censusing populations of different vertebrate animals. As used by the author, this method is as follows: (1) 100-400 worker ants are collected from a colony entrance with an aspi- rator; (2) these individuals are etherized in several batches and each ant is marked on the dorsum with a spot of Testors colored 1 Contribution from Southwestern Research Station, American Museum of Natural History, Portal, Arizonia. Work carried out under the support of National Science Foundation Grant G-5570. 158 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII dope; (3) the marked ants are counted and then released at the colony entrance after they have revived (the few ants whose legs have become bound up by dried dope are removed) ; (4) a second sample of ants is collected 24 hours later, and the marked and unmarked individuals counted; (5) the total number of foraging workers in the colony is calculated by the formula: , i (No. ants in 2nd sample) x (total no. marked) total no. workers = — f — • JN umber of marked ants recaptured The use of this method is based on several assumptions: (a) any individual in the colony is susceptible of being captured and marked; (b) the marked individuals mix thoroughly with unmarked before resampling; (c) marking is permanent during the length of the sampling period, and does not adversely in- fluence the behavior or survival of marked individuals. Con- sidering these assumptions with regard to ants : (a) As far as is known, all normal worker ants that are beyond the callow stage participate in foraging and carrying materials out of the nest. The situation in bees, where younger workers limit themselves to duties inside the nest, while only older workers forage outside, is not known to occur in ants (W. S. Creighton, personal communication). Therefore, any individual worker is susceptible of being captured outside the nest and marked or counted. Certain special types of workers do not normally leave the nest, and these would not be captured or enter into the estima- tion of colony size. Repletes, such as found in some species of the genus Myrmecocystus , do not leave the nest, but full repletes are not found in any other North American genus. The major workers of many species of Pheiclole do not forage, and the majors of Cryptocerus and Camponotus probably do not forage. These exceptions are few and they do not limit the application of the Lincoln Index method to most species of ants. (b) The thoroughness with which marked and unmarked workers mix within the colony in 24 hours is not yet certain. When there are several openings to a colony, several feet apart, marked individuals released at one entrance are not necessarily captured in equal ratios at all entrances 24 hours later. This indicates incomplete mixing. (c) Spots of Testers colored dope are not permanent mark- ings. The dope flakes off in a matter of one to several days. Sept -Dec., 1959] Chew: Ants 159 Counting of marked individuals in the recapture sample is best done under magnification, in order to detect those ants that have only a small fleck of dope still adhering to a hair or bristle. When a colony is resampled at 24-hour intervals, the calculated colony size shows a gradual increase. This indicates inversely the rate at wdiich marked individuals are losing their identifi- cation. If such data are plotted, as in Figure 1, the curve can be interpolated to zero time, i.e. no loss of markings, for a pos- sibly more accurate estimation of colony size. The loss of mark- ings in the first 24 hours for Pogonomyrmex occidentals is within the range of variability of different samples taken at 24 hours after release. It should be possible to find a more adherent marking material, which would allow a sampling interval of more than 24 hours and thus more thorough mixing in of marked individuals. There is no evidence that this method of marking results in the death of marked individuals. Table 1 gives preliminary data on colony size of three species of ants in Cochise County, Arizona. As expected, there is a TABLE 1. Number of Foraging Workers in Colonies of Three Species of Ants in Cochise Co., Arizona. Colony tt Date Foraging Workers Mound Size Novomessor coclcerelli (E. Andre) A13 Oct. 3 236 52 cu. in.* A8 Oct. 13 570 254 cu. in. A4 Oct. 13 648 221 cu. in. Ala Oct. 13 570 Myrmecocystus mimicus Wheeler A25 Oct. 22 650 39 sq. in.** A26 Oct. 23 1280 29 sq. in. Pogonomyrmex occidentals (Cresson) PI Sept. 21 1320 302 cu. in.* P2 Sept. 21 435 74 cu. in. P3 Oct. 8 2100 1470 cu. in. * mound size figured as volume of cone; ** basal area of crater-like mound. N. coclcerelli and M. mimicus colonies were located in a creosote bush community, 4500' elevation, 6 mi. north of Portal, Arizona; P. occidentals colonies were in pine-oak woodland, 5400' Southwestern Research Station, Portal. 160 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII range of sizes for a particular species. A relationship between colony size and surface mound size is suggested. The marking of ants with colored spots is also highly useful in determining whether adjacent mounds and entrances are parts of a single colony or separate colonies. Tevis (1958) found that V eromessor pergandei colonies change their entrance hole about 10 times a year. One entrance is abandoned and another opened up. In the course of a year these different entrances of the same colony cover an area approximately 50 feet in diameter. Similar shifts of activity, and also simul- taneous use of several entrances, have been observed by the Figure 1. Estimation of number of foraging workers in colony of Pogonomyrmex occidentalis. True colony size is taken as value of line extrapolated to zero time, i.e. before any marking on ants had flaked off. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Chew: Ants 161 present author for Novomessor cocker elli. Colony A 4 in Table 1 had three openings in a triangular arrangement 6 to 10 feet apart. Two of these openings had relatively high mounds, while the third was marked only by a circle of fine angular gravel. In the initial test to determine whether these openings were all part of a single colony, 100 individuals were marked green at entrance A, 118 were marked blue at entrance B, and none were marked at entrance C. Resampling at all entrances 24 hours later showed: A — 115 unmarked, 45 green, 11 blue; B — 62 un- marked, 49 blue, 2 green ; C — 48 unmarked, 4 blue, 3 green. While the three entrances are indicated as part of one colony, there was an obvious tendency for recapture of a particular color marking predominantly at the entrance where it was used. The present paper is presented in the hope of stimulating further testing, development and use of the Lincoln Index method in ant work. Data easily obtained on size of colonies can be the bases for different kinds of ecological studies. The author is using the method to follow seasonal changes in colony sizes and as a basis for the calculation of the energy requirements of colonies, i.e. (colony size) x (measured metabolism of individ- ual ants) = total energy requirement for colony. The method can also be used to follow growth of colonies from year to year. The mark -release-recapture method has the great advantage that it can be used repeatedly on the same colony, while the digging method destroys a colony at first use. Literature Cited Creighton, W. S. and B. H. Crandall. 1954. New data on the habits of Myrmecocystus melliger Forel. The Biol. Kev., C.C.N.Y. 16 (1) : 2-6. Tevis, L. 1958. Interrelations between the harvester ant Veromessor per- gandei (Mayr) and some desert ephemerals. Ecology 39(4) : 695-704. Wheeler, W. M. 1908. Honey ants with a revision of the American Myr- mecocysti. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 24: 345-397. 162 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX YU ( continued from page 156 ) These observations emerged from the summer’s work : N. nigrescens oper- ates on a nomadic-statary pattern in the Southeast throughout its summer cycle, much as in the Arizona studies. The statary phase lasts about 18 days both in Arizona and the Southeast. Differences noted Avere that the Southeast colonies were not so numerous and they worked more in the leaf- mold and animal burroAvs, often folloAving subterranean tree roots, than in Arizona. The discussion of Dr. Schneirla’s studies continued until 9:55 P.M., when the meeting Avas adjourned. Peter Farb, Secretary Meeting of November 19, 1957 President Treat called to order a regular meeting of the Society in Room 419 of the American Museum of Natural History at 8:10 P.M. Eighteen members and six guests were present. Mr. Bloch read a letter informing the Society of the death of Mr. Isaiah Cooper, formerly Curator of the Staten Island Museum and a member for many years of the Society. The Society unanimously passed a resolution of sympathy and the Secretary was directed to send this on behalf of the Society to his daughter. Dr. Treat reported on an informal meeting held in Mr. Heineman’s home on November 5th. He announced donations made to the Society by Messrs. Heineman, ScliAvarz and Dos Passos, and the Inwood Foundation. These additional funds uoav make possible the nerv meeting room, more attractive notices sent before each meeting, and the ability to obtain out-of-town speakers. In the absence of Vice President Mullen, Dr. Forbes announced the pro- grams for the rest of the 1957-8 year. Mr. Bloch proposed that consideration be given to an annual dinner. The President stated that it would be taken under advisement by the Executive Committee. The Amendments to the By-laws Avere passed as folloAvs: (Deletions are enclosed in parentheses; additions are in italics). Article II All candidates for membership must be proposed by an active member of the Society at a regular or annual meeting. . . . Article III 2. ... The Executive Committee shall be composed of the President (Chairman), and four active members, all entitled to \Tote. The Editor, Vice-President, Associate Editor, Secretary, and Treasurer shall also be members of the Executive Committee but not entitled to vote. . . . 3. Standing Committees of the Society to be appointed by the President, shall consist of an Auditing Committee, composed of three active members; a Program Committee, and a Field Committee, each composed of two active members. ( continued on page 212) Sept. -Deo., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 163 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington [Continued from LXYII (2), p. 95] l tefhulia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepicloptera, vol. 1, p. 128, vol. 2, pi. 51, figs. 278, 279 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 61 (London). (Makes betliulia a synonym of empusa Hewitson.) Note : This should be checked. bethune-balceri Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Hemiargus ammon Type Locality: Miami, Florida, January 26, 1932. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 97, pi. 1, fig. 25 $ (New York, N. Y.). bianca Moschler, H. B., Theda Type Locality: Interior of Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1883, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 32, p. 310, pi. 17, fig. 5 (Wien). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 823 (Stuttgart). (Said: “P. 766, line 9 from below; cancel bianca Mschlr.”) Note: Referring to p. 766, this might mean that Draudt considered bianca to be the female of malvania Hewitson. See ostrinus Druce. Synonyms : ostrinus Druce. biblia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 12 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 150, vol. 2, pi. 59, figs. 384, 385 $ (London). Amazon (Tapajos). 164 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII bicolor Philippi, R. A., Lycaena? Type Locality: Santiago, Chile. Location of Type: Original Description: 1860, Linnaea Entomologica Zeitschrift, vol. 14, p. 269 (Berlin). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi- doptera, vol. 1, p. 208, vol. 2, pi. 83, figs. 697 $, 695, 696 $ (London). bilix Draudt, Max, Tliecla Type Locality: Rio Aguaca, Valley, Colombia. Location of Type: Fassl Collection. Now in Naturliistorisches Museum, Basle. Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 759, pi. 153-g $ (Stuttgart). bimaculata Moschler, H. B., Theda Type Locality: Inner Surinam (2 $ $ , 1 9 )• Location of Type: Original Description: 1876, Verli. zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 26, p. 299, pi. 3, fig. 3 (Wien). Addition Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, 747 (Stuttgart). (Considers bimaculata a synonym of 7iobilis Herrieh-Schaffer.) binaiigula Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Peru. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5941 Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 415 (Wash- ington, D. C.). biston Moschler, H. B., Theda Type Locality : Inner Surinam (1 $ , 1 9 ) • Location of Type : Original Description: 1876, Verli. zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 26, p. 302, pi. 3, fig. 5 (Wien.). bitias Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 2, p. 12, pi. 104, fig. E (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 779 (Stuttgart). (Says bitias is probably a synonym of syncellus Cramer.) blaclcmorei Barnes, William and J. II. McDunnougli, Plebeius icarioides var. nov. Type Locality: Goldstream, Vancouver Island, B. C. Location of Type: United States National Museum, Barnes Collection. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 165 (Paratype in American Museum of Natural History.) Original Description: 1919 (April), Can. Ent., vol. 51, p. 92 (London, Ontario ) . Additional Reference: McDunnougli, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 455 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places bladcmorei as a subspecies of icari- oides Boisduval.) blenina Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 12 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 127, vol. 2, pi. 50, figs. 256, 257 $ (London). God- man, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In- secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 48, (London). (Makes blenina a synonym of xami Reakirt.) boeonides Capronnier, J. B., Theda Nomen nudum Type Locality: Copa Cabana, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 15 (Bruxelles) . bogotana Draudt, Max, Hemiargus hanno form Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia. Location of Type : Original Description: 1921 (January), The Maerolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 819 (Stuttgart). boharti Guilder, Jean D., Plebeius saepiolus tr. f. Type Locality: Yosemite National Park, California, July 24, 1931. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1932 (January), Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 8, p. 127 (San Francisco, Calif.). Additional Reference: McDunnougli, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 453 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places boharti as an aberration of saepiolus Boisduval.) bolima Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5942 $. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 416 (Wash- ington, D. C.). borealis Ureta R., Leptotes trigemmatus Type Locality: Azapa, Chile; December 24, 1938. Location of Type: Museo Naeional de Historia Natural, Santiago, Chile. Original Description: 1949, Boletin del Museo Naeional de Historia Natu- ral, vol. 24, p. 112, pi. 2, fig. 11 (Santiago, Chile). 166 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI i boreas Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseuclolycaena Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1876, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 244, pi. 31, fig. 12 (Wien). bornoi Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Uemiargus Type Locality: Port Beudet, Haiti, March 3-4, 1922. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 102, pi. 1, figs. 18, 19 9 (New York, N. Y.). borus Boisduval, Jean A., Theda Type Locality: California, May. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 43 (Bruxelles) . Additional References: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Sjuionymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 396 (London). (Makes borus a synonym of cali- fornica Edwards.) Oberthur, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepi- dopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 238, fig. 1953 (Rennes). bosora Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 66 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 166, vol. 2, pi. 65, figs. 459, 460 $ (London). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 616 (London). (Said: “has a large discal s£)ot on the upperside of the fore wing, and a nar- row white line closing the cell of the same wing below which is not mentioned by Hewitson and is not shown in his figure.”) Allied to thespia Hewitson and pliotismos Druce. bourkei Kaye, W. J., Theda Type Locality: Jamaica, B. W. I. (1 9). Location of Type: Bourke Collection, Oxford Museum. (Bernard Heine- man says type was not in Oxford Museum according to Prof. Valary on May 15, 1953.) Original Description: “1924” (1925), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 416 (London). Additional References: Kaye, W. J., 1931, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 79, p. 536, pi. 39, fig. 8 $ (London). Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Hunt- ington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 61 (New York, N. Y.). bouvieri Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Ecuador. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 167 Location of Type: Fournier Collection (Paris). Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire cle M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 231, pi. 8, fig. 13 (Paris). boyeri Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Thecla angelia Type Locality: Petionville, Haiti, May. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 70 (New York, N. Y.). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P., 1944 (October), Scientific Survey of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 12, pt. 4, 487, pi. 9, fig. 4 $ (New York, N. Y.), boyi Rober, J., Theda Type Locality: Uypiranga, Rio Negro. Location of Type: Original Description: 1931, Intern. Ent. Zeit., vol. 24, p. 391 (Guben). Note: Near gabriela Cramer. brasiliensis Draudt, Max, Eumaeus minyas form Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: Original Description: 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 745 (Stuttgart). Additional Reference: Lathy, Percy I., 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9th Series, vol. 17, p. 39 (London). (Believes brasiliensis to be a synonym of toxana Boisduval.) brasiliensis Talbot, George, Theda Type Locality: Urucum, 15 miles south of Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. Location of Type: Hill Museum (Brit. Mus.). Original Description: 1928, Bull. Hill Museum, vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 218 (London) . brehmei Barnes, William and F. H. Benjamin, Mitoura gryneus race castalis form Type Locality: Shovel Mountain, Texas. Location of Type: Barnes Collection, United States National Museum. Original Description: 1923, Contributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 5, p. 64 (Decatur, Illinois). brescia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 13 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 119, vol. 2, pi. 50, figs. 260, 261 $ (London). God- man, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In- 168 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI I secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 43, vol. 3, pi. 53, figs. 8, 9 $ , 10 9 (London). Synonyms: tlioana Hewitson. brocela Dyar, Harrison, G., Tliecla Type Locality: Cotaliuasi, Peru, 9,000 ft., October, 1911. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,622. Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 637. (Washington, D. C.). browni dos Passos, Cyril F., Lycaena nivalis Type Locality: Snowslide Canyon, 8 miles from Montpeliar, Idaho, July 10, 1929. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1938 (March), Can. Ent., vol. 70, no. 3, p. 45, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 (Orillia, Canada). brunnea Tutt, J. W., Celastrina argiolus ab. Type Locality: Brooklyn, New York. Location of Type: Original Description: 1908, Nat. Hist. Brit. Lepid., vol. 9, p. 413 (London) . Additional References: Edwards, W. H., 1884, The Butterflies of North America, vol. 2, Lycaena, p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 25 (Boston, Mass.). McDun- nough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places brunnea as an aberration of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.) bryanti Leussler, R. A., Plebejus aquilo race Type Locality: Black Mountain, 30 miles Southwest of Aklavik, North- west Territory, 68 deg. No. Lat. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural Btistory. Original Description: 1935 (April), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 30, p. 58 (Brooklyn, N. Y.). bubastus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: “Cap de Bonne Esperance.” Location of Type: Original Description: 1780, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 84, pi. 332, figs. G, H (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 78 (New York, N. Y.). Synonyms: salona Hewitson. Subspecies: ponce Comstock and Huntington. buccina Druce, Hamilton JI., Thecla Type Locality: Chapada, Tapajos, Brazil. Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 585, pi. 34, fig. 4 $ (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 169 buchholzi dos Passos, Cyril F., Plebeius icarioides Type Locality: White Mountains, Arizona, 8500 ft., June 25, 1937. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1938 (March), Can. Ent., vol. 70, no. 3, p. 47, pi. 2, tigs. 13, 14, 15, 16 (Orillia, Canada). buchholzi Freeman, H. A., Strymon Type Locality: Pharr, Texas, November 24, 1946 and October 14, 1944. Location of Type: H. A. Freeman Collection. Original Description: 1950 (January), Field and Laboratory, vol. 18, no. 1, p. 12 (Southern Methodist, Univ., Dallas, Texas). bulvus — , Heodes hypophlaeas ab. Misspelling of fulvus Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1929. Zool. Record, vol. 65, Insecta, p. 240. bunnirae Dyar, Harrison G., Theda Type Locality: Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, February, 1913. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 21, 199. Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 54, p. 336 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Additional Reference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes bunnirae Dyar a synonym of canus Druce.) buphonia Hewitson, W. C., Tltecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 25 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Ulus, of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 148, vol. 2, pi. 58, fig. 374 $ (London). Amazon (Obydos). burdi Kaye, W. J., Theda Type Locality: St. Vincent, B. W. I. Location of Type: Original Description: 1923, Entomologist, vol. 56, p. 277 (London). Additional Reference: Huntington, E. I., 1944 (December), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 52, p. 328 (Lancaster, Pa.). (“ Theda burdi Kaye a Synonym”). Note: Synonym of Theda angerona Godman and Salvin. burdidci Henne, C., Leptotes marina form Type Locality: Lennox, Los Angeles County, California, October 10, 1932. Location of Type: Burdick Collection, Lennox, Los Angeles County, Cali- fornia. (Paratype United States National Museum.) Original Description: 1935 (April), Ent. News, vol. 46, no. 4, p. 100, fig. 1 (Philadelphia, Pa.). burica Dyar, Harrison, G., Theda Type Locality: Trinidad River, Panama. .170 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,757. Original Description: 1915, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 47, p. 150 (Wash- ington, D. C.). buris Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Ega, Amazonas, Brazil. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 590, pi. 34, tig. 18 $ (London). husa Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Chontales, Nicaragua. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 26, vol. 3, pi. 51, figs. 1, 2 $ (London). cabiria Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 195, vol. 2, pi. 77, figs. 623, 624 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 607 (London). (Makes cabiria a synonym of hesperitis Butler and Druce.) Note : If lugubris Moschler is recognized as the southern race of hesperitis Butler and Druce, cabiria Hewitson would be a synonym of lugubris. cadmus Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: Venezuela. Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 247, pi. 31, fig. 5 (Wien). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 27, vol. 3, pi. 51, figs. 8, 9 $ , 10 $ (London). caeca Reiff, William, Heodes Type Locality: Blue Hills, Massachusetts, May 26, 1912. Location of Type : Reiff Collection. Original Description: 1913 (July), Ent. News, vol. 24, p. 306, pi. 10, figs. 3, 4 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. JI., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26, no. 435 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places caeca as a synonym of Lycaena hypoplilaeas ab. obliterata Scudder.) caesaries Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Bartica, British Guiana. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 617, pi. 36, fig. 19 $ (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: L/YCAENIDAE 171 caespes Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: La Paz, Bolivia. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 614, pi. 36, fig. 18 $ (London). caeus Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Thedopsis Type Locality : Calobre, Panama. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (October), Biologia Centrali-Americana, In- secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 101, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 24, 25 $ (London) . Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 631 (London). cajona Reakirt, Tyron, Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type : Strecker Collection (1 $ , 1 $ ) . Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Ent. Soc. Pliila., vol. 6, p. 147 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Strecker, Herman, 1900 (March), Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres and Heteroceres, Supplement no. 3, p. 20 (Reading, Pa.). (Makes cajoiia a synonym of anna Edwards.) calanus Auctorum (- falacer Godart) Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description : calanus Hiibner, Jacob, Busticus armatus Type Locality : Location of Type: Original Description: 1809, Sammlung exotischer Schmettlinge, vol. 1, pi. (100) (Augsburg). Note: Boisduval and LeConte (1833, Histoire Generale et iconograpliie des Lepidopteres et des chenilles de l’Amerique Septentrionale, p. 92) make calanus Hiibner a synonym of falacer Godart, which was a mistake.) Synonyms: wittfeldi Edwards. calatia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 148, vol. 2, pi. 58, fig. 375 $ (London). calcas McDunnough, James IT., plebeius (not Behr). See calchas Behr Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 458 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Misspelled calchas as calcas .) 172 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII calchas Belir, Herman, Lycaena Type Locality: Mono Lake, California. Location of Type: Original Description: 1867 (January), Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 281 (San Francisco, Calif.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 458 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places calchas (as calcas ) as a synonym of shasta Edwards.) Synonyms: calcas McDunnough. calcliinia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazons. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 21 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1973 (February), Ulus, of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 145, vol. 2, pi. 57, figs. 359, 360 $ (London). Amazon (Ega). calena Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 187, vol. 2, pi. 74, figs. 581, 582 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 77 (London). (Make calena a synonym of denarius Butler and Druce.) calesia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 67 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 163, vol. 2, pi. 64, figs. 445, 446 (London). calif ornica Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality: California. Location of Type: Original Description: 1862 (April), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 223 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms: horus Boisduval, cygnus Edwards, cycnus Scudder. callanga Dyar, Harrison G., Lycaena (Staudinger MS ?) Type Locality: San Miguel, Peru, 6,000 ft., July 24, 1911; Urubamba, Peru, 9,500 ft., July 15, 1901. Location of Type: United States National Museum. Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 638 (Wash- ington, D. C.). callao Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Callao, Peru. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 173 Original Description: 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 611, pi. 36, fig. 11 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, PI. IP., 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 437 (London). (Makes callao a synonym of joya Dognin.) collides Dyar, Harrison G., Thecla Type Locality: La Chorrera, April, 1912; Trinidad River, March, 1912, Panama. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,760. Original Description: 1915, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 47, p. 151 (Wash- ington, D. C.) Additional Reference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes collides Dyar a synonym of autoclea Plewit- son.) callirrhoe Goodson, P. W., Thecla Type Locality: “1 $ (no locality), ex coll. Semper. Unfortunately the body is missing.” Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 185 (London) . color Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Tapajos River, Brazil; Chapada Campo, Brazil, Novem- ber-December. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 163 (Lon- don) . Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 798, pi. 158-e (Stuttgart). caltha Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Santarem, Amazonas, Brazil. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 591, pi. 34, fig. 19 $ (London). calus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus Type Locality: America. Location of Type: Original Description: 1822 Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 640 (Paris). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Illus. of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 188, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 585, 586 $ (London). cambes Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, Thecla Type Locality: Cordova, Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In- secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 53, vol. 3, pi. 54, figs. 16, 17 $. 18 $ (London). 174 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Note: Godman and Salvin say that the female figured is associated with some doubt. Synonyms: syvix Dyar. camissa Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Sarayaco, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 66 (London). Additional Beference: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 189, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 595, 596 $ (London). Additional locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Synonyms: diaridilorus Butler and Druce, vespasianus Butler and Druce. campa Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type : J ones Collection. Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 901, pi. 97, fig. 14 (London) . cana Hayward, Kenneth J., Theda Type Locality: Villa Nogues, Tucuman, Argentina. Location of Type: Fundaeion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 571, pi., fig. 7 (Tucuman, Argentina). canacha Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 187, vol. 2, pi. 74, figs. 583, 584 $ (London). candar Dyar, Harrison G., Theda (not Druce) Nomen nudum. See candor Druce Type Locality: Tincochaea, Peru, 7,000 ft., August 9, 1911. Location of Type: Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 636 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Note: This is a misspelling of candor Druce. Candidas Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Bio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2,500 ft. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 571, pi. 31, figs. 1 $, 2 $ (London). candor Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Huancabamba, North Peru, 6,000-10,000 ft. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 578, pi. 33, fig. 1 $ (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 175 Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 433 (London). (Makes candor a synonym of amatista Dognin.) Synonyms: candar Dyar. caninius Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 585, (London) . Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 770, pi. 154-e (Stuttgart). canitus Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Paraguay. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 604, pi. 36, fig. 8 $ (London). canus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, 4,600 ft., June. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 624 (London) . Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 806, pi. 159-g (Stuttgart). Synonyms : bunnirae Dyar. capeta Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Nicaragua. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diural Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 193, vol. 2, pi. 77, figs. 614, 615 2 (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 75 (London). (Think that the type is a male and not a female.) caramba Clench, Harry K., Theda Type Locality: Massaranduba-Blumenau, Sta. Cartharina, Brazil. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1944 (September), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 52, p. 255 (New York, N. Y.). caranus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1780, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 84, pi. 332, figs. C, D (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Bio- logia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 24, vol. 3, pi. 50, figs. 13, 13a, 14 $,15 $ (London). Synonyms: ceranus Fabricius. 176 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lx vit cardus Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 151, vol. 2, pi. 60, figs. 395, 396 394 $ (London). carla Schaus, William, Tliecla Type Locality: Colombia. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5923. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 408 (Wash- ington, D. C.). carnica Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 143, vol. 2, pi. 57, fig. 352 $ (London). Additional Beference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Bhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 86 (London). (Give Central American localities.) carolyna Comstok, John A., Pleheius Type Locality. Tehachapi Mountains, California. Location of Type: Southwest Museum. Original Description: 1922, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 21, p. 46, pi. 3 (Los Angeles, Calif.). Additional Beference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 462 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places carolyna as a form male of chlorina Skinner.) carpasia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 15 (London). Additional Beference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 116, vol. 2, pi. 47, figs. 223, 224 (London). carpopliora Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 16 (London). Additional Beferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 116, vol. 2, pi. 47, figs. 221, 222 $ ; 1874 (December), op. cit., vol. 1, p. 182, vol. 2, pi. 72, fig. 547 $ (London). Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 750 (Stutt- gart). (Makes carpophora a subspecies of inachus Cramer.) carteia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Canelos, Ecuador. Sept -Dec., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 177 Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 64 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Di- urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 164, vol. 2, pi. 64, figs. 451, 452 $ (London). carteri Weeks, A. G., Jr., Theda Type Locality: Suapure, Venezuela. Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology. Original Description: 1906 (June), Ent. News, vol. 17, p. 197 (Philadel- phia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Weeks, A. G., Jr., 1911, Illus. of Diurnal Lepi- doptera, vol. 2, p. 4, pi. 3, fig. 2 (Boston, Mass.). carthaea Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 15 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 116, vol. 2, pi. 47, figs. 215, 216 $ (London). caryaevorus McDunnough, James H., Strymon Type Locality: Merivale, Ontario, June 12, 1941. Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, no. 5262. Original Description: 1942 (January), Can. Ent., vol. 74, p. 1 (Guelph,. Ontario) . Additional Reference: Michener, C. D. and C. F. dos Passos, 1942, Ainer.. Mus. Novitates, no. 1210, p. 5, fig. 3 (New York, N. Y.). casasi Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda acis Type Locality: Santiago de Cuba. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. ScL, vol. 45, p. 66, pi. 1, fig. 1 $ (New York, N. Y.). casmilla Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 177, vol. 2, pi. 70, figs. 521, 522 $ (London). cassidula Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena Type Locality : Honduras. Location of Type: Original Description: 1870, Considerations sur des Lepidopteres Envoyes du Guatemala a M. de l’Orza, p. 16 (Rennes). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1921, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 820 (Stuttgart). (Makes cassidula a form of marina Reakirt.) 178 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII cassioides Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena Type Locality: Honduras and Mexico. Location of Type: Original Description: 1870, Considerations sur des Lepidopteres Envoyes du Guatemala a M. de l’Orza, p. 16 (Rennes). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1921, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 820 (Stuttgart). (Makes cassioides a synonym of marina Reakirt.) cassius Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p. 36, pi. 23, figs. C, D (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 89, pi. 1, fig. 21 $ (New York, N. Y.). Subspecies: striata Edwards, catilina Eabricius, theonus Lucas, floridensis Morrison syn., chadwicki Comstock and Huntington. castalis Edwards, William H., Theda Type Locality: Waco, Texas. Location of Type: Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 208 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25, no. 401 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places castalis as a subspecies of damon Cramer.) Synonyms: hrehmei Barnes and Benjamin, discoidalis Skinner. castimonia Druee, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Interior of Colombia. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 580, pi. 33, fig. 6 $ (London). castitas Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla talayra var. Type Locality: Para, Espiritu Santo, Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 579 (Lon- don). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 763, pi. 154-c (Stuttgart). (Makes castitas a form of talayra Ilewitson.) castrena Jones, E. Dukinfield, Thecla Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: Jones Collection. Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 900, pi. 97, figs. 12, 13 (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 179 Additional Reference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Places castrena Jones female as a synonym of tella Schaus.) castro Reakirt, Tryon, Polyommatus Type Locality: Rocky Mountains, Colorado. Location of Type: Strecker Collection (2 $ $), Field Museum, Chicago, Illinois. Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 6, p. 148 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Barnes, William and J. H. McDunnough, 1917 (February), Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, p. 15, no. 407 (Decatur, Illinois). (Places castro as a synonym of lielloides Boisduval.) catadupa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 117, vol. 2, pi. 47, tigs. 219, 220 $ (London). catalina Reakirt, Tryon, Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 1 $ ), Field Museum, Chicago, Illinois. Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci„, Phila., vol. 6, p. 244 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Barnes, William, and J. H. McDunnough, 1917 (February), Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, p. 16, no. 448 (Decatur, Illinois). (Places catalma as a race of piasus Boisduval.) Synonyms: gorgonioi Gunder, rhaea Boisduval. catharina Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Santa Catharina, Brazil. Location of Type: Wernicke Collection. Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 788, pi. 156-k (Stuttgart). catharinae Capronnier, J. B., Theda Nomen nudum Type Locality: Botafogo, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Beligique, vol. 17, p. 15 (Bruxelles) . catharinensis Clench, Harry K., Theda acaste Type Locality: Santa Catharina, Brazil. Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26,226. Original Description: 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 242 (Cambridge, Mass.). catilina Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “Americae meridionalis Insulis”. 180 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Location of Type : Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 304 (Hafniae). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 91, pt. 1, figs. 29, 30 $ (New York, N. Y.). (Make catilina a subspecies of cassius Cramer.) catrea Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 181, vol. 2, pi. 71, figs. 545, 546 $ (London). caulonia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 188, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 587, 588 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. IL, 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 609 (London). (Makes caulonia a synonym of heon Cramer.) cauter Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Chapada, Campo, Brazil, September-November, male and female. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 589, pi. 34, fig. 15 $ (London). cecina Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Guatemala (Polochic Valley). Location of Type: Salvin and Godman Collection. British Museum? Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 34, (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 202 (London). (Makes cecina Hewitson synonym of “janais” Cramer.) cecrops Fabrieius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In Indiis”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 270 (Hafniae) . Synonyms: poeas Hiibner, gottschalki Clark. ceglusa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 22 (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 181 Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 138, vol. 2, pi. 55, figs. 330, 331 $ (London). celelata Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 181, pi. 71, figs. 543, 544 $ (London). celida Lucas, P. H., Theda Type Locality: Cuba. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History)? Original Description : 1857, in Sagra, Historic physique, politique et naturelle de file de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 610 (Paris). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 125, vol. 2, pi. 49, figs. 246, 247 $ (London). Subspecies: shoumatoffi Comstock and Huntington, aibonito Comstock and Huntington. celmus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p, 87, pi. 55, figs. G, H (Amsterdam). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 140, vol. 2, pi. 56, figs. 338, 339 $ (London). Amazon, Venezuela, Nicaragua, Rio de Janeiro. Godman, F. D. and 0. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidop- tera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 85 (London). (Give additional localities.) Synonyms : pereza Butler. celona Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Espiritu Santo. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 179, vol. 2, pi. 70, figs. 529, 530 $ (London). centoripa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 23 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 183, vol. 2, pi. 73, figs. 562, 563 $ (London). Synonyms : hahneli Staudinger. centralis Barnes, William and James H. McDunnough, Philotes battoides Type Locality: Salida, Colorado, July 1-7. Location of Type: United States National Museum (Barnes Collection). Paratype in American Museum of Natural History. 182 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Original Description: 1917 (March), Contributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 3, no. 4, p. 215, pi. 16, figs. 7, 8 (Decatur, Illinois). Additional Reference : McDunnough, J. II., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 466 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places centralis as a subspecies of glaucon Edwards.) centuncula Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Sao Paulo, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Maerolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 805, pi. 159-f (underside female) (Stuttgart). ceranus Fabrieius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Burales (not Cramer) Misspelling of caranus Cramer Type Locality: “India”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 276, no. 66 (Hafniae). Additional Reference: Goodson, F. W., 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 186 (London). (Calls attention to the misspelling of caranus Cramer by Fabrieius, and repeated by Godart and Butler.) cerata Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Para. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 191, vol. 2, pi. 76, figs. 607, 608 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 84 (London). (Give Central American localities.) Subspecies: palumhes Druee. ceraunus Fabrieius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “Amerieae meridionalis Insulis”. Location of Type : Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 303 (Hafniae) . Additional Reference: 1943 (December), Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Hunt- ington, Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 107 (New York, N. Y.). (Make ceraunus a subspecies of hanno Stoll.) Subspecies : ramon Dognin. ceromia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 185, vol. 2, pi. 74, figs. 573, 574 $ (London). Synonyms : suada Hewitson. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 183 cestri Reakirt, Tryon, Tliecla Type Locality: Near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Location of Type: Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 338 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopaloeera, vol. 2, p. 96, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 12, 13 $ (London). (Give Central American locali- ties.) Subspecies : peruensis Duf rane. cethegus Stoll, Caspar, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1790, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, Supplement, p. 168, pi. 38, figs. 5, 5E (Amsterdam). Additional References: Sepp, Jan. 1855, Surinaamsehe Vlinders, vol. 2, p. 195, pi. 86 (Amsterdam). Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568 (London). (Does not recognize the species.) cetra Draudt, Max, Thecla Type Locality: Muzo, Colombia. Location of Type: Fassl Collection (now in Naturhistorisches Museum, Basle). Original Description: 1920 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 776, pi. 155-c (Stuttgart) (underside male). chacona Jorgensen, Pedro, Theda cecrops form Type Locality: Formosa, Argentina. Location of Type: Jorgensen Collection. Original Description: 1932, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (Iris), vol. 46, p. 45 (Dresden). Note: Probably a form of heon Cramer and not of cecrops Fabricius. chadwidci Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Leptotes cassius Type Locality: Roseau Valley, Dominica, B. W. I., April 11, 1929. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 93, pi. 1, fig. 28 $ (New York, N. Y.). chalcis Edwards, William IL, Theda Type Locality. California (1 $). Location of Type: Original Description: 1869 (September), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 2, p. 376 (Philadelphia, Pa.). chaluma Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: St. Catherina, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5937 $. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 414 (Washington, D. C.). 184 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII charichlorus Butler, A. G. and Herbert Bruce, Tmolus Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1872 (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 109 (London). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepid. Exot., p. 162, pi. 57, fig. 10 (London). Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 189 (London). (Makes charichlorus a synonym of T. camissa Hewitson.) charlottensis Holland, William J., Chrysophanus Type Locality: Queen Charlotte Island, British Columbia, August 1, 1912. Location of Type: Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Original Description: 1930, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 20, p. 6 (Pitts- burgh, Pa.). chilensis Blanchard, E., Lycaena Type Locality: Coquimbo, Chile. Location of Type: Original Description: 1852, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologica, vol. 7, p. 37; 1854, op. cit., Atlas, vol. 2, pi. 2 (3), figs. 4a, 4b (Paris') (Gay’s Fauna of Chile). Synonyms: atahualpa Wallengren. chilica Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5956 Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 422 (Washington, D. C.). chione Goodson, F. W., Thecla Type Locality: “Cauca Valley, Torne, August, ’07, Colombia” (1 $ ). Amazon (Bates), ex coll. Felder (1 $). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 185 (London). chiriquensis Niepelt, W., Theorema Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama, 1 male. Location of Type: Niepelt Collection. Original Description: 1927, Intern. Ent. Zeit., vol. 21, p. 51, pi. opp. p. 182, fig. 6 $ type (Guben). chiton Fabrieius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “Habitat in India”. Location of Type: Lost ^H. II. Druce). Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 262 (Hafniae) . Additional References: Donovan, Edward, 1800, Ins. India, p. 41, pi. 39, fig. 1 (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 23 (Lon- don). (Make chiton a synonym of phaleros Linnaeus.) Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 567 (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 185 chlamydem Druce, Hamilton H., Tliecla Type Locality: Pozuzo, Peru, 5,000-6,000 ft. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 577, pi. 32, fig. 10 $ (London). chlamys Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: South Paraguay. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 584, pi. 34, fig. 3 $ (London). chlorina Skinner, Henry, Lycaena Type Locality: Tehachapi, California, July 6. Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsyl- vania. Original Description: 1892 (January), Ent. News, vol. 13, p. 15 (Phila- delphia, Pa.). Synonyms: carolyna Comstock. chloris Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 202, vol. 2, pi. 80, figs. 659, 660 $ (London). chloris Field, William D., Hahrodias grunus lorquini form Type Locality: Mount Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, June 17, 1931. Location of Type: F. Martin Brown Collection, Colorado Springs, Colorado. Original Description: 1938, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 37, pt. 1, p. 28 (Los Angeles, Calif.). chlorophora Watson, Frank E. and William P. Comstock, Strymon saepium Type Locality: San Diego, California, June 14, 1913 (Collector W. S. Wright) . Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1920 (December), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 42, art. 10, p. 452 (New York, N. Y.). chonida Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, p. 105 (London). Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 197, vol. 2, pi. 78, figs. 635, 636 (London). Mexico. Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Eliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 90 (London). (Say that the type is a female and give locality as Jalapa, Mexico.) 186 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII christophei Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Thecla Type Locality: Port-au-Prince, Haiti, January 1-6, 1922. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. ScL, vol. 45, p. 85, pi. 1, figs. 9, 10 $ (New York, N. Y.). chrysalus Scudder, Samuel IT., Hypaurotis (not Edwards) Misspelling of crysalus Edwards Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soe. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 113 (Buffalo, N. Y.). cilia Behr, Hermann, Lycaena Type Locality: Headwaters Tuolumne River, California, elev. 11,000 ft. Original Description: 1867 (January), Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 281 (San Francisco, Calif.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 452 (Los Angeles, Calif.). Places cilia as a synonym of aquilo podarce C. and R. Felder.) cillutincarae Draudt, Max, Thecla loxurina form Type Locality: Bolivia, 3,000 meters. Location of Type : Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 758, pi. 153-e (Stuttgart). cimelium Gosse, Philip Henry, Thecla Type Locality: Paraguay, December-February. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1880 (September), Entomologist, vol. 13, p. 203, pi. 2, fig. 2 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 593 (London). cinerea Edwards, William H., Lycaena pseudar giolus form violacae var. Type Locality : Arizona. Location of Type : Original Description: 1883 (January), Papilio, vol. 3, p. 8 (New York, N. Y.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 29, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). Places cinerea as a subspecies of p.seudar- giolus Boisduval and LeConte.) Synonyms : arizonensis Edwards. cinerea Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Location of Type: Fournier Collection (Paris). Original Description: 1936, Livre Jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 231, pi. 8, fig. 11 (Paris). Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 187 cinniana Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 189, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 593, 594 $ (London). circinata Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Bolivia. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (November), Bolivian Butterflies Collected by Mr. Buckley, p. 19 (London). Additional Reference: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 199, vol. 2, pi. 79, figs. 645, 646 $ (London). cissusa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Para. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 188, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 589, 590 $ (London). cithonius Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus Type Locality : Guiana. Location of Type : Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 633 (Paris) . citima Edwards, Henry, Theda crysalus var. Type Locality: Mount Nebo, Utah, August, 1875. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History (1 $). Original Description: 1881 (April), Papilio, vol. 1, p. 53 (New York, N. Y.). clara Kirby, W. F., Cupido (not Edwards) Nomen nudum Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop- tera, p. 376, no. 306 (London). Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel IL, 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 124 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Says there is no description of clara Edwards.) clara Edwards, Henry, Lycaena Type Locality: Colorado and the mountains of California. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History (3 females from Tehachepi, California). Original Description: 1880, Pacific Coast Lepidoptera, no. 26, 1 page (New York, N. Y.). Note: Pacific Coast Lepidoptera, nos. 1-22, are reprints from Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.; nos. 23-30 are reprints as the 1877-1878 volumes of the Pro- ceedings were never published. 188 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII clarina Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 173, vol. 2, pi. 68, figs. 497, 498 $ (London). darionensis Van Duzee, E. P., Tlieda melinus (Held, Graham H. MS) Type Locality: Clarion Island, Mexico, April 30, 1925. Location of Type: California Academy of Science Museum, no. 3749 $. Original Description: 1933, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Series 4, vol. 21, p. 143. Clarissa Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Sao Paulo, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 797, pi. 158-d (underside male) (Stuttgart). clarTci Freeman, T. N., Incisalia niphon var. Type Locality: Constance Bay, Ottawa Region, Ontario, Canada, June 4, 1938. Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, no. 4430. Original Description: 1938 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 70, p. 247 (Orillia, Ontario). claytoni Brower, A. E., Lycaena dorcas Type Locality: Springfield, Maine, July 27, 1938. Location of Type: United States National Museum (Paratype in Ameri- can Museum of Natural Llistory). Original Description: 1940, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 35, p. 138 (Brooklyn, N. Y.). clenchi Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda maesites Type Locality: Roseau Valley, Dominica, B. W. I., April. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 72, pi. 1, fig. 8 $ (New York, N. Y.). cleocha Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 62 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 169, vol. 2, pi. 66, figs. 475, 476 (London). cleon Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: Banksian Collection, British Museum (Natural His- tory) . Original Description: 1775, Systema Entomologia, p. 522, (Flensburgi) . Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1869, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepi- Sept-Dec., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 189 doptera Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 188, pi. 2, figs. 4, 6 (London). Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 142, vol. 2, pi. 56, figs. 347, 348, 349 $ (London). (Rio de Janeiro.) Synonyms: echatana Hewitson. clepsydra Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 607, pi. 36, fig. 10 $ (London). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 775 (Stuttgart). (Includes clepsydra as a synonym of arpoxais Godman and Salvin.) Note: Draudt’s figure is poor, the synonymy is questionable. climicles Dyar, Harrison G., Thecla Type Locality: Taboga Island, Panama. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,758. Original Description: 1915, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 47, p. 150 (Washington, D. C.). Additional Reference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes climicles a synonym of proha Godman and Salvin.) clitumnus Butler, A. G., Tmolus Type Locality: Prainha, Brazil, December 6, 1874. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 140, pi. 3, fig. 6 (London). Additional Reference. Druce, II. II., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 613 (London). (Makes clitumnus a synonym of atrius Herrich-Schaffer.) clothilde Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality: Quebec, C. E. Location of Type: Original Description: “1863” [1864], Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 2, p. 15 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25, no. 418 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places clothilde as a synonym of female laeta Edwards.) clytie Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality: San Antonio, Texas. Location of Type: Original Description: 1877 (November), Field and Forest, vol. 3, p. 88 (Washington, D. C.). Additional References: Edwards, W. H., 1882 (February), Papilio, vol. 2, p. 24 (New York, N. Y.). Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, Rev. Ed., p. 241, pi. 30, fig. 6 $ type (Garden City, N. Y.). Barnes, W. and 190 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VII J. H. McDunnough, 1912 (July), Contributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 1, no. 4, p. 57, pi. 27, fig. 3 ( Decatur, Illinois ) . Synonyms: maevia Godman and Salvin (winter form). voccineifrons Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Nicarague (Chontales), also Santa Marta, Colombia. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Bliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 23, vol. 3, pi. 50, figs. 7, 8 $ , 9 $ (London) . cockaynei Goodson, F. W., Theda Type Locality: “1 $ (no locality), ex Hewitson Coll. 1 $, British Museum Coll., Venezuela.” Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 187 (London) . coelehs Herrieh-Schiaffer, G. A. W., Theda Type Locality: Cuba. Location of Type: Original Description: 1862, Corresp.-Blatt. Zool.-Min. Ver., vol. 16, p. 142 (Regensburg) . Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 156, vol. 2, pi. 62, figs. 416, 417 (London). Comstock, MV. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 61 (New York, N. Y.). coelicolor Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Strymon Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: Coll. Druce (British Museum). Original Description: 1872, Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 106 (London). Additional Reference: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepid. Exot., p. 158, pi. 57, fig. 6 (London). Synonyms: hena Hewitson. cogina Schaus, William, Lycaena Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5920. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 407 (Wash- ington, D. C.). collina Philippi, R. A., Lycaena Type Locality: Santiago, Chile. Location of Type: Original Description: 1860, Linnaea Entomologica Zeitschrift, vol. 14, p. 270 (Berlin). Synonyms : lyrnessa Hewitson. collucia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 191 Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 186, vol. 2, pi. 74, figs. 577, 578 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 624 (London). (Makes oollucia a synonym of badaca Hewitson.) collustra Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Caparo, Trinidad, B. W. I. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 600, pi. 35, fig. 15 $ (London). color Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: British Guiana. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 582, pi. 33, fig. 11 $ (London). coloradensis Guilder, J. D., Eeodes heteronea ab. $ Type Locality: Plain View, Colorado, July 1924. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1925 (July), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 194, pi. V,, fig. 1 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Columbia Skinner, Henry, Lycaena lyg damns Type Locality : Fort Columbia, Washington, April 25, 1916. Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsyl- vania. Original Description: 1917 (May), Ent. News, vol. 28, p. 213 (Phila- delphia, Pa.). Columbia McDnnnough, James IL, Callipsyche behrii var. nov. Type Locality: Fairview, British Columbia, June 12, 1919. Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, no. 5474 Original Description: 1944 (September), Can. Ent., vol. 76, no. 9, p. 190 (Guelph, Canada). columbiae Mattoni, R. H. T., Philotes enoptes Type Locality: Columbia River near Brewster, Okanogan County, Wash- ington, May 5, 1947. Location of Type: United States National Museum. Original Description: 1954 (December), Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sciences, vol. 53, pt. 3, p. 162, pi. 43, figs. 7, 11 (Los Angeles, Calif.). columbicola Strand, Embrik, Thecla Type Locality: Colombia (2 $ $). Location of Type: Niepelt Collection. Original Description: 1916 (December), Lepidoptera Niepeltiana, pt. 2, p. 16, pi. 14, figs. 27, 28 (Berlin). columbinia Strand, Embrik, Thecla Type Locality: Colombia (1 $). 192 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI I Location of Type: Niepelt Collection. Original Description: 1916 (December), Lepidoptera Niepeltiana, pt. 2, p. 17, pi. 14, figs. 25, 26 (Berlin). columella Fabrieius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “Americae meridionalis Insulis”. Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 282 (Hafniae). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sei., vol. 45, p. 79, pi. 1, fig. 13 $ (New York, N. Y.). (Fix the type locality as Hispaniola.) Synonyms : ery talus Butler. Subspecies: modesta Maynard, ocellifera Grote syn., cybira Hewitson, arecibo Comstock and Huntington, istapa Reakirt. comae Druee, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2,500 ft. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 576, pi. 32, figs. 8 $, 9 $ (London). Synonyms: comae (Zool. Record). comana Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Tapajos). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 97, vol. 2, pi. 36, figs. 87, 88 $ (London). Synonyms: peralta Moschler. commodus Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Thecla Type Locality: Venezuela and New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 262, pi. 32, figs. 19, 20 $ (Wien). comstocbi Fox, Charles L., Plebeius shasta n. var. Type Locality: Glacier Point, Yosemite National Park, California, June 11, 1923. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: California Academy of Sciences (San Francisco, Calif.), Southwest Museum (Los Angeles, Calif.). Original Description: 1924 (April), Ent. News, vol. 35, p. 140 (Phila- delphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 458 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places comstocM as a subspecies of shasta Edwards.) comstocki G under, J. D., Philotes sonorensis form Type Locality : San Gabriel River, Duarte, Los Angeles County, California, March 15, 1922. Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 193 Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1925 (January), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 6, pi. I, figs. 1, 2, 3 (Philadelphia, Pa.). comstodci Henne, Christopher, Callophrys Type Locality: Providence Mountains, San Bernardino County, California, April 20, 1938. Location of Type : Collection Los Angeles County Museum. Original Description: 1940, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 39, pt. 1, p. 71 (Los Angeles, Calif.). comyntas Godart, Jean B,, Polyommatus Type Locality: North America. Location of Type : Paris Museum. Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedie Methodique, vol. 9, p. 660 (Paris). Additional Reference: Boisduval and LeConte, 1833, Lep. Septentrionale, p. 120, pi. 36, figs. 6, 7, 8, 9 (Paris). Synonyms: meinersi Field, sissona Wright, watermani Nakahara. Subspecies : albrigliti Clench, herrii Grinnell, arizonensis Guilder syn., herii (Zool. Record) svn., valeriae Clench. conchylium Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil and Paraguay. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 598, pi. 35, fig. 12 $ (London). confusa Lathy, Percy I., Theda Type Locality: Peru. Location of Type: Fournier Collection (Paris). Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 231 (Paris). Note: Lathy said this was the butterfly figured as a female by Hewitson on pi. 66, fig. 472 in Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera under epopea. He claims figure is of male of another species and names it confusa. conoveria Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: Petropolis, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5934 Original Description: 1902, Proc, U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 413 (Wash- ington, D. C.). coolidgei Gunder, Jean D., Brephidium exilis $ ab. Type Locality: Los Angeles, Los Angeles County, California. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1925 (January), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. L (Philadelphia, Pa.). coolinensis Watson, Frank E. and William P. Comstock, Strymon acadica Type Locality: Coolin, Idaho. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. 194 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Original Description: 1920 (December), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 42, art. 10, p. 451 (New York, N. Y.). corcorani Guilder, Jean D., Atlides halesus tr. f. Type Locality: Riverside, Riverside County, California, September 2, 1933. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1934 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 66, p. 131 (Orillia, Ontario) . Cordelia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 64 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 165, vol. 2, pi. 65, figs. 453, 454 9 (London). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc, Zool. Soc. London, p. 604 (London). (Makes cordelia (9) a synonym of aliola Hewitson ($). comae — , Theda Misspelling of comae Druce Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1908, Zool. Record, vol. 44, p. (Insecta) 301 (London) . corolena Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Cayenne. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 175, vol. 2, pi. 69, figs. 506, 507 $ (London). coronata Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Bogota and Guatemala. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 70, vol. 2, pi. 27, figs. 3, 5 $, 4 9 (London). Subspecies: watkinsi Lathy. coronta Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Cayenne. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 157, vol. 2, pi. 62, figs. 422, 423 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 89 (London). (Give also Mexico and Guatemala.) cos Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Bartica, British Guiana. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 613, pi. 36, fig. 13 $ (London). Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 195 cosa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: None. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 78, pi. 31, fig. 36 $ (London). cosmophila Tessmann, Giinter, Tlieda orobiana f . $ . Type Locality: Between La Paz and La Salud, Eastern Peru, 1800 m. Location of Type : Original Description: 1928, Mitt. Zool. Museum, vol. 14, Heft 1, p. 125, pi. 5, fig. 8 (Berlin). costaricensis Draudt, Max, Eumaeus minya.s form Type Locality: Costa Rica. Location of Type: Original Description: 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 745, pi. 146-b (Stuttgart). Additional Reference: Lathy, Percy I., 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9th Series, vol. 17, p. 38 (London). (Places contaricensis as a synonym of godartii Boisduval.) cottlei Grinnell, Fordyce, Jr., Busticus acmon Type Locality: Baker’s Beach, San Francisco, California, March. 1915. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1916, Jour. Ent. Zool., vol. 8, p. 83, six figs. (Pomona College, Claremont, Calif.). Synonyms: labecula Watson and Comstock. couperi Grote, Augustus R., Glaucopsydie Type Locality: Anticosti Island, Canada. Location of Type: Original Description: 1873 (November), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 1, p. 185 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. LI., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 473 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places couperi as a subspecies of lyg damns Doubleday.) Synonyms: leussleri Guilder, medunnoughi Gunder. couperii Draudt, Max, Lycaena (not Grote) See couperi Grote Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1920 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 816, pi. 144-d (Stuttgart). crambusa Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Bolivia. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (November), Bolivian Butterflies Collected by Mr. Buckley, p. 20 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 205, vol. 2, pi. 81, figs. 678, 679 $ (London). 196 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII crataegi Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, Polyommatus Type Locality: Georgia. Location of Type : Original Description: 1833, Histoire Generate et iconographie des Lepi- dopteres et des chenilles de rAmerique Septentrionale, p. 128, pi. 37, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (Paris). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 345 (London). (Makes crataegi a synonym of tarquinius Fabricius.) crepundia Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Rio Colorado, Peru, 2,500 ft. Location of Type: H. J. Adams Collection. Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 435, pi. 11, fig. 6 $ (London). crethona Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Jamaica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 157, vol. 2, pi. 62, figs. 420, 421 $ (London). crines Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2,500 ft. Bogota, Colombia. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 573, pi. 32, figs. 1 $, 2 $ (London). crispisulcans Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Santa Catharina, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 799, pi. 158-g (Stuttgart). critola Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, p. 105 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C. 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 197, vol. 2, pi. 78, figs. 633, 634 $ (London). croesioides Scudder, Samuel H., Incisalia augustus Type Locality: Eastern United States. Location of Type: Original Description: 1876 (April), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 104 (Buffalo, N. Y.). Additional References: McDunnough, J. IL, 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25, no. 403 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places croesioides as a synonym of augustus Kirby.) dos Passos, C. F., 1943 (June), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1230, p. 2 (New York, N. Y.). (Places croesioides as a subspecies of augustus Kirby.) Sept.-Dee., 1959] COMSTOCK AND HUNTINGTON: LYCAENIDAE 197 crolirms Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Tmolus Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History) (Druce Collection). Original Description: 1872 (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 107 (London). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepid. Exot., p. 160, pi. 57, fig. 13 (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Biologia Central!- Americana, Xnsecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 63, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 31, 32 <$,33 $ type (London). crolus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1780, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 85, pi. 333, figs. G, H (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 155 (London). (Determines crolus Cramer as a male of echion Linnaeus.) crossaea Draudt, Max, Theda (not Hewitson) See crossoea Hewitson Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (December), The Maerolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 809, pi. 159-1 (Stuttgart). crossi Field, William D., Callipsyche behrii Type Locality: Nederland, Colorado, July 19, 1936. Location of Type: Collection William D. Field (United States National Museum?). Original Description: 1938 (October), Jour. Kansas Ent. Soe., vol. 11, no. 4, p. 130 (McPherson, Kansas). crossoea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : ? Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 158, vol. 2, pi. 62, fig. 427 (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Central!- Americana, Xnsecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 95 (London). (Make crossoea a synonym of mulucha Hewitson.) Synonyms: crossaea Draudt. cruenta Gosse, Philip Henry, Theda Type Locality : Corrientes, Argentina, April. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History)? Original Description: 1880 (September), Entomologist, vol. 13, p. 204, pi. 2, fig. 4 $ (London). crysalus Edwards, William H., Theda Type Locality: Lake Paso, August 7, 1871. 198 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VI I Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology. Original Description: 1873 (March), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, p. 344 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms: chrysalus Seudder. Subspecies: citivia Henry Edwards. culminicola Staudinger, Otto, Theda? Type Locality: Huallatani, Bolivia, 4,000-4,500 meters. Location of Type : Original Description: 1894, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (Iris), vol. 7, p. 80, pi. 2, tig. 6 (Dresden). cupa Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Bio Grande, Brazil. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 612, pi. 36, fig. 12 $ (London). cupentus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1781, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 93, pi. 337, figs. F, G $ (Amsterdam). Synonyms: annulatus Gmelin. cuprea Lathy, Percy I., Theda Type Locality: Macas, Ecuador. Location of Type: Fournier Collection (Paris). Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 134, pi. 9, fig. 6 (London). aiipreus Edwards, William H., Chrysophanus Type Locality : Oregon (1 $ , 1 $ ) . Location of Type : Original Description: 1870 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 20 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms : maculinita Gunder. curtira Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Aroa, Venezuela. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5935 $. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 413 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Additional Deference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (December), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 811, pi. 145-g (Stuttgart). (Places curtira in the genus Theclopsis.) cuyamaca Wright, W. S., Miltoura spinetorum Type Locality: Julian, San Diego County, California, August 4, 1917. Location of Type: W. S. Wright Collection. Original Description: 1922 (October), Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 21, Sept -Dec., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 199 no. 2, p. 19, pis. C, D (Los Angeles, Calif.). Additional Beference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25, no. 396 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places cuyamaca as a synonym of spine- torum Hewitson.) cyanus Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Bolivia. Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 796, pi. 158-c (Stuttgart). cybele Godman, F. D. and 0. Salvin, Thecla Type Locality: St. Vincent, B. W. I. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1896, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 516 (London). Additional Beference: Draudt, Max, 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 748 (Stuttgart). (Makes cybele a subspecies of marsyas Linnaeus.) cybira Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Cuba and Jamaica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 161, vol. 2, pi. 63, figs. 435, 436 $ (London). Additional Beference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De- cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 81, pi. 1, fig. 15 (New York, N. Y.). (Make cybira a subspecies of columella Fabrieius.) cycnus Scudder, Samuel XL, Thecla (not Edwards) Misspelling of cygnus Edw. Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 109 (Buffalo, N. Y.). cyda Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Irazu, Costa Bica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Xnsecta, Lepidoptera-Bhopaloeera, vol. 2, p. 28, vol. 3, pi. 51, figs. 15, 16 $ (London). cydia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Bio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Xllus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 160, vol. 2, pi. 63, figs. 433, 434 $ (London). cydonia Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Interior of Colombia. Location of Type : Druce Collection ( J ) . 200 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Original Description: 1890, Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 1, p. 152 (Lon- don) . Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 583, pi. 33, fig. 14 $ type (London). cydrara Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 17 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Xllus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 133, vol. 2, pi. 53, figs. 295, 296 $ (London). cygnus Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality: Nevada (?). Location of Type : Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 207 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference : McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24, no. 382 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places cygnus as a synonym of calif ornica Edwards.) Synonyms: cycnus Scudder. cyllarissus Herbst, Johann Friedrich Wilhelm, Papilio Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1800, Natursystem aller bekannten in und aus- landischen Insekten, vol. 10, p. 297, pi. 291, figs. 3, 4 (Berlin). Additional References: Kirby, W. F., 1877, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, Supplement, p. 774, no. 162 (London). (Places cyllarissus in synonymy of cyllarus Cramer.) (Draudt, Max, 1920 (Feb- ruary), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 780 (Stuttgart). (Places cyllarissus in synonymy of cyllarus Cramer.) cyllarus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p. 43, pi. 27, figs. C, D (Amsterdam). Synonyms: cyllarissus Herbst, xanthica Lathy. Subspecies: deliciae Druce, reducta Lathy. cymon Capronnier, J. B., Thecla Nomen nudum Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 14 (Bruxelles) . cyna Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: San Antonio, Texas ($). Sept. -Dec., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 201 Location of Type : Original Description: 1881 (February), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 9, p. 3 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms: mela Strecker. cynara Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Oaxaca, Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 19, vol. 3, pi. 49, figs. 9, 10 $ , 11 9 (London) . cyphara Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Panama. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, p. 106 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidop- tera, vol. 1, p. 186, vol. 2, pi. 74, figs. 579, 580 $ (London). cypria Geyer, Carl, Theritas Type Locality: Yucatan. Location of Type: Original Description: 1837, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 5, p. 36, figs. 945, 946 9 (Augsburg). Subspecies: paphia Felder and Felder. cyrriana Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Peru. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, p. 105 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 195, vol. 2, pi. 78, figs. 625, 626 $ (London). Peru. daedalus Behr, Hermann, Lycaena Type Locality: Alpine regions, headwaters Tuolumne River, California. Location of Type : Original Description: 1867, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 280 (San Francisco, Calif.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 455 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places daedalus Behr as an aberration of icarioides Boisduval.) damastus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus Type Locality: Virginia. Location of Type : Paris Museum. Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 640 (Paris). Note: Godart gave this new name for Papilio davion Cramer of which it is a synonym by reference. dammersi Comstock, John A. and Christopher Henne, Philotes enoptes Type Locality: Snow Creek, Riverside County, California. 202 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII Location of Type: Christopher Henne Collection (United States National Museum?). Paratype in American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1933 ( January- April ) , Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 32, pt. 1, p. 24 (Los Angeles, Calif.), March. damo Druce, Herbert, Thecla Type Locality: Calobre, Panama. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1875 (May), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 362 (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Bio- logia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 15, vol. 3, pi. 49, fiigs. 1, 2 $ , 3 $ (London). Subspecies: dorcas Druce. damon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Virginia, U. S. A. Location of Type: Original Description: 1784, Papilons exotiques des trios parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 208, pi. 390, figus. C, D (Amsterdam). Synonyms : aubumiana Harris, aubumiana Harris, damastus Godart, gryneus Hiibner, smilacis Boisduval and LeConte, pgtersonia Brehme syn. Subspecies: castalis Edwards, brelimei Barnes and Benjamin syn. danaus Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type : Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 248, pi. 31, figs. 6, 7 (Wien). daraba Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 105, vol. 2, pi. 36, fig. 89 $ (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W, C., 1874 (December), op. cit., vol. 1, p. 158, vol. 2, pi. 62, figs. 425, 426 $ , 424 $ . (Makes daraba a synonym of yojoa , which is incorrect; fig. 426 is a female not a male.) datitia Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda Type Locality: Fernandes Pinheiro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: Jones Collection. Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 901, pi. 97, fig. 15 (London) . daunia Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality : Colorado ( $ ) . Location of Type: Original Description: 1871 (March), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 272 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 203 Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 472 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places daunia as a subspecies of piasus Boisduval.) davara Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: None given. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 31 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 147, vol. 2, pi. 58, fig. 371 (London). Subspecies: joannisi Dufrane. davisi Watson, Frank E. and William P. Comstock, Incisalia polios ab. Type locality: Lakeliurst, New Jersey, April 29 (Collector W. T. Davis). Location of Type : American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1920 (December), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 42, art. 10, p. 453 (New York, N. Y.). dealbata Draudt, Max, Theda phydela form Type locality: Brazil. Location of Type : Original Description: 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 752, pi. 149-g (Stuttgart). debora Geyer, Carl, Lumaea Type locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1834, Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge, vol. 3, pi. (18) (Augsburg). deborrei Cypronnier, J. B., Theda Type Locality: Botafogo, Brazil, November 27. Location of Type : Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 17, pi. 1, fig. 4 (Bruxelles). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 630 (London). (Makes deborrei ($) a synonym of faunalia Hewitson) . decorata Lathy, Percy I., Lamprospilus Type Locality: Oxapampa, Peru (1 $). Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 47 (London). Additional Reference: Lathy, P. I., 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon- don, pi. 9, fig. 17 $ (London. decyanea Lathy, Percy I., Lamprospilus azaria $ ab. Type Locality: Petropolis, Brazil (1 $). 204 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1932, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 10, vol. 9, p. 182 (London). deidamia Burmeister, H., Thedy Type Locality : Las Conchas, north of Buenos Aires, Argentina. Location of Type: Original Description: 1879, Atlas Desc. Physique Republique Argentine, vol. 5, Lep., pt. 2, p. 24 (Buenos Aires). Additional Reference: Clench, H. K., 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 234 (Cambridge, Mass.). (Makes deidamia a synonym of remus Hewitson.) deliciae Druce, Hamilton H., Tliecla Type Locality: Maranham, North Brazil. Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 595, pi. 35, fig. 3 $ (London). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidop- era of the World, vol. 5, p. 780, pi. 151-i (Stuttgart). (Makes delidae a subspecies of cyllarus Cramer.) del sud Wright, William Greenwood, Chrysophanus Type Locality : San Diego, California. Location of Type: Original Description: 1906, Butterflies of the West Coast, 2nd edit., p. 215, pi. 28, figs. 347, 347-b $ (San Bernardino, Calif.). Note: The date of the species is 1905, from 1st edition published by the Whitaker and Ray Co., San Francisco, California. Additional Reference: Skinner, Henry, 1905 (December), Ent. News, vol. 16, p. 337 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes del sud a synonym of hermes Edwards.) delus Capronnier, J. B., Theda Nomen nudum Type Locality : Botaf ogo, Brazil. Location of Type: Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 17 (Bruxelles). demea Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 180, vol. 2, pi. 70, figs. 533, 534 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (October), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 100 (London). (Places demea in genus Thedopsis .) demilineata Lathy, Percy I., Theda Type Locality: Paraguay. Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Sept. -Dec., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 205 Original Description: 1936, Livre Jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 231, pi. 8, tig. 16 (Paris). demonassa Hewiston, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Venezuela and Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description : 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 25 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 148, vol. 2, pi. 58, tigs. 376, 378 $, 377 $ (London) . denarius Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Tmolus Type Locality : Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1872 (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 109 (London). Additional Reference: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepid. Exot., p. 162, pi. 57, tig. 3, (London). Synonyms : calena Hewitson, renarius Butler. deniva Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 180, vol. 2, pi. 71, tigs. 535, 536 $ (London). derus Capronnier, J. B., Theda Nomen nudum Type Locality: Botafogo, Brazil Location of Type : Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 18 (Bruxelles) . desdemona Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Guatemala (Polochic Valley.) Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 79, vol. 2, pi. 45, figs. 189, 190 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Bio- logia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 30 (London). (Make desdemona a synonym of barajo Reakirt.) deserta Draudt, Max, Theda syncellus form Type Locality: Guerrero, Mexico. Location of Type : Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 779, pi. 151-k (Stuttgart). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), op. cit., vol. 5, p. 823. (Said: “for deserta insert: sierrye Dyar.”) Note: Draudt means that deserta is a synonym of sierrae. 206 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII desertorum Grinnell, Fordyce, Jr., Strymon sylvinus Type Locality: Oak Creek, Kern County, California, June 29, 1905. Location of Type : American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1917 (October), Can. Ent., vol. 49, p. 349 (London, Ontario ) . detesta Clench, Harry K., Theda Type Locality: St. Fe cle Bogota, Colombia. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1946 (July), Entomologist, vol. 79, p. 155 (Lon- don) . deutargiolus Scudder, Samuel H., Cyaniris Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sei., vol. 3, p. 115 (Buffalo, N. Y.) Note: Scudder attributes this name to Harris, “MSS., Harr. Ent. Cor., 165 (Polyommatus) and places it as a synonym of neglecta Edwards. devia Moschler, H. B., Theda Type Locality: Surinam? Location of Type: Original Description: 1883, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 32, p. 311, pi. 17, tig. 7 (Wien). Additional Reference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes devia a synonym of xeneta Hewitson.) diaguita Hayward, Kenneth J., Theda Type Locality: Villa Nogues, Tueuman, Argentina (1100 meters, Janu- ary 12, 1931). Location of Type : Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Tueuman. Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 576, pi., tig. 4 (Tueuman, Argentina). dicaea Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Location of Type : British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 179, vol. 2, pi. 70, tigs. 531, 532 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proe. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 1619 (London). (Give locality as Castro, Parana, Brazil.) Synonyms : farmina Schaus. dicaeoides Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality : Paraguay ( $ ) . Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 229, pi. 8, tig. 1 2 (Paris). didna Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality : Colombia. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 207 Location of Type: Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 803, pi. 159-b (Stuttgart). didciei Weeks, A. G., Jr., Thecla Type Locality: Coroico, Bolivia, May, 1889. Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology. Original Description: 1901, Ent. News, vol. 12, p. 266 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference : Weeks, A. G., Jr., 1905, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidop- tera, p. 49, pi. 14, fig. 1 (Boston, Mass.). didymaon Auct., Theda See dydimaon Cramer Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description : dignota Draudt, Max, Theda Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia (1 $). Location of Type: Fassl Collection. (Now in Naturhistorisches Museum, Basle.) Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 754, pi. 153-b (Stuttgart). dindus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In India.” Location of Type: Lost (H, H. Druce). Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 269 (Hafniae). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop- tera Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 189 (London). (Mentions Jones’ figure as near T. mulucha Hewitson or T. olhia Hewitson.) Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 568 (London) . dindymus Cramer, Pierre, Pgpilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p. 73, pi. 46, figs. F, G (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 107, vol. 2, pi. 39, fig. 126 $ (London). Synonyms : sphinx Fabricius. dinus Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description : 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 114, vol. 2, pi. 43, figs. 174, 175 $ (London). 208 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXVII dion Schallers, J. G., Papilio (Plebejus Pur ales) Type Locality: Unknown. Location of Type : Original Description: 1788, Der Naturforsclier, vol. 23, p. 9 (Halle). Note: Figure reference given as plate 1, figs. 9, 10. Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 808 (Stuttgart. (Said “ dion Schaller is a spe- cies not to be identified, perhaps allied to faunalia.”) dione Scudder, Samuel H., Chrysophanus Type Locality: Dennison, Iowa, July; New Jefferson, Iowa, July 24. Location of Type: Original Description: 1868, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 11, p. 401 (Boston, Mass.). Additional Reference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1869, Trans. Chicago Acad. Sci., vol 1, p. 330 (Chicago, Illinois). Subspecies: gibboni G under. discoidalis Skinner, Henry, Theda damon var. Type Locality: Round Mountain, Blanco County, Texas, February 10 and August 16. Location of Type : Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsyl- vania. (Paratype in American Museum of Natural History.) Original Description: 1897 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 29, p. 156 (London, Ontario) . Additional Reference: McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places discoidalis as a synonym of castalis Ed- wards.) dissentanea Draudt, Max, Thecla Type Locality: Cuzco, Peru (2 $ $). Location of Type: Fassl Collection (now in Naturhistorisehes Museum, Basle) . Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 758, pi. 153-e (Stuttgart). Additional Reference : Ureta R, Emiles, 1949, Boletin del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, vol. 24, p. 97 (Santiago, Chile). (Gives description and figure of female.) distractus Clench, Harry K., Theda amyntor Type Locality: Rio Minero, Muzo Colombia, 2,500 ft. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1946 (July), Entomologist, vol. 79, p. 153 (Lon- don) . dodava Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Chiriqui, Panama. Location of Type: Staudinger Collection. Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 200, vol. 2, pi. 79, figs. 647, 648 (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae 209 Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 71, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 28, 29 $ (London). dodgei Guilder, Jean D., Everes amyntula tr. f. Type Locality: Santa Cruz, California, April 20, 1918. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 283, pi. A, fig. 7 (Orillia, Ontario). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 448 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places dodgei as an aberration of amyntula Boisduval.) doliclios Hiibner, Jacob, Atlides Type Locality: Georgia. Location of Type : Original Description : 1823, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett- linge, vol. 2, p. 9, pi. (39), figs. 219, 220 (Augsburg). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 383, (London). (Makes doliclios a synonym of halesus Cramer.) dolichus Hiibner, Jacob, Atlides. See doliclios Hiibner Nomen nudum Type locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1819, Yerzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 80,, no. 815 (Augsburg). dolium Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Honduras. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 619 (London) . dolosa Staudinger, Otto, Thecla Type Locality: Puerto Cabello and Merida, Venezuela. Location of Type : Staudinger Collection. Original Description: 1888, Exotische Tagfalter, vol. 1, p. 286, vol. 2, pi. 97, (Bayern). Additional Reference: Druce, H. IL, 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 579 (London). (Makes dolosa a synonym of spurius Felder and Felder.) dolylas Cramer, Pierre, Pgpilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,, vol. 2, p. 22, pi. Ill, figs. B, C (Amsterdam). Subspecies: pallida Lathy. dominica Moschler, Heinrich Benno, Lycaena Type Locality: Jamaica, B. W. I. 210 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII Location of Type : Original Description: 1886, Abhandl. Sencken-berg. Natnrf. Gesselsch., vol. 14, p. 26, fig. 10 (Frankfurt). Additional Deferences: Kaye, W. J., 1931, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 79, p. 534, pi. 39, figs. 1, 4, 7 (London). Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 101 (New York, N. Y.). (Consider dominica a good species.) dominicana Lathy, Percy I., Theda Type Locality: Dominica, B. W. I. Location of Type: H. J Adams Collection, 15 males (type). Original Description: 1904 (March), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 452 (London). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 76 (New York, N. Y.). Synonyms: otoheha Dyar. dorcas Kirby, William (Rev.), Lycaeny Type Locality: “Taken in Latitude 54 deg.” (Cumberland-house?) Location of Type: Original Description: 1837, Fauna Boreali- Americana ; Zoology, British America (by Dr. John Richardson), pt. 4, Insects (By Rev. William Kirby), p. 299, pi. 4, fig. 1 (Norwich, England). Synonyms : anthelle Doubleday. Subspecies : daytoni Brower, dospassosi McDunnough. dorcas Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Vina, Northwest Peru, 5,500 ft. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 572 (London). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max 1919 (November), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 748 (Stuttgart). (Makes dorcas a subspecies of damo Druce.) doryasa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 179, vol. 2, pi. 70, figs. 527, 528 $ (London). Subspecies : epidius Godman and Salvin. dospassosi McDunnough, J. H., Lycaena dorcas var. Type Locality: Bathurst, New Brunswick, August 6, 1939. Location of Type: Canadian National Collection Ottawa, no. 5290. Original Description: 1940, Can. Ent., vol. 72, p. 130 (Guelph, Ontario). doudoroffi dos Passos, Cyril F., Incisalia Type Locality: Big Sur, Monterey County, California, June 9, 1939. Location of Type : American Museum of Natural History. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 211 Original Description: 1940 (August), Can. Ent., vol. 72, p. 168 (Guelph, Ontario). Subspecies : windi Clench. dowi Clench, Harry K., Strymon angelia Type locality: Arthurs Town, Cat Island, Bahamas, July 15, 1935. Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 25,451. Original Description: 1941 (March), Rev. Torreia, Univ. Havana, no. 7, p. 4 (Havana, Cuba). draudii Lathy Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Colombia and Central America. Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 40 (London) . Additional Reference: Lathy, Percy I., 1930, Trans. Ent. Soc., London, pi. 9, fig. 10 $ (London). draudti Lathy, Percy I., Lamprospilus Type Locality: Rio Aquatal, Colombia, November 1908, 1800 m. (1 $). Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1932, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 10, vol. 9, p. 181 (London). drucei Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Santa Catherina, Brazil. Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 41 (London). dryope Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality: Plain County, Colorado (1 £). Location of Type: Original Description: 1870 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 19 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Edwards, William H., 1870 (November), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 193 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Describes the male.) dubiosa Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: “Patria ignota.” (1 $). Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 232, pi. 8, fig. 20 (Paris). ducalis Westwood, John Obadiah, Thecla Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1852, Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 2, p. 483, pi. 77, fig. 1 (London). (Figure only.) Additional Reference: Lathy, Percy I., 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 78, p. 133, pi. 9, figs. 3 $, 4 9 (London). 212 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII dumg Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Bogota. Location of Type : Staudinger Collection. Original Description: 1878 (November), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepkloptera, vol. 1, p. 211, vol. 2, pi. 84, fig. 713 (London). dumenilii Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus Type Locality: Antilles? Location of Type : Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 677 (Paris). Synonyms: argiva Hewitson, obscura Staudinger. dumetorum Boisduval, Jean A., Theda Type Locality: California. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 291 (Paris). Additional Reference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 236, fig. 1926 (Rennes). Subspecies: perplexa Barnes and Benjamin. dydimaon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 2, p. 59, pi. 134, fig. A (Amsterdam). Synonyms : didymaon Auct. dysmenia Draudt, Max, Tlieorema Type Locality: Upper Rio Negro, Colombia. Location of Type: Fassl Collection. (Now in Naturhistoriches Museum, Basle.) Original Description: 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 745, pi. 153-a (Stuttgart). [To be continued] ( continued from page 162) Article Y 3. . . . At the expiration of his term of office the Secretary shall deliver to his successor all papers, boolcs, and other records belonging to the Society. Article IX 1. The subscription price of the Journal (and), the price of single num- bers (to active members), (and discounts allowed to subscription agencies and on sales) and the price of sets shall be determined by the Executive Committee. Article X 6. Whenever notice of any meeting is required by these by-laws it shall be deemed sufficient if published in the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences or the Calendar of the American Museum of Natural History. . . . ( continued on page 222) Sept.-Dee., 1959] Moran: Fat Content 213 CHANGES IN THE FAT CONTENT DURING METAMORPHOSIS OF THE MEALWORM, TENEBRIO MOLITOR LINNAEUS1 By Marius R. Moran Department of Biology, Fordham University2 In the physiological studies of insects, the role of fats is of great importance. In many instances, fats have been claimed as a source of energy during metamorphosis due to its decrease throughout this period. This has been shown by Rudolfs (1932) with the tent caterpillar, Malacosoma americana; Becker (1934) with the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor and by Hitchcock and Haub (1941) with the blowfly, Phormia recjina. However, Ludwig and Rothstein (1949 ) working with the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica and Rousell (1955) with the mealworm, T. molitor have shown that glycogen is utilized during metamorpho- sis and may serve as a source of energy. Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) also believed that the supply of glycogen may be re- plenished at the expense of lipids. Because of the importance of fat either for oxidation or as a source of glycogen which may in turn be used as an energy source, an understanding of the energetics of metamorphosis require observations of the fate of fats at each day of this process. MATERIAL AND METHODS Cultures were maintained at room temperature (approximately 25° C.) in chick growing mash. Water was provided by wetting the cloth covers of the cultures weekly. Mature larvae and prepupae were weighed and vacuum desiccated over anhydrous CaCl2. Prepupae were also collected and placed in an incubator maintained at 30° C. Upon pupation the insects were placed in dated beakers and kept at 30° C. In this manner, pupae timed to within 24 hours, were obtained. At the desired stage of 1 From a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes to express sincerest gratitude for the stimulation, interest and critical guidance of Dr. Daniel Ludwig. 2 Author’s address : 35 Ridgewood Ave., Glen Ridge, N. J. 214 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXV1I metamorphosis, they were weighed and vacuum desiccated. All material was kept in desiccators until ready for use. Free lipid determinations were made by filtered anhydrous ether and bound lipids by ether-alcohol (3 parts of 95 per cent ethyl alcohol to 1 part of anhydrous ethyl ether) extractions on the same insect in a Soxhlet apparatus. Extractions were con- tinued for a minimum of seven and one-half hours and at the end of this period, the solvent was carefully poured from the Soxhlet flask into a beaker desiccated to a constant weight. The solvent was allowed to evaporate and the beaker was then dried to constant weight under vacuum desiccation. The difference between the final weight of the beaker with fat, and its initial weight without fat, represents the milligrams of free or bound lipid extracted. OBSERVATIONS Table I shows the free, bound and total lipid content of the insect at different stages of metamorphosis. Each value is ex- TABLE I Per Cent of Free Lipids, Bound Lipids and Total Lipids During the Stages of Metamorphosis of the Mealworm. Each Value is Expressed as Per Cent Wet Weight. Stage Readings Free Lipid Bound Lipid Total Lipid Larva 10 12.59 4.76 17.35 Prepupa 10 10.68 4.73 15.41 Newly molted pupa 20 10.20 5.40 15.60 1-day pupa 20 10.46 4.46 14.92 2-day pupa 10 9.05 4.19 13.24 3-day pupa 10 8.35 3.91 12.26 4-day pupa 10 7.87 3.47 11.34 5-day pupa Newly emerged 10 8.22 5.08 13.30 adult 10 7.84 5.03 12.87 pressed as per cent wet weight. Free lipid decreased irregularly from 12.95 in the larva to 7.84 per cent in the newly emerged adult. On the other hand, bound lipid showed no consistent shifts but remained relatively constant throughout metamor- phosis. These changes are shown graphically in figure 1. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Moran: Fat Content 215 0 12 3 4 5 L PP PUPA A Fig. 1. Changes in the content of free lipid and bound lipid during the metamorphosis of the mealworm at 30° C. F denotes free lipid and B denotes bound lipid. L, larva; PP, prepupa; 0, newly molted pupa; 1 through 5 represents days of the iiupal stage ; A, newly emerged adult. DISCUSSION The decrease in free lipids during metamorphosis may be due to their utilization as an energy source. Battista (1954), work- ing with the Japanese beetle, P. japonica, showed a marked decrease in the fatty acid content during the fifth and sixth days of the pupal stage. This decrease coincided with an increase in 216 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII glycogen at 25° C reported by Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) for this species. They showed that the free fat content also decreased sharply on the fifth and sixth days. They believed that this increase in the glycogen content occurs at the expense of the fats. Housed (1955) working with T. molitor demon- strated an increase in the glycogen content during the early days of metamorphosis after which it decreased steadily throughout the remainder of the life cycle. He claimed that energy may be stored in the form of glycogen built up during the larval period from stored fats and later used as an energy source during metamorphosis. Hence, in the mealworm the energy required for metamorphosis is obtained from the utilization of both fats and glycogen. SUMMARY Lipid determinations were made on the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor , collected at 24 hour intervals during metamorphosis at 30° C. Free lipids decreased irregularly while bound lipids remained relatively constant. Thus, free fats may be used as an energy source. Literature cited Battista, G. W. 1954. Changes in the fat content of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) during metamorphosis. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 62: 27-37. Becker, M. 1934. Wandlungen des Fettes wahrend der Metamorphose. Biochem. Zeitsch. 272: 227-234. Hitchcock, F. A. and J. G. Haub. 1941. The interconversion of foodstuffs in the blowfly ( Phormia regina) during metamorphosis. Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 34: 32-37. Ludwig, D. and F. Rothstein. 1949. Changes in the carbohydrate and fat content of the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica Newman, during metamorphosis. Physiol. Zool. 22: 308-317. Rousell, P. G. 1955. Determination of glycogen content during the meta- morphosis of the mealworm ( Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 63: 107-110. Rudolfs, W. 1932. Studies on chemical changes during the life cycle of the tent caterpillar ( Malacosoma americana Fab.). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 40 (4) ; 481-488. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Moran: Nitrogen 217 CHANGES IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF NITROGEN DURING METAMORPHOSIS OF THE MEAL- WORM, TENEBRIO MOLITOR LINNAEUS1 By Marius R. Moran Department of Biology, Fordham University2 Needham (1929) stated that during insect metamorphosis when larval tissues are histolyzed there should be a breakdown of the insoluble protein with a simultaneous increase in the soluble protein fractions. As the adult tissues are formed this process should be reversed. This hypothesis was verified by Evans (1932) with the sheep blowfly, Lucilia sericata; Anderson (1948) with the Japanese beetle Popillia japonica ; and by Del Yecchio (1955) with the housefly, Musca clomestica. However, Evans (1934) found no changes in the various nitrogen fractions during the metamorphosis of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor. Since this insect is also holometabolic, it seemed improbable that there would be no major changes in the nitrogenous frac- tions during its metamorphosis. The present study is a rein- vestigation of the distribution of nitrogen during each day of metamorphosis in the mealworm, T. molitor at 30° C. MATERIAL AND METHODS Cultures were maintained at room temperature (approximately 25° C.) in chick growing mash. Water was provided by wetting the cloth covers of the cultures weekly. Mature larvae and prepupae were weighed and vacuum desiccated over anhydrous CaCl2. Prepupae were also collected and placed in an incubator maintained at 30° C. Upon pupation the insects were placed in dated beakers and kept at 30° C. In this manner pupae, timed to within 24 hours, were obtained. At the desired stage of metamorphosis, they were weighed and vacuum desiccated. All material was kept in desiccators until ready for use. 1 From a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes to express sincerest gratitude for the stimulation, interest and critical guidance of Dr. Daniel Ludwig. 2 Author’s address : 35 Ridgewood Ave., Glen Ridge, N. J. 218 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxvii Fractionation was accomplished by the technique of Del Vecchio (1955). Each insect was pulverized and thoroughly mixed with 10 ml. of distilled water. To the supernate were added 1 ml. of % N ILS04 and 1 ml. of 10 per cent sodium tungstate to separate fraction B (water soluble protein not pre- cipitated by tungstic acid) from fraction C (water soluble pro- tein precipitated by tungstic acid). The residue remaining after the previous extractions was treated with a solution of ether-alcohol (1 ml. of distilled water, 4.5 ml. of absolute ethyl alcohol and 4.5 ml. of absolute ethyl ether) to remove fraction A (lipid nitrogen) from fraction D (water insoluble nitrogen). These fractions are given letters of designation so as to corre- spond with similar fractions obtained by Ludwig and Rothstein (1952) and Del Vecchio (1955). The Kjeldahl procedure was employed to make the nitrogen determinations on each fraction. OBSERVATIONS No loss in the percentage of nitrogen occurred during the change from larva to adult. However, there was an increase in the total nitrogen percentage of the adult. The changes in the distribution of nitrogen for each day of metamorphosis are given in table I. Each fraction is expressed TABLE I Changes in the Distribution of Nitrogen During the Metamorphosis of the Mealworm. Nitrogen Values Are Given as Per Cent Total Nitrogen with Their Standard Errors. Fraction A Fraction B Fraction C Fraction D Larva 1.82 ±0.23 13.41 ±2.08 17.18 ±1.75 67.59 ± 1.3 Prepupa Newly molted 1.92 ±0.12 11.57 ± 0.80 10.60 ±0.63 75.96 ± 1.0 pupa 2.97 ±0.19 15.75 ± 0.41 12.85 ±0.37 68.52 ±0.52 1-day pupa 2.15 ±0.13 15.28 ± 0.86 12.06 ±0.43 70.54 ±0.74 2-day pupa 2.00 ±0.11 13.98 ±0.51 11.33 ±0.38 72.77 ±0.87 3-day pupa 1.98 ±0.11 15.74 ±0.80 12.31 ±0.59 70.04 ±0.91 4-day pupa 1.65 ±0.12 14.80 ±0.80 11.66 ±0.64 72.21 ±0.90 5-day pupa Newly emerged 1.32 ±0.33 16.14 ± 0.79 11.36 ±0.31 70.73 ±0.77 adult 1.40 ±0.11 18.64 ± 0.46 11.91 ±0.68 68.04 ±0.77 Sept.-Dee., 1959] Moran: Nitrogen 219 as per cent total nitrogen. Fraction A (lipid nitrogen) re- mained constant during the larval and prepupal stages and then increased to 2.97 per cent in the newly molted pupa. This in- crease was followed by a decrease to 2.15 in the 1-day pupa and then a steady decrease to 1.40 per cent in the newly emerged adult. Fraction B decreased from 13.41 in the larva to 11.57 per cent in the prepupa. This decrease was followed by an in- crease to approximately 15 per cent in the early pupa and it remained at approximately this value until the last day of the pupal stage. Upon emergence it increased to 18.64 per cent. Fraction C decreased from a high of 17.18 per cent in the larval stage to 10.60 in the prepupal stage. This fraction remained between 11 and 13 per cent throughout the remainder of the life cycle. Fraction D was 67.59 per cent in the larva and increased to 75.96 in the prepupa. This increase was followed by a de- crease to 68.52 per cent in the newly molted pupa. This fraction then increased to 70.54 per cent in the 1-day pupa and remained at approximately this value throughout the remainder of the pupal stages. Upon emergence of the adult it decreased to 68.04 per cent. These changes are shown graphically in figure 1. Fraction D (insoluble nitrogen) showed a marked decrease in the newly molted pupa and then gradually increased until the 2-day pupa. The graph shows that nitrogen from fraction D is transferred to A, B and C in the newly molted pupa. Reciprocal shifts are shown between fractions D and B. All of these shifts were shown to be statistically significant. DISCUSSION The constancy of the nitrogen percentages are in agreement with those of other workers (Evans 1932, for the blowfly, Lucilia sericata, Anderson 1948, for the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, and Del Vecchio 1955, for the housefly, Musca domes- tica). The increase in the percentage of total nitrogen obtained upon emergence of the adult may be associated with the shedding of the cuticle and a loss of water which occurs at this time. The results of the present study on the distribution of nitrogen are in accordance with other work on holometabolous insects. The shifts in nitrogen obtained during the metamorphosis from pre- pupa to pupa indicate a breakdown of larval protein and an increase in the decomposition products. During the early pupal 220 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII — t «■ i * 8 .A-. — —i , — X OI2 3 4 5 L PP PUPA A Fig. 1. Changes in the per cent of total nitrogen of the various fractions during the metamorphosis of the mealworm at 30° C. L, larva; PP, pre- pupa; O, newly molted pupa; 1 through 5 represent days of the pupal stage; A, newly emerged adult. stages there is an utilization of these products for the synthesis of adult tissues. If the processes of histolysis and histogenesis occur simultaneously during the change from the prepupa to newly molted pupa, the process of histolysis is dominant while Sept.-Dee., 1959] Moran: Nitrogen 221 the process of histogenesis is dominant during the early pupal stages. Evans (1934) studied the distribution of nitrogen in the mealworm, T. molitor on alternate days during metamorphosis at 25° C. from larva to adult. He obtained the insoluble protein fraction by the addition of distilled water to the powered ma- terial. Soluble proteins were precipitated by the addition of trichloroacetic acid to the filtrate, while proteoses and peptones were precipitated with sulphuric acid and sodium tungstate. He failed to show any major shifts and concluded that histolysis and histogenesis are not as clearly defined in Coleoptera as in the higher Diptera. The work of Anderson (1948) on the Japanese beetle has shown the inaccuracy of this generalization since a large decrease in the insoluble and an increase in the soluble nitrogen occurred at pupation. In the present study, compli- mentary shifts between the nitrogenous fractions were obtained also during the transition from prepupa to pupa but were not as pronounced as those found by Anderson (1948) for the Japan- ese beetle or by Del Vecchio (1955) for the housefly. SUMMARY Nitrogen fractionations were made on the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor , collected at 24 hour intervals during metamorphosis at 30° C. The change from larva to adult showed no loss in the percent- age of nitrogen but a slight increase occurred upon the emerg- ence of the adult. During metamorphosis the insoluble proteins (fraction D) de- creased sharply from 76.0 in the prepupa to 68.5 in the newly molted pupa. It then increased to 72.8 per cent in the 2-day pupa and remained at approximately this value during the re- mainder of the pupal stage. Upon emergence of the adult it decreased to 68.04 per cent. Reciprocal shifts are shown in fraction B. Nitrogen from fraction D was transferred to A, B and C in the newly molted pupa. The complimentary shifts between the nitrogenous fractions may indicate the breakdown of the larval protein during the transition from prepupa to pupa and the synthesis of adult protein during the remainder of the pupal period. However, these shifts were not as pronounced in this species as in some other holometabolous insects. 222 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII Literature cited Anderson, J. M. 1958. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen in the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) during metamorphosis. Physiol. Zool. 21: 237-252. Del Vecchio, R. J. 1955. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during growth and metamorphosis of the housefly, Musca domestica (Lin- naeus). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 63: 141-152. Evans, A. C. 1932. Some aspects of chemical changes during insect metamorphosis. Jour. Exp. Biol. 9: 314-321. . 1934. On the chemical changes associated with metamorphosis in a beetle, ( Tenebrio molitor L.) Jour. Exp. Biol. 11: 397-401. Ludwig, D. and P. Rothstein. 1952. Changes in the distribution of ni- trogen during the embryonic development of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool. 25: 263-268. Needham, D. M. 1929. The chemical changes during the metamorphosis of insects. Biol. Rev. 4: 307—326. ( continued from page 212) Mr. Farb proposed that Mr. Tony Roberts be appointed to report to the Executive Committee on the possibilities of forming a Junior Entomological Society under the sponsorship of the Society. A. substitute motion was made and passed that Miss Alice Gray and Mr. Roberts be invited to the Decem- ber 3rd meeting of the Executive Committee to report on possibilities of such a move. Dr. M. J. Ramsey, Training Officer of the Plant Quarantine Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture spoke on “Insects In International Commerce.” He reported that 5000 years ago the granary weevil was found in the tombs of the Pharoahs and was probably the first insect transported around the known Avorld in commerce. In the recent book Faunal Connections Between Europe and North America, Lindroth delves into the records of early ex plorers of the New World and concludes that since their ballast was soil, many insects were carried with them. And the second voyage of Columbus might very well have been the means v of bringing European insects to this country, since he was carrying plants to propagate in the New World. It is in cargo shipments that we today find the bulk of insects entering international commerce, said Dr. Ramsey. The mails, too, can be a means of dissemination; for example, USDA recently found the Khapra beetle in rice seeds mailed from Asia. One of plant quarantine’s major problems is sham- rocks sent from Ireland, since golden nematode cysts are often found in the soil accompanying them. The increase in international air travel increases the problem of quarantine, since serious pests can survive the short flights. Of our present pests, records kept between 1854 and 1904, before there was a federal quarantine, show that 100 pests of agriculture became estab- lished here from abroad. Since then, there have been very few. To show the magnitude of the job in keeping foreign injurious insects from our borders, Dr. Ramsey said that the yearly average for the last decade has been the interception of 6763 shipments that contained pests not yet established in this country. ( continued on page 235) Sept.-Dee., 1959] Alexander : Crane-Flies 223 UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS (TIPULIDAE, DIPTERA), IV* By Charles P. Alexander Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in the JOURNAL OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 66 161-170. As was the case with the preceding three instalments, materials discussed at this time are from Nepal where they were taken in 1957 by Dr. Edward I. Coher and assistants. A single species from the Darjeeling District, north India, taken by Father Aloysius Camilleri, is included. All types are included in the author’s collection of crane-flies. Tipula (Vestiplex) felmtia new species Belongs to the liimalayensis group; mesonotum gray, the praescutum with four brownish gray stripes that are narrowly bordered by blackish, the interspaces narrow; antennae relatively long, basal three segments yellow, the remainder black, first flagellar segment short ; legs black, only the femoral bases yellow, claws of male toothed; wings conspicuously marbled brown and creamy yellow ; abdomen yellow basally, the outer five segments black; male hypopygium with the tergal lobes broadly rounded; apex of basistyle terminating in two short black teeth or spines; outer dististyle darkened ; appendage of ninth sternite simple, relatively short, from an enlarged base; aedeagus stout, narrowed to an acute point. Male. Length about 13 mm. ; wing 15 mm. ; antenna about 5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head gray, nasus elongate, yellowed at tip; palpi black. Antennae of male relatively long; scape and pedicel brownish yellow, first flagellar segment a little darker, remainder of organ black; first flagellar segment short, only slightly more than one-half the second ; outer segments somewhat incised, longer than the verticils. Head gray on the anterior vertex, with a capillary brown central vitta extending from the small vertical tubercle backward; posterior half of head, including the genae, more fulvous. Pronotum dark gray, vaguely patterned with darker. Mesonotal prae- scutum with the very restricted ground gray, with four dark brownish gray stripes that are narrowly bordered by blackish, the interspaces narrowly obscured; scuta! lobes each with two dark gray areas that are narrowly bordered by darker, central area brownish yellow ; scutellum gray, with a * Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massa- chusetts. 224 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII brown central line ; mediotergite yellow pollinose, darker on sides and be- hind, with indications of a capillary darkened vitta, plenrotergite yellow. Pleura chiefly gray, more or less variegated with darker; dorsopleural region brown, metapleura yellow. Halteres with stem yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with fore coxae gray, remaining coxae somewhat more buffy; trochanters yellow; femora black, the bases yellow, narrowly so on the posterior legs; no yellow subterminal ring as is common in the group; tibiae and tarsi black ; claws of male with a small basal tooth. Wings brown, conspicuously marbled with cream yellow areas, the ground more extensive than the pale areas, the latter in all cells before cord, including two or more areas each in cells B, M, Cn and the Anals; beyond the cord the yellow is chiefly restricted to a short poststigmal band extending from costa into cell B5 ; a small slightly more whitened area across base of cell 1st M,, in- cluding also small parts of cells B and M \ prearcular field conspicuously yellowed, costal region more obscurely so ; veins brown, yellow in the brightened fields, including the outer radial cells. Venation: B ^ strongly upcurved ; petiole of cell M l subequal to or shorter than the oblique m ; vi-cu at fork of Mril or beyond this on vein M Abdomen with the basal stcrnites yellow, the tergites with three narrow stripes, the median one paler; fifth and succeeding segments, including the hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with the tergite trans- verse, narrowed outwardly, the posterior border with a narrow V-shaped median notch forming broad rounded lobes that are provided with abundant relatively short setae except on the lateral parts ; tergite apparently with- out further ventral armature, as in several allied species. Outer margin of basistyle at apex produced into a short stout black spine, in cases with a second similar spine or point. Appendage of ninth sternite a short rela- tively stout rod from an enlarged darkened base, the latter with strong setae from conspicuous pale punctures; outer rod very gently curved, nar- rowed to an acute spine, surface with strong setae. Outer dististyle an elongated darkened club with strong retrorse setae at outer end ; inner style with beak relatively stout, slightly upcurved, apex obtuse ; lower beak and other lobes blackened. Aedeagus stout, narrowed to an acute point, with distinct lateral shoulders. Holotype, J', Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8650 feet, April 16, 1957 (Coher). Paratopotypes, 2 J'J', with the type. While generally similar to various other Himalayan members of the group in its conspicuously marbled wings and appearance, the present fly differs from all in the coloration, structure of the antennae and particularly in features of the male hypopygium, including the tergite, basistyle, dististyles and appendage of the ninth sternite. The lack of a yellow subterminal ring on the femora is noteworthy. Tipula (Vestiplex) malla new species Belongs to the himalayensis group; size relatively large (wing of male Sept.— Dec., 1959] Alexander : Crane-Flies 225 16 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum with four brownish gray stripes; scutellum and mediotergite with a central brown vitta ; antennae relatively long, basal flagellar segments bicolored ; legs black, femoral bases and a narrow subterminal ring yellowed ; wings marbled light brown and creamy yellow; R H.0 preserved; basal abdominal segments yellow, the lateral tergal borders narrowly gray, outer segments more uniformly blackened ; male hypopygium with the posterior border of tergite produced into two broad blackened lobes, their margins obliquely truncated and microscopically roughened; inner dististyle with the beak long and slender; appendage of ninth sternite a gently curved simple rod from an expanded base, its tip acute. Male. Length about 16 mm.; wing 16 mm.; antenna about 5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head brownish yellow; nasus distinct, relatively stout ; palpi black. Antennae of male relatively long ; scape and pedicel yellow, first flagellar segment obscure yellow, the central half swollen and slightly darker ; succeeding two or three segments bicolored, the small basal enlargements black, the remainder brownish yellow, passing through brown to black, the segments beyond midlength of the organ almost uniformly darkened; segments feebly incised, much longer than the verticils. Head brownish yellow, the orbits more pruinose ; a narrow darkened central stripe on vertex, beginning on the entire vertical tubercle. Pronotum brownish gray, the scutum with three blackened areas, scutellum more yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum with the restricted ground brownish yellow, with four brownish gray stripes, the lateral pair slightly darker, especially on their inner border; median interspace very narrow and more obscured than the lateral ones; intermediate stripes confluent on extreme anterior ends and here with very restricted darkened borders ; scutum grayish yellow; stigma small, pale brown; yellow areas before cord subequal in mediotergite grayish yellow with a clearly defined brown central vitta ; pleurotergite more yellowed. Pleura gray, slightly patterned with darker ; dorsopleural membrane dusky. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brownish black. Legs with fore coxae gray, remaining coxae more yellowed ; tro- chanters yellow ; femora black, bases restrietedly yellowed, with a narrow obscure brownish yellow subterminal ring, the blackened tips more extensive ; tibiae and tarsi black; claws small, simple. Wings light brown, conspicuously marbled with pale creamy yellow areas; prearcular field and cell Sc deeper yellow ; stigma small, pale brown ; yellow areas before cord subequal in extent to the dark pattern, most extensive in cells R and M where they form a major Y-shaped mark; cell Cu, base and angles of 1st A, and much of cell 2nd A yellowed ; beyond the cord the yellow color appears chiefly as an in- complete poststigmal band extending from costa into the base of cell a single isolated whitish yellow area in cell 1st M0 and bases of cells M , and M ; veins of anterior half of wing yellowed, of posterior half, from M backward, darker. Venation: Rl + 0 preserved, upcurved at tip, widening the cell; Rs moderately long, about one-lialf longer than m-cu; cell M t about three times its petiole ; cell 1st M2 pointed at its inner end ; m-cu shortly before the fork of MY Basal abdominal segments yellow, the lateral tergal borders narrowly 226 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LX VII gray, margined internally by a vague darker line, more evident on cephalic part of the individual segments; outer end of abdomen more uniformly blackened ; styli yellowed. Male hypopygium with the tergite small, trans- verse, its posterior border produced into two broad blackened lobes that are separated by a very narrow notch; lobes blackened, their margins obliquely truncated and microscopically serrulated or roughened, the inner angle pro- duced into a more definite tooth; immediately beneath the dorsal lobes is a second one, its surface with numerous microscopic spicules. Basistyle without blackened armature, the outer apical part produced into a weak pale triangular blade. Appendage of ninth sternite a gently curved rod from an expanded base, relatively short, its tip acute ; surface with long pale setae that are more abundant at base. Tavo dististvles, the outer elongate, narroAV, entirely pale, its inner face provided with abundant very long erect to slightly retrorse setae; inner style with the beak long and slender, its lower margin heavily blackened, provided with short setae ; outer basal lobe rela- tively large. Phallosome broad at base, the outer third more narrowed but without a distinct shoulder. Eighth sternite relatively large, posterior border convexly rounded, with relatively few setae. Holotype, J1, Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). Allied and generally similar to other species of the himalayen- sis group, such as Tipula ( Vestiplex ) distifurca Alexander, T. (V.)subtincta Brunetti, and others, differing especially in the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the tergite, ap- pendage of the ninth sternite, and the disti styles. Tipula ( Vestiplex) rana new species Belongs to the liimalayensis group; size relatively large tying of male 16 mm.) ; general coloration of praeseutum yellow with four entire brown stripes ; antennae relatively long, scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum brown ; femora black with a broad brownish yellow subterminal ring; claAvs of male toothed; wings variegated yellow and pale brown; entire; basal ab- dominal segments yellow, tergites Avith three black stripes, outer four segments brownish black; male hypopygium Avith the posterior border of tergite f our-lobed ; inner dististyle broad ; appendage of ninth sternite broad at base, narroAved into a slender spine, surface with unusually long pale setae. Male. Length about 15 mm.; Aving 16 mm.; antenna about 4.3 mm. Frontal prolongation of head about equal in length to the remainder, light broAvn, restrictedly gray pruinose at base above ; nasus slender ; basal segment of palpi brownish yelloAV, remainder black. Antennae of male relatively long; scape and pedicel yelloAV, first flagellar segment light brown, the remainder dark broAvn; segments feebly incised, longer than the verticils. Head above yellow medially, brightest in front, chestnut brown on orbits and gcnae ; vertex Avith a more darkened central stripe that deepens to dark broAvn on the entire vertical tubercle. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Alexander : Crane-Flies 227 Pronotum variegated brown and yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with the restricted ground yellow, with four entire brown stripes, the intermediate pair narrowly separated by a ground vitta, posterior interspaces narrow and obscured; humeral region impressed, dark brown; a vague sublateral brown spot before suture, visible only in certain lights; scutum yellow, each lobe with two brown areas, the anterior one oval, about one-tliird the size of the posterior mark; scutellum and mediotergite yellow pollinose, with a narrow central brown stripe; pleurotergite yellow. Pleura olive yellow, patterned with brown, including areas on the anepisternum and a longitudinal line near the dorsal margin of the sternopleurite ; dorsopleural membrane brown. Halteres with stem yellow, knob infuscated. Legs with the coxae olive yellow ; trochanters yellow ; femora black, with a broad brownish yellow ring before the narrower intensely black apex ; tibiae and tarsi brownish black ; claws Avith basal tooth. Wings with the prearcular and costal regions saturated yellow ; disk variegated with pale brown and light yellow, the former more extensive; beyond the cord the yellow pattern appears as a short poststigmal band extending from costa into cell Bp, before cord the yellow pattern more extensive, subequal in amount to the brown, with two areas in cells B and M and others in the Anal cells, most restricted in cell Cu ; veins brown, more yellowed in the brightened basal and costal parts. Venation: B ' 1+1) entire; petiole of cell M} longer than m; shorter than basal section of Basal abdominal segments yellow, the tergites trivittate with dark brown, the stripes narrow; sixth and succeeding segments brownish black, hy- popygium black. Male liypopygium distinctive; ninth tergite fused basally with the sternite, transverse, posterior border with a very broad U-shaped emargination, the lateral lobes relatively small, obtuse at tips; immediately beneath these a large flattened oval lobe or blade, its mesal edge blackened. Outer dististyle relatively long; inner style large, broad, beak small. Ap- pendage of ninth sternite distinctive, broad at base, at near midlength nar- rowed into a long acute spine, surface of lobe with relatively few but very long and conspicuous pale setae. Aedeagus triangular in outline, without lateral shoulders. Holotype, J*, Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Colter). Other somewhat similar regional species include, besides Tipula ( Vestiplex ) himalayensis Brunetti, T . (F.) distifurca Alexander, T. (I7.) ineequidentata Alexander, T. (U.) nigroapi- calis Brunetti, T. (U.) styligera Alexander, T. (V.) subtincta Brunetti, and others more recently described by the writer. The present fly is quite distinct from all in the structure of the male hypopyg’ium, particularly the tergite, inner dististyle and ap- pendage of the ninth sternite. In its general appearance it most resembles ineequidentata. 228 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LX VII Tipula (Oreomysa) camillerii new species Size small (wing of male 10 mm.) ; general coloration brownish gray, praescutum with three slightly darker brown stripes ; antennae with scape and pedicel yellow, first flagellar segment yellow, its tip blackened, remaining segments black; first flagellar segment elongate; legs black, femoral bases narrowly obscure yellow, claws of male simple ; wings brown, variegated by yellow areas that form vague crossbands; R 1+2 atrophied, cell 1st M0 small, pentagonal; abdomen yellow basally, outer segments black; male hypopy- gium with the ventral part of the basistyle produced into a strong lobe that is tipped with spines ; gonapophysis bearing a strong tooth on mesal edge ; aedeagus trifid at apex. Male. Length about 8.5 mm.; wing 10 mm.; antenna about 3 mm. Frontal prolongation of head yellowed above, darkened beneath; nasus short ; palpi black throughout, terminal segment more than twice the length of the penultimate. Antennae of male of moderate length ; scape and pedicel yellow, first flagellar segment yellow, the outer fourth blackened, remainder of organ black ; first flagellar segment long-cylindrical, about equal to the succeeding two combined ; flagellar segments beyond the first with the basal enlargement scarcely indicated, segments longer than their verticils, terminal segment very small. Head gray, more buffy in front ; a capillary impressed darkened line extending from the low vertical tubercle backward; setigerous punctures of vertex conspicuous. Pronotum brownish gray. Mesonotal praescutum brownish gray, with three slightly darker brown stripes, the median one more or less bordered and divided by dusky, the anterior end vaguely brightened ; posterior sclerites of notum brownish gray, scutal lobes more or less darkened ; scutellum and mediotergite with a central darker vitta ; scutellum and postnotum with long pale setae, katapleurotergite vaguely more brightened. Pleura dark brownish gray; dorsopleural membrane yellow. Halteres with stem light yellow, knob infuscated. Legs with coxae and trochanters brownish yellow ; remainder of legs black, femoral bases restrictedly ob- scure yellow; claws simple. Wings brown, variegated by yellow areas, as follows : At arculus, before and beyond origin of Rs in cell R, near outer end of cell M and as a crossband beyond the cord, extending from costa into cell Ms ; a further brightening before midlength of cell 1st A ; cell C brown. Sc more yellowed ; stigma small, brown, scarcely differentiated from the ground ; veins brown, more yellowed in the subcostal field. Macrotrichia on veins beyond cord and on outer ends of M, Cu and most of 2nd A, lacking on Rs and 1st A. Venation: Rs long, nearly twice R2 + 3, the latter forming an angle at the end of Rs; R l+,9 atrophied, vaguely persistent as a pale line; cell M1 about twice its petiole ; cell 1st Ml? small, pentagonal, m being the shortest element; m-cu near outer end of M ; cell iff, deep, distal section of Cu1 about twice m-cu. Abdomen with basal five segments obscure yellow, the tergites narrowly darkened medially, the extreme posterior borders of the sternites narrowly suffused; outer segments, including hypopygium, black, the sixth sternite yellowed on basal part. Male hypopygium with the tergite narrowed Sept.-Dee., 1959] Alexander : Crane-Flies 229 outwardly, posterior border with a broad U-shaped emargination, with a further tiny notch at the base, lobes broadly rounded. Kegion of ninth sternite produced mesad and caudad into a strong lobe that is tipped with six or seven strong spines arranged in a compact group. Outer dististyle broadest across outer end, apex obliquely truncated ; inner style unusually broad, beak obtuse, lower beak still more obtuse, its margin corrugated, outer basal lobe obtuse, unmodified. Aedeagus relatively short and stout, terminating in three stout pale filaments; gonapophyses appearing as yellow blades, the tips acute, on mesal edge beyond midlength with a strong spine. Eight sternite with posterior border convexly rounded, without lobes or modified setae. Holotype, alcoholic Kurseong', Darjeeling District, India, August 1957 (Aloysius Camilleri). This interesting species is named in honor of the collector, Father Aloysius Camilleri, S.J., who has collected numerous interesting Diptera in the vicinity of Kurseong. The most simi- lar regional ally is Tipula ( Oreomyza ) gnoma Alexander, of northeastern Burma, which differs especially in the structure of the antennae and male hypopygium. T. (0.) striatipennis Brunetti is more distantly related. All three species agree in the atrophy of vein B1 + Sl thereby differing from the numerous other species of Tipula in the eastern Himalayan fauna. Bolichopeza (Nesopeza) lougisetosa new species General coloration of head and thorax yellow; legs with tarsi and tips of tibiae white; wings weakly tinged with brown, stigma dark brown; male hypopygium with the posterior border of tergite conspicuously trilobed ; ninth sternite with two pencils of very long setae ; inner dististyle complex. Male. Length about 9 mm.; wing 9mm.; antenna about 3.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head obscure yellow; palpi dark brown. An- tennae of male relatively long, as shown by the measurements, exceeding one-third the length of wing; scape and pedicel pale yellow, flagellum brownish black ; verticils much shorter than the segments ; in addition to the sparse verticils, segments with a dense very short pubescence. Head obscure yellow ; vertical tubercle lacking. Pronotum testaceous yellow. Mesonotal praescutum chiefly covered by three yellow stripes, the interspaces vaguely more obscured ; scutal lobes yellow, the median region more obscured; scutellum and mediotergite brownish yellow, the latter clearer yellow behind. Pleura light yellow throughout. Halteres elongate, stem dusky, knob infuscated. Legs with the coxae and trochanters testaceous ; femora obscure yellow basally, passing into brown outwardly ; tibiae brown, the tips whitened ; involving about the outer sixth to eighth ; tarsi white. Wings weakly tinged with brown ; stigma oval, dark brown ; a vague paler brown seam at anterior cord; veins brown. Venation: Es arcuated, longer than E ’ ; E 1+2 at- 230 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII rophied; Rg long and straight, about one-half longer than R2+3’, medial forks relatively shallow, cell M1 about one-half longer than its petiole; m-cu about three-fourths to four-fifths its length before the fork of M ; cell 2nd A narrow. Basal abdominal segments light brown, the tergites more darkened out- wardly, outer three or four segments dark brown. Male hypopygium with the posterior border of tergite conspicuously t.rilobed, including large lateral flattened scoops, their outer surface with blackened spicules, the most cephalic one a powerful spine ; central tergal lobe blackened, base broad, apex gently convex, on either side with a shorter and paler obtuse hairy lobe. Ninth sternite on either side with a slender pencil of very long setae. Outer dististyle a long flattened blade, the outer setae longest; inner style with outer part of beak heavily blackened, connected with the pale lower or inner section by pale membrane, the latter, together with the extensive outer basal lobe, with abundant microscopic setulae. Ilolotype, J', Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). The most similar described regional species include Dolicho- peza ( Nesopeza ) lacteipes Alexander and D. (A.) orient alis Brunetti, both differing evidently in the coloration of the body and appendages and in the structure of the male hypopygium. Attention is called to the exceedingly long hair pencils on the ninth sternite of the present fly. Limonia (Limonia) cnephosa new species Allied to globittiorax ; general coloration of body dark brown to brownish black; antennae with basal flagellar segments subglobular, outer ones with short glabrous necks ; halteres and legs dark brown ; wings relatively broad, very strongly blackened; cell 1st M0, nearly square, shorter than vein M ; m-cu at or beyond the fork of M. Female. Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5 mm. Bostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments subglobular, the outer ones more oval; segments with short glabrous necks; terminal segment subequal in length to the penultimate, its outer end pointed; verticils longer than the segments. Head dull brownish black. Pronotal scutum brownish black, scutellum restrictedly obscure yellow. Mesonotum large, moderately gibbous, dark brown, posterior sclerites more yellowed, especially the scutellum. Pleura brown, sternopleurite paler. Halteres brownish black, base of stem restrictedly yellowed. Legs with coxae and trochanters brownish yellow ; remainder of legs dark brown ; claws long and slender, with spines at extreme base only. Wings rela- tively broad, very strongly blackened; veins brown. Venation: Sc1 ending opposite midlength of Rs, Sc at its tip ; free tip of Sc0 lying some distance before level of Rz; cell 1st MQ nearly square, slightly widened outwardly, shorter than vein M r ; m-cu subequal in length to distal section of Gu placed at or shortly beyond the fork of M. Sept.-Dee., 1959] Alexander : Crane-Flies 231 Abdomen dark brown; both the cerci and hypovalvae blackened at bases, outer ends more horn colored. Holotype, 2, Kathmandu Road, Mile 65.5, Nepal, June 24, 1957 (Coher). Although it is quite distinct from all other regional members of the genus, the present fly is closely related to the Japanese Limonia ( Limonia ) globulithorax (Alexander), differing espe- cially in slight details of the antennae and in the broader wings, with the venational details distinct. There seems to be no ques- tion of the validity of the present fly despite the present lack of the more distinctive male sex. Limonia (Limonia) decurvans new species Size small (wing of male about 6 mm.) ; general coloration of thorax obscure yellow; mouthparts very reduced to virtually lacking; basal flagellar segments subglobular, the outer .ones elongate ; wings strongly tinged with brown, virtually unpatterned ; Sc and cell 1st M0 long ; male hypopygium with two dististyles, rostral prolongation of ventral style with two spines on lower margin near base. Male. Length about 4.5—5 mm. ; wing 5.5-6 mm. ; antenna about 1 mm. Rostrum and palpi very reduced to virtually lacking. Antennae with scape brown, the remainder black ; basal flagellar segments subglobular, with short abrupt apical pedicels, beyond midlength of the organ the seg- ments becoming progressively much longer ; terminal segment nearly equal to the preceding two taken together ; verticils shorter than the segments. Head blackened, paler on occipital region ; eyes small ; anterior vertex very broad, exceeding four times the diameter of scape. Pronotum obscure yellow. Mesonotum obscure yellow, the central region of praescutum and the scutal lobes vaguely darker. Pleura obscure yellow. Halteres with stem dusky, knob infuscated. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow ; remainder of legs yellowish brown to brown, tarsi scarcely darker ; claws long, with a strong basal spine and a capillary subappressed spine at near midlength. Wings strongly tinged with brown, virtually unpat- terned, even the stigma scarcely apparent; veins light brown. Veins of outer half of wing with relatively short and inconspicuous macrotriehia. Venation: Sc long, Sc] ending about opposite or beyond three-fifths the length of Rs, in cases Sc2 longer than Sc J ; free tip of Sc0 and S, in trans- verse alignment ; cell 1st M large, subequal to or longer than distal section of vein M1+0 ; m-cu at or before fork of M, in cases to one-fourth its own length. _ Abdominal tergites brown, sternites a trifle paler ; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergite transverse, the posterior border subtruncate to very feebly emarginate, cephalic margin more strongly convex ; setae sparse, about eight or nine on either lobe, removed from the thickened margin ; surface of tergal plate with abundant microscopic setulae. Basistyle with the ventromesal lobe stout, setae numerous, grouped 232 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI I on apical half. Two dististyles, the outer one a pale straight rod, its outer half strongly narrowed; inner style small, its area about two-thirds that of the basistyle ; rostral prolongation a compressed blade, its tip decurved ; two rostral spines, large and pale, closely approximated on lower margin of prolongation near base, curved to the acute tips. Gonapopliysis appear- ing as a pale blade, the apical lobe a direct posterior extension of the base of the style. Aedeagus broad, pale, tip bifid, slightly decurved ; genital tubes approximated at midline. Holotypc Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). Paratopotypes, 3 Limonia ( Limonia ) decurvans is readily told from all other regional members of the subgenus having unpatterned wings by the extremely reduced mouthparts and the structure of the male hypopygium, especially the presence of two dististyles and the decurved rostral spines of the ventral style. Limonia (Metalimnobia) hedone new species Size relatively large (wing of female 10 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow with three brownish black stripes, the median one narrow, laterals broad, reaching the margin; posterior sclerites of notum black, mediotergite yellowed on posterior half ; pleura black ; knobs of lialteres black ; femora yellow, with two black rings, the more basal one broader, especially on middle and posterior legs, femoral tips broadly yellow ; wings light yellow, heavily patterned with pale and darker brown, cell M along vein Cu with a series of about six dark brown spots; m-cu before fork of M ; abdomen obscure yellow, lateral borders broadly blackened. Female. Length about 8.5 mm. ; wing 10 mm. Eostrum and palpi black, the former relatively long. Antennae with the scape brownish yellow, pedicel light yellow, flagellum dark brown to brown- ish black ; basal flagellar segments short-oval, outer ones elongate, terminal segment longest, about one-half longer than the penultimate ; outer verticils very long. Head dull black, sparsely pruinose; anterior vertex narrow, about equal in width to two rows of ommatidia. Pronotum brown. Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow, with three brownish black stripes, the median one narrow, slightly widened behind, lateral stripes broad, reaching the outer border, the interspaces thus very wide ; scutum narrowly silvery medially, the lobes extensively polished black ; scutellum brownish black, parascutella obscure yellow ; mediotergite brownish black on anterior half, sending a median point backward, the remainder obscure yellow or testaceous yellow. Pleura and pleurotergite brownish black, only the ventral sternopleurite paler. lialteres with stem yellow, knob black. Legs with the coxae brown ; trochanters obscure yellow ; femora yellow, each with two brownish black rings, the outer one narrow, subequal on all legs, less than the yellow apex, basal dark ring narrowest on fore legs, very broad on middle and hind pairs, including about one-third the length of the segment ; tibiae yellow, tips very narrowly blackened ; Sept.-Dee., 1959] Alexander: Crane-Flies 233 tarsi black; claws of female with about five teeth, the outermost largest. Wings light yellow, heavily patterned with brown, costal border more saturated yellow; heaviest darkened areas include four in cell R, the third at origin of Rs, fourth at fork, confluent with the stigma ; narrower dark brown areas at fork of Sc, cord and outer end of cell 1st M , ; paler brown washes in outer radial field, at ends of longitudinal veins and as conspicuous washes in cells Cu and 1st A and 2nd A ; cell M with more than the anterior half washed with pale brown, the clear posterior border adjoining vein Cu with about six small dark brown spots; veins brown, yellowed in the costal and areular regions. Venation: Sc1 ending beyond midlength of the sinuous Rs, Sc2 near its tip; Scr/ and R subequal and in virtual transverse align- ment ; r-m lying just before the level of R2 ; inner end of cell 1st Mn arcuated ; m-cu about one-third to nearly one-lialf its length before the fork of M. Abdomen obscure brownish yellow, darker laterally, sternites clearer yellow with broader lateral margins; outer segments with posterior borders more narrowly darkened. Ovipositor with cerci slender, gently upeurved to the acute tips; hypovalvae deep, blackened basally. Holotype, §, Simbhairjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). The most similar regional species include Limonia ( Meta - limnoibia) biannulata (Brunetti), L. ( M .) vajra Alexander and L. (M.) jactator new species, all of which have patterned wings, differing among themselves chiefly in the coloration of the body and especially of the legs. Limonia (Metalimnobia) jactator new species Size medium (wing of female 8.5 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum with the brownish yellow ground very restricted, heavily patterned with black ; mediotergite chiefly obscure yellow ; legs black, femora with base and sub- terminal ring yellow ; wings pale yellow, patterned with brown, including three major areas in cell R ; cell 1st M small, about one-half the distal section of vein M • m-cu more than three-fourths its length before the fork of M. Female. Length about 8 mm ; wing 8.5 mm. Rostrum and palpi black, the former relatively long, about one-third the remainder of head. Antennae with scape light brown, pedicel yellow, flagellum brownish black ; flagellar segments short-oval, passing into more elongate-oval; verticils considerably longer than the segments. Head dull black, more pruinose on the anterior vertex, less so on the genae; anterior vertex narrow, about one-third the diameter of scape. Pronotum brownish black, pretergites paler brown. Mesonotal praescutum with the restricted ground brownish yellow, the extensive pattern black, including a relatively narrow median stripe, slightly wider sublateral stripes and broad lateral margins, all these areas confluent at the suture; median region of scutum silvery, lobes brownish black; scutellum brownish black, 234 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII parascutella light yellow ; mediotergite chiefly obscure yellow, weakly dark- ened on anterior half of central part; pleurotergite obscure yellow dorsally, the ventral part infuscated. Pleura chiefly brownish black, the ventral sclerites yellowed, including the ventral sternopleurite and meron ; dorso- pleural membrane dusky. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brown. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow, fore coxae weakly darkened; remainder of legs black, femora with the basal fourth and a conspicuous subterminal ring light yellow, the latter narrower than the black tip ; claws with three or four teeth, the outermost larger. Wings pale yellow, the costal and pre- arcular fields more saturated yellow ; a heavy brown pattern, arranged as follows: Three major areas in cell B, including the origin and fork of Bs, the latter confluent with the stigma ; cord and outer end of cell 1st M 7 narrowly seamed ; paler washes in base of cell C and at ends of longitudinal veins, very extensive in the Anal field ; all marginal darkenings enclosing yellow submarginal spots; still paler brown washes in outer radial cells; veins brown. Venation: Sc1 ending about opposite midlength of Bs, Sc near its tip ; cell 1st M0 unusually small, about one-half the distal section of vein M 1+2 ; m-cu more than three-fourths its length before the fork of M. Abdomen obscure brownish yellow, sternites clearer yellow, pleural mem- brane dusky ; genital segment and valves of ovipositor horn-yellow ; cerci relatively small, gently upcurved. Holotype, J, Simbhanjang Pass, Nepal, 8197 feet, June 24, 1957 (Coher). As indicated, under the account of Limonia ( Metalimnobia ) hedone new species, this latter fly and the present species are generally similar to one another and apparently closely allied, differing evidently in the pattern of the body and wings but especially of the legs. Limonia (Rhipidia) coheriana new species Belongs to the morionella group; general coloration polished black; size small (wing of male under 4 mm.) ; antennae of male bipectinate, the pedicels of the segments elongate ; legs brownish black, outer tarsal seg- ments paling to creamy white ; wings pale grayish subhyaline, unpatterned ; male liypopygium with the tergite narrowly transverse ; rostral spines two, long, from a common elongate basal tubercle. Male. Length about 3.5 mm. ; wing 3.8 mm. ; antenna about 1.9 mm. Rostrum and palpi black, the former of moderate length. Antennae of male black throughout, bipectinate, elongate, especially the pedicels of the flagellar segments which are approximately three-fourths as long as the longest branches ; segments with the pedicels progressively shorter out- wardly; apparently two simple terminal segments. Head black. Thorax uniformly polished brownish black to black. Halteres with stem dirty white, knob infuscated. Legs with the coxae dark brown to brownish black ; trochanters brown ; remainder of legs brownish black, the outer tarsal segments paling to creamy white. Wings pale grayish subhyaline, without pattern, even the stigma lacking; veins pale brown. Venation: Scl ending Sept.-Dee., 1959] Alexander : Crane-Flies 235 opposite origin of Es, Sc._, far retracted ; Es only a little longer than the basal section of E^+r> ; cell M2 open by atrophy of m ; m-cu about one-fifth its length beyond the fork of M ; cell 2nd A broad. Abdomen brownish black. Male hypopygium with the tergite narrowly transverse, posterior border shallowly emarginate. Basistyle with the ventromesal lobe relatively small. Dorsal dististyle stout, gently curved, tip abruptly acute; ventral style subequal in area to the basistyle; rostral prolongation small, spines two, from a common tubercle. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe relatively slender, the acute tip narrowly blackened. Ilolotype, Jhawani, Nepal, March 19, 1957 (Coher). I take unusual pleasure in naming this interesting fly for the collector, my long-time friend Dr. Edward I. Coher. The most similar regional species is Limoni a ( Rhipidia ) morionella (Ed- wards), which is well-distinguished by the darkened stigma and structure of the antennae of the male. There are relatively numerous species of the group in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, including Mauritius and Madagascar. ( continued from page 22,2) Dr. Ramsey presented a series of kodachromes showing the vast numbers of pests intercepted at our ports-of-entry, and the methods of detection used. The meeting adjourned at 10:00 P.M. Peter Farb, Secretary Meeting of December 3, 1957 President Treat called to order a regular meeting of the Society in Room 419 of the American Museum of Natural History at 8:00 P.M. Twenty- five members and ten guests were present. Dr. Treat greeted the visitors. Mr. Bernard Heineman introduced his guest, Mr. Raymond Brush, an amateur lepidopterist, and Dr. James Mullen introduced Mr. Daniel J. Sullivan, S.J., a graduate student at the Fordham University Biological Laboratory. A belated announcement was made that Edwin Way Teale had been honored last June by Earlham College, his alma mater, with an honorary degree of Doctor of Letters. Dr. Treat reported that the Executive Committee heard the report of Miss Alice Gray and Mr. Tony Roberts on the proposed Junior Entomological Society; concrete proposals on membership will be submitted at the next meeting. The President asked Dr. Creighton, Chairman of the Nominating Com- mittee which also consisted of Dr. Klots and Dr. Schueirla, to read the ten- tative slate of officers to be voted on at the Annual Meeting. Dr. Creighton stated that the Committee felt that the present officers have done an admir- able job of conducting Society affairs, and they wished to return them to office. A few changes were suggested for the Publications Committee, how- ever. Candidates nominated were : Dr. Treat, President ; Dr. Mullen, Vice- President ; Mr. Farb, Secretary ; Mr. Bloch, Assist. Secy. ; Mr. Hubennan, Treasurer; Mrs. Vaurie, Asst. Treasurer. 236 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII For the Executive Committee : Mr. E. Irving Huntington, Mr. Bernard Heineman, Dr. Herbert Ruckes, Dr. Alexander B. Klots. For the Publica- tions Committee: Mr. Frank Soraci, Editor, and Mr. Schwarz, Mr. Farb, Dr. Creighton. Miss Gray nominated the following for membership in the Society: Miss Jeanette Berger and Mr. Peter Paul Watsky. President Treat commented for the Executive Committee with reference to Mr. Bloch’s proposal at the last meeting for an annual Society dinner. It was felt that there was not sufficient time in this year’s program, but that the proposal should be taken under advisement in next year’s pro- gramming. Dr. Creighton introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. Edward O. Wilson of Harvard University, a myrmecologist who recently completed a ten months’ trip through the Australasian and Melanesian regions. Dr. Wilson explained that he had three purposes for his trip: to collect insects in areas where ants have not previously been collected or where collections are meager; to examine the available collections in the museums in this region ; to study the zoogeography and distribution of the ant fauna there. Dr. Wilson commented that the ants found in New Guinea are more closely related to those of southeastern Asia than to those found in the islands to the east. The talk was illustrated with very interesting slides. The meeting was adjourned at 10:00 P.M. after a brief discussion. James Forbes, Secretary Pro. Tem. Meeting of January 7, 1958 The 66th Annual Meeting of the Society was called to order at 8:10 P.M. by President Treat in Room 419 of the American Museum of Natural His- tory. Fourteen members and four guests were present. Mr. Huberman reported on the periodic financial difficulties of the Society. Mr. Soraci reported on the progress in bringing publication of the Journal up to schedule. The President announced, that there has been a change in the list of candidates for office read to the Society at the previous meeting. Dr. Mullen found himself unable to accept the nomination for Vice-President, but Mr. Nicholas Schoumatoff has agreed to his name being proposed. No further nominations were made from the floor, and Dr. Clausen moved that the Secretary be empowered to cast one ballot for the entire slate. The motion was passed and the Secretary so voted. Dr. Treat reported on a meeting of the Executive Committee at which plans for the Junior Entomological Society were further discussed. Under Miss Gray’s direction, an organizational meeting of the young people will be held on February 8th to draw up plans which will then be submitted to the Society at the following meeting. Dr. Treat pointed out that Society members should be prepared to give their backing to the Junior group, and that annual charges to the Society would be about $20 for liability insurance. Miss Gray was warmly thanked for her efforts and authorized by the Society to proceed. Sept. -Dec., 1959] Proceedings 237 Miss Jeanette Berger and Mr. Paul Watsky were unanimously elected to membership. Dr. Vishniac announced that Dr. Treat has been elected a Fellow of the N. Y. Academy of Sciences. Speaker of the evening was Dr. Morris Rockstein of NYU Medical School who addressed the Society on “Aging In Insects.” Dr. Rockstein pointed out that there are many compelling reasons for using insects to study the physiology of aging: they are every bit as complex and interesting as higher forms; they are short-lived and the researcher can obtain many off- spring (sometimes as many as 4000 bees a day from a single queen). Also, they are extremely inexpensive to keep in the laboratory: a colony of only 375 rats costs $7.50 a day, while for only a dollar he can have 50-100,000 flies. Dr. Rockstein reported on his work in aging of adult houseflies and honeybees. Characteristics of old-age are seen in the skin, locomotion, senescence of nerves and brain. He located a key section of the brain which he used for comparison counts of cells in the tissue. A 35% loss of brain cells during life was found in some honeybees. In a study of the possible enzymes concerned with aging in insects, Dr. Rockstein discovered the cholinesterase activity rose for the first 7 to 10 days and then remained on the same level for the rest of the life-span; this is a brain enzyme and seems concerned with the maturing of the brain rather than actual aging. He also studied the organic phosphate enzymes which trigger activity, and it was seen that they followed the same pattern as cholinesterase. However, alkaline phosphatase dropped during the first few days and was seen to be related to flight ability. Dr. Rockstein concluded that enzyme activity was not directly related to the problem under con- sideration. While working on the resistance to DDT by houseflies in Korea, he ob- served that males have a shorter life-span than females. He experimented by keeping five cages of males and females, starting with about 150 flies in each cage. At the end of 21 days, no males survived while there were still many females alive. This was confirmed by mortality studies which showed that two-thirds of male houseflies died at the end of three weeks. When Dr. Rockstein included milk in the diet of the colonies, the females lived much longer than when they were just eating sugar and water. Not so with the males which had the same longevity in spite of the enriched diet. Thus, male houseflies are seen to have an immutable aging factor. Dr. Rockstein gave statistics on longevity of various forms of life, based on sex differences. Examples were man, white rat, Daphnia, black-widow spider, mealworm and housefly — in all cases, the female of the species lived much longer. Does the age at which the female lay eggs affect the longevity of the off- spring? Dr. Rockstein’s experiments to answer this question showed that 50% of female offspring from a four-day-old mother died. Mortality in- creased as age of the mother increased, until at parental age 27 days, 92% of the female offspring died. Yet, the male longevity remained about the same, regardless of age of the parent. Thus, again, we see that the male longevity factor is not affected. Dr. Rockstein is now attempting to learn 238 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVLI the part that the age of the male parent’s sperm plays in these longevity figures. After the interesting discussion period, the members adjourned to the foyer where refreshments were served. The meeting was adjourned at 10:10 P.M. Peter Farb, Secretary Meeting of January 21, 1958 A regular meeting of the Society was held in room 419 of the American Museum of Natural History, President Treat presiding. Sixteen members and three guests were present. Because the guest speaker presented two films, the President reversed the procedure of the meeting and delayed business matters until the conclusion of the speaker’s talk. Dr. George S. Tullocli of Brooklyn College spoke on ‘‘Schistosomiasis” — a disease caused by a deadly, parasitic worm. Dr. Tulloeh stated that five percent of the world’s population suffers from it, and evidence of it has been found in Egyptian mummies. A Public Health Service film described the life-liistory of a form of Schistosoma that occurs in Central America and the Caribbean. Known as Manson’s blood fluke, it lives inside the intestinal veins of humans, resulting in a lethal accumulation of fluids in the body. The intermediate host of the sporoeysts is a tiny freshwater snail. Schistosomes are widespread. Practically every gull in our area is loaded with a species of them, and “clam-diggers itch” is caused by a schistosome that parasitizes birds. Dr. Tullocli showed his slides taken in China where, in certain areas, 95 percent of the population suffers from schistsomiasis. Discussion brought out the fact occurrence of the disease is even worse in Japan — 100 percent in some places. A Public Health Service training film on tapeworm, common in our area, was also shown. At the conclusion of the talk, Dr. Treat announced the new members of the Society’s standing committees. They are: Auditing Committee: Sidney Hessel, Bernard Heineman, Herbert Schwarz. Program Committee: Nicholas Slioumatoff, Bernard Heineman. Field Com- mittee : Dr. Alexander Klots, Nicholas Shoumatoff. Photographic Sales Committee: Dr. Klots, Dr. Lucy Clausen. Delegate to the N.Y. Academy of Sciences: Dr. Clausen. Mr. Huberman reported that after payment of expenses on the current issue of the Journal, the treasury will be disturbingly low. Our financial plight is caused by annual income of $1800 and expenses of $2600. The President pointed out to the members that this indicates a probable rise in dues. He announced that his investigations revealed that the possibili- ties of income from Journal advertising were not good. Mr. Soraci proposed Mr. William W. Metterhouse of 57 Sunset Boulevard, Hamilton Square, New Jersey, for membership. The meeting adjourned at 9:45 P.M. Peter Farb, Secretary Sept.— Dec., 1959] Proceedings 239 Meeting of February 4, 1958 The regular meeting of the Society was held in room 419 of the Museum of Natural History. The meeting was opened at 8:15 P.M. by Dr. Treat. The minutes of the previous meeting were read by Dr. Treat, who also greeted the guests; Mr. Devlin of the New York Times, Mr. Watsky and Mr. Rex. A report on the field trip was made by Mr. Shoumatoff. The trip is to be held near Bedford, N. Y. on grounds consisting of about 350 acres. On the grounds is a lake, a bog, trails, large fields, hemlock groves, lovely rock gorge, and a brook. The trip should be fruitful collecting for everyone who attends. The date for the trip is May 17. Mr. William W. Metterhouse was elected to membership, unanimously. The sympathy of the Society was extended to Mr. Dix on the loss of his father. The speaker of the evening, Dr. Charles C. Doane was introduced by Dr. Treat. An abstract of his paper, “Some Relationships of Fungi and Bac- teria to Vectors of Dutch Elm Disease,” follows: A study of some of the bacteria and fungi associated with the smaller European elm bark beetle, Scolytus multistriatus is in progress. Most of the work to date has been done on the microorganisms that are pathogenic to the beetles. A preliminary survey indicates that the most common pathogen is a fungus, Beauveria bassiana (Bals.) Vuill. Although the larvae, pupae and adults are about equal in susceptibility, the larval stage is most fre- quently attacked in nature. Preliminary field observations indicated that the fungus infects only a low percentage of larvae (less than 10%) in trees in open sunny areas but may kill up to 98% of the larvae infesting trees in shaded or semi-shaded areas. This fungus may be a limiting factor for populations attempting to establish in shaded or semi-shaded areas. While counts were made of larvae killed in shaded bark a number of confirmatory isolations were made by placing the mummified larvae on arti- ficial media. Growth from these dead larvae was consistently a combination of Beauveria and a red-pigmenting bacteria, Serratia spp., probably Serratia marcescens. Isolation of these two microorganisms is of interest since a number of workers have found Serratia associated with Beauveria in infected silkworm cultures and have speculated on a possible symbiotic relationship between the two microorganisms. Further study will be made of this association. Laboratory tests with Serratia in pure culture show that it will kill 70% to 80% of the larvae exposed to it on treated bark. The pathogenicity of the bacterium decreases considerably if it is grown for a prolonged period on artificial media. Two new species of bacteria, Aerobacter scolyti and Escherichia Tclebsiellae- formis were reported pathogenic to bark beetles in France in 1955. Cultures of these bacteria were received from M. Pesson and the Institut Pasteur and their pathogenicity is being studied in laboratory cultures. Reports show that 100% kill of exposed larvae should occur within 72 hours but these bacteria have produced no more than 17% kill of beetle larvae in 5 240 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVIl days. The bacteria have apparently become attenuated from continued growth on artificial media and it is hoped that pathogenicity may be recov- ered by successive passage through larvae of the lesser European elm bark beetle. These bacteria have not been found to date in the beetle populations in Connecticut. After Dr. Doane presented his paper an interesting discussion took place. The meeting was adjourned at 9:55 P.M. Bobert G. Bloch, Assistant Secretary Meeting of February 18, 1958 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; President Treat presiding. The meeting was opened at 8 : 15 P.M. Doctor Treat read the minutes of the February 4 meeting and same were accepted. He also welcomed the guests and announced that several speakers had been invited to participate in an anticipated Forum on Gypsy Moth Control. Also, Doctor Vishniac will speak March 21, at the New York Academy of Science. William H. Loery, M.D., and Baymond Brush were proposed for mem- bership. The president introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. James C. King. An abstract of his paper follows: WHAT HAS THE POPULATION GENETICIST TO OFFEB THE ENTOMOLOGIST? The entomologist is concerned with characters — morphological, physiologi- cal, behavioral. All taxonomy is based on them. There are differences in characters between species, between populations within species and between individuals within populations. These characters are all under genetic in- fluence and the population geneticist is concerned with the processes which result in a given population having a given set of characters and which account for persistence or change in the set. Genetically, characters may be produced by single genes or by polygenic complexes. The same characters may sometimes be produced by one, some- times by the other; and where a polygenic complex is responsible, different complexes may produce the same result. Experimental selection for a poly- genic character (resistance to DDT in D. melanogaster ) has been shown to produce the same phenotypic result in two lines, identical in origin but inde- pendently selected. Genetic analysis of the two lines, however, disclosed that two very different gene complexes had been built up. In any cross-breeding population which is reasonably near equilibrium the means and variances for any number of characters are definite and predictable. There is a modal phenotype: the great majority of individuals lie within definite phenotypic limits. This situation obtains because the gene pool of the population is an integrated system. The modal phenotype is produced by the random pairing of the chromosomes at fertilization. Artificially produced homozygotes deviate from the modal phenotype. Selec- tion acts not on genes or chromosomes but on individuals — diploid sets of Sept. -Dec., 1959] Proceedings 241 chromosomes. Chromosomes which, when paired at random, give the near- est approach to the modal phenotype have the best chance of survival. The survival value of a chromosome (or gene) depends quite as much on the genetic milieu in which it is found as on its own makeup. The modal phenotype is produced by many interesting polygenic complexes; “switch” genes and extreme phenodeviants are exceptional phenomena. Selection acts in a fluctuating and capricious manner. Hence no popula- tion ever achieves a perfectly integrated genetic system. Any change pro- duced in a genetic system by selection sets in motion a complex readjustment involving compensatory changes leading toward a new integration. The whole process is continuously dynamic and kaleidoscopic. Since different local populations of the same species differ in such complex ways, the notion sometimes expressed that two species may differ in only one or a small number of genes is fantastic. Doctor King recommended as bibliographical material The Cold Spring Harbor (1955) Symposium and the Journal of Evolution. After many questions and a lively discussion period, the meeting was adjourned at 10:00 P.M. Roman Vishniac, Secretary pro tem . Meeting of March 4, 1958 The regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President Treat at 8:05 P.M. in Room 419 of the American Museum of Natural His- tory. Seventeen members and seventeen guests were present. Mrs. Vaurie* was appointed Secretary pro tempore. Minutes of the meeting of 18 Feb- ruary were read and approved. The President read an excerpt from a letter from Mr. Soraci, Editor of the Society’s Journal, stating that all copy for the 1957 volume was in the hands of the printer, and that material is accumulating for the first issue of 1958. There were no reports of other- officers. In the absence of Mr. Hessel, the report of the Auditing Committee for 1957 was read by Mr. Heineman, who had served with Mr. Hessel and Mr.. Schwarz. The report was accepted by unanimous vote of the Society. William H. Loery, M.D., and Raymond Brush were unanimously elected tu membership. There were no proposals for new membership. Miss Alice Gray reported that the Junior Entomological Society, under her direction, has requested the senior Society to supply speakers on the following sub- jects: (1) How to tackle a taxonomic research problem; (2) Insect pho- tography; (3) Tropical butterflies; (4) The ecology of the pine barrens; (5) P'ossil insects. Mr. Shoumatoff agreed to speak on topics 1 and 3, Dr. Elsie Klots on topic 5, Dr. Clausen on 2, and Dr. A. B. Klots on 4. The paper of the evening was given by Mary H. Loveless, M.D., of New York Hospital. It was entitled The hazard of insect stings. An abstract, follows : Despite the importance to man of plant pollination and honey, bees and especially wasps at times comprise a serious hazard when a state of allergy toward venom exists in the victim of stinging. The reaction to the sting is in this instance not restricted to the usual hivelike redness and. 242 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXVII swelling that occurs at the site of inoculation but involves the whole body with such responses as a rash, acute drop in bloodpressure followed by un- consciousness, suffocation due to swellings in the airways, and other serious disturbances. All these reactions are dependent on the presence of allergic antibodies which combine immediately with any venom in their vicinity to give rise to acute inflammation. There is, fortunately, a means of protection. It consists of a series of cautious injections of the patient each spring with venom which has been taken from a healthy, lively insect of the type that has induced his allergic antibodies. These graduated injections can, we find, be completed during 2i hours without untoward reactions. They cause the body to build up antibodies of another variety, the so-called blocking antibodies. The latter combine with any venom the patient may receive through the sting of an insect in the field. The venom is promptly “neutralized” and inactivated b}7- this combination and fortunately the antibody-venom complex is nonirritat- ing to the host. Furthermore the blocking antibody has a greater avidity for the venom than has the allergic antibody in the body. The result of this competition between the two types of antibody is that only the blocking type unites with the venom. Thus, the allergic reaction is forestalled and prevented. In short, the patient tolerates the venom which had formerly produced a serious allergic reaction in him. He is immune because of his possession of the blocking, or protective, antibodies. It is unfortunate that the blocking antibody is produced only for a period of some six months after the course of venom injections. Thus the patient must be immunized each year prior to the time of appearance of the wasps in summer. The allergic antibody, on the other hand, seems to be formed for years once they have been made by the body. During the past decade, while we were working out the method of im- munization with venom, we have introduced the planned stingtest to discover whether the treated patient could indeed tolerate the sting of a lively insect which had formerly caused him to become seriously ill. We have found that all patients, with the possible excejffion of one man who had also a blood disorder, can take the sting of from one to four insects without any adverse affect. It is, of course, necessary to have all equipment at hand for im- mediate use should allergic reactions ever be encountered during these chal- lenges. They have clearly established the safety and efficacy of venom-im- munization, and thus man has now a means of defense against this unusual hazard. A prolonged and very lively discussion followed the presentation of Dr. Loveless, and continued for some time after formal adjournment at 9:45 P.M. Mrs. Patricia Vaurie, Secretary pro tern. Meeting of March 18, 1958 A regular meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, A. E. Treat, at 8:10 P.M. in Boom 419 of the American Museum of Natural History. Thirteen members and five guests were present. The president read the minutes of the previous meeting which were approved as read. An- nouncements were made of the forthcoming meeting of the New York Acad- Sept.-Dee., 1959] Proceedings 243 emy of Science at which Dr. Vishniac will speak; of the coming N. Y. A. S. Conference on Axenic Culture of Invertebrate Metazoa ; of a recent pub- lication on Papilio nise by Trustees Klots and Heineman; and of a new journal Entoniologia scheduled for early appearance in the Netherlands. A meeting of the Interim Editorial Board (Executive and Publications Committees) held on 17 March at the home of Mr. Heineman was briefly re- ported by the President. Miss Gray reported upon the progress of the newly formed Junior Division of the New York Entomological Society. Organi- zation of this group, with Miss Alice Gray as Senior Advisor, was recently completed, with the following officers: President, Tony Roberts; Vice Presi- dent, A. Clifton Hooks; Corresponding Secretary, Maureen O’Connor; Re- cording Secretary, Paul Watsky; Treasurer, Joel Ilallam. Membership is up to the present limit of 15, with a considerable waiting list. Dues of $1.50 payable in two installments in April and October have been voted. Meetings are scheduled for 10:30 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on the first and third Saturdays of each month, the year around. Liability insurance covering the group’s activities has been purchased through the generosity of Mr. Bernard Heineman. Several successful and well-attended meetings have already been held, at one of which Dr. Klots spoke on the Ecology of the Pine Barrens. Joint activities with the senior Society are contemplated. There being no further business, the President introduced the speaker of the evening, Mr. A. L. Taylor, Head Nematologist of the Crops Production Research Division of the Agricultural Research Service, United States De- partment of Agriculture. Mr. Taylor spoke on Recent Research in Nema- tology. An abstract follows: The word nematology as used in the title refers to the study of the plant parasitic and soil nematodes, with occasional contacts with the insect para- sites, marine and freshwater nematodes. This includes some 5,000 known species, probably only a fraction of those existing. Plant parasitic and soil nematodes occur in hundreds of millions per acre in all soils where anything can grow and some are important economic parasites of crop and ornamental plants. In general, these nematodes are less than a millimeter long and only about 20 microns wide, too small to be seen easily without a microscope, but large enough to be seen easily when separated from the soil. These tiny bodies have a complete digestive system, a nervous system, reproductive or- gans, muscles and an excretory system. Reproduction is by eggs and the nematode passes through 4 larval stages, separated by moults, before reach- ing the adult stage. Plant parasitic nematodes feed on living plants, mostly on the roots, but sometimes also on the above ground parts, and if food is available, may develop to adult stage in a few weeks. If food is not avail- able, as during the winter in cultivated fields, or conditions are unfavorable some species remain indefinitely in the second larval stage. Larvae of the golden nematode of potatoes may remain alive in cysts in soil for as long as ten years, and larvae of the wheat nematode have been found alive after 28 years of storage in dried galls. Since nematodes are somewhat specialized parasites, able to reproduce on certain plants but not on others, they can be controlled by crop rotation; perhaps one of the chief advantages of crop rotation is nematode control. Another method is trap cropping, the modern improvement of this old 244 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VII method being the use of trap plants which the nematodes can invade, but in which it cannot complete its development and reproduce. In the past ten years, most progress has been made in the popularization of nematocides which are used for killing nematodes in the soil before the crop is planted. These are mostly fumigants which are applied by injection into the soil and are being used with notable success in increasing crop yields by pineapple growers in Hawaii, tobacco growers in the southern states and vegetable growers in many parts of the country. Mr. Taylor’s remarks excited much interest and many questions. The meeting was adjourned at 10:10 P.M. Asher E. Treat, Secretary pro tem. Meeting of April 1, 1958 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History. The President called the meeting to order at 8:10 P.M. Twelve members and eight guests were present. It was announced that the Zoological Record of London has appealed for a contribution from the Society. The membership felt that the Society was not presently in a financial position to give any donations; however, several members have given individual donations and a few members offered to make up the difference between these and $100. A contribution will thus be mailed in the name of the Society. Mr. Soraci reported on the publication of the Journal and appealed for more filler material. Mr. Shoumatoff reported on plans for the Field Trip on May 17th. Mrs. Edward E. Fusselman, 6 Eobert Court, West Orange, New Jersey was proposed for membership. Dr. Daniel Ludwig of Fordham University spoke on “Metabolism In The Insect Egg.” He described the changes in carbohydrate, fat, various nitro- gen and phosphorus fractions, activity of the succin-oxidase system, and the rate of 0o consumption which occur during the embryonic development of the Japanese beetle. This development requires eight days at 30 degrees C. Deducing substances increase during early embryogenesis and then decrease on the fourth day. Oxidation of glycogen furnishes the main source of energy during the first four days, followed by the utilization of fat. During the first four days there are pronounced shifts in nitrogen and phosphorus from fraction C (water soluble, precipitated by tungstic acid or trichloracetic acid) to other fractions which include lipid, acid soluble and the insoluble fractions. Similar changes occur to a more limited extent during the latter part of the embryonic period. The activities of cytochrome oxidase and succinic dehydrogenase decrease rapidly during the first four days, associated with the imbibation of water and an increase in weight. During the latter part of the embryonic period the activities of these enzymes increase rapidly al- though weight remains constant. These observations suggest a change in the mechanism of embryogenesis at the fifth day. A study of embryonic development of carefully timed eggs has shown that blastokinesis occurs be- tween the fourth and fifth days. Prior to this process, organ formation oc- curs; and following it, differentiation predominates. The energy for blasto- Sept.-Dee., 1959] Proceedings 245 kinesis may be obtained from the oxidation of reducing compounds. The meeting adjourned at 9:30 P.M. Robert G. Bloch, Assistant Secretary Meeting of April 15, 1958 President Treat called a regular meeting to order at 8:05 P.M. in room 419 of the American Museum of Natural History. Twenty-seven members and 19 guests were present. The President announced that Drs. Klots and Dos Passos were planning to attend the International Congress of Entomology ; a motion was passed elect- ing them official delegates of the Society to the Congress. The Society voted to dispense with the regular order of business to alloAV more time for the program. The program was a forum on the question: Is aerial application of in- secticides a desirable means of controlling the gypsy moth? The moderator, Mr. A. A. Miller, an attorney, introduced the three speakers: Frank A. Soraci, Director of the Division of Plant Industry, New Jersey Department of Agriculture; Dr. Robert Cushman Murphy, Curator Emeritus of Birds, American Museum of Natural History; Dr. John L. George, Associate Cu- rator of Mammals, New York Zoological Society. Mr. Soraci described the life-history of the moth and the early attempts to battle the pest in Massachusetts. To date, about $100 million of public funds has been spent only to control the moth. Yet, the worst defoliation in history took place in 1953 and the insect continues to spread. As a result of this breakthrough of the moth, an additional 100 million acres of impor- tant hardwood forests are threatened. We now have a material, DDT, and an aerial method of application which give hope of eradication, said Mr. Soraci. The current eradication program of the states and U.S. Department of Agriculture got underway to a limited extent in 1956, and the large-scale program began in 1957 with the spraying of three million acres. These are the results: an isolated outbreak of the moth around Lansing, Michigan, has been eradicated; there have been no recoveries of moths in areas sprayed in Pennsylvania and New Jersey; excellent results have been achieved in New York State, except on Long Island where some live moths have been trapped. The gypsy moth campaign, stated Mr. Soraci, is in the public interest, and eradication is being achieved. No damage to humans, plants, fish, bees, animal life has occurred that would indicate discontinuance of the program. Dr. Murphy stated that control of some insect pests was needed. The best example, he feels, is the campaign against the Japanese beetle in the 1930’s. But the current gypsy moth program is in sad contrast. And the USD A fire ant program in the South he regards as being even more flagrant because: no research was done on the ant between 1953 and 1957, few investigations were made of possible parasites, there is no knowing whether the current outbreak is a cyclic peak. Dr. Murphy doubts that it is possible to eradicate any insect by chemical means, and states that no example of an insect so eradicated can be found. Between 1949 and 1953, New England was sprayed from the air to control gypsy moth; yet the worst outbreak in history took place in 1953. Dr. Murphy objects to trespass by the federal government and states upon private property, and he objects to irresponsible statements 246 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX VI I on the program of USD A. The situation on Long Island is that there have been 37 centers of gypsy moth outbreak of long standing and that in spite of the spraying, the moth will still be there in future years. And, because of insect resistance to pesticides, the dosage will continually have to be in- creased. Mr. Soraci, in rebuttal, questioned the success of the Japanese beetle cam- paign since the pest is still doing much damage in ever increasing areas. As for the possibilities of eradicating an insect by chemical means, Mr. Soraci stated that it now appears eradication of the Medfly in Florida has been achieved. This is the most recent example, but there are others. The aerial spraying with DDT in New England in 1949 was not aimed at eradication, stated Mr. Soraci, but was a local effort to alleviate defoliation. Begarding Dr. Murphy’s statement about the gypsy moth program being a trespass on private property, Mr. Soraci said that at least in New Jersey, the state has right of entry to alleviate a public nuisance. DDT, Mr. Soraci concluded, has been a boon to mankind in controlling many human diseases and insect pests. Dr. Murphy described the effects of the 1957 spray program on Long Island. He believes it wiped out the balance of nature. Some areas were sprayed as many as 15 times. There were dangerous concentrations of DDT in milk. An analysis of peas from the sprayed area showed they contained 14-20 parts per million of DDT, thus making them unfit for human consump- tion. He had tissues and livers from dead birds analyzed and found they contained high proportions of DDT. Dr. George stated that his position was nearly midway between the two previous speakers. He said that the gypsy moth is an exotic, introduced species that will at first have cyclic populations, eventually hit a balance and decline in numbers. Dr. George said that not all trees are susceptible to moth attacks and that the hardwoods can be defoliated for a number of years without dying. He has hopes for control of the moth if more work were done in biological control ; for example, there is a disease attacking the moths that makes rearing them in the laboratories very difficult. Dr. George’s recommendations for a good gypsy moth program would be : no mass spray- ing but rather spot spraying in outbreak areas. Also, more biological con- trol research should be undertaken. In discussions from the floor, it was brought out by Dr. Klots that the moth disappeared from Putnam, Connecticut, around 1940 without any chem- ical control being used; he believes that ecological factors will eventually take over to reduce populations. In response to a question, Mr. Soraci gave figures on the economy and efficiency of the current spray program : to eradi- cate the moth (requiring spray of about 23,000 acres) in New Jersey in the 1920’s, took 11 years and cost 21/2 million dollars. Eleven hundred man years of labor were expended in the whole control operation. Today, a single air- plane in only four hours, at a cost of less than $23,000, can spray the same acreage with the same results. Dr. George said that the effect of sub-lethal doses of pesticides should be investigated for their cumulative effect. On the question of biological con- trol, it was stated from the floor that for two decades USD A and the states spent $2 million to release well over 100 million parasites and predators; Sept. -Dec., 1959] Proceedings 247 also, the polyhedrosis virus has been known for 50 years, yet gives biological control of the moths only at high population levels. The meeting was adjourned at 10:05 P.M. Peter Farb, Secretary Meeting of May 6, 1958 President Treat called the regular meeting to order at 8:10 P.M. at the Museum of Natural History. Twenty-five members and seven guests were present. Because of the length of the minutes on the gypsy-moth forum of April 15, it was voted to dispense with their reading. Dr. Treat announced that there had been much favorable response to the gypsy-moth forum ; he also stated that contributions to the Zoological Record fund exceeded expectations and a check has been mailed in behalf of the Society. Mr. Shoumatoff reported that Drs. Klots and Teale will participate in the traditional Members’ Symposium on May 20th. He also gave the highlights of some of next season’s programs. Mr. Soraci reported that he wished to publish an up-to-date membership list in the first issue of the Journal for 1958, but that he does not have the specialties of all the members. The time necessary to obtain them would delay publication of the list. A motion was made and passed to dispense with the specialties. Mr. Schoumatoff reported on the plans for the Field Trip, and attempted to arrange transportation for members. Miss Alice Gray told the Society that the Junior Division has grown to approximately 20 members and that Dr. Klots gave a talk on fossil insects which was enthusiastically received. The Society passed a motion to pay the transportation expenses of Junior members who could not otherwise afford to go on the Field Trip. Mrs. Edward B. Fusselman of 6 Bobert Court, West Orange, N.J., was elected to membership. The speaker of the evening, Dr. Thomas Eisner of Cornell University, gave an illustrated talk on “Food Economy in Ant Societies.” Dr. Eisner first discussed the food economy of the Australian honey ants. Selected -workers in these colonies become repletes and a special compartment of their digestive tract becomes gorged with liquid food. The repletes are little more than living storage casks to maintain the supply of food during times of shortage. The transmission of food by regurgitation is extremely rapid. Dr. Eisner developed an experiment with Dr. E. O. Wilson of Harvard to determine to what extent food transmission can be figured quantitatively. They first re- moved a worker from a colony, and allowed her to feed on radioactive honey. The worker was then returned to the nest and time was allowed for the honey to be passed around the colony by regurgitation. The radioactivity was then measured. One of the nests experimented with became uniformly radioac- tive within only 24 hours; seventy percent of another nest became radio- active in three hours. Dr. Eisner illustrated the digestive tract of the ants, emphasizing the crop which is the “social” stomach and the mid-gut which is the gut proper. Liq- 248 New York Entomological Society [yol. Lxvir uid food is first stored in the crop which becomes swollen, and tremendous pressure is built up. What prevents the liquid from leaking out of the crop into the mid-gut? Dr. Eisner stated that there is an intermediate structure between the crop and the mid-gut — the proventriculus — which acts like a valve. This organ is different in various genera of ants, while it is monoton- ously the same in other Hymenoptera. Dr. Eisner traced the development of this organ, from the primitive organ of the Australian Bull Ant up to the higher ants, illustrating the many variations in structure. Since feeding by regurgitation is important in the social life of ants, Dr. Eisner stated that the incredible complexity of this one small organ has influenced the evolu- tion of ant societies. Because of the proventriculus, when there is little food available every ant in the colony still has a share of that little; when lots of food is available, each ant equally has a good supply in its crop. Following a lengthy discussion period, the meeting was adjourned at 9:45 P.M. Peter Farb, Secretary Meeting of May 20, 1958 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History. President Treat called the meeting to order at 8:05 P.M. Eighteen members and five guests were present. Mr. Soraci announced delivery of a file of Society archives to the Presi- dent. He also reported that the page proofs of the last issue of the Journal for 1957 were on hand and indexed, and that all material for the 1958 volume had been received. Chairman Klots of the Field Trip Committee reported on the highly suc- cessful visit of the Society to the Butler and Westmoreland Sanctuaries in Bedford, N.Y. on May 17th. About 40 members and guests attended, in- cluding junior entomologists. Miss Gray reported that the Junior Entomological Society consists of 17 members and 12 interested persons, of whom 14 attended the field trip. Be- cause Miss Gray will be returning to California next fall to continue her doctoral studies, the question of replacing her as sponsor of the Junior So- ciety was discussed. A motion was made and passed expressing appreciation to Miss Gray for her work in guiding and building up the Junior Society. The program of the evening was the traditional Members’ Symposium. The first contributor was Dr. A. B. Klots, who showed a series of slides of excellent color photographs he had made in New Mexico, Connecticut and Pelham, N.Y., illustrating various orders of insects at close range. They included Culex mosquitos, the white-faced hornet and a group picture of a bee, crab spider and two ambush bugs in a chain of predation and repro- duction. Dr. Teale showed a group of colored slides recording his field explora- tions from the St. Lawrence to the Bio Grande and including both entomo- logical and ornithological topics. Following a discussion by each of the members present on his plans for the summer, which covered a wide range of geographical and entomological interests, the meeting adjourned at 9:55 P.M. Nicholas Shoumatoff, Secretary pro tem. Sept. -Dec., 1959] Index to Volume LX VII 249 INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS IN VOLUME LXVII Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species varieties and new names are printed in italics. Acanthoibidion, 17 venezuelensis, 17 Anthocharis ausonides, 116 Aphatum, 14 Argynnis aphrodite, 133 astarte, 107 atlantis, 127, 133 cybele, 133 diana, 122, 126, 133 epitliore, 118 hesperis, 118 nokomis, 133, 140 Arrenurus, 1 bleptopetiolatus, 6 compactilis, 6 lissicornis, 7 major, 3 neosuperior, 8 planus, 11 pollictus, 8 tetratumuli, 8 wallensis, 9 Banasa, 27 Boloria, 107 Bomb3rx mori, 154 Calliphora erythrocephala, 151 Camponotus, 158 Celithemis elisa, 9 eponina, 9 Cerambyx textor, 23 Cercyonis pegala, 97 Chionobas chryxus, 116 Colias alexandra, 112 Christina, 116 helena, 116 Cryptocerus, 158 Danaus plexippus, 20 Bendrocoris humeralis, 55 Disderia, 27 decorata, 27 inornata, 28 Dismorphia cinerascens, 121 Dissosteira Carolina, 38 Dolichopeza (Nesopeza) lacteipes, 230 longisetosa, 229 orientalis, 230 Drosophila melanogaster, 154, 240 Enallagma ebrium, 6 Ephestia kiihniella, 154 Eresia cincta, 118 Erythemis simplicicollis, 7 Gourbeyrella, 13 Grapta comma, 107 f annus, 107 Hesperia conspicua, 113 delaware, 113 huron, 113 logan, 113 maculata, 126 mandan, 113 mystic, 112 napa, 126 nemoris, 118 ocala, 113 omaha, 113 pontiac, 113 ricaria, 126 uncus, 113 viator, 126 250 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXVII wyandot, 3.13 yreka, 140 Ibidion rufulum, 17 Tshnura verticalis, 3 Lamia, 22 gigas, 23 Lestes disjunctus australis, 8 eurinus, 8 forcipatus, 8 Libellula incesta, 7 luctuosa, 7 Limenitis archippus, 20 arthemis astyanax, 20 proserpina, 132 Limonia ( Limonia ) cnephosa, 230 decurvans , 231 globulithorax, 231 (Metalimnobia) biannulata, 233 hedone, 232 jactator, 233 vajra, 233 (Bhipidia) coheriana, 234 morionella, 235 Lucilia sericata, 217 Lycaena arnica, 116 echo, 118 lycea, 118 mertilla, 140 rustica, 126 Malacosoma americana, 213 Melitaea anicia, 107 chalcedon, 107 mylitta, 118 pallida, 118 phaon, 118 picta, 125 texana, 116 Musa domestica, 151, 217 Myrmecocystus melliger, 157 mimicus, 159 Neiramyrmex nigrescens, 156 Neocorus diversipennis, 18 ibidionoides, 13 romanowskii, 13 Novomessor cockerelli, 159 Nycteola, 51 cinereana, 51, 52 combiana, 51 frigidana, 51 scriptana, 51 Odmalea, 55 olivacea, 55 Oeneis uhleri, 120 Paehydiplax longipennis, 8 Papilio asterias, 130 bairdii, 139 nise, 243 Parnassius sayi, 115 Pericoma, 39 albitarsis, 39 calcilega, 42 marginalis, 40 truncata, 39 viperina, 42 Petrognatlia, 23 Phalaecus, 27 Pheidole, 158 Phormia regina, 213 Pieris nasturtii, 118 vernalis, 118 Pogonomyrmex occidentalis, 159 Popillia japonica, 154, 213, 217 Sept.-Dee., 1959] Index to Volume LXVII 251 Pyrgus ruralis, 126 Saturnia promethea, 130 Satyrus ridingsii, 126 Scolytus multistriatus, 239 Speyeria mormonia, 107 Telmatoscopus, 39 albipunctatus, 39 superbus, 39 (Telmatoscopus) species I, 45 Tenebrio molitor, 38, 151, 213, 217 Thaumalea algira, 36 americana, 31 eluora, 31 fusca, 31 japonica, 36 johannis, 31 nigra, 36 striata, 36 tarda, 36 thornburghi, 35 Thecla clothilde, 112 Timetes coresia, 108 Tipula (Oreomyza) camillerii, 228 glioma, 229 striatipennis, 229 ( Vestiplex) bhutia, 223 distifurca, 226, 227 himalayensis, 227 inaequidentata, 227 malla, 224 nigroapicalis, 227 rana, 226 styligera, 227 subtincta, 226, 227 Tricliothaumalea pluvialis, 31 Veromessor pergandei, 157 Xalitla, 15 azteca, 15 The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 n V-" 7 /- The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. if t ’""i / "2: 22 V ja! 1 ■ 1 ■ / : I 1 ' 1 ! 1 Y. J/i. /, r ' v n't 1 j Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. L , ■ ' 2 /• . f, ^ (y ' '' o( ■ ' I : ■> ; ■ ; >) AA,, ,4 ■ 1‘T lfi ! ; j; ,’h / ; ' , , PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Frank A. Soraci Dr. William S. Creighton Peter Fare Herbert F. Schwarz V i _ A f 1 . - 'V/ I / ■ / " :k % , ' : VS’ V:r ,, , " 7 ■ T r } ; ' ^ ,s . y ' ' H;’ , !\ 2 v; L'V' V' ( A V . ? / ’ ,..r ) V PROGRAM COMMITTEE Raymond Brush Bernard Heineman FIELD COMMITTEE ) Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt n'; » ; j 1 ■ . A . ' \ j i ■V r V! ( ^ |\7 " L; ' (' ■ $ \ W ; 5 J ' 5 ' i DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES - / i | ■ \ ' . . V v \ i ■ , \ ^ j , ’ | Dr. Lucy Clausen -i V ' ' ; f j ■ r ?yj | ■ A I V; /; , ' i j ’ \ ' ' . ■ % " / :'4 Ti . \ , j , 1 ?i;\| ■ I ) v jf* ' " ii . ' ' . v' V 2 M ~ ■ f ; ’• ' s ’ ; ' ' ^ ; V v V '■ v - s ■ ■ V v 1 ■ -■ ; ''l ^ , 1 /N, \ % ^ \ ■). ■ ;; v:-v; .. ^ , i ' \ ^ r . \ . r , . 1 i ^ ■ / i 1:^'' ';47S,.N:?r ■ IS A A''/' ■ .-;•■■■ r "v ; ]:2r£ J‘ ' : 7 KV 1 2 ; 'V.' ■ ' \ C." 9( KV. . l I ’’ < ' ^ ^ JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan- caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allen- town, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immedi- ately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $ 5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer.